Sharp MX-M283 N

TopPage
SERVICE MANUAL
CODE: 00ZMXM503/S2E
DIGITAL MULTIFUNCTIONAL SYSTEM
MX-M283 N
MX-M363 N/U
MX-M453 N/U
MX-M503 N/U
MODEL
CONTENTS
NOTE FOR SERVICING
DETAILS OF EACH SECTION
[1]
PRODUCT OUTLINE . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
[A] EXTERIOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-1
[2]
CONSUMABLE PARTS . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
[B] OPERATION PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . .B-1
[3]
EXTERNAL VIEW AND

INTERNAL STRUCTURE . . . . . . . . . 3-1
[C] DSPF/RSPF SECTION. . . . . . . . . . C-1
[4]
ADJUSTMENTS AND
SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
[E] PAPER FEED SECTION . . . . . . . . .E-1
[5]
SIMULATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
[6]
SELF DIAG AND

TROUBLE CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
[7]
FIRMWARE UPDATE . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
[H] PHOTO-CONDUCTOR
SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-1
[8]
MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
[i]
TONER SUPPLY SECTION . . . . . . . i-1
[9]
VARIOUS STORAGE DATA

HANDLING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
[J]
DEVELOPING SECTION . . . . . . . . . J-1
[10] SERVICE WEB PAGE . . . . . . . . . . 10-1

[11] SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
[D] SCANNER SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . D-1

[F]
PAPER TRANSPORT
SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F-1
[G] LSU SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-1
[K] TRANSFER SECTION . . . . . . . . . . .K-1

[L]
FUSING SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-1
[12] ELECTRICAL SECTION. . . . . . . . . 12-1
[M] DUPLEX/PAPER EXIT

SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-1
[13] TOOL LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1
[N] DRIVE SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-1

[O] PWB SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O-1
[P] FAN SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .P-1
[Q] SENSOR/SWITCH SECTION . . . . Q-1
Parts marked with " " are important for maintaining the safety of the set. Be sure to replace these parts with
specified ones for maintaining the safety and performance of the set.
SHARP CORPORATION
This document has been published to be used

for after sales service only.
The contents are subject to change without notice.
CONTENTS
NOTE FOR SERVICING
1. Precautions for servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i
2. Warning for servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i
3. Note for installing site. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i
4. Note for handling PWB and electronic parts . . . . . . . . . .ii
5. Note for repairing/replacing the LSU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
6. Note for handling the drum unit, the transfer unit,
the developing unit, and the fusing unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
7. Screw tightening torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
[1]
[2]
PRODUCT OUTLINE
1. System configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
2. Machine configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
3. Combination of options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
CONSUMABLE PARTS
1. Supply system table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2. Maintenance parts list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
3. Definition the developer/drum life end . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
4. Production number identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
[3]
EXTERNAL VIEW AND INTERNAL STRUCTURE

1. Identification of each section and functions . . . . . . . . . 3-1
[4]
ADJUSTMENTS AND SETTINGS

1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
2. Adjustment item list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
3. Details of adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
[5]
SIMULATION
1. General (Including basic operations) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
2. List of simulation codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
3. Details of simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
[6]
SELF DIAG AND TROUBLE CODE

1. Self diag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
2. Trouble code list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
3. Details of trouble code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
4. Paper JAM code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
[7]
FIRMWARE UPDATE
1. Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
2. Update procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
[8]
MAINTENANCE
1. Necessary execution items in maintenance and
servicing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
2. Contents of the maintenance codes
(Relationship between various counters values and
display messages) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
3. Maintenance list (parts) and details of works . . . . . . . . 8-4
[9]
VARIOUS STORAGE DATA HANDLING

1. HDD partition and data contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
2. Necessary works when replacing the PWB and
the HDD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
3. Counter list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
[10] SERVICE WEB PAGE

1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
2. Details and operation procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
[11] SPECIFICATIONS
1. Basic specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
[12] ELECTRICAL SECTION
1. Block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
2. Actual wiring chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-9
3. Signal list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-22
[13] TOOL LIST
1. Exclusive-use tools list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1
DETAILS OF EACH SECTION

[A]
EXTERIOR
1. Disassembly and assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-1
[B]
OPERATION PANEL
1. Electrical and mechanical relation diagram . . . . . . . . .B-1
2. Operational descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-4
3. Disassembly and assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-4
[C]
DSPF/RSPF SECTION
1. Electrical and mechanical relation diagram . . . . . . . . C-1
2. Operational descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-5
3. Disassembly and assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-10
[D]
SCANNER SECTION
1. Electrical and mechanical relation diagram . . . . . . . . D-1
2. Operational descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-3
3. Disassembly and assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-4
[E]
PAPER FEED SECTION

1. Electrical and mechanical relation diagram . . . . . . . . .E-1
2. Operational descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E-4
3. Disassembly and assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E-5
[F]
PAPER TRANSPORT SECTION

1. Electrical and mechanical relation diagram . . . . . . . . .F-1
2. Operational descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F-2
3. Disassembly and assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F-2
[G]
LSU SECTION
1. Electrical and mechanical relation diagram . . . . . . . . G-1
2. Operational descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-2
3. Disassembly and assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-2
[H]
PHOTO-CONDUCTOR SECTION
1. Electrical and mechanical relation diagram . . . . . . . . H-1
2. Operational descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-2
3. Disassembly and assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-3
[i]
TONER SUPPLY SECTION

1. Electrical and mechanical relation diagram . . . . . . . . . i-1
2. Operational descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-2
3. Disassembly and assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-2
[J]
DEVELOPING SECTION
1. Electrical and mechanical relation diagram . . . . . . . . . J-1
2. Operational descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-2
3. Disassembly and assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-2
[K]
TRANSFER SECTION
1. Electrical and mechanical relation diagram . . . . . . . . .K-1
2. Operational descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .K-2
3. Disassembly and assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .K-2
[L]
FUSING SECTION
1. Electrical and mechanical relation diagram . . . . . . . . . L-1
2. Operational descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-2
3. Disassembly and assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-3
[M]
DUPLEX/PAPER EXIT SECTION

1. Electrical and mechanical relation diagram . . . . . . . . M-1
2. Operational descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-3
3. Disassembly and assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-3
[N]
DRIVE SECTION
1. Disassembly and assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-1
[O]
PWB SECTION
1. Disassembly and assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O-1
[P]
FAN SECTION
1. Disassembly and assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .P-1
[Q]
SENSOR/SWITCH SECTION
1. Disassembly and assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Q-1
MX-M503N
NOTE
FOR SERVICING
1.
1)
4) When connecting
Service
Manualthe grounding wire, never connect it to the
following points.
It may cause an explosion, a fire or an electric shock.
Precautions for servicing
Gas tube
When servicing, disconnect the power plug, the printer cable,

the network cable, and the telephone line from the machine,
except when performing the communication test, etc.
Lightning conductor
A water pipe or a water faucet, which is not recognized as a
grounding object by the authorities.
It may cause an injury or an electric shock.

2)
There is a high temperature area inside the machine. Use an

extreme care when servicing.
Grounding wire for telephone line

5)
Do not put heavy objects on the power cable. Do not bend it

forcibly or do not pull it extremely.
It may cause a burn.

3)
4)
There is a high voltage section inside the machine which may

cause an electric shock. Be careful when servicing.
Do not disassemble the laser unit. Do not insert a reflective
material such as a screwdriver in the laser beam path.
It may damage eyes by reflection of laser beams.
5)
6)
It may cause a fire or an electric shock.

6)
Keep the power cable away from a heat source.

Do not insert the power plug with dust on it into a power outlet.
When servicing with the machine operating, be careful not to

squeeze you hands by the chain, the belt, the gear, and other
driving sections.
7)
Do not put a receptacle with water in it or a metal piece which

may drop inside the machine.
Do not leave the machine with the cabinet disassembled.
8)
With wet or oily hands, do not touch the power plug, do not
insert the telephone line jack, do not operate the machine, or
do not perform servicing.
Do not allow any person other than a serviceman to touch

inside the machine. It may cause an electric shock, a burn, or
an injury.
7)
Do not damage, break, or work the power cord.
It may cause an electric shock.
When servicing, do not breathe toner, developer, and ink

excessively. Do not get them in the eyes.
3. Note for installing site
If toner, developer, or ink enters your eyes, wash it away with

water immediately, and consult a doctor if necessary.
Do not install the machine at the following sites.

1)
Place of high temperature, high humidity, low temperature, low humidity, place under an extreme change in temperature and humidity.
8)
The machine has got sharp edges inside. Be careful not to

damage fingers when servicing.
9)
Do not throw toner or a toner cartridge in a fire. Otherwise,

toner may pop and burn you.
Paper may get damp and form dews inside the machine, causing paper jam or copy dirt.
10) When replacing the lithium battery of the PWB, use a specified
one only.
For operating and storing conditions, refer to the specifications

described later.
If a battery of different specification is used, it may be broken,

causing breakdown or malfunction of the machine.
11) When carrying a unit with PWB or electronic parts installed to
it, be sure to put it in an anti-static-electricity bag.
It may cause a breakdown or malfunctions.
CAUTION
DOUBLE POLE/NEUTRAL FUSING
2)
(200V series only)
2.
1)
Place of much vibrations

It may cause a breakdown.
Warning for servicing

Be sure to connect the power cord only to a power outlet that
meets the specified voltage and current requirements.
Avoid complex wiring, which may lead to a fire or an electric
shock.
2)
If there is any abnormality such as a smoke or an abnormal

smell, interrupt the job and disconnect the power plug.
3)
Be sure to connect the grounding wire. If an electric leakage

occurs without grounding, a fire or an electric shock may
result.
To protect the machine and the power unit from lightening,
grounding must be made.
3)
Poorly ventilated place

An electrostatic type copier will produce ozone inside it.
The quantity of ozone produced is designed to a low level so
as not to affect human bodies. However, continuous use of
such a machine may produce a smell of ozone. Install the
machine in a well ventilated place, and ventilate occasionally.
MX-M503N NOTE FOR SERVICING - i
4)
Place of direct sunlight.

Plastic parts and ink may be deformed, discolored, or may
undergo qualitative change.
It may cause a breakdown or copy dirt.
5)
4. Note for handling PWB and electronic

parts
When handling the PWB and the electronic parts, be sure to
observe the following precautions in order to prevent against damage by static electricity.
1)
When in transit or storing, put the parts in an anti-static bag or

an anti-static case and do not touch them with bare hands.
2)
When and after removing the parts from an anti-static bag

(case), use an earth band as shown below:
Place which is full of organic gases such as ammonium

The organic photo-conductor (OPC) drum used in the machine
may undergo qualitative change due to organic gases such as
ammonium.
Installation of this machine near a diazo-type copier may result
in dirt copy.
Put an earth band to your arm, and connect it to the

machine.
6)
Place of much dust

When dusts enter the machine, it may cause a breakdown or
copy dirt.
7)
Place near a wall

Some machine require intake and exhaust of air.
If intake and exhaust of air are not properly performed, copy
dirt or a breakdown may be resulted.
11-13/16"
(30cm)
11-13/16"
(30cm)
8)
When repairing or replacing an electronic part, perform the

procedure on an anti-static mat.
17-23/32"
(45cm)
Unstable or slant surface

If the machine drops or fall down, it may cause an injury or a
breakdown.
If there are optional paper desk and the copier desk specified,
it is recommendable to use them.
When using the optional desk, be sure to fix the adjuster and
lock the casters.
MX-M503N NOTE FOR SERVICING - ii
5.
Note for repairing/replacing the LSU
7. Screw tightening torque
When repairing or replacing, be sure to observe the following

items.
The screws used in this machine are largely classified into three
kinds.
1)
When repairing or replacing the LSU, be sure to disconnect

the power plug from the power outlet.
These kinds are classified according to the shape of the screw

grooves and use positions.
2)
When repairing or replacing the LSU, follow the procedures

described in this Service Manual.
The table below shows the kinds of the screws and the tightening
torques depending on the use position.
3)
When checking the operations after repairing the LSU, keep all
the parts including the cover installed and perform the operation check.
When tightening the screws for repair or maintenance, refer to the

table.
4)
Do not modify the LSU.
5)
When visually checking the inside of the machine for the operation check, be careful not to allow laser beams to enter the
eyes.
However, for the other conditions of tightening screws than specified on this table, or when a special care is required, the details are
described on the separate page. Refer to the descriptions on such
a case.
If the above precaution is neglected or an undesignated work is

performed, safety may not be assured.
NOTE: Especially for the screw fixing positions where there is an

electrode or a current flows, use enough care to tighten
securely to avoid loosening.
6.
Screw kinds and tightening torques
Note for handling the drum unit, the

transfer unit, the developing unit, and the
fusing unit
When handling the OPC drum unit, the transfer unit, and the developing unit, strictly observe the following items.
If these items are neglected, a trouble may be generated in the
copy and print image quality.
(Drum unit)
1)
Avoid working at a place with strong lights.
2)
Do not expose the OPC drum to lights including interior lights

for a long time.
3)
When the OPC drum is removed from the machine, cover it

with light blocking material. (When using paper, use about 10
sheets of paper to cover it.)
4)
Normal screws, set screws (including step screws)

Screw
diameter
Material to be
fixed
M2.6
M3
M4
Steel plate
Steel plate
Steel plate
Be careful not to attach fingerprints, oil, grease, or other foreign material on the OPC drum surface.
Be careful not to attach fingerprints, oil, grease, or other foreign material on the transfer roller.
(Developing unit)
1)
Tightening
torque
(kgfcm)
8 - 10
10 - 12
16 - 18
Tightening
torque
(lbft)
0.6 - 0.7
0.7 - 0.9
1.2 - 1.3
Tightening
torque
(Nm)
1.0 - 1.2
Tightening
torque
(kgfcm)
10 - 12
Tightening
torque
(lbft)
0.7 - 0.9
1.6 - 1.8
16 - 18
1.2 - 1.3
0.6 - 0.8
6-8
0.4 - 0.6
1.2 - 1.4
12 - 14
0.9 - 1.0
Tightening
torque
(Nm)
0.6 - 0.8
1.0 - 1.2
Tightening
torque
(kgfcm)
6-8
10 - 12
Tightening
torque
(lbft)
0.4 - 0.6
0.7 - 0.9
Tapping screws (for iron)

Screw
diameter
Material to be
fixed
M3
Steel plate
(Plate thickness
0.8mm or above)
Steel plate
(Plate thickness
0.8mm or above)
Steel plate
(Plate thickness
less than 0.8mm)
Steel plate
(Plate thickness
less than 0.8mm)
M4
(Transfer unit)
1)
Tightening
torque
(Nm)
0.8 - 1.0
1.0 - 1.2
1.6 - 1.8
Be careful not to attach fingerprints, oil, grease, or other foreign material on the developing unit.
(Fusing unit)
1)
Be careful not to put fingerprints, oil, grease, or other foreign

material on the fusing roller and the external heating belt.
2)
Do not leave the fusing roller in contact state for a long time.
M3
M4
Tapping screw (for plastic)

Screw
diameter
Material to be
fixed
M3
M4
Plastic resin
Plastic resin
MX-M503N NOTE FOR SERVICING - iii
[1] PRODUCT OUTLINE
MX-M503N
Service Manual
1. System configuration
Paper exit system
STAPLE CARTRIDGE
10 MX-SCX1
MX-M283N/M363N/M453N/M503N
MX-M363U/M453U/M503U
PAPER PASS UNIT
6 MX-RBX3
STAPLE CARTRIDGE
11 AR-SC3 (For saddle)
SADDLE STITCH FINISHER
PUNCH MODULE
9 MX-PNX5
7 MX-FN10
A/B/C/D
Paper feed system
STAPLE CARTRIDGE
10 MX-SCX1
FINISHER
5 MX-FNX9
PUNCH MODULE
8 MX-PNX1
EXIT TRAY UNIT
4 MX-TRX2
A/B/C/D
LARGE CAPACITY TRAY
3 MX-LCX1
STAPLE CARTRIDGE
14 AR-SC2
PAPER PASS UNIT
6 MX-RBX3
FINISHER
12 MX-FN11
PUNCH MODULE
STAND/1 x 500 SHEET

PAPER DRAWER
13 MX-PNX6
1 MX-DEX8
A/B/C/D
Printer expansion
PRINTER EXPANSION KIT

WITHOUT HDD
(For U model only)
15 MX-PB10
Image send expansion
PRINTER EXPANSION KIT

WITH HDD
(For U model only)
16 MX-PB11
PS3 EXPANSION KIT
17 MX-PKX1
XPS EXPANSION KIT
18 MX-PUX1
27 MX-FR14U
FACSIMILE
EXPANSION KIT
20 MX-FXX2
BARCODE FONT KIT
19 AR-PF1
Authentication/Security
DATA SECURITY KIT

(For the machine
with HDD installed)
STAND/2 x 500 SHEET

PAPER DRAWER
2 MX-DEX9
DATA SECURITY KIT

(For the machine
without HDD installed)
28 MX-FR15U
EXPANSION
MEMORY BOARD
STAMP CARTRIDGE
24 MX-EBX3
ENHANCED COMPRESSION KIT

(For N model only)
APPLICATION
INTEGRATION MODULE
25 MX-AMX1
NETWORK SCANNER
EXPANSION KIT (For U model only)
26 MX-NSX1
Application/Solution
SHARPDESK
1 LICENSE KIT
29 MX-USX1
30 MX-USX5
37 MX-SMX3
23 MX-FWX1
22 AR-SV1
SHARPDESK
5 LICENSE KIT
Memory
INTERNET FAX
EXPANSION KIT
STAMP UNIT
21 AR-SU1
SHARPDESK
50 LICENSE KIT
32 MX-US50
SHARPDESK
100 LICENSE KIT
33 MX-USA0
APPLICATION
COMMUNICATION MODULE
34 MX-AMX2
EXTERNAL
ACCOUNT MODULE
35 MX-AMX3
SHARPDESK
10 LICENSE KIT
31 MX-US10
MX-M503N PRODUCT OUTLINE 1 1
KEYBOARD (For N model only)
36 MX-KBX2
2. Machine configuration
Copier
PCL printer
PS printer
Main body LCD
FAX
Scanner
Filing (Print hold function)
HDD
RSPF/DSPF
Automatic duplex
Security
Internet Fax
MX-M363N/MX-M453N/MX-M503N
STD
STD
OPT*1
COLOR WVGA 8.5"
OPT
STD
STD
STD
DSPF
STD
OPT*1
OPT*1
MX-M283N
STD
STD
OPT*1
COLOR WVGA 8.5"
OPT
STD
STD
STD
RSPF
STD
OPT*1
OPT*1
MX-M363U/MX-M453U/MX-M503U
STD
OPT*1
OPT*1
MONOCHROME HVGA 8.1"
OPT
OPT*1
OPT*1
OPT*1
RSPF
STD
OPT*1
OPT*1
STD: Standard provision. OPT: Option. OPT*1: Product key target.
3. Combination of options
Name
Model name
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
STAND/1 x 500 SHEET PAPER DRAWER

STAND/2 x 500 SHEET PAPER DRAWER
LARGE CAPACITY TRAY
EXIT TRAY UNIT
FINISHER
PAPER PASS UNIT
SADDLE STITCH FINISHER
PUNCH MODULE
PUNCH MODULE
STAPLE CARTRIDGE
MX-DEX8
MX-DEX9
MX-LCX1
MX-TRX2
MX-FNX9
MX-RBX3
MX-FN10
MX-PNX1A/B/C/D
MX-PNX5A/B/C/D
MX-SCX1
MX-M283N
MX-M363N
MX-M453N
MX-M503N
11
12
13
14
15
STAPLE CARTRIDGE
FINISHER
PUNCH MODULE
STAPLE CARTRIDGE
PRINTER EXPANSION KIT WITHOUT
HDD
PRINTER EXPANSION KIT WITH HDD
PS3 EXPANSION KIT
XPS EXPANSION KIT
AR-SC3
MX-FN11
MX-PNX6A/B/C/D
AR-SC2
MX-PB10
MX-PB11
MX-PKX1
MX-PUX1
STD
*3
*3
AR-PF1
MX-FXX2
AR-SU1
AR-SV1
MX-FWX1
MX-EBX3
MX-AMX1
MX-NSX1
MX-FR14U
*1
STD
*1
*4
*4
*4
Commercial version
MX-FR15U
Commercial version
MX-USX1
MX-USX5
MX-US10
MX-US50
MX-USA0
MX-AMX2
STD/*2
*4
For North America,

the SharpOSA Utility CD-ROM
is not provided.
MX-AMX3
MX-KBX2
MX-SMX3
STD/*2
*4
Section
Paper feed
system
Paper exit
system
Printer
expansion
16
17
18
Image send
expansion
Authentication/
Security
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Application/
Solution
Memory
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
BARCODE FONT KIT

FACSIMILE EXPANSION KIT
STAMP UNIT
STAMP CARTRIDGE
INTERNET FAX EXPANSION KIT
ENHANCED COMPRESSION KIT
APPLICATION INTEGRATION MODULE
NETWORK SCANNER EXPANSION KIT
DATA SECURITY KIT
(For the machine with HDD installed)
DATA SECURITY KIT
(For the machine without HDD installed)
SHARPDESK 1 LICENSE KIT
APPLICATION COMMUNICATION
MODULE
EXTERNAL ACCOUNT MODULE
KEYBOARD
EXPANSION MEMORY BOARD
MX-M363U
MX-M453U
MX-M503U
Product
key
target
Remarks
A4
Inner finisher
For inner finisher

For saddle stitch finisher
For finisher (MX-FNX9)/
For saddle stitch finisher
(MX-FN10)
For saddle
For finisher (MX-FN11)
The expansion memory board

(MX-SMX3) is required.
1GB (Required when the XPS

expansion kit is used.)
STD: Standard provision. : Installable. : Cannot be connected. *1: No support for some destinations. *2: Standard for North America.
*3: Memory expansion are required. *4: The printer expansion kit with hard drive (MX-PB11) is required.
MX-M503N PRODUCT OUTLINE 1 2
[2] CONSUMABLE PARTS
MX-M503N
Service Manual
1. Supply system table

A. USA/Canada/South and Central America (MX-M283N/M363N/M363U/M453N/M453U/M503N/M503U)
No.
Item
Toner Cartridge (Black)
2
3
Developer (Black)
Drum
Content
Toner Cartridge with IC Chip
(Toner: Net 930g)
Developer (Developer: Net 310g)
OPC Drum
x1
x1
x1
Life
MX-M363 N/U
MX-M283N
MX-M453 N/U
MX-M503 N/U
40K
150K
150K
200K
200K
Model Name
Quantity in
collective
package
MX-500NT
10
MX-500NV
MX-500NR
10
10
Model Name
Quantity in
collective
package
MX-500BT
10
MX-500NV
MX-500NR
10
10
Model Name
Quantity in
collective
package
MX-500AT
10
MX-500AV
MX-500AR
10
10
Remarks
Life: A4/Letter
6% document
B. MPE (MX-M283N/M363N/M363U/M453N/M453U/M503N/M503U)
No.
Item
2
3
Developer (Black)
Drum
Content
(Toner: Net 930g)
OPC Drum
x1
x1
x1
Life
MX-M363 N/U
MX-M283N
MX-M453 N/U
MX-M503 N/U
40K
150K
150K
200K
200K
Remarks
Life: A4/Letter
6% document
C. Asia/SRH (MX-M283N/M363N/M363U/M453N/M453U/M503N/M503U)
No.
Item
2
3
Developer (Black)
Drum
Content
(Toner: Net 930g)
OPC Drum
x1
x1
x1
Life
MX-M363 N/U
MX-M283N
MX-M453 N/U
MX-M503 N/U
40K
150K
150K
200K
200K
Remarks
Life: A4/Letter
6% document
D. Europe/Australia/New Zealand (MX-M283N/M363N/M363U/M453N/M453U/M503N/M503U)

No.
Item
2
3
Developer (Black)
Drum
Content
(Toner: Net 930g)
OPC Drum
x1
x1
x1
Life
MX-M363 N/U
MX-M283N
MX-M453 N/U
MX-M503 N/U
40K
150K
150K
200K
200K
Model Name
Quantity in
collective
package
MX-500GT
10
MX-500GV
MX-500GR
10
10
Remarks
Life: A4/Letter
6% document
E. SMEF/Taiwan/Africa/Israel/Philippines (MX-M283N/M363N/M363U/M453N/M453U/M503N/M503U)
No.
Item
2
3
Developer (Black)
Drum
Content
(Toner: Net 930g)
OPC Drum
x1
x1
x1
Life
MX-M363 N/U
MX-M283N
MX-M453 N/U
MX-M503 N/U
40K
150K
150K
200K
200K
Model Name
Quantity in
collective
package
MX-500FT
10
MX-500AV
MX-500AR
10
10
Remarks
Life: A4/Letter
6% document
F. SESC (MX-M363N/M363U/M453N/M453U/M503N/M503U)
No.
Item
2
3
Developer (Black)
Drum
Life
Model Name
x1
40K
MX-500CT
Quantity in
collective
package
10
x1
x1
200K
200K
MX-500CV
MX-500CR
10
10
Content
(Toner: Net 930g)
OPC Drum
MX-M503N CONSUMABLE PARTS 2 1
Remarks
Life: A4/Letter
6% document
2. Maintenance parts list

A. USA/Canada/South and Central America/Asia/Agency/Middle East
(MX-M283N/M363N/M363U/M453N/M453U/M503N/M503U)
No.
Item
Model
name
Content
Quantity
1
4
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1 pair
2
1
1
1 pair
4
1
2
Heat roller kit

(200K kit)
MX-503HK
Transfer kit
MX-503TU
DV seal kit
MX-503DS
Main charger kit
MX-503MK
5
6
MX-503HB
MX-503PD
7
8
9
Toner collection box

Paper dust
removing unit
Filter kit
Staple cartridge
Staple cartridge
Lower heat roller

Upper separation pawl/pawl spring
Lower separation pawl/pawl spring
Upper heat roller
Upper pressure roller bearing
Pressure roller
Web roller
Transfer roller
Discharge plate
DV seal
DV side seal F/R
TN filter UN
Cleaner blade
Toner reception seal
Side seal F/R
Drum separation pawl unit
MC unit
Side sheet F/R for toner reception
seal
Molt cushion for side seal F/R
Paper dust removing unit
MX-503FL
AR-SC2
AR-SC3
10
Staple cartridge
11
Finish stamp
cartridge
Life
MX-M363 N/U
MX-M283N MX-M453 N/U
MX-M503 N/U
150K
200K
Package
5
150K
200K
10
150K
200K
10
150K
200K
10
2
1
1
150K
200K
5
10
Ozone filter
Staple cartridge
Staple cartridge
1
3
3
300K
400K
5000 times x 3
2000 times x 3
10
20
40
MX-SCX1
Staple cartridge
5000 times x 3
20
AR-SV1
Finish stamp cartridge
20
80K
Remarks

For saddle stitch
finisher (MX-FN10)
For inner finisher/
saddle stitch finisher
(MX-FNX9/FN10)
B. Europe/Australia/New Zealand (MX-M283N/M363N/M363U/M453N/M453U/M503N/M503U)

Model
name
No.
Item
Upper heat roller kit

(200K kit)
MX-503UH
Lower heat roller kit

(200K kit)
MX-503LH
Web cleaning kit
MX-503WC
Transfer kit
MX-503TU
DV seal kit
MX-503DS
Main charger kit
MX-503MK
7
8

Paper dust
removing unit
Filter kit
Staple cartridge
9
10
Content
Quantity
1
4
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1 pair
2
1
1
1 pair
4
1
2
MX-503HB
MX-503PD
Upper heat roller

Upper separation pawl/pawl spring
Lower heat roller
Lower separation pawl/pawl spring
Upper pressure roller bearing
Pressure roller
Web roller
Transfer roller
Discharge plate
DV seal
DV side seal F/R
TN filter UN
Cleaner blade
Side seal F/R
Drum separation pawl unit
MC unit
Side sheet F/R for toner reception
seal
Molt cushion for side seal F/R
MX-503FL
AR-SC2
Ozone filter
Staple cartridge
Life
MX-M363 N/U
MX-M503 N/U
150K
200K
Package
10
150K
200K
10
150K
200K
10
150K
200K
10
150K
200K
10
150K
200K
10
2
1
1
150K
200K
5
10
1
3
300K
400K
5000 times x 3
10
20
80K
Remarks
11
Staple cartridge
AR-SC3
Staple cartridge
Life
MX-M363 N/U
MX-M503 N/U
2000 times x 3
12
Staple cartridge
MX-SCX1
Staple cartridge
5000 times x 3
20
13
Finish stamp
cartridge
AR-SV1
Finish stamp cartridge
20
No.
Model
name
Item
Content
Quantity
Package
40
Remarks
For saddle stitch
finisher (MX-FN10)
For inner finisher/
saddle stitch finisher
(MX-FNX9/FN10)
3. Definition the developer/drum life end
4. Production number identification
When the developer/drum counter reaches the specified level.
A. Drum cartridge
When the developer/drum rpm reaches the specified level.

When either of the above reached the specified level, it is judged
as life end.
In an actual case, when correction or warm-up operation is performed as well as output operation, the developer and the drum
rotates. Therefore, the developer/drum consuming level cannot be
determined only by the copy/print quantity. When, therefore, the
rpm reaches the specified level, it is judged as life end.
To check the drum life, use SIM22-1/22-13.
Developer/drum
Developer/drum counter
28 CPM
36/45/50 CPM
model
model
150K
200K
28 CPM model
100,000
140,000
150,000
Single multi
2 sheets multi
3 sheets multi
4 sheets multi
Developer/drum rpm
930K rotations
36/45/50 CPM model
110,000
150,000
177,000
200,000
250,000
1:
2:
4:
5/6:
200,000
7:
150,000
8/9:
100,000
10:
0
2 sheets multi
3 sheets multi
Number
For this model, this digit is 2.
Alphabet
Indicates the model conformity code.
Number
Indicates the end digit of the production year.
Number or X, Y, Z
Indicates the production month.
X stands for October, Y November, and Z December.
Number
Indicates the day of the production date.
Number
Indicates the day of the month of packing.
X stands for October, Y November, and Z December.
Number
Indicates the day of the packing date.
Alphabet
Indicates the production factory.
50,000
Single multi
The number is printed on the flange on the front side.
28 CPM model
36/45/50 CPM model
10
The lot number is of 10 digits. Each digit indicates the content as

follows.
3:
Printable counter
4 sheets multi
B. Developer
D. Environmental conditions
BK
(Humidity)
85%
60%
20%
The lot number is of 8 digits. Each digit indicates the content as follows.
The number is printed on the right under side of the back surface of
the developer bag.
1:
2:
3/4:
5/6:
7:
8:
10
8
Standard environmental
conditions
Usage environmental
conditions
C. Toner cartridge
The label indicating the management number is attached to the
side of the toner cartridge.
Internal product name
Destination
A3M X500NT
B
00001
Production Serial No.

place
in production day
090210
35
(Temperature)
Storage period
Alphabet
Indicates the production factory.
Number
Indicates the production year.
Number
Indicates the production month.
Number
Indicates the production day.
Hyphen
Number
Indicates the production lot.
30
Incompatibility
A
B
Production
Version
year/month/day
Example: 1st of production on February 10, 2009
Temperature 20 25 C
Humidity
65 5 %RH
Temperature 10 35 C
Humidity
20 85 %RH
Toner/Developer: 24 months from the
manufactured month (Production lot) under
unsealed state
Drum: 36 months from the manufactured month
under unsealed state
Service Manual
[3] EXTERNAL VIEW AND INTERNAL STRUCTURE
MX-M503N
1. Identification of each section and functions

A. External view
(10)
(8) (1)
(2) (3)
(4) (9) (5)
The keyboard is provided

as a standard part for
some models only.
(6)
When a finisher / saddle stitch

finisher is not installed
(7)
When a finisher is installed

(12)
When a saddle stitch finisher is

installed
No.
1
Name
Automatic document feeder
Front cover
Paper pass unit*
4
5
6
7
Operation panel
Right tray*
Output tray (center tray)
Finisher*
Punch module*
USB connector (A type)
10
Keyboard*
11
Saddle stitch finisher*
12
13
14
15
Finisher (large capacity)*

Tray 1
Tray 2
Tray 3 (when a stand/1 x 500 sheet
paper drawer or a stand/2 x 500 sheet
paper drawer is installed)*
Tray 4 (when a stand/2 x 500 sheet
paper drawer is installed)*
Tray 5 (when a large capacity tray is
installed)*
16
17
(13) (14) (15) (16) (17)
(11)
Function/Operation
This automatically feeds and scans multiple originals. Both sides of
2-sided originals can be automatically scanned.
Open this cover to switch the main power switch to "On" or "Off" or
to replace a toner cartridge.
This transfers output to the finisher (large capacity) or the saddle
stitch finisher.
This is used to select functions and enter the number of copies.
When installed, output can be delivered to this tray.
Output is delivered to this tray.
This can be used to staple output. A punch module can also be
installed to punch holes in output.
This is used to punch holes in output. Requires the finisher (large
capacity).
Supports USB 2.0. This is used to connect a USB device such as
USB memory to the machine. For the USB cable, use a shielded
cable.
This is a keyboard that is incorporated into the machine. When not
used, it can be stored under the operation panel.
This can be used to staple output. The saddle stitch function for
folding and stapling output and the fold function for folding output in
half are also available.
A punch module can also be installed to punch holes in output.
This can be used to staple output.
This holds paper.
This holds paper.
This holds paper.
This holds paper.

This holds paper.
*: Peripheral device.
MX-M503N EXTERNAL VIEW AND INTERNAL STRUCTURE 3 1
NOTE
When using the USB port, be careful of

the total current consumption not to
exceed 500mA.
A standard part or an option depending
on the model and the destination.
[Automatic document feeder and document glass]

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Name
Paper feed roller
Document feeding area cover
Original guides
Document feeder tray
Original exit tray
Scanning area
Original size detector
Document glass
Function/Operation
This roller rotates to automatically feed the original.
Open this cover to remove an original mis-feed or clean the paper feed roller.
These help ensure that the original is scanned correctly. Adjust the guides to the width of the original.
Place originals in this tray. 1-sided originals must be placed face up.
Originals are delivered to this tray after scanning.
Originals placed in the document feeder tray are scanned here.
This detects the size of an original placed on the document glass.
Use this to scan a book or other thick original that cannot be fed through the automatic document feeder.
B. Internal operation parts

(1)
(6)
No.
1
Name
Toner cartridges
2
3
4
5
Fusing unit
Right side cover
Paper reversing section cover
Bypass tray
Main power switch
7
8
9
Waste toner box

Handle
Right cover of stand/
1 x 500 sheet paper drawer right cover of stand/
2 x 500 sheet paper drawer (when a stand/
1 x 500 sheet paper drawer or a stand/
2 x 500 sheet paper drawer is installed)
Paper tray right side cover
Right side cover release lever
10
11
(7)
(2)
(8)
(3)
(9)
(4) (5)
(10) (11)
Function/Operation
These contain toner for printing. When the toner runs out in a cartridge, the cartridge of the color that
ran out must be replaced.
Heat is applied here to fuse the transferred image onto the paper.
Open this cover to remove a paper mis-feed.
This is used when 2-sided printing is performed. Open this cover to remove a paper mis-feed.
Use this tray to feed paper manually. When loading paper larger than 8-1/2" x 11"R or A4R, be sure to
pull out the bypass tray extension.
This is used to power on the machine. When using the fax or Internet fax functions, keep this switch in
the "on" position.
This collects excess toner that remains after printing.
Pull this out and grasp it when moving the machine.
Open this to remove a paper mis-feed in tray 3 or tray 4.
Open this to remove a paper mis-feed in tray 1 or tray 2.

To remove a paper mis-feed, pull and hold this lever up to open the right side cover.
C. Connectors
When the fax expansion kit is installed
(6)
(7)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
No.
1
Name
USB connector (A type)
LAN connector
USB connector (B type)
Service-only connector
5
6
Power plug
Extension phone socket
Telephone line socket
Function/Operation
Supports USB 2.0. This is used to connect a USB device such as USB memory to the
machine. This connector cannot be used under the factory setting. The connector on the
front section can be used under the factory setting. When the keyboard is installed to the
machine, an exclusive connection is enabled. (Simultaneous connection is disabled.)
Connect the LAN cable to this connector when the machine is used on a network. For
the LAN cable, use a shielded type cable.
Supports USB 2.0. A computer can be connected to this connector to use the machine
as a printer. For the USB cable, use a shielded cable.
CAUTION: This connector is for use only by service technicians. Connecting a cable to
this connector may cause the machine to malfunction.
Important note for service technicians: The cable connected to the service connector
must be less than 118" (3 m) in length.
When the fax function of the machine is used, an extension phone can be connected to
this socket.
When the fax function of the machine is used, the telephone line is connected to this
socket.
NOTE
When using the USB port, be
careful of the total current
consumption not to exceed 500mA.
D. Operation panel
(1)
MX-M283N/M363N/M453N/M503N
(1)
(2) (3)
(4)
JOB STATUS
SYSTEM
SETTINGS
(5)
(6)
(9)
PRINT
READY
DATA
IMAGE SEND
LINE
DATA
HOME
LOGOUT
(7)
No.
1
Name
Touch panel
[SYSTEM SETTINGS] key
[JOB STATUS] key
PRINT mode indicators
Numeric keys
6
7
[CLEAR] key (
[HOME] key
IMAGE SEND mode indicators
9
10
[START] key
[LOGOUT] key (
11
[#/P] key (
12
[CLEAR ALL] key (
13
14
[STOP] key (
)
[POWER SAVE] key (
15
16
[POWER] key (
)
Main power indicator
)
)
) / indicator
(8)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14) (15) (16)
Function/Operation
Messages and keys appear in the touch panel display. Touch the displayed keys to perform a variety of
operations. When a key is touched, a beep sounds and the selected item is highlighted. This provides
confirmation as you perform an operation.
Press this key to display the system settings menu screen. The system settings are used to configure paper tray
settings, store addresses for transmission operations, and adjust parameters to make the machine easier to use.
Press this key to display the job status screen. The job status screen is used to check information on jobs and to
cancel jobs.
READY indicator
Print jobs can be received when this indicator is lit.
DATA indicator
This blinks while print data is being received and lights steadily while printing is taking place.
These are used to enter the number of copies, fax numbers, and other numerical values. These keys are also
used to enter numeric value settings (except for the system settings).
Press this key to return the number of copies to "0".
Touch this key to display the home screen. Frequently used settings can be registered in the home screen to
enable quick and easy operation of the machine.
LINE indicator
This lights up during transmission or reception of a fax or Internet fax. This also lights during transmission of an
image in scan mode.
DATA indicator
This blinks when a received fax or Internet fax cannot be printed because of a problem such as out of paper.
This lights up when there is a transmission job that has not been sent.
Press this key to copy or scan an original. This key is also used to send a fax in fax mode.
Press this key to log out after you have logged in and used the machine. When using the fax function, this key
can also be pressed to send tone signals on a pulse dial line.
When using the copy function, press this key to use a job program. When using the fax function, this key can be
used when dialing.
Press this key to return to the initial operation state. Use this key when you wish to cancel all settings that have
been selected and start operation from the initial state.
Press this key to stop a copy job or scanning of an original.
Use this key to put the machine into auto power shut-off mode to save energy. The [POWER SAVE] key (
)
blinks when the machine is in auto power shut-off mode.
Use this key to turn the machine power on and off.
This lights up when the machine's main power switch is in the "on" position.
(2)
MX-M363U/M453U/M503U
(1)
(2)
(3) (4)
(5)
(6)
(10)
PRINT
READY
DATA
DOCUMENT
FILING
LINE
DATA
IMAGE SEND
COPY
JOB STATUS
SYSTEM
SETTINGS
LOGOUT
(7)
No.
1
Name
Touch panel
Mode select keys and indicators
PRINT mode indicators
IMAGE SEND mode indicators
Numeric keys
6
7
[CLEAR] key (
)
[JOB STATUS] key
[SYSTEM SETTINGS] key
9
10
11
Function key
[START] key
[LOGOUT] key (
12
[#/P] key (
13
[CLEAR ALL] key (
14
15
[STOP] key (
)
[POWER SAVE] key (
16
17
[POWER] key (
)
Main power indicator
)
)
) / indicator
(8) (9) (11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
(15) (16) (17)
Function/Operation
Messages and keys appear in the touch panel display. Touch the displayed keys to perform a variety of
operations. When a key is touched, a beep sounds and the selected item is highlighted. This provides
confirmation as you perform an operation.
Use these keys to change the mode displayed in the touch panel.
The indicator of a key lights when the key is selected.
[PRINT] key / [DOCUMENT FILING] key
The name and function of the key varies depending on the peripheral devices that are installed.
When a hard drive is not installed in the machine, this key is the [PRINT] key. Press this key to select print
mode when printing data that uses the print hold function.
When a hard drive is installed in the machine, this key is the [DOCUMENT FILING] key. Press this key to
switch to document filing mode when you wish to store a document as an image file on the hard drive or print
or transmit an image stored on the hard drive.
[IMAGE SEND] key
Press this key to select network scanner / fax mode to use the scanner function or fax function.
[COPY] key
Press this key to select copy mode. Hold the [COPY] key down to view the machine's total page use count and
amount of toner remaining.
READY indicator
Print jobs can be received when this indicator is lit.
DATA indicator
This blinks while print data is being received and lights steadily while printing is taking place.
LINE indicator
This lights up during transmission or reception of a fax or Internet fax. This also lights during transmission of an
image in scan mode.
DATA indicator
This blinks when a received fax or Internet fax cannot be printed because of a problem such as out of paper.
This lights up when there is a transmission job that has not been sent.
These are used to enter the number of copies, fax numbers, and other numerical values. These keys are also
used to enter numeric value settings (except for the system settings).
Press this key to return the number of copies to "0".
Press this key to display the job status screen. The job status screen is used to check information on jobs and to
cancel jobs.
Press this key to display the system settings menu screen. The system settings are used to configure paper tray
settings, store addresses for transmission operations, and adjust parameters to make the machine easier to use.
To use the Sharp OSA function, press this key to switch to Sharp OSA mode.
Press this key to copy or scan an original. This key is also used to send a fax in fax mode.
Press this key to log out after you have logged in and used the machine. When using the fax function, this key
can also be pressed to send tone signals on a pulse dial line.
When using the copy function, press this key to use a job program. When using the fax function, this key can be
used when dialing.
Press this key to return to the initial operation state. Use this key when you wish to cancel all settings that have
been selected and start operation from the initial state.
Press this key to stop a copy job or scanning of an original.
Use this key to put the machine into auto power shut-off mode to save energy. The [POWER SAVE] key (
)
blinks when the machine is in auto power shut-off mode.
Use this key to turn the machine power on and off.
This lights up when the machine's main power switch is in the "on" position.
E. DSPF
(1)
Internal structure
5 4 14 2 3 1
7
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Name
Pickup roller
Paper feed roller
Separation roller
Resist roller (Drive)
Resist roller (Idle)
Transport roller 1 (Drive)
Transport roller 1 (Idle)
8
9

10
11

12
13
Paper exit roller (Drive)

Paper exit roller (Idle)
14
Transport auxiliary roller
(2)
10 11
12 13
Function/Operation
Picks up a document and feeds it to the paper feed roller.
Performs the paper feed operation of documents.
Separate a document to prevent against double-feed.
Performs resist of document transport.
Applied a pressure to document and the resist roller, and provides transport power of the resist roller to document.
Transports document from resist roller to transport roller 2.
Applied a pressure to document and the transport roller, and provides the transport power of the transport roller to
document.
Transports document to the transport 3 roller.
document.
Transports document from the transport roller 2 to the paper exit roller.
document.
Discharges document.
Applies a pressure to document and the paper exit roller and provides transport power of the paper exit roller to
document.
Helps to transport document smoothly.
Sensors and Switches

SCOV
SPPD1
SPPD2
SPED
SPWS
SPLS1
SPLS2
CIS
SOCD
SPPD3
Signal name
CIS
SCOV
SOCD
SPED
SPLS1
SPLS2
SPPD1
SPPD2
SPPD3
SPPD5
SPPD6 (SPOD)
SPWS
SPPD5
Name
CIS unit
DSPF upper cover open/close sensor
DSPF open/close sensor
DSPF document sensor
DSPF document length sensor (short)
DSPF document length sensor (long)
DSPF document pass sensor 1
DSPF document exit sensor
DSPF document width sensor
SPPD6 (SPOD)
Type
CIS
Micro switch
Transmission type
Transmission type
Transmission type
Transmission type
Transmission type
Transmission type
Transmission type
Transmission type
Transmission type
Volume resistor
Function/Operation
Converts document images (optical signals) into electrical signals.
Detects open/close of the DSPF upper cover.
Detects open/close of the DSPF unit.
Detects document empty in the DSPF paper feed tray.
Detects the document length in the DSPF paper feed tray.
Detects pass of the document.
Detects the document width in the DSPF paper feed tray.
(3)
Motors, clutches, solenoids, PWB and lamps
4
SPFM
SPM
SRRC
STMPS
FAN
1
2
Signal name
FAN
SPFM
SPM
STMPS
SRRC
Name
Cooling fan motor
Transport motor
Paper feed motor
Stamp solenoid
PS clutch
Type
DC motor
Stepping motor
Stepping motor
Electromagnetic solenoid
Electromagnetic clutch
Function/Operation
Cools the CIS unit and the motor.
Drives the transport roller.
Drives the roller in the paper feed section.
Drives the stamp.
Controls ON/OFF of resist roller.
No.
1
2
3
4
Name
DSPF control PWB
DSPF flash ROM PWB
DSPF driver PWB
DSPF CIS unit
Function/Operation
Controls the DSPF section.
Program ROM for DSPF
Drives the motor and the clutch in the DSPF section.
Reads document images. (CIS PWB: CIS control, LED: Light source)
F. RSPF
(1)
Internal structure
5 4 14 2 3 1
15
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Name
Pickup roller
Paper feed roller
Separation roller
11
12
13
14
15

Paper exit roller (Idle)
Transport auxiliary roller
Reverse gate
10 11
12 13
Function/Operation
Applied a pressure to document and the resist roller, and provides transport power of the resist roller to document.
Transports document from resist roller to transport roller 2.
Applied a pressure to document and the transport roller, and provides the transport power of the transport roller to document.
Transports document to the transport 3 roller.
Transports document from the transport roller 2 to the paper exit roller. / Transports document to the resist roller when
reversing the document.
Discharges document.
Applies a pressure to document and the paper exit roller and provides transport power of the paper exit roller to document.
Helps to transport document smoothly.
Reverses a document to scan the back surface of the document.
(2)
Sensors and Switches

SCOV
SPPD1
SPPD2
SPED
SPWS
SPLS1
SPLS2
SOCD
SPPD5
SPPD3
Signal name
SCOV
SOCD
SPED
SPLS1
SPLS2
SPPD1
SPPD2
SPPD3
SPPD5
SPWS
(3)
Name
RSPF upper cover open/close sensor
RSPF open/close sensor
RSPF document sensor
RSPF document length sensor (short)
RSPF document length sensor (long)
RSPF document pass sensor 1
RSPF document width sensor
Type
Micro switch
Transmission type
Transmission type
Transmission type
Transmission type
Transmission type
Transmission type
Transmission type
Transmission type
Volume resistor
Function/Operation
Detects open/close of the RSPF upper cover.
Detects open/close of the RSPF unit.
Detects document empty in the RSPF paper feed tray.
Detects the document length in the RSPF paper feed tray.
Detects the document width in the RSPF paper feed tray.
Motors, clutches, solenoids, PWB
SPFM
SPM
SRRC
STMPS
SRVC
SPRS
Signal name
SPFM
SPM
SPRS
Name
Transport motor
Paper feed motor
Pressure release solenoid
Type
Stepping motor
Stepping motor
SRRC
SRVC
PS clutch
Reverse clutch
STMPS
Stamp solenoid
Name
RSPF driver PWB
Function/Operation
Drives the motor and the clutch in the RSPF section.
No.
1
Function/Operation
Drives the roller in the paper feed section.
Releases the pressure of the transport roller 3 when reversing a document and
transporting it to the resist roller.
Controls ON/OFF of the transport power of the transport roller 3 and the paper exit
roller when discharging a document and reversing it to transport to the resist roller.
Drives the stamp.
G. Sensors
OCSW
MHPS
CCD
TFD2
TFD3
POD3
HPOS
POD2
APPD1
POD1
WEB-END
TH_MY
TH_US
DSW_ADU
BD
TCS
TH_DV/HUD_DV
PCS
APPD2
PPD2
TNBOX
TNF
PPD1
CLUD1
CPED1
CSS11
CSS13
CSS21
CSS23
CSS12
CSS22
CSS24
MPWD
MPFD
CPFD1
CSPD1
DSW_C
CSS14
CLUD2
CPED2
MPLD
MPED
CPFD2
CSPD2
MTOP1
MTOP2
Signal name
APPD1
APPD2
BD
CCD
CLUD1
CLUD2
CPED1
CPED2
CPFD1
CPFD2
CSPD1
CSPD2
CSS11
CSS12
CSS13
CSS14
CSS21
CSS22
CSS23
CSS24
DSW_ADU
DSW_C
HPOS
MHPS
MPED
MPFD
MPLD
MPWD
MTOP1
Name
ADU transport path detection 1
Laser beam detection
CCD unit
Tray 1 upper limit detection (Lift HP detection)
Tray 1 paper empty detection
Tray 1 transport detection (Paper entry detection)
Tray 1 paper remaining quantity detection
Tray 1 rear edge detection 1
ADU transport open/close detection
Tray 1 and 2 transport cover open/close detection
Shifter home position detection
Scanner home position sensor
Manual feed paper empty detection
Manual feed paper entry detection
Manual feed paper length detector
Manual paper feed tray paper width detector
Manual paper feed tray pull-out position detector 1
MTOP2
OCSW
POD1
POD2
POD3
PPD1
PPD2
PCS
TCS
TFD2
TFD3
TH_DV/HUD_DV
TH_MY
TH_US
TNF
Original cover SW
Fusing rear detection
Paper exit detection
Right tray paper exit detection
Resist pre-detection
Resist detection
Image density sensor
Toner density sensor
Paper exit full detection
Right tray paper exit full detection
Temperature/humidity detection
Main thermistor
Sub thermistor
Waste toner box remaining quantity detection
TNBOX
WEB-END
Web end detection
Function/Operation
Detects the duplex (ADU) upstream paper pass.
Detects the duplex (ADU) midstream paper pass.
Detects the laser scan start timing.
Converts document images (optical signals) into electrical signals.
Detects the tray 1 upper limit.
Detects the tray 1 paper empty.
Detects tray 1 paper pass.
Detects the tray 1 paper remaining quantity.
Insertion of the tray is detected by detecting either of tray 1 rear
edge detection 1 - 4.
The paper size of tray 1 is detected.
Insertion of the tray is detected by detecting either of tray 2 rear
edge detection 1 - 4.
Detects the duplex (ADU) cover open/close.
Detects the tray 1 and 2 transport cover open/close.
Detects the shifter home position.
Detects the scanner home position.
Detects the manual feed paper empty.
Detects the manual feed paper entry.
Detects the manual paper feed tray paper length.
Detects the manual paper feed tray paper width.
Detects the manual paper feed tray paper pull-out position
(storing position).
Detects the manual paper feed tray paper pull-out position (pullout position).
Detects the trigger for document size.
Detects the paper exit from fusing.
Detects the paper from paper exit.
Detects the paper exit to right tray.
Detects the paper in front of resist roller.
Detects the paper in rear of resist roller.
Detects toner patch density.
Detects the toner density (K).
Detects the face down paper exit tray full.
Detects the right tray paper exit full.
Detects the temperature and the humidity in the process section.
Fusing temperature detection (main)
Fusing temperature detection (sub)
Detects installation of the waste toner box. Detects the waste
toner near end and the waste toner full.
Detects installation of the waste toner box. Detects the waste
toner near end and the waste toner full.
Detects life end of the web cleaner.
Type
Transmission type
Transmission type
Transmission type
Transmission type
Transmission type
Transmission type
Transmission type
Transmission type
Duct switch
Duct switch
Duct switch
Duct switch
Duct switch
Duct switch
Duct switch
Duct switch
Transmission type
Transmission type
Transmission type
Transmission type
Volume resistor
Transmission type
Transmission type
Transmission type
Transmission type
Transmission type
Transmission type
Reflection type
Reflection type
Magnetic sensor
Transmission type
Thermistor
Thermistor
Transmission type
Transmission type
Electrode switch
H. Switches
PWRSW
DSW-R
MSW
DSW-F
Signal name
DSW-F
Name
Front door open/close switch
Type
Micro switch
DSW-R
Right door open/close switch
Micro switch
MSW
PWRSW
Main switch
Operation panel power switch
Seesaw switch
Push switch
Function/Operation
Detects open/close of the front door, and turns ON/OFF the power line of the fusing,
motor and the LSU laser.
Detects open/close of the right door, and turns ON/OFF the power line of the fusing,
motor and the LSU laser.
Turns ON/OFF the DC power source.
Controls ON/OFF of the DC power source.
I. Clutches and solenoids
ADUGS
MPUC
CPFC2
MPFS
MPGS
PSPS
TDSC
CPUC1
CPFC1
CPUC2
Signal name
ADUGS
CPFC1
CPFC2
CPUC1
CPUC2
MPFS
MPGS
MPUC
PSPS
TDSC
Name
ADU gate solenoid
Paper transport clutch 1
Type
Paper feed clutch

(Paper feed tray 1)
Paper feed clutch
(Paper feed tray 2)
Paper pickup solenoid
(Manual paper feed)
Manual paper feed gate solenoid
Manual paper feed clutch
Separation solenoid
Toner supply clutch
Function/Operation
Controls the ADU gate.
Controls ON/OFF of the paper transport roller 7.
Controls ON/OFF of the paper transport roller in the paper transport section of
the paper feed tray section.
Controls ON/OFF of the roller in the paper feed tray 1 section.
Paper pickup solenoid (Manual paper feed)
Controls the manual paper feed gate Open/Close.

Controls the manual paper feed section paper feed roller ON/OFF.
Separates paper from the OPC drum.
Controls ON/OFF of toner supply.
J. Drive motor
OSM
POM
ADUM_H
WEBM
FUM
PGM
MIM
DM
PFM
CPFM
RRM
CLUM1
ADUM_L
CLUM2
Signal name
ADUM_H
ADUM_L
CLUM1
CPFM
DM
FUM
MIM
OSM
PFM
Name
ADU motor upper
ADU motor lower
Paper tray lift-up motor
(Paper feed tray 1)
(Paper feed tray 2)
Paper feed motor
Drum motor
Fusing drive motor
Scanner motor
Shifter motor
Transport motor
PGM
POM
RRM
WEBM
Polygon motor
Paper exit drive motor
Resist motor
Fusing web cleaning motor
DC brush-less motor
Stepping motor
Stepping motor
Synchronous motor
CLUM2
Type
Stepping motor
Stepping motor
DC brush motor
Function/Operation
Drives the transport roller 13.
Drives the paper transport roller in the right door section.
Drives the lift plate of the paper feed tray.
DC brush motor
Brush-less motor
Brush-less motor
Brush-less motor
Stepping motor
Stepping motor
Stepping motor
Drives the paper feed section.

Drives the OPC drum and the developing unit.
Drives the fusing unit.
Drives the scanner (reading) unit.
Performs offset of paper.
Drives the transport roller which is between the resist roller and the paper feed section.
Drives the transport roller which is between the resist roller and the right door section.
Scans the laser beam.
Drives the paper exit roller.
Drives the resist roller and controls ON/OFF.
Drives the fusing web cleaning paper.
K. Lamps and gates
CCFT
CLI
CLI
(N model)
(U model)
2
1
HL_UM/HL_US/HL_UW
Signal name
CCFT
CLI
Name
LCD back-light
Scanner lamp
HL_UM
HL_US
HL_UW
Heater lamp (main)

Heater lamp (sub)
Heater lamp (for warm-up)
No.
1
2
Name
Right paper exit gate
ADU reverse gate
Type
Cold Cathode Fluorescent Tube
N model: LED
U model: Xenon lamp
Function/Operation
Back-light for LCD
Radiates lights onto a document for the CCD to scan the document image.
Heats the heat roller (main).
Heats the heat roller (sub).
Heats up supplementarily when warming-up.
Type
Function/Operation
Selects the paper path to transport paper to the duplex (ADU) section or to
discharge paper to the right tray.
Switches the transport route of paper to the duplex (ADU) section.
L. Fans and filters
POFM1
POFM2
RDCFM
POFM3
OZFM
LSUFM
PSFM2
CPUFAM
2
2
PSFM1
Signal name
CPUFAM
LSUFM
OZFM
PSFM1
PSFM2
POFM1
POFM2
POFM3
RDCFM
No.
1
2
Name
MFP PWB cooling fan
LSU cooling fan
Ozone fan
Power cooling fan 1
Power cooling fan 2
Paper exit cooling fan 1
Suction fan
Name
Ozone filter
Toner filter
Function/Operation
Cools the MFP PWB.
Cools the LSU section.
Exhausts ozone.
Cools the power unit.
Cools the fusing and the paper exit section.
Stabilizes paper transport.
Function/Operation
Absorbs ozone generated in the image process section.
Prevents dispersing of toner.
M. PWB
N model
U model
13
N model
12
U model
14
14
15
15
13
12
27
27
11
8
10
2
22
23
21
26
7
16
5
4
19
20
18
17
24
25
28
29
3
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
Name
RD I/F PWB
Paper size detection PWB
DC power PWB
Motor drive PWB
HV PWB
AC power PWB
Scanner control PWB
CCD PWB
LED drive PWB (N model) / Inverter PWB (U model)
Document detection light collector PWB
Document detection light emitting PWB
LCD INV PWB
LVDS PWB
MFP OPE PWB
Power SW PWB
HL PWB
MFP PWB
Mother PWB
PCU PWB
PCU Flash ROM PWB
BD PWB
LSU PWB
LD PWB
PROG1 ROM PWB
PROG2 ROM PWB
SCN Flash ROM PWB
USB I/F PWB
Scanner function expansion PWB (Option for N model)
WH PWB (Service kit: Dehumidifier heater)
Function/Operation
Interfaces each sensor signal in the right door unit section.
Detects the paper size in the paper feed tray.
Generates a DC voltage.
Drives each motor in the paper transport section.
Generates the main charger voltage, the developing bias voltage, and the transfer voltage.
Controls the power source in the primary side.
Controls the scanner and the operation panel section.
Scans document images.
Drives the scanner lamp.
Outputs the document size detection signal.
Drives the document size detection LED.
Generates the high voltage for the LCD back-light.
Converts display signals into LCD display signals.
Outputs the key operation signal.
Controls ON/OFF of the DC power source.
Controls the heater lamp.
Controls data related to images, and controls the whole machine.
Interfaces signals of the MFP PWB and another PWB.
Controls the engine section.
The ROM PWB that control the PCU PWB.
Detects laser and outputs the synchronous signal.
Controls the LSU.
Controls laser lighting.
Program ROM PWB for booting the printer controller
MFP PWB program ROM PWB
Scanner control program ROM PWB
USB I/F
Controls compression and decompression of image data.
Controls the dehumidifier heater.
N. Fuses/Thermostats
U model
16
N model
14
15
U model
TS_UM
TS_US
10
13
11
12
1
2
3
4
5
Signal name
TS UM
TS US
NO
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Name
Thermostat
Thermostat
Signal name
F201
F202
F203
F204
F205
F1
F2
F3
F4
F101
F102
F103
F301
F1
F1
F1
Name
Fuse
Fuse
Fuse
Fuse
Fuse
Fuse
Fuse
Fuse
Fuse
Fuse
Fuse
Fuse
Fuse
Fuse
Fuse
Fuse
8
9
Specifications
Fusing roller overheat protection
Fusing roller overheat protection
Fusing unit
Fusing unit
Specifications
T6.3AH 250V
T6.3AH 250V
T6.3AH 250V
T6.3AH 250V
T6.3AH 250V
15A 250V (100V) / T10AH 250V(200V)
T10AH250V (200V only)
T2AH 250V
T2AH 250V (200V only)
12A 125V (100V) / T6.3AH 250V (200V)
T1AH 250V (100V) / T3.15AH 250V (200V)
T8AH 250V (100V) / T5AH 250V (200V)
T5AH 250V (100V) / T3.15AH 250V (200V)
T0.8A 250V
200mA 250V
1.25A 250V
DC power PWB
DC power PWB
DC power PWB
DC power PWB
DC power PWB
AC power PWB
AC power PWB
AC power PWB
AC power PWB
DC power PWB
DC power PWB
DC power PWB
DC power PWB
LCD INV PWB
LCD INV PWB
CL inverter PWB
6
7
Section
Section
O. Rollers
34
35
33
32
36
37
24
25
27
26
39
38
11
10
28
29
1
3
2
20
22
23
5
4
8
7
21
31
30
19
17
18
6
15
16
14
40
41
12
13
9
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Name
Paper feed roller (Manual paper feed tray)
Separation roller (Manual paper feed tray)
Paper pickup roller (Manual paper feed tray)
Paper feed roller (No. 1 paper feed tray)
Paper pickup roller (No. 1 paper feed tray)
Separation roller (No. 1 paper feed tray)
11
12
13
14
15

16
17
18

19
20

21
22

23
24

25
26

27
28

29
30

31
32
33

34
Paper exit roller 1 (Idle)
35
Paper exit roller 1 (Drive)
36
Paper exit roller 2 (Idle)
37
38
39
40
41

Fusing roller (Heating)
Fusing roller (Pressing)
Function/Operation
Feeds paper to the paper transport section.
Separates paper to prevent Double Feed.
Sends paper to the paper feed roller.
Transports paper to the transfer section. Controls the paper transport timing to adjust relative relations
between images and paper.
Applies a pressure to paper and the resist roller to give the transport power of the transport roller to the
paper.
Applies a pressure to paper and the transport roller to give the transport power of the transport roller to the
paper.
Transports paper from No. 3 and No. 4 paper feed tray to the transport roller 4.
Reduces friction between paper and the paper guide.
paper.
Transports paper from the transport roller 1 and paper feed roller (No. 2 paper feed tray) to the transport
roller 7.
Transports paper from the paper feed tray 1 to the transport roller 7.
paper.
Reduces friction between paper and the paper guide.
paper.
Transports paper from the paper feed tray 1, 2, 3, and 4 to the transport roller 8.
paper.
Transports the paper to resist roller.
paper.
Transports paper from the fusing roller to the transport roller 1.
paper.
Transports paper from the transport roller 13 to the transport roller 11.
paper.
Transports paper from the transport roller 10 to the transport roller 12.
paper.
Transports paper from the transport roller 11 to the transport roller 8. / Transports the paper from the
manual paper feed tray to the transport roller 8.
Transports paper to the duplex (ADU) section. / Transports paper to the paper exit roller 2.
paper.
Applies a pressure to paper and the paper exit roller to give the transport power of the paper exit roller to
the paper.
Discharges paper. / Transports paper to the right paper exit tray. / Transport paper to the duplex (ADU)
section.
Applies a pressure to paper and the paper exit roller to give the transport power of the paper exit roller to
the paper.
Discharges paper.
Heat and press toner onto paper to fuse images.
Applies a pressure to the fusing roller (heating).
paper.
[4] ADJUSTMENTS AND SETTINGS
MX-M503N
Service Manual
1. General
Each adjustment item in the adjustment item list is associated with
a specific Job number. Perform the adjustment procedures in the
sequence of Job numbers from the smallest to the greatest.
Unnecessary adjustments can be omitted. Even in this case, however, the sequence from the smallest to the greatest Job number
must be observed.
However, there is no need to perform all the adjustment items. Perform only the necessary adjustments according to the need.
If the above precaution should be neglected, the adjustment would

not complete normally or trouble may occur.
2. Adjustment item list

Job No
ADJ 1
ADJ 2
ADJ 3
ADJ 4
ADJ 5
ADJ 6
ADJ 7
ADJ 8
ADJ 9
ADJ 10
ADJ 11
ADJ 12
ADJ 13
ADJ 14
ADJ 15
ADJ 16
Adjustment item list

1A
Adjust the developing doctor gap
1B
Adjust the developing roller main pole position
1C
Toner density control reference value setting
Adjusting high voltage values
2A
Adjust the main charger grid voltage
2B
Adjust the developing bias voltage
2C
Transfer current and voltage adjustment
2D
Transfer separation bias voltage adjustment
3A
Print engine image skew adjustment (LSU parallelism adjustment)
Print engine image skew, image
position, image magnification ratio,
3B
Print engine image magnification ratio adjustment (Main scanning direction)
void area adjustments
3C
Print engine print area (void area) adjustment
(Manual adjustments)
3D
Print engine image off-center adjustment
Scan image distortion adjustment
4A
Scanner (reading) unit parallelism adjustment
(OC mode)
4B
Scan image sub scanning direction distortion adjustment
4C
Scan image main scanning direction distortion adjustment
4D
Scan image distortion adjustment (Whole scanner unit)
Scanner image skew adjustment
5A
DSPF/RSPF parallelism adjustment
(DSPF/RSPF mode)
5B
DSPF/RSPF skew adjustment (Front surface mode)
5C
DSPF skew adjustment (Back surface mode)
Scan image focus adjustment
6A
Image focus adjustment (Document table mode/DSPF/RSPF front surface mode)
6B
Image focus adjustment (DSPF back surface mode)
Scan image magnification ratio
7A
Main scanning direction image magnification ratio adjustment (Document table mode)
adjustment (Manual adjustment)
7B
Sub scanning direction image magnification ratio adjustment (Document table mode)
7C
Main scanning direction image magnification ratio adjustment (DSPF/RSPF mode)
7D
Sub scanning direction image magnification ratio adjustment (DSPF/RSPF mode)
Scan image off-center adjustment
8A
Scan image off-center adjustment (Document table mode)
(Manual adjustment)
8B
Scan image off-center adjustment (DSPF/RSPF mode)
Print lead edge image position, void area adjustment (Printer mode)
Copy image position, image loss,
10A Copy image position, image loss, void area adjustment (Document table mode)
and void area adjustment
10B Document scan position adjustment
(Manual adjustment)
(DSPF/RSPF mode scanner scan position adjustment)
10C Copy mode image loss adjustment (DSPF/RSPF mode)
CCD calibration
11A CCD gamma adjustment (CCD calibration) (Document table mode)
11B CIS gamma adjustment (CIS calibration) (DSPF mode) (DSPF-installed machine only)
11C Shading adjustment (Calibration) (DSPF mode) (DSPF-installed machine only)
Copy quality adjustment
12A Auto copy density and gradation adjustment, and auto printer density and gradation
(Auto printer density and gradation
adjustment
adjustment)
12B Manual copy density and gradation adjustment
12C Copy density in each copy mode (Overall density adjustment)
(Normally unnecessary to adjust)
12D Density and gradation adjustment in each copy mode (Normally not required)
12E Document background density reproducibility adjustment in the auto copy mode
12F Color document reproducibility adjustment in the copy mode
(Normally unnecessary to adjust) (N model only)
12G Copy density and gradation adjustment (DSPF mode) (Individual adjustment of the low
density area and the high density area) (In the case of DSPF)
12H Copy density and gradation adjustment (RSPF mode) (Individual adjustment of the low
density area and the high density area) (In the case of RSPF)
12I Automatic copy and printer density and gradation adjustment by the user
(Setting of ENABLE/DISABLE of the automatic copy density and gradation adjustment, and
the adjustment)
Printer quality adjustment (Printer
13A Manual printer density and gradation adjustment
density and gradation adjustment)
Automatic setting of exposure mode operating conditions in copy, scan, and FAX
Paper size detection adjustment
15A Manual paper feed tray paper width sensor adjustment
15B DSPF/RSPF paper feed tray paper width sensor adjustment
Document size detection
16A Document size sensor detection point adjustment
adjustment (Document table mode) 16B Adjust the sensitivity of the original size sensor
Simulation
Adjust the developing unit
MX-M503N ADJUSTMENTS AND SETTINGS 4 1
25-2
8-2
8-1
8-6
8-17
64-2
50-10
50-10/50-1
50-10
64-2
64-2
48-1
48-1
48-1/48-5
48-1
48-1
50-12
50-12/50-6
50-5
50-1
53-8
50-6
63-3/63-5
63-3
63-2
46-24
46-16
46-2
46-10
46-32
46-37
46-9
46-9
67-25
46-19
40-2
53-6
41-1
41-2
Job No
ADJ 17
ADJ 18

Touch panel coordinate setting
Image lead edge position, image
off-center, image magnification
ratio adjustment
(Automatic adjustment)
18A
18B
18C
18D
ADJ 19
Simulation
65-1
50-28
Print image main scanning direction image magnification ratio automatic adjustment
(Document table mode)
Image off-center automatic adjustment (Each paper feed tray)
Copy lead edge image reference position adjustment, image off-center, sub scanning
direction image magnification ratio automatic adjustment (Document table mode)
Copy image off-center, image lead edge position, sub scanning direction image
magnification ratio automatic adjustment (DSPF/RSPF mode)
50-28
50-28
50-28
Fusing paper guide position adjustment
3. Details of adjustment
ADJ 1 Adjust the developing unit
3)
Insert a thickness gauge of 0.40mm in between 20mm - 40mm

from the edge of the developing doctor.
4)
Push the developing doctor in the arrow direction, and tighten

the fixing screw of the developing doctor. (Perform the similar
procedure for the front frame and the rear frame.)
5)
Check that the doctor gaps at two positions in 20mm - 40mm

from the both sides of the developing doctor are in the range of
0.40 0.02mm.
1-A Adjust the developing doctor gap

This adjustment is needed in the following situations:
* The developing unit has been disassembled.
* When the print image density is low.
* When there is a blur on the print image.
* When there is unevenness in the print image density.
* When inserting a thickness gauge, be careful not to scratch the

developing doctor and the developing roller.
* The toner is excessively dispersed.

NOTE: Be careful not to put fingerprints, oil, grease, or foreign
materials on the roller during the work.
NOTE: Do not hold the adjacent section of the MG roller strongly.
1)
Remove the developing unit from the main unit, and remove
the developing unit upper cover.
20mm
40mm
20mm
40mm
Note for use of a thickness gauge

NOTE: All DV material must be removed before beginning step 2.
Do not insert the gauge diagonally.
2)
The gauge must pass freely.
Loosen the developing doctor fixing screw.
The advisable point of measurement is the MIN point of the MG

roller oscillation.
1-B Adjust the developing roller main pole

position
* The developing unit has been disassembled.
* When the print image density is low.
* When there is a blur on the print image.
* When there is unevenness in the print image density.
* The toner is excessively dispersed.
NOTE: Be careful not to put fingerprints, oil, grease, or foreign
materials on the roller during the work.
1)
Remove the developing doctor cover, and place the developing unit on a flat surface.
NOTE: All DV material must be removed before begining step 2.

2)
Attach a piece of string to a sewing needle or pin.
3)
Hold the thread and bring the needle near the developing
roller. (Do not use a paper clip because too heavy. It will not
provide a correct position.)
4)
Mark the developing roller surface on the extension line of the

needle with the needle at 2 - 3mm from the developing roller
surface. (Never touch the needle tip with the developing roller.)
1-C Toner density control reference value

setting
* When developer is replaced.
NOTE: Be sure to execute this adjustment only when developer is
replaced. Never execute it in the other cases.
1)
With the front cabinet open, enter SIM 25-2.

When setting the toner density control reference value, pull out
the toner cartridge in advance.

2 3mm
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
$8720$7,&'(9(/23(5$'-8670(17
$7'(9($'-B.
$7'(9(92B.
5)
Measure the distance between the marking position and the

doctor tip of the developing unit, and check that it is 12.0
0.5mm.
If the distance is not within the above range, adjust the developing roller main pole position in the following procedures.
2)
(;(&87(

Close the front cabinet and press [EXECUTE] button.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
$8720$7,&'(9(/23(5$'-8670(17
7&'B.
7&9B.
12.00.5mm
(;(&87(

Adjustment completed

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
6)
Remove the developing unit front cover, loosen the fixing

screw of the developing roller main pole adjustment plate, and
move the adjustment plate in the arrow direction to adjust.
&/26(
$8720$7,&'(9(/23(5$'-8670(17
$7'(9($'-B.
$7'(9(92B.
(;(&87(

Abnormal end

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
$8720$7,&'(9(/23(5$'-8670(17
7&'B.(((/
7&9B.(((/
Repeat procedures 3) - 6) until the developing roller main pole

position comes to the specified range.
7)
After completion of the adjustment of the developing roller

main pole position, fix the developing roller main pole adjustment plate with the fixing screw.
(;(&87(

3)
After completion of the adjustment of the toner density control

reference value, insert the toner cartridge.
4)
Close the front cabinet.
5)
When [EXECUTE] key is pressed, it is highlighted. The developing roller rotates, and the toner density sensor detects toner
density, and the output value is displayed.
2)
Enter the SIM 8-2 mode.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
0+9*5,'6(77,1*$1'287387
$ *%B.

The above operation is executed for 3 minutes, and the average value of the toner density sensor detection level is set
(saved) as the reference toner density control value.
When the reference toner density control adjustment operation
is completed, [EXECUTE] key returns to normal from highlight.
This makes known about whether the adjustment operation is
completed or not.
0,''/(
/2:
NOTE:
If the operation is interrupted within 3 minutes, the adjustment
result is not reflected.
10-key
EE-EU
EU abnormality
EE-EC
EC abnormality

&/26(
0+9*5,'6(77,1*$1'287387
$ *%B.

Details of content
Sensor output level less than 67, or
sensor control voltage level over 197
Sensor output level over 154, or sensor
control voltage level less than 49
NOTE: When not replacing the developer, do not execute SIM252.
or after 30 sec.
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
If [EE-EU], [EE-EL] or [EE-EC] is displayed, setting of the reference toner density control value is not completed normally.
Content
EL abnormality
2.
EXECUTE
EXECUTE
When [EXECUTE] key is pressed during rotation, the operation is stopped and [EXECUTE] key returns to the normal display.
Error display
EE-EL
(;(&87(
0,''/(
/2:
(;(&87(
2.
3)
Apply a digital multi-meter between the check pin 1 of the high

voltage PWB and the GND.
4)
Press [EXECUTE] key.
ADJ 2 Adjusting high voltage values

2-A Adjust the main charger grid voltage
* When the high voltage PWB is replaced.
* U2 trouble has occurred.
* The PCU PWB has been replaced.
* The EEPROM of the PCU PWB has been replaced.
1)
Remove the rear cover of the machine.
The main charger grid voltage is outputted for 30sec.
If this procedure is executed for a long time, the OPC drum

and the developing roller may be adversely affected. Use this
procedure as short as possible.
If possible, use a old developer unit and OPC drum for this
adjustment.
5)
Check the monitor voltage with the digital multi-meter.

If the monitor voltage is not in the range of the specified values, change the adjustment value and adjust.
Item/Display
A
GB_K
Content
K charging/grid
bias set value
Adjustment value
(Monitor voltage)
31.22 0.26V
Setting
range
0 - 850
Default
value
650
If the specified value voltage is not obtained even though the

adjustment value is changed, the following parts may be
defective.
High voltage PWB
PCU PWB
MC unit
OPC drum unit
High voltage circuit electrode
2-B Adjust the developing bias voltage
3)
Apply a digital multi-meter between the check pin 3 of the high

voltage PWB and the GND.
4)
5)
Check the monitor voltage with the digital multi-meter.

1)
Remove the rear cover of the machine.
2
1
The main charger voltage is outputted for 30sec.
Item/Display
A
2)
DVB_K
&/26(
'96(77,1*$1'287387
$ '9%B.
K developing
bias set value
Adjustment value
(Monitor voltage)
0.84 0.02V
Setting
range
0 - 700
Default
value
496
If the monitor voltage is not in the range of the specified values

shown in the table above, change the adjustment value and
adjust. If the specified value voltage is not obtained even
though the adjustment value is changed, the following parts
may be defective.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
Content

High voltage PWB

PCU PWB
Developing unit
High voltage circuit electrode
2-C Transfer current and voltage adjustment

0,''/(
/2:
(;(&87(
2.

10-key
EXECUTE
EXECUTE
or after 30 sec.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
1)
&/26(

'96(77,1*$1'287387
$ '9%B.
6,08/$7,2112
7(67

&/26(
7+96(77,1*$1'287387
$ 7&3/$,1%:63;

% 7&3/$,1%:'3;

& 7&+($9<%:63;
' 7&+($9<%:'3;
( 7&2+3%:
) 7&(19(/23(%:
* 7&&/($1,1*
+ 7&&/($1,1*352&21
, 7&$'62537,21
0,''/(
/2:
(;(&87(
2.
(;(&87(
10-key
EXECUTE
2.
EXECUTE
or after 30 sec.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
7+96(77,1*$1'287387
$ 7&3/$,1%:63;

% 7&3/$,1%:'3;

& 7&+($9<%:63;
' 7&+($9<%:'3;
( 7&2+3%:
) 7&(19(/23(%:
* 7&&/($1,1*
+ 7&&/($1,1*352&21
, 7&$'62537,21
(;(&87(
2.
2)
Select a mode to be adjusted with the scroll key.
3)
Enter an adjustment value (specified value) and press [OK] key.

By setting the default value, the specified voltage is outputted.
When [EXECUTE] key is pressed, the transfer voltage is outputted.
Item/Display
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
Content
TC PLAIN BW SPX
TC PLAIN BW DPX
TC HEAVY BW SPX
TC HEAVY BW DPX
TC OHP BW
TC ENVELOPE BW
TC CLEANING
TC CLEANING PROCON
TC ADSORPTION
Transfer current
Black/
White
Standard paper mode
Front surface
Back surface
Heavy paper mode
Front surface
Back surface
OHP mode
Envelope mode
Transfer cleaning
Cleaning in the normal operation mode
bias voltage
Cleaning in the process control mode
Transfer current between paper
2-D Transfer separation bias voltage

adjustment
Default value
28/36 PPM model 45/50 PPM model
113
129
113
129
113
129
113
129
113
129
113
129
161
161
161
161
113
129
ADJ 3 Print engine image skew, image

position, image magnification
ratio, void area adjustments
(Manual adjustments)

3-A Print engine image skew adjustment

(LSU parallelism adjustment)

1)
Setting
range
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
7+9$&6(77,1*$1'287387
$ 3/9)$&(

* When the LSU unit is replaced.

* When the LSU unit is removed from the main unit.
1)
% 3/9%$&.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
6(/)35,17%:6(59,&(
$ 35,173$77(51

% '27'27,)$

& '27'27,)$
' '(16,7<),;(',)$
( 08/7,&2817
) (;32685(,)$67$1'$5'',7+(5
(;(&87(
* 3$3(5&6
2.
+ '83/(;12
, 3$3(57<3(3/$,1
10-key
EXECUTE
EXECUTE
or after 30 sec.
(;(&87(

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
2)
2.
Set the set items to the values shown below.
7+9$&6(77,1*$1'287387
Item
A
B
C
D
$ 3/9)$&(

% 3/9%$&.

(;(&87(
Select a mode to be adjusted with the scroll key.
3)
Enter an adjustment value (specified value) and press [OK]

key.
By setting the default value, the specified voltage is outputted.
When [EXECUTE] key is pressed, the transfer separation bias
voltage is outputted.
Item/Display
PLV (FACE)
PLV (BACK)
Content
Separation bias output
(Front surface)
(Back surface)
3)
Select the paper feed tray with A3 (11" x 17") paper in it by

changing the value of G.
4)
5)
Check the printed image for any skew.
The check pattern is printed out.
2.
2)
Setting
range
0 - 255
Default
value
170
0 - 255
170
Setting value
1
1
254
255
Measure the right angle level by using the printed cross pattern.
There are following two methods of checking the image for any
skew (right angle).
Method 1:
Measure the maximum length of the diagonal lines of the rectangle print pattern. Check the difference in the length of the
diagonal lines for judgment of good or no good.
Method 2:
Compare the right angle of vertical side and the horizontal side
of the rectangle print pattern with the right angle of A3 or 11" x
8.5" paper for judgment of good or no good.
(NOTE)
6)
Remove the left cover and the paper exit tray cabinet.
In the case of Method 2, the right angle of paper to be used

may not be exact. Be sure to check the right angle of paper to
be used in advance.
(Method 1)
a) Measure the length of the diagonal lines of the rectangle
print pattern.
2
4
A
Diagonal line C
Diagonal line D
7)
When the LSU unit fixing screw is attached to the hole position
on the lower side, remove the fixing screw and attach it to the
hole on the upper side.
Loosen the fixing screw which is attached to the adjustment
hole position on the upper side. Loosen the LSU fixing screw
(left).
b) Calculate the difference between the measured lengths C

and D of the diagonal lines.
c) Check to insure that the difference between C and D is in
the following range. C D = 0.8mm
If the difference between C and D is in the above range, there
is no need to adjust.
(Method 2)
a) Fit the side of A3 or 11" x 17" paper to the long side of the
rectangle print pattern.
8)
Move the LSU front frame side up and down to adjust.

(When Method 1 is used to check the image for any skew
(right angle) in procedure 5 in advance)
Comparison line
When C > D (the lengths of the diagonal lines), the LSU is

shifted upward.
0.5mm or less
When C < D (the lengths of the diagonal lines), the LSU is

shifted downward.
Direction A
(When Method 2 is used to check the image for any skew

(right angle) in procedure 5 in advance)
Direction B
If the image is skewed in the arrow direction of A, to shift the

LSU upward. If the image is skewed in the arrow direction of B,
to shift the LSU downward.
b) Measure the shift distance between vertical side of paper

and side of the rectangle print pattern.
If the above distance is 0.5mm or less, there is no need to
adjust.
If not, execute the following procedures.
9)
Execute procedures 4) and 5).

(Repeat procedures 4), 5), 7) and 8) until a satisfactory result
is obtained.)
10) When the adjustment result reaches a satisfactory level,

tighten the LSU unit fixing screws (at the left and at the center).
6)
3-B Print engine image magnification ratio

adjustment (Main scanning direction)
When the set value is changed by 1, the dimension is changed

by 0.1mm.
When the set value is increased, the BK image magnification

ratio in the main scanning direction is increased. When the set
value is decreased, the BK image magnification ratio in the
main scanning direction is decreased.
* When the LSU (writing) unit is replaced.

Repeat procedures 2) - 6) until a satisfactory result is obtained.

1)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
3$3(5&(17(52))6(76(783
$ %.0$*

% 0$,10)7

& 0$,1&6
* When the paper tray section is disassembled.

* When the manual feed tray is replaced.
) 0$,1&6
* 0$,1/&&
* When the manual feed tray is disassembled.
+ 0$,1$'8
* When the duplex section is disassembled.
, 68%0)7
- 68%&6
* When the duplex section is installed or replaced.
. 68%&6
* When the large capacity paper feed tray is installed or replaced.
/ 68%/&&
(;(&87(
2.


7(67
6,08/$7,2112
&/26(
$ %.0$*

& 0$,1&6

(Note)
Before executing this adjustment, be sure to execute ADJ 3B print
engine image magnification ratio adjustment (Main scanning direction) in advance.
3$3(5&(17(52))6(76(783
% 0$,10)7
* When the large capacity paper feed tray section is disassembled.

* When the registration roller section is disassembled.
EXECUTE
End of print


* When a paper tray is replaced.
( 0$,1&6
3-C Print engine print area (void area)

adjustment
* When the LSU is replaced or removed.
' 0$,1&6
EXECUTE
Change the set value of set item A.
' 0$,1&6
1)
( 0$,1&6
) 0$,1&6

* 0$,1/&&
+ 0$,1$'8
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
, 68%0)7
3$3(5&(17(52))6(76(783
- 68%&6
. 68%&6
/ 68%/&&
(;(&87(
&/26(
$ %.0$*

% 0$,10)7

& 0$,1&6
' 0$,1&6
2.
( 0$,1&6
) 0$,1&6
2)
Set A4 (11" x 8.5") paper in the paper feed tray.
3)
Select the paper feed tray set in procedure 2) with the scroll
key.
+ 0$,1$'8
4)
. 68%&6
* 0$,1/&&
, 68%0)7
- 68%&6
/ 68%/&&
The check pattern is printed out.

5)
(;(&87(
Check that the inside dimension of the printed half tone is 240
0.5mm.
EXECUTE
2.
EXECUTE
End of print

7(67
6,08/$7,2112
&/26(
3$3(5&(17(52))6(76(783
$ %.0$*

% 0$,10)7

& 0$,1&6
' 0$,1&6
( 0$,1&6
240 0.5mm
) 0$,1&6
* 0$,1/&&
+ 0$,1$'8
, 68%0)7
- 68%&6
. 68%&6
/ 68%/&&
(;(&87(
2.
2)
Set A4 (11" x 8.5") paper to all the trays, and select the set
item J with the scroll key. Enter the value corresponding to the
adjustment target paper feed tray.
3)
If the above requirement is not met, do the following steps.
The adjustment pattern is printed.

4)
Check the adjustment pattern to confirm that the items below

are in the range of the standard values.
X
Y
Z1/Z2
Content
Lead edge void area
Rear edge void area
FRONT/REAR void area
Standard adjustment value

3.0 1.0mm
2.0 - 5.0mm
2.0 2.0mm
Z1
2.0
6)
Item/Display
A
2.0mm
Lead
edge
adjustment
value
C
D
E
F
G
X
3.0 1.0mm
Select the adjustment item I, J, K with the scroll key, and enter
the adjustment value and press [OK] key.
Y
2.0 - 5.0mm
H
I
J
Z2
2.0
2.0mm
If the above condition is not satisfied, or if it is set to a desired

condition, execute the simulation 50-1.
(Note) Feed paper from all the paper feed trays to confirm.
5)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
/($'('*($'-8670(179$/8(
$ 55&$

% 55&%&6
RRCB-CS12
RRCB-CS34
RRCB-LCC
RRCB-MFT
Image
loss area
setting
value
Void area
adjustment
K
L
RRCA
Off-center
adjustment
M Magnification
ratio
correction
N Sub
scanning
O direction
print area
P correction
value
RRCB-ADU
LEAD
SIDE
DENA
DENB
FRONT/
REAR
OFFSET_
OC
* /($'
+ 6,'(
, '(1$
- '(1%
. )52175($5
/ 2))6(7B2&
2.
10-key

&/26(
/($'('*($'-8670(179$/8(
$ 55&$

1 - 99
50
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
50
50
50
1 - 99
0 - 99
50
30
0 - 99
20
1 - 99
30
1 - 99
30
1 - 99
20
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
DENB-MFT
Manual feed
correction value
Tray 1 correction
value
Tray 2 correction
value
Tray 3 correction
value
Tray 4 correction
value
LCC correction value
ADU correction value
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
1 - 99
50
66
DENB-CS1
DENB-CS2
DENB-CS3
DENB-CS4
S
T
DENB-LCC
DENB-ADU
When the adjustment value is increased, the void area is

increased. When the adjustment value is decreased, the void
area is decreased.
When the adjustment value is changed by 1, the void area is
changed by 0.1mm.
NOTE: The adjustment value and the actual void area are related
as follows:
OK
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
Default
value
50
SCAN sub scanning

magnification ratio
adjustment (CCD)
( 55&%0)7
) 55&%$'8
Document lead edge

reference position
(OC)
Resist
Standard
motor ON Tray
timing
Desk
adjustLCC
ment
Manual
paper
feed
ADU
Lead edge image
loss area setting
Side image loss area
adjustment
Lead edge void area
adjustment
Rear edge void area
adjustment
FRONT/REAR void
area adjustment
OC document offcenter adjustment
Setting
range
0 - 99
SCAN_
SPEED_OC
& 55&%&6
' 55&%/&&
Content
% 55&%&6
Adjustment value/10 = Actual void area

NOTE: When the amount of the rear edge void is different between
each paper feed tray, change the adjustment value of item
N, O, P, Q, R, S, T (DENB-XXX) in SIM50-1 and adjust.
The adjustment item J (DENB) have a effect on the paper
of all paper feed tray.
& 55&%&6
' 55&%/&&
( 55&%0)7
That is, adjustment value of item N, O, P, Q, R, S, T

(DENB-XXX) fine adjusts to adjustment item J (DENB) for
each paper tray.
) 55&%$'8
* /($'
+ 6,'(
, '(1$
After execution of the above, perform procedures 1) - 4) to check

that the void area is within the specified range.
- '(1%
. )52175($5
/ 2))6(7B2&
2.
Though the lead edge void area adjustment value is proper, if the
lead edge void area is not within the specified range, change the
adjustment value of RRCB-XXX (item B, C, D, E, F) of SIM 50-1.
Repeat the above procedures until a satisfactory result is obtained.
3-D Print engine image off-center adjustment

Item/Display
Content
MAIN-CS3
MAIN-CS4
MAIN-LCC
MAIN-ADU
SUB-MFT
SUB-CS12
K
L
M
N
O
SUB-CS34
SUB-LCC
SUB-ADU
MULTI COUNT
PAPER
MFT
Print off center adjustment

value (Tray 3)
value (Tray 4)
value (LCC)
value (ADU)
NOTE:
Before execution of this
adjustment check to
insure that the adjustment
items A - G have been
properly adjusted. If not,
this adjustment cannot be
made properly.
Registration
Manual
paper feed
motor ON
Timing
Standard
adjustment
tray
DESK
LCC
ADU
Number of print
Tray selection Manual
paper feed
Tray 1
Tray 2
Tray 3
Tray 4
LCC
Duplex print
Yes
selection
No

* When a paper tray is replaced.
* When the paper tray section is disassembled.
* When ADJ 3B Print engine image magnification ratio adjustment
(Main scanning direction) is performed.
* When the manual feed tray is replaced.
* When the manual feed tray is disassembled.
* When the duplex section is disassembled.
* When the duplex section is installed or replaced.
* When the large capacity paper feed tray is installed or replaced.
* When the large capacity paper feed tray section is disassembled.
(Note)
Before execution of this adjustment, check to insure the following
item.
* Check that the ADJ 3B Print engine image magnification ratio
adjustment (Main scanning direction) has been properly
adjusted.
1)
Enter SIM 50-10 mode.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
3$3(5&(17(52))6(76(783
$ %.0$*

% 0$,10)7

& 0$,1&6
' 0$,1&6
( 0$,1&6
+ 0$,1$'8
Default
value
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 999
1-6 1
50
50
50
1
2
(CS1)
0-1
2
3
4
5
6
0
1
1 (NO)
3)
Set A4 (11" x 8.5") paper in the paper feed tray selected in procedure 2).
4)
5)
Check that the adjustment pattern image is printed in the correct position.
) 0$,1&6
* 0$,1/&&
DUPLEX
CS1
CS2
CS3
CS4
LCC
YES
NO
Setting
range
1 - 99
, 68%0)7
- 68%&6
. 68%&6
/ 68%/&&
(;(&87(
Measure the dimension of the void area in the front and the
rear frame direction of the adjustment pattern, and check that
all the following conditions are satisfied.
2.
EXECUTE
EXECUTE
RV
2.0mm 2.0mm
End of print

7(67
6,08/$7,2112
&/26(
3$3(5&(17(52))6(76(783
$ %.0$*

% 0$,10)7

& 0$,1&6
' 0$,1&6
( 0$,1&6
) 0$,1&6
* 0$,1/&&
+ 0$,1$'8
, 68%0)7
- 68%&6
. 68%&6
/ 68%/&&
(;(&87(
2)
2.
Use the scroll key to select a paper feed tray which is to be

adjusted. (Items B - H)
Item/Display
BK-MAG
MAIN-MFT
MAIN-CS1
MAIN-CS2
Content
Main scan print
magnification ratio BK
value (Manual paper feed)
value (Tray 1)
value (Tray 2)
Setting
range
60 - 140
Default
value
100
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
FV
2.0mm
2.0mm
RV: REAR VOID AREA

FV: FRONT VOID AREA
RV + FV 4.0mm
RV = 2.0 2.0mm
FV = 2.0 2.0mm
6)
Change the adjustment value.

Enter the adjustment value and press the [OK] key or the
[EXECUTE] key.
When [EXECUTE] key is pressed, the adjustment pattern is
printed.
When the adjustment value is increased, the adjustment pattern is shifted to the front frame side. When it is decreased, the
adjustment pattern is shifted to the rear frame side.
When the set value is changed by 1, the shift distance is
changed by about 0.1mm.
Repeat procedures 3) - 6) until the conditions of procedure 5)
are satisfied.
In case a satisfactory result cannot be obtained by repeating
the above procedures, perform the following procedure.
7)
Loosen the paper feed tray off-center adjustment screws (2

pcs.) at the center section of the lift plate of the paper feed tray,
and change the gear unit position in the front/rear frame direction. Repeat the adjustment procedures from 4).
2)
Turn the scanner drive pulley manually and shift the scanner
unit B to bring it into contact with the stopper.
When the scanner unit B is in contact with the two stoppers on
the front and the rear frames simultaneously, the parallelism is
proper.
ADJ 4 Scan image distortion

adjustment (OC mode)
* When the scanner (reading) section is disassembled.
* When the copy image is distorted.
If this requirement is not met, do the following steps.

3)
Loosen the fixing screw of the pulley angle on the front frame
side of the scanner unit B.
4)
Adjust the position of the pulley angle on the front frame side
of the scanner unit B so that it is in contact with two stoppers
on the front and the rear frames simultaneously.
4-A Scanner (reading) unit parallelism

adjustment
Before execution of this adjustment, remove the document table
glass.
N model
1)
Remove the LED lamp unit, and then loosen the screws which
are fixing the scanner unit A and the drive wire. Release the
scanner unit A from the drive wire.
5)
Fix the pulley angle on the front frame side of the scanner unit
B.
If a satisfactory result is not obtained from the above procedures, perform the following procedures.
U model
1)
Loosen the fixing screws of the scanner unit A and the drive
wire, and remove the scanner unit A from the drive wire.
2)
Turn the scanner drive pulley manually and shift the scanner
unit B to bring it into contact with the stopper.
Loosen the fixing screw of the scanner unit drive pulley which
is not in contact.
Without moving the scanner unit drive shaft, turn the scanner
unit drive pulley manually and adjust so that the scanner unit B
is in contact with both stoppers on the front frame and the rear
frame simultaneously. (Change the relative position of the
scanner unit drive pulley and the drive shaft.) Fix the scanner
unit drive pulley fixing screw.
When the scanner unit B is in contact with the two stoppers on

the front and the rear frames simultaneously, the parallelism is
proper.
6)
With the scanner unit B in contact with both stoppers, fit the
edge of the scanner unit A with the right edge of the frame, and
fix the scanner unit A with the fixing screw.
If this requirement is not met, do the following steps.

3)
Loosen the fixing screw of the pulley angle on the front frame
side of the scanner unit B.
4)
Adjust the position of the pulley angle on the front frame side
of the scanner unit B so that it is in contact with two stoppers
on the front and the rear frames simultaneously.
5)
Fix the pulley angle on the front frame side of the scanner unit
B.
If a satisfactory result is not obtained from the above procedures, perform the following procedures.
4-B Scan image sub scanning direction

distortion adjustment
1)
Loosen the fixing screw of the scanner unit drive pulley which
is not in contact.
Make a test chart on A3 (11" x 17") paper as shown below.

(Draw a rectangular with four right angles.)
L
Without moving the scanner unit drive shaft, turn the scanner
unit drive pulley manually and adjust so that the scanner unit B
is in contact with both stoppers on the front frame and the rear
frame simultaneously. (Change the relative position of the
scanner unit drive pulley and the drive shaft.) Fix the scanner
unit drive pulley fixing screw.
L = 10mm
L
6)
2)
Set the test chart prepared in the procedure 1) on the document table. (Shift the test chart edge 30mm from the reference
position as shown below.) With the document cover open,
make a copy on A3 (11" x 17") paper.
3)
Check for distortion in the sub scanning direction.
With the scanner unit B in contact with both stoppers, fit the
edge of the scanner unit A with the right edge of the frame, and
fix the scanner unit A with the fixing screw.
If La = Lb, there is no distortion.

La
Lb
If there is any distortion in the sub scanning direction, perform

the following procedures.
4)
Loosen either one of the fixing screws of the scanner unit drive
pulley. (Either one on the front frame or on the rear frame will
do.)
5)
Without moving the scanner unit drive shaft, manually turn the
scanner unit drive pulley to change the parallelism of the scanner unit A and B. (Change the relative position of the scanner
unit drive pulley and the drive shaft.)
6)
Tighten the scanner unit drive pulley fixing screw.
5)
Change the height balance of the scanner rail on the front

frame side.
Repeat the procedures 2) - 6) until the condition of the procedure 3)

is satisfied.
If the distortion in the sub scanning direction cannot be deleted with
the above procedures, perform ADJ 4D Scan image distortion
adjustment (Whole scanner unit).
4-C Scan image main scanning direction

distortion adjustment
1)
Make a test chart on A3 (11" x 17") paper as shown below.

(Draw a rectangular with four right angles.)
Remove the lower cabinet of the operation panel. Loosen the

scanner rail fixing screw to change the balance between the
right and the left heights of the scanner rail.
Repeat the procedures 2) - 5) until the difference between the

image distortions (distortion balance) is deleted.
6)
Without changing the balance of the scanner rail on the front

frame side, change the overall height.
7)
Set the test chart prepared in the procedure 1) on the document table, and make a copy on A3 (11" x 17") paper. Check
that the distortion in the main scanning direction is within the
specified range.
Repeat the procedures 6) and 7) until the distortion in the main

scanning direction is in the specified range.
L = 10mm
L
2)
Set the test chart prepared in the procedure 1) on the document table, and make a copy on A3 (11" x 17") paper.
3)
Check for distortion in the main scanning direction.

If the four angles of the rectangle of the copy image are right
angles, it is judged that there is no distortion. (The work is
completed.)
If the distortion in the sub scanning direction cannot be deleted

with the above procedures, perform ADJ 4D Scan image distortion adjustment (whole scanner unit).
4-D Scan image distortion adjustment

(Whole scanner unit)
This adjustment is executed when scan image distortion cannot be
adjusted with ADJ 4A, ADJ 4B, and ADJ 4C related to the scan
image distortion adjustment.
Change the upper and lower positions of the scanner unit distortion
adjustment plate on the right edge of the scanner unit so that the
scan image distortion is minimized. By adjusting the distortion of
the whole scanner unit, the scan image distortion is adjusted.
1)
Loosen the fixing screw (A).
2)
Adjust the scanner unit distortion adjustment plate.
If there is any distortion in the main scanning direction, perform

the following procedure.
4)
Check the difference (distortion balance) between left-hand

and right-hand side images distortions.
Lc
Lc
Copy A
Copy B
Ld
There is no difference
between the distortion on
the right and that on the left.
Lc Ld
Ld
There is some difference
between the distortion on
the right and that on the left.
Lc Ld
If Lc = Ld, the distortion on the left is equal to that on the right.

(The distortions are balanced.)
If the above condition is satisfied, go to the procedure 6).
If not, perform the following procedures.
ADJ 5 Scanner image skew

adjustment (DSPF/RSPF mode)
5-A DSPF/RSPF parallelism adjustment
1)
Make an DSPF/RSPF parallelism adjustment sheet.

Cut copy paper in the longitudinal direction.
20mm
A4/Letter size
2)
Perform the adjustment according to the flowchart below.

<Flow chart>
<Work procedure>
a) Check section A.
Start of the
adjustment
Place the DSPF/RSPF height adjustment sheet between

section A and the DSPF/RSPF glass height adjustment resin
surface (a), and close the DSPF/RSPF unit.
Slowly pull out the DSPF/RSPF height adjustment sheet.
Check to insure that a slight resistance is felt when pulling out
the DSPF/RSPF height adjustment sheet.
Check section A.
* Be careful not to cover the convex section of the glass

holding resin surface with the height adjustment sheet.
Is
No
there a resistance?
The section
A is lowered
too much.
Yes
Adjust hinge D
until there is a
resistance in
section A.
(Counterclockwise)
Turn the hinge

D to lift the
DSPF/RSPF
so that
there is a
resistance in
the section A.
(Clockwise)
b) If it cannot be pulled out, loosen the fixing nut and turn the
section D clockwise to lift the DSPF/RSPF unit, and make an
adjustment.
If it can be pulled out without resistance, loosen the fixing nut
and turn the section D counterclockwise to move down the
DSPF/RSPF unit, and make an adjustment.
c) Adjust the section F.

Use a clearance gauge to check to confirm that the clearance
in the section F is 4.3mm - 5.0mm.
If not, loosen the fixing nut and turn the section E to adjust.
Adjust the
section F.
* Insert a clearance gauge in the range of 20mm from the

edge (a) of the OC mat.
Is there a
resistance in the
section B?
Yes
Increase the
clearance in
the section F
until there is a
resistance in
the section B.
However, the
max. is 5.0mm.
Section F
4.3 - 5.0mm
No
20mm
* Turn section E clockwise to lift the DSPF/RSPF unit. Turn it

counterclockwise to move down the DSPF/RSPF unit.
d) Check section B.
Place the DSPF/RSPF height adjustment sheet between
section B and the DSPF/RSPF glass height adjustment resin
surface (a), and close the DSPF/RSPF unit.
Slowly pull out the DSPF/RSPF height adjustment sheet.
Check to insure that a slight resistance is felt when pulling out
the DSPF/RSPF height adjustment sheet. (If the boss in
section B is in contact, it is O.K.)
Check section B.
* Be careful not to put the book sensor (b) on the height

adjustment sheet.
B
b
Is
there a resistance?
No
Yes
e) If it can be pulled out without resistance, turn the hinge in

section E clockwise to adjust.
Adjust hinge
E until the
separation in
section C is
deleted.
(Counterclockwise)
Check section C.
Is there
a separating
section.
Yes
No
f) Check section C.
Check to confirm that the projection in section C in the right
front side of then DSPF/RSPF bottom is in contact with the
glass surface (b).
* The bosses in section A

and B are excessively
pressed. (The right
side is separating.)
b
C
C
b
End of the
adjustment
[Check Method 2]
5-B DSPF/RSPF skew adjustment

(Front surface mode)
Check that the squareness of the main scanning direction

print line for the longitudinal direction of paper is within
1.0mm.

* The DSPF/RSPF section has been disassembled.
* When replacing the DSPF/RSPF unit.
0 - 1.0mm
* The DSPF/RSPF unit generates skewed scanned images.

1)
Create an adjustment chart by printing in duplex mode the selfprint pattern (grid pattern) specified in Simulation 64-2.
SIM 64-2 set values

A = 1,
B = 1,
C = 254,
D = 255
Make sure that the print grid pattern is almost in parallel with
the paper edges, and apply position marks 'A', 'B', 'C' and 'D' to
the leading and trailing edges of the paper for both front and
back sides of the paper.
Paper pass direction
If the front surface copy image is as shown above and the

back surface copy is not as shown above, go to the step 3)
of "ADJ 5C DSPF skew adjustment (Back surface mode)".
If the above requirement is not met for the paper's front side,
then do step 3).
3)
Remove the hex nut cover in the DSPF/RSPF diagonal adjustment screw section.
4)
Raise the DSPF/RSPF unit upright, and loosen the fixing

screw of the hinge.
B
2)
Copy the adjustment chart (created in step 1) to A3 (11" x 17")

paper in DSPF/RSPF duplex mode, and then check the image
for skews (Set in the DSPF/RSPF feed tray so that the mark
on the adjustment chart is at the edge).
Check with one of the following methods.
[Check Method 1]
(Front side)
Make sure that the output satisfies the condition: |a-b| 1 mm
(Back side)
Make sure that the output satisfies the condition: |c-d| 1 mm
5)
Close the DSPF/RSPF unit, and loosen the hex nut of the
DSPF/RSPF diagonal adjustment screw section.
Turn the hex wrench of the DSPF/RSPF diagonal adjustment
screw to adjust the alignment.
5-C DSPF skew adjustment

(Back surface mode)
* The DSPF section has been disassembled.
* When replacing the DSPF unit.
* The DSPF unit generates skewed scanned images.
1)
Create an adjustment chart by printing in duplex mode the selfprint pattern (grid pattern) specified in Simulation 64-2.
SIM 64-2 set values
A = 1,
B = 1,
C = 254,
D = 255
Make sure that the print grid pattern is almost in parallel with
the paper edges, and apply position marks 'A', 'B', 'C' and 'D' to
the leading and trailing edges of the paper for both front and
back sides of the paper.
* In the case of (A), turn the DSPF/RSPF diagonal adjustment

screw counterclockwise.
In the case of (B), turn the DSPF/RSPF diagonal adjustment
screw clockwise.
B
2)
Copy the adjustment chart (created in step 1) to A3 (11" x 17")

paper in DSPF duplex mode, and then check the image for
skews (Set in the DSPF feed tray so that the mark on the
adjustment chart is at the edge).
Check with one of the following methods.
[Check Method 1]
(Front side)
Make sure that the output satisfies the condition: |a-b| 1 mm
6)
Make a copy again and measure (a) and (b) on the copied test
chart. Repeat procedures 2) to 5) until the condition ((a) - (b) =
1mm or less) is satisfied.
7)
Tighten the hinge section fixing screw which was loosened in

the procedure 4) to tighten the hinge section.
(Back side)
Make sure that the output satisfies the condition: |c-d| 1 mm
[Check Method 2]
[When the main scanning direction print line is shifted to the

left]
Check that the squareness of the main scanning direction

print line for the longitudinal direction of paper is within
1.0mm.
0 - 1.0mm
(When c < d): Shift the CIS mounting plate to "L" direction.
[When the main scanning direction print line is shifted to the
right]
(When c > d): Shift the CIS mounting plate to "R" direction.
Repeat steps 2) to 5) until an acceptable result is obtained.
ADJ 6 Scan image focus adjustment

6-A Image focus adjustment (Document table
mode/DSPF/RSPF front surface mode)
* The CCD unit has been removed from the machine.
* The CCD unit has been replaced.
If the back surface copy image is as shown above and the

front surface copy is not as shown above, go to the step 3)
of "ADJ 5B DSPF skew adjustment (Front surface mode)".
If the back surface copy is not as shown above, perform the
procedures of step 3) or later.
3)
* When the copy image focus is not properly adjusted.

* When the copy magnification ratio in the copy image main scanning direction is not properly adjusted.
1)
Remove the front frame cabinet of the DSPF.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
0$*1,),&$7,21$'-8670(17
$ &&'0$,1

% &&'68%

& 63)0$,1
'
63)68%
63)%0$,1
63)%68%
2.
2)
4)
Loosen the adjustment plate fixing screw. (On the front frame
side)
Set the adjustment item CCD (MAIN) to 50 (default value).

Select the adjustment item with the scroll key, and enter the
adjustment value with 10-key and press [OK] key.
Place a scale on the original table as illustrated below.
4)
Make a normal copy on A4 paper.
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
3)
5)
Check the image skew state, and shift the CIS mounting plate
to "L" or "R" direction to adjust.
R
Press [CLOSE] key to shift from the simulation mode to the
copy mode, and make a copy.
5)
Compare the copied image of the scale and the actual scale
length in terms of length.
6)
Obtain the copy magnification ratio correction ratio in the main

scanning direction from the following formula.
U model
Main scanning direction copy magnification ratio correction

ratio = (Original size - Copy image size) / Original size x 100%
(Example)
Compare the scale of 10mm with the scale of 10mm on the
copy image.
Main scanning direction copy magnification ratio correction
ratio = (100 - 99) / 100 x 100 = 1
100mm scale
(Orignal)
10
20
90
100
110
A
B
1.0mm
Copy image
(1mm (1%)
shorter than
the original)
12) Make a copy and check the copy magnification ratio again.
If the copy magnification ratio is not in the range of 100 1%,
repeat the procedures of 9) - 11) until the condition is satisfied.
10
20
90
100
110
If the copy magnification ratio is not satisfactory, perform the

following procedures.
7)
Remove the document table glass.
8)
Remove the dark box cover.
9)
To prevent against shift of the CCD unit optical axis, mark the
CCD unit base as shown below.
* This procedure must be executed also when the CCD unit is
replaced.
10) Loosen the CCD unit fixing screws.

* Never loosen the screws marked with X.
If any one of these screws is loosened, the position and the
angle of the CCD unit base may be changed to cause a
problem, which cannot be adjusted in the market. In that
case, the whole scanner unit must be replaced.
NOTE: By changing the CCD unit fixing position with the simulation 48-1 adjustment value at 50, the copy magnification
ratio is adjusted within the specified range (100 1.0%)
and the specified resolution is obtained based on the optical system structure.
6-B Image focus adjustment (DSPF back

surface mode)
This adjustment is required in the following cases:
* When the CIS unit is replaced.
* When the COPY/SCAN/FAX image focus is not properly
adjusted.
* When the DSPF unit is removed.
* When the DSPF unit is replaced.
1)
Make a duplex copy in DSPF mode.
2)
Make sure that the copied image on the back side of the paper
is satisfactorily focused.
If the image is not satisfactorily focused, do the following
steps.
11) Slide the CCD unit in the arrow direction (CCD sub scanning
direction) to change the installing position.
When the copy image is longer than the original scale, shift the
CCD unit in the direction B. When the copy image is shorter
than the original scale, shift the CCD unit in the direction A.
One scale of mark-off line corresponds to 0.2%.
At that time, fix the CCD unit so that it is in parallel with the
scale on the front and the rear side of the CCD unit base.
3)
Remove the rear frame and the front frame cabinet of the
DSPF unit.
4)
Loosen the fixing screw of the focus adjustment plate. (About

one turn)
On the front frame side and the rear frame side.
* Fix the CCD unit so that it is in parallel with the line marked
in procedure 9).
N model
A
B
5)
Turn the CIS focus adjustment screws on the front and the rear
frame sides to adjust the focus.
2)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
0$*1,),&$7,21$'-8670(17
$ &&'0$,1

% &&'68%

& 63)0$,1
'
63)68%
63)%0$,1
63)%68%
2.
3)
Make a normal copy and obtain the copy magnification ratio.

4)
Check that the copy magnification ratio is within the specified

range (100 1.0%).
If the copy magnification ratio is within the specified range (100
1.0%), the adjustment is completed. If the copy magnification
ratio is not within the specified range, perform the following
procedure.
5)
Change the CCD (MAIN) adjustment value of Simulation 48-1.
Repeat the above procedures until a satisfactory focus is obtained.
When the adjustment value is increased, the copy magnification ratio is increased.
ADJ 7 Scan image magnification ratio
When the adjustment value is changed by 1, the copy magnification ratio is changed by about 0.02%.
adjustment
(Manual adjustment)
This manual adjustment is used when the automatic adjustment of
SIM 50-28 cannot obtain a satisfactory result.
* When the copy image magnification ratio in the sub scanning
direction is not properly adjusted.
Repeat the procedures 3) - 5) until the copy magnification ratio

is within the specified range (100 1.0%).
7-B Sub scanning direction image

magnification ratio adjustment
1)
* When the scanner motor is replaced.
Place a scale on the document table as shown in the figure

below.
* When a U2 trouble occurs.

* When the scanner control PWB is replaced.
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
* When the EEPROM on the scanner control PWB is replaced.

Before this adjustment, the focus adjustment (CCD unit installing
position adjustment) must have been completed.
7-A Main scanning direction image

1)

below.
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
2)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
0$*1,),&$7,21$'-8670(17
$ &&'0$,1

% &&'68%

& 63)0$,1
'
63)68%
63)%0$,1
63)%68%
2.
3)
Make a normal copy and obtain the copy magnification ratio.
3)
Measure the images on the copy paper and the original

images.

Copy magnification ratio
(Example 1)
Copy A
(Shorter than
the original)
(Original dimension - Copy dimension)

Original dimension
original
100%
copy
10
20
90
100
110
10
100
50
150
250
200
10
Scale
(Original)
10
20
90
100
110
4)
50
100
150
200
250
Obtain the image magnification ratio according to the following

formula:
Image magnification ratio = Original size / Original size x 100
(%)
Image magnification ratio = 99 / 100 x 100 = 99 (%)
(Example 2)
Copy B
(Longer than
the original)
10
20
90
100
If the image magnification ratio is within the specified range

(100 0.8%), there is no need to perform the adjustment.
110
If it is not within the specified range, perform the following procedures.

5)
4)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
If the copy magnification ratio is within the specified range (100

1.0%), the adjustment is completed. If the copy magnification
ratio is not within the specified range, perform the following
procedure.
5)
Check that the copy magnification ratio is within the specified

range (100 1.0%).
&/26(
0$*1,),&$7,21$'-8670(17
$ &&'0$,1

Change the CCD (SUB) adjustment value of Simulation 48-1.

When the adjustment value is increased, the copy magnification ratio in the sub scanning direction is increased.
% &&'68%

& 63)0$,1
'
63)68%
63)%0$,1
63)%68%
When the adjustment value is changed by 1, the copy magnification ratio is changed by about 0.1%.
Repeat the procedures 3) - 5) until the copy magnification ratio is
within the specified range (100 1.0%).
2.
Item
7-C Main scanning direction image

(DSPF/RSPF mode)
Display
Content
CCD(MAIN)
CCD(SUB)
SPF(MAIN)
SPF(SUB)
SPFB(MAIN)
SPFB(SUB)
This adjustment must be performed in the following cases:

* When the scan control PWB is replaced.
* When the EEPROM on the scan control PWB is replaced.
* When U2 trouble occurs.
* When the copy magnification ratio is not matched.
* When the DSPF/RSPF is disassembled.
a. Adjustment procedures
1)
Place the duplex adjustment chart shown below on the document tray of the DSPF/RSPF.
The adjustment chart is prepared by the following procedures.
Use A4 (11" x 8.5") paper, and put marks on both sides and
both surfaces of the paper at 10mm from each edge.
SCAN main scanning

magnification ratio
adjustment (CCD)
SCAN sub scanning
magnification ratio
adjustment (CCD)
DSPF/RSPF document front
surface magnification ratio
adjustment (Main scan)
adjustment (Sub scan)
DSPF/RSPF document back
RSPF document back
Setting
range
1 - 99
Default
value
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
* Items A, C, E: When the set value is increased by 1, the

magnification ratio is increased by 0.02%.
* Items B, D: When the set value is increased by 1, the magnification ratio is increased by 0.1%.
A4 size
* It affects scanning (PC scanning, etc.) as well as copying.

6)
10mm
2)
10mm
(Both the front surface

and the back surface)
Make a duplex copy at the normal ratio on A4 paper.
Select an adjustment item of SPF (MAIN)/SPFB (MAIN) with

the scroll key.
SPF (MAIN)
SPFB (MAIN)
Main scanning direction image magnification ratio

(Front surface)
(Back surface)
7)
Enter an adjustment value with 10-key, and press [OK] key.
5)
When the adjustment value is increased, the image magnification ratio is increased.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
When the adjustment value is changed by 1, the image magnification ratio is changed by 0.02%.
$ &&'0$,1
Repeat the procedures of 1) - 7) until a satisfactory result is

obtained.

NOTE: When [CLOSE] key is pressed in this simulation mode, the

machine goes into the normal operation mode. Under this
state, copy check can be normally performed. When the
system key is pressed, the machine returns to the simulation mode.
7-D Sub scanning direction image

(DSPF/RSPF mode)
% &&'68%

& 63)0$,1
'
63)68%
63)%0$,1
63)%68%
2.
Item
Display
Content
CCD(MAIN)
CCD(SUB)
SPF(MAIN)
SPF(SUB)
SPFB(MAIN)
SPFB(SUB)

* When the copy magnification ratio is not matched.
* When the DSPF/RSPF is disassembled.
1)
Place the duplex adjustment chart shown below on the document tray of the DSPF/RSPF.
The adjustment chart is prepared by the following procedures.
Use A4 (11" x 8.5") paper, and put marks on both sides and
both surfaces of the paper at 10mm from each edge.
10mm
&/26(
0$*1,),&$7,21$'-8670(17
SCAN main scanning

magnification ratio
adjustment (CCD)
SCAN sub scanning
magnification ratio
adjustment (CCD)
DSPF/RSPF document back
RSPF document back
Setting
range
1 - 99
Default
value
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
* Items A, C, E: When the set value is increased by 1, the

A4 size
* Items B, D: When the set value is increased by 1, the

* It affects scanning (PC scanning, etc.) as well as copying.
6)
Select an adjustment item with the scroll key.

SPF (SUB)
10mm
2)
Make a duplex copy at the normal ratio on A4 paper.
3)
Measure the images on the copy paper and the original

images.
SPFB (SUB)
7)
Sub scanning direction image magnification ratio

(Front surface)
(Back surface)
Enter an image magnification ratio adjustment value with 10key, and press [OK] key.
10
When the adjustment value is increased, the image magnification ratio is increased.
50
When the adjustment value is changed by 1, the image magnification ratio is changed by 0.01%.
100
10
150
50
original
200
100
150
copy

obtained.
200
4)
Obtain the image magnification ratio according to the following

formula:
Image magnification ratio = Original size / Original size x 100
(%)
Image magnification ratio = 99 / 100 x 100 = 99 (%)
If the image magnification ratio is within the specified range
(100 0.8%), there is no need to perform the adjustment.
If it is not within the specified range, perform the following procedures.
ADJ 8 Scan image off-center
4)
Select the adjustment mode OC with the scroll key.
5)
Enter the adjustment value with 10-key, and press [OK] key.
adjustment
(Manual adjustment)
The entered value is set.

When the set value is increased, the main scanning print position is shifted to the front side by 0.1mm.

6)
Press [CLOSE] key and shift from the simulation mode to the
copy mode and make a copy.
Repeat the procedures of 2) - 6) until the above condition is
satisfied.
8-A Scan image off-center adjustment

8-B Scan image off-center adjustment

(DSPF/RSPF mode)

* When the scanner (reading) unit is replaced.
1)
* When the scanner (reading) section is replaced.
Make a copy of the adjustment chart (made by yourself) in the

adjustment mode (document table).

* When the DSPF/RSPF section is disassembled.
* When the DSPF/RSPF unit is replaced.
NOTE: To execute this adjustment, it is required that the ADJ 8A
Scan image off-center adjustment (Document table mode)
must have been properly adjusted.
1)
A=B
Prepare the adjustment chart.

Draw a line at the center of the front surface and the back surface of A4 (11" x 8.5") paper in parallel with the paper transport
direction.
Paper transport direction

Front surface
2)
Back surface
Check the copy image center position.

If A' - B' = 1.0mm, the adjustment is not required.
A'
Draw a line at the center of the

front surface and the back surface
of paper in parallel with the paper
transport direction.
A' - B' = 1.0mm

(100%)
B'
If the above condition is not satisfied, perform the following

procedures.
3)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
2)
Set the adjustment chart to the DSPF/RSPF.
3)
Make a duplex copy in the normal magnification ratio from the

manual paper feed tray, and check the image position on the
front surface and the back surface of the copy paper.
original
copy
&/26(
25,*,1$/&(17(52))6(76(783
$ 2&

% 63)6,'(

& 63)6,'(
2.
If the difference is within the range of 0 2.7mmm there is no

need to perform the adjustment.
If the adjustment is required, perform the following procedures.
4)
Enter the SIM 50-12 or 50-6 mode.
Item/Display
(SIM50-12)
OFFSET_SPF2
SCAN_SPEED_SPF1

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
25,*,1$/&(17(52))6(76(783
$ 2&

% 63)6,'(

& 63)6,'(

Content
DSPF back surface
document off-center
adjustment
DSPF document
front surface
magnification ratio
adjustment (Sub
scan)
Setting
range
1 - 99
Default
value
50
1 - 99
50
* Item A, B: When the adjustment value is increased, the scan

timing is delayed.
* Item C - H: When the adjustment value is increased, the
image loss is increased.
2.
* Item A - H: 1 step = 0.1mm change
(SIM50-6)
* The DSPF rear edge image loss setting is provided for

countermeasures against the case when shades are
produced.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
/($'('*($'-8670(179$/8(63)
$ 6,'(

SIM50-6 (RSPF)
% 6,'(
& /($'B('*(6,'(
' )5217B5($56,'(
Item/Display
( 75$,/B('*(6,'(

) /($'B('*(6,'(
* )5217B5($56,'(
SIDE1
SIDE2
Image
loss
amount
setting
SIDE1
+ 75$,/B('*(6,'(

, 2))6(7B63)
- 2))6(7B63)
. 6&$1B63(('B63)
2.
SIM50-12
Item
Display
OC
SPF(SIDE1)
SPF(SIDE2)
Content
Document table image offcenter adjustment
SPF front surface image offcenter adjustment
SPF back surface image offcenter adjustment
Setting
range
1 - 99
Default
value
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
A - C: When the adjustment value is increased, the image

position is shifted to the rear frame side.
1step = 0.1mm
SIM50-6 (DSPF)
Item/Display
A
SIDE1
SIDE2
Image
loss
amount
setting
SIDE1
LEAD_EDGE
(SIDE1)
FRONT_REAR
(SIDE1)
TRAIL_EDGE
(SIDE1)
LEAD_EDGE
(SIDE2)
Image
loss
amount
setting
SIDE2
FRONT_REAR
(SIDE2)
TRAIL_EDGE
(SIDE2)
OFFSET_SPF1
Content
Front surface
document scan
position adjustment
(CCD)
Back surface
document scan
position adjustment
(CIS)
Front surface lead
edge image loss
amount setting
Front surface side
image loss amount
setting
Front surface rear
edge image loss
amount setting
Back surface lead
edge image loss
amount setting
Back surface side
image loss amount
setting
Back surface rear
edge image loss
amount setting
DSPF front surface
document off-center
adjustment
Setting
range
1 - 99
Default
value
50
1 - 99
50
0 - 99
20
0 - 99
20
0 - 99
30
0 - 99
30
LEAD_EDGE
(SIDE1)
FRONT_REAR
(SIDE1)
TRAIL_EDGE
(SIDE1)
Image
loss
amount
setting
SIDE2
LEAD_EDGE
(SIDE2)
FRONT_REAR
(SIDE2)
TRAIL_EDGE
(SIDE2)
OFFSET_SPF1
OFFSET_SPF2
SCAN_SPEED_SPF1
SCAN_SPEED_SPF2
Content
Front surface
document scan
position adjustment
(CCD)
Back surface
document scan
position adjustment
(CCD)
Front surface lead
edge image loss
amount setting
Front surface side
image loss amount
setting
Front surface rear
edge image loss
amount setting
Back surface lead
edge image loss
amount setting
Back surface side
image loss amount
setting
Back surface rear
edge image loss
amount setting
RSPF front surface
document offcenter adjustment
RSPF back surface
RSPF document
front surface
magnification ratio
adjustment (Sub
scan)
RSPF document
back surface
magnification ratio
adjustment (Sub
scan)
Setting
range
1 - 99
Default
value
50
1 - 99
50
0 - 99
20
0 - 99
20
0 - 99
30
0 - 99
20
0 - 99
20
0 - 99
30
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50

timing is delayed.
0 - 99
20
0 - 99
20
50
* The RSPF rear edge image loss setting is provided for

countermeasures against the case when shades are
produced.
1 - 99
* Item C - H: When the adjustment value is increased, the

image loss is increased.
5)
Select an adjustment mode with the scroll key.
2)
(SIM50-12)
SPF(SIDE1)
SPF(SIDE2)
Front surface mode

Back surface mode
Item/Display
(SIM50-6)
DEN-C
DEN-B
(Change for change in the adjustment value: 0.1mm/step)
FRONT/REAR
(When the adjustment value is increased, the print image is

shifted to the rear.)
DENB-MFT
DENB-CS1
DENB-CS2
DENB-CS3
DENB-CS4
DENB-LCC
DENB-ADU
K
L
MULTI COUNT
PAPER
MFT
OFFSET SPF1
OFFSET SPF2
6)
Select the set item L with the scroll key, and enter the value
corresponding to the paper feed tray with A4 (11" x 8.5") paper
in it.
Front surface mode

Back surface mode

obtained.
ADJ 9 Print lead edge image position,

void area adjustment
(Printer mode)
NOTE: This adjustment is performed by the user to increase the
lead edge void area to greater than the standard value
(3mm) in the printer mode.
1)

&/26(
/($'('*($'-8670(179$/8(35,17(5
1 - 99
30
1 - 99
20
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
66
1 - 999
1-6 1
1
2 (CS1)
0-1
2
3
4
5
6
0
1
1 (NO)
4)
Measure the distance from the paper lead edge the adjustment
pattern to the image lead edge, and check to confirm that it is
in the standard adjustment value range.
Standard adjustment value: 3.0 2.0mm
$ '(1&

Default
value
30
6,08/$7,2112
7(67

Used to adjust the print

lead edge image position.
(PRINTER MODE)
Rear edge void area
adjustment
adjustment
Manual feed rear edge void
area adjustment correction
value
Tray 1 rear edge void area
adjustment correction value
LCC rear edge void aria
ADU rear edge void aria
Number of print
Tray
Manual
selection
paper feed
Tray 1
Tray 2
Tray 3
Tray 4
LCC
Duplex print
Yes
selection
No
Setting
range
1 - 99
3)
DUPLEX
CS1
CS2
CS3
CS4
LCC
YES
NO
Content
% '(1%
& )52175($5
' '(1%0)7
( '(1%&6
) '(1%&6
* '(1%&6
+ '(1%&6
, '(1%/&&
- '(1%$'8
. 08/7,&2817
/ 3$3(5&6
3.0
(;(&87(
10-key
EXECUTE
2.0mm
2.
EXECUTE
End of print

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
/($'('*($'-8670(179$/8(35,17(5
$ '(1&

% '(1%
& )52175($5
' '(1%0)7
( '(1%&6
) '(1%&6
* '(1%&6
+ '(1%&6
, '(1%/&&
- '(1%$'8
. 08/7,&2817
/ 3$3(5&6
(;(&87(
2.
5)
Select the adjustment target of the paper feed mode adjustment item DENC with the scroll key.
6)
Change the adjustment value.
2)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
Enter the adjustment value and press the [OK] key or the
[EXECUTE] key.
&/26(
/($'('*($'-8670(179$/8(
$ 55&$

printed.

% 55&%&6
& 55&%&6
' 55&%/&&
( 55&%0)7
When the adjustment value is increased, the distance from the

paper lead edge to the image lead edge is increased. When
the adjustment value is decreased, the distance is decreased.
) 55&%$'8
* /($'
+ 6,'(
, '(1$
When the set value is changed by 1, the distance is changed

by about 0.1mm.
- '(1%
. )52175($5
/ 2))6(7B2&
Repeat the procedures 4) - 6) until the condition of 4) is satisfied.
2.
NOTE: To adjust the void area, change the adjustment values of

items B and C.
10-key
OK
ADJ 10 Copy image position, image

loss, and void area adjustment

(Manual adjustment)
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
/($'('*($'-8670(179$/8(
$ 55&$


% 55&%&6
& 55&%&6
' 55&%/&&
( 55&%0)7
) 55&%$'8
10-A Copy image position, image loss, void area

adjustment (Document table mode)
* /($'
+ 6,'(
, '(1$
- '(1%
. )52175($5
/ 2))6(7B2&
2.

3)
Set RRCA, LEAD, and SIDE to the default values.

Item/Display

* The scanner control PWB has been replaced.

* The EEPROM on the scanner control PWB has been replaced.
NOTE: Before executing this adjustment, be sure to confirm that

the ADJ 3 Print engine image skew, image position, image
magnification ratio, void area adjustments has been completed normally.
C
D
E
1)

below.
F
G
Place a scale so that it is in parallel with the scanning direction

and that its lead edge is in contact with the document guide
plate.
Place white paper on the document table so that the scale lead
edge can be seen.
I
J
Lead
edge
adjustment
value
N
O
P
Q
RRCB-CS12
RRCB-CS34
RRCB-LCC
RRCB-MFT
Image
loss area
setting
value
Void area
adjustment
K
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
RRCA
Off-center
adjustment
Magnification
ratio
correction
Sub
scanning
direction
print area
correction
value
RRCB-ADU
LEAD
SIDE
DENA
DENB
FRONT/
REAR
OFFSET_
OC
Content
Document lead
edge reference
position (OC)
Resist Standard
Tray
motor
ON
Desk
timing LCC
adjust- Manual
ment
paper feed
ADU
Lead edge image
loss area setting
Side image loss
area adjustment
Lead edge void
area adjustment
Rear edge void area
adjustment
FRONT/REAR void
area adjustment
Setting
range
0 - 99
Default
value
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
50
50
50
1 - 99
0 - 99
50
30
0 - 99
20
1 - 99
30
1 - 99
30
1 - 99
20
1 - 99
50
SCAN_
SPEED_OC
SCAN sub scanning

magnification ratio
adjustment (CCD)
1 - 99
50
DENB-MFT
Manual feed
correction value
Tray 1 correction
value
Tray 2 correction
value
Tray 3 correction
value
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
DENB-CS1
DENB-CS2
DENB-CS3
Item/Display
R
S
T
4)
Sub
scanning
direction
print area
correction
value
Content
DENB-CS4
Tray 4 correction
value
LCC correction
value
ADU correction
value
DENB-LCC
DENB-ADU
Setting
range
1 - 99
Default
value
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
66
Perform the image lead edge reference position adjustment.

Press [CLOSE] key, and shift from the simulation mode to the
copy mode and make a copy in 100% mode and in 200%
mode.
10-B Document scan position adjustment

(DSPF/RSPF mode scanner scan position
adjustment)
When the adjustment value of RRCA is proper, the lead edge

image from 3.0mm is not copied in either of 100% and 200%
copy scale.
If not, change and adjust the RRCA value.
If this adjustment is made improperly, the scanner stop position is

shifted to the specified position and a shade of the document table
may be reflected on the lead edge section of the scan image in the
DSPF/RSPF (front surface) mode.
(Adjust so that the lead edge image from 3.0mm is not copied
in either of different copy magnification ratios.)
Repeat the above procedures until a satisfactory result is
obtained.
This simulation is to adjust the scanner reading position when

scanning the front surface in the DSPF/RSPF mode.
1)
Scale image 3.0mm position

Paper lead
edge
100%
5mm 10mm
Make a copy in the DSPF/RSPF (front surface) mode, and

check for any shade on the lead edge section of the copy
image.
Papar lead edge

Image area
200%
10mm
5mm
Shadow image of DSPF

5)
Image loss adjustment

When the adjustment item of the image loss below is set to the
default value, it is adjusted to the standard state. If it is not in
the below standard state, or when it is set to a desired value,
change these adjustment items.
If there is any shade of the document table on the lead edge

section of the copy image, perform the following procedures.
2)
Enter the SIM 53-8 mode, and press [MANUAL] key.

Paper lead edge
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
63)6&$11,1*326,7,21$'-8670(17
$872
0$18$/
Copy area
Maginification ratio : 400%
10mm
5mm

Void area: 3.0mm, Image loss: 3.0mm

Item/
Display
LEAD
SIDE
Content
Image loss
adjustment
Lead edge
image loss
adjustment
Side image
loss
adjustment
0 - 99
Default
value
30
Standard
adjustment
value
3.0
1.0mm
0 - 99
20
2.0
1.0mm
Adjustment
range
When the adjustment value is increased, the image loss is

increased. When the adjustment value is decreased, the
image loss is decreased.
3)

When the set value is increased, the distance from the home
position to the DSPF/RSPF scanning position is increased.
When the set value is changed by 1, the scanning position is
changed by 0.1mm.
Perform the procedures of 1) - 3) until a satisfactory result is

obtained.
NOTE: After execution of this adjustment, be sure to execute ADJ
10C Copy mode image loss adjustment (DSPF/RSPF
mode).
When the adjustment value is changed by 1, the void area is

changed by 0.1mm.
10-C Copy mode image loss adjustment

(DSPF/RSPF mode)
2)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
/($'('*($'-8670(179$/8(63)
$ 6,'(

% 6,'(
& /($'B('*(6,'(
' )5217B5($56,'(
( 75$,/B('*(6,'(
) /($'B('*(6,'(
* )5217B5($56,'(

+ 75$,/B('*(6,'(
, 2))6(7B63)
- 2))6(7B63)
. 6&$1B63(('B63)
NOTE: To execute this adjustment, the following items must have

been properly adjusted.
ADJ 3C
ADJ 7C
ADJ 7D
ADJ 8B
ADJ 10B
Print engine print area (void area) adjustment

Scan image off-center adjustment (DSPF/RSPF mode)
Document scan position adjustment (DSPF/RSPF
mode scanner scan position adjustment)
1)
2.
(DSPF)
Item
Display
SIDE1
SIDE2
Image
loss
amount
setting
SIDE1
Prepare the adjustment chart.

The adjustment chart can be made by the following procedures.
Use A4 (11" x 8.5") paper and draw arrow marks vertically and
horizontally on the front and the back surfaces.
At the same time, put marks of the lead edge, the trail edge,
the front end, and the rear end as well as the identification
marks of the front surface and the back surface.
R
Front surface
FACE
F
L
Put the position

marks.
LEAD_EDGE
(SIDE1)
FRONT_REAR
(SIDE1)
TRAIL_EDGE
(SIDE1)
Image
loss
amount
setting
SIDE2
LEAD_EDGE
(SIDE2)
FRONT_REAR
(SIDE2)
TRAIL_EDGE
(SIDE2)
OFFSET_SPF1
OFFSET_SPF2
SCAN_SPEED_SPF1
Draw arrows.
R
Back surface
BACK
Put the position

marks.
F
Draw arrows.
Content
Front surface
document scan
position
adjustment
(CCD)
Back surface
document scan
position
adjustment (CIS)
Front surface
lead edge image
loss amount
setting
Front surface
side image loss
amount setting
Front surface rear
edge image loss
amount setting
Back surface lead
edge image loss
amount setting
Back surface side
image loss
amount setting
Back surface rear
edge image loss
amount setting
DSPF front
surface document
off-center
adjustment
DSPF back
surface document
off-center
adjustment
DSPF document
front surface
magnification
ratio adjustment
(Sub scan)
Setting
range
1 - 99
Default
value
50
1 - 99
50
0 - 99
20
0 - 99
20
0 - 99
30
0 - 99
30
0 - 99
20
0 - 99
20
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50

timing is delayed.
* Item C - H: When the adjustment value is increased, the image
loss is increased.
* The DSPF rear edge image loss setting is provided for countermeasures against the case when shades are produced.
(RSPF)
2)
Item/Display
SIDE1
SIDE2
Image
loss
amount
setting
SIDE1
LEAD_EDGE
(SIDE1)
FRONT_REAR
(SIDE1)
TRAIL_EDGE
(SIDE1)
Image
loss
amount
setting
SIDE2
LEAD_EDGE
(SIDE2)
FRONT_REAR
(SIDE2)
TRAIL_EDGE
(SIDE2)
OFFSET_SPF1
OFFSET_SPF2
SCAN_SPEED_SPF1
SCAN_SPEED_SPF2
Content
Front surface
document scan
position
adjustment (CCD)
Back surface
document scan
position
adjustment (CCD)
Front surface lead
edge image loss
amount setting
Front surface side
image loss amount
setting
Front surface rear
edge image loss
amount setting
Back surface lead
edge image loss
amount setting
Back surface side
image loss amount
setting
Back surface rear
edge image loss
amount setting
RSPF front surface
RSPF back
surface document
off-center
adjustment
RSPF document
front surface
magnification ratio
adjustment (Sub
scan)
RSPF document
back surface
magnification ratio
adjustment (Sub
scan)
Setting
range
1 - 99
Default
value
50
Make a duplex copy in 100% in the DSPF/RSPF mode. Check

to confirm that the lead edge image loss is within 3.0 1.0mm
on the front surface and the back surface. The paper lead
edge must be aligned with the presumed image lead edge.
Paper lead edge
1 - 99
50
0 - 99
20
0 - 99
20
0 - 99
30
0 - 99
20
0 - 99
20
0 - 99
30
The paper lead edge must be aligned with

the image lead edge.
Copy image
Image loss
3.0 1.0mm

procedure.
3)
Enter the adjustment value of SIDE1/SIDE2 with 10-key, and

press [OK] key.
Adjust so that the paper lead edge is aligned with the presumed image lead edge.
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
(When the adjustment value is increased, the print image position is shifted to the delaying direction for the paper.)
1 - 99
50

obtained.
SIDE1: Front surface lead edge scan position adjustment

SIDE2: Back surface lead edge scan position adjustment
(Change for change in the set value: 0.1mm/step)
(Rear edge image loss adjustment)

1 - 99
50
1)

to confirm that the rear edge image loss is 2.0 - 5.0mm on the
front surface and the back surface.
Paper rear edge

timing is delayed.
* Item C - H: When the adjustment value is increased, the image
loss is increased.
* The RSPF rear edge image loss setting is provided for countermeasures against the case when shades are produced.
Copy image

Image loss 2.0 - 5.0mm
(Lead edge image loss adjustment)

1)
Set the lead edge image loss adjustment values (LEAD EDGE
(SIDE1/SIDE2)) on the front surface and the back surface to
the following values.
(Standard set value)
LEAD EDGE(SIDE 1):
20 Lead edge image loss set value (Front surface)
LEAD EDGE(SIDE 2):
30 Lead edge image loss set value (Back surface)
(When the set value is increased, the lead edge image loss is
increased.)

procedure.
2)
Enter the adjustment value of TRAIL EDGE (SIDE1/SIDE2)

with 10-key, and press [OK] key.
TRAIL EDGE (SIDE 1):
Rear edge image loss adjustment value (Front surface)
TRAIL EDGE (SIDE 2):
Rear edge image loss adjustment value (Back surface)
(When the adjustment value is increased, the rear edge image
loss is increased.)

obtained.
(Front/rear frame direction image loss adjustment)
(2) Adjustment procedures
1)
1)

to confirm that the image losses on the front frame side and
the rear frame side are 2.02.0mm on the front surface and the
back surface.
Set the chart so that the lighter density side of the patch is on
the left side.
Image loss
2.0 2.0mm
Paper F
side edge
Set the SIT chart (UKOG-0280FCZZ or UKOG-0280FCZ1) to

the reference position on the left rear frame side of the document table.
Copy image
Copy image
Image loss
2.0 2.0mm
Paper R
side edge

procedure.
2)
If the SIT chart is not available, execute SIM 63-5 to set the
CCD gamma to the default. In this case, however, the adjustment accuracy is lower when compared with the adjustment
method using the SIT chart.
Enter the adjustment value of FRONT/REAR (SIDE 1) /

FRONT/REAR (SIDE 2), and press [OK] key.
FRONT/REAR (SIDE 1):
Front/Rear image loss adjustment value (Front surface)
FRONT/REAR (SIDE 2):
Front/Rear image loss adjustment value (Back surface)
(When the adjustment value is increased, the front/rear image
loss is increased.)
(Change for change in the adjustment value: 0.1mm/step)

obtained.
NOTE: Check to insure that the SIT chart (UKOG-0280FCZZ or

UKOG-0280FCZ1) is in close contact with the document
table.
NOTE: UKOG-0280FCZZ is equivalent to UKOG-0280FCZ1.
2)

Select [OC] key, and press [EXECUTE] key.
The automatic operation is started. During the adjustment,
[EXECUTE] is highlighted. After completion of the adjustment,
[EXECUTE] returns to the normal display.
ADJ 11 CCD calibration

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
11-A CCD gamma adjustment (CCD calibration)

&/26(
6&$11(5&2/25%$/$1&($872$'-8670(17
6(77+(&+$5721'63)$1'728&+>(;(&87(@

* When the CCD unit is replaced.
* When a U2 trouble is occurred.
(1) Note before adjustment
1)
Check that the table glass, No. 1, 2, 3 mirrors, and the lens
surface are free from dirt and dust.
(If there is some dust and dirt, wipe and clean with alcohol.)
2)
Check to confirm that the patches in BK1 and BK2 arrays of

the SIT chart (UKOG-0280FCZZ or UKOG-0280FCZ1) are
free from dirt and scratches.
If they are dirty, clean them.
(;(&87(

NOTE: Since the SIT chart (UKOG-0280FCZZ or UKOG-0280FC

Z1) is easily discolored by sunlight (especially ultraviolet
rays) and humidity and temperature, put it in a bag (such
as a dark file) and store in a dark place of low temperature
and low humidity.
If they are scratched or streaked, replace with new one.
11-B CIS gamma adjustment (CIS calibration)

(DSPF mode)
(DSPF-installed machine only)
2)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
6&$11(5&2/25%$/$1&($872$'-8670(17
This adjustment is required in the following cases:
2&


&&&555
000***
<<<%%%
(1) Note before adjustment

1)
2)
Check to insure that there is no dirt or dust on the DSPF scanning glass, the mirror, and the lens surface. (If there is, clean it
with alcohol.)
Check to confirm that the patches in BK1 and BK2 arrays of
the SIT chart (UKOG-0280FCZZ or UKOG-0280FCZ1) are
free from dirt and scratches.
3)
'63)
(;(&87(
2&

When a color button is selected, the adjustment value of the

selected color is displayed.
* When [B] (Blue), [G] (Green), or [R] (Red) button is selected,
the selected button is highlighted and the adjustment value
of the selected color is displayed.
If they are dirty, clean them.

If they are scratched or streaked, replace with new one.
NOTE:
* Only one color button can be selected, and the selected button is highlighted. In the initial state, [B] is selected.
Since the SIT chart is easily discolored by sunlight (especially

ultraviolet rays) and humidity and temperature, put it in a bag
such as a clear file) and store in a dark place of low temperature and low humidity.
* If there is a page over [], an active display is shown and the

page moves up. If there is no page upward, the display
grays out and the operation is invalid.
If there is a page under [], an active display is shown and
the page moves down. If there is no page downward, the
display grays out and the operation is invalid.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
6&$11(5&2/25%$/$1&($872$'-8670(17
2&

&&&555
000***
<<<%%%
(2) Adjustment procedures

1)
Set the SIT chart (UKOG-0280FCZZ or UKOG-0280FCZ1)

face-down in the DSPF paper feed tray.
4)
'63)
2&

When [DSPF] button is pressed, it is highlighted, and the color

automatic adjustment execution screen is displayed.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
6&$11(5&2/25%$/$1&($872$'-8670(17
6(77+(&+$57213/$7(1$1'728&+>(;(&87(@
If the SIT chart is not available, execute SIM 63-5 to set the
CIS gamma to the default. In this case, however, the adjustment accuracy is lower when compared with the adjustment
method using the SIT chart.
NOTE: UKOG-0280FCZZ is equivalent to UKOG-0280FCZ1.
(;(&87(

5)
Press [EXECUTE] button and it is highlighted and the color

auto adjustment is executed.
* When [EXECUTE] button is pressed during the automatic
adjustment, the automatic adjustment is interrupted.
* When the operation is completed normally, "COMPLETE" is displayed. When [RESULT] button is pressed, the display returns to
the initial screen. (The calculation result of normal completion is
displayed.)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
&203/(7(
12:&+$573$7&+5($',1*
(;(&87(
6)
&/26(
6&$11(5&2/25%$/$1&($872$'-8670(17
6&$11(5&2/25%$/$1&($872$'-8670(17

After normal completion, the result of calculation is displayed

in the initial screen.
* When an error occurs in execution, the following screen is displayed.

When [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated. When
[SYSTEM SETTINGS] key is pressed, the display returns to the
sub number entry screen.
(;(&87(
5(68/7

11-C Shading adjustment (Calibration)

(DSPF mode)
(DSPF-installed machine only)
1)
Open the DSPF paper exit section, and insert the white reference adjustment sheet (UKOG-0330FCZZ) along the guide on
the rear frame until it makes contact with the paper exit roller.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
Guide on the rear frame
6&$11(5&2/25%$/$1&($872$'-8670(17
6&$11(502725,61275($'<
(;(&87(

* When an error occurs in the automatic adjustment, all the error

patch numbers are displayed.
* When inserting the white reference adjustment sheet, insert

it straight along the guide on the rear frame until the paper
detection actuator can be seen through the cut-out section
of the white reference adjustment sheet.
When [RESULT] button is pressed, the display returns to the initial screen. (The previous value is displayed)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
6&$11(5&2/25%$/$1&($872$'-8670(17
6$035,1*'$7$81),7

2)
Close the DSPF paper exit section.
3)
4)
Select [DSPF SHADING].

3/($6(&+(&.7+(&+$57$1'3/$7(1*/$66

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
6+$',1*(;(&87,21
6+$',1*(;(&87,1*
(;(&87(
5(68/7

2&6+$',1*
'63)6+$',1*
(;(&87(

5)
When [EXECUTE] key is pressed, it is highlighted and shading

is started.
(Relationship between the servicing job contents and the copy

density and gradation adjustment)
* The white reference adjustment sheet is transported in the

paper exit direction, and shading data are obtained during
transportation.
Note that the preliminary jobs before execution of the copy density
and gradation adjustment depend on the machine status and the
servicing conditions.
* During execution, "SHADING EXECUTING..." is displayed.
Follow the flowchart of the copy density and gradation adjustment

procedures depending on the actual conditions.
* When [EXECUTE] key is pressed during execution, the

operation is interrupted.
* When shading is completed normally, [EXECUTE] key
returns to the normal display and "COMPLETED" is displayed.
* When [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key is pressed during other
than printing, the display returns to the sub number entry
screen.
There are following four, major cases.

1)
When installing (as needed)
2)
When a periodic maintenance is performed.
3)
When a repair, an inspection, or a maintenance is performed.

(When a consumable part is replaced.)
4)
When an installation, a repair, or inspection is performed.

(Without replacement of a consumable part)
<Descriptions of keys>
Display
OC
SHADING
DSPF
SHADING
Content
OC analog correction level correction, and shading
correction data making (Document table mode)
DSPF analog correction level correction, and shading
correction data making (SPF mode)
<Result display>
Display
COMPLETE
ERROR
INCOMPLETE
(2) Copy density and gradation check

(Note)
Before checking the copy density and gradation, be sure to execute
the following jobs.
* Execute the high density image correction (Process correction)
forcibly. (SIM 44-6)
* Execute the half-tone image correction forcibly. (SIM 44-26)
Content
Normal completion
Abnormal completion
Incomplete, interruption
(Method)
Make a copy of the gray test chart (UKOG-0162FCZZ), and check
that it is proper.
Note for checking the copy mode density
To check the density, use the gray test chart (UKOG-0162FCZZ).
Set the copy density level to "Manual 3" in the Text/Printed Photo
mode (Manual).
ADJ 12 Copy quality adjustment

(Auto printer density and
gradation adjustment)
In addition, all the picture quality adjustment settings in the user

adjustment mode must be set to the default (center).
(1) Note before execution of the copy density and gradation

adjustment
* Requisite conditions before execution of the copy density and
gradation adjustment
Before execution of the copy density and gradation adjustment,
be sure to check to confirm that the related adjustments which
will affect the copy density and gradation have been properly
completed.
[Check with the gray test chart (UKOG-0162FCZZ)]

In the copy density check with the gray test chart, check to insure
the following conditions.
Patch 2 is
slightly copied.
1
SHARP gray chart
SHARP GRAY CHART

3
10
The importance levels of them are shown below.

(Items which will affect the copy density and gradation but are
not required to be adjusted frequently. However, they must be
checked and adjusted when a trouble occurs.)
1)
Job
No
ADJ
1
ADJ
2
ADJ
6
ADJ
11
The following items must be adjusted properly.

[Check with the servicing color test chart (UKOG-0317FCZZ/

UKOG-0317FC11 or UKOG-0326FCZZ/UKOG-0326FC11)]
Simulation
ADJ Adjust the developing doctor

1A
gap
ADJ Adjust the developing roller
1B
main pole position
Adjusting
ADJ Adjust the main charger grid
high voltage
2A
voltage
values
ADJ Adjust the developing bias
2B
voltage
ADJ Transfer current and voltage
2C
adjustment
Scan image focus adjustment
Adjust the
developing
unit
CCD
calibration
ADJ
11B
ADJ
11C
CIS gamma adjustment (CIS

calibration) (DSPF mode)
Shading adjustment
(Calibration) (DSPF mode)
Patch 3 is copied.
Patch 1 is not copied.
Check to confirm that it is in the conditions shown below.

Serviceman chart (Color patch section)
8-2
8-1
8-6
Patch 7 is slightly
copied or not copied.
63-3
63-2
12-A Auto copy density and gradation

adjustment, and auto printer density and
gradation adjustment
* When a consumable part (developer, OPC drum, transfer belt) is
replaced.
c. Adjustment procedure
(Auto copy density and gradation adjustment, and auto printer density and gradation adjustment by the serviceman)
Flowchart of the auto copy density and gradation adjustment/
auto printer density and gradation adjustment by the serviceman (SIM46-24)
Start

* When the MFP PWB is replaced.
* When the EEPROM on the MFP PWB is replaced.
Execute ADJ 12A Auto copy density and gradation adjustment, and
auto printer density and gradation adjustment.
Enter the SIM46-24 mode, and select A3 (11" x 17") or
A4R (11" x 8.5"R) paper.
Press [EXECUTE] key. (The adjustment pattern is printed.)

a. General
There are following two modes in the auto copy density and gradation adjustment.
1)
Auto copy density and gradation adjustment, and auto printer

density and gradation adjustment by the serviceman (SIM 4624 is used.)
Check the printed check pattern for any streaks or unclear copy. (*1)
The adjustment check patterns of the copy mode and the printer
mode are printed out.
SIM 46-24 allows simultaneous execution of the automatic

copy density and gradation adjustment, and the automatic
printer density and gradation adjustment.
Press [OK] key, and the initial setting of the half tone image correction
is automatically performed.
There is no method to execute the automatic density and gradation adjustment separately in the copy mode and in the
printer mode.
Press [EXECUTE] key to execute the half-ton correction

(process control).
To execute the printer density and gradation adjustment automatically, use this method.
2)
Set the adjustment pattern on the document table, and press

[EXECUTE] key. (The adjustment pattern is scanned, and the
adjustment is automatically performed to print the check pattern.)
Auto copy density and gradation adjustment by the user (The

user program mode is used.)
When the half-tone correction (process control) is completed,

"Please quit this mode" is displayed.
"OK" is displayed to confirm that the half-tone correction is normally
completed.
When [RESULT] button is pressed, the details of the half-ton
correction are displayed.
The auto copy density and gradation adjustment by the user is

provided to reduce the number of service calls.
Cancel SIM 46-24.
If the balance of the copy density or gradation is lost for some

reason, the user can use this adjustment to recover the image
quality.
Check the result of the copy density and gradation adjustment.
When, however, the machine has a fatal problem or when the

machine condition is greatly changed, this function does not
work effectively.
On the other hand, the automatic copy density and gradation
adjustment by the serviceman can be used to obtain normal
picture quality even tough the machine environment is greatly
changed. In addition, if there is a fatal problem on the machine,
repair and adjustment of the machine can provide normal
images.
Use the test chart (UKOG-0162FCZZ) or (UKOG-0317FCZZ/

UKOG-0317FC11 or UKOG-0326FCZZ/UKOG-0326FC11) to make a
copy in the Text/Printed Photo mode, and check the copy density.
Are the density

and gradation at the
satisfactory level?
YES
Execute ADJ 12B Manual copy

density and gradation adjustment.
(SIM46-16)
To perform the adjustment, the above difference must be fully

understood.
b. Note for execution of the auto copy density and gradation
adjustment
1)
The print engine section must have been adjusted properly.
2)
The CCD gamma adjustment must have been adjusted properly.
3)
Set the adjustment pattern sheet on the document table, and

place 5 sheet of white paper on the adjustment pattern sheet.
NO
*1:
If there is any streak or unclear
copy on the printed check pattern,
check the print engine for any
problems.
Check the result of the printer density and gradation adjustment.

Use SIM 64-5 to print the check pattern, and check the density.
Are the density

satisfactory level?
NO
YES
End
Execute manual printer density

and gradation adjustment.
(SIM67-25)
1)
5)
According to data of this adjustment, the initial setting of the

half tone image correction is performed.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
Press [OK] key on the operation panel.
&/26(
(1*,1(+$/)721($872$'-8670(1702'(5(*8/$5

35(66>(;(&87(@72352&21(;(&87,21$1'35,177+(7(673$7&+
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
3/($6(86(63(&,),('7<3(2)$525h56,=(3$3(5
)257+,6$'-8670(17
&/26(
(1*,1(+$/)721($872$'-8670(1702'(5(*8/$5
&21),507+($'-867('3$7&+$1'35(66>2.@725(*,67(57+,63$7&+'$7$
(;(&87(
2)
Press [EXECUTE] key. (A3 (11" x 17") or A4R (11" x 8.5"R)

paper is selected.)
2.
A4R (11" x 8.5"R) paper is selected by priority. If there is no

A4R (11" x 8.5"R) paper, A3 (11" x 17") paper is selected.
Remark:
After pressing [OK] key, the initial setting of the half tone image
correction is started. During the operation, "NOW REGISTERING THE NEW TARGET OF HALFTONE PROCON." is displayed. This operation takes several minutes.
The patch image (adjustment pattern) is printed out.

3)
Set the patch image (adjustment pattern) paper printed in procedure 2) on the document table.
Place the printed patch image (adjustment pattern) paper on
the document table so that the thin lines on the paper are on
the left side. Place 5 sheets of white paper on the printed patch
image (adjustment pattern) paper.
6)
Check the copy gradation and density.

(Method 1)
Check to insure that the printed copy check patch image is
within the following specifications.
The patch density is identical between patches or not reversed.
The patch density is changed gradually.
Patch A is not copied.
Patch C or D is slightly copied.
A B C D E F G H I J K L MN O P
Q (Max)
Low density
4)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
(1*,1(+$/)721($872$'-8670(1702'(5(*8/$5
High density
The print density must be changed gradually from the lighter

level to the darker level. The density changing direction must
not be reversed.
Patch A must not be copied.
3/($6(3/$&(35,17('7(673$7&+21'2&80(17*/$667+(135(66>(;(&87(@
(Method 2)
/,*+7$5($$7/()76,'(21'2&80(17*/$66
Use the gray test chart (UKOG-0162FCZZ) or the servicing

color test chart (UKOG-0317FCZZ/UKOG-0317FC11 or
UKOG-0326FCZZ/UKOG-0326FC11) in the Text/Photo mode
(Manual) to check the copy density and gradation. (Refer to
the item of the copy density and gradation check.)
(;(&87(
The copy density and gradation adjustment and the printer

density and gradation adjustment are automatically performed,
and the copy check patch image and the printer check patch
image are printed. (One for each) Wait until the operation
panel shown in procedure 5) is displayed.
If the automatic adjustment cannot obtain satisfactory copy

density and gradation, use ADJ 12B manual adjustment (SIM
46-16).
NOTE: For the U model where no printer option is installed, the
adjustment pattern for the printer is not printed.
7)
Check the printer density and gradation.

Check to insure that the printed printer check patch image is
within the following specifications.
12-B Manual copy density and gradation

adjustment

P R INT E R C A L IB RAT ION
* When a consumable part (developer, OPC drum, transfer belt) is

replaced.
Patch A or B is slightly copied.


Q (Max)
Low density
High density

a. General

not be reversed.
8)
Press [EXECUTE] key to execute the half-tone correction (process control).

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
The manual copy density and gradation adjustment (manual

adjustment) is used when the automatic adjustment previously
stated cannot obtain the specified result or a fine adjustment is
required and the user requests for customization.
Execute the automatic color balance adjustment in advance, and
then execute this adjustment for better efficiency.
b. Note for the copy density and gradation adjustment
(Manual adjustment)
1)
The print engine section must have been properly adjusted.
c. Adjustment procedure
&/26(
Manual copy density and gradation adjustment procedure flowchart

(SIM 46-16)
(1*,1($872$'-8670(17
728&+>(;(&87(@7+(1
+$/)721('(16,7<&255(&7(;(&87,2167$57
Start
253/($6(386+&$.(<72),1,6+
Execute ADJ 12B Manual copy density and gradation adjustment. (*1)
Enter the SIM 46-16 mode, and select A3 (11" x 17") or
A4R (11" x 8.5"R) paper.
(The adjustment check pattern is printed.)
Check the density and gradation of the adjustment check
pattern.
(;(&87(
When the half-tone correction (process control) is completed,

"Please quit this mode" is displayed.
"OK" is displayed to confirm that the half-tone correction is normally completed.
When [RESULT] button is pressed, the details of the half-tone
correction are displayed.
Select a target adjustment level with the scroll key.

Enter the adjustment value with 10 key.
Press [EXECUTE] key. (The adjustment check pattern is
printed.)
pattern.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
Are the density

at the satisfactory
level?
&/26(
(1*,1($872$'-8670(17
&203/(7(7+,6352&('85(
3/($6(48,77+,602'(
NO
YES
2.RU1*
Cancel SIM 46-16.

Perform the initial setting of the half tone image correction.
(SIM 44-21)
Check the copy color balance and density adjustment result with the
test chart. (*1)
Use the test chart (UKOG-0162FCZZ) or servicing color
test chart (UKOG-0317FCZZ/UKOG-0317FC11 or
UKOG-0326FCZZ/UKOG-0326FC11) to make a copy
in the Text/Printed Photo mode, and check the density.
5(68/7
Display
COMPLETE
ERROR BLACK SENSOR
ADJUSTMENT
[K]
OTHER
9)
Cancel the simulation.
5(75<
Content
Normal completion
Black sensor abnormality
Are the density

at the satisfactory
level?
NO
YES
Half-tone correction [K] abnormality

Other errors
End
*1:
If satisfactory density is not obtained with the
adjustment, check the print engine for any problems.
1)
Enter the SIM46-16 mode.
4)
Select the point to be adjusted with the scroll key.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
Item/Display
&/26(
(1*,1(*5$<%$/$1&(0$18$/$'-8670(17>$//%:@3*
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
$ 32,17

% 32,17
& 32,17

' 32,17
( 32,17
) 32,17
* 32,17
+ 32,17
, 32,17
- 32,17
. 32,17
/ 32,17
(;(&87(
10-key
EXECUTE
EXECUTE
or self print end
2.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
(1*,1(*5$<%$/$1&(0$18$/$'-8670(17>$//%:@3*
5)
$ 32,17

% 32,17
' 32,17
( 32,17
) 32,17
* 32,17
Default
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
Enter the adjustment value with 10-key and press [OK] key.
To increase the density, increase the adjustment value. To

decrease the density, decrease the adjustment value.
+ 32,17
, 32,17
- 32,17
Repeat procedures of 2) - 5) until the condition of 3) is satisfied.
. 32,17
/ 32,17
(;(&87(
When the overall density is low, or when the density is high

and patch A is copied, use the arrow key to adjust all the
adjustment values of A - Q (MAX) to a same level collectively.
2.

paper is selected.)
The adjustment check pattern is printed.
3)
Adjustment
value range
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
The adjustment value can be set in the range of 245 - 755.

When SIM 46-24 is used to execute the automatic density and
gradation adjustment, all the set values of this simulation are
set to 500.
& 32,17
2)
POINT1
POINT2
POINT3
POINT4
POINT5
POINT6
POINT7
POINT8
POINT9
POINT10
POINT11
POINT12
POINT13
POINT14
POINT15
POINT16
POINT17
Density level
(Point)
Point 1
Point 2
Point 3
Point 4
Point 5
Point 6
Point 7
Point 8
Point 9
Point 10
Point 11
Point 12
Point 13
Point 14
Point 15
Point 16
Point 17
Check that the following specification is satisfied or the density

and gradation is satisfactory.
Then, adjust each patch density individually. This is an efficient

way of adjustment.
6)
Check the density and gradation of the adjustment check pattern. (Refer to the item of the copy density and gradation
check.)
7)
Execute SIM 44-21. (Execute the initial setting of the half tone
image correction.)
When [EXECUTE] key is pressed, it is highlighted and the
operation is started.
Patch A is not copied.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
+$/)721(352&2167$1'$5'9$/8(5(*,67(5
728&+>(;(&87(@7+(1(;(&87,2167$57
Q (Max)
Low density
High density

not be reversed.
(;(&87(
It takes several minutes to complete the operation. After completion of the operation, "COMPLETE" is displayed.

Patch A must not be copied.
When, however, the color balance is adjusted on the request
from the user, there is no need to set to the standard color balance stated above.
If the above conditions are not satisfied, execute the following
procedures.
(Normal end (Auto transition))
1)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
+$/)721(352&2167$1'$5'9$/8(5(*,67(5
&/26(
(;32685($'-8670(17%:>&23<@
5(68/7
$ $872
$
&203/(7(

% $872
& 7(;7
' 7(;735,17('3+272
( 7(;73+272
) 35,17('3+272
* 3+272*5$3+
+ 0$3
5(68/7
(;(&87(
/2:
+,*+
2.
10-key
(Abnormal end (Auto transition))
OK

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(

+$/)721(352&2167$1'$5'9$/8(5(*,67(5
5(68/7
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
(;32685($'-8670(17%:>&23<@

$ $872
(5525.

% $872
& 7(;7
' 7(;735,17('3+272
( 7(;73+272
) 35,17('3+272
* 3+272*5$3+
+ 0$3
5(68/7
(;(&87(
/2:
After completion of the operation, the simulation is canceled.

This adjustment is required to memory the data as the reference data for half-tone correction.
Immediately after execution of ADJ 12B (Copy density and
gradation adjustment (Manual)), be sure to execute this adjustment.
When ADJ 12A (Copy/printer density and gradation adjustment (Automatic)) is executed, this adjustment is automatically
executed.
8)
Make a copy of the gray test chart (UKOG-0162FCZZ) or the

servicing color test chart (UKOG-0317FCZZ/UKOG-0317FC11
or UKOG-0326FCZZ/UKOG-0326FC11) and a users document according to necessity in the Text/Printed Photo mode
(Manual), and check the adjustment result again. (Refer to the
item of the copy density and gradation check.)
If the copy density and gradation are not adjusted to the specified level, there may be another cause.
Troubleshoot the cause, and repair or perform proper treatments, and try all the procedures of the print image adjustment
from the beginning.
12-C Copy density in each copy mode

(Overall density adjustment)
2)

The density is adjusted in each copy mode individually. Normally
individual adjustments are not required. When there is a request
from the user, execute this adjustment.
Content
AUTO1
Auto 1
AUTO2
Auto 2
TEXT
Text
TEXT/PRINTED
PHOTO
Text/Printed Photo
TEXT/PHOTO
Text/Photograph
PRINTED PHOTO
Printed Photo
PHOTOGRAPH
Photograph
MAP
Map
3)
LOW
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
Setting
range
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
Default
value
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
When adjusting the copy density on the low density part, select
"LOW" mode and change the adjustment value. When adjusting the copy density on the high density part, select "HIGH"
mode and change the adjustment value.
* When there is necessity to change copy density of the low density and high density part at each copy mode individually.
* When there is necessity to change all copy density by each the

copy mode individually.
2.
Select the copy mode to be adjusted with the scroll key.

Item/Display
* When there is necessity to change the density gradient of the

copy by each the copy mode individually.
+,*+
When the adjustment value is increased, the copy density is

increased. When the adjustment value is decreased, the copy
density is decreased.
4)
Press [CLOSE] key in this simulation mode to jump to the normal copy mode. Make a copy and check the adjustment result
Switch the simulation mode and the normal copy mode alternately, and adjust and check the adjustment result.
Repeat switching the adjustment mode (SIM 46-2) and the
normal copy mode and changing the adjustment value and
checking the adjustment result until a satisfactory result is
obtained.
12-D Density and gradation adjustment in each

copy mode (Normally not required)
2)
Select the copy mode to be adjusted with the mode key.
3)
Select the density level (point) to be adjusted with the scroll

key.

* When there is a necessity to change the density and gradation in
each copy mode individually.
This is to adjust the density in each copy mode. Normally individual
adjustments are not required. This adjustment is executed when
there is a request from the user.
1)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
(1*,1(*5$<%$/$1&(0$18$/$'-8670(17
$872
$872
7(;7
7(;73573+272
7(;73+272
35,17('3+272
3+272
0$3
Item/Display
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
4)
(;(&87(

$872

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
(1*,1(*5$<%$/$1&(0$18$/$'-8670(17>$872@
$ 32,17

% 32,17
' 32,17
( 32,17
* 32,17
+ 32,17
- 32,17
. 32,17
/ 32,17
'3,
(;(&87(
OK

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
(1*,1(*5$<%$/$1&(0$18$/$'-8670(17>$872@
$ 32,17
When the arrow key is pressed, the densities are collectively

adjusted.
That is, all the density levels (points) from the low density point
to the high density point can be adjusted collectively.
( 32,17
) 32,17
* 32,17
, 32,17
- 32,17
. 32,17
/ 32,17
(;(&87(
* When there is request from the user.
2.
[SYSTEM
SETTINGS] key
EXECUTE
EXECUTE
Use for the reproducibility adjustment of document background

density in auto copy mode.
+ 32,17
'3,
<
12-E Document background density

reproducibility adjustment in the auto copy
mode (Normally unnecessary to adjust)
* When there is a desire not to reproduce the background of the

document. When there is a desire to reproduce the low density
image of the document.
' 32,17
When the adjustment value is increased, the density is

increased. When the adjustment value is decreased, the density is decreased.
This adjustment is required in the following cases.
% 32,17
& 32,17
&
2.
10-key
. '3,
or end of print

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
(1*,1(*5$<%$/$1&(0$18$/$'-8670(17>$872@
$ 32,17

% 32,17
& 32,17

' 32,17
( 32,17
) 32,17
* 32,17
+ 32,17
, 32,17
- 32,17
. 32,17
/ 32,17
. '3,
&
'3,
<
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
The density at each density level (point) can be checked by

referring to this adjustment pattern. However, it is more practically to make a copy and check it.
, 32,17

Default value

) 32,17
Point 1
Point 2
Point 3
Point 4
Point 5
Point 6
Point 7
Point 8
Point 9
Point 10
Point 11
Point 12
Point 13
Point 14
Point 15
Point 16
Point 17
Adjustment
value range
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755

printed out.
& 32,17
'3,
POINT1
POINT2
POINT3
POINT4
POINT5
POINT6
POINT7
POINT8
POINT9
POINT10
POINT11
POINT12
POINT13
POINT14
POINT15
POINT16
POINT17
Density level (Point)
(;(&87(
2.
1)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
/,0,72)$(5($&7,216(77,1*
Use to adjust the reproducibility of the red image and the yellow
image when copying a color document that includes the red/yellow
images.
$ &23<2&

% &23<'63)6,'(

& &23<'63)6,'(
12-F Color document reproducibility adjustment

in the copy mode (Normally unnecessary to
adjust) (N model only)
' 6&$12&
( 6&$1'63)6,'(
) 6&$1'63)6,'(
* When there is desire to change reproducibility of yellow/red

image in case of making a color copy of the color document in
copy mode.
* )$;2&
+ )$;'63)6,'(
, )$;'63)6,'(

2.
10-key

1)
OK

6,08/$7,2112
7(67

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
/,0,72)$(5($&7,216(77,1*

$
55DWLR
%
*5DWLR

$ &23<2&
&/26(
% :,0$*(&5($7($'-8670(17%5DWLR

% &23<'63)6,'(

& &23<'63)6,'(
' 6&$12&
( 6&$1'63)6,'(
) 6&$1'63)6,'(
* )$;2&
+ )$;'63)6,'(
, )$;'63)6,'(
$5(<28685("
'()$8/7
<(6
12
(;(&87(
DEFAULT
10-key
2.

2)
Select the adjusting mode "COPY: OC", "COPY: DSPF/RSPF"

with the scroll key.
3)
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
% :,0$*(&5($7($'-8670(17%5DWLR

$
55DWLR
%
*5DWLR

When the adjustment value is increased, reproducibility of the

background and the low density image is increased. When the
adjustment value is decreased, reproducibility of the background and the low density image is decreased.
(DSPF)
Item/Display
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
COPY: OC
COPY: DSPF
(SIDE1)
COPY: DSPF
(SIDE2)
SCAN: OC
SCAN: DSPF
(SIDE1)
SCAN: DSPF
(SIDE2)
FAX: OC
FAX: DSPF
(SIDE1)
FAX: DSPF
(SIDE2)
Content
Copy mode (for OC)
Copy mode
(for DSPF front surface)
Copy mode
(for DSPF back surface)
Scanner mode (for OC)
Scanner mode
Scanner mode
FAX mode (for OC)
FAX mode
FAX mode
Setting
range
1 - 250
1 - 250
Default
value
196
196
1 - 250
196
$5(<28685("
'()$8/7
A
B
C
D
E
F
COPY: OC
COPY: RSPF
SCAN: OC
SCAN: RSPF
FAX: OC
FAX: RSPF
12
EXECUTE
(;(&87(
NO

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
% :,0$*(&5($7($'-8670(17%5DWLR
1 - 250
1 - 250
196
196
1 - 250
196
1 - 250
1 - 250
196
196
1 - 250
196

$
55DWLR
%
*5DWLR

$5(<28685("
'()$8/7
<(6
12
(;(&87(
YES
(RSPF)
Item/Display
<(6
Content
Copy mode (OC)
Copy mode (RSPF)
Scanner mode (OC)
Scanner mode (RSPF)
FAX mode (OC)
FAX mode (RSPF)
Setting
range
1 - 250
1 - 250
1 - 250
1 - 250
1 - 250
1 - 250
Default
value
196
196
196
196
196
196

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
% :,0$*(&5($7($'-8670(17%5DWLR

$
55DWLR
%
*5DWLR

'()$8/7
$5(<28685("
<(6
12
(;(&87(
2)
Select the mode to be adjusted with the scroll key.
Item/Display
A R-Ratio
B G-Ratio
Content
Gray making setting (R)
Gray making setting (G)
Setting range
0 - 1000
0 - 1000
Default value
303
697
(Front surface copy density adjustment)
1)

3)
Enter the adjustment value with 10-key.
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
(;32685($'-8670(1763)
When [DEFAULT] key is pressed, the values are set to the initial values (Default).
$ &23<6,'($/2:

When the adjustment value of the adjustment item A is

increased, the copy density of red images is decreased. When
the adjustment value is decreased, the density is increased.
% 6&$16,'($/2:
& )$;6,'($/2:
' &23<6,'($+,*+
( 6&$16,'($+,*+
) )$;6,'($+,*+
When the adjustment value of the adjustment item B is

increased, the copy density of yellow images is increased.
When the adjustment value is decreased, the density in also
decreased.
4)
Press [OK] key.
5)
Make a copy in text/printed photo copy mode (manual), check

the copy.
2&
'63)
2.
OC
If a satisfactory result is not obtained, return to the SIM 46-37

mode and change the adjustment value.
10-key
OK
Repeat the above procedures until a satisfactory result is

obtained.

12-G Copy density and gradation adjustment

(DSPF mode) (Individual adjustment of the
low density area and the high density area)
(In the case of DSPF)
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
(;32685($'-8670(1763)
$ &23<6,'($/2:

% 6&$16,'($/2:
& )$;6,'($/2:
' &23<6,'($+,*+
( 6&$16,'($+,*+
It is normally not necessary to perform this adjustment. In the following cases, however, this adjustment must be performed.
) )$;6,'($+,*+
* When the copy density differs in the DSPF mode and in the document table mode.
* When the copy density differs on the front surface and on the
back surface in the DSPF mode.
2&
'63)
2.
* When the copy density in the DSPF mode is too low or too high.
* When the DSPF unit is replaced.
* When the DSPF unit is disassembled.
* When the DSPF CIS unit is replaced.
Item
Button
Display
Content
OC
COPY
SIDEA:
LOW
SCAN
SIDEA:
LOW
FAX SIDEA:
LOW
DSPF copy mode

exposure adjustment
(Low density side)
DSPF scanner mode
exposure adjustment
(Low density side)
DSPF FAX mode
exposure adjustment
(Low density side)
DSPF copy mode
exposure adjustment
(High density side)
DSPF scanner mode
exposure adjustment
(High density side)
DSPF FAX mode
exposure adjustment
(High density)

B
COPY
SIDEA:
HIGH
SCAN
SIDEA:
HIGH
FAX SIDEA:
HIGH
Setting
range
1 - 99
Default
value
47
1 - 99
47
1 - 99
47
1 - 99
52
1 - 99
52
1 - 99
52
Item
Button
Display
Content
DSPF
COPY
SIDEB:
LOW
SCAN
SIDEB:
LOW
FAX SIDEB:
LOW
DSPF copy mode

exposure adjustment
(Low density side)
DSPF scanner mode
exposure adjustment
(Low density side)
DSPF FAX mode
exposure adjustment
(Low density side)
DSPF copy mode
exposure adjustment
(High density side)
DSPF scanner mode
exposure adjustment
(High density side)
DSPF FAX mode
exposure adjustment
(High density)
DSPF color balance
R
DSPF color balance
G
DSPF color balance
B
COPY
SIDEB:
HIGH
SCAN
SIDEB:
HIGH
FAX SIDEB:
HIGH
BALANCE
SIDEB: R
BALANCE
SIDEB: G
BALANCE
SIDEB: B
H
I
Setting
range
1 - 99
Default
value
47
1 - 99
47
1 - 99
47
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
2)
Press [OC] key to select the front surface copy density adjustment mode.
3)
Item
Button
Display
Content
OC
COPY
SIDEA:
LOW
SCAN
SIDEA:
LOW
FAX SIDEA:
LOW
DSPF copy mode

exposure adjustment
(Low density side)
DSPF scanner mode
exposure adjustment
(Low density side)
DSPF FAX mode
exposure adjustment
(Low density side)
DSPF copy mode
exposure adjustment
(High density side)
DSPF scanner mode
exposure adjustment
(High density side)
DSPF FAX mode
exposure adjustment
(High density)
DSPF copy mode
exposure adjustment
(Low density side)
DSPF scanner mode
exposure adjustment
(Low density side)
DSPF FAX mode
exposure adjustment
(Low density side)
DSPF copy mode
exposure adjustment
(High density side)
DSPF scanner mode
exposure adjustment
(High density side)
DSPF FAX mode
exposure adjustment
(High density)
DSPF color balance
R
DSPF color balance
G
DSPF color balance
B
5)
Press [OK] key.
6)
Press [CLOSE] key to exit the simulation mode.
7)
Make a copy and check the copy density.
G
H
(Back surface copy density adjustment)

&/26(
(;32685($'-8670(1763)

BALANCE
SIDEB: R
BALANCE
SIDEB: G
BALANCE
SIDEB: B
1 - 99
47
1 - 99
47
1 - 99
52
1 - 99
52
1 - 99
52
1 - 99
47
1 - 99
47
1 - 99
47
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
Press [DSPF] key to select the back surface copy density

adjustment mode.
3)
$ &23<6,'($/2:
DSPF
Default
value
47
2)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
COPY
SIDEB:
LOW
SCAN
SIDEB:
LOW
FAX SIDEB:
LOW
COPY
SIDEB:
HIGH
SCAN
SIDEB:
HIGH
FAX SIDEB:
HIGH
Enter an adjustment value with 10-key.

To increase the density, enter a greater number. To decrease
the density, enter a smaller number.
1)
DSPF
To adjust the density in the low density area, select "COPY

SIDE A LOW." To adjust the density in the high density area,
select "COPY SIDE A HIGH."
4)
COPY
SIDEA:
HIGH
SCAN
SIDEA:
HIGH
FAX SIDEA:
HIGH
Setting
range
1 - 99

SIDE B LOW." To adjust the density in the high density area,
select "COPY SIDE B HIGH."
% 6&$16,'($/2:
& )$;6,'($/2:
' &23<6,'($+,*+
( 6&$16,'($+,*+
4)
) )$;6,'($+,*+

2&
'63)
2.
DSPF
5)
Press [OK] key.
6)
7)
Make a copy, and check the copy density.
10-key
OK

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
(;32685($'-8670(1763)
$ &23<6,'(%/2:

% 6&$16,'(%/2:
& )$;6,'(%/2:
' &23<6,'(%+,*+
( 6&$16,'(%+,*+
) )$;6,'(%+,*+
* %$/$1&(6,'(%5
+ %$/$1&(6,'(%*
, %$/$1&(6,'(%%
2&
'63)
2.
12-H Copy density and gradation adjustment

(RSPF mode) (Individual adjustment of the
low density area and the high density area)
(In the case of RSPF)
12-I Automatic copy and printer density and

gradation adjustment by the user
(Setting of ENABLE/DISABLE of the
automatic copy density and gradation
adjustment, and the adjustment)
It is normally not necessary to perform this adjustment. In the following cases, however, this adjustment must be performed.
a. General
* When the copy density differs in the RSPF mode and in the document table mode.
In the user program mode, the user can execute the automatic
adjustment of the copy and the printer density and gradation.
* When the copy density in the RSPF mode is too low or too high.
This adjustment is to set Enable/Disable of the above user operation with SIM 26-53.
* When the RSPF unit is replaced.

* When the RSPF unit is disassembled.
NOTE: This setting must be set to ENABLE only when the users
understanding on the automatic adjustment of the copy and
the printer density and gradation as well as the users operational ability is judged enough to execute the adjustment.

(Front surface copy density adjustment)
1)
When set to enable, operation procedures must be fully

explained to the user.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
(;32685($'-8670(1763)


$ &23</2:
% 6&$1/2:
* When the PCU PWB is replaced.
& )$;/2:
* When the EEPROM of the PCU PWB is replaced.
' &23<+,*+
b. Setting procedure
2.
1)
10-key

OK
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
(1$%/,1*2)$8720$7,&*5$<&$/,%5$7,21

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
$ <(612

(;32685($'-8670(1763)
$ &23</2:

% 6&$1/2:
& )$;/2:
' &23<+,*+
2.
2)
2.

LOW." To adjust the density in the high density area, select
"COPY HIGH."
Item
Display
Content
COPY: LOW
RSPF copy mode exposure

adjustment (Low density side)
RSPF scanner mode
exposure adjustment
(Low density side)
RSPF FAX mode exposure
adjustment (Low density side)
adjustment (High density side)
RSPF scanner mode
exposure adjustment
(High density side)
adjustment (High density)
3)
SCAN: LOW
FAX: LOW
COPY: HIGH
SCAN: HIGH
FAX: HIGH
Setting
range
1 - 99
Default
value
48
10-key
OK

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
(1$%/,1*2)$8720$7,&*5$<&$/,%5$7,21
$ <(612
1 - 99
48

1 - 99
48
1 - 99
53
1 - 99
53
1 - 99
53
2.

4)
Press [OK] key.
5)
6)
Make a copy and check the copy density.
2)
3)
Select ENABLE or DISABLE with 10-key.
(Method 1)
When disabling, set to "0" (NO). When enabling, set to "1"

(Yes).
Execute SIM 64-5 to print the print test pattern.
Press [OK] key.
Set each set value to the default and press [EXECUTE] key. The
print test pattern is printed.
When this is set to DISABLE, the menu of the automatic adjustment of the user copy color balance and density is not displayed in
the user program mode.
(Automatic adjustment of the copy and the printer density and gradation)
Remark:
1)
Enter the system setting mode.
2)
Enter the copy setting mode.
3)
Press the auto calibration key.
4)

The patch image (adjustment pattern) is printed out.
5)
Set the patch image (adjustment pattern) printed in procedure

4) on the document table.
Set the patch image so that the light density area is on the left
side.
Place the adjustment pattern on the document table so that the
adjustment pattern patch faces in the sub scanning direction.
(When the adjustment pattern is printed on A4R or 11" x 8.5"R
paper, place the adjustment pattern paper vertically on the
document table.)
The print density must be changed gradually from the lighter level
to the darker level. The density changing direction must not be
reversed.
(Method 2)
Execute SIM 67-25 to print the adjustment check pattern.
At that time, place 5 sheets of white paper on the above patch

image (adjustment pattern).

Thin line

Q (Max)
Low density
6)
High density

The copy and the printer density and gradation adjustment is
automatically executed. After completion of the adjustment,
the display returns to the original operation screen.
ADJ 13 Printer quality adjustment

(Printer density and gradation
adjustment)
The print density must be changed gradually from the lighter level
to the darker level. The density changing direction must not be
reversed.
13-A Manual printer density and gradation

adjustment
NOTE: For the U model where no printer function is provided, this

adjustment is not required.
(1) Note before execution of the printer density and gradation

adjustment
a. General
(2) Printer density and gradation check

(Note)
Before checking the printer density and gradation, be sure to execute the following procedures in advance.
* Execute the high density image correction (Process correction)
forcibly. (SIM 44-6)
* When the copy density and gradation adjustment is required.

When the printer density and gradation are not within the specified
range in the previous automatic adjustment of ADJ 12A, or when a
fine adjustment is required, or when the user requests for customization, this adjustment is executed manually.
Execute the automatic adjustment of ADJ 12A in advance, and
then execute this adjustment for better efficiency.
* The half-tone image correction is forcibly executed. (SIM 44-26)
b. Adjustment procedure
1)
Manual printer density and gradation adjustment procedure flowchart

(SIM 67-25)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
35,17(5(1*,1(*5$<%$/$1&(0$18$/$'-8670(173*
$ 32,17
Start

% 32,17
& 32,17
' 32,17
( 32,17
) 32,17
Execute ADJ 13A Manual printer density and gradation adjustment.

(*1)
* 32,17
+ 32,17
, 32,17
Enter the SIM 67-25 mode, and select A3 (11" x 17") or

A4R (11" x 8.5"R) paper.
- 32,17
. 32,17
/ 32,17
(;(&87(
2.
10-key

pattern.
OK
Select a target adjustment density level with the scroll key.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
Enter the adjustment value with 10-key.
&/26(
35,17(5(1*,1(*5$<%$/$1&(0$18$/$'-8670(173*
$ 32,17

% 32,17
& 32,17
' 32,17

pattern.
( 32,17
) 32,17
* 32,17
+ 32,17
, 32,17
- 32,17
Are the density

at the satisfactory
level?
NO
. 32,17
/ 32,17
(;(&87(
YES
EXECUTE
Cancel SIM 67-25.
2.
EXECUTE
or self print end

Check the printer density and gradation adjustment result.
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
35,17(5(1*,1(*5$<%$/$1&(0$18$/$'-8670(173*
$ 32,17
Use SIM 64-5 to print the check pattern,

and check the printer density.

% 32,17
& 32,17
' 32,17
( 32,17
) 32,17
Are the density

satisfactory level?
* 32,17
NO
+ 32,17
, 32,17
- 32,17
. 32,17
/ 32,17
YES
(;(&87(
End
*1:
If satisfactory density is not obtained with the
adjustment, check the print engine for any problems.
2.
2)

paper is selected.)
1)


6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
(;32685(02'(6(783%:$(
The adjustment check pattern is printed.

3)
Check that the following specification is satisfied or the density

and the gradation are satisfactory.
If not, execute the following procedures.
$(B02'(
02'(
02'(
$(B6723B&23<
5($/7,0(
6723
$(B6723B)$;
2))
21
$(B6723B6&$1
5($/7,0(
6723
35(6&$1
$(B),/7(5
62)7
1250$/
6+$53
$(B:,'7+
)8//
3$57
35(6&$1


2)
Q (Max)
Low density
High density
Set REALTIME or STOP to adjustment item AE STOP COPY.

For contents of each setting item, refer to below. Change the
setting value of "AE WIDTH" item to "FULL" or "PART", in
some cases.
Content
Set value
Auto exposure
mode
Auto B/W exposure
Stop (for copy)
Auto B/W exposure
Stop (for FAX)
Auto B/W exposure
Stop (for scanner)
Auto exposure filter
setting
MODE1, MODE2
Default
value
MODE2
REALTIME/STOP
STOP
ON/OFF
ON
REALTIME/STOP
STOP
SOFT
NORMAL
SHARP
FULL/PART
NORMAL
Item/Display
AE_MODE
AE_STOP_COPY

not be reversed.
AE_STOP_FAX
AE_STOP_SCAN

When, however, the density and the gradation are adjusted on
the request by the user, there is no need to set to the standard
density and gradation stated above.
AE_FILTER
4)
Select the adjustment point with the scroll key.
AE_WIDTH
5)
The adjustment value is set in the range of 0 - 255 (1 - 99).
When SIM 46-24 is used to adjust the automatic density, all the
set values of this simulation are set to 50.
Repeat procedures of 2) - 5) until the condition of 3) is satisfied.
When the overall density is low, or when the density is high
and patch A is copied, use the arrow key to adjust all the
adjustment values of A - Q (MAX) to a same level collectively.
Then, adjust each patch density individually. This is an efficient
way of adjustment.
6)
Cancel SIM 67-25.
7)
Use SIM 64-5 to print the print test pattern and check the print
density and gradation.
Set each set value to the default and press [EXECUTE] key.
The print test pattern is printed.
ADJ 14 Automatic setting of exposure

mode operating conditions in
copy, scan, and FAX
AE exposure width
FULL
NOTE: MODE1: High gamma (Improves the image contrast)

MODE2: Normal gamma
STOP:
Reads the density of 3 - 7 mm area from leading edge of
document, decides the output image density according to
the density of that part. (The output image density is constant at whole area.)
REALTIME:
Reads the density of width of the document one by one,
decides the output image density according to the density
of each part of the document. (The output image density
may be not constant at whole area.)
AE WIDTH FULL:
Document density reading area in auto mode is 3 - 7 mm
(leading edge of document) x Document width. No relationship to PRESCAN MODE
AE WIDTH PART:
Document density reading area in auto mode is 3 - 7 mm
(leading edge of document) x 100 mm (width). No relationship to PRESCAN MODE
Operation in auto copy mode:
When the density of the document of the read area is light,
output image density is increased by control. When the
density of the document of the read area is dark, output
image density is decreased by control.
Use for setting the condition of read operation (Exposure) for document density in auto copy mode.
When a copy with correct density is not obtained by type of document, change the setting.
* When a copy with correct density is not obtained in auto mode.
1)
Document table/DSPF mode

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
3 to 7mm
&/26(
%<3$6675$<$'-8670(17
0$;326,7,21$'-8670(17
35(66>(;(&87(@7267$57
AE WIDTH = FULL
(;(&87(
EXECUTE
Document table mode

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
3 to 7mm
&/26(
%<3$6675$<$'-8670(17
0$;326,7,21$'-8670(17
(;(&87,1*
100mm
AE WIDTH = PART
(;(&87(

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
DSPF mode
&/26(
%<3$6675$<$'-8670(17
3$326,7,21$'-8670(17
35(66>(;(&87(@7267$57
3 to 7mm
100mm
AE WIDTH = PART
(;(&87(
EXECUTE
Repeat the above procedure to adjust

the A4R width MIN POSITION.
Document density detection area

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
%<3$6675$<$'-8670(17
&203/(7(
ADJ 15 Paper size detection

adjustment
15-A Manual paper feed tray paper width sensor
adjustment
* The manual paper feed tray section has been disassembled.
* The manual paper feed tray unit has been replaced.
(;(&87(
2)
Open the manual paper feed guide to the maximum width position.
15-B DSPF/RSPF paper feed tray paper width

sensor adjustment
* The DSPF/RSPF paper feed tray section has been disassembled.
* The DSPF/RSPF paper feed tray unit has been replaced.
* The scanner PWB has been replaced.
* The EEPROM on the scanner PWB has been replaced.
1)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
63)75$<$'-8670(17
75$<92/0$;75$<$'-8670(17
35(66>(;(&87(@7267$57
3)

[EXECUTE] key is highlighted. Then it returns to the normal
display.
The maximum width position detection level of the manual
paper feed guide is recognized.
4)
Set the manual paper feed guide to the A4 size.
5)

display.
The A4 size width position detection level of the manual paper
feed guide is recognized.
6)
Set the manual paper feed guide to the width for the A4R size.
7)
(;(&87(
2)
Open the DSPF/RSPF paper feed guide to the maximum width

position.
3)
4)
Open the DSPF/RSPF paper feed guide to the width for the
A4R size.
5)
6)
Open the DSPF/RSPF paper feed guide to the width for the
A5R size.
7)
8)
Open the DSPF/RSPF paper feed guide to the minimum width

position.

display.
Set the manual paper feed guide to the width for the A4R size.
8)
Open the manual paper feed guide to the minimum width position.
The maximum width detection level is recognized.
The A4R width detection level is recognized.
9)

display.
The minimum width position detection level of the manual
paper feed guide is recognized.
If the above operation is not completed normally, "ERROR" is

displayed.
When the operation is completed normally, the above data are
saved to the memory and "COMPLETE" is displayed.
9)

The minimum width detection level is recognized.
* When each of the above operations has been completed,
the "COMPLETE" message appears; when any of the operations has failed, the "ERROR" message appears.
16-B Adjust the sensitivity of the original size

sensor
1)
ADJ 16 Document size detection

adjustment
* When the original size sensor section has been disassembled.
* When the original size sensor section has been replaced.
* When U2 trouble has occurred.
EXECUTE

16-A Document size sensor detection point

adjustment
1)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
3'6(1625&+(&.
2&6:
3'
3'
3'
3'
3'
3'
3'
Adjustment
failed
Adjustment completed
EXECUTE

Loosen the original cover switch actuator adjustment screw

and slide the actuator position so that the display OCSW is
returned to the normal display when the height of the arm unit
top from the table glass is 32 0.5mm by slowly tilting the document detection arm unit in the arrow direction and adjust.
(If the ON timing of the original cover switch is shifted, the document detection function may malfunction.)
2)
Execute the sensor adjustment without document.

With the document cover open, without placing a document on
the table glass, press [EXECUTE] key.
3)
32+
-0.5mm
Place A3 (11" x 17") paper on the document table and press

[EXECUTE] key.
If the adjustment is completed normally, "DOCUMENT PHOTO
SENSOR LEVEL IS ADJUSTED" is displayed.
ADJ 17 Touch panel coordinate setting

* The operation panel has been replaced.
18-A Print image main scanning direction image

magnification ratio automatic adjustment
1)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67

1)
&/26(
$872,0$*(326,7,21$'-8670(176(59,&(
2&$'-
%.0$*$'-
63)$'-
6(78335,17$'-
5(68/7
'$7$

2)
Precisely press the cross mark points (4 positions).
2)
Select [BK-MAG ADJ] with the key button.
3)
Select the paper feed tray with paper in it with the key button.
(Any paper size will do.)
When the cross mark is pressed precisely, a buzzer sounds

and the display is reversed. When all the four points are
pressed and the touch panel adjustment is completed, the display returns to the simulation sub number entry screen.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
$872,0$*(326,7,21$'-8670(176(59,&(
In case of an error, the display returns to the entry screen

again.
0)7
&6
&6
Check to confirm that there is no shift between the display

frame and the detection position when the touch panel is
pressed.
* When pressing the touch panel, never use a sharp tip (such
as a needle or a pin).
ADJ 18 Image lead edge position,

image off-center, image
The following adjustment items can be executed automatically with
SIM 50-28. It takes less time to use this adjustment than to use the
following manual adjustments.
(;(&87(
4)
5)
Set the adjustment pattern on the document table. (Any direction)
The color patch image (adjustment pattern) is printed out.
NOTE: Fit the adjustment pattern correctly with the document

guide.
* ADJ 3B Print engine image magnification ratio adjustment

(Main scanning direction)
* ADJ 3C Print engine print area (void area) adjustment
* ADJ 3D Print engine image off-center adjustment
* ADJ 7 Scan image magnification ratio adjustment
(Manual adjustment)
* ADJ 10 Copy image position, image loss, and void area adjustment (Manual adjustment)
(Menu in SIM 50-28 mode)
Item/Display
OC ADJ
BK-MAG ADJ
SPF ADJ
SETUP/PRINT
ADJ
RESULT
DATA

Content
Image loss off-center sub scanning direction image
magnification ratio adjustment (Document table mode)
adjustment
magnification ratio adjustment (DSPF mode)
Print lead edge adjustment, image off-center (each
paper feed tray, duplex mode) adjustment
Adjustment result display
Display of data used when an adjustment is executed
6)
4)
Select a paper feed tray to be adjusted.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
$872,0$*(326,7,21$'-8670(176(59,&(
12:(;(&87,1*
&/26(
$872,0$*(326,7,21$'-8670(176(59,&(
0)7
&6
&6
&6
&6
/&&
$'8
(;(&87(
The following item is automatically adjustment.
(;(&87(
* Print image main scanning direction image magnification

ratio
7)
Press [OK] key.

The adjustment result becomes valid.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
$872,0$*(326,7,21$'-8670(176(59,&(

5)
6)
Set the adjustment pattern on the document table. (Any direction)

guide.
%.0$*
5(35,17
5(6&$1
5(75<
'$7$
2.
18-B Image off-center automatic adjustment

(Each paper feed tray)
1)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
$872,0$*(326,7,21$'-8670(176(59,&(
2&$'-
%.0$*$'-
63)$'-
6(78335,17$'-
5(68/7
'$7$
7)

* Print image lead edge image position adjustment
* Print image off-center adjustment
8)
Press [OK] key.

Perform procedures 4) to 7) for each paper feed tray.

2)
Select [SETUP/PRINT] ADJ with the key button.
3)
Select [ALL] with the key button.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
$872,0$*(326,7,21$'-8670(176(59,&(
/($'
2))6(7
18-C Copy lead edge image reference position

adjustment, image off-center, sub scanning
direction image magnification ratio
automatic adjustment
1)
$//

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
$872,0$*(326,7,21$'-8670(176(59,&(
2&$'-
%.0$*$'-
63)$'-
6(78335,17$'-
5(68/7
'$7$

(Note)
By pressing [LEAD] or [OFFSET] button, the following items
can be executed individually.
* [LEAD]: Print image lead edge image position adjustment
* [OFFSET]: Print image off-center adjustment
When [ALL] is selected, both of the above two items are
executed simultaneously.

2)
Select [OC ADJ] with the key button.
3)
Select the paper feed tray with paper in it with the key button.
(Any paper size will do.)
7)
Press [OK] key.


6,08/$7,2112
7(67

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
6,08/$7,21&203/(7(
$872,0$*(326,7,21$'-8670(176(59,&(
0)7
&6
&/26(
$872,0$*(326,7,21$'-8670(176(59,&(
&/26(
3/($6(386+&$.(<
&6

(;(&87(
4)


5)
Set the adjustment pattern on the document table.

(Any direction)

guide.
18-D Copy image off-center, image lead edge

position, sub scanning direction image
magnification ratio automatic adjustment
(DSPF/RSPF mode)
1)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
$872,0$*(326,7,21$'-8670(176(59,&(
2&$'-
%.0$*$'-
63)$'-
6(78335,17$'-
5(68/7
'$7$

2)
Press the [SPF ADJ] button.

6)
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
$872,0$*(326,7,21$'-8670(176(59,&(
6,'(

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
6,'(
$//
&/26(
$872,0$*(326,7,21$'-8670(176(59,&(
12:(;(&87,1*

3)
(;(&87(
Proceed to one of the three screens for selecting the cassette

used to print DSPF/RSPF adjustment patterns by selecting the
corresponding button.
Select [ALL] with the key button.
* Copy lead edge image reference position adjustment, image

off-center, sub scanning direction image magnification ratio
automatic adjustment
SIDE1: DSPF/RSPF adjustment for the front side

SIDE2: DSPF/RSPF adjustment for the back side
ALL: DSPF/RSPF adjustment for both the front and back
sides
4)
Select one of the cassettes that can be used to print DSPF/

RSPF adjustment patterns. (Multiple selection is not allowed.)
5)
Press the [EXECUTE] button, and the machine starts self-print

of DSPF/RSPF adjustment patterns.
* The screen shows a message indicating that the machine is
self-printing DSPF/RSPF adjustment patterns.
When self-print finishes, the next screen appears where you
can start DSPF/RSPF adjustments.
6)
DSPF/RSPF adjustment patterns are loaded into the DSPF/

RSPF.
<Adjustment item list>

DSPF/RSPF original leading edge adjustment (back side)
DSPF/RSPF original off-center adjustment (back side)
DSPF/RSPF sub-scan magnification ratio adjustment (back
side)
10) The adjustment result screen appears.
This screen shows the current values along with the previous
values in parentheses.
* By pressing the [REPRINT] button, you can return to the
cassette selection screen and have the machine self-print
DSPF/RSPF adjustment patterns (for the front and back
sides) again.
* To have the machine start re-reading the DSPF/RSPF
adjustment patterns (front and back sides), press the [RESCAN] button.
* To return to the top menu without saving the adjustment values into EEPROM and RAM, press the [RETRY] button.

DSPF/RSPF adjustment patterns again.
7)
Press the [EXECUTE] button, and the machine starts reading

DSPF/RSPF adjustment patterns (for the front side).
reading and calculating DSPF/RSPF adjustment patterns
(for the front side).
11) To save the adjustment values into EEPROM and RAM and
return to the top menu, press the [OK] button.
* To return to the result screen, press the [BACK] button.
The machine starts calculating the adjustment amount (for

the front side) after it has read the patterns for the front side.
ADJ 19 Fusing paper guide position
After the machine has finished calculating the adjustment

amount for the front side, the next screen appears where
you can have the machine start reading DSPF/RSPF adjustment patterns (for the back side).
Normally there is no need to perform this adjustment. In the following cases, perform this adjustment.
adjustment
* When a paper jam occurs in the fusing section.
<Adjustment item list>

DSPF/RSPF original leading edge adjustment (front side)
DSPF/RSPF original off-center adjustment (front side)
DSPF/RSPF sub-scan magnification ratio adjustment (front
side)
8)
* To display the data used for adjustment, press the [DATA]

button.
DSPF/RSPF adjustment patterns are loaded into the DSPF/

RSPF.
* When wrinkles are made on paper in the fusing section.

* When an image deflection or an image blur is generated in the
paper rear edge section.
1)
Loosen the fusing paper guide fixing screws which are on two
position in the front/rear frame direction.
2)
Use the fusing paper guide position scale as the reference to

shift the paper guide in the arrow direction A or B.
B
DSPF/RSPF adjustment patterns again.
9)
Press the [EXECUTE] button, and the machine starts loading

DSPF/RSPF adjustment patterns (for the back side).
reading DSPF/RSPF adjustment patterns (for the back
side).
The machine starts calculating the adjustment amount (for
the back side) after it has read the patterns for the back side.
The standard fixing position is one scale lower than the center
of the marking scale. Change the actual fixing position according to the condition.
* When wrinkles are generated on paper, change the position
in the arrow direction B.
* When an image deflection or an image blur is generated in
the paper rear edge section, change the position in the
arrow direction A.
After the machine has finished calculating the adjustment

amount for the back side, the next screen appears where
you can view the results of the adjustments.
MX-M503N
[5]
SIMULATION
Service Manual
1. General (Including basic operations)

The simulation mode has the following functions, to display the
machine operating status, identify the trouble position and causes
in an earlier stage, and make various setups and adjustments
speedily for improving the serviceability of the machine.
1)
Various adjustments
2)
Setting of the specifications and functions
3)
Canceling troubles
4)
Operation check
5)
Counters check, setting, clear
6)
Machine operating conditions (operation hysteresis), data

check, clear.
7)
Various (adjustments, setting, operation, counters, etc.) data

transport.
The operating procedures and displays depend on the design of

the operation panel of the machine.
A. Basic operation
(1)
Starting the simulation
* Entering the simulation mode

1)
Copy mode key ON Program key ON Asterisk (*) key ON

CLEAR key ON Asterisk (*) key ON Ready for input of
a main code of simulation
2)
Entering a main code with the 10-key START key ON.

Or select a main code with the SIM key on the touch panel.
3)
Entering a sub code with the 10-key START key ON.
4)
Select an item with the scroll key and the item key.
5)
The machine enters the mode corresponding to the selected

item. Press [START] key or [EXECUTE] key to start the simulation operation.
When canceling the current simulation mode to change the
main code and the sub code, press [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key.
* Canceling the simulation mode to return to the normal mode

1)
Press [CA] key.
(Note for the simulation mode)

Do not turn OFF the power switch on the operation panel when the
machine is in the simulation mode. If the power switch should be
turned OFF in the simulation mode, a malfunction may be resulted.
In this case, turn OFF/ON the main power source.
MX-M503N SIMULATION 5 1
START (Copy mode)
Press the Program key.
Press the asterisk (*) key.
Press the clear key.
Press the asterisk (*) key.

Press the SYSTEM
SETTINGS key
Standby for entry of

SIM code.
Enter the main code of
SIM with the 10-key.
The main code of SIM
is displayed.
NO
Press the START button.

YES
Standby for entry of SIM

sub code
YES
<Exclusion type>
You have to exit
simulation mode
before entering into
this mode for self
printing type.
Is there a sub code ?

NO
Enter SIM sub code with

the 10-key.
Select the mode and the

item with the scroll key
and the item key.
Press the START button.
If there is no item.
NO
YES
Operation check ?
NO
Do you want
to perform another
simulation ?
NO
YES
NO
Do you
want to end the
simulation ?
Press the EXECUTE button

and OK button.
The display is made according to

the selected some and the item.
YES
Data clear ?
NO

and OK button.
The selected mode and
the item are cleared.
Adjustments
or setting (counter data
change) ?
NO
Operation is made according

to the selected mode and the item.
(Other modes)
The display is made according

to the selected mode and the item.
Do you
want to change the
content ?
NO
The changed content

is stored.
YES
Enter the new setting and

adjustment values.
The simulation mode

is canceled.

and OK button.
Operation is made according

to the selected mode and item.
Operating conditions
check ?
YES
Is it the same
simulation main
code?
In the power OFF/ON type
simulation, OFF/ON
messages is
Press the SYSTEM
displayed by the
SETTINGS key
SYSTEM
SETTINGS key.
YES

and OK button.
YES
Press the clear all key.
2. List of simulation codes

Main
1
Sub
1
2
5
1
2
3
3
10
2
3
5
1
2
3
1
2
1
6
8
12
1
2
6
17
2
3
10
13
14
15
16
17
21
22
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
9
10
11
12
23
13
19
90
2
80
Functions
Used to check the operation of the scanner (reading) unit and the control circuit.
Used to check the sensors in the scanner (reading) section and the related circuits.
Used to check the operation of the scanner (reading) unit and the control circuit.
Used to check the operations of the automatic document feed unit and the control circuit.
Used to check the operations of the sensors and the detectors in the document feed unit
section and the control circuits.
Used to check the operations of the loads in the automatic document feed unit and the control
circuit.
Used to check the operations of the sensors and the detectors in the finisher and the control
circuit.
Used to check the operation of the load in the finisher and the control circuit.
Used to adjust the finisher.
Used to check the paper feed section (Desk/LCC) sensors and detectors and their control
circuits.
Used to check the paper feed section (Desk/LCC) loads and their control circuits.
Used to check the operation of the paper transport clutch for the paper feed tray unit.
Used to check the operation of the display, LCD in the operation panel, and control circuit.
Used to check the operation of the heater lamp and the control circuit.
Used to check the operation of the scanner lamp and the control circuit.
Used to check the operations of the load in the paper transport system (clutches and
solenoids) and the control circuits.
Used to check the operations of each fan and its control circuit.
Used to set the operating conditions of aging.
Used to set the operating intermittent aging cycle.
Used to display the warm-up time.
The document reading number of sheets setting (for aging operation)
Used to check and adjust the operations of the developing voltage in each print mode and the
control circuit.
Used to check and adjust the operation of the main charger grid voltage in each printer mode
and the control circuit.
Used to check and adjust the operation of the transport voltage and the control circuit.
Used to check and adjust the operation of the separation bias voltage and the control circuit.
Used to check the operation of the sensors and detectors in the switchback section (duplex
section) and the control circuit.
Used to check the operations of the load in the paper reverse section (duplex section) and its
control circuit.
Used to check the operations of the toner supply mechanism (toner clutch) and the related
circuit.
Used to cancel the self-diag "U1" trouble.
Used to cancel the self-diag "H3, H4, H5" trouble.
Used to cancel the self-diag "U6-09" trouble.
Used to cancel the self-diag "U2" trouble.
Used to cancel the self-diag "PF" trouble.
Used to set the maintenance cycle.
Used to display the print count value of each section and the operation mode.
Used to display the number of total mis-feed and the number of troubles.
Used to display the mis-feed position and the number of mis-feed at the position.
Used to display the trouble (self diag) history.
Used to display the ROM version of each unit (section).
Used to print information on various settings, adjustments, counters, controls, and versions.
Used to display the number of operations (the counter value) of the finisher, the DSPF/RSPF,
and scanning (reading).
Used to display the print quantity of each paper feed section.
Used to display the system configuration (options and internal hardware).
Used to display the use frequency of send/receive of FAX. (Only when FAX is installed.)
Used to display the mis-feed position of the DSPF/RSPF and the number of mis-feed at the
position.
Used to display the use quantity of the process section (OPC drum, DV unit, toner cartridge).
Used to display various counter values related to scan - image send.
Used to output the various set data lists.
Used to output the trouble history list of paper jam and mis-feed.
Used to output the operation data of paper feed and paper transport in the paper feed/
transport section.
Section
Scanner (reading)
Scanner
Scanner (reading)
Finisher
Finisher
Finisher
Paper feed, paper reverse/transport
Operation unit (Operation/Display Control PWB)
Fusing
Scanner (reading)
Others
Fusing
Toner supply, developing
Photo-conductor
Transfer
Duplex
MFP (ICU) PWB
Fusing
LCC

FAX unit (TEL/LIU, FAX control PWB)
Process
Main
24
25
Sub
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
10
15
30
31
1
2
26
1
2
3
5
6
10
18
30
35
38
41
49
50
52
53
65
69
73
27
74
78
1
2
4
5
6
7
9
10
11
30
12
13
14
1
2
33
40
41
1
2
2
7
1
2
3
Functions
Used to clear the jam counter, and the trouble counter.
Used to clear the number of use (the number of prints) of each paper feed section.
Used to clear the finisher, DSPF/RSPF, and the scan (reading) unit counter.
Used to clear the maintenance counter, the printer counters of the transfer unit and the fusing
unit.
Used to clear the developer counter.
Used to clear the copy counter.
Used to clear the OPC drum counter.
Used clear the printer mode print counter and the self print mode print counter.
Used to clear the FAX counter. (Only when FAX is installed)
Used to clear the counters related to the scan mode and the image send.
Used to initialize the administrator password.
Used to initialize the service mode (Web page) password.
Used to check the operations of the developing section, and to display the toner density
detection level.
Used to make the initial setting of toner density when replacing developer.
Used to set the paper exit operation from the right side.
Used to set the paper type and the weight type.
Used to set the specifications of the auditor.
Used to set the count mode in A3 (11" x 17") print.
Used to set the specifications of the destination.
Used to set the trial mode of the network scanner.
Used to set Disable/Enable of the toner save mode operation. (For the Japan and the UK
versions.)
Used to set the operation mode corresponding to the CE mark (Europe safety standards).
Used to set the trouble history display mode.
Used to set "Print continue" or "Print stop" when the maintenance timing is reached or the
consumable part life is over.
Used to set Enable/Disable of the magnification ratio automatic select function (AMS) in the
center binding mode.
Used to set the print speed of postcards mode.
Used to set the operation specifications and functions.
Used to set whether non-printed paper (insertion paper, cover paper) is counted up or not.
Used to set Inhibit/Allow of the user auto calibration (gradation, density adjustment) in the
copy mode.
Used to set the limit of the staple process.
Used to set the operating conditions for toner near end.
Used to adjust the image loss (shade removal amount) in the poster, the continuous
enlargement copy, the card scan, and the A3 wide copy mode.
Used to set the OSA trial mode.
Used to set the password of the remote operation panel mode.
Used to set non-detection of communication error (U7-00) with RIC. (FSS function)
Used to set the sender's registration number and the HOST server telephone number.
(FSS function)
Used to set the initial call and toner order auto send. (FSS function)
Used to set the machine tag No. (FSS function)
Used to set of the manual service call. (FSS function)
Used to set of the enable, alert call out. (FSS function)
Used to set the paper transport time recording YES/NO threshold value and shading gain
adjustment retry number. (FSS function)
Used to clear the trouble prediction history information. (FSS function)
Used to check the serial communication retry number and the scanner gain adjustment retry
number history. (FSS function)
Used to check the high-density and the half-tone process control error history. (FSS Function)
Used to check the history of paper transport time between sensors. (FSS function)
Used to set the FSS function connection test mode.
Used to check the operations of the sensors and the detectors in other than the paper feed
Used to check the operations of the sensors and the detectors in the paper feed section and
the control circuits.
Used to check the operations of the card reader sensor and the control circuit.
Used to delete the ID (IDM) information of card. (HDD-installed machine only)
Manual paper feed tray paper width sensor adjustment.
Used to set the adjustment value of the manual paper feed tray paper width sensor.
Used to check the operations of the document size sensor and the control circuit.
Used to adjust the document size sensor detection level.
Used to check the operations of the document size sensor and the control circuit.
Section

Photoconductor

Paper exit section
Auditor

Others
Others
Others
Others
Others
Main
43
Sub
1
4
20
21
22
23
44
24
31
32
1
2
4
6
9
12
14
16
21
22
24
46
25
26
27
28
29
37
2
4
5
8
9
10
16
19
23
24
32
37
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
47
48
51
52
61
48
49
63
64
90
1
5
6
1
3
5
Functions
Used to make the fusing reference temperature setting 1 in each operation mode.
Used to set the fusing temperature 2 in each operation mode.
Used to set the environmental correction under low temperature and low humidity (L/L) for the
fusing temperature setting (SIM 43-1) in each paper mode.
Used to set the environment correction under high temperature and high humidity (H/H) for
the fusing temperature setting (SIM 43-1) in each paper mode.
Used to set the environment correction under low temperature and low humidity (L/L) for the
fusing temperature setting (SIM 43-4) in each paper mode.
Used to set the environment correction under high temperature and high humidity (H/H) for
the fusing temperature setting (SIM 43-4) in each paper mode.
Used to set the correction of the temperature adjustment value of SIM 43-1 and 43-4.
Used to check the operation of the fusing web cleaning motor.
Used to set various items related to the forcible operation of web cleaning when job end.
Used to set each correction operation function in the image forming (process) section.
Used to adjust the sensitivity of the image density sensor.
Used to set the conditions of the high density process control operation.
Used to execute the high density process control forcibly.
Used to display the result data of the high density process control operation.
Used to display the operation data of the high density process control and the image density
sensor.
Used to display the output level of the temperature and humidity sensor.
Used to display the toner density control data.
Used to register the target value of the half-tone process control.
Used to display the toner patch density level in the half tone process control operation.
Used to display the correction target and the correction level in the half tone process control
operation.
Used to set the calculating conditions of the correction value for the half tone process control.
Used to execute the half tone process control compulsory.
Used to clear the correction data of the half tone process control.
Used to set the process control execution conditions.
Used to set the operating conditions of the process control during a job.
Used to set the development bias correction level in the continuous printing operation.
Used to adjust the copy density in each monochrome copy mode.
Used to adjust the density in the image send mode (color mode). (N model only)
Used to adjust the density in the image send mode (monochrome mode).
Used to adjust the image send mode color balance RGB. (N model only)
Used to adjust the SPF mode scan image density (copy, image send mode)
Used to adjust the copy density (in each copy mode).
Used to adjust the copy density manually.
Used to set the operating conditions of document density scanning (copy, image send mode).
Used to set the density correction of copy high density section (High density tone gap
supported).
Copy and printer density adjustment (Auto adjustment)
Used to adjust the reproducibility of the document background density in the automatic copy
mode.
Used to adjust the reproducibility of the scan image color document (copy, image send
mode). (N model only)
Used to adjust the sharpness of FAX send images.
Used to adjust the FAX send image density. (Collective adjustment of all the modes)
Used to adjust the FAX send image density. (Normal)
Used to adjust the FAX send image density. (Fine)
Used to adjust the FAX send image density. (Super Fine)
Used to adjust the FAX send image density. (Ultra fine)
Used to adjust the FAX send image density. (600dpi).
Used to set the compression rate of copy and scan images (JPEG).
Used to set the output resolution in each copy mode. (N model only)
Used to adjust the gamma for the copy mode heavy paper mode and the image process
mode (manual adjustment).
Used to set the gamma default for the copy mode heavy paper and the image process mode.
(The set values of SIM46-51 are set to the default values.)
Used to adjust the area separation recognition level in the image send mode (color, gray, auto
exposure mode). (N model only)
Used to adjust the density in the low density area of a scan image. (N model only)
Used to set the image process mode in each copy mode.
Used to set the process operation of high-compression PDF images. (N model only)
Used to adjust the scan image magnification ratio (in the main scanning direction and the sub
scanning direction).
Used to correction the scan image magnification ratio (in the sub scanning direction).
Used to adjust the rotation speed of each motor.
Used to perform the firmware update.
Used to install and update the Operation Manual data stored in the HDD. (N model only)
Used to install and update the watermark data stored in the HDD.
Section
Fusing
Fusing
Fusing
Fusing
Fusing
Fusing
Fusing
Fusing
Fusing
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process

Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Scanner
Scanner
Scanner
Main
50
Sub
1
2
5
6
7
10
12
27
28
51
53
6
7
8
55
56
1
2
3
1
2
60
61
62
63
64
65
67
3
4
1
2
1
3
1
2
3
6
7
8
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
2
4
5
6
1
2
5
17
25
31
33
34
70
Functions
Copy image position, image loss adjustment
Used to adjust the copy image position and the image loss (simple adjustment).
Used to adjust the print lead edge image position. (PRINTER MODE)
Used to adjust the copy image position and the image loss (DSPF/RSPF mode).
Used to adjust the copy image position and the image loss (DSPF/RSPF mode) (simple
adjustment).
Used to adjust the image off-center position.
(The adjustment is made separately for each paper feed section.)
Used to perform the scan image off-center position adjustment.
(The adjustment is made separately for each scan mode.)
Used to perform the image loss adjustment of scanned images in the FAX or image send
mode.
Used to automatically adjust the image loss, void area, image off-center, and image
magnification ratio.
Used to adjust the contact pressure (deflection amount) on paper by the main unit and the
DSPF/RSPF resist roller.
Used to adjust the detection level of the DSPF/RSPF document width.
Used to adjust the DSPF/RSPF document size width sensor.
Used to adjust the document lead edge reference and the DSPF/RSPF mode document scan
position.
Used to set the specifications of the engine control operations. (SOFT SW)
Used to set the specifications of the scanner control operation. (SOFT SW)
Used to set the specifications of the controller operation. (SOFT SW)
Used to transport data between HDD - MFP PWB SRAM/EEPROM.
(Used to repair the PWB.) (HDD-installed machine)
Used to backup the data in the EEPROM. SRAM, and HDD (including user authentication
data and address data) to the USB memory. (HDD-installed machine)
Used to backup the document filing data to the USB memory. (HDD-installed machine)
Used to backup the JOB log data to the USB memory. (HDD-installed machine)
Used to check the operations (read/write) of the MFP PWB memory.
Used to set the specifications of the MFP PWB on-board SDRAM.
Used to check the LSU polygon motor rotation and laser detection.
Used to set the laser power
Used to execute the hard disk format (except operation manual area).
* If no HDD is installed, the MFP Flash memory is formatted.
Used to check read/write of the hard disk (partial).
Used to check read/write of the hard disk (all areas).
Used to perform the self diagnostics of the hard disk.
Used to print the hard disk self diagnostics error log.
Used to format the hard disk. (Excluding the system area and the operation manual area)
Used to delete the job log data. (HDD-installed machine)
Used to delete the document filing data. (HDD-installed machine)
Used to set Enable/Disable of auto format in a hard disk trouble.
Used to format the hard disk. (only the operation manual and watermark area)
Used to display the shading correction result.
Used to perform shading.
Used to perform scanner (CCD/CIS) color balance and gamma auto adjustment.
Used to display the SIT chart patch density.
Used to perform the scanner (CCD/CIS) color balance and gamma default setting.
Test print. (Self print) (Monochrome mode)
Printer test print. (Self print)
* This simulation functions only for the machines which are provided with the printer function.
Printer test print. (Self print) (PCL)
Printer test print. (Self print) (PS)
Used to adjust the touch panel (LCD display section) detection coordinates.
Used to display the touch panel (LCD display section) detection coordinates.
Used to check the operation panel key input.
Printer controller reset
Printer density adjustment (Manual adjustment)
* This simulation functions only for the machines which are provided with the printer option
function.
Used to clear the printer calibration value (Half-tone process control data).
Used to adjust the gamma and the density in each printer screen.
* This simulation functions only for the machines which are provided with the printer option
function.
Used to set the density correction in the printer high density section.
(Support for the high density section tone gap)
MFP PWB SRAM data clear
Section

HDD
HDD
MFP (ICU) PWB
MFP (ICU) PWB
LSU
LSU
HDD
HDD
HDD
HDD
HDD
HDD
HDD
HDD
HDD
HDD
Scanner
Scanner
Scanner
Scanner
Scanner
Operation unit (Operation/Display control PWB)

MFP (ICU) PWB
3. Details of simulation
1-5
Operation test/check
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to check the operation of the scanner

(reading) unit and the control circuit.
1-1
Scanner (reading)
Section
Purpose
Operation/Procedure

(reading) unit and the control circuit.
1)
Select the operation speed with the touch panel key.
2)
Scanner (reading)
Section
Operation/Procedure
Scanning is repeated at the speed corresponding to the scan

resolution (operation speed).
1)
Select the operation resolution (scan speed) with the touch

panel key.
When [EXECUTE] key is pressed, the operation is terminated.
2)

Scanning is once performed at the speed corresponding to the
scan resolution (operation speed).
Item/Display
OC SCAN
300DPI
400DPI
600DPI
1200DPI
Operation mode
300DPI (346.0mm/s)
400DPI (259.5mm/s)
600DPI (173.0mm/s)
1200DPI (86.5mm/s)
Default value
300DPI
(346.0mm/s)
Item/Display
OC SCAN
300DPI
400DPI
600DPI
1200DPI
Operation mode
300DPI (346.0mm/s)
400DPI (259.5mm/s)
600DPI (173.0mm/s)
1200DPI (86.5mm/s)
Default value
300DPI
(346.0mm/s)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
6&$11(5&+(&.
2&6&$1
300DPI
'3,
'3,
'3,

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
6&$11(5&+(&.
2&6&$1
300DPI
'3,
'3,
'3,
(;(&87(

(;(&87(
2-1
1-2
Purpose
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to check the sensors in the scanner

(reading) section and the related circuits.
Section
Scanner
Function (Purpose) Used to check the operations of the automatic document feed unit and the control
circuit.
Section
Operation/Procedure
Operation/Procedure
The operating status of the sensor is displayed.
1)
When "MHPS" is highlighted, the scanner unit is in the home position.
Select the operation mode and the speed with the touch panel
key.
2)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
6&$11(56(1625&+(&.
MHPS
The DSPF/RSPF repeats paper feed, transport, and paper exit

operations at the speed corresponding to the scan resolution
(operation speed).
[DSPF]

Item/Display
(SINGLE)
300DPI
400DPI
600DPI
(DOUBLE)
300DPI
400DPI
600DPI
Operation mode
300DPI (346.0mm/s)
400DPI (259.5mm/s)
600DPI (173.0mm/s)
300DPI (346.0mm/s)
400DPI (259.5mm/s)
600DPI (173.0mm/s)
Default value
300DPI
(346.0mm/s)
300DPI
(346.0mm/s)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
[DSPF]
&/26(

63)$*,1*
63)6&$1
300DPI
'3,
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
'3,
&/26(
63)6(1625&+(&.6:'B/(1 6('B$'
62&'
6&29
63('
66(7
633'
633'
633'
632'
63/6
63/6
67038
(;(&87(
'28%/(
SINGLE
633'

[RSPF]
[RSPF]
Item/Display
SPF SCAN
300DPI
(SINGLE
400DPI
(single face))
600DPI
SPF SCAN
(DOUBLE
(double face))
300DPI
400DPI
600DPI
Operation mode
300DPI (259.5mm/s)
400DPI (259.5mm/s)
600DPI (173.0 mm/s)
300DPI (259.5mm/s)
400DPI (259.5mm/s)
600DPI (173.0 mm/s)
Default value
300DPI
(259.5mm/s)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
63)6(1625&+(&.6:'B/(1 6('B$'
300DPI
(259.5mm/s)
66(7
62&'
6&29
63('
633'
633'
633'
633'
63/6
63/6
67038

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
63)$*,1*
63)6&$1
'3,
'3,
2-3
Purpose
'3,
Function (Purpose) Used to check the operations of the loads

in the automatic document feed unit and
the control circuit.
6,1*/(
'28%/(
(;(&87(
Section
Operation/Procedure
2-2
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to check the operations of the sensors and the detectors in the document
feed unit section and the control circuits.
Operation/Procedure
The operating conditions of the sensors and detectors are displayed.
The code names of the sensors and the detectors which are active
are highlighted.
SSET
SOCD
SCOV
SPED1
SPPD1
SPPD2
SPPD3
SPPD5
SPOD
SPLS1
SPLS2
STMPU
SWD_LEN
SWD_AD
Select a target item of the operation check with the touch panel
key.
2)

The selected load performs the operation.
[DSPF-installed model]
Section
1)
DSPF/RSPF installation detector

DSPF/RSPF open/close detector
DSPF/RSPF cover open/close detector
DSPF/RSPF document detector 1
DSPF/RSPF document pass detector 1
(Paper entry detection)
(Resist roller front document transport detection)
(Document scanning front document transport detection)
(DSPF: Document transport detection)
(RSPF: Document transport detection/Document reverse
rear document transport detection)
DSPF paper exit detector (Only the DSPF)
DSPF/RSPF document length detector 1 (Short)
DSPF/RSPF document length detector (Long)
DSPF/RSPF stamp unit installation detector
DSPF/RSPF guide plate position (Unit: 0.1mm)
DSPF/RSPF document detection volume output AD value
SPUM
SPFM
SRRC
SPFFAN
STMPS
DSPF paper feed motor

DSPF transport motor
DSPF resist roller clutch
DSPF fan motor
Stamp solenoid
(Displayed only when the finish stamp is installed.)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
63)287387&+(&.
6380
63)0
655&
63))$1
67036
(;(&87(
[RSPF-installed model]
SPUM
SPFM_F
SPFM_R
SRRC
SRVC
SPRS
STMPS
RSPF paper feed motor

RSPF paper feed reverse motor (normal rotation)
RSPF paper feed reverse motor (reverse rotation)
RSPF resist roller clutch
RSPF reverse clutch
RSPF pressure release solenoid
Finish stamp solenoid
(Displayed only when the finish stamp is installed.)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
63)287387&+(&.
6380
63)0
655&
63))$1
67036
(;(&87(

3
3-2
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to check the operations of the sensors and the detectors in the finisher and
the control circuit.
Section
Finisher
Operation/Procedure
are highlighted.
<Inner finisher>
FED
FBED
FULD
FMLLD
FLLD
FSLD1
FSLD2
FRLD
FBRD
FFJHPD
FRJHPD
FJPD
FSTPD
FSHPD
FSTHPD
FSD
FSTD
FDSW
FFANLK
FPRPD
FPUC
FPHPD
FPSHPD
FPPD1
FPPD2
FPPD3
FPPD4
FPPD5
FPPD6
FPDD
FPPEND
FPDES1
FPDES2
Entry port paper detection (Status detection "1")

Tray paper detection
Tray upper limit detection
Tray intermediate lower limit detection
Tray lower limit detection
Paper surface detection 1
Paper surface detection 2
Roller up/down detection
Belt separation detection
Alignment HP detection front
Alignment HP detection rear
Alignment guide position detection
Staple tray paper detection
Staple drive HP detection
Staple shift HP detection
Staple empty detection
Staple lead edge position detection
Door open detection
Fan motor lock detection
Punch rear position detection (Status detection "1")
Punch unit connection detection
Punch HP detection
Punch side resist HP detection
Punch paper surface detection 1
Punch dust detection
Punch paper rear edge detection
Punch destination detection 1
Punch destination detection 2
<Saddle stitch finisher>

PDPPD1
PDPPD2
PDCS
FPPD1
FPAPHS_F
FPAPHS_R
FATPD
FGHPS
FJPID
FJPOD
FJPDD
FED
FFJHPD
FRJHPD
FAD
FGHPD
Paper pass paper transport detector 1

Paper pass paper transport detector 2
Paper pass cover Open/Close sensor
Paper delivery detector 1
Paper alignment plate home position sensor F
Paper alignment plate home position sensor R
Paper alignment tray paper detector
Gripper home position sensor
FDTPD
FPLD
FPPD2
FSPHS
FSTPD
FSMRS
FTULD
FTLLD
FTLMRS
FSHS
FSSHPS
FSED
FSLS
FTPS
FCD1
FCD2
FSSW1
FCD
FSSSW1
FFL
FDRHS
FPPD3
FSATPD
FSSSW2
FPHHD
FSAPHS
FSPGHS
FSRHS
FPDD
FSSHS
FSSES
FSSCS
FSSSHS
EMPS
FSLD
FFPD
FFHPD
FFED
FFE
FULD
FLLD
FLE
FSHPD
FSTHPD
FSD
FSPD
FMLD
FFDD
FCD
FFDDW
FJSW
FSSSW
FFANLK
FNHPD
FSPOD
FSDTPD
FSJPD
FPHHPD
FSJHPD
FAHPD
FSR3HPD
FGED
FSSHPD
FSSD
FSSDSW
FSSTHPD
FPMRS
FPD
FPCHPS
FPDFS
FPHPS
FPTS
FPES1
FPES2
FPES3
FPES4
FPPS
FPMCK
FPUC
FPHPD
FPDD
FPSHPD
FPTD
FPSD1
FPSD2
FPSD3
FPSD4
FPPD
Delivery tray paper detector

Paper surface detector
Paper transport detector 2
Saddle plate home position sensor
Saddle exit tray paper detector
Saddle motor rotation sensor
Tray upper limit detector
Tray lower limit detector
Tray lift motor rotation sensor
Staple home position sensor
Stapler shift home position sensor
Staple empty detector
Staple lead edge sensor
Tray position sensor
Cover detector 1
Cover detector 2
Safety switch 1
Finisher connection detector
Staple safety switch
Fan lock signal
Delivery roller home position sensor
Paper transport detector 3
Saddle paper alignment tray paper detector
Stapler safety switch 2
Paper hold home position sensor
Saddle alignment plate home position sensor
Saddle paper guide home position sensor
Saddle roller home position sensor
Delivery detector
Saddle staple home position sensor
Saddle staple sensor
Saddle staple cover sensor
Finisher saddle stapler shift home position
sensor
Punch motor rotation sensor
Punch unit detection (connector)
Punch home position sensor
Punch dust sensor
Punch unit home position sensor
Punch timing sensor
Punch paper edge sensor 1
Punch paper position sensor
<4K finisher>
FJPID
FJPOD
FJPDD
FED
FAED1
FAED2
FAED3
FFJHPD
FRJHPD
FBED1
FBED2
FCCD
FSLD1
FPDD1
FSLD2
FASHPD
FSWHPD
FSWOPD
FSTPD
FSHPD
FSTHPD
FSD
FSTD
FFANLK
FSJOGD
Interface transport unit entry port detection

Interface transport unit exit port detection
Interface transport unit cover detection
Entry port paper detection
Tray 1 area detection 1
Alignment plate HP detection front
Alignment plate HP detection rear
Tray 1 paper detection
Tray 2 paper detection
Tray approach detection
Tray 1 paper surface detection
Discharged paper detection
Tray 2 paper surface detection
Rear edge assist HP detection
Oscillation guide HP detection
Oscillation guide open detection
Staple tray paper detection
Staple drive HP detection
Staple shift HP detection
Staple empty detection
Needle lead edge position detection
Fan motor lock detection
Stapler alignment interference detection
FSAD
FSHTD
FCD
FFDD
F24V
FPSW1
FPSW2
FPSW3
FAED21
FAED22
FAED23
FDSW1
FDSW2
FDSW3
FDSW4
FDSW5
FDSW6
FDSW7
FDSW8
FPE
FPUC
FPHPD
FPSHPD
FPFDD
FPDD
FPUDSW
Staple safety SW
Shutter open detection
Upper door open detection
Front cover open detection
24V output interruption detection
PUSHSW1 detection
PUSHSW2 detection
PUSHSW3 detection
DIPSW1 detection
DIPSW2 detection
DIPSW3 detection
DIPSW4 detection
DIPSW5 detection
DIPSW6 detection
DIPSW7 detection
DIPSW8 detection
Punch motor lock detection
Punch unit connection detection
Punch HP detection
Punch horizontal resist HP detection
Punch front door open detection
Punch dust detection
Punch upper cover open detection SW
PDPGS
PDPTM
PDCF
FPTM1
FDRLM
FGM
FPAM-F
FPAM-R
FSSM
FSM
FPTM2
FSDM
FSPTM
FSPAM
FSPM
FSDSM
FPHS1
FPHS2
FTLM
FPM
FPSM
),16(1625&+(&.
3'33'
&/26(
3'33'
3'&6
)33'
)3$3+6B)
)3$3+6B5
)$73'
)*+36
)'73'
)3/'
)33'
)63+6
)673'
)6056
)78/'
)7//'
)7/056
)6+6
)66+36
)6('
)6/6
)736
)&'
)&'
)66:
)&'
)666:
))/
)'5+6
)33'
)6$73'
)666:
)3++'
)6$3+6
)63*+6
)65+6
)3''
)66+6
)66(6
)66&6
)666+6

3-3
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to check the operation of the load in

the finisher and the control circuit.
Finisher
Section
2)
FINRPS
FJPM
FJFM
FFM
FAM
FFJM
FRJM
FSM
FTLM1
FTLM2
FFSM
FSWM
FASM
FINRRS
FBRRS
FFDRRS
FBES
FSHC
FAORC
FPNM
FPSM
Interface paper gate solenoid

Interface transport motor
Interface transport fan motor
Entry port transport motor
Bundle paper exit motor
Alignment motor front
Alignment motor rear
Staple shift motor
Tray 1 lift motor
Tray 2 lift motor
Staple motor
Oscillation motor
Rear edge assist motor
Inlet port roller separation solenoid
Buffer roller separation solenoid
Paper exit roller separation solenoid
Buffer rear edge holding solenoid
Shutter open/close clutch
Bundle exit lower roller clutch
Punch motor
Punch horizontal resist motor

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
Operation/Procedure
1)
)6'0
)6'60
FINRPS
FSLS
FPDS
FBRS
FRM
FSWM
FAM
FFJM
FRJM
FSM
FFSM
FTLM
FFANM
FPNM
FPSM
&/26(
),1/2$'&+(&.
Select the item to be operation checked with the touch panel

key.
<Inner finisher>
Paper pass paper gate solenoid

Paper pass paper transport motor
Paper pass cooling fan
Paper transport motor 1
Finisher paper exit roller lift motor
Gripper motor
Paper alignment motor F
Paper alignment motor R
Stapler shift motor
Staple motor
Paper transport motor 2
Saddle motor
Saddle paper transport motor
Saddle paper alignment motor
Saddle positioning motor
Saddle staple motor
Paper holding solenoid 1
Paper holding solenoid 2
Tray lift motor
Punch motor
Punch shift motor
<4K finisher is installed>

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
FINRPS
FJPM
FJFM
FFM
FNM
FGM
FFJM
FRJM
FSM
FFSM
FLM
FFM2
FTM
FSR3M
FSJM
FPPM
FSSM
FPHS
FPS
FPNM
FPSM
3'3*6
3'370
3'&)
)370
)'5/0
)*0
)3$0)
)3$05
)660
)60
)7/0
)370
)6370
)63$0
)630
)3+6
)3+6
Entry port reverse pass solenoid

Paper surface detection solenoid
Paddle solenoid
Belt separation solenoid
Registration motor
Oscillation motor
Bundle exit paper exit motor
Alignment motor front
Alignment motor rear
Staple shift motor
Staple motor
Tray lift motor
Fan motor
Punch motor
Punch side resist motor
(;(&87(
M X -M 503N SIM U LATIO N 5 10

3-10
Item/Display
Purpose
Adjustment
SADDLE_ADJU
ST_POS
GRIPPER_POS
Function (Purpose) Used to adjust the finisher.

Section
Finisher
Operation/Procedure
1)
Select an adjustment target item with [] [] key on the touch

panel.
2)
Enter the set value with 10-key.
3)
Press [OK] key. (The set value is saved.)
A
B
FRONT
ADJUST
REAR ADJUST
STAPLE REAR
STAPLE
FRONT
STAPLE BOTH
STAPLE PITCH
PUNCH
CENTER
PUNCH HOLE
Content
Alignment position
adjustment (front)
Alignment position
adjustment (rear)
Staple binding position
adjustment
(one position at the rear)
adjustment
(one position in front)
adjustment (center position
of two positions binding)
adjustment (staple pitch of
two positions binding)
Punch center positioning
sensor
Punch hole adjustment
(paper transport direction)
Setting
range
2 - 18
Default
value
10
2 - 18
10
68 - 132
100
68 - 132
100
68 - 132
100
68 - 132
100
37 - 63
50
42 - 58
50
Item/Display
A
B
C
D
E
SADDLE
POSITION
FOLDING
POSITION
FRONT
ADJUST
REAR ADJUST
STAPLE REAR
STAPLE REAR
R
STAPLE
FRONT
STAPLE
FRONT R
STAPLE BOTH
STAPLE PITCH
K
L
PUNCH
CENTER
PUNCH HOLE
Content
Saddle stitch position
adjustment
Saddle folding position
adjustment
Paper alignment position
adjustment (Front)
Paper alignment position
adjustment (Rear)
adjustment (one position at
the rear) (When the paper
width is greater than
232mm)
adjustment (one position at
the rear) (When the paper
width is 232mm or less)
adjustment (one position in
front) (When the paper
width is greater than
232mm)
adjustment (one position in
front) (When the paper
width is 232mm or less)
adjustment (two positions
at the center)
adjustment (two positions
in pitch)
Punch center adjustment
Punch hole position
adjustment
Setting
range
25 - 75
Default
value
50
Default
value
50
35 - 65
50
The saddle binding position adjustment and the saddle

folding position adjustment can be executed in the system
setting menu. However, the adjustments in the system setting are based on the adjustment value of this simulation.
If, therefore, the adjustment value of this simulation is set
to an extreme level, the adjustment range in the system
setting may be narrowed. (Adjustment range in the system
setting 5.0mm)
In general, when the saddle binding position and the saddle folding positions are adjusted to the center by this simulation, the above trouble will not occur.
<4K finisher>
Item
Display
Item
Set range
FRONT ADJUST
0 - 20
STAPLE REAR
94 - 106
100
STAPLE FRONT
94 - 106
100
PUNCH
CENTER
PUNCH HOLE
Alignment position
adjustment (front)
adjustment (one
position at the rear)
adjustment (one
position in front)
Punch center
adjustment
Punch hole position
adjustment
Default
value
10
30 - 70
50
46 - 52
50
Saddle alignment position

adjustment
Gripper exit position
adjustment
Setting
range
35 - 65
NOTE: "A: SADDLE POSITION (Saddle binding position adjustment)" and "B: FOLDING POSITION (Saddle folding position adjustment"
<Inner finisher>
Item/Display
Content

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
),1,6+(5$'-8670(17
25 - 75
50
35 - 65
50
35 - 65
50
$ 6$''/(326,7,21

% )2/',1*326,7,21
& )5217$'-867
' 5($5$'-867
( 67$3/(5($5
) 67$3/(5($55
* 67$3/()5217
25 - 75
+ 67$3/()52175
50
, 67$3/(%27+
- 67$3/(3,7&+
. 381&+&(17(5
/ 381&++2/(
2.
45 - 75
50
25 - 75
50
4
4-2
Purpose
25 - 55
50
45 - 55
50
35 - 62
50
35 - 65
50
30 - 60
50
Function (Purpose) Used to check the paper feed section

(Desk/LCC) sensors and detectors and
their control circuits.
Section
Operation/Procedure
are highlighted.
<Desk>
DCSI1
DPFD1
DLUD1
DPED1
DCSPD1
DCSS11
DCSS12
DCSS13
DCSS14
DCSI2
DPFD2
DLUD2
DPED2
DCSPD2
DCSS21
DCSS22
DCSS23
DCSS24
DSW_DSK
<A4 LCC>
Desk 1 installation detection
Desk 1 transport detection
Desk 1 upper limit detection
Desk 1 paper empty detection
Desk 1 remaining paper quantity detection
Desk 1 rear edge detection 1
Desk 2 installation detection
Desk 2 transport detection
Desk 2 upper limit detection
Desk 2 paper empty detection
Desk 2 remaining paper quantity detection
Desk transport cover open/close detection
LPFM
LLM
LPFC
LPFS
LTRC
LCC transport motor

LCC lift motor
LCC paper feed clutch
LCC paper feed solenoid
LCC transport clutch

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
'6./&&/2$'&+(&.
'3)0
'/80
'38&
'75&
'38&
'/80
(;(&87(

<A4 LCC>
LPFD
LUD
LDD
LPED
LCD
LDSW
LRE
L24VM
LLSW
LTOD
LCC transport sensor

LCC tray upper limit sensor
LCC tray lower limit sensor
LCC tray paper empty sensor
LCC tray insertion detection
LCC upper open/close detection SW
LCC lift motor encoder sensor
LCC24V power monitor
LCC upper limit SW
LCC main unit connection detection
4-5
Function (Purpose) Used to check the operation of the paper
transport clutch for the paper feed tray unit.
'6./&&6(1625&+(&.
'&6,
[Check the ON operation]

Press the clutch button of the target of the ON operation check.
&/26(
'3)'
'/8'
'3('
'&63'
'&66
'&66
'&66
'&66
'&6,
'3)'
'/8'
'3('
'&63'
'&66
'&66
'&66
'&66
'6:B'6.
Section
Operation/Procedure

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
Purpose
Checking is started. When the operation is normal, the button on

the display is highlighted. When it is abnormal, the button is not
highlighted.
[Check the OFF operation]
Press the highlighted button which is ON.
When the operation is normal, the highlighted button on the display
returns to the normal display. When it is abnormal, the highlighted
display is maintained.
button
DTRC
LTRC

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
'(6./&&6<1&521,=,1*6,*1$/&+(&.
4-3
'75&
'75&2))
/75&
/75&2))
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to check the paper feed section

(Desk/LCC) loads and their control circuits.
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
Select the load item that is required to operation check with the
touch panel key.
2)

<Desk>
DPFM
DLUM1
DPUC1
DLUM2
DPUC2
DTRC
Content
Desk transport clutch
LCC transport clutch
Desk main motor

Desk 1 lift-up motor
Desk 1 paper feed clutch
Desk 2 lift-up motor
Desk 2 paper feed clutch
Desk transport clutch
&/26(

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
+($7(5/$03/2$'6(783
+/B80
5-1
+/B86
+/B8:
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to check the operation of the display,

LCD in the operation panel, and control circuit.
Operation unit
(Operation/Display Control PWB)
Section
Operation/Procedure
(;(&87(

The LCD is changed as shown below.

The contrast changes every 2sec from the current level to MAX
MIN the current level. During this period, each LED is lighted.
The LCD display contrast change and the LED lighting status are
checked.
NO.05-01
SIMULATION
7(67
5-3
Purpose

lamp and the control circuit.
Section
Scanner (reading)
Operation/Procedure
1)

key.
2)

The scanner lamp lights up for 10 sec.
Display
OC COPY LAMP
DSPF COPY LAMP
Content
OC scanner lamp
DSPF scanner lamp (DSPF-installed model only)
6,08/$7,2112
7(67

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
&23</$03&+(&.
2&&23</$03
'63)&23</$03
(;(&87(

5-2
Purpose

Function (Purpose) Used to check the operation of the heater

lamp and the control circuit.
Section
Fusing
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
&23</$03&+(&.
2&&23</$03
Operation/Procedure
1)
2)

key.
The selected heater lamp repeats ON/OFF operations 10
times at the interval of 500ms.
Heater lamp operation check method:

Remove the rear cabinet, open the PWB holder, and the heater
lamp lighting status can be checked from the clearance between
the frames.
HL_UM
HL_US
HL_UW
Main heater lamp (HL MAIN)

Sub heater lamp (HL SUB)
Warm-up heater lamp (HL UW)
(;(&87(

Load operation check method:

The load operation is checked by the operation sound. However,
there are some loads which cannot be checked with the operation
sound.
6
6-1
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to check the operations of the load in

the paper transport system (clutches and
solenoids) and the control circuits.
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)

key.
2)
Item/Display
POFM12
OZFM
PSFM
LSUFM
RDCFM
POFM3
MFP FAN (CPUFM)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67

Paper feed
Item/Display
PFM
RRM
POMF
POMR
FUM
CPFM
OSM
CPFC
CPFC2
PSPS
CLUM1
CPUC1
CLUM2
CPUC2
MPUC
MPFS
MPGS
&/26(
)$1/2$'6(783
Load operation check method:

The load operation is checked by the operation sound. However,
there are some loads which cannot be checked with the operation
sound.
Section
Transport/
process
Content
Paper exit cooling fan motor 12
Ozone fan motor
Power cooling fan motor
LSU cooling fan motor
Suction fan motor
Controller fan motor
Content
Transport motor
Registration motor
Paper exit motor (normal rotation)
Paper exit motor (reverse rotation)
Fusing motor
Tray paper feed motor
Shifter motor
Tray vertical transport clutch 1
Separation solenoid
Tray 1 lift-up motor
Tray 1 paper feed clutch
Tray 2 lift-up motor
Tray 2 paper feed clutch
Manual feed take-up solenoid

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
)(('287387&+(&.
3)0
550
320)
)80
&3)0
260
3205
&3)&
&3)&
3636
&/80
&38&
&/80
&38&
038&
03)6
03*6
(;(&87(

32)0
2=)0
36)0
/68)0
5'&)0
32)0
0)3)$1&38)0
$//
(;(&87(

7
7-1
Setting
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to set the operating conditions of

aging.
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
Select the target to be set with the touch panel key.
2)

The machine is rebooted in the aging mode.
The aging operation condition set by this mode is maintained hereafter unless the power is turned off or the setting is changed.
AGING
INTERVAL
MISFEED DISABLE
FUSING DISABLE
WARMUP DISABLE
DV CHECK DISABLE
SHADING DISABLE
CCD GAIN FREE
Aging operation setup

Intermittent setup
JAM detection enable/disable setup
Fusing operation enable/disable setup
Warm-up skip setup
DV unit detection enable/disable setup
Shading disable setup
No setting of the CCD gain adjustment

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
6-2
Purpose
$*,1*7(676(77,1*
$*,1*
Function (Purpose) Used to check the operations of each fan

and its control circuit.
Section
&/26(
,17(59$/
0,6)(('',6$%/(
)86,1*',6$%/(
:$5083',6$%/(
'9&+(&.',6$%/(
6+$',1*',6$%/(
&&'*$,1)5((
Others
Operation/Procedure
1)

key.
2)

(;(&87(

Press [ALL] key to select all the fans collectively.

7-6
7-12
Setting
Purpose
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to set the operating intermittent aging

cycle.
Function (Purpose) The document reading number of sheets

setting (for aging operation)
Section
Section
Operation/Procedure
Operation/Procedure
1)
Enter the intermittent aging operation cycle (unit: sec) with 10key.
1)
Set document reading quantity with 10-key.

(Setting range: 0 - 255)
2)
Press [OK] key.
2)
Press [OK] key. The set value is saved.
The time entered in procedure 1) is set.
* The interval time that can be set is 1 to 900 (sec).


6,08/$7,2112
7(67

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
$ 25,*,1$/6
&/26(
,17(59$/$*,1*&<&/(7,0(6(783
$ &<&/(7,0(6(&
&/26(
25,*,1$/66(77,1*

2.
2.
7-8
Purpose
Information display/print
8-1
Function (Purpose) Used to display the warm-up time.

Section
Purpose
Fusing
Adjustment
Function (Purpose) Used to check and adjust the operations of

the developing voltage in each print mode
and the control circuit.
Counting of the warm-up time is started and the time required for
warm-up is displayed
Operation/Procedure
* Interruption of counting by pressing [EXECUTE] key is inhibited.
1)
Enter the setting value with 10-key.
2)
Operation/Procedure

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
Section
The entered voltage is outputted for 30 sec and the set value is
saved.
&/26(
:$50837,0(',63/$<6(77,1*
6(&21'6
When [EXECUTE] key is pressed during outputting, the operation is terminated.

Item/Display
A
Content
DVB_K
K developing bias set value
Setting
range
0-700
Default
value
496

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
(;(&87(
&/26(
'96(77,1*$1'287387
$ '9%B.

0,''/(
/2:
(;(&87(
2.
8-2
Item/Display
Adjustment
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to check and adjust the operation of

the main charger grid voltage in each
printer mode and the control circuit.
Section
Photo-conductor
Content
GB_K
K charging/grid bias set value
Setting
range
0 - 850
Default
value
650

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
0+9*5,'6(77,1*$1'287387
$ *%B.
Operation/Procedure
1)
Enter the setting value with 10-key.

2)

The entered voltage is outputted for 30 sec and the set value is
saved.
0,''/(
/2:
(;(&87(
2.
8-6
Purpose
Adjustment

the transport voltage and the control circuit.
Section
Transfer
Operation/Procedure
1)
Select a target item to be adjusted with [] [] key.
2)

Enter the default value specified on the following list.
3)

The set value is saved and the voltage corresponding to the
set value is output for 30 sec.
Item/Display
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
TC PLAIN BW SPX
TC PLAIN BW DPX
TC HEAVY BW SPX
TC HEAVY BW DPX
TC OHP BW
TC ENVELOPE BW
TC CLEANING
TC CLEANING PROCON
TC ADSORPTION
Content
Transfer current
Black/White
Standard
paper mode
Front surface
Back surface
Heavy paper
Front surface
mode
Back surface
OHP mode
Envelope mode
Transfer cleaning
Cleaning in the normal operation mode
bias voltage
Cleaning in the process control mode
Transfer current between paper

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
7+96(77,1*$1'287387
$ 7&3/$,1%:63;

% 7&3/$,1%:'3;

& 7&+($9<%:63;
' 7&+($9<%:'3;
( 7&2+3%:
) 7&(19(/23(%:
* 7&&/($1,1*
+ 7&&/($1,1*352&21
, 7&$'62537,21
(;(&87(
2.
Setting
range
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
Default value
28/36 CPM model
45/50 CPM model
113
129
113
129
113
129
113
129
113
129
113
129
161
161
161
161
113
129
8-17
9-3
Adjustment
Purpose
Purpose

the separation bias voltage and the control
circuit.
Function (Purpose) Used to check the operations of the load in

the paper reverse section (duplex section)
and its control circuit.
Section
Section
Operation/Procedure
Operation/Procedure
1)
Select a target item to be adjusted with [] [] key.
1)
2)

Enter the default value specified on the following list.

key.
2)
3)
The set value is saved and the voltage corresponding to the

set value is output for 30 sec.
When [EXECUTE] key is pressed during operation, the operation is terminated.

Item/Display
A
B
Content
PLV (FACE)
PLV (BACK)

(Front surface)
(Back surface)
Setting
range
0 - 255
Default
value
170
Duplex
ADUM_L
ADUM_U
ADUGS
ADU motor lower

ADU motor upper
ADU gate solenoid

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
0 - 255
170
&/26(
$'8/2$'&+(&.
$'80B/
$'80B8
$'8*6

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
7+9$&6(77,1*$1'287387
$ 3/9)$&(

% 3/9%$&.

(;(&87(

10
(;(&87(
2.
10-1
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to check the operations of the toner

supply mechanism (toner clutch) and the
related circuit.
9-2
Purpose
Section
Section
Function (Purpose) Used to check the operation of the sensors

and detectors in the switchback section
(duplex section) and the control circuit.
Operation/Procedure
1)

The selected load operation is performed for 10 sec.
When [EXECUTE] key is pressed during operation, the operation is terminated.
Operation/Procedure
NOTE: This simulation must be executed without installing the

toner cartridges.
are highlighted.
If this simulation is executed with the toner cartridges

installed, toner will be forcibly supplied to the developing
unit, resulting in over toner.
DSW_ADU
APPD1
APPD2

ADU transport detection 1
ADU transport detection 2
If this simulation is erroneously executed with the toner cartridge installed, the over toner state may be canceled by
making several background copies.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
$'86(1625&+(&.
'6:B$'8
&/26(

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
721(5&/87&+$&7,9$7,21
$33'
$33'
7'6&

710B&
710B0
710B<

(;(&87(

13

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
/&&7528%/(&$1&(//$7,21
13-Purpose
Cancel
Function (Purpose) Used to cancel the self-diag "U1" trouble.

MFP (ICU) PWB
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
2)
Press [YES] key to execute cancellation of the trouble.

$5(<28685("
<(6
12
(;(&87(

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
87528%/(&$1&(//$7,21
16
16-Cancel
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to cancel the self-diag "U2" trouble.

Section
$5(<28685("
Operation/Procedure
<(6
12
(;(&87(
1)
2)

14
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
87528%/(&$1&(//$7,21
14-Purpose
Cancel
Function (Purpose) Used to cancel the self-diag "H3, H4, H5"

trouble.
Section
Fusing
Operation/Procedure
1)
2)
$5(<28685("
<(6
12
(;(&87(

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
7528%/(&$1&(//$7,2127+(5
17
17-Cancel
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to cancel the self-diag "PF" trouble.

Section
Operation/Procedure
$5(<28685("
<(6
12
(;(&87(
1)
2)

15
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
3)7528%/(&$1&(//$7,21
15-Purpose
Cancel
Function (Purpose) Used to cancel the self-diag "U6-09" trouble.

Section
LCC
Operation/Procedure
1)
2)
$5(<28685("
<(6
12
(;(&87(
21
Target
counter
21-1
Purpose
Setting
Function (Purpose) Used to set the maintenance cycle.

Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
Select a target item of setting with [] [] key on the touch

panel.
2)
3)

Item/Display
MAINTENANCE
COUNTER
(TOTAL)
*1: 28 CPM model
Content
Setting range
Maintenance
counter
(Total)
0
: Default
1 - 300: 1K - 300K
999
: Free
Default
value
150K*1/
200K*2
Content
Document
filing
DOC FIL (BW)
Other
OTHER (BW)
Maintenance
counter
Fuser unit
MAINTENANCE
ALL
FUSER WEB
SEND
Black and white

document filing
print counter
Black and white
other counter
Maintenance
counter (Total)
Fuser web
cleaning send
counter
Fuser web print
counter
Use day of fuser
web unit
Accumulated
number of drum
rotations (K)
Accumulated
number of
developer
rotations (K)
Drum life
meter
Developer
life meter
*2: 36/45/50 CPM model
Default value
28 CPM model
36/45/50 CPM model
Group A
Group B
Group A
Group B
100
150
150
200
Item
Display
FUSER WEB
UNIT
FUSER WEB
DAY
DRUM LIFE (K)
DEVE LIFE (K)
Display
range/
No. of
digits
Max. 8
Max. 8
Max. 8
065535
Max. 8
0 - 740
0 - 100
(%) (1%
unit)
0 - 100
(%) (1%
unit)
Default
value

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
&2817(5',63/$<
Group
Group A
Group B
Japan
U.S.A.
U.K.
Canada
AUS.
Destination
Inch
AB_A
727$/287%:
727$/%:
AB_B
China
Europe
727$/&2/

&23<%:
35,17%:
'2&),/%:
27+(5%:
0$,17(1$1&($//

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
)86(5:(%6(1'
&/26(
)86(5:(%81,7
0$,17(1$1&(&<&/(6(783
)86(5:(%'$<
$ 0$,17(1$1&(&2817(5727$/

'580/,)(.
%
'(9(/,)(.

22-2
Purpose
Information display
Function (Purpose) Used to display the number of total misfeed and the number of troubles.
2.
Section
Operation/Procedure
The paper jam, trouble counter value is displayed.
22
Item/Display
MACHINE JAM
RSPF/DSPF JAM
TROUBLE
22-1
Information display
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to display the print count value of

each section and the operation mode.
Content
Machine JAM counter
SPFJAM counter
Trouble counter

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
-$07528%/(&2817(5',63/$<
0$&+,1(-$0
Section
Operation/Procedure
563)'63)-$0
7528%/(
Target
counter
Display
Content
Total output
quantity
TOTAL OUT
(BW)
Total use
quantity
TOTAL (BW)
Copy
COPY (BW)
Print
PRINT (BW)
Total output
quantity of black
and white
Total use
quantity of black
and white
Black and white
copy counter
Black and white
print counter
Display
range/
No. of
digits
Max. 8
Max. 8
Max. 8
Max. 8
Default
value

22-3
Information display
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to display the mis-feed position and

the number of mis-feed at the position.
Section
Operation/Procedure
The paper jam and mis-feed history is displayed from the latest one
up to 50 items. (The old ones are deleted sequentially.)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
-$0+,6725<'$7$',63/$<
Item/Display
FINISHER
PUNCH
NIC
POWER-CON
E-MANUAL
WATER MARK
ESCP
PDL
ACRE (MAIN)
ACRE (DATA)
Content
Finisher
Punch unit
NIC
Power controller
Operation manual (HDD storage)
Watermark (HDD storage)
ESCP font ROM
PDL font ROM
ACRE (Main section) (N model only)
ACRE (Data section) (N model only)
[N model]
33'B1&3)'B60)775$<

33'B1&3)'B633'B1'3)'B1
/&&33'B35,'3)'B1/&&
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
32'B633'B35,75$<)3''B6
&/26(
61
)'230)7
,&80$,1
1,&
,&8%227
32:(5&21
/$1*8$*(
(0$18$/
*5$3+,&
:$7(50$5.
3&8
(6&3
6&8
3'/
63)
$&5(0$,1
)$;0$,1121(
$&5('$7$
)$;0$,1121(

'(6.121(
/&&
),1,6+(5
22-4
381&+
Purpose
Information display
Function (Purpose) Used to display the trouble (self diag) history.

[U model]

Section
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
61
,&80$,1
Operation/Procedure
The trouble history is displayed from the latest one up to 30 items.
(The old ones are deleted sequentially.)
6&8
,&8%227
)$;0$,1121(
/$1*8$*(
)$;0$,1121(
*5$3+,&
'(6.121(
3&8

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(

&/26(
7528%/(&2'('$7$',63/$<
())/
22-6
)/))
)/))
Information print
Purpose
))+(
8)/(
Function (Purpose) Used to print information on various settings, adjustments, counters, controls, and
versions.
Section
Operation/Procedure

22-5
1)
Information display
Purpose
* When installing or servicing, this simulation is executed to print

the adjustment data and set data for use in the next servicing.
(Memory trouble, PWB replacement, etc.)
Function (Purpose) Used to display the ROM version of each

unit (section).
Item/Display
A
Section
Select the print list mode with 10-key.
DATA PATTERN
Operation/Procedure
The ROM version of the installed unit in each section is displayed.
When there is any trouble in the software, use this simulation to
check the ROM version, and upgrade the version if necessary.
Item/Display
S/N
ICU (MAIN)
ICU (BOOT)
LANGUAGE
GRAPHIC
PCU
SCU
SPF
FAX1 (MAIN)
DESK
LCC
Content
Serial No. (The codes for November and December
are "X" and "Y" respectively.)
ICU (Main section)
ICU (Boot section)
Language support data version
Graphic data for LCD
PCU
SCU
DSPF/RSPF
FAX 1-Line (Main section)
Desk unit
Side LCC
2)
Print list
mode
1
2
3
Print content
Firmware version, counter data, etc.
Data related to the process control
Press [EXECUTE] key to start printing the list selected in step

1).

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
'$7$35,1702'(
$ '$7$3$77(51

(;(&87(
2.
22-8

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
Information display
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to display the number of operations

(the counter value) of the finisher, the
DSPF/RSPF, and scanning (reading).
75$<
75$<
75$<
0)7727$/
Section
0)7+($9<
Operation/Procedure
0)72+3
0)7(19
The counter values of the finisher, the DSPF, and the scanner
related counters are displayed.
SPF
SCAN
STAPLER
PUNCHER
STAMP
SADDLE STAPLER
SADDLE V FOLD
COVER
HP_ON
OC LAMP TIME
Document feed quantity

Number of times of scan
Staple counter
Puncher counter
Stamp counter
Saddle staple counter
Saddle finisher V fold counter
Cover open/close counter
Number of scanner HP detection
Total lighting time of the lamp in OC section
(* hour * minutes)
Total lighting time of the lamp in DSPF section
(* hour * minutes) (DSPF-installed model only)
DSPF LAMP TIME

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
25*67$3/(&2817(5',63/$<
63)
/&&
$'8

22-10
Section
Operation/Procedure
The system configuration is displayed.
(The model names of the installed devices and options are displayed.)
[N model]
Device
MACHINE
67$3/(5
381&+(5
67$03
SPF
STAMP
DESK
6$''/(67$3/(5
6$''/(9)2/'
&29(5
+3B21
2&/$037,0(
LCC
PUNCHER
'63)/$037,0(


6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
25*67$3/(&2817(5',63/$<
63)
6$''/(67$3/(5
6&$1
6$''/(9)2/'
67$3/(5
&29(5
381&+(5
+3B21
67$03
2&/$037,0(

22-9
Information display
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to display the print quantity of each

paper feed section.
Section
Operation/Procedure
The counter values related to paper feed are displayed.

Tray 1 paper feed counter
Manual paper feed counter (Total)
Manual paper feed counter (Heavy paper)
Manual paper feed counter (OHP)
Manual paper feed counter (Envelope)
Side LCC paper feed counter (A4 LCC)
ADU paper feed counter (Paper reverse section)
Information display
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to display the system configuration

(options and internal hardware).
6&$1
TRAY1
TRAY2
TRAY3
TRAY4
MFT TOTAL
MFT HEAVY
MFT OHP
MFT ENV
LCC
ADU
&/26(
3$3(5)(('&2817(5',63/$<
75$<
FINISHER
FAX1
NETWORK
SCANNER
PRINTER
PS
XPS
SECURITY
Model name
MX-M283N
MX-M363N
MX-M453N
MX-M503N
STANDARD
AR-SU1
MX-DEX8
MX-DEX9
MX-LCX1
MX-PNX1A
MX-PNX1B
MX-PNX1C
MX-PNX1D
MX-PNX5A
MX-PNX5B
MX-PNX5C
MX-PNX5D
MX-PNX6A
MX-PNX6B
MX-PNX6C
MX-PNX6D
MX-FNX9
MX-FN10
MX-FN11
MX-FXX2
MX-NSX1/
STANDARD
MX-PB11/
STANDARD
MX-PKX1
MX-PUX1
MX-FR14U
MX-FR15U
MX-FR14
AIM
SDRAM (SYS)
MX-AMX1
*****MB
Content
Main unit
Auto document feeder

Finish stamp
Stand/1x500 sheet paper drawer
A4 Large capacity tray (side LCC)
Punch module
Inner finisher
Saddle stitch finisher (1K)
Finisher (4K)
Facsimile expansion kit
Network scanner expansion kit
Printer expansion kit with hard
drive
PS expansion kit
XPS expansion kit
Data security kit
(commercial version)
(For the machine with HDD
installed)
Data security kit
(Authentication version)
(For the machine without HDD
installed)
Data security kit
installed)
Application integration module
SDRAM capacity
Device
SDRAM (ICU)
HDD
NIC
BARCODE
INTERNET-FAX
ACM (*)
EAM (*)
ACRE
Model name
*****MB
*****MB
STANDARD
AR-PF1
MX-FWX1
MX-AMX2
("STANDARD" for
North America)
MX-AMX3
MX-EBX3
Content
SDRAM capacity
Hard disk capacity
NIC
Bar code font
Internet Fax expansion kit
Application communication
module
Device
AIM
SDRAM (SYS)
SDRAM (ICU)
HDD
NIC
BARCODE
INTERNET-FAX
ACM (*)
External account module

Enhanced compression kit
(ACRE)
EAM (*)
ACRE
(*): Displayed in the OSA model only.
Model name
MX-AMX1
*****MB
*****MB
*****MB
STANDARD
AR-PF1
MX-FWX1
MX-AMX2
("STANDARD" for
North America)
MX-AMX3
NONE
Content
Application integration module
SDRAM capacity
SDRAM capacity
Hard disk capacity
NIC
Bar code font
Internet Fax expansion kit
Application communication
module
External account module
Enhanced compression kit
(ACRE)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
0$&+,1(
0;01
36
0;3.;
63)
67$1'$5'
;36
0;38;
67$03
$568
6(&85,7<
0;)58
'(6.
0;'(;
$,0
0;$0;
/&&
0;/&;
6'5$06<6
0%
381&+(5
0;31;$
6'5$0,&8
0%
),1,6+(5
0;)1;
+''
0%
)$;
0;);;
1,&
67$1'$5'
)$;
121(
%$5&2'(
$53)
)$;0(025<
$500
)217
121(
+$1'6(7
121(
,17(51(7)$;
0;):;
1(7:25.6&$11(5 0;16;
$&0
0;$0;
35,17(5
($0
0;$0;
0;3%
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
0$&+,1(6<67(0
0$&+,1(0;08
SPF
STAMP
DESK
LCC
PUNCHER
FINISHER
FAX1
NETWORK
SCANNER
PRINTER
PS
XPS
SECURITY
Model name
MX-M363U
MX-M453U
MX-M503U
STANDARD
AR-SU1
MX-DEX8
MX-DEX9
MX-LCX1
MX-PNX1A
MX-PNX1B
MX-PNX1C
MX-PNX1D
MX-PNX5A
MX-PNX5B
MX-PNX5C
MX-PNX5D
MX-PNX6A
MX-PNX6B
MX-PNX6C
MX-PNX6D
MX-FNX9
MX-FN10
MX-FN11
MX-FXX2
MX-NSX1
MX-PB10
MX-PB11
MX-PKX1
MX-PUX1
MX-FR14U
MX-FR15U
MX-FR14
&/26(
381&+(50;31;$
63)67$1'$5'
),1,6+(50;)1;
67$03$568
)$;0;);;
'(6.0;'(;
)$;0;)/;
/&&0;/&;
)$;0(025<$500

22-11

[U model]
Device
MACHINE

&/26(
0$&+,1(6<67(0
Content
Main unit
Information display
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to display the use frequency of send/

receive of FAX.
(Only when FAX is installed.)
Section
Operation/Procedure
Reversing single pass feeder
Finish stamp
A4 Large capacity tray (side LCC)
Punch module
The values of the FAX send counter and the FAX receive counter
are displayed.
FAX OUTPUT
FAX SEND
FAX RECEIVED
SEND IMAGES
SEND TIME
RECEIVED TIME
ACR SEND
FAX print quantity counter (for line 1)

FAX send counter
FAX receive counter
FAX send quantity counter (for line 1)
FAX send time
FAX receive time
Number of carrier prefix adding communications

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
)$;&2817(5',63/$<
)$;287387
)$;6(1'
)$;5(&(,9('
6(1',0$*(6
6(1'7,0(
Inner finisher
Saddle stitch finisher (1K)
Finisher (4K)
Facsimile expansion kit
Network scanner expansion kit
Printer expansion kit
Printer expansion kit with hard
drive
PS expansion kit
XPS expansion kit
Data security kit
installed)
Data security kit
(For the machine without HDD
installed)
Data security kit
installed)
5(&(,9('7,0(
$&56(1'

22-12
Purpose
Information display
Function (Purpose) Used to display the mis-feed position of the

DSPF/RSPF and the number of mis-feed at
the position.
Section
Operation/Procedure
The paper jam and mis-feed history is displayed from the latest one
up to 50 items. (The old ones are deleted sequentially.)
* For the list of the jam codes, Refer to "Paper JAM code list" in
[6] SELF DIAG AND TROUBLE CODE.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
63)-$0+,6725<'$7$',63/$<

INTERNET FAX
RECEIVE
INTERNET FAX SEND
MAIL COUNTER
FTP COUNTER
SMB SEND
USB CNT
TRIAL MODE_B&C
SCAN TO HDD_B/W
SCAN TO HDD_CL
Number of internet FAX receive

Number of internet FAX send
Number of times of E-MAIL send
Number of FTP send
Number of SMB send
Number of times of USB storage
Trial mode counter (B/W & COLOR scan job)
SCAN TO HDD record quantity (B/W)
SCAN TO HDD record quantity (COLOR)
(N model only)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
1(7:25.6&$11(5&2817(5',63/$<
1(76&125*B%:
1(76&125*B&/
22-13
,17(51(7)$;287387
Purpose
Information display
,17(51(7)$;6(1'287387
,17(51(7)$;5(&(,9(
Function (Purpose) Used to display the use quantity of the process section (OPC drum, DV unit, toner
cartridge).
,17(51(7)$;6(1'
0$,/&2817(5
)73&2817(5
60%6(1'
Process
Section
86%&17
75,$/02'(B% &
Operation/Procedure
6&$172+''B%:
6&$172+''B&/
The rotating time and the print quantity of the process section are
displayed.
DRUM CTRG K
DRUM RANGE K
Drum cartridge print counter (K)

Drum cartridge accumulated traveling distance (cm)
(K)
Drum cartridge accumulated rotation time (K)
Number of day that used drum (Day) K
Developer cartridge print counter (K)
Developer cartridge accumulated traveling distance
(cm) (K)
Developer cartridge accumulated rotation time (K)
Number of day that used developer (Day) K
Toner motor print counter (K)
Toner motor accumulated rotation time (sec) (K)
DRUM TURN K
DRUM DAY K
DEVE CTRG K
DEVE RANGE K
DEVE TURN K
DEVE DAY K
TONER MOTOR K
TONER TURN K
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
Change the display with [] [] key.
2)
Select the print target with the keys on the touch panel.
3)
Press [EXECUTE] key to start self print of the list.
All setting list

Printer test page
&/26(
'580&75*.
'5805$1*(.
'5807851.

'(9(&75*.

Address registration
list (*)
'(9(5$1*(.
'(9(7851.
'(9('$<.

721(502725.
721(57851.

Document filing list

System setting list
22-19
Purpose
Information display
Function (Purpose) Used to display various counter values

related to scan - image send.
Section
Operation/Procedure
Used to display the counter value related to the network scanner
NET SCN ORG_B/W
NET SCN ORG_CL
INTERNET FAX
OUTPUT
INTERNET FAX SEND
OUTPUT
Network scanner document read quantity

counter (B/W scan job)
counter (Color scan job) (N model only)
Number of internet FAX output
Number of internet FAX sending page
Information print
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to output the various set data lists.
352&(66&$575,'*(',63/$<
'580'$<.

22-90

6,08/$7,2112
7(67

Receive YES/NO
number table
Receive rejection/
allow address
domain table
To network
Transfer table list
To administrator
Transfer list
Web setting list
Meta data set list
ALL CUSTOM SETTING LIST

PCL SYMBOL SET LIST
PCL INTERNAL FONT LIST
PCL EXTENDED FONT LIST
PS FONT LIST
PS KANJI FONT LIST
PS EXTENDED FONT LIST
NIC PAGE
INDIVIDUAL LIST
GROUP LIST
PROGRAM LIST
MEMORY BOX LIST
ALL SENDING ADDRESS LIST
DOCUMENT FILING FOLDER LIST
ADMIN. SETTINGS LIST (COPY)
ADMIN. SETTINGS LIST (PRINT)
ADMIN. SETTINGS LIST (IMAGE SEND)
ADMIN. SETTINGS LIST (DOC FILING)
ADMIN. SETTINGS LIST (SECURITY)
ADMIN. SETTINGS LIST (COMMON)
ALL ADMINISTRATOR SETTINGS LIST
ANTI JUNK FAX NUMBER LIST
ANTI JUNK MAIL/DOMAIN NAME LIST
INBOUND ROUTING LIST

DOCUMENT ADMIN LIST
WEB SETTING LIST
METADATA SET LIST
* When the data list print of system setting is inhibition in DSK

model, this setting is invalid.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
/,6735,17
&/26(
'$7$35,1702'(3$3(5)(('
$//&867206(77,1*/,67
3&/6<0%2/6(7/,67
3&/,17(51$/)217/,67
3&/(;7(1'(')217/,67
36)217/,67
36.$1-,)217/,67
36(;7(1'(')217/,67
1,&3$*(
,1',9,'8$//,67
*5283/,67
352*5$0/,67
3$3(5)(('7,0(/,67
0(025<%2;/,67
$//6(1',1*$''5(66/,67
'2&80(17),/,1*)2/'(5/,67
$'0,16(77,1*6/,67&23<
$'0,16(77,1*6/,6735,17
$'0,16(77,1*6/,67,0$*(6(1'
$'0,16(77,1*6/,67'2&),/,1*
$'0,16(77,1*6/,676(&85,7<
$'0,16(77,1*6/,67&20021
$//$'0,1,675$7256(77,1*6/,67
$17,-81.)$;180%(5/,67
$17,-81.0$,/'20$,11$0(/,67
,1%281'5287,1*/,67
(;(&87(
(;(&87(

23

24
23-2
24-1
Purpose
Information print
Data clear/Reset
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to output the trouble history list of

paper jam and mis-feed.
Function (Purpose) Used to clear the jam counter, and the trouble counter.
Section
Section
Operation/Procedure
Operation/Procedure
Press [EXECUTE] key to execute print.
1)
Select the item to be cleared with the touch panel key.
The trouble history of paper jams and mis-feed is printed.
2)
3)
Press [YES] key.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
The target counter is cleared.
&/26(
-$07528%/('$7$35,1702'(
35(66>(;(&87(@7235,177+(-$07528%/(35,17
MACHINE
SPF
TROUBLE
Machine JAM counter

DSPF/RSPF JAM counter
Trouble counter

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
-$07528%/(&2817(5'$7$&/($5
0$&+,1(
63)
7528%/(
(;(&87(
23-80
Purpose
Information print
Function (Purpose) Used to output the operation data of paper

feed and paper transport in the paper feed/
transport section.
Section
$5(<28685("
<(6
12
(;(&87(
Operation/Procedure
24-2
When [EXECUTE] key is pressed, the timing list of paper feed and
paper transport is outputted.
Purpose
Used to print the operations timing list of the sensors and detectors
in the paper feed and transport section.
Data clear/Reset
Function (Purpose) Used to clear the number of use (the number of prints) of each paper feed section.
Section
The timing list of paper feed and paper transport operations of the
latest job (copy or print) on the final paper is printed.
Operation/Procedure
Since the paper feed and paper transport routes differ depending
on the used paper feed tray and the print operation mode, the sensor and the detectors and the operation timing also differ.
1)
2)
3)
Press [YES] key.
SECTION
STANDARD
CURRENT (*1)
PREVIOUS (*1)
MAXIMUM (*1)
MINIMUM (*1)

Operation content (Trigger name - Detection

operation or load operation name)
Standard value (ms)
Operation timing (ms) of the latest job on the
final paper
Operation timing (ms) of the second latest job
on the final paper
Max. operation timing (ms) of all the jobs
Min. operation timing (ms) of all the jobs
*1: The value without unit on the left side of each item on the list
has no relation to the operation timing. It is not used in the market.

TRAY1
TRAY2
TRAY3
TRAY4
MFT TOTAL
MFT HEAVY
MFT OHP
MFT ENV
LCC
ADU

ADU paper feed counter

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
3$3(5)(('&2817(5&/($5
75$<
75$<
75$<
75$<
0)7727$/
0)7+($9<
0)72+3
0)7(19
/&&
$'8
24-4
Data clear/Reset
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to clear the maintenance counter, the

printer counters of the transfer unit and the
fusing unit.
Section
Operation/Procedure
$5(<28685("
<(6
12
(;(&87(
2)
3)
Press [YES] key.


MAINTENANCE ALL
FUSER WEB SEND
FUSER WEB
FUSER WEB DAY
24-3
Purpose
1)
Data clear/Reset
Maintenance counter (Total)

Fuser web send counter
Fuser web print counter
Fuser web unit use day
Function (Purpose) Used to clear the finisher, DSPF/RSPF, and

the scan (reading) unit counter.

Section
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
0$,17(1$1&(&2817(5&/($5
Operation/Procedure
0$,17(1$1&($//
1)
2)
3)
Press [YES] key.
)86(5:(%6(1'
)86(5:(%
)86(5:(%'$<
)86(581,7/ (
)86(5'$<8
)86(5'$</ (

SPF
SCAN
STAPLER
PUNCHER
STAMP
SADDLE STAPLER
SADDLE V FOLD
COVER
HP_ON
OC LAMP TIME
DSPF LAMP TIME
DSPF/RSPF document feed counter

Scan counter
Staple counter
Puncher counter
Stamp counter
HP detection count
OC section lamp total lighting time
DSPF section lamp total lighting time
(DSPF-installed model only)
$5(<28685("
67$03
6$''/(67$3/(5
6$''/(9)2/'
+3B21
2&/$037,0(
'63)/$037,0(
Data clear/Reset
Section
1)
2)
3)
Press [YES] key.

25*287387&2817(5'$7$&/($5
67$3/(5

Operation/Procedure

6&$1
(;(&87(
Function (Purpose) Used to clear the developer counter.
&/26(
63)
12
24-5
Purpose
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
<(6
381&+(5
NOTE: When SIM25-2 is executed, this counter is also cleared

automatically.
&29(5

Developer cartridge accumulated traveling distance (cm) (K)
Number of day that used developer (Day) K

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
$5(<28685("
<(6
12
(;(&87(

&/26(
'(9(/23(5&2817(5'$7$&/($5
.
&
<

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
25*287387&2817(5'$7$&/($5
63)
6&$1
67$3/(5
381&+(5
67$03
6$''/(67$3/(5
6$''/(9)2/'
&29(5
+3B21
2&/$037,0(
$5(<28685("
$5(<28685("
<(6
12
(;(&87(

<(6
12
(;(&87(

24-6
24-9
Data clear/Reset
Purpose
Data clear/Reset
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to clear the copy counter.
Function (Purpose) Used clear the printer mode print counter

and the self print mode print counter.
Section
Operation/Procedure
Section
1)
Operation/Procedure
2)
1)
3)
Press [YES] key.
2)
3)
Press [YES] key.

COPY BW
Copy counter (B/W)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
PRINT BW
OTHER BW
Print counter (B/W)

Other counter (B/W)
&/26(
&23<&2817(5'$7$&/($5
&23<&2/
&23<%:
6,1*/(&2/25

&2/25
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
35,1727+(5&2817(5&/($5
35,17%:
$5(<28685("
<(6
12
(;(&87(
27+(5%:

$5(<28685("
<(6
12
(;(&87(

24-7
Purpose
Data clear/Reset
24-10
Function (Purpose) Used to clear the OPC drum counter.
1)
2)
3)
Press [YES] key.
Function (Purpose) Used to clear the FAX counter.

(Only when FAX is installed)
Section
Operation/Procedure

Drum cartridge accumulated traveling distance (cm) (K)
Number of day that used drum (Day) K
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
'580&75*&2817(5&/($5
&
1)
2)
3)
Press [YES] key.


.
Data clear/Reset
Purpose
Photoconductor
Section
Operation/Procedure
<
FAX OUTPUT
FAX SEND
FAX RECEIVED
SEND IMAGES
SEND TIME
RECEIVED TIME
ACR SEND
FAX Print quantity counter (for line 1)

FAX send counter
FAX receive counter
FAX send quantity counter (for line 1)
FAX send time
FAX receive time

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
)$;&2817(5'$7$&/($5
$5(<28685("
<(6
12
(;(&87(
)$;287387
)$;6(1'
)$;5(&(,9('
6(1'7,0(
5(&(,9('7,0(
$&56(1'
6(1',0$*(6

$5(<28685("
<(6
12
(;(&87(

24-15
24-31
Data clear/Reset
Purpose
Data clear/Reset
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to clear the counters related to the

scan mode and the image send.
Function (Purpose) Used to initialize the service mode (Web

page) password.
Section
Section
Operation/Procedure
Operation/Procedure
1)
1)
2)
2)
Press [YES] key.
3)
Press [YES] key.
The service mode password is initialized.

NET SCN ORG_B/W
NET SCN ORG_CL
INTERNET FAX OUTPUT
INTERNET FAX
SEND OUTPUT
INTERNET FAX
RECEIVE
INTERNET FAX SEND
MAIL COUNTER
FTP COUNTER
SMB SEND
USB CNT
TRIAL MODE_B&C
SCAN TO HDD_B/W
SCAN TO HDD_CL
If the password of Web page is forgotten, execute this simulation to

set the password to "service" (default).

counter (B/W scan job)
counter (COLOR scan job) (N model only)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
6(59,&(3$66:25',1,7,$/,=(

Number of FTP send
Number of SMB send
(N model only)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
1(7:25.6&$11(5&2817(5'$7$&/($5
1(76&125*B%:
1(76&125*B&/
,17(51(7)$;287387
,17(51(7)$;6(1'287387
,17(51(7)$;5(&(,9(
,17(51(7)$;6(1'
0$,/&2817(5
)73&2817(5
60%6(1'
86%&17
75,$/02'(B% &
6&$172+''B%:
$5(<28685("
<(6
12
(;(&87(
25
25-1
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to check the operations of the developing section, and to display the toner density detection level.
Section
6&$172+''B&/
Operation/Procedure
1)
$5(<28685("
<(6
12
(;(&87(

24-30
Function (Purpose) Used to initialize the administrator password.
Section
2)
Press [YES] key.
Toner density detection level K

Toner density sensor output voltage level K
NOTE: The toner cartridge must be removed before executing this

simulation.
If this simulation is executed with the toner cartridge
installed, toner will be forcibly supplied to the developing
unit, resulting in over toner and a trouble.
Operation/Procedure
1)
The developing motor and the OPC drum motor rotate for 3
minutes and the output level of the toner density sensor is displayed.
TCD_K
TCV_K
Data clear/Reset
Purpose

The administrator password is initialized.
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
If the administrator password of system setting and Web page is

forgotten, execute this simulation to set the password to "admin"
(default).
&/26(
721(56(1625287387021,725
7&'B.
7&9B.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
$'0,13$66:25',1,7,$/,=(
/2:
$5(<28685("
<(6
12
(;(&87(
0,''/(
(;(&87(

25-2
26
Setting
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to make the initial setting of toner

density when replacing developer. (Automatic adjustment)
Section
Setting
Function (Purpose) Used to set the paper exit operation from

the right side.
Operation/Procedure
1)
26-1
Purpose
Section
Paper exit section
The developing motor rotates for 3 minutes, and the toner density
sensor makes sampling of the toner density. The detected level is
displayed.
Operation/Procedure
After stopping the developing motor, the average value of the toner
density sampling results is set as the reference toner density control level.
This setting is required to use the paper exit tray unit (MX-TRX1).
NOTE: When the above operation is interrupted on the way, the

reference toner concentration level is not set. Also when
error code of EE-EC, EE-EL or EE-EU is displayed, the reference toner density level is not set normally.
Do not execute this simulation unless new Developer material has
been installed. If it is executed in other cases, under toner or overtone may occur, causing a trouble.
1)
2)
0
1
Item/Display
YES
NO
Content
Paper exit tray: YES
Paper exit tray: NO

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
5,*+775$<6(783
$ <(612

Adjustment result data display

Item/Display
AT DEVE ADJ _K
AT DEVE VO _K
Content
Toner density adjustment value
Toner density sensor control voltage level
Data display during execution

Item/Display
TCD_K
TCV_K
Content
Toner density sensor detection level K
Toner density sensor control voltage level K
2.
26-2
Display in case of an error

Error display
EE-EL
Content
EL abnormality
EE-EU
EU abnormality
EE-EC
EC abnormality
Details of content
Sensor output level over 154, or sensor
control voltage level less than 49
The sampling level in the automatic
toner density adjustment is outside of
1005.
Function (Purpose) Used to set the paper type and the weight
type.
&/26(
$8720$7,&'(9(/23(5$'-8670(17
Section
Operation/Procedure
Select a paper size to be changed with the touch panel.

LCC

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
Setting
Purpose
G/LBS SET
$7'(9($'-B.
0
1
2
0
1
8.5 x 11
A4
B5
GRAM
LBS
$7'(9(92B.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
6,=(6(783
&
<
(;(&87(
/&&
h
$
*/%66(7
*5$0
/%6
%

26-3
Item/Display
Setting
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to set the specifications of the auditor.

(Japan only)
PRINTER
CONTROL
Auditor
Section
Content
MODE1
PRINTER CONTROL
MODE1 (All the items of
OUTSIDE AUDITOR can be
selected.)
PRINTER CONTROL
MODE2 (The item of
OUTSIDE AUDITOR must
be the value of "P VENDOR
1" and the other buttons are
gray out.)
PRINTER CONTROL
MODE3 (The item of
OUTSIDE AUDITOR must
be the value of "P OTHER"
and the other buttons are
gray out.)
MODE2
Operation/Procedure
Select an item to be set with the touch panel.
Item/Display
BUILT-IN
AUDITOR
OUTSIDE
AUDITOR
P10
EC1
NONE
P VENDOR1
P VENDOR2
DOC ADJ
VENDOR-EX
(*1)
VENDOR-EX
(MULTI) (*1)
P OTHER
S_VENDOR
ON
OFF
PF ADJ
ON
OFF
VENDOR
MODE (*2)
COUNTUP
TIMING
MODE1
MODE2
MODE3
FUSER_IN
FUSER_OUT
EXIT_OUT
IMS
CONTROL
ON
OFF
Content
Built-in auditor mode
(standard mode) operation.
EC1 mode operation
No external connection
vendor is used.
Coin vendor mode
(Only the copy mode can be
controlled.)
Vendor mode communicating
with the parallel I/F (for
DocuLyzer) (Japan only)
Vendor I/F for EQUITRAC
VENDOR-EX + Multi job
cueing Enable mode
NOT USED
Serial vendor mode
Support for the auditor in
document filing print
No support for the auditor in
document filing print
Continuous printing is
performed in the duplex print
mode.
If the remaining money
expires during continuous
printing, the sheets in the
machine are discharged
without being printed on the
back surfaces.
Continuous printing is not
performed in the duplex print
mode. (The remaining
amount is checked for
printing every surface in all
the printing process.)
If the remaining money
expires during printing, the
sheet is discharged without
printing on the back surface.
Vendor mode 1
Vendor mode 2
Vendor mode 3
When the paper lead edge
passes the fusing rear
sensor.
When the paper rear edge
passes the fusing rear
sensor.
When the paper rear edge
passes the paper exit sensor
in the main unit, the right tray,
and the after process unit.
There is some restriction in
the image send mode.
There is no restriction in the
image send mode.
Default
value
P10
MODE3
NONE
Default
value
MODE
1
(*1) Displayed only when EQUITRAC.

(*2) Details of the vendor mode
VENDER
MODE
MODE1
MODE2
MODE3
OFF
OFF
Completion of
the specified
quantity.
(Money
remaining)
Condition 1
Operation 1
Operation 1
Operation 1
Insufficient
money during
copy job
No money
remaining
Condition 2
Operation 2
Operation 1
Operation 3
Completion of
the specified
quantity.
(No money
remaining)
Condition 3
Operation 1
Operation 1
Operation 3
Operation 1:
Standby during setting time of auto clear. Default is 60 seconds,
which can be changed in the system setting.
Operation 2:
Auto clear is not made.
Operation 3:
The display is shifted to the initial screen.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
$8',7256(783
%8,/7,1$8',725
2876,'($8',725
3
(&
121(
39(1'25
39(1'25
327+(5
9(1'25(;
9(1'25(;08/7,
6B9(1'25
'2&$'-
21
3)$'-
21
2))
9(1'2502'(
02'(
02'(
02'(
&2817837,0,1*
)86(5B,1
)86(5B287
(;,7B287
2))
,06&21752/
21
2))
35,17(5&21752/
02'(
02'(
MODE
3
EXIT_
OUT
02'(

26-5
Purpose
Setting
Function (Purpose) Used to set the count mode in A3 (11" x

17") print.
Section
Operation/Procedure
OFF
1)
Select an item to be set with [] [] keys.
2)
Enter the setting value with 10-key

1 = Count up by 1, 2 = Count up by 2
3)
Press [OK] key.

The set value in step 2) is saved.
A
B
C
Item/Display
TOTAL (B/W)
MAINTE (B/W)
DEV (B/W)
Content
Total counter (B/W)
Maintenance counter (B/W)
Developer counter (B/W)
Default value
2
2

6,08/$7,2112
7(67

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
$ 75,$/02'(<(612
$ 727$/%:

&/26(
1(7:25.6&$11(575,$/02'(6(783
$h&281783
% 0$,17(%:

& '(9%:
2.
2.
26-18
26-6
Setting
Purpose
Setting
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to set the specifications of the destination.
Function (Purpose) Used to set Disable/Enable of the toner

save mode operation.
(For the Japan and the UK versions.)
Section
Section
Operation/Procedure
Operation/Procedure
1)
1)
2)
2)
The selected set content is saved.
3)
Press [OK] key.
U.S.A.
CANADA
INCH
JAPAN
AB_B
EUROPE
U.K.
AUS.
AB_A
CHINA
United States of America

Canada
Inch series, other destinations
Japan
AB series (B5 detection), other destinations
Europe
United Kingdom
Australia
AB series (A5 detection), other destinations
China
Item
Display
Default
value
Content
COPY
PRINTER
0
1
0
1
Copy toner save mode is inhibited.

Copy toner save mode is allowed
Printer toner save mode is inhibited.
Printer toner save mode is allowed.
0
0

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
721(56$9(02'(6(783
$ &23<<(612

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
% 35,17(5<(612

&/26(
'(67,1$7,216(783
86$
&$1$'$
,1&+
-$3$1
$%B%
(8523(
8.
$86
$%B$
&+,1$
2.
(;(&87(
26-30

26-10
Purpose
Setting
Function (Purpose) Used to set the trial mode of the network

scanner.
Section
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
Operation/Procedure
1)
2)
Press [OK] key.
0
1

0
1
2)

TRIAL MODE
(0: YES 1: NO)
Setting
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to set the operation mode corresponding to the CE mark (Europe safety
standards).
Control allowed
Control inhibited
Press [OK] key.

Trial mode setting

Trial mode cancel (Default)
* Even in Enable state, the control may not be executed due

to the power frequency, etc.
U.S.A
CANADA
INCH
JAPAN
AB_B
1 (CE not supported)

EUROPE
U.K.
AUS.
AB_A
CHINA
0 (CE supported)
0 (CE supported)
0 (CE supported)
0 (CE supported)
0 (CE supported)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
&(0$5.&21752/6(77,1*
$ 0$,17(1$1&(/,)(29(5&217,18(6723
$ <(612
&/26(
(1*,1(/,)(29(56(77,1*
% )86(5:(%(1'&217,18(6723

2.
2.
26-35
26-41
Setting
Purpose
Setting
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to set the trouble history display

mode.
Section
Function (Purpose) Used to set Enable/Disable of the magnification ratio automatic select function (AMS)
in the center binding mode.
Operation/Procedure
Section
1)
Operation/Procedure
1)
0
1
2)
Only once display.

Any time display.
0
1
Press [OK] key.

2)
AMS Disable
AMS Enable
Press [OK] key.


6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
7528%/(0(025<02'(6(783
U.S.A
CANADA
INCH
JAPAN
AB_B
$ 21&($1<
<Default value of each destination>

0 (Disable)
0 (Disable)
0 (Disable)
0 (Disable)
0 (Disable)
EUROPE
U.K.
AUS.
AB_A
CHINA
1 (Enable)
1 (Enable)
0 (Disable)
0 (Disable)
0 (Disable)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
3$03+/(702'($066(77,1*
$ <(612
$
2.

26-38
Purpose
Setting
Function (Purpose) Used to set "Print continue" or "Print stop"

when the maintenance timing is reached or
the consumable part life is over.
2.
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
2)
Press [OK] key.
26-49
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to set the print speed of postcards

mode.

Item/Display
A
MAINTENANCE
LIFE OVER
FUSER WEB END

(0: CONTINUE
1: STOP)
Content
0
1
0
Setting
Print continue
Print stop
Continue/Stop setting of print
when the fusing web is end
(Print Continue)
Continue/Stop setting of print
when the fusing web is end
(Print Stop)
Default
value
0
0
Section
Operation/Procedure
Select the copy speed mode with the touch panel. (Default: LOW)
When the setting is changed, the paper feed interval in print or
copy in the postcard mode is changed and the job speed is
changed accordingly.
LOW: The paper feed interval is long. (Normal mode)
HIGH: The paper feed interval is short. (when a paper jam occurs,
the number of sheets of jam paper is greater than that in the LOW
mode.)
(*2)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
Target
paper
&/26(
&23<63(('02'(6(783
3267&$5'
/2:
+,*+
1K
saddle
stitch
finisher
Postcard,
envelope
Label
sheet, tab
sheet, OHP

26-50
Purpose
Setting
Function (Purpose) Used to set the operation specifications

and functions.
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)

panel.
2)
3)

Item/Display
A
BW REVERSE
FINISHER
FUNCTION
Content
0
1
0
FEED TRAY
COLOR
0
1
BW reverse copy Disable

BW reverse copy Enable
Finisher special paper
The number of paper exit is
limited.
Finisher special paper
The number of paper exit is
not limited.
Paper feed tray color display
ON during paper feed
Paper feed tray color display
OFF during paper feed
(*1) Default values for each destination of item A

Destination
USA
CANADA
INCH
JAPAN
AB_B
EUROPE
UK
AUS
AB_A
CHINA
Inner
finisher
Postcard,
envelope
Default
value
Refer
to *1
Label
sheet, tab
sheet, OHP
0
Refer
to *2
4K
finisher
Postcard,
envelope
Item A
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
Label
sheet, tab
sheet, OHP
Target paper setting

0
1
The operation is stopped when
The operation
30 sheets of a same kind are
is stopped
discharged continuously. When, when the
however, different kinds of
paper exit tray
full, 500
sheets are mixed and
discharged and less than 30
sheets, or
sheets of a kind are
94mm height
continuously discharged, the
of paper exit is
operation is performed similarly detected.
to that of setting value "1".
discharged continuously. When,
operation is performed similarly
The operation
is stopped
paper exit tray
full, 250
sheets, or
33.5mm
height of
operation is performed similarly paper exit is
detected.
The operation
is stopped
paper exit tray
full, 650
sheets, or
94mm height
of paper exit is
operation is performed similarly detected.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
)81&7,216(77,1*
$ %:5(9(56(<(6

% ),1,6+(5)81&7,21<(6
& )(('75$<&2/25<(6
2.
26-52
26-65
Setting
Purpose
Section
2)
<LIMIT SHEETS>
A4, A4R, B5, B5R, 8.5 x 11, 8.5 x 11R, 16K, 16KR
Count up
No count up
<LIMIT SHEETS(L)>
(A3, B4, 11 x 17, 8.5 x 14, 8.5 x 13.5, 8.5 x 13.4, 8.5 x 13, 8K)
Press [OK] key.
* When mixed sizes of a same width are loaded, the setting conforms to the LIMIT SHEETS(L) setting.

Destination
U.S.A
CANADA
INCH
JAPAN
AB_B
EUROPE
U.K.
AUS.
AB_A
CHINA
Section
Operation/Procedure
[Target paper size]

0
1
Function (Purpose) Used to set the limit of the staple process.
Use the touch key to set.
Operation/Procedure
1)
Setting
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to set whether non-printed paper

(insertion paper, cover paper) is counted up
or not.
Default
Item
0 (Counted)
0 (Counted)
0 (Counted)
1 (Not counted)
0 (Counted)
0 (Counted)
0 (Counted)
1 (Not counted)
0 (Counted)
0 (Counted)
LIMIT
SHEETS
Set
value
30
50
LIMIT
COPIES
ON

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
OFF
$%/$1.3$3(5&281702'(6(783
$ <(612

LIMIT
SHEETS
(L)
25
SADDLE
COPIES
ON
30
OFF
2.
Content
Number of sheets of stapling:
Max. 30
Max. 50
Inner finisher:
30 copies for all sizes
1K saddle finisher:
50 copies for all sizes
4K finisher: A4, B5, 8.5 x 11, 16K
100 copies
Other than the above
50 copies
Number of sets of stapling: Not
Limited
Max. 25
Max. 30
Number of sets loaded in the
saddle staple: Limited (*1)
Number of sets loaded in the
saddle staple: Not Limited
Setting
range
30 or 50
Default
value
50
ON or
OFF
ON
25 or 30
25
ON or
OFF
ON
* LIMIT SHEETS: The 4K finisher is fixed to 50 sheets.

* LIMIT SHEETS(L): Valid only for the 1K saddle finisher.
The 4K finisher is fixed to 30 sheets.
26-53
Purpose
*1: 1-5sheets (20 sets) / 6-10 sheets (15 sets) /

10-15 sheets (10 sets)
Setting
Function (Purpose) Used to set Inhibit/Allow of the user auto

calibration (gradation, density adjustment)
in the copy mode.
Operation/Procedure
0
1
2)
&/26(
),1,6+(5$/$5002'(6(78367$3/(/,0,7
/,0,76+((76
Section
1)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67

/,0,7&23,(6
21
2))
/,0,76+((76/

6$''/(&23,(6
21
2))
Inhibit (Default)
Allow
Press [OK] key.


6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
(1$%/,1*2)$8720$7,&*5$<&$/,%5$7,21
$ <(612

2.
D: Setting of the allowable quantity of copy/print/FAX after displaying the message when item B is set to "0" (the message is displayed at toner near end). (Range: 0 - 200 sheets)
26-69
Setting
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to set the operating conditions for

toner near end.
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
2)
3)
Press [OK] key.
Set values of Item D and the number of output print allowed

1: Print Disable after toner near end
2: 25 sheets print Enable after toner near end
The set value in step 2 is saved.

Item/Display
TONER
PREPARATION
(0: YES 1: NO)
TONER NEAR
END
(0: YES 1: NO)
Content
TONER END
TONER END
COUNT
TONER E-MAIL
ALART
The toner preparation

message is
displayed.
1
The toner preparation
message is not
displayed.
0
The toner near end
message is
displayed.
1
The toner near end
message is not
displayed.
1
Operation Enable in
TONER END
2
Operation STOP in
TONER END
3
Operation STOP in
TONER END
Setting of the number of
copy/print/FAX outputs
Enable after TONER
NEAR END.
0
Condition for Low
status send of E-mail
alert
When the toner
preparation message
is displayed (in near
near toner end)
1
Condition for Low
status send of E-mail
alert
When near toner end
Setting
range
0-1
Default
value
0-1
U.S.A
CANADA
INCH
JAPAN
AB_B
EUROPE
U.K.
AUS.
AB_A
CHINA

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
721(51($5(1'6(77,1*
1-3
$ 721(535(3$5$7,21<(612

% 721(51($5(1'<(612

& 721(5(1'
' 721(5(1'&2817
( 721(5(0$,/$/$57
1-5
0-1
2.
26-73
Purpose
Setting
Function (Purpose) Used to adjust the image loss (shade

removal amount) in the poster, the continuous enlargement copy, the card scan, and
the A3 wide copy mode.
Section
Set value
Toner preparation
message
0 (Displayed)
0 (Displayed)
0 (Displayed)
0 (Displayed)
0 (Displayed)
0 (Displayed)
0 (Displayed)
0 (Displayed)
0 (Displayed)
0 (Displayed)

NOTE: When item B is set to "0" and item D to a desired number,
printing can be made after toner near end. However, insufficient density, thin spots, or improper color balance may be
resulted depending on the using conditions. When item D
is set to "1" printing is disabled after toner near end. this
case, toner end display is made in the toner near end status, and copy/print/FAX outputs are disabled.
<List of Default values and set values for each destination>

Destination
The number of output print allowed in item D is based on the

assumption that the sheets are of A4 size with print ratio of 6%.
(The number of outputs allowed differs depending on the paper
size and the print ratio.)
Toner near end message

0 (Displayed)
0 (Displayed)
0 (Displayed)
1 (Not Displayed)
0 (Displayed)
0 (Displayed)
0 (Displayed)
0 (Displayed)
0 (Displayed)
0 (Displayed)
(Contents of set items)
Operation/Procedure
1)
2)
3)
Press [OK] key.

When the adjustment value is increased, the image loss
(shade delete quantity) is increased.
Item/Display
A
DELETING
SHADOW ADJ
(M)
DELETING
SHADOW ADJ
(S)
A: Enable/Disable setting of the toner preparation message display

when the toner remaining quantity reaches 25%.
B: Enable/Disable setting of the toner preparation message display
when the toner near end status is reached.
C: Enable/Disable setting of the machine operation when the toner
end status is reached.
For except Japan, performs operation of set value "3" regardless of
the setting value.
Content
Rear frame side
image loss quantity
(shade delete
quantity) adjustment
Lead edge image
loss quantity (shade
delete quantity)
adjustment
Setting
range
0 - 50
0 - 50
Default value
0
(Adjustment
amount:
0.1mm/step)
0
(Adjustment
amount:
0.1mm/step)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
27
'(/(7,1*6+$'2:$'-8670(17
$ '(/(7,1*6+$'2:$'-0
27-1
% '(/(7,1*6+$'2:$'-6

Purpose
Setting
Function (Purpose) Used to set non-detection of communication error (U7-00) with RIC. (FSS function)
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
2.
26-74
Purpose
0
1
2)
Setting
Press [OK] key.

Function (Purpose) Used to set the OSA trial mode.

Section
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
Operation/Procedure
2)
Press [OK] key.
$ ',6$%/(<(6

Item/Display
OSA TRIAL
MODE
(0: YES 1: NO)
&/26(
',6$%/,1*2)87528%/(
1)
Not detection
Detection
Content
0
1
Used to set the

OSA trial mode.
OSA trial mode is
canceled.
Setting
range
0-1
Default
value
1
2.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
26$75$,$/02'(6(77,1*
27-2
$ 26$75,$/02'(<(612
Purpose

Setting
Function (Purpose) Used to set the sender's registration number and the HOST server telephone number. (FSS function)
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
2.
26-78
Purpose
Select an item to be set with touch panel.

[USER FAX NO] [SERVA TEL NO]
2)
3)
Press [SET] key.

Setting
Function (Purpose) Used to set the password of the remote

operation panel mode.
USER FAX_NO.
SERVA TEL_NO.
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
Enter a password with 10-key. (5 - 8 digits)

The entered password is displayed on the column of "NEW.
In order to correct the entered password, press the [clear] key
to delete the entered value one digit by one digit.
2)
Sender registration number (Max. 16 digits)

Host server telephone number (Max. 16 digits)
If the connection process is not completed
normally when registering the FSS, calling to the
HOST may be continuously made every time when
the power is turned ON (from OFF) or rebooted.
In this case, enter "********" to inhibit calling to the
HOST.
Press [SET] key.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
523(3$66:25'6(77,1*
35(6(17
1(:
&/26(
)66)81&7,216(783,1387
35(6(17
1(:
86(5)$;B12
6(7
6(59$7(/B12
6(7
3$86(

27-4
Setting
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to set the initial call and toner order
auto send. (FSS function)
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
2)
3)
Press [OK] key.

Item/Display
A
FSS MODE
Content
NEB1
NEB2
NFB1
NFB2
B
C
D
E
F
RETRY_BUSY
TIMER (MINUTE) _BUSY
RETRY_ERROR
TIMER (MINUTE) _ERROR
TONER ORDER
100% - 75%
TIMING (K)
74% - 50%
49% - 25%
LOWER 25
NEAREND
EMPTY
Set the FSS MODE
Exclusive for send

in NE-B mode
Send/Receive in
NE-B mode
Exclusive for send
in NE-F mode
Send/Receive in
NE-F mode
Resend number setting when busy
Resend timer setting (minute) when busy
Resend number setting when error
Resend timer setting (minute) when error
Toner order auto send 100% - 75%
timing setting (K)
74% - 50%
49% - 25%
25% or less
NEAREND
EMPTY
Setting
range
0-3
0
Default value
Remarks
1
2
3
0 - 15
1 - 15
0 - 15
1 - 15
0-5
5
4
3
2
1
0
2
3
1
1
3 (49%-25%)
* 0: No retry
* 0: No retry

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
)66)81&7,216(783
$ )6602'(1(%

% 5(75<B%86<
& 7,0(50,187(B%86<
' 5(75<B(5525
( 7,0(50,187(B(5525
) 721(525'(57,0,1*.
2.
27-5
Purpose

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
Setting
7$*6(77,1*
Function (Purpose) Used to set the machine tag No.

(FSS function)
35(6(17
1(:
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
Enter the password (max. 8 digits) with 10-key.

The entered password is displayed on the column of "NEW.
In order to correct the entered password, press the [clear] key
to delete the entered value one digit by one digit.
2)
&/26(
Press [SET] key.
6(7
27-6

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
Setting
Purpose
&/26(
)66)81&7,216(783)81&7,21
Function (Purpose) Used to set of the manual service call.

(FSS function)
$ )81&7,21<(612

% $/(57<(612

& &211(&7,21)$;(0$,/
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)

0
1
2)
Allow (Default)
Inhibit
Press [OK] key.
2.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
0$18$/6(59,&(&$//6(783
$ <(612
27-9
Setting
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to set the paper transport time recording YES/NO threshold value and shading
gain adjustment retry number.
(FSS function)

Section
Operation/Procedure
2.
1)
2)
3)
Press [OK] key.

27-7
Purpose
FEED TIME 1
0 - 100
FEED TIME 2
0 - 100
GAIN ADJUSTMENT
RETRY
0 - 20
JAM ALERT
1 - 100
Setting
Function (Purpose) Used to set of the enable, alert call out.

(FSS function)
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
2)
3)
Press [OK] key.

A
FSS
FUNCTION
ALERT
CONNECTION
0
1
0
1
0
1
FSS function enable

FSS function disable (*1) (Default)
Alert call enable (*2) (Default)
Alert call disable
FAX connection enable
E-MAIL connection enable
*1 The FSS function setting can be changed only from Disable to

Enable. (Cannot be changed from Enable to Disable.)
Toner collection request
* Items A, B: 0%, standard passing time between sheets of paper;

100%, time for judgment as a jam between sheets of paper.
* Item C: Because of a trouble in shading operation, the number of
retry is actually not registered.

*2 Alert send timing

No alert cause
Maintenance
Service call
Toner send request
Threshold value of the paper

transport time between sensors
(Main unit) (50: Default)
Threshold value of the paper
transport time between sensors
(DSPF/RSPF) (50: Default)
Threshold value of the gain
adjustment retry number
(11: Default)
Alert judgment threshold value for
occurrence of continuous jams
Alert judgment threshold value for
occurrence of continuous jams
(Setting of the number of times of
continuous jams as the alert for
continuous jams) (Default: 10
times)
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
Initial state / Trouble / Continuous JAM alert

When the maintenance timing is reached.
When pressing Service call.
When the toner order automatic send setting is
reached.
Revision of the toner installation date (only for
a new product)
&/26(
)66)81&7,21$'-8670(17
$ )(('7,0(

% )(('7,0(
& *$,1$'-8670(175(75<
' -$0$/(57
Alert resend
2.
27-10

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
Data clear/Reset
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to clear the trouble prediction history

information. (FSS function)
/68
/68
'(6.
'(6.
),1,6+(5
),1,6+(5
'63)
'63)
6&$1*$,1$'-
6&$1*$,1$'-
6&$1*$,1$'-
6&$1*$,1$'-
6&$1*$,1$'-
'63)*$,1$'-
'63)*$,1$'-
'63)*$,1$'-
'63)*$,1$'-
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
2)
Press [YES] key.

The history information of trouble prediction is cleared.
Target history
Serial communication retry number history

High density process control error history
Half tone process control error history
Scanner gain adjustment retry history
DSPF gain adjustment retry history (DSPF model only)
Paper transport time between sensors

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
&/26(
7528%/(35(&2*1,7,215(68/7
'$7(5(75<

27-12
Information display
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to check the high-density and the

half-tone process control error history. (FSS
Function)
7528%/(35(&2*1,7,21+,6725<&/($5
Section
Operation/Procedure
The high density and the half-tone process control error history are
displayed.
$5(<28685("
<(6
12
(;(&87(
27-11
Purpose
Information display
Function (Purpose) Used to check the serial communication

retry number and the scanner gain adjustment retry number history. (FSS function)
High density error history 1

Half tone error history 1

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
7528%/(35(&2*1,7,215(68/7$'-8670(17B(5525
'$7((5525&2'(
Section
Operation/Procedure
The serial communication retry number history and the scanner
gain adjustment retry number history are displayed.
Display Item
Occurrence date
Item name
(Display)
LSU1
99/99/99 99:99:99
LSU2
99/99/99 99:99:99
DESK1
99/99/99 99:99:99
DESK2
99/99/99 99:99:99
DSPF1
99/99/99 99:99:99
DSPF2
99/99/99 99:99:99
FINISHER1
99/99/99 99:99:99
FINISHER2
99/99/99 99:99:99
SCAN GAIN ADJ1 99/99/99 99:99:99
SCAN GAIN ADJ2 99/99/99 99:99:99
SCAN GAIN ADJ3 99/99/99 99:99:99
SCAN GAIN ADJ4 99/99/99 99:99:99
SCAN GAIN ADJ5 99/99/99 99:99:99
DSPF GAIN ADJ1 99/99/99 99:99:99
DSPF GAIN ADJ1 99/99/99 99:99:99
DSPF GAIN ADJ2 99/99/99 99:99:99
DSPF GAIN ADJ3 99/99/99 99:99:99
DSPF GAIN ADJ4 99/99/99 99:99:99
DSPF GAIN ADJ5 99/99/99 99:99:99
HV_ERR1
HV_ERR2
HV_ERR3
HV_ERR4
HV_ERR5
H_TONE ERR1
H_TONE ERR2
H_TONE ERR3
H_TONE ERR4
H_TONE ERR5
Retry
number
8 digits
8 digits
8 digits
8 digits
8 digits
8 digits
8 digits
8 digits
8 digits
8 digits
8 digits
8 digits
8 digits
8 digits
8 digits
8 digits
8 digits
8 digits
8 digits
+9B(55
+9B(55
+9B(55
+9B(55
+9B(55
+B721((55
+B721((55
+B721((55
+B721((55
+B721((55
Content
Serial
communication retry
number history
display
* For DSPF1/
DSPF2, only the
DSPF model is
displayed.
Scanner gain
adjustment retry
history
DSPF gain
adjustment retry
history
(Only the DSPF
model is displayed.)

27-13
Information display
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to check the history of paper transport

time between sensors. (FSS function)
Section
Operation/Procedure
Main
unit
DSPF
RSPF
Item/Display
Content
Occurrence date
FEED TIME1
FEED TIME2
FEED TIME3
FEED TIME4
FEED TIME5
FEED TIME6
FEED TIME7
FEED TIME8
FEED TIME9
FEED TIME10
FEED TIME1(SPF)
FEED TIME2(SPF)
FEED TIME3(SPF)
FEED TIME4(SPF)
FEED TIME5(SPF)
FEED TIME6(SPF)
FEED TIME7(SPF)
FEED TIME8(SPF)
FEED TIME9(SPF)
FEED TIME10(SPF)
FEED TIME1(SPF)
FEED TIME2(SPF)
FEED TIME3(SPF)
FEED TIME4(SPF)
FEED TIME5(SPF)
FEED TIME6(SPF)
FEED TIME7(SPF)
FEED TIME8(SPF)
FEED TIME9(SPF)
FEED TIME10(SPF)
History of paper transport time between sensors 1

History of paper transport time between SPF sensors 1
99/99/99 99:99:99
99/99/99 99:99:99
99/99/99 99:99:99
99/99/99 99:99:99
99/99/99 99:99:99
99/99/99 99:99:99
99/99/99 99:99:99
99/99/99 99:99:99
99/99/99 99:99:99
99/99/99 99:99:99
99/99/99 99:99:99
99/99/99 99:99:99
99/99/99 99:99:99
99/99/99 99:99:99
99/99/99 99:99:99
99/99/99 99:99:99
99/99/99 99:99:99
99/99/99 99:99:99
99/99/99 99:99:99
99/99/99 99:99:99
99/99/99 99:99:99
99/99/99 99:99:99
99/99/99 99:99:99
99/99/99 99:99:99
99/99/99 99:99:99
99/99/99 99:99:99
99/99/99 99:99:99
99/99/99 99:99:99
99/99/99 99:99:99
99/99/99 99:99:99
[N model]
Passing time
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
Reference
passing
time
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
5 digits (ms)
[U model]

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
Code
between
sensors
5 digits
5 digits
5 digits
5 digits
5 digits
5 digits
5 digits
5 digits
5 digits
5 digits
5 digits
5 digits
5 digits
5 digits
5 digits
5 digits
5 digits
5 digits
5 digits
5 digits
5 digits
5 digits
5 digits
5 digits
5 digits
5 digits
5 digits
5 digits
5 digits
5 digits
&/26(
7528%/(35(&2*1,7,215(68/7)(('7,0(

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
7528%/(35(&2*1,7,215(68/7)(('7,0(
'$7(6(1625&2'(3$667,0(67$1'$5'7,0(
)(('7,0(
)(('7,0(
)(('7,0(
)(('7,0(
)(('7,0(
)(('7,0(
'$7(6(1625&2'(3$667,0(67$1'$5'7,0(
)(('7,0(
)(('7,0(
)(('7,0(
)(('7,0(
)(('7,0(
)(('7,0(
)(('7,0(
)(('7,0(
)(('7,0(
)(('7,0(
)(('7,0(63)
)(('7,0(63)
)(('7,0(63)
)(('7,0(63)
)(('7,0(63)
)(('7,0(63)
)(('7,0(63)

&/26(

27-14

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
Setting
Purpose
&/26(
0$,181,76(1625&+(&.
Function (Purpose) Used to set the FSS function connection

test mode.
33'
33'
32'
32'
32'
7)'
7)'
+326
'6:B5
'6:B&
'6:B)
71)
71%2;
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)

0
1
2)
Disable (Default)
Enable
Press [OK] key.


6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
)667(6702'(6(783
$ &211(&7,217(6702'(212))
30-2
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to check the operations of the sensors and the detectors in the paper feed

Section
Operation/Procedure

2.
* For setting the FSS function connection test mode, only DISABLE to ENABLE can be made. (ENABLE to DISABLE cannot
be made.)
30
30-1
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to check the operations of the sensors and the detectors in other than the
paper feed section and the control circuits.
Section
Operation/Procedure
The sensors and the detectors which are turned ON are highlighted.
PPD1
PPD2
POD1
POD2
POD3
TFD2
TFD3
HPOS
DSW_R
DSW_C
DSW_F
TNF
TNBOX
Resist detection
Main unit paper exit detection
Main unit paper exit full detection
Right tray paper exit full detection
Shifter home detection
Right door open/close detection
Tray 1 transport cover open/close detection
Front cover open/close detection
Waste toner full detection
Waste toner near end detection
CPFD1
CLUD1
CPED1
CSPD1
CSS11
CSS12
CSS13
CSS14
CPFD2
CLUD2
CPED2
CSPD2
CSS21
CSS22
CSS23
CSS24
MPFD
MPLD
MTOP1
MTOP2
MPED
Tray 1 transport detection

Tray 1 upper limit detection
Tray 2 upper limit detection
Tray 2 paper YES/NO detection
Tray 2 paper remaining detection
Manual feed paper length detection
Manual feed tray retraction detection
Manual feed tray extension detection

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
75$<6(1625&+(&.0$,1
&3)'
&/8'
&3('
&63'
&66
&66
&66
&66
&3)'
&/8'
&3('
&63'
&66
&66
&66
&66
03)'
03/'
0723
0723
03('

33
40
33-1
40-2
Purpose
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to check the operations of the card

reader sensor and the control circuit.
Section
Adjustment
Function (Purpose) Manual paper feed tray paper width sensor

adjustment.
Section
Others
Operation/Procedure
Operation/Procedure
1)
Open the manual paper feed guide to the max. width (MAX).
2)
3)
Open the manual paper feed guide to P1 width (A4).
4)
5)
Open the manual paper feed guide to P2 width (A4R).
6)
7)
Open the manual paper feed guide to the min. width (MIN).
8)
CARD
DATA
CLOCK
Card Yes/No detection

Card number signal detection
Reference clock signal detection
The max. width (MAX) detection level is recognized.
The P1 width (A4) detection level is recognized.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
&$5'5($'(56(1625&+(&.
'$7$
&$5'
&/2&.
The P2 width (A4R) detection level is recognized.
The min. width (MIN) detection level is recognized.

When the above operation is not performed normally, "ERROR" is
displayed. When completed normally, "COMPLETE" is displayed.
MAX POSITION
P1(A4)POSITION
P2(A4R)POSITION
MIN POSITION
Manual feed max. width

Manual feed P1 position width (A4)
Manual feed P2 position width (A4R)
Manual feed min. width

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
%<3$6675$<$'-8670(17
33-2
0$;326,7,21$'-8670(17
Data clear/Reset
Purpose
35(66>(;(&87(@7267$57
Function (Purpose) Used to delete the ID (IDM) information of

card. (HDD-installed machine only)
Others
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
2)
Press [YES] key.

The ID (IDM) information of Felica card in the HDD is deleted.
(;(&87(

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
40-7
&$5',''$7$&/($5
Purpose
Setting
Function (Purpose) Used to set the adjustment value of the

manual paper feed tray paper width sensor.
Section
Operation/Procedure
$5(<28685("
<(6
12
(;(&87(
1)
Select a target item to be adjusted with [] [] buttons.
2)
3)
Press [OK] key.

Item/Display
Content
A
B
MAX POSITION
P1(A4) POSITION
P2(A4R) POSITION
MIN POSITION
Manual feed max. width

Manual feed P1 position width
(A4)
Manual feed P2 position width
(A4R)
Manual feed min. width
Default
value
241
231
140
19

6,08/$7,2112
7(67

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
%<3$6675$<9$/8(6(77,1*
&/26(
'2&80(176,=(3+2726(16256(783
$ 0$;326,7,21

% 3326,7,21

& 3326,7,21
' 0,1326,7,21
2.
(;(&87(
41-3
41
Purpose
41-1
Function (Purpose) Used to check the operations of the document size sensor and the control circuit.
Purpose
Others
Section
Function (Purpose) Used to check the operations of the document size sensor and the control circuit.
Others
Section
Operation/Procedure
The detection output level (A/D value) of OCSW and the document
sensor (PD1 - PD7) is displayed in real time.
The light receiving range of PD1 - PD7 is 1 - 255. (Default: 128)
Operation/Procedure
Item/Display
OCSW
PD1
PD2
PD3
PD4
PD5
PD6
PD7
OCSW
Document cover status
PD1 - 7
Document detection
sensor status
Open: Normal display

Close: Highlighted
No document: Normal display
Document present: Highlighted
Content
Original cover SW
Document detection 1

6,08/$7,2112
7(67

&/26(
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
3'6(1625&+(&.
2&6:
3'
3'
3'
3'
3'
3'
3'
Detection level range

0-1 ("1" to Close)
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
&/26(
3'6(1625',63/$<
2&6:
3'> @
3'> @
3'> @
3'> @
3'> @
3'> @
3'> @

41-2
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to adjust the document size sensor

detection level.
Section
Others
Open the document cover, and press [EXECUTE] key without

place a document on the document table.
The sensor level without document is recognized.
2)
43-1
Purpose
Operation/Procedure
1)
43
Set A3 (11 x 17") paper on the document table, and press

[EXECUTE] key.
Setting
Function (Purpose) Used to make the fusing reference temperature setting 1 in each operation mode.
Section
Fusing
Operation/Procedure
1)
The sensor level when detecting the document is displayed.
2)
When the above operation is normally completed, it is displayed.
3)
Press [OK] key.

NOTE: The set value may be changed for a design change or an

individual arrangement. Except for the above cases, however, the set value must not be changed. If it is changed, a
trouble may be occur.
Item
Display
Content
A
B
C
HL_UM READY
HL_US READY
HL_UM PLAIN PAPER BW
HL_US PLAIN PAPER BW
WARMUP FUMON HL_UM T
WARMUP FUMOFF HL_UM T
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
WARM UP END TIME

HL_UM HEAVY PAPER
HL_US HEAVY PAPER
HL_UM OHP PAPER
HL_US OHP PAPER
HL_UM ENV PAPER
HL_US ENV PAPER
HL_UM E-STAR
HL_US E-STAR
PRE-JOB
HL_UM WARMUP_120L
HL_US WARMUP_120L
LO_WARMUP_TIME
HL_UM WARMUP_120H
HL_US WARMUP_120H
HI_WARMUP_TIME
TH_UM set value when ready standby

TH_US set value when ready standby
Black and white plain paper TH_UM set
value
Black and white plain paper TH_US set
value
Fusing motor previous rotation start
TH_UM set value
Fusing motor previous rotation
complete time
Warm-up complete time
Heavy paper TH_UM set value
Heavy paper TH_US set value
OHP-TH_UM set value
OHP-TH_US set value
Envelope TH_UM set value
Envelope TH_US set value
Preheating TH_UM set value
Preheating TH_US set value
Resetting from preheating TH_UM set
value
TH_UM set value when Warm-Up at
120C or below
TH_US set value when Warm-Up at
120C or below
Q - R applying time
(Timer from completion of Ready)
TH_UM set value when Warm-Up at
120C or above
TH_US set value when Warm-Up at
120C or above
T - U applying time
(Timer from completion of Ready)
Setting
range
70 - 230
70 - 230
70 - 230
Default value
28/36 CPM model
45/50 CPM model
Group A
Group B
Group A
Group B
SW-A SW-B SW-A SW-B SW-A SW-B SW-A SW-B
165
170
185
185
175
180
195
195
165
170
185
185
175
180
195
195
165
170
185
185
175
180
195
195
70 - 230
165
170
185
185
175
180
195
195
30 - 200
155
155
165
165
165
165
175
175
0 - 255
1 - 255
70 - 230
70 - 230
70 - 230
70 - 230
70 - 230
70 - 230
30 - 200
30 - 200
30 - 200
17
145
145
165
145
145
165
155
155
185
155
155
185
150
150
175
150
150
175
160
160
195
160
160
195
70 - 230
170
175
190
190
180
185
200
200
70 - 230
170
175
190
190
180
185
200
200
190
190
175
175
195
195
180
180
195
195
0 - 255
70 - 230
170
175
190
190
180
185
200
200
70 - 230
170
175
190
190
180
185
200
200
0 - 255
<Code descriptions>
TH_UM
TH_US
HL_UM
HL_US

Fusing upper thermistor main

Fusing upper thermistor sub
Heater lamp upper main
Heater lamp upper sub
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
)86(57(036(783)253$3(5
$ +/B805($'<

% +/B865($'<
& +/B803/$,13$3(5%:
' +/B863/$,13$3(5%:
<List of destination groups>
( :$5083)8021+/B807
) :$5083)802))+/B807
Group
Group A
Group B
Japan
U.S.A.
AB_A
Destination
China
AB_B
Canada
Inch
U.K.
AUS
* :$5083(1'7,0(
+ +/B80+($9<3$3(5
, +/B86+($9<3$3(5
- +/B802+33$3(5
Europe
. +/B862+33$3(5
/ +/B80(193$3(5
SW-A
SW-B
Setting value when 60 - 79g/m2 is selected in the system setting/

device setting/fusing control setting.
Set value when 80 - 105g/m2 is selected in the system setting/
The set value displayed in this simulation differs depending on
60 - 79g/m 2 or 80 - 105g/m2 which is selected in the system
setting/device setting/fusing control setting.
(Example) When 60 - 79g/m2 is selected in the system setting/
device setting/fusing control setting, the value of SW-A is
displayed.
2.
43-4
Setting
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to set the fusing temperature 2 in

each operation mode.
Fusing
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)

2)
3)
Press [OK] key.

Item
Display
Content
HL_UM PLAIN PAPER BW DUP
HL_US PLAIN PAPER BW DUP
PLAIN PAPER BW DUP APP CNT
HL_UM HEAVY PAPER BW DUP
HL_US HEAVY PAPER BW DUP
HEAVY PAPER BW DUP APP CNT
Black and white plain paper

duplex TH_UM set value
duplex TH_US set value
duplex applying number of
sheets
Black and white heavy paper
duplex TH_UM set value
duplex TH_US set value
duplex applying number of
sheets
Setting
range
70 - 230
Default value
28/36 CPM model
45/50 CPM model
Group A
Group B
Group A
Group B
SW-A SW-B SW-A SW-B SW-A SW-B SW-A SW-B
165
170
185
185
175
180
195
195
70 - 230
165
170
185
185
0 - 60
175
180
195
195
70 - 230
190
195
70 - 230
190
195
0 - 60
<Code descriptions>
TH_UM
TH_US
HL_UM
HL_US


6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
)86(57(036(783)253$3(5
$ +/B803/$,13$3(5%:'83

% +/B863/$,13$3(5%:'83
& 3/$,13$3(5%:'83$33&17
' +/B80+($9<3$3(5%:'83
( +/B86+($9<3$3(5%:'83
) +($9<3$3(5%:'83$33&17
Group
Group A
Group B
SW-A
SW-B
Japan
U.S.A.
AB_A
Destination
China
AB_B
Canada
Inch
U.K.
AUS
Europe
2.
Setting value when 60 - 79g/m2 is selected in the system setting/

Set value when 80 - 105g/m2 is selected in the system setting/
The set value displayed in this simulation differs depending on
60 - 79g/m 2 or 80 - 105g/m2 which is selected in the system
setting/device setting/fusing control setting.
(Example) When 60 - 79g/m2 is selected in the system setting/
device setting/fusing control setting, the value of SW-A is
displayed.
43-20
Purpose
Setting
Function (Purpose) Used to set the environmental correction

under low temperature and low humidity (L/
L) for the fusing temperature setting (SIM
43-1) in each paper mode.
Section
Fusing
Operation/Procedure
1)
2)
3)
Press [OK] key.


Correction value: -49 - +49, 1 Count = 1C change/1sec change
Correction value
Input value
-49
1
-25
25
-5
45
0
50
+5
55
+25
75
+49
99
Item
Display
Setting
range
Content
A
B
C
HL_UM READY LL
HL_US READY LL
HL_UM PLAIN BW LL
HL_US PLAIN BW LL
WARMUP FUMON HL_US T LL
WARMUP FUMOFF T LL
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
WARMUP END TIME LL

HL_UM HEAVY LL
HL_US HEAVY LL
HL_UM OHP LL
HL_US OHP LL
HL_UM ENVELOPE LL
HL_US ENVELOPE LL
HL_UM E-STAR LL
HL_US E-STAR LL
PRE-JOB LL
HL_UM WARMUP_120L LL
HL_US WARMUP_120L LL
LO_WARMUP_TIME_LL
HL_UM WARMUP_120H LL
HL_US WARMUP_120H LL
HI_WU_TIME_LL
Correction value for TH_UM set value in ready standby under LL environment
Correction value for TH_US set value in ready standby under LL environment
Correction value for black and white plain paper TH_UM set value under LL
environment
Correction value for black and white plain paper TH_US set value under LL
environment
Correction value for fusing motor previous rotation start TH_UM set value under
LL environment
Correction value for fusing motor previous rotation completion time under LL
environment
Correction value for warm-up complete time under LL environment
Correction value for heavy paper TH_UM set value under LL environment
Correction value for heavy paper TH_US set value under LL environment
Correction value for OHP TH_UM set value under LL environment
Correction value for OHP TH_UM set value under LL environment
Correction value for envelope TH_UM set value under LL environment
Correction value for envelope TH_US set value under LL environment
Correction value for preheating TH_UM set value under LL environment
Correction value for preheating TH_US set value under LL environment
Correction value for resetting from preheating TH_UM set value under LL
environment
Correction value for TH_UM set value in Warm-Up at 120C or below under LL
environment
Correction value for TH_US set value in Warm-Up at 120C or below under LL
environment
Correction value for Q - R applying time (timer from Ready complete) under LL
environment
Correction value for TH_UM set value in Warm-Up at 120C or above under LL
environment
Correction value for TH_US set value in Warm-Up at 120C or above under LL
environment
Correction value for T - U applying time (timer from Ready complete) under LL
environment
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
Default value
Group A Group B
55
55
55
55
55
55
1 - 99
55
55
1 - 99
55
55
1 - 99
55
55
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
80
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
80
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
1 - 99
55
55
1 - 99
55
55
1 - 99
50
50
1 - 99
55
55
1 - 99
55
55
1 - 99
50
50
<Code descriptions>
TH_UM
TH_US
HL_UM
HL_US


6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
)86(57(03$'-8670(17//
$ +/B805($'<//

% +/B865($'<//
& +/B803/$,1%://
' +/B863/$,1%://

Group
Group A
Group B
Japan
U.S.A.
AB_A
Destination
China
AB_B
Canada
Inch
U.K.
AUS
( :$5083)8021+/B867//
) :$5083)802))7//
* :$5083(1'7,0(//
+ +/B80+($9<//
, +/B86+($9<//
- +/B802+3//
Europe
. +/B862+3//
/ +/B80(19(/23(//
2.
43-21
Purpose
Setting
Function (Purpose) Used to set the environment correction

under high temperature and high humidity
(H/H) for the fusing temperature setting
(SIM 43-1) in each paper mode.
Section
Fusing
Operation/Procedure
1)
2)
3)
Press [OK] key.


Correction value: -49 - +49, 1 Count = 1C change/1sec change

Correction value
Input value
-49
1
-25
25
-5
45
0
50
+5
55
+25
75
+49
99
Item
Display
Setting
range
Content
A
B
C
HL_UM READY HH
HL_US READY HH
HL_UM PLAIN BW HH
HL_US PLAIN BW HH
WARMUP FUMON HL_UM T HH
WARMUP FUMOFF T HH
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
WARMUP END TIME HH

HL_UM HEAVY HH
HL_US HEAVY HH
HL_UM OHP HH
HL_US OHP HH
HL_UM ENVELOPE HH
HL_US ENVELOPE HH
HL_UM E-STAR HH
HL_US E-STAR HH
PRE-JOB HH
HL_UM WARMUP_120L HH
HL_US WARMUP_120L HH
LO_WARMUP_TIME_HH
HL_UM WARMUP_120H HH
HL_US WARMUP_120H HH
HI_WU_TIME_HH
Correction value for TH_UM set value in ready standby under HH environment
Correction value for TH_US set value in ready standby under HH environment
Correction value for black and white plain paper TH_UM set value under HH
environment
Correction value for black and white plain paper TH_US set value under HH
environment
Correction value for fusing motor previous rotation start TH_UM set value under
HH environment
Correction value for fusing motor previous rotation completion time under HH
environment
Correction value for warm-up complete time under HH environment
Correction value for heavy paper TH_UM set value under HH environment
Correction value for heavy paper TH_UM set value under HH environment
Correction value for OHP TH_UM set value under HH environment
Correction value for OHP TH_US set value under HH environment
Correction value for envelope TH_UM set value under HH environment
Correction value for envelope TH_US set value under HH environment
Correction value for preheating TH_UM set value under HH environment
Correction value for preheating TH_US set value under HH environment
Correction value for resetting from preheating TH_UM set value under HH
environment
Correction value for TH_UM set value in Warm-Up at 120C or below under HH
environment
Correction value for TH_US set value in Warm-Up at 120C or below under HH
environment
Correction value for Q - R applying time (timer from Ready complete) under HH
environment
Correction value for TH_UM set value in Warm-Up at 120C or above under HH
environment
Correction value for TH_US set value in Warm-Up at 120C or above under HH
environment
Correction value for T - U applying time (timer from Ready complete) under HH
environment
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
Default value
Group A Group B
45
45
45
45
45
45
1 - 99
45
45
1 - 99
50
50
1 - 99
50
50
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
45
45
45
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
45
45
45
1 - 99
45
45
1 - 99
45
45
1 - 99
50
50
1 - 99
45
45
1 - 99
45
45
1 - 99
50
50
<Code descriptions>
TH_UM
TH_US
HL_UM
HL_US


6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
)86(57(03$'-8670(17++
$ +/B805($'<++

% +/B865($'<++
& +/B803/$,1%:++
' +/B863/$,1%:++

Group
Group A
Group B
Japan
U.S.A.
AB_A
Destination
China
AB_B
Canada
Inch
U.K.
AUS
( :$5083)8021+/B807++
) :$5083)802))7++
* :$5083(1'7,0(++
+ +/B80+($9<++
, +/B86+($9<++
- +/B802+3++
Europe
. +/B862+3++
/ +/B80(19(/23(++
2.
43-22
Purpose
Setting

under low temperature and low humidity (L/
L) for the fusing temperature setting (SIM
43-4) in each paper mode.
Section
Fusing
Operation/Procedure
1)
2)
3)
Press [OK] key.


Correction value: -49 - +49, 1 Count = 1C change

Correction value
Input value
-49
1
-25
25
-5
45
0
50
+5
55
+25
75
+49
99
Item
Display
Setting
range
Content
HL_UM PLAIN BW DUP LL
HL_US PLAIN BW DUP LL
PLAIN BW DUP APP CNT LL
HL_UM HEAVY BW DUP LL
HL_US HEAVY BW DUP LL
HEAVY BW DUP APP CNT LL
Correction value for TH_UM set value in black and white plain paper duplex under
LL environment
Correction value for TH_US set value in black and white plain paper duplex under
LL environment
Correction value for applying number of sheets in black and white plain paper
duplex under LL environment
Correction value for TH_UM set value in black and white heavy paper duplex under
LL environment
Correction value for TH_US set value in black and white heavy paper duplex under
LL environment
Correction value for applying number of sheets in black and white heavy paper
duplex under LL environment
1 - 99
Default value
Group A Group B
55
55
1 - 99
55
55
1 - 99
50
50
1 - 99
55
55
1 - 99
55
55
1 - 99
50
50
<Code descriptions>
TH_UM
TH_US
HL_UM
HL_US


6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
)86(57(03$'-8670(17//'83
$ +/B803/$,1%:'83//

% +/B863/$,1%:'83//
& 3/$,1%:'83$33&17//
' +/B80+($9<%:'83//

Group
Group A
Group B
( +/B86+($9<%:'83//
) +($9<%:'83$33&17//
Destination
China
AB_B
Canada
Inch
U.K.
AUS
Japan
U.S.A.
AB_A
Europe

2.
43-23
Setting
Purpose

under high temperature and high humidity
(H/H) for the fusing temperature setting
(SIM 43-4) in each paper mode.
Fusing
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
2)
3)
Press [OK] key.
Item
Display
HL_UM PLAIN BW DUP HH
HL_US PLAIN BW DUP HH
PLAIN BW DUP APP CNT HH
HL_UM HEAVY BW DUP HH
HL_US HEAVY BW DUP HH
HEAVY BW DUP APP CNT HH
Correction value
Input value
-49
1
-25
25
-5
45
Correction value for TH_UM set value in black and white plain paper duplex under
HH environment
Correction value for TH_US set value in black and white plain paper duplex under
HH environment
Correction value for applying number of sheets in black and white plain paper duplex
under HH environment
Correction value for TH_UM set value in black and white heavy paper duplex under
HH environment
Correction value for TH_US set value in black and white heavy paper duplex under
HH environment
Correction value for applying number of sheets in black and white heavy paper
duplex under HH environment

0
50
Setting
range
Content
<Code descriptions>
TH_UM
TH_US
HL_UM
HL_US

1 - 99
+5
55
+25
75
+49
99
Default value
Group A Group B
45
40
1 - 99
45
40
1 - 99
50
50
1 - 99
50
50
1 - 99
50
50
1 - 99
50
50

Group
Group A
Group B
Japan
U.S.A.
AB_A
Destination
China
AB_B
Canada
Inch
U.K.
AUS
Europe

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
)86(57(03$'-8670(17++'83
$ +/B803/$,1%:'83++

% +/B863/$,1%:'83++
& 3/$,1%:'83$33&17++
' +/B80+($9<%:'83++
( +/B86+($9<%:'83++
) +($9<%:'83$33&17++
2.
43-24
Setting
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to set the correction of the temperature adjustment value of SIM 43-1 and 434.
Section
Fusing
Operation/Procedure
1)
2)
3)
Press [OK] key.



Correction value
Input value
-49
1
-25
25
-5
45
0
50
Item
Display
Content
NN_120_FUS_DUP_HL_UM&HL_US
LL_120_FUS_DUP_HL_UM&HL_US
HH_120_FUS_DUP_HL_UM&HL_US
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
NN_120_FUS_DUP_CNT
LL_120_FUS_DUP_CNT
HH_120_FUS_DUP_CNT
COOL_DOWN_HEAVY
COOL_DOWN_OHP
COOL_DOWN_DEVELOP
FUS MOTOR
Fusing temperature correction value (When rising the power at less than 120C under NN
environment, common to items HL_UM and HL_US.) (when duplex)
Fusing temperature correction value (When rising the power at less than 120C under LL
Fusing temperature correction value (When rising the power at less than 120C under HH
Fusing duplex paper exit count under NN environment
Fusing duplex paper exit count under LL environment
Fusing duplex paper exit count under HH environment
Cool down time (heavy paper mode)
Cool down time (OHP mode)
Cool down time (envelope mode)
Fusing web motor operating interval
+5
55
+25
75
+49
99
Setting
range
1 - 99
Default
value
55
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 60
1 - 60
1 - 60
1 - 60
1 - 60
1 - 60
1 - 20
5
10
5
1
30
40
8
* Each paper exit count: 1 count = 1 sheet change

* Time setting: 1 count = 1sec change
<Code descriptions>
TH_UM
TH_US
HL_UM
HL_US


6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
)86(57(035(6(7
$ 11BB)86B'83B+/B80 +/B86

% //BB)86B'83B+/B80 +/B86

& ++BB)86B'83B+/B80 +/B86
' 11BB)86B'83B&17
( //BB)86B'83B&17
) ++BB)86B'83B&17
* &22/B'2:1B+($9<
+ &22/B'2:1B2+3
, &22/B'2:1B'(9(/23
- )8602725
2.
43-31
Item
Adjustment/Setup
Purpose
Number of forcible
operations of the fusing
web motor when job end
Setting
range
1-5
Default
value
1
Fusing
Section

Operation/Procedure
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
$ -2%(1'&203$&7&+(&.<(612
When driving the fusing web cleaning motor is completed,

"COMPLETE" is displayed.

% -2%(1'&203$&7,17(59$/
& -2%(1'&203$&7&17

Fusing web unit
installation detection
state
Fusing web unit
installed
Fusing web unit not
installed
&/26(
-2%(1':(%&/($1,1*&2038/625<&+(&.
Perform the fusing web cleaning motor drive.

2)
Item
JOB END
COMP ACT
CNT
Function (Purpose) Used to check the operation of the fusing

web cleaning motor.
1)
Display
2.
Operation
Not operate
10sec continuous
rotation
Remark
* During this operation,
the fusing web cleaning
feed counter is not
counted up.
* The fusing web unit is used by installing to the fusing unit. For
checking the fusing web cleaning motor rotation, remove the
whole fusing unit and check with the door open.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
)86(5:(%&/($1,1*&+(&.
44
44-1
Purpose
Setting
Function (Purpose) Used to set each correction operation function in the image forming (process) section.
Section
Process
Operation/Procedure
1)

(The selected item is highlighted.)
2)
Press [EXECUTE] key. (The set value is saved.)

(;(&87(

43-32
Adjustment/Setup
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to set various items related to the

forcible operation of web cleaning when job
end.
Set the items to the default values unless a change is specially required.
Item/Display
Content
HV
Enable/Disable setting of
the high density process
control in normal
operation
the medium density
process control in normal
operation
the transfer output
correction
the membrane decrease
grid voltage correction
laser power voltage
correction
environment grid voltage
correction
the toner density
humidity correction
the toner density area
correction
HT
Fusing
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
2)
3)
Press [OK] key.
TC
MD VG

Item
A
Display
JOB END
COMP ACT
CHECK
JOB END
COMP ACT
INTERVAL
Item
Fusing web
Enable
motor forcible
Disable
operation
condition when
job end
Interval of the print quantity
of compulsory action of the
fusing web motor at job end
Setting
range
0-1 0
1
Default
value
1
1 - 200
110
MD LD
MD EV
TN_HUM
TN_AREA
Setting
range
Normal
(Disable:
0: NO)
Reverse
(Enable:
1: YES)
Default
value
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Disable
Item/Display
Content
TN_LIFE
the toner density life
correction
the toner density print
ratio correction
the toner density process
control correction
the toner density
environment correction
the toner density
correction unconditional
supply
toner compulsory
consumption mode
the half-tone process
control printer correction
feedback
the intermittent supply
the unconditional supply
the differential return
correction
the environment laser
power correction for the
OPC drum membrane
decrease correction
the process control laser
power correction
TN_COV
TN_PROCON
TN_ENV
TN_DRIP
TN_SPEND
PRT_HT
TN_INTERMITTENT
TN_ABSOLUTE
TN_PROFIT_RETURN
MD LD EV
MD LD HV
Setting
range
Normal
(Disable:
0: NO)
Reverse
(Enable:
1: YES)
Default
value
Disable
Enable
Enable
Disable
Enable
Item/Display
A
PCS_K LED ADJ
PCS_K DARK
PCS_K GRND
PCS_K DRUM
MAX
PCS_K DRUM MIN
PCS_K DRUM DIF
Disable
Enable
Error name
Sensor adjustment
abnormality
Enable
Surface scanning
abnormality
Enable
Enable
Content
sensitivity (light quantity)
adjustment value
dark voltage
Belt surface detection
level when the
adjustment of item A is
completed
OPC drum surface
detection level Max.
value
OPC drum surface
detection level Min. value
OPC drum surface
detection level differential
(Item D - Item E)
Setting
range
1 - 255
Default
value
21
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
Error content
PCS_K LED ADJ error
The adjustment target level is not reached by
three times of retry operations.
PCS_K GRND error
The difference between the max. value and
the min. value of the OPC drum surface
detection level is out of the specified range in
detection of one circle of the OPC drum
surface.
Enable

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
352&21*$,1$'-8670(17
3&6B./('$'-
3&6B.'$5.
3&6B.*51'
Enable
3&6B.'5800$;
3&6B.'5800,1
3&6B.'580',)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
02'(6(77,1*
+9
+7
7&
0'9*
0'/'
0'(9
71B+80
71B$5($
71B/,)(
71B&29
71B352&21
71B(19
71B'5,3
71B63(1'
357B+7
71B,17(50,77(17
71B$%62/87(
71B352),7B5(7851
0'/'(9
0'/'+9
(;(&87(

44-4
Purpose
Setting
Function (Purpose) Used to set the conditions of the high density process control operation.
(;(&87(
Section

44-2
Purpose
Adjustment
Function (Purpose) Used to adjust the sensitivity of the image

density sensor.
Section
Process
Operation/Procedure
1)
2)
3)
Press [OK] key.

When [EXECUTE] key is pressed, the adjustment is executed automatically.

After completion of the adjustment, the adjustment result is displayed.
If the adjustment is not executed normally, "ERROR" is displayed.
Process
Operation/Procedure
Item/Display
A
PCS_K TARGET
LED_K OUTPUT
Content
sensitivity adjustment
target value
Initial current level black
sensor LED light emitting
quantity set value in the
image density sensor
adjustment
Setting
range
1 - 255
Default
value
210
1 - 255
21
Item/Display
C
PCS ADJSTMENT
LIMIT
DRUM GROUND
DIF
BIAS_BK
STANDARD DIF
BIAS PATCH
INTERVAL
K_PAT TARGET
ID
HV BK_GROUND
LIMIT
Content
Adjustment error
allowance level in the
sensor sensitivity
adjustment
The difference between
the max. value and the
min. value of the OPC
drum surface detection
level is in the allowable
range in detection of one
circle of the OPC drum
surface.
Developing bias
reference value in the
high density process
control
Patch-forming developing
bias voltage interval
(voltage difference) in the
high density process
control
Toner patch density target
value (black) in the high
density process control
Error judgment criterion
for the difference between
the max. level and the
min. level of the OPC
drum surface detection
Setting
range
1 - 255
Default
value
10
44-6
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to execute the high density process

control forcibly.
0 - 255
128
Section
Process
Operation/Procedure
In case of a normal completion, the result is saved.
In case of an abnormal completion, "ERROR" is displayed.
(Refer to the table below.)
0 - 255
1 - 255
1 - 255
1 - 255
45
In case of an ERROR, the previous correction data are saved.

Result display
COMPLETE
ERROR
INTERRUPTION
Content description
Normal complete
Abnormal end
Forcible interruption
Details of error display

BK_SEN_ADJ_ERR
Content description
Image density sensor sensitivity adjustment
error
Density process control operation error
Density process control operation time-out
50
29
K_HV_ERR
TIMEOUT_ERR

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
352&21&2038/625<(;(&87,21
35(66>(;(&87(@7267$57

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
352&21,1,7,$/'(16,7<6(783
$ 3&6B.7$5*(7

% /('B.287387
& 3&6$'-670(17/,0,7
' '580*5281'',)
( %,$6B%.67$1'$5'',)
) %,$63$7&+,17(59$/
* .B3$77$5*(7,'
(;(&87(
+ +9%.B*5281'/,0,7
2.
44-9
Purpose
Information display
Function (Purpose) Used to display the result data of the high

density process control operation.
Section
Process
Operation/Procedure
Select a target display mode with [CPY/PRN],[OTHER] keys.
Mode
CPY/
PRN
OTHER
Item/Display (*: Correction value)

P
(PROCON)
N
(NORMAL)
TN/TC
BLACK : GB ***/*** DV ***/***

BLACK : GB ***/*** DV ***/***
TN HUD AREA
TN HUD DATA
TC TMP AREA
TC TMP DATA
TC HUD AREA
TC HUD DATA
MD HUD AREA
MD HUD DATA
Content
High density process control mode
GB/DV data (K) (Actual output voltage level / Base voltage level)
Actual operation mode
GB/DV data (K) (Actual output voltage level / Base voltage level)
Toner density correction humidity area
Toner density correction humidity AD value
Transfer voltage correction temperature area
Transfer voltage correction temperature AD value
Transfer voltage correction humidity area
Transfer voltage correction humidity AD value
OPC drum membrane decrease correction humidity area
OPC drum membrane decrease correction humidity AD value
Display range
GB: 230 - 850
DV: 0 - 700
GB: 230 - 850
DV: 0 - 700
1 - 14
0 - 1023
1-9
0 - 1023
1-9
0 - 1023
1 - 14
0 - 1023
Default
value
GB: 630
DV: 430
GB: 630
DV: 430
9
0
4
0
4
0
9
0
Mode
Content
Display range
OPC drum membrane decrease correction STEP number display

(K)
OPC drum membrane decrease correction counter (rotation
distance)
Display of MC correction voltage for OPC drum membrane
decrease
OPC drum membrane decrease laser power correction display
Display of drum membrane decrease environment laser power
correction
Display of high-density process control laser power correction
Display of laser power total correction amount
OPC drum membrane environment MC correction voltage display
OPC drum membrane / Environment MC correction voltage display
CRUM destination data stored in the PCU PWB of the machine
Model type of the machine
Crum destination data
High density process control execution number
Half-tone process control execution umber
0-4
Default
value
0
0 - 20
0 - 255
0 - 255
-128 - 128
0
0
-128 - 128
-128 - 128
0 - 255
0 - 255
0
0
0
0
0-1
0 - 99999999
0 - 99999999
0
0
Item/Display (*: Correction value)
OTHER
DRUM
MD K STEP
MD K DRUM COUNTER
VG
MD K REVISE(VG)
LD
LD EV
MD K REVISE(LD)
MD K REVISE(LD EV)
LD HV
LD ALL
HV
CP
CRUM
MD K REVISE(LD HV)
MD K REVISE(LD ALL)
MD K REVISE(HV)
MD K REVISE(CP)
DESTINATION
MODEL TYPE
CRUM DEST_K
PROCON COUNT HV
PROCON COUNT HT
CNT

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
352&21'$7$',63352&211250$/
%/$&.B3*%B'9B
%/$&.B1*%B'9B
&3<351

27+(5
44-12

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
Information display
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to display the operation data of the

high density process control and the image
density sensor.
Section
&/26(
3$7&+7$5*(7'$7$',63/$<
$'.B6/.
$'.B,17.
7$5*(7.
Process
Operation/Procedure
Select a display mode with [TARGET] [PATCH] keys.
Item/Display
Content
ADK_SL (K)
Development characteristics
gradient coefficient (High density
process control operation)
Development characteristics
intercept level (High density process
control operation 0V)
High density process control target
density level (K)
High density process control nth
time patch density level 1 (n=1-5)
Patch data nth time patch 2 (n=1-5)
BK only
BK only
ADK_INT(K)
TARGET (K)
n-1
n-2
n-3
n-4
n-1
n-2
n-3
n-4
Display
range
-9.99 9.99
Default
value
0
-999.9 999.9
0.00 255.00
0 - 255
7$5*(7
3$7&+

44-14
Purpose
3$7&+
Information display
Function (Purpose) Used to display the output level of the temperature and humidity sensor.
Section
Operation/Procedure
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0
0
0
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0
0
0
0
The output levels of the fusing temperature sensor, the machine

temperature sensor, and the humidity sensor are displayed.
Item/Display
TH_UM
TH_US
TEMPRATURE
HUMIDITY
Content
Fusing upper thermistor
main A/D value,
temperature
Fusing upper thermistor
sub A/D value,
temperature
Temperature thermistor
A/D value, temperature
(for process control)
Humidity sensor A/D
value, humidity (for
process control)
Display range
Temperature:
0 - 255C (1C)
AD value: 0 - 1023
Temperature:
0 - 255C (1C)
AD value: 0 - 1023
Temperature:
-40.0 - 60.0C (0.1C)
AD value: 0 - 1023
Humidity:
5.0 - 90.0% (0.1%)
AD value: 0 - 1023

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
6(1625'$7$',63/$<021,725
Item/Display
Content
AREA VO
Toner density sensor control

voltage correction value for the
temperature and the humidity
voltage correction value for a
change in the temperature and
the humidity
document print ratio
high density process control
result
developer life
Toner density sensor sensitivity
correction control voltage
correction value
environment with a high humidity
7+B80GHJ;;;
7+B86GHJ;;;
7(035$785(GHJ;;;
HUD VO
+80,',7<;;;
PRINT RATE VO
PROCON VO

LIFE VO
44-16
Purpose
Information display
Function (Purpose) Used to display the toner density control

data.
Section
ENV VO
Operation/Procedure
1)
SENSITIVITY VO
The toner density control data are displayed.

Item/Display
TONER DEN_LT
TONER DEN_ST
Item/Display
AUTO DEVE
ALL
AREA
HUD
PRINT RATE
PROCON
LIFE
SENSITIVITY
Content
Current toner density sensor
output value (final value)
Current toner density control
reference value display (the
value including all the correction
values)
Content
Toner density sensor output
value when SIM25-02 is
executed and completed.
Actual toner density control value
(including all the correction
factors)
Toner density control correction
value for the temperature and the
humidity
value for a change in the
humidity
value for the document print ratio
value for the result of the high
density process control
value for the developer life
Toner density sensor sensitivity
correction value
Item/Display
Content
AUTO DEVE VO

voltage value when SIM25-02 is
executed and completed.
Actual toner density sensor
control voltage value (including
all the correction factors)
ALL VO
Setting
range
1 - 255
Default
value
129
Item/Display
AUTO DEVE
AREA
128
AREA
Setting
range
1 - 255
Default
value
128
Content
Area in the
auto
development
adjustment
Current area
Display of the
humidity area when
SIM25-2 is executed
Setting
range
-127 127
Default
value
0
1 - 999
500
-127 127
Setting
range
1 - 14
Default
value
8
Current humidity
area display

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
721(5&21752/'$7$',63/$<
721(5'(1B/7
721(5'(1B67
-127 127
&
1(;7
<

44-21
Purpose
Registration
Function (Purpose) Used to register the target value of the halftone process control.
1 - 999
500
Section
Process
Operation/Procedure
Setting
range
1 - 255
Default
value
128

The half tone process control target is set and the operation data
are displayed.
Display
COMPLETE
ERROR BLACK SENSOR
ADJUSTMENT
[K]
OTHER
Content
Normal complete
error
High density process control error
Other errors

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
Category
Coefficient
Item/Display
[LOW FIELD]
+$/)721(352&2167$1'$5'9$/8(5(*,67(5
728&+>(;(&87(@7+(1(;(&87,2167$57
[MID FIELD]
Reference
value
Correction
value
For printer
(;(&87(
44-22
Information display
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to display the toner patch density

level in the half tone process control operation.
Section
Previous
correction value
[PRINTER_S_VALUE]
[PRINTER_BASE_
DITHER_VALUE]
[PRINTER_AUTO_
HT_VALUE]
[BEFORE S_VALUE]

&/26(
+$/)721(352&215(68/7',63/$<
>/2:),(/'@$%&
>0,'),(/'@$%&
The toner patch density level made in the half tone process
control operation is displayed.
Item/Display
BASE_n
ID_n
[S_VALUE]
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
Process
Operation/Procedure
1)
[SENSOR_TARGET]
Content
Coefficient value of the
approximate equation in the
low density area
Coefficient value of the
approximate equation in the
medium density area
Half tone process control
reference value
Half tone process control
correction value
Printer half tone process
control correction value
Printer half tone process
control reference dither value
Printer auto density
Previous half tone process
control value
Content
Belt substrate data (n = 1 - 6)
Patch data display (n = 1 - 6)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
1(;7
&/26(

+$/)721(&255(&75(68/7
37.
37.
%$6(
,'
44-25
%$6(
%$6(
Purpose
%$6(
%$6(
,'
,'
,'
Section
,'
Process
Operation/Procedure
,'

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
+$/)721(&255(&75(68/7
,'

,'

,'

,'

,'

,'

1)
2)
3)
Press [OK] key.
Item/Display
A
%$&.

B
C
44-24
Purpose
HIGHTLIGHT
POINT
MID FIELD POINT
LOW FIELD
DITHER DEF
MID FIELD DITHER
DEF
LOW POINT COEF
MID POINT COEF
Information display
Function (Purpose) Used to display the correction target and

the correction level in the half tone process
control operation.
Section
Select a target adjustment density level with [] [] key on the

touch panel.


Process
Operation/Procedure
1)
Setting
Function (Purpose) Used to set the calculating conditions of the

correction value for the half tone process
control.
%$6(
Select the display category with [NEXT] key.
Content
Correction point in the
low density area
Correction point in the
medium density area
Input dither difference in
the low density area
Input dither difference in
the medium density area
Correction amount low
density point correction
coefficient
Correction amount
medium density point
correction coefficient
Setting
range
1 - 17
Default
value
7
1 - 17
12
0 - 255
10
0 - 255
10
0 - 100
100
0 - 100
100
44-27

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
$ +,*+7/,*+732,17

Data clear/Reset
Purpose
+$/)721(352&21,1,7,$/9$/8(',63/$<
Function (Purpose) Used to clear the correction data of the half

tone process control.
% 0,'),(/'32,17
& /2:),(/'',7+(5'()
' 0,'),(/'',7+(5'()
Process
Section
( /2:32,17&2()
Operation/Procedure
) 0,'32,17&2()
1)
2)
Press [YES] key.

The correction data of the half tone process control are
cleared.
2.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
+$/)721(352&21$'-8670(17'$7$&/($5
44-26
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to execute the half tone process control compulsory.
Section
Process
Operation/Procedure
The half tone process control is performed and the operation data
are displayed.
COMPLETE
ERROR BLACK SENSOR
ADJUSTMENT
[K]
OTHER
$5(<28685("
<(6
12
(;(&87(
Normal complete
error
High density process control error
Other errors
44-28

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
Purpose
&/26(
+$/)721('(16,7<&255(&7(;(&87,21
Setting
Function (Purpose) Used to set the process control execution

conditions.
728&+>(;(&87(@7+(1(;(&87,2167$57
Section
Process
Operation/Procedure
1)
Process control
Enable/Disable
setting
Item/Display
2)
3)

(;(&87(
Mode

panel.
Content
INITIAL
YES
NO
When warm-up after clearing the

counter of the OPC drum and the
developer unit
When supplying the power (when
clearing shut-off.)
SW ON
TIME
After passing the specified time from

leaving READY continuously (Time can
be changed by INTERVAL TIME)
HUM_LIMIT
HUM judgment is made when turning

ON the power and after passing TIME.
Setting range
Default
value
0
Enable
Disable
0-1
0
1
Process control Disable

BK process control Enable
Pixel count judgment
(Judgement is based on the
setting value of item K, L.)
Pixel count judgment
(Judgement is based on the
setting value of item I.)
1-3
1
2
3
1-3
1
2
3
1-2
1
2
Mode
Item/Display
Process control
Enable/Disable
setting
Process control
conditions
setting
Content
HUM
REV1
YES
NO
REV2_BK
YES
NO
REFRESH
MODE
YES
NO
DAY
PIX_RATIO_BK
INTERVAL TIME
HUM HOUR
HUM_DIF
BK_RATIO
HT_DIF
The temperature and humidity in side

the machine are monitored only during a
job for every 2hours (set by item L).
When the changes in the temperature
and the humidity are greater than the
specified level (the set value of item L) in
comparison with the previous process
control.
When the accumulated rotation time of
the OPC drum unit reaches a certain
level after supply the power.
When the accumulated rotation time of
the BK position OPC drum unit reaches
a certain level after execution of the
previous density correction.
YES/NO setting of the display of the
manual process control key by key
operations
When the next warm-up if there is no job
after a job after passing the specified
days from execution of the previous
process control
Setting range
Default
value
2

1-2
1
2
Enable
Inhibit
0-1
0
1
Enable
Inhibit
0-1
0
1
Key operation display YES

Key operation display NO
0-1
0
1
0 - 999
0: Disable of the specified

days judgment
1 - 999: 1 - 999 days
passing
Magnification ratio setting (%) of the BK toner count specified value
entry of 100 corresponds to 1k of A4 5% print.
Passing time setting of "TIME" (h: hour)
Interval setting of the temperature and humidity monitoring time of

"HUM" (h: hour)
Area difference specified value when compared with the execution of
the previous process control of "HUM
Magnification ratio setting (%) of the specified value of the BK position
OPC drum traveling distance of "REV2_BK
Bias variation difference value used for HT process control execution
judgment
1 - 999
1 - 999
10
1-255
(1-255: 1-255h passed)
1 - 24
12
1-9
1 - 999
(Entry of 20 corresponds
to 100,000mm.)
1-255
30
60

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
352&217,0,1*$'-8670(17
$ ,1,7,$/<(6

% 6:21
& 7,0(
' +80B/,0,7
( +80
) 5(9<(6
* 5(9B%.<(6
+ 5()5(6+02'(
, '$<
- 3,;B5$7,2B%.
. ,17(59$/7,0(
/ +80+285
2.
44-29
Setting
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to set the operating conditions of the

process control during a job.
Process
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)

panel.
2)
3)
Press [OK] key.

Item/Display
A
B
C
COPY
PRINTER
FAX
SELF PRINT

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
+$/)721(6(77,1*
$ &23<+93+7
Content
During copy job
During print job
During FAX print
job
During self print
Setting range
0-2
0: No execution
1: HV only
2: HV HT
Default
value
2
2
2

% 35,17(5+93+7
& )$;+93+7
' 6(/)35,17+93+7
HV: High density process control
2.
HT: Half tone process control

3)
44-37
Setting
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to set the development bias correction level in the continuous printing operation.
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
Select a set target color with the touch panel.
2)
Select a target item with [] [] buttons.
3)
4)
When the adjustment value is increased, the copy density is

increased. When the adjustment value is decreased, the copy density is decreased.
Item/Display
NOTE:
When the print density is varied in the continuous printing operation, this simulation is used.
Current DV
Bias voltage
less than 300[v]

300[v] or more, less
than 450[v]
450[v] or more
Less than 10 [sec] &
after process control
JOB
10 [sec] or more, less
than 60 [sec]
60 [sec] or more, less
than 240 [sec]
240 [sec] or more
Time (T) from

termination of
continuous
outputs to start
of the next
output
operation
Item/
Display
A
B
Default
value
0
0
C
D
0
0
To adjust the copy density in the low density area, select the "LOW"
mode and change the adjustment value. To adjust the copy density
in the high density area, select the "HIGH" mode and change the
adjustment value.
Variable
range
0-5
(*1)
0-12
(*2)
Content
AUTO1
Auto 1
AUTO2
Auto 2
TEXT
Text
TEXT/PRINTED
PHOTO
Text/Printed
Photo
TEXT/PHOTO
Text/
Photograph
PRINTED PHOTO
Printed Photo
PHOTOGRAPH
Photograph
MAP
Map
LOW
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
Setting
range
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
Default
value
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
(;32685($'-8670(17%:>&23<@

$ $872
<Use example>

(*1)
The default of A/B/C is "0" and this function is set to OFF.

When 10 sheets are printed in the multi copy and the 10th output is
lighter than the first sheet, set the values of 1 - 5.
The greater the value is, the darker the density of the 10th sheet or
later.
The correction amount is adjusted by the length of the leaving time.
When (*1) is 1 - 5, the greater the value of (*2) is, the greater the
density of printing is.
(*2)
% $872
& 7(;7
' 7(;735,17('3+272
( 7(;73+272
) 35,17('3+272
* 3+272*5$3+
+ 0$3
/2:
+,*+
2.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
46-4
,0$*('(16,7<'9%$'-8670(176(77,1*

$ '9B$'-B%.B0B'$7$B

Purpose
% '9B$'-B%.B0B'$7$B
& '9B$'-B%.B0B'$7$B
Adjustment
Function (Purpose) Used to adjust the density in the image

send mode (color mode). (N model only)
' '9B$'-B67$57B%.B0B
( '9B$'-B67$57B%.B0B
) '9B$'-B67$57B%.B0B
Section
* '9B$'-B67$57B%.B0B
Operation/Procedure
&
<
2.
1)

panel.
2)

* When the key is pressed, the setting value of each
item can be changed with 1up (1down) collectively.
3)
46
When the adjustment value is increased, the image density is

increased, and vice versa.
46-2
Purpose
Item/Display
Adjustment
Function (Purpose) Used to adjust the copy density in each

monochrome copy mode.
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)

panel.
2)
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
AUTO
TEXT
TEXT/PRINTED
PHOTO
TEXT/PHOTO
PRINTED PHOTO
PHOTOGRAPH
MAP

Content
Auto
Text
Text/Printed Photo
Text/Photograph
Printed Photo
Photograph
Map
Setting
range
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
Default
value
50
50
50
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
50
50
50
50
4)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
(;32685($'-8670(17&2/25>6&$11(5@

$ $872

The color balance can be adjusted separately for the low density
area and the high density area.
When the adjustment value is increased, the image density of the
target color is increased, and vice versa.
% 7(;7
& 7(;735,17('3+272
' 7(;73+272
( 35,17('3+272
Item/Display
) 3+272*5$3+
* 0$3
A
B
Content
LOW DENSITY POINT

HIGH DENSITY POINT
Low density correction amount

High density correction amount
Default
value
50
50

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
2.
&/26(
6&$11(5&2/25%$/$1&($'-8670(17&2/256&$11(502'(
$ /2:'(16,7<32,17

% +,*+'(16,7<32,17

46-5
Purpose
Adjustment
Function (Purpose) Used to adjust the density in the image

send mode (monochrome mode).
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)

panel.
2)

3)

2.
46-9
Purpose
Adjustment (DSPF/RSPF mode)
Function (Purpose) Used to adjust the SPF mode scan image

density (copy, image send mode)
Section
Operation/Procedure
Item/Display
A
B
C
Content
AUTO TEXT
TEXT
TEXT/PRINTED
PHOTO
TEXT/PHOTO
PRINTED PHOTO
PHOTOGRAPH
MAP
D
E
F
G
Automatic/Text
Text
Text/Printed Photo
Text/Photograph
Printed Photo
Photograph
Map
Setting
range
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
Default
value
50
50
50
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
50
50
50
50

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
(;32685($'-8670(17%:>6&$11(5@

$ $8727(;7

1)
Select an adjustment target mode with [OC] and [DSPF] keys

on the touch panel. (DSPF-installed model only)
2)

panel.
3)

4)
This adjustment result affects the image send mode, the copy
mode, and the fax mode.
% 7(;7
& 7(;735,17('3+272
' 7(;73+272
Item
Button
Display
Content
OC
COPY
SIDEA: LOW
DSPF copy mode

exposure
adjustment
(Low density side)
DSPF scanner
mode exposure
adjustment
(Low density side)
DSPF FAX mode
exposure
adjustment
(Low density side)
DSPF copy mode
exposure
adjustment
(High density side)
DSPF scanner
mode exposure
adjustment
(High density side)
DSPF FAX mode
exposure
adjustment
(High density)
( 35,17('3+272
) 3+272*5$3+
* 0$3
SCAN
SIDEA: LOW
FAX SIDEA:
LOW
COPY
SIDEA: HIGH
SCAN
SIDEA: HIGH
FAX SIDEA:
HIGH
2.
46-8
Purpose
Adjustment
Function (Purpose) Used to adjust the image send mode color

balance RGB. (N model only)
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
Select an adjustment target with [R] [G] [B] keys on the touch
panel.
2)

panel.
3)

Setting
range
1 - 99
Default
value
47
1 - 99
47
1 - 99
47
1 - 99
52
1 - 99
52
1 - 99
52
Item
Button
Display
Content
DSPF
COPY
SIDEB: LOW
DSPF copy mode

exposure
adjustment
(Low density side)
DSPF scanner
mode exposure
adjustment
(Low density side)
DSPF FAX mode
exposure
adjustment
(Low density side)
DSPF copy mode
exposure
adjustment
(High density side)
DSPF scanner
mode exposure
adjustment
(High density side)
DSPF FAX mode
exposure
adjustment
(High density)
DSPF color
balance R
DSPF color
balance G
DSPF color
balance B
SCAN
SIDEB: LOW
FAX SIDEB:
LOW
COPY
SIDEB: HIGH
SCAN
SIDEB: HIGH
FAX SIDEB:
HIGH
BALANCE
SIDEB: R
BALANCE
SIDEB: G
BALANCE
SIDEB: B
H
I
Setting
range
1 - 99
Default
value
47
$ &23</2:
$
1 - 99
47
1 - 99
47
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
& )$;6,'($/2:
&23<6,'($+,*+

( 6&$16,'($+,*+
) )$;6,'($+,*+
'63)
2.
COPY: LOW
SCAN: LOW
FAX: LOW
COPY: HIGH
SCAN: HIGH
FAX: HIGH

adjustment
(Low density side)
RSPF scanner mode exposure
adjustment
(Low density side)
adjustment
(Low density side)
adjustment
(High density side)
RSPF scanner mode exposure
adjustment
(High density side)
adjustment
(High density)
46-10
Adjustment
Function (Purpose) Used to adjust the copy density (in each

copy mode).
Operation/Procedure
1)
Select an adjustment target mode with the touch panel key.
2)
Select 600dpi or 1200dpi with the resolution select button.
3)

4)
&/26(
Content
& )$;/2:
Section
% 6&$16,'($/2:
Item/Display
% 6&$1/2:
Purpose
$ &23<6,'($/2:
2&

2.
(;32685($'-8670(1763)

' &23<+,*+

&/26(
(;32685($'-8670(1763)
6,08/$7,2112
7(67

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
Setting
range
1 - 99
Default
value
48
1 - 99
48
1 - 99
48
1 - 99
53
1 - 99
53

A4R (11" x 8.5"R) paper is selected by priority. If there is no A4R
(11" x 8.5"R) paper, A3 (11" x 17") paper is selected.
Item
AUTO1
AUTO2
TEXT
TEXT/PRT PHOTO
TEXT/PHOTO
PRINTED PHOTO
PHOTO
MAP
Item/Display
A POINT1
B POINT2
C POINT3
D POINT4
E POINT5
F POINT6
G POINT7
H POINT8
I POINT9
J POINT10
K POINT11
L POINT12
M POINT13
N POINT14
O POINT15
P POINT16
Q POINT17
Content
Automatic 1
Automatic 2
Text
Text/Printed Photo
Text/Photograph
Printed Photo
Photograph
Map

Point 1
Point 2
Point 3
Point 4
Point 5
Point 6
Point 7
Point 8
Point 9
Point 10
Point 11
Point 12
Point 13
Point 14
Point 15
Point 16
Point 17
Setting range
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
Default value
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
(1*,1(*5$<%$/$1&(0$18$/$'-8670(17
1 - 99
53
$872
$872
7(;7
7(;73573+272
7(;73+272
35,17('3+272
3+272
0$3
(;(&87(

Item/Display
AE_STOP_SCAN
46-16
Adjustment
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to adjust the copy density manually.
Content
Auto B/W exposure
Stop (for scanner)
Auto exposure filter
setting
AE_FILTER
Section
Operation/Procedure
AE_WIDTH
Set value
REALTIME/
STOP
SOFT
NORMAL
SHARP
FULL/PART
AE exposure width
1)

panel.
2)
6,08/$7,2112
7(67

$(B02'(
02'(
02'(
$(B6723B&23<
5($/7,0(
6723
$(B6723B)$;
2))
21
$(B6723B6&$1
5($/7,0(
6723
35(6&$1
$(B),/7(5
62)7
1250$/
6+$53
$(B:,'7+
)8//
3$57
3)
Default value
STOP
NORMAL
FULL

&/26(
(;32685(02'(6(783%:$(

35(6&$1

Item/Display
A POINT1
B POINT2
C POINT3
D POINT4
E POINT5
F POINT6
G POINT7
H POINT8
I
POINT9
J POINT10
K POINT11
L POINT12
M POINT13
N POINT14
O POINT15
P POINT16
Q POINT17

Point 1
Point 2
Point 3
Point 4
Point 5
Point 6
Point 7
Point 8
Point 9
Point 10
Point 11
Point 12
Point 13
Point 14
Point 15
Point 16
Point 17
Setting range
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
Default value
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500

NOTE:
MODE 1
MODE 2
STOP
REALTIME
AE WIDTH
FULL
AE WIDTH
PART

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
46-23
(1*,1(*5$<%$/$1&(0$18$5/$'-8670(17>$//%:@3*

$ 32,17

High gamma (high contrast images)

Normal gamma
The image density in 3 - 7mm area at the lead edge is
scanned, and the output image density is determined
according to the scanned density. (The output image density
is even for all the surface.)
The densities of the document width are scanned
sequentially, and the output image density is determined
according to the density in each area of document. (The
output image density may not be even for all the surface.)
The document density scan area in the monochrome auto
mode is 3 - 7mm at the document lead edge x the document
width. This is not related to the PRESCAN mode.
The document density scan area in the monochrome auto
mode is 3 - 7mm at the document lead edge x 100mm width.
This is not related to the PRESCAN mode.
Purpose
% 32,17
& 32,17
Setting
Function (Purpose) Used to set the density correction of copy

high density section (High density tone gap
supported).
' 32,17
( 32,17
) 32,17
* 32,17
Section
+ 32,17
, 32,17
Operation/Procedure
- 32,17
1)
. 32,17
/ 32,17
(;(&87(
2.
0
1
2)
46-19
Purpose
Setting
Function (Purpose) Used to set the operating conditions of document density scanning (copy, image send
mode).
Scanner
Section
Item/Display
A
K
(0: ENABLE
1: DISABLE)
Operation/Procedure
Select an item to be set with touch panel.
When an item is selected, it is highlighted and the setting change is
saved.
Item/Display
AE_MODE
Content
Auto exposure mode
AE_STOP_COPY
Auto B/W exposure

Stop (for copy)
Auto B/W exposure
Stop (for FAX)
AE_STOP_FAX
Enable
Inhibit
Set value
MODE1,
MODE2
REALTIME/
STOP
ON/OFF
Default value
MODE2
STOP
Content
0
1
K engine highest density

correction mode: Enable
K engine highest density
correction mode: Disable
Setting
range
0-1
Default
value
1
* When tone gap is generated in the high density area, set item A
to "0".
The density of high density part decreases. However, the tone
gap is better.
* To increase the density in the high density area further, set item
A to "1".
The tone gap may occur in high density part.
ON

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
(1*,1(0$;,080'(16,7<$'-8670(1702'(
Adjustment
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to adjust the reproducibility of the

document background density in the automatic copy mode.
$ (1$%/(',6$%/(
46-32

Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
2.
2)
3)

adjustment value is decreased, reproducibility of the background
and the low density image is decreased.
46-24
Adjustment
Purpose

panel.
Function (Purpose) Copy and printer density adjustment

(Auto adjustment)
Item
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
2)
A
B
The adjustment pattern is printed out.
D
E
3)
Press [OK] key.
4)
The half-tone correction execution menu is displayed. Press

[EXECUTE] key.
The half tone correction target registration is processed.
Half-tone correction is executed. When [RESULT] button is

pressed after completion of correction, the data of the half-tone
correction can be checked.
COMPLETE
ERROR BLACK SENSOR
ADJUSTMENT
[K]
OTHER
COPY: OC
COPY: DSPF
(SIDE1)
COPY: DSPF
(SIDE2)
SCAN: OC
SCAN: DSPF
(SIDE1)
SCAN: DSPF
(SIDE2)
FAX: OC
FAX: DSPF
(SIDE1)
FAX: DSPF
(SIDE2)
The automatic adjustment of copy and printer density is executed, and then the adjustment result pattern of the copy mode
as well as that of the printer mode is printed.
Display
Display
G
H
I
Content
Copy mode (for OC)
Copy mode (for DSPF front
surface)
Copy mode (for DSPF
back surface)
Scanner mode (for OC)
Scanner mode (for DSPF
front surface)
Scanner mode (for DSPF
back surface)
FAX mode (for OC)
FAX mode
FAX mode
Setting
range
1 - 250
1 - 250
Default
value
196
196
1 - 250
196
1 - 250
1 - 250
196
196
1 - 250
196
1 - 250
1 - 250
196
196
1 - 250
196

Content
Normal completion
Black sensor abnormality
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
/,0,72)$(5($&7,216(77,1*
$ &23<2&

% &23<'63)6,'(

& &23<'63)6,'(
Half-tone correction [K] abnormality

Other errors
' 6&$12&
( 6&$1'63)6,'(
) 6&$1'63)6,'(
* )$;2&
+ )$;'63)6,'(

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
, )$;'63)6,'(
&/26(
(1*,1(+$/)721($872$'-8670(1702'(5(*8/$5
35(66>(;(&87(@72352&21(;(&87,21$1'35,177+(7(673$7&+
3/($6(86(63(&,),('7<3(2)$25h6,=(3$3(5
)257+,6$'-8670(17
2.
Item
(;(&87(

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
A
B
C
D
E
F
Display
COPY: OC
COPY: RSPF
SCAN: OC
SCAN: RSPF
FAX: OC
FAX: RSPF
Content
Copy mode (OC)
Copy mode (RSPF)
Scanner mode (OC)
Scanner mode (RSPF)
FAX mode (OC)
FAX mode (RSPF)
Setting
range
1 - 250
1 - 250
1 - 250
1 - 250
1 - 250
1 - 250
Default
value
196
196
196
196
196
196
(1*,1(+$/)721($872$'-8670(1702'(5(*8/$5
3/($6(3/$&(35,17('7(673$7&+21'2&80(17*/$667+(135(66>(;(&87(@

/,*+7$5($$7/()76,'(21'2&80(17*/$66
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
/,0,72)$(5($&7,216(77,1*
$ &23<2&

% &23<563)
& 6&$12&
' 6&$1563)
2.
(;(&87(
46-37
Item/Display
Adjustment
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to adjust the reproducibility of the

scan image color document (copy, image
send mode). (N model only)
B
C
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
Select a target item with [] [] keys on the touch panel.
2)
3)
4)
Press [YES] key.
E
F
This simulation is used to adjust the reproducibility of red and yellow images when copy a color document of red and yellow images
in the monochrome mode.
Item/Display
A
B
200 x 100 [DPI]

OFF
200 x 200 [DPI]
OFF
200 x 200 [DPI]
ON
200 x 400 [DPI]
OFF
200 x 400 [DPI]
ON
400 x 400 [DPI]
OFF
400 x 400 [DPI]
ON
600 x 600 [DPI]
OFF
600 x 600 [DPI]
ON
Content
R-Ratio
G-Ratio
Gray making setting (R)

Gray making setting (G)
Setting
range
0 - 1000
0 - 1000
G
H
Default
value
303
697
Content
200 x 100 [DPI]
half tone OFF
200 x 200 [DPI]
half tone OFF
200 x 200 [DPI]
half tone ON
200 x 400 [DPI]
half tone OFF
200 x 400 [DPI]
half tone ON
400 x 400[DPI]
half tone OFF
400 x 400[DPI]
half tone ON
600 x 600[DPI]
half tone OFF
600 x 600[DPI]
half tone ON
Setting
range
0-2
Default
value
1
0-2
0-2
0-2
0-2
0-2
0-2
0-2
0-2

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
* B-Ratio: The value of gray making setting (B) is obtained from

the formula below.
&/26(
,0$*(6(1'6+$531(66$'-8670(17
$ h>'3,@2))
1000-R-Ratio - G-Ratio

When [DEFAULT] key is pressed, the values are set to the initial
values (default).
% h>'3,@2))
& h>'3,@21
' h>'3,@2))
( h>'3,@21
) h>'3,@2))
When the adjustment values of items A and B are decreased, the

copy density of yellow images is increased. When the adjustment
values are increased, the density is decreased.
* h>'3,@21
+ h>'3,@2))
, h>'3,@21
When the adjustment value of item A is decreased and the adjustment value of item B is increased, the copy density of red images is
increased. When the adjustment value of item A is increased and
the adjustment value of item B is decreased, the copy density is
decreased.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
% :,0$*(&5($7($'-8670(17%5DWLR

$
55DWLR
%
*5DWLR
2.
46-40
Adjustment
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to adjust the FAX send image density.

(Collective adjustment of all the modes)

Section
Operation/Procedure
'()$8/7
$5(<28685("
<(6
12
1)
Set the original on the original table.
2)
3)
Press [EXECUTE] key, or [OK] key

When [EXECUTE] key is pressed, the adjustment value is set
and the scanned document image is outputted.
(;(&87(
Item/Display
A
46-39
Purpose
Adjustment
EXPOSURE
LEVEL(ALL)
Function (Purpose) Used to adjust the sharpness of FAX send

images.
Content
Used to adjust the FAX
send image density.
(Collective adjustment of all
the modes)
Setting
range
1 - 99
Default
value
50

Section
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
Operation/Procedure
&/26(
(;32685($'-8670(17)$;$//
$ (;32685(/(9(/$//
1)
2)

3)

Input large numeric value to obtain crispy image. Input small

numeric value to decrease moire.
(;(&87(
2.
46-41
Item/Display
Adjustment
Purpose
EXPOSURE1 H_TONE
EXPOSURE2 H_TONE
EXPOSURE3 H_TONE
EXPOSURE4 H_TONE
EXPOSURE5 H_TONE
EXECUTE
MODE

(Normal)
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
2)
3)

Item/Display
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Content
AUTO
EXPOSURE1
EXPOSURE2
EXPOSURE3
EXPOSURE4
EXPOSURE5
EXECUTE AUTO
MODE
EXP1
EXP2
EXP3
EXP4
EXP5
Auto
Exposure 1
Exposure 2
Exposure 3
Exposure 4
Exposure 5
Print
Auto
mode Exposure 1
Exposure 2
Exposure 3
Exposure 4
Exposure 5
Setting
range
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1-6
1
2
3
4
5
6
Default
value
50
50
50
50
50
50
1
(AUTO)
AUTO
EXP1
EXP2
EXP3
EXP4
EXP5
AUTO
H_TONE
EXP1
H_TONE
EXP2
H_TONE
To check the adjustment density level of items A - F, set the document and set the setting value of item G according to items A - F,
and press [EXECUTE] key.
EXP3
H_TONE

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
Content
EXP4
H_ONE
&/26(
(;32685($'-8670(17)$;1250$/
$ $872

% (;32685(
EXP5
H_TONE
& (;32685(

' (;32685(
( (;32685(
) (;32685(
Fine/Exposure 1/
Half tone
Fine/Exposure 2/
Half tone
Fine/Exposure 3/
Half tone
Fine/Exposure 4/
Half tone
Fine/Exposure 5/
Half tone
Print
Fine/Auto
mode Fine/
Exposure 1
Fine/
Exposure 2
Fine/
Exposure 3
Fine/
Exposure 4
Fine/
Exposure 5
Fine/
Automatic/
halftone
Fine/
Exposure 1
/Half tone
Fine/
Exposure 2
/Half tone
Fine/
Exposure 3
/Half tone
Fine/
Exposure 4
/Half tone
Fine/
Exposure 5
/Half tone
Setting
range
1 - 99
Default
value
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
112
1
2
1
(AUTO)
3
4
5
6
7
10
11
12
To check the adjustment density level of items A - L, set the document and set the setting value of item M according to items A - L,
* (;(&87(02'($872

(;(&87(
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
2.
&/26(
(;32685($'-8670(17)$;),1(
$ $872

46-42
& (;32685(
' (;32685(
Purpose
Adjustment
( (;32685(
) (;32685(

(Fine)
* $872+B721(
+ (;32685(+B721(
, (;32685(+B721(
Section
- (;32685(+B721(
Operation/Procedure
. (;32685(+B721(
1)
2)
3)
/ (;32685(+B721(
(;(&87(

Item/Display
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
% (;32685(
AUTO
EXPOSURE1
EXPOSURE2
EXPOSURE3
EXPOSURE4
EXPOSURE5
AUTO H_TONE
Content
Fine/Automatic
Fine/Exposure 1
Fine/Exposure 2
Fine/Exposure 3
Fine/Exposure 4
Fine/Exposure 5
Fine/Automatic/
Half tone
Setting
range
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
Default
value
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
2.
46-43
Purpose
Adjustment

(Super Fine)
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
2)
3)

Item/Display
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
AUTO
EXPOSURE1
EXPOSURE2
EXPOSURE3
EXPOSURE4
EXPOSURE5
AUTO H_TONE
EXPOSURE1
H_TONE
EXPOSURE2
H_TONE
EXPOSURE3
H_TONE
EXPOSURE4
H_TONE
EXPOSURE5
H_TONE
EXECUTE AUTO
MODE
EXP1
I
J
K
L
M
EXP2
EXP3
EXP4
EXP5
AUTO
H_TONE
EXP1
H_TONE
EXP2
H_TONE
EXP3
H_TONE
EXP4
H_TONE
EXP5
H_TONE
Content
Super Fine/Auto
Super Fine/Exposure 1
Super Fine
/Auto/Half tone
/Half tone
/Half tone
/Half tone
/Half tone
/Half tone
Print
Super Fine
mode
/Auto
Super Fine
/Exposure 1
Super Fine
/Exposure 2
Super Fine
/Exposure 3
Super Fine
/Exposure 4
Super Fine
/Exposure 5
Super Fine
/Auto
/Half tone
Super Fine
/Exposure 1
/Half tone
Super Fine
/Exposure 2
/Half tone
Super Fine
/Exposure 3
/Half tone
Super Fine
/Exposure 4
/Half tone
Super Fine
/Exposure 5
/Half tone
Setting
range
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
Default
value
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
112
1
(AUTO)
46-44
Adjustment
Purpose

(Ultra fine)
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
2)
3)

Item/Display
A
B
AUTO
EXPOSURE1
EXPOSURE2
EXPOSURE3
EXPOSURE4
EXPOSURE5
AUTO H_TONE
EXPOSURE1 H_TONE
EXPOSURE2 H_TONE
EXPOSURE3 H_TONE
EXPOSURE4 H_TONE
EXPOSURE5 H_TONE
EXECUTE
MODE
2
3
4
5
6
7
10
AUTO
EXP1
EXP2
11
EXP3
12
EXP4
EXP5
AUTO
H_TONE
EXP1
H_TONE

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
(;32685($'-8670(17)$;683(5),1(
$ $872

EXP2
H_TONE
% (;32685(
& (;32685(
' (;32685(
EXP3
H_TONE
( (;32685(
) (;32685(
* $872+B721(
+ (;32685(+B721(
EXP4
H_TONE
, (;32685(+B721(
- (;32685(+B721(
. (;32685(+B721(
EXP5
H_TONE
/ (;32685(+B721(
(;(&87(
2.
Content
Ultra Fine/Auto
Ultra Fine/Exposure
1
Ultra Fine/Exposure
2
Ultra Fine/Exposure
3
Ultra Fine/Exposure
4
Ultra Fine/Exposure
5
Ultra Fine/Auto/Half
tone
Ultra Fine/Exposure
1/Half tone
Ultra Fine/Exposure
2/Half tone
Ultra Fine/Exposure
3/Half tone
Ultra Fine/Exposure
4/Half tone
Ultra Fine/Exposure
5/Half tone
Print
Ultra Fine/
mode Auto
Ultra Fine/
Exposure 1
Ultra Fine/
Exposure 2
Ultra Fine/
Exposure 3
Ultra Fine/
Exposure 4
Ultra Fine/
Exposure 5
Ultra Fine/
Auto/Half
tone
Ultra Fine/
Exposure
1/Half tone
Ultra Fine/
Exposure 2
/Half tone
Ultra Fine/
Exposure 3
/Half tone
Ultra Fine/
Exposure 4
/Half tone
Ultra Fine/
Exposure 5
/Half tone
Setting
range
1 - 99
1 - 99
Default
value
50
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
112
1
(AUTO)
2
3
4
5
6
7
10
11
12

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
(;32685($'-8670(17)$;8/75$),1(
$ $872

(;32685(

& (;32685(
' (;32685(
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
( (;32685(
&/26(
(;32685($'-8670(17)$;'3,
) (;32685(
$ $872
$872+B721(
+ (;32685(+B721(

, (;32685(+B721(
% (;32685(
& (;32685(
' (;32685(
- (;32685(+B721(
. (;32685(+B721(
( (;32685(
/ (;32685(+B721(
) (;32685(
(;(&87(
2.
* $872+B721(
+ (;32685(+B721(
, (;32685(+B721(
46-45
- (;32685(+B721(
Adjustment
Purpose
. (;32685(+B721(
/ (;32685(+B721(

(600dpi).
(;(&87(
2.
Section
Operation/Procedure
46-47
1)
Purpose
2)
3)
Function (Purpose) Used to set the compression rate of copy

and scan images (JPEG).

Item/Display
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
AUTO
EXPOSURE1
EXPOSURE2
EXPOSURE3
EXPOSURE4
EXPOSURE5
AUTO H_TONE
EXPOSURE1 H_TONE
EXPOSURE2 H_TONE
EXPOSURE3 H_TONE
EXPOSURE4 H_TONE
EXPOSURE5 H_TONE
EXECUTE
MODE
AUTO
EXP1
EXP2
EXP3
EXP4
EXP5
AUTO
H_TONE
EXP1
H_TONE
EXP2
H_TONE
EXP3
H_TONE
EXP4
H_TONE
EXP5
H_TONE
Content
600dpi/Auto 1
600dpi/Exposure 1
600dpi/Exposure 2
600dpi/Exposure 3
600dpi/Exposure 4
600dpi/Exposure 5
600dpi/Auto
/Half tone 1
600dpi/Exposure 1
/Half tone
600dpi/Exposure 2
/Half tone
600dpi/Exposure 3
/Half tone
600dpi/Exposure 4
/Half tone
600dpi/Exposure 5
/Half tone
Print
600dpi/Auto
mode 600dpi/
Exposure 1
600dpi/
Exposure 2
600dpi/
Exposure 3
600dpi/
Exposure 4
600dpi/
Exposure 5
600dpi/Auto/
Half tone
600dpi/
Exposure 1
/Half tone
600dpi/
Exposure 2
/Half tone
600dpi/
Exposure 3
/Half tone
600dpi/
Exposure 4
/Half tone
600dpi/
Exposure 5
/Half tone
Setting
range
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
Default
value
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
112
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Setting
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
2)
3)
Press [OK] key.

The set value is saved.
[N model]
Operation
mode
(COLOR)
(Document
filing (COLOR
mode))
Item/Display
Content
COPY
(C)
Low
compression
(Color)
Medium
compression
(Color)
High
compression
(Color)
Super
low compression
(Color)
Low
compression
(Gray)
Medium
compression
(Gray)
High
compression
(Gray)
Super
low compression
(Gray)
LOW
MIDDLE
HIGH
LOWER
1
(AUTO)
COPY
(GRAY)
(Copy/
Document
filing
(Monochrome
half-tone
mode))
COPY
(G)
LOW
MIDDLE
HIGH
10
11
12
LOWER
Setting
range
0
Default
value
0 (LOW)
0 (LOW)
Operation
mode
PUSH SCAN
(COLOR)
(Scanner
(Color mode))
Item/Display
Content
SCAN
(C)
(*1)
Medium
compression
mode 1
Low
compression
Medium
compression
mode 2
Medium
compression
Medium
compression
mode 3
High
compression
Medium
compression
mode 1
Low
compression
Medium
compression
mode 2
Medium
compression
Medium
compression
mode 3
High
compression
MIDDLE
1
MIDDLE
2
MIDDLE
3
PUSH SCAN
(GRAY)
(Scanner
(Monochrome
half-tone
mode))
SCAN
(G)
(*1)
MIDDLE
1
MIDDLE
2
MIDDLE
3
Setting
range
0
Default
value
0
(MIDDLE
1)
Operation
mode
COPY
(GRAY)
(Copy gray)
(Scanner
(Monochrome
half-tone
mode))
Item/Display
A
MIDDLE
Low compression
(Gray)
Medium
compression
(Gray)
High compression
(Gray)
Super low
compression
(Gray)
Setting
range
0
Default
value
0
(LOW)

&/26(
&23<6&$1&2035(665$7($'-8670(17
0
(MIDDLE
1)
$ &23<*/2:

2.
46-48
Setting
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to set the output resolution in each

copy mode. (N model only)
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
Select the output resolution of each copy mode with the key.
In order to change the reproducibility of line images, change
this setting.
600dpi mode: Line images becomes thicker. The reproducibility of

line images is increased.
&/26(
&23<6&$10)335,17&2035(665$7($'-8670(17
1200dpi mode: Line images are reproduced finer than 600dpi

mode.
Item
AUTO
TEXT
TEXT PRT
$ &23<&/2:
Content
6,08/$7,2112
7(67

LOW
LOWER
NOTE: When the compression rate is increased, the HDD capacity

in the document filing mode is decreased. On the other hand, however, the image quality of some documents may be remarkably
reduced.
COPY
(G)
HIGH
*1: Setting of compression rate for images when the image compression rate is set to "Medium" in the user mode.
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
[U model] (Enable when the HDD is installed)
% &23<*/2:
TEXT PHOTO
& 6&$1&0,''/(

' 6&$1*0,''/(
PRINTED PHOTO
PHOTO
MAP
2.
Button
display
600DPI
1200DPI*
600DPI
1200DPI*
600DPI
1200DPI*
600DPI
1200DPI*
600DPI
1200DPI*
600DPI
1200DPI*
600DPI
1200DPI*
Automatic
Default
value
600DPI
Text
600DPI
Text printed photo
600DPI
Text photograph
1200DPI
Printed photo
1200DPI
Photograph
1200DPI
Map
600DPI
Content
* The 1200dpi mode is available only for the N model.
[Displayed only N model]

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
)81&7,216(77,1*)25&23<287387
$872
'3,
'3,
7(;7
'3,
'3,
7(;7357
'3,
'3,
7(;73+272
'3,
'3,
35,17('3+272
'3,
'3,
3+272
'3,
'3,
0$3
'3,
'3,

46-51
Purpose
Adjustment
Function (Purpose) Used to adjust the gamma for the copy

mode heavy paper mode and the image
process mode (manual adjustment).
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
Select a target adjustment mode with the touch panel key

[PAPER/DITHER].
2)

touch panel.
3)
4)
Press [EXECUTE] key, or [OK] key.
Item/Display
HEAVY
600ED
When [EXECUTE] key is pressed, the self print image is outputted.

When the image density is insufficient or a background copy is
made in heavy paper copy, change this adjustment value to adjust
the image density.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
Item/Display
POINT1
POINT2
POINT3
POINT4
POINT5
POINT6
POINT7
POINT8
POINT9
POINT10
POINT11
POINT12
POINT13
POINT14
POINT15
POINT16
POINT17

Point 1
Point 2
Point 3
Point 4
Point 5
Point 6
Point 7
Point 8
Point 9
Point 10
Point 11
Point 12
Point 13
Point 14
Point 15
Point 16
Point 17
Setting range
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
245 - 755
HEAVY
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
1200ED
(N model only)
DITH1
Content
Heavy paper
Error diffusion
(600dpi)
Error diffusion
(1200dpi)
600dpi Dither
DITH2
(N model only)
1200dpi
dither
DITH3
(N model only)
1200dpi
dither
600ED
500
500
501
501
502
503
508
513
489
465
451
437
416
410
408
500
500

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
&23,(5+($9<3$3(5*$00$$'-8670(17+($9<
$ 32,17

% 32,17
& 32,17

' 32,17
( 32,17
) 32,17
* 32,17
+ 32,17
, 32,17
- 32,17
. 32,17
/ 32,17
3$3(5',7+(5
(;(&87(
2.
1200ED
500
507
526
537
564
579
594
579
522
451
398
357
325
306
303
500
500
For PRINTED PHOTO/

PHOTO MODE
For TEXT PRINTED PHOTO /
TEXT PHOTO / PRINTED PHOTO
MODE
For PHOTO MODE
DITH1
500
500
499
499
498
498
498
508
519
532
528
546
567
558
536
500
500
DITH2
500
517
523
525
533
540
549
526
481
459
483
492
474
449
425
500
500
DITH3
500
514
525
527
531
532
529
506
473
491
522
555
543
511
477
500
500
46-52
Item/Display
Data clear/Reset
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to set the gamma default for the copy
mode heavy paper and the image process
mode. (The set values of SIM46-51 are set
to the default values.)
SEGMENT:
ADJUST [BK/CL]
SEGMENT:
ADJUST [TXT ON
BG]
SEGMENT:
ADJUST [SCR]
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
Select an item to be set to the default with the touch panel key.
2)
3)
Press [YES] key.
Content
Detection level
adjustment:
Chroma/Achroma
judgment
Detection level
adjustment:
Text on background
Detection level
adjustment:
Dot
To reset the adjustment values of all the items, select [ALL].
4)
Setting
range
1-5
Default
value
3
1-5
1-5

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
$ 6(*0(176:,7&+>7;7216&5@

6,08/$7,2112
7(67

',7+
',7+
& 6(*0(176:,7&+>60$//6&5@
( 6(*0(17$'-867>&/7;7@
&23<&$/,%5$7,21'$7$&/($5$7',7+(5
('
% 6(*0(176:,7&+>/,1(6&5@
' 6(*0(17$'-867>%.7;7@
&/26(
+($9<3$3(5
&/26(
6(*0(17/(9(/$'-8670(17
('
) 6(*0(17$'-867>%.7;7&/7;7@
',7+
* 6(*0(17$'-867>%.&/@
+ 6(*0(17$'-867>7;721%*@
, 6(*0(17$'-867>6&5@
2.
46-63
$//
$5(<28685("
<(6
12
(;(&87(

46-61
Purpose
Section
Adjustment
Function (Purpose) Used to adjust the area separation recognition level in the image send mode (color,
gray, auto exposure mode). (N model only)
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
Select a target adjustment item with [] [] key on the touch

panel.
2)
Enter the adjustment value using the 10-key.
3)
Press [OK] key.

When the adjustment value is changed greatly from the initial value, an image quality trouble may occur.
Operation/Procedure
1)
B
C
SEGMENT:
SWITCH [TXT ON
SCR]
SEGMENT:
SWITCH [LINE SCR]
SEGMENT:
SWITCH [SMALL
SCR]
SEGMENT:
ADJUST [BK TXT 1]
SEGMENT:
ADJUST [CL TXT 1]
SEGMENT:
ADJUST [BK TXT 2,
CL TXT 2]
Content
Detection ON/OFF:
Text on dot
Detection ON/OFF:
line screen
Detection ON/OFF:
Dot in a small area
Setting
range
0-1
Default
value
0
0-1
0-1

panel.
2)
3)
Press [OK] key.

adjustment value is decreased, reproducibility of the background
and the low density image is decreased.
Item/Display
A
B
C
D
Item/Display
A
Adjustment
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to adjust the density in the low density area of a scan image. (N model only)
E
F
G
COLOR PUSH: TEXT/

PRINTED PHOTO
COLOR PUSH: TEXT
COLOR PUSH:
PRINTED PHOTO
COLOR PUSH:
PHOTOGRAPH
COLOR PUSH: TEXT/
PHOTO
COLOR PUSH: MAP
COLOR PUSH: AUTO
Content
Text print
(Color PUSH)
Text (Color PUSH)
Printed photo
(Color PUSH)
Photograph
(Color PUSH)
Text photograph
(Color PUSH)
Map (Color PUSH)
Automatic
(Color PUSH)
Setting
range
1-9
Default
value
3
1-9
1-9
3
5
1-9
1-9
1-9
1-9
5
5

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
%*5(029($'-8670(17
Detection level
adjustment:
Black text 1
Detection level
adjustment:
Color text 1
Detection level
adjustment:
Black text 2, Color
text 2
1-5
$ &2/25386+7(;735,17('3+272

1-5
% &2/25386+7(;7
& &2/25386+35,17('3+272
' &2/25386+3+272*5$3+
( &2/25386+7(;73+272
) &2/25386+0$3
* &2/25386+$872
1-5
2.
46-64
Item
Button
COLOR
Adjustment
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to set the image process mode in

each copy mode.
Section
1)
Select a target mode of setting with [] [] key on the touch

panel.
2)
3)
Press [OK] key.
0: Error diffusion process
Setting
range
0-1
Default
value
0
Printed photo
Photograph
Text photograph
Text print: Toner save
0-1
0-1
0-1
0-1
1
1
1
0
Text photograph:
Toner save
0-1
Item/Display
Content
TEXT/PRINTED
PHOTO
PRINTED PHOTO
PHOTOGRAPH
TEXT/PHOTO
TEXT/PRINTED
PHOTO (TS)
TEXT/PHOTO (TS)
B
C
D
E
F
1: Dither pattern process
Text print
Content
LUMINANCE
ADJUSTMENT
CHROMA
INTENT
NEUTRAL
ADJUSTMENT
R-RATIO
ADJUSTMENT
G-RATIO
ADJUSTMENT
BG LAYER
INTENT 1
BG LAYER
INTENT 2
Operation/Procedure
Display
BG
LAYER
Luminance
adjustment
Chroma
selection
Neutral
adjustment
Gray scale
adjustment (R)
Gray scale
adjustment (G)
Speed priority
setting
Image quality
priority setting
Setting
range
0-4
Default
value
2
0-2
0-2
01000
01000
0-2
299
587
0-2

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
&203$&73')6(77,1*6
$ */<3+6(16,7,9,7<

% %*6:)25),1'/,1(6
& +25),1'/,1(66:
9(57),1'/,1(66:
( )*&2/25,1'(;,1*6(/
) )*&2/25,1'(;,1*$'-

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
+$/)721(6(/(&7',7+(5('
$ 7(;735,17('3+272

7(;7
&2/25
%*/$<(5
2.
% 35,17('3+272
& 3+272*5$3+
' 7(;73+272
( 7(;735,17('3+27276
48
) 7(;73+27276
48-1
Purpose
Adjustment
Function (Purpose) Used to adjust the scan image magnification ratio (in the main scanning direction
and the sub scanning direction).
2.
46-90
Section
Purpose
Operation/Procedure
Adjustment
Scanner
Function (Purpose) Used to set the process operation of highcompression PDF images. (N model only)
1)
Section
2)
Operation/Procedure
3)
Press [OK] key.
1)
Select a target adjustment mode with [TEXT], [COLOR] and

[BG LAYER] keys.
2)
Select a target adjustment item with [] [] key.
3)
4)
Press [OK] key.
A change of "1" in the adjustment value of item B or D corresponds

to a change of about 0.1% in the copy magnification ratio.
Item
Button
Display
Content
TEXT
GLYPH
SENSITIVITY
BG SW FOR
FINDLINES
HOR
FINDLINES SW
VERT
FINDLINES SW
FGCOLOR
INDEXING SEL
Text handling
selection
Line handling
selection
Line detection
SW (H)
Line detection
SW (V)
Text color
number
adjustment SW
Text color
adjustment
C
D
E
FGCOLOR
INDEXING ADJ

When the adjustment value is increased, the image magnification
ratio is increased.
A change of "1" in the adjustment value of item A, C or E corresponds to a change of about 0.02% in the copy magnification ratio.

panel.
Setting
range
0-2
Default
value
0
0-1
0-2
0-2
0-3
0-4
Item/Display
A
CCD(MAIN)
CCD(SUB)
SPF(MAIN)
SPF(SUB)
Content
SCAN main scanning
magnification ratio
adjustment (CCD)
SCAN sub scanning
magnification ratio
adjustment (CCD)
DSPF document front
DSPF document front
Setting
range
1 - 99
Default
value
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
Item/Display
E
SPFB(MAIN)
Content
DSPF document back
Setting
range
1 - 99
Default
value
50
When there is an error in the image magnification ratio in reduction,

change the adjustment value in the high speed mode. When there
is an error in the image magnification ratio in enlargement, change
the adjustment value in the low speed mode.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
0$*1,),&$7,21$'-8670(17
Item/Display
Content
A
B
MR (HI)
MR(MID)
C
D
MR(LO)
SPF(HI)
SPF(MID)
Scanner motor (High speed)

Scanner motor
(Reference speed)
Scanner motor (Low speed)
Document feed (SPF) motor
(High speed)
Document feed (SPF) motor
(Reference speed)
$ &&'0$,1

% &&'68%

& 63)0$,1
' 63)68%
( 63)%0$,1
Setting
range
1 - 99
1 - 99
Default
value
50
50
1 - 99
1 - 99
50
50
1 - 99
50
Scan speed
Unit
2.
OC
RSPF
DSPF
Item/Display
A
CCD(MAIN)
CCD(SUB)
SPF(MAIN)
SPF(SUB)
SPFB(MAIN)
SPFB(SUB)
HI
346.0mm/s
259.5mm/s
346.0mm/s
Content
SCAN main scanning
magnification ratio
adjustment (CCD)
SCAN sub scanning
magnification ratio
adjustment (CCD)
RSPF document front
RSPF document front
RSPF document back
RSPF document back
Setting
range
1 - 99
Default
value
50
Reference speed
MID
173.0mm/s
173.0mm/s
173.0mm/s

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
0272563(('$'-8670(17
1 - 99
50
$ 05+,

1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
% 050,'

& 05/2
' 63)+,
( 63)0,'
2.
1 - 99
50

6,08/$7,2112
7(67

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
$ 05+,
&/26(

$ &&'0$,1

&/26(
0272563(('$'-8670(17
0$*1,),&$7,21$'-8670(17
LO
86.5mm/s
% 050,'

& 05/2
' 63)+,
% &&'68%
2.
& 63)0$,1

' 63)68%
2.
48-6
Purpose
48-5
Purpose
Adjustment
Function (Purpose) Used to correction the scan image magnification ratio (in the sub scanning direction).
Section
Scanner
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
Operation/Procedure
1)

panel.
2)
3)
Press [OK] key.
Adjustment
Function (Purpose) Used to adjust the rotation speed of each

motor.

panel.
2)
3)
Press [OK] key.


When the image magnification ratio in the sub scanning direction is
adjusted with SIM48-1, and a different magnification ratio is specified, and the image magnification ratio is not satisfactory, perform
this adjustment.
When the adjustment value is increased, the speed is increased,

and vice versa. A change of 1 in the adjustment value corresponds
to a change of about 0.1% in the speed.
Item/Display
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
Content
RRM
DVM_K
(DM)
FSM (FUM)
PFM
POM
FUSER
SETTING
RRM
START
RRM END
Resist motor correction value

Developing K motor correction
value
Fusing motor correction value
Paper transport motor correction
value
Paper exit motor correction value
Fusing speed select timing
RRM speed increasing start
timing
RRM speed increasing end timing
Setting
range
1 - 99
1 - 99
Default
value
47
41
1 - 99
1 - 99
56
50
1 - 99
1 - 99
51
50
0 - 255
0 - 255
38
NOTE: This must be set to the default unless any change is specially required.
When the adjustment value is set to a value greatly different from the default value, a jam, paper wrinkle, or image
quality trouble may occur.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
9(/2&,7<$'-8670(17
$ 550

% '90B.'0

& )60)80
' 3)0
( 320
) )86(56(77,1*
* 55067$57
+ 550(1'
&2/25
0212
+($9<
2.
49-1
Version upgrade
Function (Purpose) Used to perform the firmware update.

Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
Save the firmware to the USB memory.
2)
Insert the USB memory into the main unit. (Use USB I/F of the
operation panel section.)
3)
Select a target firmware file for update with the touch panel.
4)
Select a target firmware.
5)
6)
Press [YES] key.
Press [ALL] key to select all the Firmware collectively.
The selected firmware is updated.

When the operation is normally completed, "COMPLETE" is
displayed. When terminated abnormally, "ERROR" is displayed.
Item/Display
CONFIG
ICU (MAIN)
ICU (BOOTM)
ICU (BOOTCN)
LANGUAGE
GRAPHIC
SLIST
PCU (BOOT)
PCU (MAIN)
DESK (BOOT)
DESK (MAIN)
Content
Side LCC (A4) Boot section
Side LCC (A4) main section
Inner finisher BOOT section
Inner finisher MAIN section
1K finisher Boot section
1K finisher Main section
Punch unit Boot section for 1K finisher
Punch unit Main section for 1K finisher
SCU Boot section
SCU Main section
DSPF Boot section (DSPF-installed model only)
DSPF Main section (DSPF-installed model only)
FAX1 Boot section
FAX1 Main section
ESC/P font
PDL font
Animation data
MFP ASIC data
WEB help
UNICODE table
ACRE Boot section (N model only)
ACRE Main section (N model only)
ACRE table (N model only)
List of error displays in case of abnormal end
49
Purpose
Item/Display
A4LCC (BOOT)
A4LCC (MAIN)
FIN (BOOT)
FIN (MAIN)
1KFIN (BOOT)
1KFIN (MAIN)
4KFIN(BOOT)
4KFIN(MAIN)
1KPUNCH (BOOT)
1KPUNCH (MAIN)
4KPUNCH (BOOT)
4KPUNCH (MAIN)
SCU (BOOT)
SCU (MAIN)
DSPF (BOOT)
DSPF (MAIN)
FAX (BOOT)
FAX(MAIN)
ESCP_FONT
PDL_FONT
ANIMATION
IMAGE_DATA
WEB HELP
UNICODE
ACRE (BOOT)
ACREM (MAIN)
ACRE_DATA
Content
Configuration data
ICU Main section former half
ICU Boot section main
ICU Boot section CN
Language support data program (General term)
Graphic data for L-LCD
SLIST data for L-LCD
PCU Boot section
PCU Main section
Desk unit BOOT section
Desk unit MAIN section
Item/Display
CONF
ICUM
ICUBM
ICUCN
LANG
GRAPH
SLIST
PCUB
PCUM
DESKB
DESKM
LCC4B
LCC4M
FINB
FINM
FIN1B
FIN1M
FIN4B
FIN4M
1PUNB
1PUNM
4PUNB
4PUNM
SCUB
SCUM
DSPFB
DSPFM
FAXB
FAXM
ESCP
PDL
ANIME
IMGDT
WEBHP
UNICD
ACREB
ACREM
ACRED
Content
Configuration data
ICU Main section former half
ICU Boot section main
ICU Boot section CN
Language support data program (General term)
Graphic data for L-LCD
SLIST data for L-LCD
PCU Boot section
PCU Main section
Desk unit BOOT section
Desk unit MAIN section
Side LCC (A4) Boot section
Side LCC (A4) main section
Inner finisher BOOT section
Inner finisher MAIN section
SCU Boot section
SCU Main section
DSPF Boot section (DSPF-installed model only)
DSPF Main section (DSPF-installed model only)
FAX1 Boot section
FAX1 Main section
ESC/P font
PDL font
Animation data
Image ASIC data
WEB help
UNICODE table
ACRE Boot section (N model only)
ACRE Main section (N model only)
ACRE table (N model only)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
),50:$5(83'$7(>XVEEG@
&/26(
:$7(50$5.83'$7(>XVEEG@
',5!)2/'(5
),/(
',5!)2/'(5
),/(
),/(
',5!)2/'(5
),/(
',5!)2/'(5
',5!:0

49-3
Function (Purpose) Used to install and update the Operation
Manual data stored in the HDD.
(N model only)
Section
Insert the USB memory into the main unit.
* When the USB is not inserted, "INSERT A STORANGE EMANUAL STORED ON" is displayed. When [OK] key is
pressed, the display is shifted to the folder select menu 1.
2)
50-1
Press the folder button of the operation manual data. (The display is shifted to the operation manual update menu.)
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)

panel.
2)

Set the items other than RRCA, LEAD, and SIDE to the
default.
The current version and the update version are displayed.

3)
RRCA: Image lead edge reference position adjustment
[EXECUTE] key is highlighted, and [YES] [NO] keys becomes

active from gray out.
4)
When [YES] key is pressed, the selected operation manual is

updated.
LEAD: Lead edge image loss adjustment

SIDE: Side image loss adjustment
3)
When update is completed normally, "COMPLETE" is displayed. When terminated abnormally, "ERROR" is displayed.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
Item/Display
A
&/26(
(0$18$/83'$7(>XVEEG@
',5!)2/'(5
),/(
),/(
',5!)2/'(5
',5!0$18$/
F
G

H
I
49-5
Purpose
Lead
edge
adjustment
value
C
D
E

Adjustment
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Copy image position, image loss adjustment
Operation/Procedure
1)

50
Install
Purpose

Install
Function (Purpose) Used to install and update the watermark

data stored in the HDD.
Section
1)
2)
Select the button of the folder to perform the watermark

update.
3)
4)
5)
Press [YES] key.
RRCB-CS12
RRCB-CS34
RRCB-LCC
RRCB-MFT
Image
loss area
setting
value
Void area
adjustment
Operation/Procedure
RRCA
RRCB-ADU
LEAD
SIDE
DENA
DENB
FRONT/
REAR
Offcenter
adjustment
Magnification
ratio
correction
The selected watermark is updated.
OFFSET
_OC
SCAN
_SPEED
_OC
Content
Document lead
edge reference
position (OC)
Resist
Standard
motor
Tray
ON
Desk
timing
LCC
adjust- Manual
ment
paper
feed
ADU
Lead edge image
loss area setting
Side image loss
area adjustment
Lead edge void
area adjustment
Rear edge void
area adjustment
FRONT/REAR
void area
adjustment
SCAN sub
scanning
magnification ratio
adjustment (CCD)
Setting
range
0 - 99
Default
value
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
50
50
50
1 - 99
0 - 99
50
30
0 - 99
20
1 - 99
30
1 - 99
30
1 - 99
20
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
Item/Display
N
Sub
scanning
direction
print area
correction
value
O
P
Content
DENB-MFT
DENB-CS1
DENB-CS2
DENB-CS3
DENB-CS4
DENB-LCC
DENB-ADU
Manual feed
correction value
Tray 1 correction
value
Tray 2 correction
value
Tray 3 correction
value
Tray 4 correction
value
LCC correction
value
ADU correction
value
Setting
range
1 - 99
Default
value
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
66
L1: Distance from the lead edge of the copied image to 10mm
scale.
L2: Distance from the paper lead edge to the copy image lead
edge.
L1
Paper lead
edge
A. (RRC-A) Timing from starting document scanning to specifying

the image lead edge reference is adjusted. (0.1mm/step)
L2
* When the value is decreased, the timing is advanced. When

the value is increased, the timing is delayed.
400% enlargement copy
B - F. (RRC-B) Timing of paper (resist roller ON) for the image position on the transfer belt is adjusted. (0.1mm/step)
* When the value is decreased, the timing is delayed. When the
value is increased, the timing is advanced.
G. (LEAD) The lead edge image loss amount is adjusted. (0.1mm/
step)
Fig. 1
4)
5)
Make a copy at the magnification ratio of 100%, and adjust the

rear edge void.
* When the value is increased, the image loss is increased.

H. (SIDE) The side image loss amount is adjusted.
* When the value is increased, the image loss is increased.
(0.1mm/step)
Item/Display
A
I. (DEN-A) The paper lead edge void amount is adjusted. (0.1mm/

step)
Actual
measurement
value
L1
* When the value is increased, the void is increased.

J. (DEN-B) The paper rear edge void amount is adjusted. (0.1mm/
step)
L2
* When the value is increased, the void is increased.

K. (FRONT/REAR) The void amount on the right and left edges of
paper is adjusted. (0.1mm/step)
Image loss
area setting
value
LEAD

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
/($'('*($'-8670(179$/8(
$ 55&$

% 55&%&6
SIDE
& 55&%&6
' 55&%/&&
( 55&%0)7
) 55&%$'8
* /($'
+ 6,'(
, '(1$
- '(1%
Void area
adjustment
DENA
. )52175($5
/ 2))6(7B2&
2.
DENB
FRONT/
REAR
50-2
Purpose
Adjustment
Function (Purpose) Used to adjust the copy image position and

the image loss (simple adjustment).
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
Set item A (L1) and item B (L2) to 0.
2)
Place a rule on the left edge of the document table, and make
a copy at a magnification ratio of 400%.
3)
Measure the length of L1 and L2 on the copied image in the

unit of 0.1mm (referring to the figure below). Enter the adjustment values of L1 x 10 and L2 x 10. Be sure to enter the both
adjustment values of L1 and L2.
Description
Distance from the
image lead edge to
the scale of 10mm.
(Platen 400%,
0.1mm increment)
Distance from the
paper lead edge to
the image lead edge
(0.1mm increment)
Lead edge image
loss amount setting
(When the
adjustment value is
increased, the image
loss is increased.)
Side edge image
loss amount setting
(When the
adjustment value is
increased, the image
loss is increased.)
Lead edge void area
adjustment (When
the adjustment value
is increased, the
void is increased.)
Rear edge void area
adjustment (When
the adjustment value
is increased, the
void is increased.)
FRONT/REAR void
amount adjustment
(When the
adjustment value is
increased, the void
is increased.)
Setting
range
0 - 999
Default
value
-
0 - 999
0 - 99
30
0 - 99
20
1 - 99
30
1 - 99
30
1 - 99
20
Same as the adjusted items of SIM50-01 except for A and B.

The values adjusted with A and B are reflected to the document
lead edge reference position (RRC-A) of SIM50-01 and all the
paper lead edge positions (RRCB-**).
All adjustment items: 1 step = 0.1mm change
50-5

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
Purpose
&/26(
/($'('*($'-8670(179$/8(&$/&

Adjustment
Function (Purpose) Used to adjust the print lead edge image

position. (PRINTER MODE)
$ /
% /
& /($'
Section
' 6,'(
( '(1$
Operation/Procedure
) '(1%
1)
* )52175($5
Select a target adjustment item (DEN-C) with [] [] key on the

touch panel.
2)
3)

The set value is saved, and the adjustment check pattern is
printed.
(;(&87(
4)
Measure the distance from the paper lead edge the adjustment
pattern to the image lead edge, and check to confirm that it is
in the standard adjustment value range.
Standard reference value: 3.02.0mm
When the adjustment value is increased, the distance from the

paper lead edge to the image lead edge is increased. When the
adjustment value is decreased, the distanced is decreased.
When the set value is changed by 1, the distance is changed by
about 0.1mm.
Item/Display
Content
DEN-C
DEN-B
FRONT/REAR
DENB-MFT
DENB-CS1
DENB-CS2
DENB-CS3
DENB-CS4
DENB-LCC
DENB-ADU
K
L
MULTI COUNT
PAPER
MFT
DUPLEX
Used to adjust the print

lead edge image
position.
(PRINTER MODE)
Rear edge void area
adjustment
CS1
CS2
CS3
CS4
LCC
YES
NO

adjustment
Manual feed rear edge
void area adjustment
correction value
Tray 1 rear edge void
area adjustment
correction value
area adjustment
correction value
area adjustment
correction value
area adjustment
correction value
LCC rear edge void aria
adjustment correction
value
ADU rear edge void aria
adjustment correction
value
Number of print
Tray
Manual
selection
paper feed
Tray 1
Tray 2
Tray 3
Tray 4
LCC
Duplex
Yes
print
No
selection
Setting
range
1 - 99
Default
value
30
1 - 99
30
1 - 99
20
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
66
1 - 999
1-6
1
1
2 (CS1)
0-1
2
3
4
5
6
0
1
NOTE
Adjustment value too align the print lead edge for the printer. When the
adjustment value of this item is decreased by 1, the printer print start position
in the paper transport direction is shifted to the lead edge by 0.1mm.
Void amount generated at the paper rear edge. When the adjustment value
of item B (DEN-B) is decreased by 1, the print area adjustment value in the
sub scanning direction for the paper transport direction is decreased by
0.1mm.
Adjustment of the void amount generated on the left and right edges of paper.
When the adjustment value is increased, the void amount is increased.
Fine adjustment value of each paper feed source for the adjustment value of
DEN-B
Adjustment pattern print conditions setting
1 (NO)
When the adjustment value is increased, the distance from the paper lead edge to the image lead edge is increased. When the adjustment
value is decreased, the distance from the paper lead edge to the image lead edge is decreased.
When the set value is changed by 1, the distance is changed by about 0.1mm.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
/($'('*($'-8670(179$/8(35,17(5
Item E - H: When a shadow image appears on the rear edge,

increase the adjustment value to delete the shadow.
$ '(1&

% '(1%

& )52175($5
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
' '(1%0)7
&/26(
/($'('*($'-8670(179$/8(63)
( '(1%&6
$ 6,'(
) '(1%&6
* '(1%&6

% 6,'(

& /($'B('*(6,'(
+ '(1%&6
' )5217B5($56,'(
, '(1%/&&
( 75$,/B('*(6,'(
- '(1%$'8
) /($'B('*(6,'(
. 08/7,&2817
* )5217B5($56,'(
/ 3$3(5&6
+ 75$,/B('*(6,'(

(;(&87(
2.
, 2))6(7B63)
- 2))6(7B63)
. 6&$1B63(('B63)
50-6
2.
Adjustment
Purpose

the image loss (DSPF/RSPF mode).
Item/Display
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
SIDE1
SIDE2
Image
loss
amount
setting
SIDE1

panel.
2)
3)
Item/Display
A
SIDE1
SIDE2
Image
loss
amount
setting
SIDE1
LEAD_EDGE
(SIDE1)
FRONT_REAR
(SIDE1)
TRAIL_EDGE
(SIDE1)
Image
loss
amount
setting
SIDE2
LEAD_EDGE
(SIDE2)
FRONT_REAR
(SIDE2)
TRAIL_EDGE
(SIDE2)
OFFSET_SPF1
OFFSET_SPF2
SCAN_SPEED_SPF1
Content
Front surface
document scan
position
adjustment (CCD)
Back surface
document scan
position
adjustment (CCD)
Front surface lead
edge image loss
amount setting
Front surface side
image loss amount
setting
Front surface rear
edge image loss
amount setting
Back surface lead
edge image loss
amount setting
Back surface side
image loss amount
setting
Back surface rear
edge image loss
amount setting
DSPF front surface
DSPF back
surface document
off-center
adjustment
DSPF document
front surface
magnification ratio
adjustment (Sub
scan)
Setting
range
1 - 99
Default
value
50
1 - 99
50
0 - 99
20
0 - 99
20
0 - 99
30
0 - 99
30
0 - 99
20
0 - 99
20
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
LEAD_EDGE
(SIDE1)
FRONT_REAR
(SIDE1)
TRAIL_EDGE
(SIDE1)
LEAD_EDGE
(SIDE2)
Image
loss
amount
setting
SIDE2
FRONT_REAR
(SIDE2)
TRAIL_EDGE
(SIDE2)
OFFSET_SPF1
OFFSET_SPF2
SCAN_SPEED_SPF1
SCAN_SPEED_SPF2
Content
Front surface
document scan
position
adjustment (CCD)
Back surface
document scan
position
adjustment (CCD)
Front surface lead
edge image loss
amount setting
Front surface side
image loss amount
setting
Front surface rear
edge image loss
amount setting
Back surface lead
edge image loss
amount setting
Back surface side
image loss amount
setting
Back surface rear
edge image loss
amount setting
RSPF front surface
RSPF back
surface document
off-center
adjustment
RSPF document
front surface
magnification ratio
adjustment (Sub
scan)
RSPF document
back surface
magnification ratio
adjustment (Sub
scan)
Setting
range
1 - 99
Default
value
50
1 - 99
50
0 - 99
20
0 - 99
20
0 - 99
30
0 - 99
20
0 - 99
20
0 - 99
30
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
/($'('*($'-8670(179$/8(63)
$ 6,'(
Item A, B: When the adjustment value is increased, the scan timing

is delayed.

Item C - H: When the adjustment value is increased, the image loss

is increased.
% 6,'(
& /($'B('*(6,'(
' )5217B5($56,'(
2.
50-7
Adjustment
Purpose

6,08/$7,2112
7(67

the image loss (DSPF/RSPF mode) (simple
adjustment).
$ /

Section
% /
& /($'B('*(6,'(
' )5217B5($56,'(
( 75$,/B('*(6,'(
Operation/Procedure
1)
&/26(
/($'('*($'-8670(1763)&$/&
) /($'B('*(6,'(

panel.
2)
Set item A (L4) and item B (L5) to 0.
3)
Set the magnification ratio to 200%, and make a copy in the

DSPF/RSPF duplex mode.
4)
Measure the size of the printed image. Enter the actual measurement value of distance a (DSPF/RSPF) to L4 and L5 in the
unit of 0.1mm.
* )5217B5($56,'(

+ 75$,/B('*(6,'(
(;(&87(
(Adjustment value "1" for 0.1mm)

L4: Distance a (DSPF/RSPF front surface: 200%) (unit:

0.1mm)
L5: Distance a (DSPF/RSPF back surface: 200%) (unit:
0.1mm)
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
/($'('*($'-8670(179$/8(63)&$/&
$ /

% /
& /($'B('*(6,'(
' )5217B5($56,'(
(;(&87(
50-10
Purpose
Adjustment
Function (Purpose) Used to adjust the image off-center position. (The adjustment is made separately
for each paper feed section.)
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
Distance "a"
5)
L4
L5
LEAD_EDGE
(SIDE1)
FRONT_REAR
(SIDE1)
TRAIL_EDGE
(SIDE1)
LEAD_EDGE
(SIDE2)
FRONT_REAR
(SIDE2)
TRAIL_EDGE
(SIDE2)
E
F
G
H
2)
3)

Item/Display

panel.
Content
Distance (SPF 200%,
0.1mm unit) from the front
surface image lead edge
to the scale of 10mm.
Distance (SPF 200%,
0.1mm unit) from the back
surface image lead edge
to the scale of 10mm.
Front surface lead edge
image loss amount setting
Front surface side image
loss amount setting
Front surface rear edge
Back surface lead edge
Back surface side image
loss amount setting
Back surface rear edge
(RSPF only)
Setting
range
0 - 999
Default
value
-
0 - 999
0 - 99
20
0 - 99
20
0 - 99
30
0 - 99
DSPF: 30
RSPF: 20
20
0 - 99
0 - 99
DSPF: 20
RSPF: 30
Item C - H: When the adjustment value is increased, the image loss

is increased.
Items C - H are linked with items C - H of SIM50-06.
Item/Display
Content
A
B
BK-MAG
MAIN-MFT
C
D
E
F
G
MAIN-CS1
MAIN-CS2
MAIN-CS3
MAIN-CS4
MAIN-LCC
MAIN-ADU
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
SUB-MFT
SUB-CS12
SUB-CS34
SUB-LCC
SUB-ADU
MULTI COUNT
PAPER
MFT
CS1
CS2
CS3
CS4
LCC
DUPLEX
YES
NO
60 - 140
1 - 99
Default
value
100
50
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
50
50
50
50
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 999
1-6
1
2
3
4
5
6
0-1
0
1
50
50
50
50
50
1
2 (CS1)
Setting range
Main scan print magnification ratio BK

Print off center adjustment value
(Manual paper feed)
Print off center adjustment value (Tray 1)
Print off center adjustment value
(Large capacity tray)
Print off center adjustment value (Duplex)
(NOTE) If the adjustment items A - G are
not properly adjusted, this adjustment
cannot be executed properly.
Resist motor ON
Manual paper feed
timing adjustment
Standard cassette
DESK
LCC
ADU
Number of print
Tray selection
Manual paper feed
Tray 1
Tray 2
Tray 3
Tray 4
LCC
Duplex print
Yes
selection
No
NOTE
Adjustment Item List
Adjustment Item List
Adjustment pattern print conditions setting
1 (NO)
Item A: When the set value is increased, the BK image magnification ratio in the main scanning direction is increased. When the set value is
decreased, the image magnification ratio is decreased.
Item B - H: When the adjustment value is increased, it is shifted to the front frame side. When the adjustment value is decreased, it is shifted to
the rear frame side.

7(67
6,08/$7,2112
&/26(
3$3(5&(17(52))6(76(783
$ %.0$*

% 0$,10)7

& 0$,1&6
' 0$,1&6
( 0$,1&6
) 0$,1&6
* 0$,1/&&
+ 0$,1$'8
, 68%0)7
- 68%&6
. 68%&6
/ 68%/&&
(;(&87(
2.
50-12
Purpose
Item/Display
Adjustment
Function (Purpose) Used to perform the scan image off-center

position adjustment. (The adjustment is
made separately for each scan mode.)
Section
OC
SPF(SIDE1)
SPF(SIDE2)
Operation/Procedure
1)
2)
3)

panel.
Content
Document table image offcenter adjustment
SPF front surface image offcenter adjustment
SPF back surface image offcenter adjustment
Setting
range
1 - 99
Default
value
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
25,*,1$/&(17(52))6(76(783
$ 2&
When the adjustment value is increased, the image position is

shifted to the rear frame side. When the adjustment value is
decreased, it is shifted to the front frame side.

% 63)6,'(

& 63)6,'(
1step = 0.1mm
2.
50-27
Adjustment
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to perform the image loss adjustment

of scanned images in the FAX or image
send mode.
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
Select a target adjustment mode with [FAX] or [SCANNER]

key.
2)

panel.
3)
4)
FAX send
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
Item/Display
Image loss
LEAD_EDGE (OC)
amount setting FRONT_REAR (OC)
OC
TRAIL_EDGE (OC)
Image loss
amount setting
SPF SIDE1
Image loss
amount setting
SPF SIDE2
I
When image
send mode
(Except for
FAX and
copy)
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
Image loss
amount setting
OC
Image loss
amount setting
SPF SIDE1
Image loss
amount setting
SPF SIDE2
LEAD_EDGE (SPF_SIDE1)
FRONT_REAR (SPF_SIDE1)
TRAIL_EDGE (SPF_SIDE1)
Content
OC lead edge image loss amount setting
OC side image loss amount setting
OC rear edge image loss amount setting
Front surface lead edge image loss amount setting
Front surface side image loss amount setting
Front surface rear edge image loss amount setting
Back surface lead edge image loss amount setting
Setting range
0 - 100
0 - 100
0 - 100
0 - 100
0 - 100
0 - 100
0 - 100
Back surface side image loss amount setting
0 - 100
TRAIL_EDGE (SPF_SIDE2)
Back surface rear edge image loss amount setting
0 - 100
LEAD_EDGE (OC)
FRONT_REAR(OC)
TRAIL_EDGE(OC)
TRAIL_EDGE(SPF_SIDE1)
TRAIL_EDGE(SPF_SIDE2)
OC lead edge image loss amount setting

OC side image loss amount setting
OC rear edge image loss amount setting
Front surface lead edge image loss amount setting
Front surface side image loss amount setting
Front surface rear edge image loss amount setting
Back surface lead edge image loss amount setting
Back surface side image loss amount setting
Back surface rear edge image loss amount setting
0 - 100
0 - 100
0 - 100
0 - 100
0 - 100
0 - 100
0 - 100
0 - 100
0 - 100
Default value
30 (3mm)
20 (2mm)
20 (2mm)
20 (2mm)
20 (2mm)
30 (3mm)
DSPF: 30 (3mm)
RSPF: 20 (2mm)
DSPF: 20 (2mm)
RSPF: 20 (2mm)
DSPF: 20 (2mm)
RSPF: 30 (3mm)
0 (0mm)
0 (0mm)
0 (0mm)
0 (0mm)
0 (0mm)
0 (0mm)
0 (0mm)
0 (0mm)
0 (0mm)
A-I: When the adjustment value is increased, the image loss is increased.
1step = 0.1mm

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
6&$11(5)$;6(1'$//('*($'-8670(179$/8(

% )5217B5($52&

& 75$,/B('*(2&
$ /($'B('*(2&
' /($'B('*(63)B6,'(

% )5217B5($52&

& 75$,/B('*(2&
( )5217B5($563)B6,'(

) 75$,/B('*(63)B6,'(
)$;
* /($'B('*(63)B6,'(

+ )5217B5($563)B6,'(
, 75$,/B('*(63)B6,'(
)$;
6&$11(5
&/26(
6&$11(5)$;6(1'$//('*($'-8670(179$/8(
$ /($'B('*(2&
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
2.
' /($'B('*(63)B6,'(

6&$11(5
2.
(4) Print lead edge adjustment image off-center

(Each paper feed tray, duplex mode) adjustment
50-28
Adjustment
Purpose
1)
Select [SETUP/PRINT ADJ] on the touch panel.
2)
Select the adjustment mode; LEAD (print lead edge adjustment) or OFF SET (image off-center) or ALL (both modes).
3)
Select the paper feed tray for the adjustment pattern print.
(Two or more trays can be selected.)
Operation/Procedure
4)
Press [EXECUTE] key, and the adjustment pattern is printed.
The following adjustment items can be executed automatically with

SIM50-28.
5)
6)
Press [EXECUTE] key, and the adjustment pattern is scanned.
Function (Purpose) Used to automatically adjust the image

loss, void area, image off-center, and image
magnification ratio.
Section
* Print image magnification ratio adjustment

(Main scanning direction) (Print engine section)
When two or more paper feed trays are selected in the procedure 3), perform procedures 5) and 6) for the adjustment pattern printed with each paper.
* Image off-center adjustment (Print engine section)

* Scan image magnification ratio adjustment
7)
* Scan image off-center adjustment
RESCAN: The adjustment pattern is scanned.
* Print area (void area) adjustment (Print engine section)
REPRINT: The adjustment pattern is printed again.
* Copy image position, image loss adjustment
RETRY: Shifts to the top menu.
Item/Display
OC ADJ
BK-MAG ADJ
SPF ADJ
SETUP/PRINT ADJ
RESULT
DATA
Content
magnification ratio adjustment (Document table
mode)
adjustment
magnification ratio adjustment (DSPF/RSPF mode)
Print lead edge adjustment, image off-center (each
paper feed tray, duplex mode) adjustment
Adjustment result display
Adjustment operation data display
Press [OK] key.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
$872,0$*(326,7,21$'-8670(176(59,&(
2&$'-
%.0$*$'-
63)$'-
6(78335,17$'-
5(68/7
'$7$
(1) Image loss off-center sub scan direction image

magnification ratio adjustment (Document table mode)

1)
Select [OC ADJ] on the touch panel.
2)
Select the paper tray to be used for the adjustment pattern

print.
3)
4)
51-2
5)
Purpose
6)
Press [OK] key.
Function (Purpose) Used to adjust the contact pressure (deflection amount) on paper by the main unit and
the DSPF/RSPF resist roller.
(2) Main scan direction image magnification ration adjustment
51
1)
Select [BK-MAG ADJ] on the touch panel.
2)

print.
Operation/Procedure
3)
1)
4)
5)
6)
Press [OK] key.
(3) Image loss off-center sub scan direction image

magnification ratio adjustment (DSPF/RSPF mode)
1)
Select [SPF ADJ] on the touch panel.
2)
Select the adjustment mode; SIDE 1 (Front surface) or SIDE 2

(Back surface) or ALL (Both modes).
3)

print.
4)
5)
Set the adjustment pattern on the DSPF/RSPF.
6)
Section
(When DSPF model)

Select a target adjustment mode with [REGI1] or [REGI2] or
[ENGINE] keys.
(When RSPF model)
Select a target adjustment mode with [SIDE1] or [SIDE2] or
[ENGINE] keys.
2)
Select a target item to be adjusted with [] [] buttons.
3)
4)
When ALL is selected in the procedure 2), perform procedures

5) and 6) for both of the front surface and the back surface.
7)
Adjustment
Press [OK] key.
Display/Item
A
REGI1
(DSPF)
NORMAL_PLAIN_HIGH
NORMAL_PLAIN_LOW
NORMAL_THIN _HIGH
NORMAL_THIN _LOW
RANDOM_PLAIN_HIGH
RANDOM_PLAIN_LOW
RANDOM_THIN _ HIGH
RANDOM_THIN _LOW
SIDE1
(RSPF)
NORMAL_PLAIN_HIGH
NORMAL_PLAIN_LOW
NORMAL_THIN_HIGH
NORMAL_THIN_LOW
RANDOM_PLAIN_HIGH
RANDOM_PLAIN_LOW
RANDOM_THIN_HIGH
RANDOM_THIN_LOW
SIDE2
(RSPF)
B
A
NORMAL_PLAIN_HIGH_1
NORMAL_PLAIN_LOW_1
ENGINE
TRAY1(S)
TRAY1(L)
TRAY1 HEAVY PAPER(S)
TRAY1 HEAVY PAPER(L)
TRAY2(S)
TRAY2(L)
TRAY2 HEAVY PAPER(S)
TRAY2 HEAVY PAPER(L)
MANUAL PLAIN PAPER(S)
MANUAL PLAIN PAPER(L)
MANUAL HEAVY PAPER(S)
MANUAL HEAVY PAPER(L)
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
MANUAL OHP
MANUAL ENV
ADU PLAIN PAPER(S)
ADU PLAIN PAPER(L)
ADU HEAVY PAPER(S)
ADU HEAVY PAPER(L)
DESK(S)
DESK(L)
DESK HEAVY PAPER(S)
DESK HEAVY PAPER(L)
A4LCC
Setting
range
1 - 99
Default
value
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
1 - 99
50
LT size (216mm) or less
1 - 99
30
LT size (216mm) or above
1 - 99
30
1 - 99
60
1 - 99
60
1 - 99
30
1 - 99
30
1 - 99
60
1 - 99
60
1 - 99
30
1 - 99
30
1 - 99
60
1 - 99
60

-
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
70
70
30
30
60
60
30
30
60
60
30
Content
DSPF deflection amount adjustment value 1
(Normal/Plain paper/HIGH)
(Normal/Plain paper/LOW)
(Normal/Thin paper/HIGH)
(Normal/Thin paper/LOW)
(Random/Plain paper/HIGH)
(Random/Plain paper/LOW)
(Random/Thin paper/HIGH)
(Random/Thin paper/LOW)
RSPF deflection amount adjustment value 1
(Normal/Plain paper/HIGH)
(Normal/Plain paper/LOW)
(Normal/Thin paper/HIGH)
(Normal/Thin paper/LOW)
(Random/Plain paper/HIGH)
(Random/Plain paper/LOW)
(Random/Thin paper/HIGH)
(Random/Thin paper/LOW)
RSPF back surface document deflection amount adjustment
value 1 (Normal/Plain paper/HIGH)
RSPF back surface document deflection amount adjustment
value 1 (Normal/Plain paper/LOW)
Main unit cassette 1 (Upper stage)/deflection adjustment
value (Plain paper/Small size)
value (Plain paper/Large size)
value (Heavy paper/Small size)
value (Heavy paper/Large size)
Main unit cassette 2 (Lower stage)/deflection adjustment
value (Plain paper/Small size)
Main unit cassette 2 (Lower stage)/deflection adjustment
value (Plain paper/Large size)
value (Heavy paper/Small size)
value (Heavy paper/Large size)
Manual feed tray/deflection adjustment value
(Plain paper/Small size)
(Plain paper/Large size)
(Heavy paper/Small size)
(Heavy paper/Large size)
Manual feed tray/deflection adjustment value (OHP)
Manual feed tray/deflection adjustment value (Envelope)
ADU/deflection adjustment value (Plain paper/Small size)
ADU/deflection adjustment value (Plain paper/Large size)
ADU/deflection adjustment value (Heavy paper/Small size)
ADU/deflection adjustment value (Heavy paper/Large size)
DESK/deflection adjustment value (Plain paper/Small size)
DESK/deflection adjustment value (Plain paper/Large size)
DESK/deflection adjustment value (Heavy paper/Small size)
DESK/deflection adjustment value (Heavy paper/Large size)
A4LCC/deflection adjustment value
<Small size, Large size>
1
2
3
4
Small size: The paper length in the transport direction is shorter

than the LT size (216mm).
Large size: The paper length in the transport direction is longer
than the LT size (216mm).
When the adjustment value is increased, the warp amount is
increased. When the adjustment value is decreased, the warp
amount is decreased.
TRAYVOLMAX
TRAYVOLA4R
TRAYVOLA5R
TRAYVOLMIN
Tray size volume maximum value

Tray volume A4R size adjustment value
Tray volume A5R size adjustment value
Tray size volume minimum value

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
(When the adjustment value is changed by 1, the stop timing is

changed by 0.1mm.)
&/26(
63)75$<$'-8670(17
75$<92/0$;75$<$'-8670(17
35(66>(;(&87(@7267$57

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
5(*,6752//(5$'-8670(17
$ 1250$/B3/$,1B+,*+

% 1250$/B3/$,1B/2:
& 1250$/B7+,1B+,*+
' 1250$/B7+,1B/2:
(;(&87(
( 5$1'20B3/$,1B+,*+
) 5$1'20B3/$,1B/2:
* 5$1'20B7+,1B+,*+
+ 5$1'20B7+,1B/2:

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
5(*,
5(*,
(1*,1(
&/26(
63)75$<$'-8670(17
75$<92/0$;75$<$'-8670(17
2.
35(66>(;(&87(@7267$57

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
(;(&87(
&/26(
5(*,6752//(5$'-8670(17
$ 1250$/B3/$,1B+,*+

% 1250$/B3/$,1B/2:
53-7
& 1250$/B7+,1B+,*+
Purpose
' 1250$/B7+,1B/2:
6,'(
6,'(
(1*,1(
2.
Section
53
Operation/Procedure
1)

panel.
53-6
Purpose
Adjustment
Function (Purpose) Used to adjust the DSPF/RSPF document

size width sensor.
Adjustment
Function (Purpose) Used to adjust the detection level of the

DSPF/RSPF document width.
2)
3)

Item/Display
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
Open the DSPF/RSPF paper feed guide to the maximum

width.
2)
3)
Open the DSPF/RSPF paper feed guide to the A4R width.
4)
The maximum width detection level is recognized.
6)
AD_MAX
AD_P1
AD_P2
AD_MIN
Max. width position

A4R width position
A5R width position
Min. width position
Default
value
84
509
808
961

6,08/$7,2112
7(67

5)
A
B
C
D
Setting
range
0 - 1023
0 - 1023
0 - 1023
0 - 1023
&/26(
63)75<$'-8670(170$18$/
$ $'B0$;
Open the DSPF/RSPF paper feed guide to the A5R width.

% $'B3

& $'B3
' $'B0,1

7)
Open the DSPF/RSPF paper feed guide to the minimum width.
8)
The minimum width detection level is recognized.

When the above operation is nor performed normally, "ERROR" is
displayed and. When the above operation is completed normally,
"COMPLETE" is displayed.
2.
55

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
55-1
63)75<$'-8670(170$18$/

$ $'B0$;
Purpose
% $'B3
Function (Purpose) Used to set the specifications of the engine

control operations. (SOFT SW)
& $'B3

' $'B0,1
Setting
Section
2.
Operation/Procedure

53-8
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
Adjustment
Purpose
(1*,1(62)76:6(77,1*
Function (Purpose) Used to adjust the document lead edge reference and the DSPF/RSPF mode document scan position.
Section
&/26(
6:1R
'$7$
6:1R

Operation/Procedure
Select an adjustment item with [AUTO] [MANUAL] key.
<AUTO: Document lead edge reference (RRCA) adjustment>
(Auto adjustment)
1)
Set a sheet of black paper of A4 or 11"x 8.5" on the document

table.
2)
Press [EXECUTE] key. (The adjustment is performed and the

adjustment value is saved.)
(;(&87(
55-2
Setting
Purpose
Item/Display
MEASUREMENT
DISTANCE
RRCA
Setting
range
0-255
(0.1mm unit)
0 - 99
Content
Document lead edge
measurement distance
Document lead edge
reference position
Default
value
50
Function (Purpose) Used to set the specifications of the scanner control operation. (SOFT SW)
Section
Operation/Procedure

NOTE: The AUTO mode must not be used.
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
6&$11(562)76:6(77,1*
<MANUAL: DSPF/RSPF mode document scan position adjustment>

1)
2)

Item/Display
A
ADJUST
VALUE
Content
DSPF/RSPF mode document
scan position adjustment
(Scanner stop position
adjustment)
Setting
range
1 - 99
6:1R

(;(&87(
When the adjustment value is changed by 1, the position is

shifted by 0.1mm.

&/26(
55-3
Purpose
Setting
Function (Purpose) Used to set the specifications of the controller operation. (SOFT SW)
Section
Operation/Procedure
63)6&$11,1*326,7,21$'-8670(17
$872
'$7$
Default
value
5
When the adjustment value is increased, the scanner stop position in the DSPF/RSPF mode is shifted to the right.
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
6:1R
0$18$/

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
0)362)76:6(77,1*
6:1R
'$7$
6:1R

(;(&87(
(Machine with the DSK installed)
56
1)
2)
Select a target transfer item with the touch panel.

<IMPORT>
From USB MEMORY DEVICE to EEPROM, SRAM, HDD
56-1
Purpose
Data transfer
<EXPORT>
From EEPROM, SRAM, HDD to USB MEMORY DEVICE
Function (Purpose) Used to transport data between HDD - MFP

PWB SRAM/EEPROM. (Used to repair the
PWB.) (HDD-installed machine)
3)
Enter the password with 10-key.
Section
4)
Press [SET] key.
5)
Press [EXECUTE] key, and press [YES] key.
Operation/Procedure
1)
Select a target content of data transfer.
2)
Press [EXECUTE] key and press [YES] key.
Data transfer selected in the procedure 2) is performed.
Data transfer of the item selected in procedure 1) is executed.

When the operation is completed normally, "COMPLETE" is
displayed. In case of an abnormal end, "ERROR" is displayed.
ALL HDD
HDD ALL
All the memory contents are transferred to the HDD.

The HDD contents are transferred to all the
memories.
Transfer from EEPROM to HDD
Transfer from HDD to EEPROM
Data transfer from SRAM to HDD.
(Including the FAX memory)
When the FAX memory or an option memory
(memory for FAX) is installed, the contents in the
memory for FAX are also transferred to HDD.
Transfer from HDD to SRAM
(including the FAX memory)
When the FAX memory or an option memory
(memory for FAX) is installed, the contents of the
FAX memory are also transferred to HDD.
EEPROM HDD
HDD EEPROM
SRAM HDD
HDD SRAM

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
&23<'$7$
$//+''
(1$%/(
+''$//
',6$%/(
((3520+''
',6$%/(
+''((3520
',6$%/(
65$0+''
',6$%/(
+''65$0
',6$%/(

<Data list outside the backup targets>
(EEPROM/SRAM)
PWB Type
Controller
SCU
12
(;(&87(
Classification
Japanese FEP
Job end list
Maintenance counter
Maintenance counter
Content
User dictionary
Job end list display data
(The image send series
include the preserved job list.)
Job log
NOTE
Read from WEB is

enable.

NOTE: The backup data must not be installed to another machine.

If installed, the adjustment data will be overwritten and a
trouble may be generated.
Copy counter/FAX
send counter etc.
(HDD)
New N/A
<(6
NOTE
Trouble history
Machine serial No.
Various counter
Machine adjustment execute
history
Trouble history
Various counter
Trouble history
PCU
Log
$5(<28685("
Content
Machine serial No.
Product key information
Various counter
Operation
manual
Document filing
Print history information

JAM history information
Trouble history information
Same position continuous
jam count value
Charging information
Life information
E-manual
Document filing data

56-2
Purpose
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
(;3257,03257),/,1*'$7$
Data backup
Function (Purpose) Used to backup the data in the EEPROM.

SRAM, and HDD (including user authentication data and address data) to the USB
memory. (HDD-installed machine)
+''(;3257
+'',03257
((352065$0(;3257
((352065$0,03257
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
2)

<IMPORT>
From USB MEMORY DEVICE To EEPROM, SRAM, HDD
<EXPORT>
From EEPROM, ESRAM, HDD To USB MEMORY
3)
NOTE: The backup data must not be installed to another machine.

If installed, the adjustment data will be overwritten and a
trouble may be generated.

Data transfer selected in the procedure 2) is performed
56-3
60
Data backup
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to backup the document filing data to

the USB memory. (HDD-installed machine)
HDD
Section
2)
Section
<IMPORT>
From USB MEMORY DEVICE To EEPROM, SRAM, HDD
<EXPORT>
From EEPROM, SRAM, HDD To USB MEMORY DEVICE
3)

1)

Start the test.
Result display
OK
NG
NONE
INVALID
SLOT
SLOT1
SLOT2
SLOT3
SLOT4
&/26(
(;3257,03257'2&80(17),/,1*'$7$
'2&),/(;3257
MFP (ICU) PWB
Operation/Procedure

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
Function (Purpose) Used to check the operations (read/write)

of the MFP PWB memory.
Operation/Procedure
1)
60-1
Purpose
'2&),/,03257
Description
Success
Fail
Not installed (Including DIMM trouble)
Execution disable
Description
System memory (expansion)
System memory (standard)
Local memory (MFP expansion)
Local memory (MX-EBX3 standard)
DIMM1
DIMM2
DIMM3

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
6'5$05($':5,7(7(67
35(66>(;(&87(@7267$57

56-4
Data backup
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to backup the JOB log data to the

USB memory. (HDD-installed machine)
(;(&87(
HDD
Section
Operation/Procedure
60-2
1)
Purpose
2)
Press [JOB LOG EXPORT] key.
3)
Function (Purpose) Used to set the specifications of the MFP

PWB on-board SDRAM.
Setting
Section

Operation/Procedure

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
(;3257-2%/2*'$7$
-2%/2*(;3257
&/26(
1)
MFP (ICU) PWB

panel.
2)
3)
Press [OK] key.
NOTE: Set to the default value.

Item/Display
A
SETTING
ENABLE
DISABLE
ENABLE
NUMBER
OF ROW
11BIT
12BIT
13BIT
Content
SDRAM
setting
change
flag
DDR
setting
of Onboard
SPD
DDR
setting
of B or
later
ROW address
width
Setting
range
0-1 0
Default
value
0
0-2
0
1
2
Item/Display
C
NUMBER
OF
COLUMN
TWR
SETTING
VALUE
TRAS
SETTING
VALUE
TRC
SETTING
VALUE
TRCD
SETTING
VALUE
TRP
SETTING
VALUE
TFRC
SETTING
VALUE
CAS
LATENC
Y
TOTAL
NUMBER
OF
MBYTES
ON
BOARD
DDR
NUMBER
OF ON
BOARDDDR
CS-BANK
8BIT
9BIT
10BIT
11BIT
12BIT
2CLOCK
3CLOCK
4CLOCK
5CLOCK
4CLOCK
5CLOCK
6CLOCK
7CLOCK
6CLOCK
7CLOCK
8CLOCK
9CLOCK
10CLOCK
2CLOCK
3CLOCK
4CLOCK
5CLOCK
2CLOCK
3CLOCK
4CLOCK
5CLOCK
7CLOCK
8CLOCK
20CLOCK
CL=2
CL=2.5
CL=3
NONE
128M
BYTE
256M
BYTE
NONE
1CHIP
SELECT
2CHIP
SELECT
Content
COLUMN address
width
TWR set value
TRAS set value
TRC set value
TRCD set value
TRP set value
TFRC set value
CAS latency
On-board DDR
total capacity
Setting
range
0-4 0
1
2
3
4
0-3 0
1
2
3
0-3 0
1
2
3
0-4 0
1
2
3
4
0-3 0
1
2
3
0-3 0
1
2
3
00
13
1
1
3
0-2 0
1
2
0-2 0
1
Default
value
2
61-1
Purpose
1
0-2
Function (Purpose) Used to check the LSU polygon motor rotation and laser detection.
Section
LSU
1)

When the operation is completed normally, [OK] is displayed.
In case of an abnormal end, [NG] is displayed.
Display
LSU TESTRESULT NG: PG
LSU TESTRESULT NG: K
Content
Polygon mirror rotation abnormality
Laser abnormality (K)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
/687(67
35(66>(;(&87(@7267$57
(;(&87(

61-3
1
Setting
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to set the laser power

Section
LSU
Operation/Procedure
0
1

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
Operation/Procedure
On-board DDR
bunk number
61
&/26(
1)
Select a target mode for adjustment with [COPY], [PR600/

FAX] and [PR1200] on the touch panel.
2)

panel.
3)
4)

When the laser power and the DUTY adjustment value are
increased, the print density is increased and the line width of
line images are increased.
6'5$06(77,1*
$ 6(77,1*(1$%/(',6$%/(

% 180%(52)52:%,7
Item/Display
& 180%(52)&2/801%,7
COPY
600dps
' 7:56(77,1*9$/8(&/2&.
( 75$66(77,1*9$/8(&/2&.
) 75&6(77,1*9$/8(&/2&.
A
B
* 75&'6(77,1*9$/8(&/2&.
+ 7536(77,1*9$/8(&/2&.
, 7)5&6(77,1*9$/8(&/2&.
LASER POWER
(BW1)
LASER POWER
(BW2)
LASER DUTY (BW)
- &$6/$7(1&<&/

. 727$/180%(52)0%<7(621%2$5'''50%<7(
/ 180%(52)21%2$5'''5&6%$1.&+,36(/(&7
2.
COPY
1200dpi
(N model
only)
A
B
C
PR600/
FAX
A
B
C
LASER POWER
(BW1)
LASER POWER
(BW2)
LASER DUTY (BW)
LASER POWER
(BW1)
LASER POWER
(BW2)
LASER DUTY (BW)
Content
Laser power setting/
BW1
BW2
Laser DUTY select/
BW
BW1
BW2
Laser DUTY select/
BW
BW1
BW2
Laser DUTY select/
BW
Setting
range
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
Item/Display
PR1200
(N model
only)
A
B
C
Content
LASER POWER
(BW1)
LASER POWER
(BW2)
LASER DUTY (BW)

BW1
BW2
Laser DUTY select/
BW
Setting
range
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
Default value
36PPM
45/50PPM
89
111
89
111
0
0
89
111
89
111
0
0
89
111
89
111
40
40
89
111
89
111
0
0
Item
COPY 600dpi
A
B
C
A
B
C
A
B
C
A
B
C
COPY 1200dpi
PR600/FAX
PR1200
62-1
Purpose
[N model]
Category
62
Data clear/Reset
Function (Purpose) Used to execute the hard disk format

(except operation manual area).
* If no HDD is installed, the MFP Flash
memory is formatted.
HDD
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
2)
Press [YES] key.

Used to execute the hard disk format. Used to execute the
MFP PWB flash memory format.
When the operation is completed, [EXECUTE] key returns to the

normal display.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
+'')250$7
[U model, 28 CPM model]

Category
Default value
28/36PPM
45/50PPM
89
111
89
111
0
0
89
111
89
111
40
40
Item
COPY 600dpi
A
B
C
A
B
C
PR600/FAX
[N model]
<(6
12
(;(&87(
62-2

6,08/$7,2112
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
/$6(532:(5$8726(783>),(5<@
/$6(532:(5$8726(783
/$6(532:(50,''/(),(5<.
$ /$6(532:(5%:
$5(<28685("

/$6(532:(50,''/(),(5<&
% /$6(532:(5%:

/$6(532:(50,''/(),(5<0
& /$6(5'87<%:
&
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to check read/write of the hard disk

(partial).
HDD
Section
' /$6(532:(50,''/(),(5<<
Operation/Procedure
( /$6(532:(5/2:),(5<.
) /$6(532:(5/2:),(5<&
* /$6(532:(5/2:),(5<0
+ /$6(532:(5/2:),(5<<
1)
2)
Press [YES] key.
, /$6(532:(5+,*+),(5<%:

- /$6(532:(50,''/(),(5<%:
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
. /$6(532:(5/2:),(5<%:
&23<GSL
&23<GSL
&/26(
+''5:7(673$57
/ /$6(5/870,''/(),(5<.
35)$;
35
2.
[U model, 28 CPM model]

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
/$6(532:(5$8726(783
$ /$6(532:(5%:

&23<GSL
% /$6(532:(5%:

&
/$6(5'87<%:
35)$;
$5(<28685("
<(6
12
(;(&87(
2.
62-3
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to check read/write of the hard disk

(all areas).
Section
HDD
Operation/Procedure
1)
2)
Press [YES] key.

Read/write operations are performed.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
&/26(
60$57(5525/2*35,17287
+''5:7(67$//
35(66>(;(&87(@7235,177+(60$57(552535,17
(;(&87(
$5(<28685("
<(6
12
(;(&87(
62-8
Data clear/Reset
Purpose
62-6
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to perform the self diagnostics of the

hard disk.
Section
Section
HDD
Select the self diag area.
2)
1)
2)
Press [YES] key.

Used to execute the hard disk format.
The self diag operation is performed.

NOTE:
E7-03 error occurs. If there may be a trouble in the HDD, use this
simulation to cheek the HDD.
SHORT S.T
EXTENDED S.T
HDD
Operation/Procedure
Operation/Procedure
1)
Function (Purpose) Used to format the hard disk. (Excluding

the system area and the operation manual
area)
Partial area diag

All area diag

normal display.
* When the HDD formatting (except for the system area) is not
completed normally, "HDD FORMAT (EXCEPT SYSTEM AREA)
NG" is displayed.


normal display.
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
+'')250$7(;&(376<67(0$5($
Normal completion "OK(RESULT:0)" is displayed.

Abnormal end "NG(RESULT: Other than 0)" is displayed.
* If the simulation cannot be executed or terminated abnormally for
some reason, "ERROR" is displayed on the corresponding section.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
60$572))/,1(7(67
$5(<28685("
6+25767
(1$%/(
(;7(1'('67
',6$%/(
<(6
12
(;(&87(
62-10
Purpose
Data clear/Reset
Function (Purpose) Used to delete the job log data.

(HDD-installed machine)
Section
HDD
Operation/Procedure
(;(&87(

2)
Press [YES] key.

Used to delete the job log data.
62-7
Purpose
1)

normal display.
Function (Purpose) Used to print the hard disk self diagnostics

error log.
Section

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
HDD
&/26(
-2%&203/(7('$7$&/($5:,7+-2%/2*'$7$
Operation/Procedure
1)
ERROR LOG SECTOR of the SMART function is executed, and

the result is printed.
normal display.
$5(<28685("
<(6
12
(;(&87(
62-11
62-13
Data clear/Reset
Purpose
HDD
Section
Data clear/Reset
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to delete the document filing data.

(HDD-installed machine)
Function (Purpose) Used to format the hard disk. (only the

operation manual and watermark area)
HDD
Section
Operation/Procedure
Operation/Procedure
1)
1)
2)
Press [YES] key.
2)
Press [YES] key.
Used to delete the document filing data.
The operation manual data are deleted.

normal display.

normal display.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
'2&80(17),/,1*'$7$&/($5
$5(<28685("
<(6
12
$5(<28685("
(;(&87(
62-12
HDD
Section
Function (Purpose) Used to display the shading correction

result.
2)
Press [OK] key.
Section
Operation/Procedure
When it is set to Enable, if a read error of HDD occurs in the system

data storage area (FAX/device cloning data, etc.), only the system
data storage area is cleared.
Enable
Disable (Default)
Select a mode.
2)
Select a target color to display with [R] [G] [B] key on the touch
panel. (For the U model, the key operations can be made but
the displayed data of each color is the same.)
Item/Display
GAIN ODD
&/26(
$872)250$76(77,1*+''7528%/(
$ <(612
GAIN EVEN
OFFSET
ODD
OFFSET
EVEN
SMP AVE
ODD

SMP AVE
EVEN
2.
Scanner
1)

(;(&87(
Information display
1)
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
12
63-1
Purpose
Operation/Procedure
0
1
<(6
63
Setting
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to set Enable/Disable of auto format

in a hard disk trouble.
&/26(
+'')250$70$18$/:$7(50$5.$5($21/<
TARGET
VALUE
BLACK
LEVEL
M X -M 503N SIM U LATIO N 5 88
Content
Gain adjustment value
(odd number)
Gain adjustment value
(Even number)
Offset value
(odd number)
Offset value
(even number)
Reference plate
sampling average
value (ODD)
Reference plate
sampling average
value (EVEN)
Target value
Black output level
NOTE
ERROR
CODE
Error code
(0, 1 - 14)
(for debug)
DSPF FACE
WHITE
LEVEL 1ST
DSPF FACE
WHITE
LEVEL 2ND
First scan DSPF front

surface/back surface
white reference level
DSPF front/back
surface white reference
level of the second or
later scanning
Max. density judgment
value
Max. density position
MAX
DENSITY
MAX
POSITION
LED DA
0
1
No error
STAGE1: Loop number
over
2 STAGE2: The target value
is under the specified
value.
3 STAGE3: The gain set
value is negative.
4 END is not asserted.
(Gain adjustment)
5 (reserve)
6 STAGE2: Underflow
7 Black shading error
8 Other error
(White shading)
(Black shading)
(Light quantity correction)
(Scan)
13 Register check error.
(When booting/Gain)
14 Register check error.
(Before light quantity
correction)
when DSPF

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
6+$',1*'$7$',63/$<
*$,12''
*$,1(9(1
2))6(72''
2))6(7(9(1
%

63-2
Adjustment
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to perform shading.

Section
Scanner
Operation/Procedure
DSPF-installed model
1)
Select [OC SHADING] key or [DSPF SHADING] key, and

press [EXECUTE] key.

normal display.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
6+$',1*(;(&87,21
6(/(&72&6+$',1*'63)6+$',1*$1'35(66(;(&87(
LED DA adjustment
value
LED DA adjustment
save value
Gain adjustment save
value
Target save value
LED DA
MEMORY
GAIN
MEMORY
TARGET
MEMORY
RATIO
BLACK
OFFSET
1-12
RSPF
WHITE
LEVEL 1ST
RSPF
WHITE
LEVEL 2ND
[U model]
2&6+$',1*
'63)6+$',1*
(;(&87(
RSPF-installed model
1)


normal display.
White plate scan ratio

Black offset set value
(1-12 area)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
First scan RSPF white

reference level

&/26(
6+$',1*(;(&87,21
35(66>(;(&87(@726+$',1*67$57
when RSPF
RSPF white reference

level of the second or
later scanning
(;(&87(

[N model]

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
6+$',1*'$7$',63/$<
63-3
Purpose
*$,12''
*$,1(9(1
2))6(72''
Section
2))6(7(9(1
603$9((9(1
1)
7$5*(79$/8(
%/$&./(9(/
(5525&2'(
'63))$&(:+,7(/(9(/67
'63))$&(:+,7(/(9(/1'
0$;'(16,7<
*
Scanner
Operation/Procedure
603$9(2''
Adjustment
Function (Purpose) Used to perform scanner (CCD/CIS) color

balance and gamma auto adjustment.
2&
'63)

Place the SIT chart (UKOG-0280FCZZ or UKOG-0280FCZ1)

on the reference position of the left rear frame side of the document table. For the DSPF mode, put the SIT chart backside
up on the DSPF tray.
2)
Select [OC] key or [DSPF] key.
3)

The scanner (CCD/CIS) color balance automatic adjustment is
performed. (For the U model, only the automatic gamma
adjustment is executed.)

normal display.
[N model]

After completion of the operation, press [RESULT] key, and the

adjustment data are displayed. At that time, the target color of data
display can be selected with [R] [G] [B] key. (For the U model, the
key operations can be made but the displayed data of each color is
the same.)
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
3$7&+'$7$',63/$<2)6&$11(5&2/25%$/$1&(
2&

&&&555
[N model]
000***
<<<%%%

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
6&$11(5&2/25%$/$1&($872$'-8670(17
2&

%

(;(&87(
2&

[U model]
&&&555
000***

<<<%%%
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
3$7&+'$7$',63/$<2)6&$11(5&2/25%$/$1&(
2&

%
'63)

(;(&87(
2&

[U model]
2&

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
6&$11(5&2/25%$/$1&($872$'-8670(17
2&

*
Data clear/Reset
Function (Purpose) Used to perform the scanner (CCD/CIS)

color balance and gamma default setting.

63-5
Purpose
2&

Section
Scanner
Operation/Procedure
1)
Select [SIDE A(OC)] key or [SIDE B(DSPF)] key. (For the U

model, only the [SIDE A (OC)] key is displayed.)
2)
Press [EXECUTE] key, and press [OK] key
63-4
Purpose
Information display
Function (Purpose) Used to display the SIT chart patch density.

Section
Scanner
[N model]
Operation/Procedure
1)
Set the SIT chart (UKOG-0280FCZZ or UKOG-0280FCZ1) to

the reference position on the left rear frame side of the document table. For the DSPF mode, put the SIT chart backside up
on the DSPF tray.
2)
Select [OC] key or [DSPF] key.
3)
The scanner (CCD/CIS) color balance and gamma are set to

the default. (For the U model, only the gamma is set.)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
67$1'$5'6&$11(5*$00$6(783
6,'($2&
6,'(%'63)
The patch of the SIT chart is scanned.

When the operation is completed, [EXECUTE] key returns to
the normal display.
4)
Select a data display mode.
THROUGH GAMMA
COPY GAMMA
SCANNER GAMMA
SIT chart scan data

Copy mode gamma process data of the
SIT chart scan data
Image send mode gamma process data of
the SIT chart scan data
Select an target display color with [R] [G] [B] keys. (For the U
model, the key operations can be made but the displayed data of
each color is the same.)
$5(<28685("
<(6
12
(;(&87(

[U model]

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
67$1'$5'6&$11(5*$00$6(783
6,'($2&
$5(<28685("
<(6
12
(;(&87(

64
64-2
Self print
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Test print. (Self print) (Monochrome mode)

Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
Set the print conditions.

Select an item to be print condition with [] [] keys.
Set the print conditions with 10-key.
2)

The test print (self print) is performed.
Item/Display
PRINT PATTERN
(1,2,9 - 11,15 - 19, 21, 22, 29, 33 - 35)
(N model only 29, 33, 34, 35)
DOT1 (DOT1>=2 IF A:2,11)
DOT2 (DOT2>=2 IF A:2,11)
DENSITY (FIXED "255" IF A: 9)
E
F
MULTI COUNT
EXPOSURE
(2 - 9 IF A: 15 - 19, 33 - 35)
(N model only 33 - 35)
PAPER
DUPLEX
PAPER TYPE
THROUGH
CHAR/PIC
CHAR/PRPIC
CHAR
PRINT PIC
PRINT PAPER
MAP
STANDARD
DITHER
AUTO
MFT
CS1
CS2
CS3
CS4
LCC
YES
NO
PLAIN
HEAVY
OHP
ENVELOPE
Content
Print pattern specification
(* For details, refer to the description
below.)
Setting of print dot number (M
parameter) (Self print pattern: m by n)
Setting of blank dot number
(N parameter) (Self print pattern: m by n)
Used to specify the print gradation.
Number of print
Exposure mode
specification
Tray selection
Duplex print
selection
Paper type
No process (through)
Text/Printed Photo
Text/ Photograph
Text
Printed Photo
Photograph
Map
Dither without
correction
Automatic
Manual paper feed
Tray 1
Tray 2
Tray 3
Tray 4
LCC
Yes
No
Standard paper
Heavy paper
OHP
Envelope
Setting range
1 - 58
(Printable only 1, 2, 9 - 11, 15 - 19, 21, 22,
29, 33 - 35) (N model only 29, 33, 34, 35)
1-255
(Pattern 2,11: 2-255 except above: 1-255)
0-255
(Pattern2,11: 2-255 except above: 0-255)
1-255
(Pattern 9: 255 Fixed except above:1-255)
1 - 999
(Pattern 15 - 19, 33 - 35: 2 - 9
1
except above:1 - 9)
2
(N model only 33 - 35)
3
Other pattern: 1 - 9
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
0
1
1
2
3
4
1-6
0-1
1-4
Default value
1
1
254
255
1
8
(STANDARD
DITHER)
2 (CS1)
1 (NO)
1 (PLAIN)
<Print pattern of Item A>

Pattern
No.
1
2
9
10
11
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
29
33
34
35
Content
Pattern generating section
Grid pattern
Dot print
10% area (A4/A4R) density print
Belt print
Dot print (sub scan)
16 gradations + M by N (center gradations only): Sub scan)
16 gradations + M by N (center gradations only): Main scan)
Halftone pattern (all over the page)
256 gradations pattern (Other dither)
256 gradations pattern (straight) 600dpi
4-point dot print (main scan)
Slant line
Dot print 1200dpi
Halftone pattern 1200dpi (all over the page)
256 gradation pattern 1200dpi
256 gradation pattern (straight) 1200dpi
NOTE
LSU-ASIC
-
MFP ASIC
16 gradations print
The gradation is changed for every 256 dots.
Controller (Memory)
LSU-ASIC
Controller (Memory)
N model only
N model only
N model only
N model only

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
6(/)35,17%:6(59,&(
$ 35,173$77(51
% '27'27,)$

& '27'27,)$

' '(16,7<),;(',)$

( 08/7,&2817
) (;32685(,)$67$1'$5'',7+(5
* 3$3(5&6
+ '83/(;12
, 3$3(57<3(3/$,1
(;(&87(
2.
64-4
Purpose
Self print
Function (Purpose) Printer test print. (Self print)

* This simulation functions only for the
machines which are provided with the
printer function.
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)

2)
3)

A
Item/Display
PRINT PATTERN
B
C
D
DENSITY
MULTI COUNT
PAPER
QUALITY
DITHER
PAPER TYPE
MFT
CS1
CS2
CS3
CS4
LCC
STANDARD
FINE
(N model only)
STRAIGHT
CALIB
PLAIN
HEAVY
Content
Specification of the print pattern
(* For details, refer to the description below.)
Used to specify the print gradation.
Number of print
Paper feed tray
Manual paper feed
selection
Tray 1
Tray 2
Tray 3
Tray 4
LCC
Image quality setting
Standard
Ultra fine text
Specification of dither
correction
Paper type
Straight
Calibration
Standard paper
Heavy paper
<Print pattern of Item A>

Pattern No.
1
2
3
Content
256 gradations pattern (B/W)
Half tone pattern (B/W)
Dot, background (BW)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
35,17(56(/)35,17
$ 35,173$77(51

% '(16,7<
& 08/7,&2817
' 3$3(5&6
( 48$/,7<67$1'$5'
) ',7+(5&$/,%
* 3$3(57<3(3/$,1
&
<
(;(&87(
2.
Setting range
1-3
1 - 255
1 - 999
1-6
0-1
1-2
0-1
Default value
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
0
1
1
2
0
1
128
1
3 (CS2)
0 (STANDARD)
2 (CALIB)
0
64-5
Self print
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Printer test print. (Self print) (PCL)

Section
Operation/Procedure
1)

2)

Item/Display
PRINT PATTERN
DITHER
STRAIGHT
CALIB
MULTI COUNT
PAPER
MFT
CS1
CS2
CS3
CS4
LCC
QUALITY
STANDARD
FINE
A
B
C
D
TONER SAVE MODE
PAPER TYPE
ON
OFF
PLAIN
HEAVY
Content
Straight
correction
Calibration
Number of print
Paper feed tray
Manual paper feed
selection
Tray 1
Tray 2
Tray 3
Tray 4
LCC
Standard (600dpi, 1bit)
Ultra Fine (1200dpi, 1bit)
(N model only)
Toner save mode
set.
not set.
Paper type
Standard paper
Heavy paper
Setting range
1
1-2
1
2
1 - 999
1-6
1
2
3
4
5
6
0
1
0-1
0-1
0
1
0
1
0-1
Default value
1
2
1
2
(CS1)
0 (STANDARD)
1 (OFF)
0 (PLAIN)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
35,17(56(/)35,173&/
$ 35,173$77(51

% ',7+(5&$/,%
& 08/7,&2817
' 3$3(5&6
( 48$/,7<+,*+48$/,7<
) 721(56$9(02'(2))
* 3$3(57<3(3/$,1
&
<
(;(&87(
2.
64-6
Purpose
Self print
Function (Purpose) Printer test print. (Self print) (PS)

Section
Operation/Procedure
1)

2)

A
B
C
D
Item/Display
PRINT PATTERN
DITHER
STRAIGHT
CALIB
MULTI COUNT
PAPER
MFT
CS1
CS2
CS3
CS4
LCC
Content
Straight
correction
Calibration
Number of print
Paper feed tray
Manual paper feed
selection
Tray 1
Tray 2
Tray 3
Tray 4
LCC
Setting range
1
1-2
1 - 999
1-6
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
Default value
1
2
1
2 (CS1)
Item/Display
STANDARD
FINE
QUALITY
TONER SAVE MODE
PAPER TYPE
ON
OFF
PLAIN
HEAVY
Toner save mode

Paper type
Content
Standard (600dpi, 1bit)
Ultra Fine (1200dpi, 1bit)
(N model only)
set.
not set.
Standard paper
Heavy paper
Setting range
0-1
0-1
Default value
0 (STANDARD)
0
1
0
1
0
1
0-1
1 (OFF)
0 (PLAIN)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
35,17(56(/)35,1736
$ 35,173$77(51

% ',7+(5&$/,%
& 08/7,&2817
' 3$3(5&6
( 48$/,7<+,*+48$/,7<
) 721(56$9(02'(2))
* 3$3(57<3(3/$,1
&
<
(;(&87(
2.
65

;<

65-1
Purpose
Adjustment

Function (Purpose) Used to adjust the touch panel (LCD display section) detection coordinates.
Section

Operation unit
(Operation/Display control PWB)

Operation/Procedure

Touch the center of the cross mark at the four corners of the
screen.
When the adjustment is completed normally, the screen shifts to
the simulation sub number entry menu.
In case of an error, the screen returns to the adjustment menu.
65-5
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to check the operation panel key

input.
Section
Operation unit
Operation/Procedure
Press the keys sequentially according to the guidance displayed on
the screen.
If the key entry is effective, the guidance for pressing the next key
is displayed. When all the key entries are completed, "COMPLETE"
is displayed.
<Check target key>
65-2
Purpose
Information display
Function (Purpose) Used to display the touch panel (LCD display section) detection coordinates.
Section
Operation unit
Operation/Procedure
Touch the touch panel.
The coordinates X (horizontal direction) and Y (vertical direction) of
the touched position is displayed in real time.
Operation panel
JOB STATUS
SYSTEM SETTINGS
HOME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
AUDIT CLEAR
0
PROGRAM
CLEAR
STOP
CLEAR ALL/RESET
START (MONO)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
Setting
range
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
1 - 99
Item/Display
&/26(
23(5$7,213$1(/.(<&+(&.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
3/($6(386+-2%67$786.(<
67
POINT1
POINT2
POINT3
POINT4
POINT5
POINT6
POINT7
POINT8
POINT9
POINT10
POINT11
POINT12
POINT13
POINT14
POINT15
POINT16
POINT17
Default
value
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
67-17
Data clear/Reset
Purpose

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
Function (Purpose) Printer controller reset
&/26(
35,17(5(1*,1(*5$<%$/$1&(0$18$/$'-8670(173*
$ 32,17
Section
Operation/Procedure

% 32,17
& 32,17
' 32,17
1)
2)
Press [YES] key.

The set data related to the printer are initialized. (Including the
NIC setting.)
( 32,17
) 32,17
* 32,17
+ 32,17
, 32,17
- 32,17

normal display.
. 32,17
/ 32,17
.
&
(;(&87(
<
2.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
35,17(5&21752//(50(025<&/($5
67-31
Purpose
Data clear/Reset
Function (Purpose) Used to clear the printer calibration value

(Half-tone process control data).
printer option function.
Section
$5(<28685("
<(6
12
(;(&87(
67-25
Purpose
Adjustment
Function (Purpose) Printer density adjustment (Manual adjustment)

Operation/Procedure
1)
2)
Press [YES] key.

The printer calibration data (Half tone correction data) are
cleared.
(The printer density correction is canceled.)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
35,17(5&$/%5$7,21'$7$&/($5
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)

touch panel.
2)

3)
$5(<28685("

When [EXECUTE] key is pressed, the check pattern in printed in
the density corresponding to the adjustment value.
<(6
12
(;(&87(
67-33
67-34
Adjustment
Purpose
Setting
Purpose
Function (Purpose) Used to adjust the gamma and the density

in each printer screen.
Section
Function (Purpose) Used to set the density correction in the

printer high density section. (Support for
the high density section tone gap)
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
Operation/Procedure
1)
Select a target screen with [SCREEN] key.
2)
Select a target adjustment density level with [] [] key.

0
1
Enable
Disable (Default)
3)
2)
4)
When tone gap is generated in the high density section, set to

"0".
The density in the high density section is decreased, but tone
gap is reduced.
When [EXECUTE] key is pressed, the check pattern in printed in

the density corresponding to the adjustment value.
Screen
HEAVY PAPER
SCREEN1
SCREEN2
SCREEN3
To increase the density in the high density section further, set to

"1".
Content
Heavy paper mode
600dpi 1bit screen
1200dpi 1 bit screen (N model only)
Toner Save mode
The tone gap may occur in high density part.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
$ (1$%/(',6$%/(
Item/Display
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
POINT1
POINT2
POINT3
POINT4
POINT5
POINT6
POINT7
POINT8
POINT9
POINT10
POINT11
POINT12
POINT13
POINT14
POINT15
POINT16
POINT17
Content
Point 1
Point 2
Point 3
Point 4
Point 5
Point 6
Point 7
Point 8
Point 9
Point 10
Point 11
Point 12
Point 13
Point 14
Point 15
Point 16
Point 17
Setting
range
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
&/26(
(1*,1(0$;,080'(16,7<$'-8670(1702'()2535,17(5
Default
value
128
128
128
128
128
128
128
128
128
128
128
128
128
128
128
128
128

2.
67-70
Purpose
Data clear/Reset
Function (Purpose) MFP PWB SRAM data clear

MFP (ICU) PWB
Section
Operation/Procedure
1)
2)
Press [YES] key.

MFP PWB SRAM data is cleared.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
35,17(56&5((1*$00$$'-8670(17+($9<3$3(5
$ 32,17

% 32,17

& 32,17
When the operation is completed, [EXECUTE] key returns to

the normal display.
NOTE: When the MFP PWB is replaced, execute this simulation.

' 32,17
( 32,17
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
) 32,17
&/26(
65$0&/($5
* 32,17
+ 32,17
, 32,17
- 32,17
. 32,17
/ 32,17
.
(;(&87(
2.
$5(<28685("
<(6
12
(;(&87(
MX-M503N
[6]
SELF DIAG AND TROUBLE
CODE
C.
Self diag
operation
Service
Manual
1. Self diag
When the machine recognizes a trouble, it stops the operation and

displays the trouble message.
When a trouble occurs in the machine or when the life of a consumable part is nearly expired or when the life is expired, the machine
detects and displays it on the display section. This allows the user
and the serviceman to take the suitable action. In case of a trouble,
this feature notifies the occurrence of a trouble and stops the
machine to minimize the damage.
A warning message is displayed when a consumable part life is

nearly expired or is expired.
A. Function and purpose
Some trouble messages are automatically cleared when the trouble is repaired. Some other troubles must be cleared by a simulation.
1)
Securing safety. (The machine is stopped on detection of a

trouble.)
2)
The damage to the machine is minimized. (The machine is

stopped on detection of a trouble.)
3)
By displaying the trouble content, the trouble position can be

quickly identified. (This allows to perform an accurate repair,
improving the repair efficiency.)
4)
Preliminary warning of running out of consumable parts allows

to arrange for new parts in advance of running out. (This
avoids stopping of the machine due to running out the a consumable part.)
(1)
Self diag operation and related work flow
The machine always monitors its own state.
When a warning message is displayed, the machine may be or

may not be stopped.
The trouble messages and the warning messages are displayed by
the LCD and lamp.
Some warning messages of consumable parts are automatically

cleared when the trouble is repaired. Some other warning messages must be cleared by a simulation.
Monitors the machine

conditions.
Detects/analyzes
the content.
B. Self diag message kinds

The self diag messages are classified as shown in the table below.
Class 1
User
Service
Class 2
Others
Warning
Trouble
Others
Warning of troubles which can be recovered by the

user. (Paper jam, consumable part life expiration,
etc.)
Warning of troubles which can be recovered only by
a serviceman. (Motor trouble, maintenance, etc.)
Warning to the user, not a machine trouble
(Preliminary warning of life expiration of a
consumable part, etc.)
Warning of a machine trouble. The machine is
stopped.
-
Trouble/Warning
Warning
Trouble
The machine
is stopped.
The content
is displayed.
Trouble/Warning
Trouble
Troubleshoot
the cause.
Repair
Cancel the self-diagnostic
message with the
commands).
diagnostic (test
Reset
Standby
state
MX-M503N SELF DIAG AND TROUBLE CODE 6 1
Warning
A consumable
part has reached
its lifetime
ZFT
YES
Replace or supply
the
consumable part.
No
OP
D. Breakdown sequence
(1)
Breakdown mode processing

Operatable mode
Kind of trouble
FAX board trouble

HDD trouble
HDD-ASIC trouble
SCU communication
trouble
PCU communication
trouble
ACU communication
trouble
Backup battery voltage fall
Controller fan motor trouble
External communication
disable (RIC)
Memory error (included not
installed the expansion
RAM)
Connection trouble (MFP
detection)
Serial number discrepancy
HDD registration data sum
error
If the HDD is not installed,
data check sum error of the
Flash memory for setting
and registration.
Image memory trouble,
decode error
decode error (ACRErelated 1)
decode error (ACRErelated 2)
Personal counter
installation trouble
Power controller trouble
Special function error
MFP Flash memory access
error
Laser trouble
Connection trouble
(PCU detection)
PCU section troubles
(motor, fusing, etc.)
Paper feed tray 1 trouble

Paper feed tray other
troubles
Staple trouble
Saddle stitch section
trouble
Judgment
block
MFP
PCU
Scan
(Push)
Scan
(Pull)
ScanTo HDD
Print
List
print
FAX
Send
FAX
print
FAST
Notification
to host
U1 (01)
L4 (30)
U7 (50, 51)
U2 (00, 05, 10, 11, 22,

23, 24)
10
E7 (60, 61, 65)

A0 (10, 11, 12, 15, 20)
U2 (30)
U2 (50)
E7 (01, 05, 06, 08,

09)
E7 (42, 46, 48)
11
E7 (49)
PC (00)
L8 (20)
U2 (60)
E7 (31)
E7 (20, 21, 28, 29),

L6 (10)
E7 (50, 55)
A0 (21)
F1 (50)
C1 (10),
F2 (40, 64, 70, 74),
H2 (00, 02),
H3 (00, 02),
H4 (00, 02),
H5 (01),
H7 (10, 12),
L4 (02, 03, 04, 11, 31,
32, 34, 43, 58, 59),
L8 (01, 02),
U2 (90, 91),
F3 (12)
F3 (22)
U6 (01)
U6 (02)
U6
(09, 20, 21, 22, 51)
U6 (00, 10, 50)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2/7
2/7
2/7
2/7
2/7
2
2
2
2
2
7/8
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3/7
3/7
3
3
3
3
Trouble code
F6 (00, 01, 04, 21, 30,
97, 98)
E7 (03)
E7 (04)
E7 (80)
A0 (02)
E7 (90)
A0 (01)
A0 (04)
F1 (08, 10)
F1 (31, 41, 43, 45, 47)
Copy scan
(including
interruption)
Operatable mode
Judgment
block
Kind of trouble
After-process trouble
PCU
Other troubles
Process control trouble
(PCU detection)
Connection trouble
(SCU detection)
SCU color system troubles
(SCU detection)
Anti copy system
EEPROM faction
Scanner section troubles
(mirror motor, lens, copy
lamp)
CCD troubles (shading,
etc.)
DSPF/DF trouble
General troubles in the
DSPF back surface
scanning section
SCU
Scan
(Push)
Scan
(Pull)
ScanTo HDD
Print
List
print
FAX
Send
FAX
print
3/7
FAST
Notification
to host
A0 (22)
UC (02)
UC (20)
U2 (80, 81)
L1 (00), L3 (00)
E7 (10, 11, 14)
U5 (00, 16, 40)

E6 (10, 11, 14)
4
5
4
5
4
5
4
5
4
5
Trouble code
F1 (00, 03, 11, 15, 19,
20, 21, 22, 23, 32, 33,
34, 36, 37, 38, 39)
EE (EC, EL, EU)
F2 (31, 39, 58)
Copy scan
(including
interruption)
3
: Operation enabled, : Operation disabled

2 : When detected during other than a job, the operation is enabled with a tray other than the trouble tray.
3 : When detected during other than a job, the operation is enabled in a section other than the trouble paper exit section.
* However, it is valid only when the escape tray setting has been made.
4 : When detected during other than a job, the operation is enabled in the OC mode.
5 : When detected during other than a job, the operation is enabled in the OC mode and the simplex scanning mode.
6 : When detected during other than a job, the operation is enabled in the black and white mode.
7 : Since communication is enabled, reception can be transferred.
8 : When detected during other than a job, the operation is enabled in other than the DESK.
9 : Trouble display is message of 2 lines. (Example: Ready to copy. F2 trouble)
10 : In case of U2-22, the trouble cannot be notified. In case of U2-23, if either of the FAX soft SW data or the FAST data cannot be restored,
the trouble cannot be notified.
11 : Execution of a job is enabled only for the format other than the high-compression PDF related ones.
(2)
Power ON trouble detection sequence.

MFP event
manager
Each block
(Power ON sequence)
H3, H4, H5, U1, U2, U6 trouble check
Trouble check is made in each block when
initializing and data are sent to the MFP PWB.
H3, H4, H5
U1
U2
U6-09
Communication of trouble status

[Trouble code] [Trouble status]
Saved in the PCU

Saved in the MFP
Saved in each block
Saved in the PCU
(Trouble cancel sequence)
When the power is turned

on, check is made in each
block.
sim task
When executing SIM 13, 14, 15, 16

SIM 13:
SIM 14:
SIM 15:
SIM 16:
U1 trouble cancel
H3, H4, H5 cancel
LCC (U6) trouble cancel
U2 trouble cancel
(To the corresponding block)

Trouble cancel command
Trouble cancel status
is communicated.
Trouble cancel
(The trouble memory
is initialized.)
2. Trouble code list

Trouble code
Main
Sub
code code
C1
10
E6
10
11
14
E7
01
03
04
05
06
08
09
10
11
14
20
21
28
29
31
42
46
48
49
50
55
60
61
65
80
90
EE
EC
EL
EU
F1
00
03
08
10
11
15
19
20
21
22
23
31
32
33
34
36
37
38
39
41
43
45
47
50
F2
31
F3
39
40
58
64
70
74
12
22
Trouble code content

Main charger trouble
DSPF (CIS) shading error (Black correction)
DSPF (CIS) shading error (White correction)
CIS-ASIC error
MFP image data error
HDD trouble
HDD-ASIC error
Standard/Extension memory R/W error (MFP PWB) (Local memory)
Image data decode error
MFP memory compatibility error (MFP PWB) (Local memory)
Standard/Extension memory size (MFP PWB) (Local memory)
Shading error (Black correction)
Shading error (White correction)
CCD-ASIC error
LSU laser detection error
LSU laser deterioration trouble
LSU-PCU connection error
LSU ASIC frequency error
MFP Flash memory access error
Data error (ACRE ASIC)
Decode error (ACRE ASIC)
Memory error (ACRE ASIC)
Water Mark data error
Engine connection trouble
PWB information sum error (Engine detection)
Combination error between the MFP PWB and other PWB, firmware
Combination error between the MFP PWB and the PCU PWB
MFP EEPROM sum check error
MFP-SCU PWB communication error
MFP-PCU PWB communication error
Automatic toner density adjustment error (Sampling level 67-94/106-154)
Automatic toner density adjustment error (Over toner)
Automatic toner density adjustment error (Under toner)
Finisher - PCU PWB communication error
Finisher paper exit roller lifting operation trouble
Stapler shift trouble
Staple operation trouble
Finisher grip operation trouble
Finisher paper exit tray lift operation trouble
Finisher alignment operation trouble F
Finisher alignment operation trouble R
Finisher fan trouble
Finisher assist motor trouble
Finisher shutter trouble
Saddle paper folding trouble
Finisher - Punch unit communication error
Punch unit shift operation trouble
Punch operation trouble
Punch paper edge detection error
Finisher data backup RAM error
Punch data backup RAM error
Punch paper dust sensor error
Saddle paper positioning operation trouble
Saddle alignment operation trouble
Saddle staple trouble
Saddle paper transport motor trouble
Main unit - Finisher combination error
Image density sensor trouble
(OPC drum surface reflection ratio abnormality)
Process thermistor trouble
Toner density sensor trouble
Process humidity sensor trouble
Toner supply operation trouble
Improper toner cartridge detection
Toner cartridge CRUM error
Paper feed tray 1 lift operation trouble
Trouble
detection
Mechanism
PCU
SCU
SCU
SCU
MFP
MFP
MFP
MFP
MFP
MFP
MFP
SCU
SCU
SCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
MFP
MFP
MFP
MFP
MFP
PCU
PCU
MFP
MFP
MFP
MFP
MFP
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
Option
Electricity
FAX
Supply
Trouble code
Main
Sub
code code
F6
00
01
04
21
30
97
98
H2
H3
H4
H5
H7
L1
L3
L4
L6
L8
PC
U1
U2
U5
U6
U7
UC
00
02
00
02
00
02
01
10
12
00
00
02
03
04
11
30
31
32
34
43
58
59
10
01
02
20
01
00
05
10
11
22
23
24
30
50
60
80
81
90
91
00
16
40
00
01
02
09
10
20
21
22
50
51
50
51
02
20

MFP-FAX communication trouble
FAX board EEPROM read/write error
FAX MODEM operation trouble
Combination error between the TEL/LIU PWB and the FAX soft switch
Access error to 1-chip microprocessor on the FAX board (FAX detection)
The FAX PWB does not match with the machine model.
Combination error between the FAX-BOX destination information and the
machine destination information.
Thermistor open trouble (TH_UM)
Thermistor open trouble (TH_US)
Fusing section high temperature trouble (TH_UM)
Fusing section high temperature trouble (TH_US)
Fusing section low temperature trouble (TH_UM)
Fusing section low temperature trouble (TH_US)
5 times continuous POD1 not-reach jam
Recovery error from low fuser temp. (TH_UM_AD2)
Recovery error from low fuser temp. (TH_US)
Scanner feed trouble
Scanner return trouble
Paper feed motor trouble
Fusing motor trouble
Drum motor trouble
Shift motor trouble
MFP fan motor trouble
Paper exit cooling fan (POFM1/2) trouble
Power source cooling fan trouble
LSU cooling fan trouble
Paper exit cooling fan (POFM3) trouble
Ozone exhaust fan trouble
Suction fan trouble
Polygon motor trouble
Full wave signal detection error
Full wave signal error
Communication error of MFP PWB/Mother board
Personal counter not detected
Battery trouble
MFP EEPROM read/write error
HDD/MFP PWB SRAM contents inconsistency
MFP PWB SRAM user authentication index check sum error
MFP PWB EEPROM counter check sum error
MFP PWB SRAM memory check sum error
MFP PWB SRAM memory individual data check sum error
MFP PWB SRAM memory user authentication counter check sum error
MFP PWB and PCU PWB manufacturing No. data inconsistency
HDD/Flash memory registration data check sum error
Water Mark check error
SCU PWB EEPROM read/write error
SCU PWB EEPROM check sum error
PCU PWB EEPROM read/write error
PCU PWB EEPROM check sum error
Document feed unit communication error
Document feed unit fan motor trouble
Document feed unit installation trouble
Communication error of PCU PWB/Desk paper feed unit
Desk paper feed tray 1 lift trouble
LCC lift trouble
Desk paper feed unit paper transport motor trouble
PCU PWB - LCC communication error
LCC paper transport motor trouble
LCC 24V power trouble
Desk - Main unit combination trouble
LCC - Main unit combination trouble
MFP PWB - Vendor machine communication error
Vendor machine error
IPD/DOCC ASIC IPD section error (N model only)
IPD/DOCC ASIC DOCC section error (N model only)
Trouble
detection
Mechanism
Option
Electricity
MFP
FAX
FAX
FAX
FAX
FAX
FAX
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
SCU
SCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
MFP
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
MFP
MFP
MFP
MFP
MFP
MFP
MFP
MFP
MFP
MFP
MFP
MFP
MFP
SCU
SCU
PCU
PCU
SCU
SCU
SCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
MFP
MFP
SCU
SCU
FAX
Supply
Trouble code
Main
Sub
code code
A0
01
02
04
10
11
12
15
20
21
22
Trouble
detection

PCU PWB ROM error
SCU PWB ROM error
ACU PWB ROM error (when scanner expansion kit is installed)
MFP PWB ROM error
Firmware version inconsistency (MFP - PCU)
Firmware version inconsistency (MFP - SCU)
DSK BOOT version disagreement
Conflict firmware and EEPROM data version (MFP)
Conflict firmware and EEPROM data version (PCU)
Conflict firmware and EEPROM data version (SCU)
Mechanism
Option
Electricity
MFP
MFP
MFP
MFP
MFP
MFP
MFP
MFP
PCU
SCU
FAX
Supply
3. Details of trouble code

C1-10
Main charger trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
E6-10
PCU
The main charger unit is not installed properly.
There is an abnormality in the main charger unit.
Disconnection of the high voltage PWB connector.
MC/DV high voltage PWB trouble.
PCU PWB trouble
Check the output of the main charger with SIM8-2.
Check disconnection of the main charger./Replace.
Check disconnection of the high voltage PWB
connector./Replace.
Replace the MC/DV high voltage PWB.
Replace the PCU PWB.
DSPF (CIS) shading error

(Black correction)
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
E6-11
E7-01
Check & Remedy
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
E7-03
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
SCU
Installation error of the CIS unit harness.
Copy lamp lighting trouble.
Dirt on the reference white plate.
CIS unit trouble.
DSPF PWB trouble.
Shading adjustment error
Check the installing state of the harness the CIS unit.
Clean the reference white plate.
Check the CIS unit.
Check the DSPF PWB.
E7-04
Check & Remedy
CIS-ASIC error
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
MFP
HDD-ASIC trouble.
An error occurs in the HDD-ASIC self test when
booting.
Replace the MFP PWB.
Standard/Extension memory R/W

error (MFP PWB) (Local memory)
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
E6-14
MFP
Connector, harness connection trouble in the MFP
PWB and HDD.
HDD error file management area data abnormality
(FAT breakage).
MFP PWB trouble.
Check connection of the connector and the harness of
the MFP PWB and HDD.
Use SIM62-2,3 to check read/write operations of the
HDD.
Replace the HDD.
HDD-ASIC error
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
E7-05
MFP
Image data transfer error in the MFP PWB.
MFP PWB trouble.
Check connection of the connector and the harness of
the MFP PWB.
HDD trouble
Check & Remedy

SCU
Installation error of the CIS unit harness.
CIS unit trouble.
DSPF PWB trouble.
Check the installing state of the harness to the CIS
unit.
Check the CIS unit.
Check the DSPF PWB.
DSPF (CIS) shading error

(White correction)
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
MFP image data error
Memory access is disabled.

MFP
Improper insertion of the memory.
Garbled memory data.
The memory capacity is not the specified level.
Check insertion of the memory.
Use SIM60-1 to check the read/write operations of the
memory.
Replace the expansion memory.
SCU
DSPF PWB trouble.
Replace the DSPF PWB.
E7-06
Image data decode error
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
E7-08
MFP memory compatibility error

(MFP PWB) (Local memory)
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
E7-09
Check & Remedy
MFP
A DIMM which is not 512MB is inserted.
DIMM trouble.
Insufficient memory size.
Replace the DIMM.
Shading error (Black correction)
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
E7-11
MFP
A DIMM of different specifications is installed to the
MFP memory slot.
DIMM trouble.
Check the installed DIMM.
Replace the DIMM.
Standard/Extension memory size

(MFP PWB) (Local memory)
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
E7-10
MFP
Compressed image data abnormality.
HDD connection trouble when HDD is installed.
Image data compression/transfer data garble.
MFP PWB trouble.
If the job at an occurrence of an error is a FAX job,
check the FAX PWB.
Check connection of the MFPC PWB and the HDD.
Replace the MFPC PWB.
SCU
Abnormality in the CCD black scan level when the
scanner lamp is turned OFF.
Improper installation of the harness to the CCD unit.
CCD unit abnormality.
SCU PWB abnormality.
Check connection of the harness to the CCD unit.
Check the CCD unit.
Check the SCU PWB.
Shading error (White correction)
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
SCU
Abnormality in the CCD white reference plate scan
level when the scanner lamp is turned ON.
Improper installation of the harness to the CCD unit.
Dirt on the mirror, lens, and the reference white plate.
Scanner lamp lighting trouble.
CCD unit abnormality.
SCU PWB abnormality.
Check connection of the harness to the CCD unit.
Check connection of the harness to the scanner lamp
unit.
Clean the mirror, the lens, and the reference white
plate.
Check the CCD unit.
Check the SCU PWB.
E7-14
CCD-ASIC error
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
E7-20
LSU laser detection error
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
E7-21
Check & Remedy
PCU
Power reduction due to laser deterioration.
Harness and connector disconnection/insertion
trouble between the LD PWB and the LSU control
PWB.
Use SIM61-1 to check the operation of the LSU.
Check the PWB and connection of the harness in the
LSU.
Replace the LSU.
LSU-PCU connection error
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
E7-29
PCU
Optical axis shift.
Reduced laser power, lighting error, laser diode
trouble.
Harness and connector trouble between the LD/BD
PWB and the LSU control PWB.
Use SIM61-1 to check the operation of the LSU.
Check the PWB and connection of the harness in the
LSU.
Replace the LSU.
LSU laser deterioration trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
E7-28
SCU
SCU PWB trouble.
Check the SCU PWB.
Replace the SCU PWB.
PCU
Communication error between the CPU in the PCU
PWB and the LSU control ASIC.
Improper connection of the communication connector
between the PCU PWB and the LSU control PWB
(interface PWB).
Harness trouble between the PCU PWB and the LSU
control PWB (interface PWB)
PCU PWB or LSU control PWB (interface PWB)
trouble
Check connection of the connector and the harness
between the PCU PWB and the LSU control PWB
(interface PWB).
Replace the LSU control PWB.
LSU ASIC frequency error
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
PCU
Oscillation abnormality of the external oscillator and
the internal oscillating circuit used in the LSU ASIC.
LSU ASIC abnormality on the LSU ASIC PWB.
E7-31
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
E7-42
Data error (ACRE ASIC)
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
E7-46
MFP
Image transfer trouble.
Check the connection state of the ACRE ASIC PWB
connector.
Replace the ACRE ASIC PWB.
Decode error (ACRE ASIC)
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
E7-48

MFP
Read/write error for the MFP Flash memory
Target data
Address book data
Part of the key operator program
Copy job program
Part of the user authentication data
Sender record, etc.
MFP Flash memory error
MFP Flash memory contact error
Malfunctions caused by noises
Saved data are garbled.
Check the following data for any abnormality. If there
is any abnormality, reset and register the content.
Part of the key operator program
Copy job program
Part of the user authentication data
Image send series registration data (Sender record)
When the main power is turned OFF/ON in a machine
without HDD installed, if an error occurs again,
execute SIM62-01. If the trouble is not canceled by
this procedure, replace the MFP PWB.
MFP
Compression data abnormality.
Garbled data are produced in image compression/
transmission.
ACRE ASIC PWB trouble.
Check the installation state of the PWB.
Check connection of the ACRE ASIC PWB.
Replace the ACRE ASIC PWB.
E7-50
Engine connection trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
E7-55
PWB information sum error

(Engine detection)
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
E7-60
Check & Remedy
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
Check & Remedy
E7-49
MFP
DIMM trouble, memory slot trouble.
DIMM insertion trouble, different DIMM inserted.
DIMM trouble.
Replace the PWB.
MFP
Watermark data trouble
Use SIM49-5 to upload the watermark data.
Replace the HDD.
MFP
Combination error between the MFP PWB and the
PCU PWB.
MFP PWB trouble.
PCU PWB trouble.
Check the combination between the MFP PWB and
the PCU PWB.
MFP EEPROM sum check error
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Water Mark data error
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
E7-65
MFP
A PWB or firmware which is not supported by the
machine specifications is detected in the MFP PWB.
MFP PWB trouble.
The PWB/firmware which is not supported by the
machine specifications is connected.
Check the kind and the version of the firmware.
Check the MFP PWB, and replace it if necessary.
Combination error between the MFP

PWB and the PCU PWB
Memory error (ACRE ASIC)
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
PCU EEPROM PWB information sum error

PCU
PCU EEPROM sum check error.
PCU EEPROM trouble.
PCU EEPROM contact trouble.
Malfunction due to noises
Replace the PCU EEPROM.
Combination error between the MFP

PWB and other PWB, firmware
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
E7-61
PCU
A PWB, or firmware, or LSU which is not supported by
the machine specifications is detected in the PCU
PWB.
PCU PWB trouble.
LSU trouble.
Check the kind and the version of the firmware.
Check the LSU, and replace it if necessary.
Check the PCU PWB, and replace it if necessary.
Check & Remedy
MFP
MFP PWB EEPROM device breakdown.
Contact trouble of the MFP EEPROM device.
Malfunction due to noises.
Replace the MFP PWB EEPROM.
E7-80
MFP-SCU PWB communication error
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
MFP
SCU PWB connector connection trouble.
SCU PWB - MFP PWB connection trouble.
SCU PWB mother board connection trouble.
SCU PWB trouble.
MFP PWB trouble.
Mother board trouble.
Check connection of the SCU PWB, the MFP PWB,
and the mother board.
Check the ground.
Replace the mother board.
EE-EU Automatic toner density adjustment

error (Under toner)
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
F1-00
E7-90
MFP - PCU PWB communication error
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
MFP
PCU PWB connector connection trouble.
PCU PWB - MFP PWB connection trouble.
PCU PWB trouble.
MFP PWB trouble.
Mother board trouble.
Check connection of the PCU PWB, the MFP PWB,
and the mother board.
Check the ground.
EE-EC Automatic toner density adjustment

error (Sampling level 67-94/106-154)
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
The sampling level in the automatic toner density

adjustment is outside of 1005.
PCU
Toner density sensor trouble.
Developing unit trouble.
PCU PWB trouble.
Replace the toner density sensor.
Replace the developing unit.
EE-EL Automatic toner density adjustment

error (Over toner)
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy

adjustment is 66 or less or the control voltage is 198
or above.
PCU
Charging voltage/ developing voltage trouble, toner
density trouble, or developing unit trouble.
PCU PWB trouble.
Finisher - PCU PWB communication

error
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
F1-03
PCU
Connection trouble of the connector and the harness
between the finisher and the PCU PWB.
Finisher control PWB trouble.
PCU PWB trouble.
Strong external noises.
Check the connector and the harness between the
finisher and the PCU PWB.
Replace the finisher control PWB.
Finisher paper exit roller lifting

operation trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
F1-08

adjustment is 155 or above or the control voltage is 48
or less.
PCU
Charging voltage/ developing voltage trouble, toner
density trouble, or developing unit trouble.
PCU PWB trouble.
PCU
Finisher paper exit roller lift motor trouble.
Harness and connector connection trouble.
Home position sensor trouble.
Use SIM3-3 to check the operation of the paper exit
roller lift motor.
Replace the paper exit roller lift motor.
Check connection of the connector and the harness.
Replace the home position sensor.
Stapler shift trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
PCU
Stapler shift motor trouble.
Use SIM3-3 to check the operation of the stapler shift
motor.
Replace the stapler shift motor.
F1-10
Staple operation trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
F1-11
Finisher grip operation trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
F1-15
Check & Remedy
Lift motor trouble.

PCU
Paper exit tray lift motor trouble.
Use SIM3-3 to check the operation of the paper exit
tray lift motor.
Replace the paper exit tray lift motor.
Finisher alignment operation trouble F
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
F1-20
PCU
Grip motor trouble.
Grip arm trouble.
Use SIM3-3 to check the operation of the grip motor.
Replace the grip motor.
Replace the grip arm.
Finisher paper exit tray lift operation

trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
F1-19
PCU
Staple motor trouble.
Use SIM3-3 to check the operation of the staple
motor.
Replace the staple motor.
PCU
Finisher paper alignment motor lock.
Motor speed abnormality.
Over-current to the motor.
Use SIM3-3 to check the operation of the paper
alignment motor F.
Replace the paper alignment motor F.
Finisher alignment operation trouble

R
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
PCU
Finisher paper alignment motor lock.
Motor speed abnormality.
Over-current to the motor.
alignment motor R.
Replace the paper alignment motor R.
F1-21
Finisher fan trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
F1-22
Finisher assist motor trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
F1-23
Check & Remedy
PCU
Motor lock trouble.
Control PWB trouble, home position sensor trouble.
Connection harness/connector connection trouble.
Check the operation of the rear edge assist motor with
SIM3-3.
Check connection from the control PWB to the motor.
Replace the control PWB.
Saddle paper folding trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
F1-32
PCU
Motor harness short/open trouble.
Control PWB trouble.
Connection harness/connector connection trouble
Check the operation of the rear edge assist motor with
SIM3-3.
Finisher shutter trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
F1-31
PCU
Finisher fan motor trouble.
Use SIM3-3 to check the operation of the fan motor.
Check connection between the finisher control PWB
and the fan.
Replace the fan.
PCU
Motor lock trouble.
Control PWB trouble, home position sensor trouble.
Connection harness/connector connection trouble.
Check the operation of the saddle motor with SIM3-3.
Replace the sensor.
Finisher - Punch unit communication

error
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
PCU
Connector/harness connection trouble or
disconnection between the finisher and the punch
unit.
PCU PWB trouble.
Malfunction due to noises.
The punch unit is in the adjustment mode.
Check the connector and the harness between the
finisher and the punch unit.
Cancel the adjustment mode of the punch unit.
F1-33
Punch unit shift operation trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
F1-34
Punch operation trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
F1-36
Check & Remedy
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
F1-41
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
F1-43
PCU
Punch paper edge sensor trouble.
Harness disconnection.
Punch control PWB trouble.
Use SIM3-2 to check the operation of the sensor.
Replace the punch paper edge sensor.
Replace the punch control PWB.
Check & Remedy
PCU
Readjust the finisher. (Use SIM3-10,Finisher control
PWB DIP SW adjustment.)
Check & Remedy
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
Check & Remedy

PCU
Punch control PWB trouble.
Replace the punch control PWB.
Set the punch unit specifications, and adjust the
sensor. (Punch unit control PWB DIP SW adjustment.)
PCU
Saddle alignment motor trouble.
Use SIM3-3 to check the operation of the Saddle
alignment motor (FSPAM).
Turn OFF/ON the power.
Replace the sensor.
Saddle staple trouble
Punch data backup RAM error
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Abnormality in the folding positioning guide motor in

the saddle section.
PCU
Saddle paper positioning guide drive motor trouble.
Use SIM3-3 to check the operation of the saddle
paper positioning motor.
Replace the sensor.
Saddle alignment operation trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
F1-45
PCU
Punch dust sensor trouble.
Punch unit control PWB trouble.
Use SIM3-2 to check the operation of the sensor.
Check connection of the connectors and the harness.
Replace the punch dust sensor.
Replace the punch unit control PWB.
Saddle paper positioning operation

trouble
Finisher data backup RAM error
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
F1-38
PCU
Punch motor trouble.
Check the punch operation.
Replace the punch motor.
Punch paper dust sensor error
Punch paper edge detection error
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
F1-37
PCU
Punch shift motor trouble.
Use SIM3-3 to check the operation of the punch
shifting.
Replace the punch shift motor.
F1-39
Abnormality of the staple unit drive motor in the saddle

section.
PCU
Saddle staple motor trouble.
staple motor.
Replace the sensor.
F1-47
Saddle paper transport motor trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
F1-50
Main unit - Finisher combination error
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
F2-31
PCU
The finisher which is not supported by the main unit
model is installed.
Install a proper finisher.

(OPC drum surface reflection ratio
abnormality)
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
F2-39
Abnormality in the drive roller oscillation motor in the

finisher saddle transport section.
PCU
Saddle paper transport motor trouble.
Fuse blown (24V line).
paper transport motor.
Replace the sensor.
PCU
Before execution of the process control, a document
is scanned by the image density sensor and the
sensor gain is adjusted so that the output is at a fixed
level. Though, however, the sensor gain is changed,
the output does not become a fixed level.
Connection trouble of the harness between the PCU
PWB and the image density sensor
Image density sensor dirt
Use SIM44-2 to execute the gain adjustment of the
process control sensor.
When there are some troubles, "Error" is displayed.
Check the sensor and the harness at that time.
F2-58
Process humidity sensor trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
F2-64
Toner supply operation trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
F2-70
Check & Remedy
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
Check & Remedy
F2-40
PCU
Process thermistor trouble.
Process thermistor harness connection trouble.
PCU PWB trouble
Replace the process thermistor.
Check connection of the harness and the connector.
F3-12
Check & Remedy
PCU
Toner density sensor output abnormality (Sample
level 25 or less, or 201 or above)
Connection trouble of the connector and the harness.
Developing unit trouble. PCU PWB trouble.
PCU
Toner cartridge (CRUM) trouble.
PCU PWB trouble.
Connector/harness trouble.
Replace the toner cartridge.
Connector and harness check.
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Toner density sensor trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
PCU
An improper toner cartridge is inserted. (The main unit
detects a toner cartridge of a different specification.)
Toner cartridge trouble.
PCU PWB trouble
Toner cartridge CRUM error
Process thermistor trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
PCU
Toner clutch trouble.
Connector/harness trouble.
PCU PWB trouble.
Toner cartridge trouble.
Replace the toner clutch.
Connector and harness check.
Improper toner cartridge detection
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
F2-74
PCU
Process humidity sensor trouble.
PCU PWB trouble.
Replace the process humidity sensor.
Check & Remedy
PCU
LUD1 is not turned ON within the specified time.
CLUD1 sensor trouble
Paper feed tray 1 lift unit trouble.
PCU PWB trouble.
Check connection of the harness and the connector of
LUD1.
Replace the lift-up unit.
F3-22
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
F6-00
LUD2 does not turn ON within the specified time.

PCU
LUD2 does not turn ON within the specified time.
CLUD2 sensor trouble.
Paper feed tray 2 lift unit trouble.
PCU PWB trouble.
Check the harness and the connector of LUD2.
Replace the lift-up unit.
MFP-FAX communication trouble
Trouble content
Section
Case 1 Cause
Check
and
remedy
Case 2 Cause
Check
and
remedy
Case 3 Cause
Check
and
remedy
Case 4 Cause
Check
and
remedy
Communication establishment error/Framing/Parity/

Protocol error
MFP
FAX unit PWB connector connection error
Check the connector connection between the FAX unit
PWB and the MFPcnt PWB.
FAX unit PWB - MFPcnt PWB harness trouble
Check the connector harness between the FAX unit
PWB and the MFPcnt PWB.
FAX unit PWB mother board connector pin breakage
Check the machine grounding.
FAX unit ROM trouble/ROM pin breakage

Check the FAX unit PWB ROM.
F6-21
Trouble content
Section
Case 1 Cause
Check
and
remedy
Case 2 Cause
Check
and
remedy
Case 3 Cause
Check
and
remedy
F6-30
Section
Case 1 Cause
Case 2
FAX board EEPROM read/write error
Trouble content
Section
Case 1 Cause
Check
and
remedy
Case 2 Cause
Check
and
remedy
F6-04
EEPROM access error (read/write)

FAX
EEPROM trouble
Check that no trouble occurs after replacement of
EEPROM. Execute the memory check of SIM66-3 to
insure that EEPROM can be accessed.
FAX PWB EEPROM access circuit trouble
Replace the PWB. In this case, not need to execute
the simulation.
Section
Case 1 Cause
FAX PWB MODEM chip operation trouble

FAX
FAX PWB MODEM chip operation trouble
Replace the FAX PWB MODEM chip.
The FAX PWB MODEM chip cannot be accessed.

Replace the FAX PWB.
Check
and
remedy
F6-98
The FAX PWB information (soft switch) differs.

Check the FAX PWB information (soft switch).
TEL/LIU PWB trouble

Replace the TEL/LIU PWB.
Access error (read/write) to 1-chip microprocessor on

the FAX board
FAX
Program writing error (or no writing) to the 1-chip
microprocessor
Use SIM66-24 to rewrite the 1-chip microprocessor
program.
1-chip microprocessor trouble
Replace the 1-chip microprocessor chip. When
replacing, use SIM66-42 to rewrite the 1-chip
microprocessor program.
FAX PWB 1-chip microprocessor access circuit
trouble
Replace the FAX PWB.
The FAX PWB does not match with the

machine model.
Trouble content
FAX MODEM operation trouble
Trouble content
Section
Case 1 Cause
Check
and
remedy
Case 2 Cause
Check
and
remedy
Check
and
remedy
Cause
Check
and
remedy
Cause
Check
and
remedy
F6-97
Combination error between the TEL/LIU PWB and the

FAX PWB information (soft switch)
FAX
The destination of the installed TEL/LIU PWB differs.
Check the destination of the installed TEL/LIU PWB.
Access error to 1-chip microprocessor on the FAX board (FAX detection)
Trouble content
Case 3
F6-01
Combination error between the

TEL/LIU PWB and the FAX soft switch
The FAX PWB identification model does not match

with the machine model.
FAX
An improper type of FAX PWB is installed to the
machine.
Replace the FAX PWB with a proper one.
Combination error between the FAXBOX destination information and the

machine destination information.
Trouble content
Section
Case 1 Cause
Check
and
remedy
Combination error between the FAX PWB destination

information and the machine destination information.
FAX
Combination error between the destination
information written in EEPROM on the FAX PWB and
the destination information of the machine (set with
SIM26-6).
1) Check the destination of the FAX PWB.
2) Check the destination of the machine. (SIM26-6)
3) Use a proper combination of the machine and
the FAX PWB.
H2-00
Thermistor open trouble (TH_UM)
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
H2-02
Check & Remedy
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy

PCU
Thermistor trouble.
PCU PWB trouble.
Fusing unit not installed.
Replace the thermistor.
Fusing section high temperature

trouble (TH_UM)
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
H3-02
Fusing section low temperature

trouble (TH_UM)
Thermistor open trouble (TH_US)
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
H3-00
PCU
Thermistor trouble.
PCU PWB trouble
Fusing unit not installed.
H4-00
PCU
The fusing temperature exceeds the specified level.
Thermistor trouble.
PCU PWB trouble
Connection trouble of the fusing section connector
and the harness.
HL PWB trouble.
Use SIM5-2 to check the flashing operation of the
heater lamp.
Use SIM14 to cancel the trouble.
Replace the HL PWB.
H4-02
Fusing section low temperature

trouble (TH_US)
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
Fusing section high temperature

trouble (TH_US)
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
PCU
The fusing temperature exceeds the specified level.
Thermistor trouble.
PCU PWB trouble.
HL PWB trouble. Fusing section connector connection
trouble.
HL PWB trouble.
heater lamp.
Check connection of the thermistor and the harness.
Check the PCU PWB thermistor input circuit section.
(When the lamp is ON:) Check the HL PWB and the
PCU PWB lamp circuit.
Replace the thermistor, the HL PWB, and the PCU
PWB.
H5-01
PCU
The fusing temperature does not reach the specified
level within the specified time from turning ON the
power relay.
Thermistor trouble.
Heater lamp trouble.
PCU PWB trouble.
Thermostat trouble.
Connector, harness connection trouble.
HL PWB trouble.
Interlock switch trouble.
Replace the heater lamp.
Replace the thermostat.
Replace the HL PWB.
Replace the interlock switch.
heater lamp.
PCU
level within the specified time from turning ON the
power relay.
Thermistor trouble.
PCU PWB trouble
Thermostat trouble.
HL PWB trouble.
Interlock switch trouble.
Replace the HL PWB.
Replace the interlock switch.
heater lamp.
5 times continuous POD1 not-reach

jam
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
PCU
A fusing jam is not canceled completely. (A jam paper
remains.)
POD1 sensor trouble.
Fusing unit installation trouble.
PCU PWB trouble
Replace the POD1 sensor.
Check the installing position of the fusing unit.
Replace the fusing unit.
H7-10
Recovery error from low fuser temp.

(TH_UM_AD2)
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
H7-12
Recovery error from low fuser temp.

(TH_US)
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
L1-00
PCU
level within the specified time from stopping a job due
to fall in the fusing temperature.
Thermistor trouble.
PCU PWB trouble
Thermostat trouble.
HL PWB trouble.
Replace the HL PWB.
heater lamp.
PCU
level within the specified time from stopping a job due
to fall in the fusing temperature.
Thermistor trouble.
PCU PWB trouble
Thermostat trouble.
HL PWB trouble.
Replace the HL PWB.
heater lamp.
L3-00
Scanner return trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
L4-02
Paper feed motor trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
L4-03
Check & Remedy
SCU
Scanner feed is not completed within the specified
time.
Scanner unit trouble.
SCU PWB trouble
Scanner control PWB trouble.
Scanner home position sensor trouble.
Scanner motor trouble.
Use SIM1-1 to check the scan operation.
Replace the scanner unit.
Replace the scanner home position sensor.
Replace the scanner motor.
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
L4-04
PCU
A lock signal is detected during ON period of the
paper feed motor in warming up or canceling a jam.
Paper feed motor trouble.
PCU PWB trouble
Use SIM6-1 to check the operation of the paper feed
motor.
Replace the paper feed motor.
Fusing motor trouble
Scanner feed trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
SCU
Scanner return is not completed within the specified
time.
Scanner unit trouble.
SCU PWB trouble
Scanner control PWB trouble.
Scanner home position sensor trouble.
Scanner motor trouble.
Use SIM1-1 to check the scan operation.
Replace the scanner unit.
Replace the scanner home position sensor.
Replace the scanner motor.
PCU
The motor lock signal is detected during rotation of the
fusing motor.
Fusing motor trouble.
PCU PWB trouble.
Use SIM6-1 to check the operation of the fusing
motor.
Replace the Fusing motor.
Drum motor trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
PCU
The motor lock signal is detected during rotation of the
drum motor.
Drum motor trouble.
Drum unit trouble.
PCU PWB trouble
Use SIM25-1 to check the operation of the drum
motor.
Replace the drum motor.
Replace the drum unit.
L4-11
Shift motor trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
L4-30
Check & Remedy
MFP
Fan motor trouble.
MFP PWB trouble.Harness and connector connection
trouble.
PCU PWB trouble
Replace the fan motor.
Paper exit cooling fan (POFM1/2)

trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
L4-32
PCU
No change in the shifter home position sensor signal
is detected in the operation of the shifter initializing.
Shift motor trouble.
PCU PWB trouble.
Shifter home position sensor trouble.
Use SIM6-1 to check the shift operation.
Use SIM30-1 to check the operation of the shifter
home position sensor.
Replace the shift motor.
Replace the shifter home position sensor.
PCU
The fan operation signal is not detected within the
specified time in the paper exit cooling fan operation.
Paper exit cooling fan trouble.
PCU PWB trouble
Use SIM6-2 to check the rotating operation of the fan.
Replace the paper exit cooling fan.
Power source cooling fan trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
PCU
specified time in the power cooling fan operation.
Power cooling fan trouble.
PCU PWB trouble.
Replace the power cooling fan.
Check/replace the connector or the harness.
LSU cooling fan trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
L4-43
MFP fan motor trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
L4-31
L4-34
Paper exit cooling fan (POFM3)

trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
L4-58
PCU
specified time in the paper exit cooling fan operation.
Paper exit cooling fan trouble.
PCU PWB trouble
Replace the paper exit cooling fan.
Ozone exhaust fan trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
L4-59
PCU
When the LSU cooling fan is operated, the fan
operation signal is not detected within the specified
time.
LSU cooling fan trouble.
PCU PWB trouble.
Replace the LSU cooling fan.
PCU
specified time in the ozone exhaust fan operation.
Ozone exhaust fan trouble.
PCU PWB trouble.
Check that the fan is rotating after turning ON the
power.
Replace the ozone exhaust fan.
Suction fan trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
PCU
specified time in the suction fan operation.
Suction fan trouble.
PCU PWB trouble.
Check that the fan is rotating after turning ON the
power.
Replace the suction fan.
L6-10
Polygon motor trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
L8-01
Check & Remedy
Check & Remedy
PCU
No full wave signal is detected.
PCU PWB trouble
Power unit trouble.
Replace the power unit.
PCU
An abnormality in the full wave signal frequency is
detected. (The frequency is detected as 65Hz or
above, or 45Hz or less.)
PCU PWB trouble.
Power unit trouble.
Power frequency, waveform abnormality.
Check the power waveform.
Communication error of MFP PWB/

Mother board
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
PC--
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
U2-00
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
MFP
Mother board PWB - MFP PWB connection trouble.
MFP PWB trouble.
Mother trouble.
Check connection between the mother board and the
MFP PWB.
Check the ground of the main unit.
Replace the MFPC PWB.
Personal counter not detected
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
U2-05
Check & Remedy
MFP
The HDD or the MFP PWB which differs from that
before turning OFF the power is installed.
HDD trouble.
MFP PWB trouble.
Use SIM16 to cancel the error.
If there is backup data (export data by device cloning),
import it.
MFP PWB SRAM user authentication

index check sum error
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
U2-11
MFP
MFP PWB EEPROM trouble.
EEPROM socket contact trouble.
MFP PWB trouble.
Replace the MFP PWB EEPROM.
Check the power environment.
HDD/MFP PWB SRAM contents

inconsistency
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
U2-10
Backup SRAM battery voltage fall.

MFP
Battery life
Battery circuit abnormality
Check to confirm that the battery voltage is about 2.0V
or above.
MFP EEPROM read/write error
Check & Remedy
Full wave signal error
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
L8-20
Battery trouble
Full wave signal detection error
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
L8-02
PCU
The motor does not reach the specified rpm in 8 sec
after starting rotation of the polygon motor.
Polygon motor trouble.
LSU control PWB trouble.
Use SIM61-1 to check the operation of the polygon
motor.
Replace the polygon motor.
Replace the LSU.
U1-01
MFP
SRAM user index information (user authentication
basic data) check sum error.
MFP PWB SRAM trouble.
Transfer the user index information data in the HDD to
the SRAM.
MFP PWB EEPROM counter check

sum error
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
MFP
MFP PWB EEPROM trouble.
MFP PWB trouble.
MFP
The personal counter is not installed.
The personal counter is not detected.
U2-22
MFP PWB SRAM memory check sum

error
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
U2-50
HDD/Flash memory registration data

check sum error
Trouble content
MFP
The identifier which controls the communication
management table stored in the SRAM and the FAX
soft switch is not detected correctly.
MFP PWB trouble.
Since the data of the communication management
table and the FAX soft switch stored in the SRAM are
initialized when an error occurs, register the deleted
data again individually.
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
U2-23
MFP PWB SRAM memory individual

data check sum error
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
U2-24
MFP PWB SRAM memory user

authentication counter check sum
error
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
U2-30
MFP PWB SRAM memory individual data check sum

error.
MFP
The check sum value for individual data of the
communication table and the sender registration does
not match.
MFP PWB trouble.
Turn OFF/ON the power to initialize the data related to
the content of check sum error.
Since the registered contents are deleted, register the
deleted contents again.
Check & Remedy
Water Mark check error
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
U2-80
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
MFP
Inconsistency between the manufacturing No. saved
in the PCU PWB and that in the MFP PWB.
When replacing the PCU PWB or the MFP PWB, the
EEPROM which was mounted on the PWB before
replacement is not mounted on the new PWB.
MFP PWB trouble.
PCU PWB trouble
Check that the EEPROM is properly set.
Check to confirm that the EEPROM which was
mounted on the PWB before replacement is mounted
on the new PWB.
U2-81
MFP
Watermark data trouble
Use SIM49-5 to upload the watermark data.
SCU PWB EEPROM read/write error
MFP
MFP PWB trouble.
MFP PWB and PCU PWB

manufacturing No. data inconsistency
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
U2-60
HDD/MFP Flash data check sum error (MFP PWB

detection)
MFP
HDD/MFP PWB Flash memory data check sum error
(when HDD is not installed)
Address book
Image send series registration data (Sender record,
meta data, etc.)
Job end list (FAX/Internet FAX/scanner job only),
etc.
Error in write/read circuit to HDD or MFP Flash
memory
Malfunctions caused by noises
MFP PWB HSS access circuit error
Use SIM16 to cancel the U2 trouble.
Check the following data for any abnormality. If there
is any abnormality, reset and register the content.
Address book
Image send series registration data (Sender record,
meta data, etc.)
Job end list (FAX/Internet FAX/scanner job only),
etc.
Replace the HDD.
SCU
SCU PWB EEPROM trouble.
SCU PWB trouble.
Replace the SCU PWB EEPROM.
Check contact of the EEPROM socket.
Put down the counter/adjustment values in the
simulation to prevent against loss of the counter data
and the adjustment values.
SCU PWB EEPROM check sum error
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
SCU
SCU PWB EEPROM trouble.
Installation of non-initialized EEPROM.
SCU PWB trouble.
Replace the SCU PWB EEPROM.
U2-90
PCU PWB EEPROM read/write error
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
U2-91
PCU
PCU PWB EEPROM trouble.
PCU PWB trouble
Replace the PCU PWB EEPROM.
U6-00
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
U6-01
Check & Remedy
Check & Remedy
SCU
SCU PWB trouble.
DSPF PWB trouble.
Replace the DSPF PWB.
Document feed unit fan motor trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
U5-40
PCU
PCU PWB EEPROM trouble.
PCU PWB trouble
Replace the PCU PWB EEPROM.
Document feed unit communication

error
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
U5-16
PCU
Error when testing the communication line after
turning ON the power or canceling the simulation.
Desk control PWB trouble.
PCU PWB trouble
Turn OFF/ON the power to cancel.
Check the connector and the harness in the
communication line.
Replace the desk control PWB.
PCU PWB EEPROM check sum error
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
U5-00
Communication error of PCU PWB/

Desk paper feed unit
SCU
Fan motor trouble.
Use SIM2-3 to check the operation.
Check the DSPF PWB and the driver PWB connection
of the connector and the harness.
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
U6-02
PCU
DLUD1 does not turn ON within the specified time
when lift-up operation.
DLUD1 sensor trouble.
Lift unit trouble.
PCU PWB trouble
Replace the DLDU1 sensor.
Replace the lift unit.
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
PCU
DLUD2 does not turn ON within the specified time
when lift-up operation.
DLUD2 sensor trouble.
Lift unit trouble.
PCU PWB trouble
Replace the DLDU2 sensor.
Replace the lift unit.
Document feed unit installation

trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
SCU
When two or more document feed units are detected.
Document feeder trouble.
U6-09
LCC lift trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
U6-10
PCU
No change in the lift motor rotation sensor signal is
detected within the specified time after outputting the
lift motor ON signal.
The lift motor rotation sensor signal varies though the
lift motor is stopped.
Lift motor rotation sensor trouble.
LCC control PWB trouble
Lift mechanism trouble.
Lift motor trouble.
Use SIM4-2 and 4-3 to check the operation of the
sensor and the lift motor.
Replace the lift motor rotation sensor.
Replace the LCC control PWB.
Replace the lift mechanism.
Replace the lift motor.
Desk paper feed unit paper transport

motor trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
U6-20
U6-21
PCU
Desk paper feed motor trouble (motor lock, motor rpm
abnormality, over-current to the motor).
Use SIM4-3 to check the operation of the desk
transport motor.
Replace the desk paper feed motor.
PCU PWB - LCC communication error
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
PCU
Error when testing the communication line after
turning ON the power or canceling the simulation.
LCC control PWB trouble.
PCU PWB trouble.
Improper combination between the main unit and the
LCC.
Cancel the error by turning OFF/ON the power.
communication line.
LCC paper transport motor trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
U6-22
LCC 24V power trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
U6-50
PCU
The DC24V power is not supplied from the main unit
to the LCC.
Power source unit trouble.
Check the connector and the harness in the power
line.
Desk - Main unit combination trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
U6-51
PCU
No change in the paper transport motor rotation
sensor signal is detected within the specified time
after outputting the paper transport motor ON signal.
The paper transport motor rotation sensor signal
varies though the paper transport motor is stopped.
Paper transport motor rotation sensor trouble.
Mechanism trouble.
Paper transport motor trouble.
transport motor.
Replace the paper transport motor.
Replace the mechanism.
Replace the paper transport motor.
PCU
desk.
Install a desk which is proper for the main unit mode.
LCC - Main unit combination trouble
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
PCU
LCC.
Install a LCC which is proper for the main unit mode.
U7-50
MFP PWB - Vendor machine

communication error
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
U7-51
Communication error between the MFP and the serial

vendor.
MFP
Improper setting of the vendor machine specifications
(SIMI26-3).
Vendor machine trouble.
MFP PWB trouble.
Cancel the error by turning OFF/ON the power.
communication line. Change the specifications of the
vendor machine (SIM26-3).
Vendor machine error
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
MFP (Notification of a trouble from the serial vendor)

Serial vendor machine trouble.
"Err.XX" is displayed on the operation panel of the
vendor. (XX is the detail code.)
Repair the vendor machine referring to the detail
code.
communication line.
UC-02 IPD/DOCC ASIC IPD section error

(N model only)
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
SCU
SCU PWB trouble (IPD/DOCC ASIC trouble).
A0-01
SCU
SCU PWB trouble (IPD/DOCC ASIC trouble).
Check & Remedy
Check & Remedy
A0-04
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
A0-10
MFP
The firmware version-up is not completed properly by
interruption of the power during the version-up
operation, etc.
ROM trouble.
Use SIM49-1 to perform the version-up procedure
again.
Replace the ROM.
Check & Remedy
MFP
Firmware combination error between the MFP and the
image ROM (color correction ROM).
Upgrade the firmware versions of the MFP and the
image ROM (color correction ROM).
Firmware version inconsistency

(MFP - PCU)
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
MFP
PCU.
Check the combination between the MFP and the
PCU.
Firmware version inconsistency

(MFP - SCU)
Check & Remedy
A0-15
MFP
The firmware update is failed because of turning OFF
the power during the firmware update operation, etc.
ROM trouble.
Use SIM49-1 to execute update of the firmware.
Replace the ROM.
MFP PWB ROM error
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
A0-12
MFP
The firmware version-up is not completed properly by
interruption of the power during the version-up
operation, etc.
ROM trouble.
Use SIM49-1 to perform the version-up procedure
again.
Replace the ROM.
ACU PWB ROM error (when scanner

expansion kit is installed)
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
PCU PWB ROM error
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
SCU PWB ROM error
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
A0-11
UC-20 IPD/DOCC ASIC DOCC section error

(N model only)
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
A0-02
MFP
SCU.
Check the combination between the MFP and the
SCU.
DSK BOOT version disagreement
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
MFP
Firmware combination error between the DSK and the
BOOT.
Check the combination between the DSK and the
BOOT.
A0-20
Conflict firmware and EEPROM data

version (MFP)
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
MFP
Inconsistency between the MFP firmware version and
the EEPROM data version.
Check the combination of the firmware.
Check & Remedy
A0-21
A0-22

version (SCU)
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
Check & Remedy
SCU
Inconsistency between the SCU firmware version and

version (PCU)
Trouble content
Detail
Cause
PCU
Inconsistency between the PCU firmware version and
Check & Remedy
4. Paper JAM code

A. JAM cause code list
(1)
Main unit
JAM detection method
JAM code
TRAY2
CPFD2_N3
JAM content
Cassette 2 paper feed JAM
(CPFD2 not-reached JAM)
CPFD2 not-reached JAM
(Desk 1 feed paper)
CPFD2_N4

(Desk 2 feed paper)
TRAY1
Cassette 1 paper feed JAM

(CPFD1 not-reached JAM)
(Cassette 2 feed paper)
(Desk 1 feed paper)
(Desk 2 feed paper)
Manual feed tray paper feed
JAM (MPFD not-reached)
PPD2 not-reached JAM
(Desk 1 feed paper)
(Desk 2 feed paper)
(Manual feed tray feed
paper)
(LCC feed paper)
CPFD1_N2
CPFD1_N3
CPFD1_N4
MFT
PPD2_N1
PPD2_N2
PPD2_N3
PPD2_N4
PPD2_NM
PPD2_NL
PPD2_NA
POD1_N
POD2_N
POD3_N
APPD1_N
APPD2_N

(ADU refeed paper)
POD1 not-reached JAM
APPD1 not-reached JAM
APPD2 not-reached JAM
JAM margin
distance (B)
[mm] *1
65.0
JAM detection
distance (A+B)
[mm] *1
160.1
CPUC2 ON
CPFD2 ON
Basic
distance (A)
[mm] *1
95.1
Reception of the paper feed

start command from DESK
(The paper lead edge is at
45mm from the last roller of
DESK1.)
start command from DESK
45mm from the last roller of
DESK1.)
CPUC1 ON
CPFD2 ON
23.6
65.0
88.6
CPFD2 ON
23.6
65.0
88.6
CPFD1 ON
95.1
65.0
160.1
CPFD2 ON
CPFD1 ON
109.6
65.0
174.6
CPFD2 ON
CPFD1 ON
109.6
65.0
174.6
CPFD2 ON
CPFD1 ON
109.6
65.0
174.6
MPUC ON
MPFD ON
52.7
65.0
117.7
CPFD1 ON
PPD2 ON
193.6
65.0
258.6
CPFD1 ON
PPD2 ON
193.6
65.0
258.6
CPFD1 ON
PPD2 ON
193.6
65.0
258.6
CPFD1 ON
PPD2 ON
193.6
65.0
258.6
MPFD ON
PPD2 ON
161.1
65.0
226.1

start command from LCC
29mm from the LCC paper
feed port.)
APPD2 ON
PPD2 ON
196.8
65.0
261.8
PPD2 ON
186.7
65.0
251.7
RRM ON
POD1 ON
Reversing start
Reversing start
APPD1 ON
POD1 ON
POD2 ON
POD3 ON
APPD1 ON
APPD2 ON
234.7
93.2
104.2
133.3
269.9
50.0
65.0
65.0
65.0
65.0
284.7
158.2
169.2
198.3
334.9
JAM detection start trigger
JAM judgment condition

JAM code
CPFD2_S2
CPFD2_S3
JAM content
CPFD2 remaining JAM
CPFD2 remaining JAM
(Desk 1 feed paper)
CPFD2_S4
CPFD2 remaining JAM

(Desk 2 feed paper)
CPFD1_S1
CPFD1 remaining JAM

CPFD1 remaining JAM
CPFD1 remaining JAM
(Desk 1 feed paper)
CPFD1 remaining JAM
(Desk 2 feed paper)
MPFD remaining JAM
PPD2 remaining JAM
PPD2 remaining JAM
PPD2 remaining JAM
(Desk 1 feed paper)
PPD2 remaining JAM
(Desk 2 feed paper)
PPD2 remaining JAM
(Manual feed tray feed
paper)
PPD2 remaining JAM
(LCC feed paper)
CPFD1_S2
CPFD1_S3
CPFD1_S4
MPFD_S
PPD2_S1
PPD2_S2
PPD2_S3
PPD2_S4
PPD2_SM
PPD2_SL
PPD2_SA
POD1_S
POD2_S
PPD2 remaining JAM

(ADU refeed paper)
POD1 remaining JAM
POD2 remaining JAM
(When left paper exit)
POD2 remaining JAM
(When reversing (when ADU/
right paper exit))
POD3_S
POD3 remaining JAM
APPD1_S
APPD1 remaining JAM
APPD2_S
PPD2_PRI
APPD2 remaining JAM

PPD2 JAM
(Image preparation wait
time-out)
CPFD2_DESK
CPFD2 JAM
(Desk communication
abnormality detection)
JAM margin
distance (B)
[mm] *1
65.0
JAM detection
distance (A+B)
[mm] *1
200.2
CPUC2 OFF
CPFD2 OFF
Basic
distance (A)
[mm] *1
135.2

end command from DESK
(The last rear edge roller
position of DSEK1)
end command from DESK
(The last rear edge roller
position of DSEK1)
CPUC1 OFF
CPFD2 OFF
68.3
65.0
133.3
CPFD2 OFF
68.3
65.0
133.3
CPFD1 OFF
135.2
65.0
200.2
CPFD2 OFF
CPFD1 OFF
109.6
65.0
174.6
CPFD2 OFF
CPFD1 OFF
109.6
65.0
174.6
CPFD2 OFF
CPFD1 OFF
109.6
65.0
174.6
MPUC OFF
CPFD1 OFF
MPFD OFF
PPD2 OFF
52.1
193.6
65.0
65.0
117.1
258.6
CPFD1 OFF
PPD2 OFF
193.6
65.0
258.6
CPFD1 OFF
PPD2 OFF
193.6
65.0
258.6
CPFD1 OFF
PPD2 OFF
193.6
65.0
258.6
MPFD OFF
PPD2 OFF
139.0
65.0
204.0

end command from LCC
(Transport sensor "LTD" in
LCC is OFF.)
APPD2 OFF
PPD2 OFF
235.2
65.0
300.2
PPD2 OFF
186.7
65.0
251.7
PPD2 OFF
POD1 OFF
POD1 OFF
POD2 OFF
297.3
93.8
65.0
65.0
362.3
158.8
Reversing start
POD2 OFF after starting

reversing
65.0

reversing
reversing
APPD1 OFF
Transmission of the
IMAGE_PREPARE
command from PCU to ICU
POD3 OFF
Paper
transport
direction
length - 6.8
111.0
65.0
Paper transport
direction length
- 6.8
+ 65.0
176.0
APPD1 OFF
149.9
65.0
214.9
APPD2 OFF
Reception of the
END_IMAGE_PREPARE
command from ICU
(for 30 sec or more)
Reception of the preliminary
paper feed start command
from DESK to PCU
paper feed end command
from DESK to PCU
start command from DESK to
PCU (for 30 sec or more)
end command from DESK to
269.2
65.0
334.2
Transmission of the
preliminary paper feed
request command from
PCU to DESK
from DESK to PCU
Transmission of the paper
feed request command from
PCU to DESK
start command from DESK to
PCU

JAM code
PPD1_LCC
PPD2_FIN
JAM content
PPD1 JAM
(LCC communication
Transmission of the
preliminary paper feed
request command from PCU
to LCC
from LCC to PCU

from LCC to PCU
paper feed end command
from LCC to PCU
start command from LCC to
end command from LCC to
Reception of the paper
interval data command from
FINISHER from PCU (for 30
sec or more)

feed request command from
PCU to LCC
start command from LCC to
PCU
attribute data command from
PCU to FINISHER
PPD2 JAM
(Finisher communication
Basic
distance (A)
[mm] *1
JAM margin
distance (B)
[mm] *1
JAM detection
distance (A+B)
[mm] *1
*1: The distance (length) divided by the process speed is the time.
Process speed
(2)
28/36 PPM Model
175mm/sec
45/50 PPM Model
225mm/sec
DSPF
JAM code
JAM content
SPPD1_N
SPPD1 not-reached JAM
SPPD2_N
SPPD3_N
SPPD5_N
SPOD_N
SPPD1_S

SPOD not-reached JAM
SPPD1 remaining JAM
SPPD2_S
SPPD2 remaining JAM

Paper feed start
(When the document width is
more than B5 size.)
Paper feed start
less than B5 size.)
SPPD1 ON
more than B5 size.)
Restart at the temporal stop
position
SPPD3 ON
SPPD5 ON
SPPD1 ON
more than B5 size.)
SPPD1 ON
51.5
JAM margin
distance (B)
[mm]
450.0
SPPD2 ON
90.2
450.0
540.2
SPPD2 ON
38.7
50.0
88.7
SPPD3 ON
23.7
50.0
73.7
SPPD5 ON
SPOD ON
SPPD1 OFF
149.8
96.2
Normal mode:
431.8mm
Long size mode:
1000.0mm
Normal mode:
431.8mm
Long size mode:
1000.0mm
37.8
50.0
50.0
50.0
50.0
199.8
146.2
Normal mode:
481.8mm
Long size mode:
1050.0mm
Normal mode:
481.8mm
Long size mode:
1050.0mm
87.8
68.8
149.0
95.4
50.0
50.0
50.0
118.8
199.0
145.4
SPPD2 ON
less than B5 size.)
SPPD2 OFF
SPPD2 OFF
SPPD3 remaining JAM

SPPD5 remaining JAM
SPOD remaining JAM
Exposure start
notification timer end
SPPD1 OFF
more than B5 size.)
SPPD2 OFF
SPPD3 OFF
SPPD5 OFF
Arrival at temporal stop
position
P_SHORT
Short size JAM
SPPD3 ON
ICU_REQ
ICU factor stop JAM
STOP_JAM
Emergency stop JAM
SPPD3_S
SPPD5_S
SPOD_S
SPSD_SCN
SPPD3 OFF
SPPD5 OFF
SPOD OFF
Exposure start command
from ICU to SCU
no reception time-out (120
sec)
When the document length is
less than 120.0mm.
Stop by a job stop request
commend from ICU to SCU
Trouble mode transition
request from ICU to SCU
Emergency stop by a
command
Basic distance
(A) [mm]
50.0
JAM detection
distance (A+B)
[mm]
501.5
(3)
RSPF
JAM code
JAM content
SPPD1_N
SPPD2_N
SPPD3_N
SPPD5_N
SPPD2_NR
SPPD1_S

SPPD2 reverse
not-reached JAM
SPPD1 remaining JAM
SPPD2_S
SPPD2 remaining JAM
SPPD3_S
SPPD5_S
SPPD2_SR
SPSD_SCN
SPPD1 ON
51.5
JAM margin
distance (B)
[mm]
450.0
SPPD2 ON
90.2
450.0
540.2
SPPD2 ON
38.7
50.0
88.7
SPPD3 ON
23.7
50.0
73.7
SPPD5 ON
SPPD2 ON
149.8
82.9
50.0
50.0
199.8
132.9
SPPD1 ON
more than B5 size.)
SPPD1 OFF
50.0
SPPD2 ON
less than B5 size.)
SPPD2 OFF
SPPD1 OFF
more than B5 size.)
SPPD2 OFF
SPPD3 OFF
SPPD5 OFF
SPPD2 OFF
Normal mode:
431.8mm
Long size mode:
1000.0mm
Normal mode:
431.8mm
Long size mode:
1000.0mm
37.8
50.0
Normal mode:
481.8mm
Long size mode:
1050.0mm
Normal mode:
481.8mm
Long size mode:
1050.0mm
87.8
SPPD3 OFF
SPPD5 OFF
SPPP2 OFF
68.8
149.0
100.9
50.0
50.0
50.0
118.8
199.0
150.9
SPPD3 remaining JAM

SPPD5 remaining JAM
SPPD2 reverse
remaining JAM
Exposure start
notification timer end
Paper feed start

more than B5 size.)
Paper feed start
less than B5 size.)
SPPD1 ON
more than B5 size.)
Restart at the temporal stop
position
SPPD3 ON
Reversing start
Arrival at temporal stop

position
P_SHORT
Short size JAM
ICU_REQ
ICU factor stop JAM
STOP_JAM
Emergency stop JAM
(4)
Basic distance
(A) [mm]
Exposure start command

from ICU to SCU
no reception time-out (120
sec)
When the document length is
less than 120.0mm.
Stop by a job stop request
commend from ICU to SCU
Trouble mode transition
request from ICU to SCU
Emergency stop by a
command
50.0
JAM detection
distance (A+B)
[mm]
501.5
Option
JAM code
FIN
SPPD3 ON
Content
PDPPD1_N
Interface inlet port not-reached

JAM
PDPPD1_S
Interface inlet port remaining

JAM
PDPPD2_N
Interface outlet port not-reached

JAM
PDPPD2_S
Interface outlet port remaining

JAM
FPPD1_N
Finisher inlet port not-reached

JAM
FPPD1_S
Finisher inlet port remaining

JAM
FPPD2_N
Saddle section not-reached JAM
FPPD2_S
FPDD_S
Saddle section remaining JAM

Bundle exit remaining JAM
1K
4K
1K
4K
1K
4K
1K
4K
Inner
1K
4K
Inner
1K
4K
1K
1K
Inner
1K

JAM detection timer start trigger
JAM judge detector
POD2 ON
PDPPD1 does not turn ON within the specified time.
POD2 ON
FJPID does not turn ON within the specified time.
PDPPD1 ON
PDPPD1 does not turn OFF within the specified time.
FJPID ON
FJPID does not turn OFF within the specified time.
PDPPD1 ON
PDPPD2 does not turn ON within the specified time.
FJPID ON
FJPOD does not turn ON within the specified time.
PDPPD2 ON
PDPPD2 does not turn OFF within the specified time.
FJPOD ON
FJPOD does not turn OFF within the specified time.
POD2 ON
FED does not turn ON within the specified time.
PDPPD2 ON
FPPD1 does not turn ON within the specified time.
FJPOD ON
FED does not turn ON within the specified time.
FED ON
FED does not turn OFF within the specified time.
FPPD1 ON
FPPD1 does not turn OFF within the specified time.
FED ON
FED does not turn OFF within the specified time.
Starting the switchback operation to
FPPD2 does not turn ON within the specified time.
the saddle transport section
FPPD2 ON
Starting the bundle exit operation
FSTPD does not turn OFF within the specified time.
1) Bundle exit operation start
1) FATPD does not turn OFF within the specified
2)
time.
2) FPDD turns OFF (when the bundle exit
operation is ended.)
JAM code
FIN
FSTPLJ
Content
Staple JAM
Inner
1K
4K
FPNCHJ
Punch JAM
1K
4K
FDOP
Finisher door open JAM
FIN_TIME
Finisher paper early reaching

JAM
Inner
4K
Inner
1K
4K
FIN_PAOF
FPATPD_S
1K
Saddle paper exit not-reached

JAM
1K
FPPD3_S
Saddle paper exit remaining

JAM
1K
FSSMJ
FPDMJ
FSDMJ
FGMJ
FSPTMJ
Stapler shift motor JAM

Paper exit motor JAM
Saddle motor JAM
Gripper motor JAM
Saddle paper transport motor
JAM
Paper exit not-reached JAM
Paper exit remaining JAM
1K
1K
1K
1K
1K
TRAY3
DPFD1_N4
DPFD1_S3
DPFD1_S4
DPFD2_S4
TRAY4
LCC
1K
FPPD3_N
FHS_N
FHS_S
DESK
Paper attribute data reception

overflow
Saddle transport remaining JAM
LCC
LPFD_SL
Cassette 3 (Desk 1) paper feed

JAM
DPFD1 not-reached JAM (Desk
2 feed paper)
DPFD1 remaining JAM (Desk 1
feed paper)
feed paper)
feed paper)
Cassette 4 (Desk 2) paper feed
JAM
Side LCC paper feed JAM
(LPFD not-reached)
LPFD remaining JAM (Side LCC
feed paper)
4K
Inner
4K

JAM detection timer start trigger
JAM judge detector
FSHPD OFF
FSHPD does not turn ON within the specified time.
1) FSHS OFF
1) FSHS does not turn ON within the specified
2) FSSHS OFF (Saddle)
time. (It is, however, limited to the case when
3)
FSHS turns ON by the reversing operation after
that.)
2) FSSHS does not turn ON within the specified
time. (It is, however, limited to the case when
FSSHS turns ON by the reversing operation
after that.)
3) After stapling operation, cuing of staples is
disabled. (including the saddle)
FSHPD OFF
FSHPD does not turn ON within the specified time.
(It is, however, limited to the case when FSHPD turns
ON by the reversing operation after that.)
FPCHPS OFF (when punching is ended.)

Punching operation start
FPE does not turn ON/OFF within the specified time
(FPNM (punch motor) drive start)
(the specified number of times).
FDSW ON (during JOB)
FFDD ON or FCD ON or FJPDD ON (during JOB)

FED ON (front paper)
FED turns ON earlier than the specified timing.
(detection paper)
POD2 ON (front paper)
POD2 turns ON earlier than the specified timing.
(detection paper)
POD2 ON (front paper)
POD2 turns ON earlier than the specified timing.
(detection paper)
Reception of paper attribute data exceeds the

allowable buffer limit (16 sheets).
Folding transport start (The paper
FSATPD does not turn OFF within the specified time.
lead edge is at 18.2mm after passing
the saddle exit roller.)
1) Pushing operation start after
1) FPPD3 does not turn ON within the specified
completion of paper transport to
time.
the saddle process tray (FSDM 2) FPPD3 turns OFF. (When the paper lead edge
(saddle motor) drive start)
reaches 18.2mm after passing the saddle exit
2)
roller.)
Folding transport start (The paper
lead edge is at 18.2mm after passing
the saddle exit roller.)
Stapler shift motor trouble detection (during JOB)
Paper exit motor trouble detection (during JOB)
Saddle motor trouble detection (during JOB)
Gripper motor trouble detection (during JOB)
Saddle paper transport motor trouble detection

(during JOB)
FED ON
FPDD does not turn ON within the specified time.
FED OFF
FSTPD does not turn OFF within the specified time.
FPDD ON
FPDD does not turn OFF within the specified time.
DPUC1 ON (paper feed start)
DPFD1 does not turn ON within the specified time.
DPFD2 ON
DPFD1 ON
DPFD1 does not turn OFF within the specified time.
DPFD2 OFF
DPFD2 ON
DPUC2 ON (paper feed start)
LPFC ON (paper feed start)
LPFD does not turn ON within the specified time.
LPFD ON
LPFD does not turn OFF within the specified time.
MX-M503N
[7]
FIRMWARE UPDATE
Service Manual
1. Outline
*Firmware types
A. Cases where update is required
MAIN BODY
ROM update is required in the following cases:

1)
When there is a necessity to upgrade the performance.
2)
When installing a new spare part ROM for repair to the

machine.
3)
When installing a new spare parts PWB unit (with ROM) for
repair to the machine.
4)
When there is a trouble in the ROM program and it must be

repaired.
ICU (PROG 2)
B. Notes for update

(1)
Relationship between each ROM and update
Before execution of ROM update, check combinations with ROMs

installed in the other PWBs including options. Some combinations
of each ROMs versions may cause malfunctions of the machine.
C. Update procedures and kinds of firmware
OPTION
There are following methods of update of the firmware.

1)
Flash ROM
ALL
ICU (PROG 1)
Update method using SIM 49-1
2)
Update method using FTP
3)
Update method using the Web page
4)
Update method using the CN update function (There are three

methods.)
SCU
PCU
SPF
FAX1
1K FINISHER
INNER FINISHER
LCC A4
DESK
PUNCH
4K FINISHER
4K PUNCH
ACRE
CONTENTS
The following All the contents
CONFIG
XIO FONT
GRAPHIC
CNUPDATE
BOOT MAIN
LANG
PDL
WEBHELP
ANIME
MAIN (NIC)
UNI CODE
ESCP FONT
SCU (MAIN)
PCU (MAIN)
DSPF (MAIN)
FAX1 (MAIN)
FINISHER_1K (MAIN)
FINISHER_INNER (MAIN)
LCC_A4 (MAIN)
DESK (MAIN)
PUNCH (MAIN)
4KFIN (MAIN)
4KPUNCH (MAIN)
ACRE (MAIN)
Normally, one of 1) - 3) is used to update the firmware.

When any one of 1) - 3) is interrupted by an error such as
power-off during updating, etc., and when retries of these
methods are failed, the method 4) is employed.
2. Update procedure
A. Update method using SIM 49-1
For the update, connect the media or USB memory to the USB port
that exists in the main body, and select the firmware data in the
media or USB memory by simulation screen in the main unit.
Media
Adapter
Firmware.sfu
USB Host
Firmware.sfu
Firmware.sfu
+
USB memory
Firmware.sfu
*1:
Store the firmware data (xxx .sfu) to the media or USB memory
beforehand.
The media used for the update must have an enouch capacity for
storing the firmware data.
The USB memory equipped with the security (secure) function
cannot be used.
MX-M503N FIRMWARE UPDATE 7 1
The machine detects the media

and executes the program automatically.
The firmware update executes by SIM49-01.

1)
2)

Insert the media or USB memory which stores the firmware

into the main unit.
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
Enter the SIM49-01.

Press the key of the file to be updated. The screen transfers to
the update screen.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
),50:$5(83'$7(>XVEEG@
',5!)2/'(5
),/(
),/(
',5!)2/'(5
&/26(
),50:$5(83'$7(>XVEEG @
&21),*
&855(1783'$7('72
,&80$,1
&855(1783'$7('72
,&8%2270
&855(1783'$7('72
,&8%227&1
&855(1783'$7('72
/$1*8$*(
&855(1783'$7('72
*5$3+,&
&855(1783'$7('72
6/,67
&855(1783'$7('72
3&8%227
&855(1783'$7('72
3&80$,1
&855(1783'$7('72
'(6.%227
&855(1783'$7('72
'(6.0$,1
&855(1783'$7('72
$/&&%227
&855(1783'$7('72
$5(<28685("
$//
<(6
12
(;(&87(

The progress is displayed on right side of "FIRMWARE

UPDATE" title by 20 steps.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
),50:$5(83'$7(

6 (

5(0$,16)25 0,187(6
&$87,21'212732:(52))7+(0)3),50:$5(83'$7(,1352*5(66
* The number of key changes according to the number of the

sfu file in the media or USB memory inserted.
* If the media or USB memory was not inserted when entry to
the SIM49-01 screen, "INSERT A USB MEMORY DEVICE
CONTAINING MFP FIRMWARE [OK]" is displayed on the
screen. Insert the media or USB memory and push the [OK]
key to open the file. If the media have not been inserted and
[OK] key is pushed, the next screen does not appear and the
screen waits the entry. Conversely, if the media or USB
memory is pulled out on the file list screen, the error is
detected by the [FILE] key pressing, and the first screen
appears.
3)
Current version number and the version number to be updated

will be shown for each firmware respectively.
At this time, only the progress gauge is displayed on the

screen, and the version and the firmware selection key are not
displayed.
6)

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
4)
&203/(7(3/($6(728&+>2.@72),1,6+
&21),*
&855(1783'$7('72
,&80$,1
&855(1783'$7('72
,&8%2270
&855(1783'$7('72
,&8%227&1
&855(1783'$7('72
/$1*8$*(
&855(1783'$7('72
*5$3+,&
&855(1783'$7('72
6/,67
&855(1783'$7('72
3&8%227
&855(1783'$7('72
3&80$,1
&855(1783'$7('72
'(6.%227
&855(1783'$7('72
'(6.0$,1
&855(1783'$7('72
$/&&%227
&855(1783'$7('72
$5(<28685("
<(6
12
(;(&87(
2.

Select the key of the firmware to be updated. The key will be

highlighted. (In this screen, [CONFIG] and [ICU(BOOTM)] are
selected.) At the same time, [EXECUTE] key appears.
If firmware's key is not selected, [EXECUTE] is gray out and
cannot be pressed.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
),50:$5(83'$7(>XVEEG @
&21),*
&855(1783'$7('72
,&80$,1
&855(1783'$7('72
,&8%2270
&855(1783'$7('72
,&8%227&1
&855(1783'$7('72
/$1*8$*(
&855(1783'$7('72
*5$3+,&
&855(1783'$7('72
6/,67
&855(1783'$7('72
3&8%227
&855(1783'$7('72
3&80$,1
&855(1783'$7('72
'(6.%227
&855(1783'$7('72
'(6.0$,1
&855(1783'$7('72
$/&&%227
&855(1783'$7('72
$//
$5(<28685("
<(6
12
Exit the simulation mode and turn off the power.

Go to SIM22-05 and confirm the firmware has upgraded successfully.
7)
If the update is not normal completion, following screen is displayed.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
),50:$5(83'$7(
(55253/($6(728&+>2.@72),1,6+
,&803&806&8%
(;(&87(
2.

* Press the selected key again to release the selection.

* Press [ALL] key to select all items.
5)
&/26(
),50:$5(83'$7(
),50:$5(83'$7(>XVEEG @
$//
If the update is normal completion, following screen is displayed.
Press [EXECUTE] key. ARE YOU SURE? [YES] [NO]

becomes clear. Press [YES] to start the update of selected
firemware.
B. Firmware update using FTP

FTP software is used to transfer the firmware data (extension ".sfu") from the PC to the machine. The controller recognizes the firmware identifier and the machine automatically switches to firmware write mode. After the firmware is updated, the machine automatically resets.
Machine 1
Machine 3
10.36.112.83
10.36.112.84
Firmware.sfu
Machine 2
Machine 4
FTP Client
10.36.101.52
10.36.101.53
C. Firmware update using the Web page
4)
An Web browser (service technicians Web page) is used to update

the firmware.
1)
Start the Web browser on a PC and enter the specified URL. A

special firmware upgrade page appears.
2)
Click the "Update of Firmware" key in the Web page. Click the
[Browse] key and select the firmware for the update.
When the firmware update is finished, "Firmware Update completed. Please reboot the MFP." appears. Pressing the
[Reboot] key, the machine will restart to complete the update.
The browser will shift to the following screen.
MX-M503N
"Close the browser and open again to display latest information." will be displayed.
5)
Check the firmware version of machine again.
D. Firmware update using the CN update function

(There are three methods.)
(1)
3)
After selecting the file, click the [Submit] key to send the firmware to the machine. Update processing begins. While processing takes place, "Firmware Update, now processing..."
appears.
Outline
The firmware update method using the MFP PWB ROM slot of the
MFP PWB is called "CN update."
a. Function
There are the following five functions in the CN update mode.
1)
ROM copy function 1

(This is not used in the market, and therefore, not described in
details in this manual.)
2)
Firmware update function

This function is used to update the firmware by transferring
data from the PC which is connected to the MFP PWB, the
SCU PWB, the PCU PWB, the FAX PWB, and various options
by means of a USB memory or USB cable.
This is basically the same as SIM49-01, but differs in the following points:
When the power is shut down or an abnormality occurs in a
section other than the boot program for some reasons during
firmware update operation of other method than the CN
update, this method can be used to update the firmware.
If, however, an abnormality occurs in the boot program, the

Program ROM 1 must be replaced with a new one having the
normal boot program.
d. DIP-SW used in the CN update mode
If the boot animation is not displayed, there is an abnormality

in the boot program (Program ROM 1).
DIP-SW1
ON:
DIP-SW2
OFF: OFF in the normal mode
If the boot animation is displayed but "Copying is enabled" is

not displayed on the copier basic menu, there is an abnormality in the main program (Program ROM 2).
3)
ROM copy function 2

(This is not used in the market, and therefore, not described in
details in this manual.)
4)
Firmware version check function

(The method to check the firmware version by using SIM22-5
is easier than this method. Therefore, it is not described in this
manual.)
5)
ROM making function

(This function is not used in the market, and not described in
this manual.)
To enter the CN update mode, set DIP-SW1 and DIP-SW2 on the

MFP PWB as shown below:
CN update mode
NOTE: Keep DIP-SW2 at OFF. DIP-SW2 is used to enable the

USB port on the front side or the USB port on the rear side.
When it is set to OFF, the USB port on the front side is
enabled. When it is set to ON, the USB port on the rear
side is enabled.
When the keyboard is installed to the machine, an exclusive connection is enabled. (Simultaneous connection is
disabled.)
When terminating the CN update mode, reset DIP-SW1 to
OFF (normal mode).
NOTE: When using the USB port, be careful of the total current
consumption not to exceed 500mA.
b. Purpose
This function is used in the following cases:
1)
When an error occurs during firmware update operation other

than the CN update.
When the power is shut down or an error occurs in a section
other than the boot program for some reasons during firmware
update operation of other method than the CN update, this
method can be used to update the firmware.
Upper: DIP-SW1
Lower: DIP-SW2
When tilted forward, OFF.
When tilted toward the PWB, ON.
If, however, an abnormality occurs in the boot program, the

Program ROM 1 must be replaced with a new one having the
normal boot program.
If an error occurs in the boot program, this method cannot be
used. In such a case, the Program ROM 1 must be replaced
with a new one having the normal boot program.
c. ROM slot used in the CN update mode
The following ROM slots are used in the CN update mode.
ROM slot numbers
used in the CN
update mode
CN12 slot
e. Keys used in the CN update mode

The following five keys are used for operations in the CN update
mode. Be careful that the functions of the keys differ those in the
normal mode.
UP key
DOWN key
CN11 slot
CN10 slot
CN9 slot
MENU key
Key name
[OK] key
[MENU] key
[BACK] key
[UP] key
[DOWN] key
BACK key
OK key
Functions in the CN update mode

Executes the selected function or item.
Selects a menu.
Selects a menu.
(Serves as a cancel key in the execution check screen.)
Selects an item.
Selects an item.
f. Kinds of Flash ROM
a-2. Procedures
There are following kinds of Flash ROM used in this machine.
1)
Take care that a different model number of Flash ROM cannot be

used.
2)
Set the MFP PWB DIP-SW1 to ON. (Tilt it to the PWB side.)
3)
Install the USB memory into the USB port.
The Flash ROM model number is marked on the semiconductor

chip on the Flash ROM.
Turn OFF the power, and remove the rear cabinet and the
MFP PWB cover.
The number of semiconductor chips differs depending on the Flash

ROM model number: 1, 2, and 4.
This also helps identifying the model number of Flash ROM.
Kinds of Flash ROM
MFP (PROGRAM1)
ROM
MFP (PROGRAM2)
ROM
PCU ROM
SCU ROM
Normal
installing
position
MFP PWB
CN12 slot
MFP PWB
CN11 slot
PCU PWB
SCU PWB
DSPF ROM
DSPF PWB
Kinds
(2)
LHF64FK4
Number of
semiconductor
chips
2
LHF64FK4
LHF00L28
LH28F800BJE PTTL90
LH28F800BJE PTTL90
1
1
Flash ROM
model number
USB port
1
Operating procedures
a. Firmware update function
USB memory installing position

4)
Turn ON the power.
5)
Check to confirm that the machine starts booting. (It takes

more than ten seconds to display the menu.)
This function is used to copy the firmware data from a USB memory or the PC which is connected with a USB cable to the MFP
PWB, the SCU PWB, the PCU PWB, the FAX PWB, or various
options to update the firmware.
Update Program Init

Please wait
It is basically same as SIM 49-01, but differs in the following points.

1)
The update target ROM is automatically selected.
2)
When the power is shut down or an abnormality occurs in a

section other than the boot program for some reasons during
firmware update operation of other method than the CN
update.
If, however, an abnormality occurs in the boot program, this
method cannot be used. On that case, the Program ROM 1
must be replaced with a new one having the normal boot program.
Version Check
Conf : 00050000
Display when booting is completed
6)
Select the update mode with [MENU] key and [BACK] key.
When the power is shut down or an abnormality occurs in a section

other than the boot program for some reasons during firmware
update operation of other method than the CN update, this method
can be used to update the firmware. If, however, an abnormality
occurs in the boot program, the Program ROM 1 must be replaced
with a new one having the normal boot program.
When the boot animation is not displayed, there is an abnormality
in the boot program (Program ROM 1).
When the boot animation is displayed but "Copying is enabled" is
not displayed on the copier basic menu, there is an abnormality in
the main program (Program ROM 2).
Firm Update
From USB Memory
Display of the firmware update mode
7)
Machine (Insert the MFP (PROGRAM1) ROM into CN12 slot,

and insert the MFP (PROGRAM2) ROM into CN11.)
2)
USB memory with the firmware file (SFU) saved in it. (Save the
firmware file in the main directory or in a one-level lower directory.)
Press [OK] key.

The firmware file saved in the USB memory is retrieved, and
the file selection menu is displayed.
a-1. Necessary items

1)
Select the firmware update mode.
Firm Update
> F 0100P000.sfu
Display of file selection
8)
Select the firmware file (SFU).

Select the target firmware file (SFU) with [UP] key and
[DOWN] key.
When [OK] key is pressed with a directory name (the head: ">
D") displayed, the menu goes to the one-stage lower directory.
When [BACK] key is pressed in the lower-stage directory, the
menu returns to the original upper directory.
9)
Press [OK] key.

The selected firmware file (SFU) is read. It takes about one
minute.
Firm Update
Reading Data
Display of file reading
10) After completion of reading, the firmware update process is
continued.
Firm Update
Writing Data
IcuM
Display of the firmware update process

* The abbreviated name of the firmware which is under
update process is indicated on the right upper corner of the
display.
* During the update process, the display may flash instantaneously. It is a normal operation.
11) Check the update result.
Use [UP] key and [DOWN] key to display the results of all the
firmware programs.
Firm Update
Result : OK
IcuM
Firm Update
IcuM
Result : Not Update
Firm Update
Result : NG
IcuM
Display of the firmware update result

OK: Update is completed successfully.
NG: Update is failed.
Not Update: Update is not executed.
12) Turn OFF the power.
13) Set the MFP PWB DIP-SW1 to OFF. (Set the DIP-SW to the
normal mode.)
14) Turn ON the power, and check to confirm that the machine
boots up normally.
Check to confirm that the boot animation is displayed.
Check to confirm that "Copying is enabled" is displayed on the
copier basic menu.
15) Check to confirm the version of each firmware with SIM22-5.
16) Attach the MFP PWB cover and the rear cabinet.
NOTE: If the CN update function does not work normally, refer to
"Check items when the CN update function does not work
normally" and fix the abnormal points.
MX-M503N
[8]
MAINTENANCE
Service Manual
1. Necessary execution items in maintenance and servicing

A. Execution items before maintenance and servicing
To perform the procedures safely, refer to "NOTE FOR SERVICING" on the first page of this service manual.
Item
Check the developer counter value.
Check the OPC drum counter value.
Check the print count mode in each section and each operation mode.
Check the number of paper jam troubles.
Check the positions and contents of paper jams.
Check the positions and contents of paper jams (DSPF section).
Check the contents of troubles.
Print the setting values and the adjustment values.
Check the number of use of the DSPF, the scanner, the finisher, the stapler, and the punch.
Check the number of use of each paper feed section.
Check the ROM version.
Simulation
22
13
22
13
22
1
22
2
22
3
22
12
22
4
22
6
22
8
22
9
22
5
B. Necessary execution items in maintenance and servicing

Perform the work items listed in the maintenance list (parts) and details of works as well as the items described below.
(The necessary execution items are marked with "" in the table below.)
No.
JOB
No.
ADJ12A
Work item
Simulation
Toner
concentration
reference control
level setting
The photoconductor
counter is
cleared.
Clear the fuser
web cleaning
send counter.
Copy/Printer
image quality
check and
adjustment
25-2
When repairing (replacing consumable parts) / maintenance

After
When
When
When
Periodic
replacing
replacing
cleaning the
Installation
replacing
scanner
maintenance
the fuser
the OPC
developer
drum
web roller (read) section
24-7
24-4
46-24
The JOB No. indicates the title number of the adjustment item described in the chapter of the adjustments.
Refer to the details based on this number according to necessity.
C. Execution items after maintenance and servicing

Item
The paper jam / trouble data are cleared.
The use quantity counter of each paper feed section is cleared.
The numbers of use of the DSPF, the scanner, the finisher, the stapler, and the punch are cleared.
The maintenance counter is cleared. (Select MAINTENANCE ALL)
The list of setting values and adjustment values is printed.
MX-M503N MAINTENANCE 8 1
Simulation
24
1
24
2
24
3
24
4
22
6
When repairing
(without
replacement of
consumable
parts) / inspecting
2. Contents of the maintenance codes (Relationship between various counters values

and display messages)
The message of maintenance execution timing is displayed when each counter reaches the specified value.
The relationships between the kinds of messages and counters are as shown below.
A. Maintenance counter
Counter name
Maintenance
counter (Total)
Counter name
Maintenance
counter (Total)
Near end
conditions
90% of Sim.21-1
set value
End conditions
Sim.21-1 set value
C. Fusing section counters

Message when near end over
Sim.26-38A
Sim.26-38A
0
1
Print Enable
Print Stop
Message (1)
Message when end over

Sim.26-38A
Sim.26-38A
0
1
Print Enable
Print Stop
Message (1)
Message (2)
Counter name
Fusing unit print
counter
Fusing unit usage
days
Unit name
Fusing unit
Message
No.
(1)
(2)
Print job
Enable/Disable
Enable
Disable
Message
Maintenance required.Code: TA
Maintenance required.Code: TA
(With parentheses)
After completion of maintenance, clear the maintenance counter

of SIM24-4.
B. Transfer unit section counters

Counter name
Transfer unit print
counter
Transfer unit
accumulated
traveling distance
Transfer unit
usage days
Waste toner
Near end
conditions
Twice ON of
200ms or above of
waste toner near
end detection
signal

Sim.26-38A
Sim.26-38A
0
1
Print Enable
Print Stop
Message (3)
Message (3)
Fusing web unit
Counter name
Fusing web print
counter
Fusing web
cleaning feed
counter
Fusing web usage

days
Counter name
Waste toner
Message
No.
(3)
(4)
End conditions
Twice ON of
200ms or above of
waste toner end
detection signal
Message
Please replace the toner collection
container. (with OK key)
(Displayed with parentheses)
Please replace the toner collection
container. (Displayed with parentheses)

Sim.26-38B
Sim.26-38B
0
1
Print Enable
Print Stop
No criteria
No criteria
Not installed
Judged by the
signal level of the
fusing thermistor
No criteria
End conditions
200,000 [sheets]
Judged by the
fusing web life end
detection signal,
not by the fusing
web cleaning feed
counter.
740 [days]
Message when not installed

Sim.26-38B
Sim.26-38B
0
1
Print Enable
Print Stop
Message (7)
Message (7)

Sim.26-38B
Sim.26-38B
0
1
Print Enable
Print Stop
Message (5)
Message (6)
Message (5)
Message (6)
Judgment is made at the earlier timing of the fusing web print

counter or the web life end detection.
Message
No.
(5)
(6)
(7)

Sim.26-38A
Sim.26-38A
0
1
Print Enable
Print Stop
Message (4)
Message (4)
Near end
conditions
Print job
Enable/Disable
Enable
Disable
Message
Maintenance required.Code: FK3
Maintenance required.Code: FK3
Install the fusing unit.
Disable
After completion of maintenance, clear the fusing unit counter of

SIM24-4 (the fusing unit print counter, and the fusing unit usage
days).
D. OPC drum section counters
Print job
Enable/Disable
Enable
Disable
After completion of maintenance, clear the transfer unit counter

of SIM 24-4-1 (the transfer unit print counter, the transfer unit
accumulated traveling distance, and the transfer unit usage
days).
Counter name
Drum cartridge
print counter (K)
Drum cartridge
accumulated
traveling distance
(K)
Drum cartridge
usage days (K)
Near end
conditions

Sim.26-38A
Sim.26-38A
1
0
Print Enable
Print Stop
No criteria
No criteria
No criteria
Counter name
Drum cartridge
print counter (K)
Drum accumulated
rotation number (K)
Drum cartridge
usage days (K)
End conditions
36/45/50 CPM
model: 200,000
[sheets]
28 CPM model:
150,000 [sheets]
930K rotations

Sim.26-38A
Sim.26-38A
0
1
Print Enable
Print Stop
Message (8)
Message (8)
Message (8)
Message (8)
9999 days
F. Toner cartridge section counters

Near end
conditions
Sensor name
Toner remaining
quantity sensor
(K)
Total toner supply

time (Equivalent to
25% or less of
toner remaining
quantity)
Japan: Not displayed, EX Japan: Displayed
Judgment is made at the earlier timing of the drum cartridge print

counter or the drum rotations accumulated number counter.
Message
No.
(8)
Print job
Enable/Disable
Enable
Message
Maintenance required.Code: DK
After completion of maintenance, clear the drum counter of

SIM24-7 (the drum print counter and the drum accumulated traveling distance).
Developer
cartridge print
counter (K)
Developer
cartridge
accumulated
traveling distance
(K)
Developer
cartridge usage
days (K)
Counter name
Developer
cartridge print
counter (K)
Developer
accumulated
rotation number (K)
Developer
cartridge usage
days (K)
Near end
conditions

Sim.26-38A
Sim.26-38A
0
1
Print Enable
Print stop
No criteria
No criteria
No criteria
End conditions
36/45/50 CPM
model: 200,000
[sheets]
28 CPM model:
150,000 [sheets]
930K rotations
Sensor name
Toner remaining
quantity sensor
(K)
Counter name
Toner remaining
quantity sensor
(K)

Sim.26-38A
Sim.26-38A
0
1
Print Enable
Print Stop
Message (9)
Message (9)
When a low toner

state continues for
more than the
specified time (*1)

Sim.26-69B
Sim.26-69B
1
0
Not
Displayed
displayed
Message (12)
Message
No.
(10)
(11)
(12)
End conditions
When the pixel
count value
reaches the
specified level
from the near end
condition. (*2)
Message
Prepare a new one
Change the toner cartridge. K
K Toner supply is low.

Sim.26-38A
Sim.26-38A
0
1
Print Enable
Print Stop
Message (11)
Message (11)
Print job
Enable/Disable
Enable
Disable
Enable
*1
Near end conditions
(1) When the toner density sensor output continues 0.14V
greater than the toner density reference value for 30 sec.
(2) When the toner density sensor output continues 1.00V
greater than the toner density reference value for 2.5 sec.
Message (9)
Message (9)
9999 days
(3) When the toner density sensor output continues greater than
the toner density reference value and smaller than the
reference value + 0.14V for 120 sec.
*2
End conditions
Judgment is made at the earlier timing of the developer print

counter or the developer accumulated rotation number counter.
The developer rotation number is synchronized with the drum
motor rotation number.
Message
No.
(9)
Near end
conditions
Japan: Not displayed, EX Japan: Displayed
E. Developer section counters

Counter name
Toner preparation message

Sim.26-69A
Sim.26-69A
1
0
Not
Displayed
displayed
Message (10)
Message
Maintenance required.Code: VK
Print job
Enable/Disable
Enable
After replacement of developer, use SIM25-2 to set the toner density control level. By this setting, the developer counters (the developer print counter and the developer accumulated traveling
distance counter) are cleared.
When the specified toner consumption count value is reached

from the near end state.
The specified value is determined by the setting of SIM26-69D.
1 0 sheet
2 25 sheets
3 50 sheets (Default)
4 100 sheets
5 200 sheets
(The above numbers of sheets are based on A4 and 6% conversion.)
3. Maintenance list (parts) and details of works

36/45/50 CPM model
: Check (Clean, replace, or adjust according to necessity.) : Clean : Replace : Adjust : Lubricate
Section
Photoconductor
section
Developing
section
Toner
supply
section
LSU
section
Transfer
section
When
calling
200
k
400
k
600
k
800
k
1000
k
1200
k
1400
k
1600
k
1800
k
2000
k
2200
k
2400
k
Cleaner blade

Toner reception side
sheet F/R
Toner reception
lower molt
Side seal F/R
Drum separation
pawl unit
MC unit
Waste toner box
Part name
Drum
Replacement is made by the user every time when the waste toner box is full.
When a serviceman calls, be sure to check.
Replace even at the

specified RPM.
Storage period is 3 years.
Replace after 2 years of
use.
Replace at 200K of the
drum counter or 2 years
of use.
Developer
DV seal
DV side seal F/R

Toner filter
Connector
Toner cartridge
User replacement for every toner empty.
Dust-proof glass
Transfer roller
Discharge plate
Transfer roller
bearing F and R
Transfer roller collar
Transfer rear star
ring
Transfer roller gear
Pre-transfer paper
guide
Process control
sensor
Remark
Check when a
serviceman calls. It is
advisable to replace in
advance if necessary.
Replace even at the
specified RPM.
use.
developer counter or 2
years of use.
years of use.
use.
Replace at 200K or 2
years of use.
Air cleaning
Section
Fusing
section
Filter
section
Paper feed
section
Paper
transport
section
Duplex/
paper exit
section
Drive
section
When
calling
200
k
400
k
600
k
800
k
1000
k
1200
k
1400
k
1600
k
1800
k
2000
k
2200
k
2400
k
Lower heat roller

bearing
Upper separation
pawl
Thermistor
Lower separation
pawl
Web pressure roller
bearing
Web pressure roller
Web roller
Web 45T gear
Fusing paper exit
roller
Gears
Paper guides
Upper heat roller
Upper heat roller

gear
Upper heat roller
bearing
Upper heat roller
heat-insulation bush
Ozone filter
Paper pick-up roller

Paper feed roller
Separation roller
Torque limiter
Transport rollers
Sensors
Transport paper
guides
Paper dust removing
unit
Transport rollers
Sensors
Transport paper
guides
Discharge brush
Transport rollers
Sensors
Gears
Part name
Lower heat roller
Transport paper
guides
Gears (Grease)
Shaft earth sections
(Conduction grease)
Belts
Remark
Replace with the lower
heat roller unit. / Replace
at 200K or 2 years of use.
heat roller unit. / Apply
grease when assembling
to the heat roller.
When a foreign material
is attached, it must be
cleaned away.
Replace with the upper

heat roller unit.
to the heat roller.
Replacement reference:
Replace according to
each paper feed counter
value.
Paper feed tray 1, 2:
year of use.
Manual feed: Replace at
100K or 1 year of use.
value.
100K
Manual feed: 100K
When checking, apply to

the necessary positions.

Section
Scanner
section
DSPF
section
RSPF
section
When
calling
200
k
400
k
600
k
800
k
1000
k
1200
k
1400
k
1600
k
1800
k
2000
k
2200
k
2400
k
Torque limiter SPF

(for separation)
Call-in torque limiter
(for PIC)
Transport rollers
No. 1 scanning plate
No. 2 scanning
section, scanning
glass
No. 2 scanning
section, white
reference glass
CIS unit
Paper exit roller

Discharge brush
OC mat
Belts
Paper feed roller
Pickup roller
Separation roller
Torque limiter SPF

(for separation)
(for PIC)
Transport rollers
Scanning plate
Paper exit roller
Discharge brush
OC mat
Belts
Part name
Mirror/Lens/
Reflection sheet/
CCD
Table glass/SPF
glass
Scanner N model:
lamp
LED
PWB
U model:
Xenon
lamp
Rails
Drive belt/drive wire
Sensors
Paper feed roller
Pickup roller
Separation roller
Remark
Air cleaning for the LED

section
value.
SPF section roller:
year of use.
value.
SPF section torque
limiter: Replace at 400K
or 2 years of use.
Air cleaning for the Selfoc

lens section.
value.
SPF section roller:
year of use.
value.
SPF section torque
or 2 years of use.
Option
Section
Inner
finisher/
Punch unit
for Inner
finisher
When
calling
200
k
400
k
600
k
800
k
1000
k
1200
k
1400
k
1600
k
1800
k
2000
k
2200
k
2400
k
Belts
Knurling belt
Sensors
Discharge brush
Stapler unit
Stapler unit
(For saddle finisher)
Punch unit
Staple cartridge
Staple cartridge (For
saddle finisher)
Transport rollers
Transport paper
guides
Gears
Part name
Transport rollers
Transport paper
guides
Gears
Belts
Knurling belt
Paddle
Saddle
stitch
finisher
(1K)/Punch
unit for
Saddle
stitch
finisher
(1K)
Finisher
(4K)/Punch
unit for
Finisher
(4K)
Paper
pass unit
A4 large
capacity
tray
Sensors
Discharge brush
Stapler unit
Punch unit
Staple cartridge
Transport rollers
Transport paper
guides
Gears
Replacement reference: Replace the unit at every 200K staple.

Replacement reference: Replace the unit at every 1000K.
Replacement is made by the user at every 5,000 pcs.

Torque limiter
Transport rollers
Transport paper
guides
Gears
Belts
Sensors

Replace at every 1000K
of the finisher paper exit
count value.

count value.

Belts
Sensors
Discharge brush
Stapler unit
Punch unit
Staple cartridge
Transport rollers
Transport paper
guides
Sensors
Pickup roller/
Paper feed rollers
Remark


value.: 100K or 1 year of
use
value.: 100K

When
calling
200
k
400
k
600
k
800
k
1000
k
1200
k
1400
k
1600
k
1800
k
2000
k
2200
k
2400
k
Torque limiter
Transport rollers
Transport paper
guides
Gears
Section
Paper feed
tray (Desk)
Part name
Pickup roller
Paper feed roller
Separation roller
Remark
use
value.: 100K
28 CPM model
Section
Photoconductor
section
Developing
section
Toner
supply
section
LSU
section
Transfer
section
When
calling
150
k
300
k
450
k
600
k
750
k
900
k
1050
k
1200
k
1350
k
1500
k
1650
k
1800
k
Cleaner blade

sheet F/R
Toner reception
lower molt
Side seal F/R
Drum separation
pawl unit
MC unit
Waste toner box
Part name
Drum
Replace even at the

specified RPM.
use.
drum counter or 2 years
of use.
Developer
DV seal
DV side seal F/R

Toner filter
Connector
Toner cartridge
Dust-proof glass
Transfer roller
Discharge plate
Transfer roller
bearing F and R
Transfer rear star
ring
Pre-transfer paper
guide
Process control
sensor
Remark
Check when a
serviceman calls. It is
advisable to replace in
Replace even at the
specified RPM.
use.
years of use.
years of use.
use.
years of use.
Air cleaning
Section
Fusing
section
Filter
section
Paper feed
section
Paper
transport
section
Duplex/
paper exit
section
Drive
section
When
calling
150
k
300
k
450
k
600
k
750
k
900
k
1050
k
1200
k
1350
k
1500
k
1650
k
1800
k
Lower heat roller

bearing
Upper separation
pawl
Thermistor
Lower separation
pawl
Web pressure roller
bearing
Web pressure roller
Web roller
Web 45T gear
Fusing paper exit
roller
Gears
Paper guides
Upper heat roller
Upper heat roller

gear
Upper heat roller
bearing
Upper heat roller
heat-insulation bush
Ozone filter

Paper feed roller
Separation roller
Torque limiter
Transport rollers
Sensors
Transport paper
guides
Paper dust
removing unit
Transport rollers
Sensors
Transport paper
guides
Discharge brush
Transport rollers
Sensors
Gears
Transport paper
guides
Gears (Grease)
(Conduction grease)
Belts
Part name
Lower heat roller
Remark
to the heat roller.
When a foreign material
is attached, it must be
cleaned away.

heat roller unit.
to the heat roller.
value.
year of use.
Manual feed: Replace at
value.
100K
Manual feed: 100K


Section
Scanner
section
RSPF
section
When
calling
150
k
300
k
450
k
600
k
750
k
900
k
1050
k
1200
k
1350
k
1500
k
1650
k
1800
k
Torque limiter SPF

(for separation)
(for PIC)
Transport rollers
Scanning plate
Paper exit roller
Discharge brush
OC mat
Belts
Part name
Mirror/Lens/
Reflection sheet/
CCD
Table glass/SPF
glass
Scanner lamp
(LED PWB)
Rails
Sensors
Paper feed roller
Pickup roller
Separation roller
Remark
Air cleaning for the LED

section
value.
SPF section roller:
year of use.
value.
SPF section torque
or 2 years of use.
Option
Section
Inner
finisher/
Punch unit
for Inner
finisher
When
calling
150
k
300
k
450
k
600
k
750
k
900
k
1050
k
1200
k
1350
k
1500
k
1650
k
1800
k
Belts
Knurling belt
Sensors
Discharge brush
Stapler unit
Stapler unit
(For saddle finisher)
Punch unit
Staple cartridge
Staple cartridge (For
saddle finisher)
Part name
Transport rollers
Transport paper
guides
Gears
Belts
Knurling belt
Paddle
Saddle
stitch
finisher
(1K)/Punch
unit for
Saddle
stitch
finisher
(1K)
Sensors
Discharge brush
Stapler unit
Punch unit
Staple cartridge
Transport rollers
Transport paper
guides
Gears


Remark

count value.

count value.
Section
Finisher
(4K)/Punch
unit for
Finisher
(4K)
Paper
pass unit
A4 large
capacity
tray
Paper feed
tray (Desk)
When
calling
150
k
300
k
450
k
600
k
750
k
900
k
1050
k
1200
k
1350
k
1500
k
1650
k
1800
k
Torque limiter
Transport rollers
Transport paper
guides
Gears
Belts
Sensors
Pickup roller
Paper feed roller
Separation roller
Torque limiter
Transport rollers
Transport paper
guides
Gears
Part name
Transport rollers
Transport paper
guides
Gears
Belts
Sensors
Discharge brush
Stapler unit
Punch unit
Staple cartridge
Transport rollers
Transport paper
guides
Sensors
Pickup roller/
Paper feed rollers

Remark

use
value.: 100K

use
value.: 100K
A. Photo-conductor section
36/45/50 CPM model
No.
Part name
When
calling
200
k
400
k
600
k
800
k
1000
k
1200
k
1400
k
1600
k
1800
k
2000
k
2200
k
2400
k
Drum
Cleaner blade
3
4

sheet F/R
Toner reception
lower molt
Side seal F/R
Drum separation
pawl unit
MC unit
Waste toner box
5
6
7
8
9
Remark
Replace even at the specified
RPM.
Replace after 2 years of use.
Replace at 200K of the drum
counter or 2 years of use.
Check when a serviceman calls.

It is advisable to replace in
28 CPM model
No.
Part name
When
calling
150
k
300
k
450
k
600
k
750
k
900
k
1050
k
1200
k
1350
k
1500
k
1650
k
1800
k
Drum
Cleaner blade
3
4

sheet F/R
Toner reception
lower molt
Side seal F/R
Drum separation
pawl unit
MC unit
Waste toner box
5
6
7
8
9
Remark
RPM.
Replace at 150K of the drum
counter or 2 years of use.
Check when a serviceman calls.

It is advisable to replace in
6
2
5
7
1
7
4
(Note for servicing the OPC drums)
(1)
1. Prevention of oily dirt attachment
1)
Open the front cover.
Waste toner box replacement
2)
Tilt the waste toner box forward to remove it.
[Note]
Be careful not to attach fingerprints or oily dirt on the OPC drum
surface. (Keep the unit away from oils and dust.)
When replacing the OPC drum, cover the OPC drum with the
protection sheet and hold the protection sheet.
If it is required to hold the OPC drum directly, use enough care
not to touch the cleaning blade area, 5mm inside from both
edges of the OPC drum. (If a fingerprint or oily dirt is attached to
the cleaning blade area of the OPC drum, the cleaning blade
may flip.)
5mm
5mm
Maintenance: Replace the waste toner box with a new one

every time when it is full (By the user). Check it every-time
when a serviceman calls. (Replace it in advance if necessary.)
[Countermeasures]
If a fingerprint is attached to the OPC drum surface erroneously,
perform the following countermeasures.
1)
Use dry cloth to clean and remove the dirt.
2)
Apply KYNAR to prevent blade flip.
[Check method]
Check to confirm that the OPC drum is free from fingerprints or oily
dirt and that the cleaning blade is completely cleaned by the following method.
Make a print of a half tone image on all the surface of A4 (11" x
8.5") paper, and check the printed paper for any abnormality in
the image.
2. Prior exposure prevention
[Note]
Avoid servicing in a place where there is strong light.
Do not expose the unit to light for a long time.
Cover the OPC drum with light-blocking material. (When using
paper, use about 10 sheets of paper to block light.)
(2)
Photo-conductor unit removal
1)
Remove the toner cartridge.

[Refer to "C. Toner supply section."]
2)
Remove the developing unit.

[Refer to "B. Developing section."]
3)
Pull the lock lever, and open the right door.
[Countermeasures]
If the OPC drum is erroneously exposed to light too much (prior
exposure), perform the following countermeasures.
1)
Print half tone images on the whole surface of A4 (11" x 8.5")

paper, and check to confirm that there is no irregular density
area in the previously exposed section.
2)
Damages due to prior exposure may be recovered by keeping

the OPC drum for several hours. If, however, image are not
recovered, replace the OPC drum.
4)
Remove the blue screw. Pull the photo-conductor unit, and

hold the handle to remove the unit.
(4)
1)
Drum replacement
Remove the blue screw, and rotate the fixing shaft to remove.
Slide the drum to the front side to remove.
Maintenance
36/45/50 CPM model: Replace at every 200K.
28 CPM model: Replace at every 150K.
NOTE: When removing and installing, be careful not to scratch the

drum by making it into contact with the separation pawl.
NOTE: Before installing the photo-conductor unit, clean the both

surfaces of the resist unit paper guide.
Clean the metal section of the paper guide with alcohol,
and clean the cushion section without alcohol.
At that time, be careful not to deform the paper guide.
(5)
1)
Drum separation pawl unit replacement

Remove the blue screw, and remove the drum separation pawl
unit.
Maintenance
NOTE: Be careful not to scratch or put dirt on the tip of the separation pawl.
(3)
1)
MC unit replacement
Disengage the pawl, and remove the MC unit.
Maintenance
NOTE: When inserting the MC unit, be careful not to scratch the

drum.
(6)
1)
Toner reception seal, toner reception side sheets F

and R replacement
(8)
1)
Remove the blue screw, and remove the toner reception seal.
Side seals F and R replacement

Remove the side seals F and R.
Maintenance
Maintenance

NOTE: When installing, tighten the blue screws in the sequence of
A and B.
NOTE: Attach with the cleaner blade edge as the reference so that
the clearance is within 0 - 0.3mm. Press to secure attachment.
NOTE: Attach the toner reception side sheets F and R according to

the reference.
0.3mm
0mm
F
0.3mm
0mm
0mm
0mm
0.3mm
R
0.3mm
B
0.3mm
2)
After replacement of the side seals F and R, apply stearic acid

(UKOG-0309FCZZ) evenly to the side seals F and R by using
the micro-spatula (UKOG-0311FCZZ).
Duplex tape reference
(7)
1)
0mm
57mm
0.3mm
57mm
0.3mm 0.3mm
0.3mm
0.3mm
NOTE: Be careful not to apply excessively to the parts on the

periphery.
Plate edge reference

0mm
0mm
0mm
0mm
0mm
Duplex tape reference
Toner reception lower molt replacement

Remove the toner reception lower molt.
Maintenance
(9)
1)
NOTE: Attach with the edges of the side seals F and R as the reference so that there is no clearance with the side seals F
and R.
0.5mm
0mm
0mm
F
0mm
0mm
R
0.3mm 0.3mm
0.5mm
Cleaner blade replacement

Remove the blue screw, and slide the cleaner blade to the rear
side to remove.
Maintenance
NOTE: Before removing the cleaner blade, remove the side seals
F and R in advance. When, therefore, the cleaner blade is
replaced, replace the side seals F and R with new ones as
well.
If this note is ignored, a trouble such as improper cleaning
or toner leakage may occur.
NOTE: Be careful not to touch or scratch the tip of the cleaner
blade.
NOTE: When installing, tighten the blue screws in the sequence of
A B C.
C
B
A
B. Developing section
36/45/50 CPM model
No.
Part name
When
calling
200
k
400
k
600
k
800
k
1000
k
1200
k
1400
k
1600
k
1800
k
2000
k
2200
k
2400
k
Developer
DV seal
3
4
DV side seal F/R

Toner filter
Connector
Remark
RPM.
developer counter or 2 years of
use.
use.
28 CPM model
No.
Part name
When
calling
150
k
300
k
450
k
600
k
750
k
900
k
1050
k
1200
k
1350
k
1500
k
1650
k
1800
k
Developer
DV seal
3
4
DV side seal F/R

Toner filter
Connector
Remark
RPM.
use.
use.
4
5
3
2
1
(Note for servicing the DV roller)
(Note for cleaning the developing unit)
1. Prevent roller contamination
If the developing unit is cleaned with a cleaner or an air blower

with much developer in the developing unit, static electricity
may be accumulated in the unit.
[Note]
Be careful not to attach fingerprints or oily dirt on the DV roller
surface.
* Metal part is brought into contact with the magnet roller surface when transporting developer or removing foreign material from the magnet roller, developer may adhere to the
magnet roller surface. Be careful to avoid this when handling
the magnet roller.
When rotating the DV roller manually, hold the drive gear section
to rotate it.
* Remove developer in the development unit as well as developer attached to the magnet roller as far as possible.
NOTE: Before cleaning with a vacuum, remove ground the magnet
roller rear side cored bar as shown in the figure below and
clean the unit with a vacuum. (Do not pinch the grounding
wire with a crocodile clip connector in order to prevent
against damage on the cored bar.)
[Countermeasures]
If a fingerprint is attached to the DV roller surface erroneously, perform the following countermeasures.
1)
Remove developer material from the developer unit and the

developer mag roller.
2)
Remove oily dirt on the DV roller with alcohol.
3)
When alcohol dries completely, supply developer and perform

SIM 25-02.
[Check method]
Check to confirm that the DV roller is free from fingerprints or oily
dirt and that cleaning is completely executed or not by the following
method.
Make a print of a half tone image on all the surface of A4 (11" x
8.5") paper, and check the printed paper for any abnormality in
the image.
(1)
(2)
Developer replacement
NOTE: Supply of developer must be performed after completion of

all the maintenance works of the developing unit.
1)
Remove the screw, and hold the rib to remove the cover.
NOTE: After installing, check to confirm that the cover is securely

engaged with the frame pawl.
Developing unit removal
1)
Remove the waste toner box. [Refer to "A. Photo-conductor

section."]
2)
Remove the toner cartridge. [Refer to "C. Toner supply section."]
3)
Remove the blue screw, and pull the developing unit to

remove.
2)
While rotating the mixing roller, discharge developer from the

unit.
(4)
1)
DV seal replacement
Remove the DV seal.
Maintenance
NOTE: Attach the seal according to the reference, and press and
hold securely after attachment.
0.5mm
0mm
0mm
0.5mm
(5)
1)
3)
DV side seal F and R replacement

Remove the DV side seal F and R.
Maintenance
Supply new developer.
Maintenance
NOTE: When supplying developer, use care not to spill it. Especially, take a great care not to spill developer on the drive
section.

NOTE: Attach the seal according to the reference, and press and
hold securely after attachment.
NOTE: After supplying developer, do not tilt the developing unit.
0.5mm
0.5mm
F
0.5mm
(3)
1)
Toner filter replacement

Remove the toner filter.
Maintenance
R
0mm
0mm
0mm
0mm
0.5mm
C. Toner supply section

36/45/50 CPM model
No.
1
Part name
When
calling
200
k
400
k
600
k
Toner cartridge
800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800

k
k
k
k
k
k
2000
k
2200
k
2400
k
Remark
28 CPM model
No.
1
Part name
When
calling
150
k
300
k
450 600 750 900 1050 1200 1350

k
k
k
k
k
k
k
Toner cartridge
1500
k
1650
k
1800
k
Remark
(1)
1)
Toner cartridge replacement

2)
Pull out the toner cartridge to remove.

Maintenance: Replace every-time when toner empty. (By the
user)
NOTE: When installing, hold the toner cartridge horizontally and

inset it slowly.
NOTE: Shake the toner cartridge several times.
D. LSU section
36/45/50 CPM model
No.
1
Part name
Dust-proof glass
When
calling
200
k
400
k
600
k
800
k
1000
k
1200
k
1400
k
1600
k
1800
k
2000
k
2200
k
2400
k
Remark
28 CPM model
No.
1
Part name
Dust-proof glass
When
calling
150
k
300
k
450
k
600
k
750
k
900
k
1050
k
1200
k
1350
k
1500
k
1650
k
1800
k
Remark
(1)
1)
LSU removal
3)
Remove the tray 1 and 2.
Disconnect the connector. Remove the screw, and remove the

LSU.
2)
Remove the desk connection lid (A). Remove the screw, and
remove the left cabinet rear lower (B) and the left cabinet (C).
NOTE: Lift the LSU tip and insert it so that the LSU boss comes in
the frame hole. After insertion, remove the toner cartridge
and check.
C
B
2
4
A
1
(2)
1)
Dust-proof glass cleaning

Clean the dust-proof glass.
Maintenance
36/45/50 CPM model: Clean at every 200K.
28 CPM model: Clean at every 150K.
NOTE: Do not touch the dust-proof glass with bare hands.
E. Transfer section
36/45/50 CPM model
No.
Part name
Transfer roller
2
3
Discharge plate
Transfer roller bearing
F and R
Transfer rear star ring
Pre-transfer paper guide
Process control sensor
4
5
6
7
8
When
calling
200
k
400
k
600
k
800
k
1000
k
1200
k
1400
k
1600
k
1800
k
2000
k
2200
k
2400
k
Remark
Replace at 200K or 2 years
of use.
Air cleaning
28 CPM model
No.
Part name
Transfer roller
2
3
Discharge plate
Transfer roller bearing
F and R
Transfer rear star ring
Pre-transfer paper guide
Process control sensor
4
5
6
7
8
When
calling
150
k
300
k
450
k
600
k
750
k
900
k
1050
k
1200
k
1350
k
1500
k
1650
k
1800
k
5
5
Remark
Replace at 150K or 2 years
of use.
Air cleaning
4
6
5
5
5
5
2
43
7
8
1
(1)
Transfer unit removal
NOTE: Be careful of the installing direction of the transfer roller

gear and the transfer roller collar.
1)
2)
Remove the blue screw, and remove the cover. Disconnect the
connector, and remove the transfer unit.
2)
Remove the transfer roller collar and the transfer roller bearing
F from the holder.
Maintenance
NOTE: When installing, be sure to insert the spring into the transfer roller bearing F and the holder boss securely.
NOTE: Be careful of the installing direction of the transfer roller collar.
(2)
1)
Pre-transfer paper guide and process control

sensor cleaning
Remove the pre-transfer paper guide. Clean the pre-transfer
paper guide and the process control sensor.
Maintenance
NOTE: When installing, engage the boss in the rear side, and then
engage the boss in the front side.
(4)
1)
Discharge plate replacement

Remove the blue screw, and remove the discharge plate
holder. Remove the discharge plate.
Maintenance
NOTE: When installing, insert the discharge plate into the boss
and check to confirm that it is securely on the ground electrode.
(3)
1)
Transfer roller, transfer roller bearing F and R,

transfer roller collar, and transfer roller gear
replacement
Disengage the pawl, and remove the transfer roller. Remove
the transfer roller bearing R, the transfer roller collar, and the
transfer roller gear from the transfer roller.
Maintenance
NOTE: When installing, be sure to insert the spring into the transfer roller bearing R and the holder boss securely.
F. Fusing section
36/45/50 CPM model
No.
Part name
When
calling
200
k
400
k
600
k
800
k
1000
k
1200
k
1400
k
1600
k
1800
k
2000
k
2200
k
2400
k
Lower heat roller
Lower heat roller

bearing
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Upper separation pawl

Thermistor
Lower separation pawl
Web pressure roller
bearing
Web pressure roller
Web roller
Web 45T gear
Fusing paper exit roller
Gears
Paper guides
Upper heat roller
14
Upper heat roller gear
15
Upper heat roller

bearing
Upper heat roller heatinsulation bush
16
Remark
Replace with the lower heat
roller unit. / Replace at 200K or
2 years of use.
roller unit. / Apply grease when
assembling to the heat roller.
When a foreign material is
attached, it must be cleaned
away.
Replace with the upper heat

2 years of use.
roller unit.
28 CPM model
No.
Part name
When
calling
150
k
300
k
450
k
600
k
750
k
900
k
1050
k
1200
k
1350
k
1500
k
1650
k
1800
k
Lower heat roller
Lower heat roller

bearing
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

Thermistor
Web pressure roller
bearing
Web pressure roller
Web roller
Web 45T gear
Fusing paper exit roller
Gears
Paper guides
Upper heat roller
14
Upper heat roller gear
15
Upper heat roller

bearing
Upper heat roller heatinsulation bush
16
Remark
2 years of use.
When a foreign material is
attached, it must be cleaned
away.

2 years of use.
roller unit.
3
4
13
15
16
14
1
5
8
15
16
17
9
11
6
11
11
Grease
UKOG-0299FCZZ
Grease
UKOG-0235FCZZ
11
Grease
UKOG-0012QSZZ
12
Grease
UKOG-0235FCZZ
11
10
Grease
UKOG-0235FCZZ
12
(1)
1)
2)
Fusing unit replacement
(3)
Web pressure roller bearing and web pressure

roller replacement
1)
Remove the screw, and remove the cover. Disconnect the connector, and remove the harness. Remove the blue screw, and
remove the web unit.
2)
Remove the web spring, and remove the web pressure roller
bearing. Remove the web pressure roller
Remove the blue screw. Pull the lock lever and remove the
fusing unit.
Maintenance
(2)
1)
Fusing paper exit roller cleaning

Clean the fusing paper exit roller.
Maintenance
(4)
1)
Web roller/Web 45T gear removal

Remove the screw, and remove the web roller bearing.
2)
3)
Remove the left and the right springs, and remove the web
operation shaft.
4)
Remove two web tension shafts.

* When installing, insert the rear side first. Note that the front
side (gear side) of the shaft is narrower.
Remove the web roller (on the winding side).

Maintenance
5)
* When installing, check to confirm that there are one concave

section on the front side and two concave sections on the
rear side, and be sure to engage them securely.
* When installing, engage the concave section (one position)
on the front side with the spring pin and two concave sections on the rear side with the web roller (on the feed side).
Remove the web roller (on the feed side) and the web 45T
gear.
Maintenance
* When installing, fit the concave section and the convex section of the gear on the front side to engage securely.
[Route diagram]
[Note for installation]

Turn the gear (B) in the arrow direction, and set so that the lead
edge of the green line (A) of the web roller can be seen.
NOTE: When installing the separation pawl unit to the fusing unit,
arrange so that the long hole of the unit is fit with the hook
section of the fusing unit.
A
(7)
(5)
1)
1)
Thermistor replacement
Disconnect the connector, and remove the harness. Remove
the screw, and remove the thermistor.
Lower separation pawl replacement

Lift the lever to cancel the pressure of the heat roller. Remove
the blue screw, and open the fusing unit.
Maintenance
NOTE: When installing, be sure to insert into the thermistor boss.
(6)
1)
Upper separation pawl replacement

Remove the blue screw, and remove the upper separation
pawl unit. Remove the upper separation pawl.
Maintenance
2)
Open the paper guide. Release the spring edge on the paper
guide side from the paper guide spring stopper. Precisely
speaking, slide the spring edge and push it down to the back
surface of the paper guide. In addition, disengage the lower
separation pawl from the lower separation pawl shaft side
where the spring is attached. Remove the spring from the
lower separation pawl.
(9)
Upper heat roller, upper heat roller gear, upper

heat roller insulation bush, and upper heat roller
bearing replacement
1)
Remove the screw, and remove the cover.
2)
Disconnect the connector. Remove the blue screw, and

remove the fixing plate. Remove the heater lamp.
3)
Remove the blue screw, the ground plate, and the paper guide
unit.
4)
Remove the upper heat roller unit.
Maintenance
NOTE: When installing the spring, pass the spring hook through
the hole in the lower separation pawl.
NOTE: When installing the lower separation pawl, first install the
shaft which is not provided with the spring to the paper
guide.
(8)
1)
Lower heat roller and lower heat roller bearing

replacement
Remove the lower heat roller unit. Remove the lower heat
roller bearing from the lower heat roller.
Maintenance
NOTE: When installing, put the flange of the upper heat roller bearing on the outside of the frame.
5)
Remove the roller stopper from the upper heat roller, and
remove the upper heat roller gear, the upper heat roller insulation bush, and the upper heat roller bearing.
Maintenance
G. Filter section
36/45/50 CPM model
No.
1
Part name
Ozone filter
When
calling
200
k
400
k
600
k
800
k
1000
k
1200
k
1400
k
1600
k
1800
k
2000
k
2200
k
2400
k
Remark
28 CPM model
No.
1
Part name
Ozone filter
When
calling
150
k
300
k
450
k
600
k
750
k
900
k
1050
k
1200
k
1350
k
1500
k
(1)
1)
Ozone filter replacement

Remove the screw, and remove the cover. Remove the ozone
filter.
Maintenance
When installing the filter, be careful not to turn out the peripheral molt and to insert the filter straight.
1650
k
1800
k
Remark
H. Paper feed section

36/45/50 CPM model
No.
Part name
When
calling
200
k
400
k
600
k
800
k
1000
k
1200
k
1400
k
1600
k
1800
k
2000
k
2200
k
2400
k
1
2
3

Paper feed roller
Separation roller
Torque limiter
5
6
7
Transport rollers
Sensors
Transport paper guides
Remark
Replace according to each
paper feed counter value.
Paper feed tray 1, 2: Replace
at 100K or 1 year of use.
Manual feed: Replace at 100K
or 1 year of use.
Paper feed tray 1, 2: 100K
Manual feed: 100K
28 CPM model
No.
Part name
When
calling
150
k
300
k
450
k
600
k
750
k
900
k
1050
k
1200
k
1350
k
1500
k
1650
k
1800
k
1
2
3

Paper feed roller
Separation roller
Torque limiter
5
6
7
Transport rollers
Sensors
Remark
Paper feed tray 1, 2: Replace
at 100K or 1 year of use.
Manual feed: Replace at 100K
or 1 year of use.
Paper feed tray 1, 2: 100K
Manual feed: 100K
6
3
2
1
1
6
6
5
6
4
4
6
(1)
Manual paper feed unit paper pickup roller, paper

feed roller, and separation roller replacement
1)
Remove the pickup cover.
2)
Remove the paper pickup roller (A) and the paper feed roller
(B).
(2)
Manual paper feed unit torque limiter replacement
1)
2)
Remove the screw, and remove the connector cover. Remove

the screw and remove the ADU inner cover.
3)
Remove the lock block. Disengage the right door lock pawl.
Maintenance: Replace at every 100K of each paper feed

counter.
3)
Open the maintenance cover, remove the separation roller.

counter.
Remove the ADU cabinet F, and the right door release lever.
3
1
1
4
5
4)
Remove the ADU cabinet R.
8)
Remove the MF base guide supporting plate and the spring.
5)
Remove the MF harness cover, and disconnect the connector.
9)
Remove each part, and remove the transport roller 12 (drive).
1
1
2
6)
Remove the MF tray installing shaft, and remove the manual

feed tray unit.
10) Remove each part, and remove the MF drive plate.
7)
Disconnect the connector, and remove the manual paper feed

unit.
11) Remove the E-ring. Remove the shaft and remove the torque
limiter.
counter.
1
2
(3)
1)
Tray paper feed unit paper pickup roller, paper feed

roller, and separation roller replacement
4)
Remove the separation roller.

counter.
2)
Remove the paper guide.
(4)
3)
Tray paper feed unit torque limiter replacement
1)
Open the front cabinet. Remove the screws, and remove the
front cabinet upper.
2)
Open the right door and the right cabinet lower.
Remove the paper pickup roller (a) and the paper feed roller
(b).
counter.
1
2
3)
Remove the screw, and remove the right cabinet front.
7)
Remove the E-ring and the bearing, and remove the paper
feed lower PG unit.
4)
Remove the right lower door unit.
8)
Remove the pressure release spring, and remove the paper

feed lower PG supporting plate. Remove the separation pressure spring, and the separation pressure release plate.
1
2
5)
Remove the paper feed movable PG lower.
9)
Remove the separation roller. Remove the E-ring and the separation shift. Remove the torque limiter.
counter.
3
6)
Remove the tray paper feed unit 1, 2.
I. Paper transport section

36/45/50 CPM model
No.
Part name
1
2
3
4
5

Transport rollers
Sensors
When
calling
200
k
400
k
600
k
800
k
1000
k
1200
k
1400
k
1600
k
1800
k
2000
k
2200
k
2400
k
Remark
28 CPM model
No.
Part name
1
2
3
4
5

Transport rollers
Sensors
When
calling
150
k
300
k
450
k
600
k
750
k
900
k
1050
k
1200
k
1350
k
1500
k
1650
k
1800
k
Remark
3
1
4
4
3
(1)
1)
Resist roller (idle), and each transport roller

cleaning
Open the right door.
2)
Clean the resist roller (Idle) (A), resist roller (Drive) (B) and the
transport roller 8 (Drive) (C).
Maintenance
J. Duplex/Paper exit section

36/45/50 CPM model
No.
Part name
1
2
3
4
Discharge brush
Transport rollers
Sensors
Gears
When
calling
200
k
400
k
600
k
800
k
1000
k
1200
k
1400
k
1600
k
1800
k
2000
k
2200
k
2400
k
Remark
When checking, apply to the

necessary positions.
28 CPM model
No.
Part name
1
2
3
4
Discharge brush
Transport rollers
Sensors
Gears
When
calling
150
k
300
k
450
k
600
k
750
k
900
k
1050
k
1200
k
1350
k
1500
k
1650
k
1800
k
Remark

3
Grease
UKOG-0307FCZZ
1
3
3
3
2
2
3
(1)
1)
Each transport roller cleaning
4)
5)
Remove the reverse PG unit.
6)
Clean the transport roller 13 (Drive).
Clean the paper exit roller 2 (Drive).

Maintenance
2)
Open the ADU open/close door.
Maintenance
3)
Clean the transport roller 10 (Drive) (A), and the transport

roller 11 (Drive) (B).
Maintenance
K. Drive section
36/45/50 CPM model
No.
1
2
3
Part name
Gears (Grease)
(Conduction grease)
Belts
When
calling
200
k
400
k
600
k
800
k
1000
k
1200
k
1400
k
1600
k
1800
k
2000
k
2200
k
2400
k
Remark
28 CPM model
No.
1
2
3
Part name
Gears (Grease)
(Conduction grease)
Belts
When
calling
150
k
300
k
450
k
600
k
750
k
900
k
1050
k
1200
k
1350
k
1500
k
1650
k
1800
k
Remark
1
Grease
UKOG-0307FCZZ
1
Grease
UKOG-0299
FCZZ
2
Grease
UKOG-0012QSZZ
1
Grease
UKOG-0307FCZZ
L. Scanner section
36/45/50 CPM model
No.
Part name
Mirror/Lens/
Reflection sheet (Reflector)/CCD
Table glass/SPF glass
Scanner
N model: LED PWB
lamp
U model: Xenon lamp
Rails
Sensors
2
3
4
5
6
When
calling
200
k
400
k
600
k
800
k
1000
k
1200
k
1400
k
1600
k
1800
k
2000
k
2200
k
2400
k
Remark
Air cleaning for the

LED section
28 CPM model
No.
1
Part name
2
3
Mirror/Lens/
Reflection sheet/CCD
Table glass/SPF glass
Scanner lamp (LED PWB)
4
5
6
Rails
Sensors
When
calling
150
k
300
k
450
k
600
k
750
k
900
k
1050
k
1200
k
1350
k
1500
k
1650
k
1800
k
4
2
Remark
Air cleaning for the

LED section
4
2
5
6
5
5
1
1
N model
U model
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
M. DSPF section
No.
Part name
When
calling
200
k
400
k
600
k
800
k
1000
k
1200
k
1400
k
1600
k
1800
k
2000
k
2200
k
2400
k
1
2
3
Paper feed roller

Pickup roller
Separation roller
Torque limiter SPF

(for separation)
(for PIC)
10
Transport rollers
No. 1 scanning plate
No. 2 scanning section,
scanning glass
No. 2 scanning section,
white reference glass
CIS unit
11
12
13
14
Paper exit roller

Discharge brush
OC mat
Belts
6
7
8
9
14
3
6
10
13
8
9
11
12
SPF section roller: Replace at
SPF section torque limiter:
Replace at 400K or 2 years of
use.
Air cleaning for the Selfoc

lens section.
14
Remark
(1)
1)
Pickup roller, paper feed roller replacement
2)
Open the paper feed unit.
Disengage the pawl, and remove the holder. Remove the separation roller.
counter.
2)
Disengage the pawl, and remove the paper guide.
(3)
1)
Torque limiter SPF replacement

Remove the torque limiter SPF.
counter.
3)
Disengage the pawl, and remove the holder guide. Remove

the pickup roller and the paper feed roller.
counter.
(4)
1)
Take-up torque limiter replacement

Remove the one-way coupling, the belt, and the pulley.
Remove the E-ring.
Pull out the shaft, and remove the bearing, the holder, and the
take-up torque limiter.
counter.
(2)
1)
Separation roller replacement

Disengage the pawl, and remove the cover.
N. RSPF section
36/45/50 CPM model
No.
Part name
When
calling
200
k
400
k
600
k
800
k
100
0k
120
0k
1400
k
1600
k
1800
k
2000
k
2200
k
2400
k
1
2
3
Paper feed roller

Pickup roller
Separation roller
Torque limiter SPF

(for separation)
(for PIC)
Transport rollers
Scanning plate
Paper exit roller
Discharge brush
OC mat
Belts
6
7
8
9
10
11
Remark
use.
28 CPM model
No.
Part name
When
calling
150
k
300
k
450
k
600
k
750
k
900
k
1050
k
1200
k
1350
k
1500
k
1650
k
1800
k
1
2
3
Paper feed roller

Pickup roller
Separation roller
Torque limiter SPF

(for separation)
(for PIC)
Transport rollers
Scanning plate
Paper exit roller
Discharge brush
OC mat
Belts
6
7
8
9
10
11
11
4
Remark
use.
11
3
6
10
7
6
8
9
(1)
1)
Pickup roller, paper feed roller replacement
2)
Disengage the pawl, and remove the holder. Remove the separation roller.
counter.
2)
Disengage the pawl, and remove the paper guide.
(3)
1)
Torque limiter SPF replacement

Remove the torque limiter SPF.
counter.
3)
Disengage the pawl, and remove the holder guide. Remove

the pickup roller and the paper feed roller.
counter.
(4)
1)
Take-up torque limiter replacement

Remove the one-way coupling, the belt, and the pulley.
Remove the E-ring.
Pull out the shaft, and remove the bearing, the holder, and the
take-up torque limiter.
counter.
(2)
1)
Separation roller replacement

Disengage the pawl, and remove the cover.
O. Inner finisher/Punch unit for Inner finisher

36/45/50 CPM model
No.
Part name
Transport rollers
Gears
Belts
Knurling belt
3
4
5
6
7
8
Paddle
Sensors
Discharge brush
Stapler unit
Punch unit
Staple cartridge
When
calling
200
k
400
k
600
k
800
k
1000
k
1200
k
1400
k
1600
k
1800
k
2000
k
2200
k
2400
k
Replacement reference: Replace the unit for every 200K stapling.

Replacement reference: Replace the unit for every 1000K punching.
User replacement for every use of 5,000 pcs.
Remark

Finisher count value of
1000K.
28 CPM model
No.
Part name
Transport rollers
Gears
Belts
Knurling belt
3
4
5
6
7
8
Paddle
Sensors
Discharge brush
Stapler unit
Punch unit
Staple cartridge
When
calling
150
k
300
k
450
k
600
k
750
k
900
k
1050
k
1200
k
1350
k
1500
k
1650
k
1800
k
Replacement reference: Replace the unit for every 200K stapling.

Replacement reference: Replace the unit for every 1000K punching.
User replacement for every use of 5,000 pcs.
Remark

Finisher count value of
1000K.
1
1
1
1
1
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
3
2
3
3
5
3
5
3
2
P. Saddle stitch finisher (1K)/Punch unit for Saddle stitch finisher (1K)
36/45/50 CPM model
No.
Part name
When
calling
200
k
400
k
600
k
800
k
1000
k
1200
k
1400
k
1600
k
1800
k
2000
k
2200
k
2400
k
Transport rollers
Gears
Belts
Knurling belt
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Sensors
Discharge brush
Stapler unit
Stapler unit for saddle
Punch unit
Staple cartridge
Staple cartridge for saddle

User replacement for every 5000pcs.
Remark

Replace at every 1000K of
the finisher paper exit count
value.
28 CPM model
No.
Part name
When
calling
150
k
300
k
450
k
600
k
750
k
900
k
1050
k
1200
k
1350
k
1500
k
1650
k
1800
k
Transport rollers
Gears
Belts
Knurling belt
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Sensors
Discharge brush
Stapler unit
Stapler unit for saddle
Punch unit
Staple cartridge
Staple cartridge for saddle

Remark

Replace at every 1000K of
the finisher paper exit count
value.
2
2
7
1
8
3
1
1
1
1
Q. Finisher (4K)/Punch unit for Finisher (4K)

36/45/50 CPM model
No.
Part name
Transport rollers
Gears
3
4
Belts
Sensors
Discharge brush
Stapler unit
Punch unit
Staple cartridge
When
calling
200
k
400
k
600
k
800
k
1000
k
1200
k
1400
k
1600
k
1800
k
2000
k
2200
k
2400
k
1650
k
1800
k

Remark

28 CPM model
No.
Part name
Transport rollers
Gears
3
4
Belts
Sensors
Discharge brush
Stapler unit
Punch unit
Staple cartridge
When
calling
150
k
300
k
450
k
600
k
750
k
900
k
1050
k
1200
k
1350
k
1500
k

1
1 1 3
1 1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Remark

R. Paper pass unit

36/45/50 CPM model
No.
1
Part name
Transport rollers
Sensors
When
calling
200
k
400
k
600
k
800
k
1000
k
1200
k
1400
k
1600
k
1800
k
2000
k
2200
k
2400
k
Remark
28 CPM model
No.
1
Part name
Transport rollers
Sensors
1 1
When
calling
1 1
150
k
300
k
450
k
600
k
750
k
900
k
1050
k
1200
k
1350
k
1500
k
1650
k
1800
k
Remark
1 1 1
2
2
2
S. A4 large capacity tray

36/45/50 CPM model
No.
Part name
When
calling
200
k
400
k
600
k
800
k
1000
k
1200
k
1400
k
1600
k
1800
k
2000
k
2200
k
2400
k
Pickup roller/
Paper feed rollers
Torque limiter
3
4
Transport rollers
Gears
5
6
Belts
Sensors
Remark
paper feed counter value.:
100K or 1 year of use
100K

28 CPM model
No.
Part name
When
calling
150
k
300
k
450
k
600
k
750
k
900
k
1050
k
1200
k
1350
k
1500
k
1650
k
1800
k
Pickup roller/
Paper feed rollers
Torque limiter
3
4
Transport rollers
Gears
5
6
Belts
Sensors
2
3
1
1
1
6
Remark
100K

T. Paper feed tray (Desk)

36/45/50 CPM model
No.
Part name
When
calling
200
k
400
k
600
k
800
k
1000
k
1200
k
1400
k
1600
k
1800
k
2000
k
2200
k
2400
k
1
2
3
Pickup roller
Paper feed roller
Separation roller
Torque limiter
Transport rollers
Gears
Remark
100K
28 CPM model
No.
Part name
When
calling
150
k
300
k
450
k
600
k
750
k
900
k
1050
k
1200
k
1350
k
1500
k
1650
k
1800
k
1
2
3
Pickup roller
Paper feed roller
Separation roller
Torque limiter
Transport rollers
Gears
1
5
4
2
3
5
4
5
3
2
1
Remark
100K
MX-M503N
Service Manual
[9]
VARIOUS STORAGE DATA HANDLING
1. HDD partition and data contents

A. HDD map
offset
(GB)
Outer
tracks
Image file system 1 (ERDH/Temporary storage) 12GB
5
10
15
Image file system 2 (Document filing) 38GB
20
25
30
35
40
45
System storage data
1GB
Printer spooler
2GB
50
55
60
General-purpose file
system 1
1GB
General-purpose file
system 2
1GB
General-purpose file system 3

2GB
Unassigned area
65
70
Inner
tracks

2GB

5GB
75
B. HDD storage data

Description of the area
Image file system 1
Image file system 2
System storage data
Printer spooler
Capacity
12 [GB]
38 [GB]
1 [GB]
2 [GB]
1 [GB]
1 [GB]
2 [GB]
2 [GB]
5 [GB]
Stored data
Image data (ERDH/Temporary storage)
Image data (Document filing)
Image-send-related data such as an address book, FSS data
Spool area for printer
User authentication data, FEP learning dictionary, download font, user profile
Job log, job completion list
Application work area
Data escape area during transition of DSK
e-manual
MX-M503N VARIOUS STORAGE DATA HANDLING 9 1
2. Necessary works when replacing the PWB and the HDD

A. MFP substrate replacement procedure (work flow)
NOTE: The backup data must not be installed to another machine. If installed, the adjustment data will be overwritten and a trouble may be
generated.
B. Works and procedures necessary for HDD replacement

Note for HDD replacement
Data of the following list are saved in the HDD of the complex machine. If the HDD operates normally and data backup is possible before
replacement, perform data backup and then replace the HDD.
If the HDD does not operate normally, data cannot be backed up.
The HDD replacement procedures with a broken HDD differs from that with a normal HDD.
Contents of this chapter
1)
HDD storage data and backup
2)
Replacement procedures when HDD storage data can be backed up
3)
Replacement procedures when HDD storage data cannot be backed up due to breakdown of HDD
4)
Reinstall and update procedures of Operation Manual data saved in HDD
5)
Reinstall and update procedures of watermark data.
(1)
HDD storage data and backup
Some HDD storage data can be backed up, and some other cannot. Some HDD storage data can be reinstalled, and some other cannot.
If the HDD operates normally before replacement and data can be backed up, back up the data before replacement of the HDD referring to the
HDD storage data list. Then reinstall the data after replacement of the HDD.
a. HDD storage data list
No.
Data kind
1
2
e-Manual
Address book
Image send series

registration data (Senders
information, meta data, etc.)
User authentication
Before installation
(When shipping
from the factory)
Available
Not available
After installation
(After use by
users)
Available
Available
Enable/
Disable of
data backup
Disable
Enable
Not available
Available
Enable
Not available
Available
Enable
Not available
Available
Disable
*1
Sim56-2 /
Device cloning /
Storage backup
Sim56-2 /
Device cloning /
Storage backup
Sim56-2 /
Device cloning /
Storage backup
Not available
Not available
Available
Disable
Japanese FEP dictionary

(Learning)
Chinese FEP dictionary
(Learning)
JOB LOG
Not available
Available
Enable
8
9
10
JOB completion list

New N/A (FSS) information
User font (Added)
Not available
Not available
Not available
Available
Available
Available
11
User macro
Not available
12
Document filing
13
Some of system setting

data
14
Watermark
Backup means
Enable/
Disable of
data reinstall
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Data reinstall
procedures
Reinstall
operator
Sim49-3
Sim56-2 /
Device cloning /
Storage backup
Sim56-2 /
Device cloning /
Storage backup
Sim56-2 /
Device cloning /
Storage backup
Service
Service
Service
Service
Disable
Not available
Disable
Disable
Disable
Disable
Disable
Perform with
WEB PAGE.
Not available
Not available
Not available
Disable
Disable
Enable
Service
or User
Available
Disable
Not available
Enable
Not available
Available
Enable
Enable
Not available
Available
Enable
Available
Available
Disable
Perform with
WEB PAGE.
Sim56-2 /
Device cloning /
Storage backup
*2
*1: The e-Manual cannot be backed up, but can be reinstalled by using Sim49-3 and USB memory.
*2: Watermark data cannot be backed up, but can be reinstalled by using Sim49-5 and USB memory.
Enable
Enable
Perform with
WEB PAGE.
Perform with
WEB PAGE.
Perform with
WEB PAGE.
Sim56-2 /
Device cloning /
Storage backup
Sim49-5
Service
Service
(2)
Replacement procedures when HDD data can be

backed up
b. Work contents and procedures
a. Work contents and procedures
Procedures
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 6
Step 7
Step 8
Step 9
Step 10
Step 11
(3)
When a new HDD

(blank HDD, service part) is
When a used HDD
used, or when a HDD which
(used in the same
is normal but a program
model) is used *
error occurs in it is used.
Back up the HDD storage data before replacement.
(Servicing)
Use SIM56-2 or the device cloning, or the storage backup
function to backup the data. (Back up the data to the USB
memory.)
(Backup enable data: HDD storage data list No. 2, 3, 4
(Address book, Image send series registration data, User
authentication data))
Back up the HDD storage data before replacement. (User
or servicing)
Back up the data to PC with Web page.
(Backup enable data: HDD storage data list No. 7, 10, 14
(Document filing data, JOB LOG data))
Replace the HDD.
Boot the complex machine.
Boot the complex
Formatting is automatically
machine.
performed.
The trouble code, U2-05,
is displayed. Cancel
with SIM16.
Since a blank HDD is
Use SIM62-1 to format
automatically formatted, there
the HDD.
is no need to perform
formatting procedure with SIM.
Use SIM66-10 to clear the FAX image memory. The
memory is cleared in order to keep compliance between
the HDD data and the image related memory and to
prevent malfunctions. (The memory must be cleared not
only in the FAX model but in the scanner and the Internet
Fax models.)
Use SIM49-3 to install the manual data to the HDD.
The trouble code, U2-60, is displayed. Use SIM49-5 to
install the watermark data to the HDD. After booting the
machine, use SIM16 to cancel the "U2-60" trouble.
Import the data backed up in Step 1.
Use SIM56-2, or the device cloning, or the storage backup
to import.
(Import enable data: HDD storage data list No. 2, 3, 4
(Address book, Image send series registration data, User
authentication data))
Import the data backed up with the Web page function in
Step 2.
Import enable data: Document filing data, User font, Use
macro
(The JOB LOG data can be backed up but cannot be
imported.)
Replacement procedures when the HDD storage

data cannot be backed up due to breakdown
a. Display when HDD breakdown
Procedures
Step 1
When a new HDD

(blank HDD, service part) is
used, or when a HDD which
is normal but a program
error occurs in it is used.
Install a HDD to the machine,
and boot the complex machine.
Formatting is automatically
performed.
Step 2
When a used HDD

(used in the same
model) is used *
Install a HDD to the
machine, and boot the
complex machine.
The trouble code, U2-05,
is displayed. Cancel
with SIM16.
Use Sim62-1 to format
the HDD.
Step 3
Since a blank HDD is

automatically formatted, there
is no need to perform
formatting procedure with SIM.
Use SIM66-10 to clear the FAX image memory. The
memory is cleared in order to keep compliance between
the HDD data and the image related memory and to
prevent malfunctions. (The memory must be cleared not
only in the FAX model but in the scanner and the Internet
Fax models.)
Use SIM49-3 to install the manual data to the HDD.
The trouble code, U2-60, is displayed. Use SIM49-5 to
install the watermark data to the HDD. After booting the
machine, use SIM16 to cancel the "U2-60" trouble.
Step 4
Step 5
Step 6
With the above procedures, the HDD is reset to the state of factory
shipping.
(4)
1)
Reinstall and update procedures of the HDD

storage Operation Manual data
Obtain the Operation Manual data.
Download the Operation Manual data from the utility menu on
the web site (Tech-DS home page).
Copy the downloaded files to the USB device without changing
the file hierarchy.
(To upload to the complex machine, files of "**_pdf_fax.idx"
and "**_pdf.idx" and "version.txt" as well as the Operation
Manual data (**.pdf) are required. When the downloaded files
are copied without changing the file hierarchy, these files also
are copied.)
NOTE:
When data are uploaded from the USB memory to the HDD, if
there are some data in the HDD, the files in the memory are
compared with the files in the HDD and only the files which
satisfy the following conditions are written into the HDD.
The file size is different.
The time stamp is different.
The file exists only in the USB memory.
2)

6,08/$7,21
7(67
12
&/26(
(0$18$/83'$7(>XVEEG@
When a trouble occurs in the HDD, the error code display of E7-03
is popped up.
',5!)2/'(5
),/(
),/(
',5!)2/'(5
',5!0$18$/
In this case, the main power must be turned OFF and the HDD
must be replaced.


3)
2)
Insert the USB memory into the machine.

When the USB memory is not inserted, "INSERT A STORANGEE-MANUAL STORED ON" is displayed. When [OK]
button is pressed, the screen shifts to the folder select menu
1.
4)
Select the folder of the Operation Manual data. (The screen

shifts to the Operation Manual data install menu.)
5)
Press [EXECUTE] button.

6,08/$7,2112
7(67
&/26(
:$7(50$5.83'$7(>XVEEG@
',5!)2/'(5
),/(
),/(
',5!)2/'(5
',5!:0

[EXECUTE] button is highlighted, and [YES] and [NO] buttons
are changed from gray-out to active display.
6)
When [YES] button is pressed, the selected Operation Manual

is installed.
When install is completed, "COMPLETE" is displayed. In case
of an abnormality, "ERROR" is displayed.
(5)
1)

3)
Watermark data reinstall and update procedures
Insert the USB memory into the machine.

When the USB memory is not inserted, "INSERT A STORANGEE-MANUAL STORED ON" is displayed. When [OK]
button is pressed, the screen shifts to the folder select menu
1.
Obtain the watermark data.

Download the watermark data from the utility menu on the web
site (Tech-DS home page).

Copy the downloaded files to the USB device without changing

the file hierarchy. Or copy the watermark data from the accessory CD-ROM to the USB device.
4)
Select the folder of the watermark data. (The screen shifts to

the watermark data install menu.)
NOTE:
5)
Press [EXECUTE] button.
When data are uploaded from the USB memory to the HDD, if
there are some data in the HDD, the files in the memory are
compared with the files in the HDD and only the files which
satisfy the following conditions are written into the HDD.
The file size is different.

[EXECUTE] button is highlighted, and [YES] and [NO] buttons
are changed from gray-out to active display.
6)
When [YES] button is pressed, the selected watermark data

are installed.
When install is completed, "COMPLETE" is displayed. In case
of an abnormality, "ERROR" is displayed.
The time stamp is different.

The file exists only in the USB memory.
3. Counter list
SIM
Display item
MAINTENANCE COUNTER
(TOTAL)
TOTAL OUT(BW)
TOTAL(BW)
COPY(BW)
PRINT(BW)
DOC FIL(BW)
OTHER(BW)
MAINTENANCE ALL
FUSER WEB SEND
FUSER WEB UNIT
FUSER WEB DAY
DRUM LIFE(K)
DEVE LIFE(K)
MACHINE JAM
RSPF/DSPF JAM
TROUBLE
SPF
SCAN
STAPLER
PUNCHER
STAMP
SADDLE STAPLER
SADDLE V FOLD
COVER
HP_ON
OC LAMP TIME
DSPF LAMP TIME
TRAY1
Descriptions
Maintenance preset counter (Total)
Setting
Display
21-01
Total output quantity of black and white

Total use quantity of black and white
Black and white copy counter
Black and white print counter
Black and white document filing print counter
Black and white other counter
Maintenance counter (Total)
Fusing web cleaning send counter
Fusing web print counter
Use day of fusing web unit
Accumulated number of drum rotations K (%)
Accumulated number of developer rotations K (%)
Machine JAM counter
SPF JAM counter
Trouble counter
Document feed quantity
Number of times of scan
Staple counter
Puncher counter
Stamp counter
Number of scanner HP detection
Total lighting time of the lamp in OC section (* hour * minutes)
Total lighting time of the lamp in DSPF section (* hour * minutes)
Clear
Count-up
condition setting
22-01
22-01
22-01
22-01
22-01
22-01
22-01
22-01
22-01
22-01
22-01
22-01
22-02
22-02
22-02
22-08
22-08
22-08
22-08
22-08
22-08
22-08
22-08
22-08
22-08
22-08
22-09
24-06
24-09
24-09
24-04
24-04
24-04
24-04
24-01
24-01
24-01
24-03
24-03
24-03
24-03
24-03
24-03
24-03
24-03
24-03
24-03
24-03
24-02
26-5
26-5
SIM
Display item
TRAY2
TRAY3
TRAY4
MFT TOTAL
MFT HEAVY
MFT OHP
MFT ENV
LCC
ADU
FAX OUTPUT
FAX SEND
FAX RECEIVED
SEND IMAGES
SEND TIME
RECEIVED TIME
ACR SEND
DRUM CTRG K
DRUM RANGE K
DRUM TURN K
DRUM DAY K
DEVE CTRG K
DEVE RANGE K
DEVE TURN K
DEVE DAY K
TONER MOTOR K
TONER TURN K
NET SCN ORG_B/W
NET SCN ORG_CL
INTERNET FAX OUTPUT
INTERNET FAX SEND
OUTPUT
INTERNET FAX RECEIVE
INTERNET FAX SEND
MAIL COUNTER
FTP COUNTER
SMB SEND
USB CNT
TRIAL MODE_B&C
SCAN TO HDD_B/W
SCAN TO HDD_CL
Descriptions
Setting
Display
Clear

ADU paper feed counter (Paper reverse section)
FAX print quantity counter
FAX send counter
FAX receive counter
FAX send quantity counter
FAX send time
FAX receive time
Drum cartridge accumulated traveling distance (cm) (K)
Drum cartridge accumulated rotation time (K)
Number of day that used drum (Day) (K)
Developer cartridge accumulated traveling distance (cm) (K)
Developer cartridge accumulated rotation time (K)
Number of day that used developer (Day) (K)
Toner motor print counter (K)
Toner motor accumulated rotation time (sec) (K)
Network scanner document read quantity counter (B/W scan job)
Network scanner document read quantity counter (Color scan job)
22-09
22-09
22-09
22-09
22-09
22-09
22-09
22-09
22-09
22-11
22-11
22-11
22-11
22-11
22-11
22-11
22-13
22-13
22-13
22-13
22-13
22-13
22-13
22-13
22-13
22-13
22-19
22-19
22-19
22-19
24-02
24-02
24-02
24-02
24-02
24-02
24-02
24-02
24-02
24-10
24-10
24-10
24-10
24-10
24-10
24-10
24-07
24-07
24-07
24-05
24-05
24-05
24-15
24-15
24-15
24-15

Number of FTP send
Number of SMB send
22-19
22-19
22-19
22-19
22-19
22-19
22-19
22-19
22-19
24-15
24-15
24-15
24-15
24-15
24-15
24-15
24-15
24-15
Count-up
condition setting
26-5
[10] SERVICE WEB PAGE
2.
Details
and operation procedures
Service
Manual
1. General
A. Procedures to enter the Hidden Web page

exclusively used for the serviceman
MX-M503N
The following functions are available on the Hidden Web Page

exclusively used for the serviceman.
Menu/Item
Password Setting
Output of Test Page
Font/Form Download
Device Cloning
Filing Data Backup

User Control
User Control 2
Job
Log
Save Job Log

View Job Log
Update of Firmware
Syslog Administration
*1
Settings
Storage/Send
Settings
Save/ Delete
Syslog
View Syslog
Function and content

Used to set the password to enter the Hidden
Web Page exclusively used for the serviceman.
Used to print out the test page (system setting
contents).
Used to download Font/Form.
Font/Form of PCL and PostScript, macro, and
other resources are downloaded to the HDD
and controlled. (PS, PCL5 only)
Used to import/export the system setting
information in XML format. By importing the
export file to the other device, the setting values
and setting contents of the device can be
copied to another device. This function is useful
to set the same setting to two or more machines
efficiently.
Used to import/export the document filing data
in the unit of folder.
Used to shift to the user mode. After log in, the
screen is shifted to the setting screen of user
management.
Used to set the Pages Limit Group and the
Favorite Operation Group by authority of the
serviceman. (Select among preset items.)
Used to save the Job Log.
Used to display the Job Log.
Used to update the firmware version.
Used to set the Log Type. (Set to the default.)
1)
Boot a browser program.
2)
Enter the specified

URL (http://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/service_login.html) and enter the
servicing page menu.
Default password: "service"
NOTE: The password can be optionally changed in the Password

Setting menu.
If the password is changed and forgotten, use SIM24-31 to
reset the password to the default.
Keep all the items selected.

Used to save or delete the log data.
B. Password Setting
Used to display the log data.
*1: This may be useful for troubleshooting when a trouble occurs.

When submission of the log data file is requested in order to
troubleshoot, use the log file save mode to export the log data
file to the client PC.
* The password can be optionally changed in the following procedures.

1)
Enter a new password.
2)
Enter the new password again to make confirmation.
3)
Click "Submit" (registration) button.
MX-M503N SERVICE WEB PAGE 10 1
C. Output of Test Page
(3)
Procedures to delete all the files at a time
1)
Click "Initialize" button.
2)
Check that the confirmation message is displayed, and press

OK key.
3)
NOTE: By the Write-Protect Setting function, the downloaded files

can be set to write protect.
E. Device Cloning
1)
Click "Print" button of an item or report to be printed.

When there is a list of items for selection, select one of the
items in the pull-down menu list, and click "Print" button.
The list is printed out.
D. Font/Form Download
(1)
Export
1)
Select an item to be backed up.
2)
Click "Execute" button.

Specify the save position of the file, and save the file.
(File name: *****.bin)
When the password is set, the set password must be entered
when importing.
(2)
(1)
Import
1)
Import from a file: Click "Refer" button to select the back-up

file. (File name: *****.bin)
2)
Click "Execute" button to execute import.

If the password is set when exporting, the password must be
entered.
Download of Font, Form, and Macro
1)
Select "Resource Type" from the pull-down menu list.
2)
Click "Refer" button to select a target file.
3)
Reboot the machine.
(Example: PCL/PostScript Font/Form or Macro)

3)
Click "Download" button.
4)

The file is downloaded to the HDD.
The list of the downloaded files and the use percentage of the
HDD are displayed.
(2)
Delete of downloaded font

(Procedures to delete a file separately)
1)
Select a file to be deleted from the list of the downloaded files,

and click "Delete" button.
2)
Check that the confirmation message is displayed, and press

Yes key.
3)

The file in the HDD is deleted.
F. Filing Data Backup
H. User Control 2
(1)
Select the Pages Limit Group and the Favorite Operation Group.
(The Pages Limit Group and the Favorite Operation Group must be
set in advance.)
1)
Export
Select the folder to be backed up.
The list display conditions can be specified by changing the
index and the number of display items on the pull-down menu.
2)

Specify the save position of the file, and save the file. (File
name: *****.bin)
3)
(2)
Click "Update" button.
Import
1)
Click "Refer" button to select a target file. (File name: *****.bin)
2)
(Example of use)
The use sets the conditions for servicing work by using the Pages
Limit Group and the Favorite Operation Group functions in
advance, and the serviceman selects the set conditions in this
mode for servicing work.
I. Job Log
(1)
Save Job Log
The target file is imported.

3)
Click "Update" button.
G. User Control
1)
1)
Click "Save" button, and specify the save position of the Job
Log to save it.
Enter the password to log in.

Default Password: admin
The screen is shifted to the setting menu of user management.
(2)
K. Syslog
View Job Log
There are following functions in the Syslog mode.

This function is provided to acquire the detailed Syslog to troubleshoot when a trouble occurs.
When submission of the log data file is requested for troubleshooting, use the log file save mode to export the log data file to the client PC.
Syslog
(1)
Administration Settings
Storage/Send Settings
Save/ Delete Syslog
View Syslog
Administration Settings/ Log Type Setting
Set to the default.

1)
Select a Jog Log item to be displayed. (In the default setting,

all the items are selected. Remove check marks of the items
which are not to be displayed.)
2)
Click "Show" (display) button.

The Jog Log is displayed.
J. Update of Firmware
1)
Click "Refer" button to select a firmware file.
2)
After selecting a firmware file, click "Execute" button.
Log Type Setting (Set to the default.)

Set all the items selected.
Log data save, delete
Log data display
The firmware data are sent to the machine, and update of the
firmware is processed.
During the process, the message of "Firmware Update, now
processing..." is displayed.
(2)
Storage/Send Settings
(4)
View Syslog
Keep all the items selected.
1)
Select a Syslog item to be displayed.
2)
Click "Show" button.

The Syslog is displayed.
(3)
Save/ Delete Syslog
When saving the Syslog, click "Save" button and specify the save
position and save it.
When deleting, click "Delete" button.
Check to confirm that the confirmation message is displayed, and
press OK key.
MX-M503N
[11]
SPECIFICATIONS
(7)
Printable
area
Service
Manual
A3 Wide *
A3
B4
A4
B5
A5
Postcard
8K
16K
1. Basic specifications
A. Base engine
(1)
Type
Type
(2)
Desktop
Engine composition
OPC (Drum diameter: 30mm)
Electronic photo (Laser)
Dry, 2-component magnetic brush development
Charged saw-tooth method
Transfer roller
Counter blade
Heat roller
No toner recycling system / Waste toner bottle
system
Photo-conductor kind
Copying method
Developing system
Charging system
Transfer system
Cleaning system
Fusing system
Waste toner disposal
(3)
Machine dimension with the

bypass tray extended
(W x D).
Weight
(4)
Main unit
(including
photoreceptor)
(not including
consumables)
(5)
N model:
25-25/64 x 27-23/64 x 36-51/64 inch
(645 x 695 x 935 mm)
U model:
25-25/64 x 26-3/8 x 36-51/64 inch
(645 x 670 x 935 mm)
N model:
38-13/16 x 27-23/64 inch (986 x 695 mm)
U model:
38-13/16 x 26-3/8 inch (986 x 670 mm)
Approx. 209 lbs (95 kg)
Engine
Platen
RSPF
DSPF
(8)
10.1
second
36 CPM model
N model
U model
4.6 second
10.1
second
9.5
second
45/50 CPM model

N model
U model
3.9 second
9.3
second
8.8
second
Paper
type
Plain
paper
Resolution
Gradation
Writing
Copy: 1200 x 1200dpi
600 x 600dpi *1
Print: 600 x 600dpi
1200 x 1200dpi
Writing
Monochrome
Copy: 1200 x 1200dpi *2 1bit
600 x 600dpi *2 1bit *1
Print: 600 x 600dpi *2 1bit
1200 x 1200dpi *2 1bit
Paper size
A3, 11" x 17", 8K
B4, 8.5" x 14",
8.5" x 13", 8.5" x 13.4",
8.5" x 13.5"
A4R, 8.5" x 11"R, 16KR
B5R, 7.25" x 10.5"R
A5R, 5.5" x 8.5"R
A4, B5, 8.5" x 11", 16K
Extra, User-Extra:
Paper width 150mm or less
Extra, User-Extra:
Paper width over 150mm
A3, 11" x 17", 8K
B4, 8.5" x 14",
8.5" x 13", 8.5" x 13.4",
8.5" x 13.5"
A4R, 8.5" x 11"R, 16KR
B5R, 7.25" x 10.5"R
A5R, 5.5" x 8.5"R
A4, B5, 8.5" x 11", 16K
Extra, User-Extra:
Extra, User-Extra:
U model
Writing
Copy: 600 x 600dpi
Writing
Monochrome
Copy: 600 x 600dpi *2 1bit
Print: 600 x 600dpi *2 1bit
28
CPM
model
15
17
36
CPM
model
17
20
45
CPM
model
20
23
50
CPM
model
22
25
20
25
30
30
18
28
14
18
36
16
22
45
19
22
50
21
11
14
11
14
15
17
15
17
17
17
21
21
18
28
11
18
30
11
22
35
14
22
35
14
b. In case of manual paper feed tray paper feeding

Paper
type
Engine resolution
N model
Lead edge: 4mm or less

Rear edge: 2 mm or more, and 5 mm or less
Total of the lead edge and the rear edge:
8mm or less
FR total: 4mm2mm or less
Engine speed (ppm)
20 seconds or less
Yes
* Measuring conditions: A4 (8.5" x 11")
(6)
Void area Image loss
First copy time

28 CPM
model
279 x 432mm
275 x 425mm
212 x 349mm
212 x 336mm
212 x 333mm
212 x 323mm
180 x 260mm
212 x 272mm
136 x 209mm
* The printable area for A3W/12" x 18" must be as large as the A3/
11" x 17" page dimension (297 x 450mm) by PCL/PS driver.
Heavy
paper
Warm-up
Warm-up time
Pre-heat
12" x 18" *
11" x 17"
8.5" x 14"
8.5" x 13.5"
8.5" x 13.4"
8.5" x 13"
Executive
8.5" x 11"
5.5" x 8.5"
a. In case of tray (1-4, LCC) paper feeding
Dimension / Weight
Outer dimension (W x D x H)
297 x 420mm
293 x 413mm
253 x 357mm
206 x 290mm
178 x 250mm
144 x 203mm
96 x 141mm
266 x 383mm
191 x 263mm
Plain
paper
Paper size
A3, 11" x 17", 8K
B4, 8.5" x 14", 8.5" x 13",
8.5" x 13.4", 8.5" x 13.5"
A4, 8.5" x 11", 16K, B5
B5R, 7.25" x 10.5"R
A4R, 16KR, 8.5" x 11"R
A5R, 5.5" x 8.5"R
12" x 18", A3W *1
Extra, User-Extra:
Extra, User-Extra:
*1: Default resolution (Copy)

Printed photo, Text/Photograph, Photograph: 1200dpi
Automatic, Text, Text/Printed photo, Map: 600dpi
*2: Equivalent to 256 gradation
MX-M503N SPECIFICATIONS 11 1
28
CPM
model
15
17
36
CPM
model
17
20
45
CPM
model
20
23
50
CPM
model
22
25
28
20
32
23
41
30
41
30
18
14
18
16
22
19
22
21
Paper
type
Heavy
paper
Paper size
A3, 11" x 17", 8K
B4, 8.5" x 14", 8.5" x 13",
8.5" x 13.4", 8.5" x 13.5"
A4, 8.5" x 11", 16K, B5
B5R, 7.25" x 10.5"R
A4R, 16KR, 8.5" x 11"R
A5R, 5.5" x 8.5"R
12" x 18", A3W *1
Extra, User-Extra:
Extra, User-Extra:
Envelope
Postcard HIGH *2
Postcard LOW *2
OHP (A4, 8.5" x 11")
OHP (A4R, 8.5" x 11"R)
28
CPM
model
11
14
36
CPM
model
11
14
45
CPM
model
15
17
50
CPM
model
15
17
28
17
30
17
35
21
35
21
18
11
18
11
22
14
22
14
11
18
11
30
17
14
22
14
35
21
14
22
14
35
21
Power source
100V series
200V series
100 - 127V 12A
220 - 240V 8A
50/60Hz
Fixed type
Inlet
(Direct connection)
2 switches
(Primary switch: in the front cover;
Secondary switch: the operation panel)
(10) Power consumption

Max. Rated Power
Consumption *1
TEC value
Standard Memory
Expansion Memory
Max.
Printer memory
(System Memory)
Standard Memory
Expansion Memory
Max.
80GB *3
N model: 640MB *1
U model: 320MB *2
No
N model: 640MB
U model: 320MB
1GB
1GB
2GB
*2: 64MB (on-board) + 256MB

11
18
11
28
17
NOTE: Check the shape of the power plug of the machine, and
insert it into a power outlet of the acceptable shape.
Power switch
Copier memory
(Local Memory)
*1: 128MB (on-board) + 512MB
*2: Switched by the service simulation setting. Postcard is set Low

before shipment.
Voltage / Current
Frequency
Power source code
Memory, hard disk
Memory capacity, HDD capacity
HDD *4
*1: ppm when exiting to the finisher (A3W/12" x 18" cannot exit to
the center tray)
(9)
(2)
100V series
1.44kW
*3: The HDD capacity may vary depending on the production date.
*4: U model: Option
(printer expansion kit with hard drive: MX-PB11)
C. Operation panel
(1)
Display device
a. LCD
Size/resolution
Type
Display dot number
Color
LCD drive display area (W x D)
LCD back-light
LCD brightness adjustment
D. Scanner section
(1)
Resolution/Gradation
Scanning
Resolution
(dpi)
200V series
1.84kW
28 CPM model: 3.8 kWh

10 minutes (default)
1 minutes (default)
N model
U model
8.5inch WVGA
8.1inch HVGA
Dot matrix LCD, touch panel
800 x 480 (WVGA) 640 x 240 (HVGA)
Color
Monochrome
184.8 x 110.88mm 192 x 72mm
Fluorescent lamp back-light system
Yes
In sending
Resolution
(dpi)
Platen
600 x 600 dpi

600 x 400 dpi
600 x 300 dpi (Default)
RSPF
600 x 600 dpi
DSPF
600 x 600 dpi
600 x 400 dpi
Internet Fax /
Scanner
Direct SMTP
100dpi x 100dpi
200dpi x 100dpi
(halftone not
allowed)
*1: When the power supply is turned on, when the dehumidification
heater is OFF.
200dpi x 200dpi
200dpi x 200dpi
B. Controller board
300dpi x 300dpi
200dpi x 400dpi
(1)
400dpi x 400dpi
400dpi x 400dpi
Moving time to Pre-heat mode

Moving time to Sleep mode
Controller board
CPU
Interface
Ethernet
USB 2.0 (Host)

* Simultaneous connection
is inhibited. The total
current consumption must
not exceed 500mA.
USB 2.0 (high speed) Device
Scanner expansion I/F
Memory
Memory slot
Power QUICC II Pro MPC8377E

1 port
Interface
10Base-T, 100Base-TX,
1000Base-T
Support
TCP/IP (IPv4, IPv6), IPX/
Protocol
SPX, NetBEUI, EtherTalk
The ports on the front and on the side of
the rear section cannot be used
simultaneously. (Exclusive use)
1 port
Yes
(N model only)
Refer to the section on (2) Memory, hard
disk.
2 slots (one is empty slot)
600dpi x 600dpi
600dpi x 600dpi
Exposure lamp
N model: White LED
U model: Xenon
Reading gradation
10bits
Output gradation
B/W: 1bit
Grayscale (N model only): 8bit
Full color (N model only):
RGB colors are 8bit each
(2)
Fax
Standard
(203.2 x 97.8 dpi)
(halftone not
allowed)
Fine
(203.2 x 195.6 dpi)
Super Fine
(203.2 x 391 dpi)
Ultra Fine
(406.4 x 391 dpi)
---
Document table
Type
Scanning area
Original standard position
Detection
Detection size
Dehumidifying heater
(Scanner section)
Document table fixed system (Flat bed)

297 x 432mm
Left bottom reference
Yes
Automatic detection
Supplied as a service part
(3)
Type
Scan speed
Copy
Fax / Internet Fax
Scanner
Original setup direction

Original standard
position
Original transport
method
Original size
Original copy weight
Max. loading capacity of

documents
Un-acceptable originals
for feeding.
Detection
Paper detection size
(Platen/DSPF/RSPF)
Paper feeding direction

Finish stamp
Power source
Dimensions
DSPF (Duplex single pass feeder): 36/45/50 CPM N model

RSPF (Reversing single pass feeder): 28 CPM N model, 36/45/50 CPM U model
Monochrome (A4 / 8.5" x 11")
Color (A4 / 8.5" x 11") (N model only)
DSPF
Single: 70-sheet/min. (600 x 300 dpi, 1bit)
50-sheet/min. (600 x 400 dpi, 1 bit)
Duplex: 70-page/min. (600 x 300 dpi, 1bit)
50-page/min. (600 x 400 dpi, 1bit)
N/A
RSPF
Single: 50-sheet/min. (600 x 400 dpi, 1 bit)
Duplex: 20-page/min. (600 x 400 dpi, 1bit)
DSPF
Duplex: 70-page/min. (200 x 200 dpi, 1 bit)
N/A
RSPF
DSPF
DSPF
RSPF
RSPF (28 CPM N model only)
Upward standard (1 to N feeding standard)
Center standard (Rear one-side standard for random feeding)
Face Up (1 to N Feeding standard)
Sheet-through method
Standard size: (Refer to the "paper detection size")
Long paper: 1000 mm (Monochrome binary only)
Internet Fax 600 x 600 dpi: Max. 800 mm. When scan 400 dpi or more, long paper is not available.
Mix paper feed (Same series, same width paper) enabled
Random paper feed combination
Mix feeding available. (same system, same width)
Random feeding (feeding of different types / different widths)
Only the following combinations of 2 size types are allowed:
either A3 or A4 and either B4 or B5; either B4 or B5 and either A4R or A5 and 11-inch and 8.5-inch. AMS available.
2-sided scanning is disabled during random feeding (when the RSPF is used).
Single: (Thin paper) 9 - 13 lb bond (35 - 49 g/m2), (plain paper) 13 - 32 lb bond (50 - 128 g/m2)
* Thin paper mode (19pages/minute (A4, 8.5" x 11", 600dpi)) is set up for the thin paper.
Duplex: 13 - 28 lb bond (50 - 128 g/m2)
Max. 100 sheets (21lbs Bond, 80g/m2), or Max. height: 1/2 inch, 13mm or less
OHP, second original paper, tracing paper, carbon paper, thermal paper, paper with wrinkles, folds, or breakage, pasted paper, cutout
document, document printed with ink ribbon, documents with perforation other than 2- or 3-holes (Perforated document by punch unit
is allowed.)
Yes
Auto detection (Switching one type of detection unit)
Inch-1
11" x 17", 8.5" x 14", 8.5" x 11", 8.5" x 11"R, 5.5" x 8.5", A3, A4
Inch-2
11" x 17", 8.5" x 13", 8.5" x 11", 8.5" x 11"R, 5.5" x 8.5", A3, A4
Inch-3
11" x 17", 8.5" x 13.4", 8.5" x 11", 8.5" x 11"R, 5.5" x 8.5", A3, A4
AB-1
A3, B4, A4, A4R, B5, B5R, A5, 11" x 17", 8.5" x 14", 8.5" x 11"
DSPF/
RSPF
AB-2
A3, B4, A4, A4R, B5, B5R, A5, 11" x 17", 8.5" x 13", 8.5" x 11"
AB-3
8K, 16K, 16KR, A3, B4, A4, A4R, A5, 11" x 17", 8.5" x 13", 8.5" x 11"
AB-4
A3, B4, A4, A4R, B5, B5R, A5, 11" x 17", 8.5" x 13.4", 8.5" x 11"
AB-5
A3, B4, A4, A4R, B5, B5R, A5, 11" x 17", 8.5" x 13.5", 8.5" x 11"
* 5.5" x 8.5"R, A5R cannot be detected.
Right hand feeding
Option
Provided from main unit
W23-13/16 x D20-5/64 x H6-3/32 inch (W605 x D510 x H155 mm)
E. Paper feed section

(1)
Type
Type
Dehumidifying heater
(2)
Paper type
Feedable Paper Weight
Paper size setting when

shipping
Paper remaining
detection
Plain paper: 500 sheets (80 g/m2)

A3, B4, A4, A4R, B5, B5R, A5R, 11" x 17",
8.5" x 14", 8.5" x 13.5", 8.5" x 13.4", 8.5" x 13",
8.5" x 11", 8.5" x 11"R, 7.25" x 10.5"R,
5.5" x 8.5"R, 8K, 16K, 16KR
Plain paper, printed paper, recycled paper,
letter head, punched paper, colored paper,
heavy paper
Plain paper: 16 - 28 lb bond (60 - 105g/m2)
Heavy paper: 28 lb bond - 110 lb index
(106 - 209g/m2)
AB series; Tray 1: A4, Tray 2: A3
Inch series; Tray 1: 8.5" x 11", Tray 2: 11" x 17"
Yes (Paper empty and 3 levels)
Manual paper feed tray (main unit)
Paper capacity
Paper size
Paper type
(4)
Standard:
2-stage paper feed tray + multi manual paper
feed tray
Full option:
4-stage paper feed tray + multi manual paper
feed + LCC
Service parts (Supported by kit)
Tray 1, 2 (Main unit)
Paper capacity
Paper size
(3)
(5)
Plain paper: 100 sheets (80 g/m2)

envelope/OHP: 20 sheets
A3W, A3, B4, A4, A4R, B5, B5R, A5R,
12" x 18", 11" x 17", 8.5" x 14", 8.5" x 13.5",
8.5" x 13.4", 8.5" x 13", 8.5" x 11", 8.5" x 11"R,
7.25" x 10.5"R, 5.5" x 8.5"R, envelope, 8K,
16K, 16KR
heavy paper, thin paper, envelope, OHP,
label sheet, tab paper
Thin paper:
15 lb bond -16 lb bond (56 - 59g/m2)
Plain paper:
16 lb bond - 28 lb bond (60 - 105g/m2)
Heavy paper:
28 lb bond - 110 lb index (106 - 209g/m2)
Tray 5 (LCC)
Type
Transport speed
Paper size
Paper size setting
shipping
Paper type setting
Allowable paper type
and weight for paper
feed
Paper capacity
Paper remaining
detection
Driving form
Off-center adjustment
Power consumption
(without heater)
Power source
External dimensions
(W x D x H)
Dimensions occupied by
Machine (W x D)
Weight
Thermal heater
Optional detection
Paper type

shipping
Paper remaining
detection
Power consumption
Dimensions
(W x D x H)
Plain paper: 500 sheets (80 g/m2) x 2

A3, B4, A4, A4R, B5, B5R, 11" x 17",
8.5" x 14", 8.5" x 13.5", 8.5" x 13.4", 8.5" x 13",
8.5" x 11", 8.5" x 11" R, 7.25" x 10.5"R, 8K,
16K, 16KR
heavy paper
Plain paper:
16 lb bond - 28 lb bond (60 - 105g/m2)
Heavy paper:
Maximum position of paper guide width
(1)
The transport motor (DC brush-less motor)

and control PWB are built-in to LCC.
3mm
(Move the regulation plate F/R to adjustment)
Normal operation : 26.4W
During lift-up
: 40.8W
5V5% and 24V5% are supplied from main
unit
14-9/16 x 21-21/32 x 20-15/32 inch,
370 x 550 x 520 mm
14-9/16 x 21-21/32 inch, 370 x 550 (mm)
* Clearance with main unit: 235 mm
Approx. 66.1 lbs, 30 kg
Standard equipment: AC power is supplied
from main unit. And main unit can control ON/
OFF operation.
Auto detection system
Center tray of main unit
Paper exit section
Paper exit system

Paper exit capacity
Paper exit paper size/
weight
Shifter function
(2)
Center section of the

main unit
Right side paper exit

section of the main
unit
Face-down paper exit system
400 sheets
100 sheets
(When A4, 8.5" x 11") (When A4, 8.5" x 11")
Thin paper:
15 lb bond -16 lb bond (56 - 59g/m2)
Plain paper:
16 lb bond - 28 lb bond (60 - 105g/m2)
Heavy paper:
Envelope:
20 - 24 lb bond (75 - 90g/m2)
Yes
No
No
Yes
Shifter
Paper weight
Paper size/type
Yes (Paper empty and 3 levels)

20W (Power is supplied from main unit)
with
28-22/64 x 11-15/16 inch,
adjuster
720 x 670 x 303 mm
without
24-13/64 x 26-3/8 x 11-15/16 inch,
adjuster
615 x 670 x 303 mm
Yes
letter head, punched paper, colored paper:
16 - 28 lb bond (60 - 105g/m2)
3,500 sheets (80 g/m2)
Effective height: 385 mm
Yes (5 levels: 100%, 75%, 50%, 25%, none)
F. Paper exit section
Tray 3, 4 (2-stage paper feed tray)
Paper capacity
Paper size
3,500-Sheet Large Capacity Tray

124 mm/s - 360 mm/s
A4, B5, 8.5" x 11"
Simulation setup
A4
Offset width
Integrity
* In using the
recommended paper,
A4/8.5" x 11"

Non-offset Size:
mode
A3W and 12" x 18" are not
acceptable
Type:
Glossy paper are not acceptable
Offset
Size:
mode
A3W, 12" x 18", envelope and
are not acceptable
Type:
Envelope, OHP, label paper,
tab paper and glossy paper are
not acceptable
30 mm
Non-offset Getting out:
mode
It doesn't fall down from tray
Offset
Getting out: within 50 mm
mode
FR shift: within 10 mm
JOB distance: 10 mm or more
(3)
Paper exit tray
Type
Paper exit position/
system
Paper exit capacity
Paper exit paper size/
type
Shifter function
Paper exit paper full
detection
Exit tray unit

Paper exit to external in the right side of the
main unit/Paper exits in face-down
100 sheets (When A4/8.5" x 11")
All of allowable paper for paper feed except
envelope, tab paper and gloss paper.
No
Yes
G. Copy functions
(1)
Zoom
Preset magnification
ratio
XY zoom
(2)
Number of manual steps

Toner save mode
Automatic, Text, Text/Printed Photo, Map

(600 dpi)
Printed Photo, Text/Photograph, Photograph
(1200 dpi)
* U model: 600 dpi only
9 steps
Yes
* Available for Automatic (AE), Text/Printed
Photo
Duplex
System
Paper size
Type and weight of

paper which can be
passed
Paper type
(4)
Yes
Density/copy image quality process
Exposure mode
(3)
1: 1 0.8%
25%, 50%, 70%, 81%, 86%,
100%, 115%, 122%, 141%,
200%, 400%
Inch series
25%, 50%, 64%, 77%, 100%,
121%, 129%, 200%, 400%
25-400% (DSPF/RSPF: 25-200%)
4 (Reduction 2/Enlargement 2)
Normal ratio
AB series
Non stack system

11" x 17", 8.5" x 14" (216 x 356),
8.5" x 13.5" (216 x 343),
8.5" x 13.4" (216 x 340), 8.5" x 13" (216 x 330),
8.5" x 11", 8.5" x 11"R,
5.5" x 8.5"R, A3, B4, A4, A4R, B5, B5R, A5R,
8K, 16K, 16KR
Plain paper:
16 lb bond - 28 lb bond (60 - 105g/m2)
Heavy paper:
28 lb bond - 110 lb index (106 - 209 g/m2)
Plain paper, recycled paper, colored paper,
letter head, printed paper, punched paper,
heavy paper
Copy functions
Functions
Automatic paper selection
Automatic magnification ratio selection
Paper type selection
Paper type setting
Auto tray switching
Rotation copy
Large rotated copy over A4 width
Electronic sort
Rotation sort
Job reservation
Tray installation priority
Program call / registration
Program name registration
Document paper size input
Document paper size registration
Indeterminate paper size input
Indeterminate paper size registration
2-sided copy direction switch
N model
U model
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes (99)
Yes
Yes (48)
Yes (48)*1/(10)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Functions
Preview function
N model
U model
Yes
*1: When the HDD (MX-PB11) is installed.
Special functions
Binding margin (Left and Right/Top)
Erase (Edge/Center/center + edge/
side erase)
2 in 1
Center binding (Centering provided)
Large volume document mode
Setting change for each bunch
Tandem copy
* Available only between MX-M283/
M363/M453/M503 series
Cover paper insertion
Tab paper insertion
* Tab Paper Insertion only.
No copying on tabs allowed
OHP insertion
(Inserted paper is automatically
selected.)
Multi shot (2 in 1 / 4 in 1)
Boundary line print
Centering
Page printing per original page
Book copy
Tab copy
Card shot
Stamp
Date print
Text print
Stamp
Page print
User stamp
Watermark
Image edit
Photo repeat
Multi-page
enlargement
Mirror image
A3 full bleed
Centering
B/W reverse
(B/W copy)
Sharpness
Quick file
Filing
Proof copy
Original count
Mixed original
Random
MIX
Combination with APS
Combination with AMS
Slow scan
Ignore blank paper
Repeat layout
Chapter inserts
Book division
Move
Shading
Document control
(When the Data Security Kit is
installed)
N model
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes (via
network)
Yes (via
network) *1
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes*1
Yes
Yes
Crop mark printing supported.
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
(UK not supported)
Yes
Yes
Yes*1
Yes
Yes*1
Yes
Yes*1
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
*1: Only when the HDD (MX-PB11) is installed.
MX-M363N/
M453N/M503U
Yes
Yes
H. Printer function
I. Image send function
(1)
(1)
Platform
IBM PC/AT
Macintosh
(2)
Windows
Mac
Custom
PCL6
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
98 / Me
NT 4.0 SP5 or later
2000
XP
XP x 64
Server 2003
Server 2003 x 64
Server 2008
Server 2008 x 64
Vista
Vista x 64
9.0 - 9.2.2
X 10.2.8
X 10.3.9
10.4.11
X 10.5 - 10.5.5
Custom
PCL5e
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
Custom
PS
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Internet Fax*1
*1: For the machine with HDD installed.
(2)
Support system
Mode
Compatible with PCL of Hewlett-Packard.

Compatible with PCL of Hewlett-Packard.
Compatible with PS3 of Adobe Systems.
Built-in fonts
Roman outline fonts = 80 fonts
Line printer font (BMP) = 1 font
Scanner
Corresponding
server/protocol
Option font
Font for bar code
= 28 fonts
(3)
Mode
Roman outline fonts

= 136 fonts
IPP
PAP: EtherTalk
(AppleTalk)
FTP
NetBEUI
Raw Port (Port9100)
HTTP (Web Submit
Print)
POP3 (E-Mail To Print)
File format
(Monochrome)
File format
(Color/
Grayscale)
Print channel
USB.1.1: Windows 98/Me/2000/Server 2003/
XP/Vista/server 2008 only
USB2.0 (High Speed): Window 2000/XP/Vista/
server 2008 only
Print channel in PSERVER/PRINT mode to be
used in netware environment
UNIX LPR/LPD command-compatible print
channel
Print channel in compliance with IPP1.0
Print channel to be used for Macintosh
environment
Equipped with the function to print data
received via built-in FTP server
Microsoft NetBEUI compatible print channel
9100 TCP port (Raw Port) supported
IPP, HTTP and POP3 support SSL.
Fax
N/A
Compression
system
(Monochrome)
Compression
system
(Color/
Grayscale)
Internet Fax
Direct SMTP
File format
(Monochrome)
Compression
system
(Monochrome)
Support image
N model
U model
TIFF
PDF
Encrypted PDF
XPS
Color TIFF
JPEG
PDF
N/A
Encrypted PDF
XPS
Non-compression
G3 (1-dimensional) =
MH (Modified Huffman)
G4 = MMR (Modified MR)
JPEG (High/
Middle/Low)
N/A
High compression
PDF (When MXEBX3 is installed)
TIFF-FX (TIFF-F,
TIFF-FX (TIFF-F,
TIFF-S)
TIFF-S)*1
G3
G3
(1-dimensional) =
(1-dimensional) =
MH (Modified
MH (Modified
Huffman)
Huffman)*1
G4 = MMR
G4 = MMR
(Modified MR)
(Modified MR)*1
Fax
Environment setting
Setting item
Default setting
SMTP
FTP (TCP / IP)
SMB
HTTP/HTTPS
Internet Fax *1
Direct SMTP *1
POP server
SMTP server
ESMTP server
Support image
Scanner
PSERVER / RPRINT for

NetWare environment
LPR
PCL
PS
Scan to e-mail
Scan to Desktop
Scan to FTP
Scan to Folder (SMB)
Scan to USB memory
Scan to e-mail with Meta*1
Scan to Desktop with Meta*1
Scan to FTP with Meta*1
Scan to SMB with Meta*1
Scan to e-mail/FTP/Desktop/SMB
(Document Admin)
Fax to Fax (Manual)
Fax to e-mail/Internet Fax*1/Fax (Relay transfer)
Fax to e-mail/FTP/Desktop/SMB (Inbound routing)*1
Fax to e-mail/FTP/Desktop/SMB (Document Admin)
Internet Fax to Internet Fax (Manual)
Internet Fax to e-mail/FTP/Desktop/SMB
(Inbound routing)*1
Internet Fax to e-mail/FTP/Desktop/SMB
(Document Admin)
USB
(6)
Fax
PPD
Font
Emulation
PCL5e
compatibility,
PCL6
compatibility
PostScript 3
compatibility
(Option)
(5)
PDL emulation
PCL5e compatibility
PCL XL compatibility
PostScript 3 compatibility
(4)
Scanner
Support OS
OS
(3)
Mode
General
Basic settings for using the printer such as the number
of copies and the print direction
Setting of the PCL symbol and fonts
Setting of enabling/disabling of print in case of a PS
error, setting of binary data outputting
File format
N/A
(Monochrome)
Compression
MH, MR, MMR, JBIG
system
(Monochrome)
Conversion for each page to a file (Available to quantity specification)
*1: Only when the HDD (MX-PB11) is installed.
(4)
Item number of registration items
Item
One-touch/Group
(6)
No. of registration items

1000*1 / 500*2 items
Max. number of registration items for one
group (500*1 / 300*2 items)
48*1 / 8*2 items
Total of bulletin board / confidential letter /
relay and broadcast: 100*1 / 30*2 items
(Fax)
Fax, Internet Fax*1: 1 item
Scanner: 1,000*1 / 200*2 items
Fax, Internet Fax*1: 1 item
18 items
30 items
30 items
Fax: 10 items
Program
Memory box
Sender registration
User list (Return address list)
Transfer table list
Sender selection
Item name
File name
Polling allow number

*2: For the machine without HDD installed.
(5)
Image processing
Mode
Original
scanning
color
Halftone
reproduction
Density
adjustment
Black-white
Grayscale
Full color
Auto Color
Selection
Equivalent
to 256
gradations
levels
Auto
Manual
Text
Text/
Photograph
Text/
Printed
photo
Photograph
Printed
photo
Map
Magical scan (Area
division + Suppress
Background)
Selection of image quality
Original
document
type
(Selectable
in manual
mode)
Resolution (depends on
file format/transmission
method)
Scanner
Yes
Yes*2
Yes*2
Yes
Yes
Yes
(Color/
Gray: Text/
Printed 3)
*2
5 steps
Yes
Yes
N/A
N/A
Yes
N/A
Yes
Yes
N/A
N/A
Yes
N/A
100 x
100dpi
600 x
600dpi
Yes
Mode
Address setting
Default address
setting *2
Number of onetouch address key
registration
Number of Group
(1 key) address
registration
Number of Group
key registration of
direct entry
Program
Direct entry of
addresses
Directory walking
(Refer/Search)
Chain dial
Resend
Destination
confirmation
Shortcut for
address selection
(Quick key)
CC/BCC sending
Subject
Subject
registration
Direct entry of
subject
File name
File name
registration
Direct entry of file
name
Reply-To
N/A
N/A
400 x
400dpi
Halftone (Black-white only)

ON/OFF
200 x 100dpi
Normal text
(Halftone not
(203.2 x
allowed)
97.8dpi)
(Halftone
not allowed)
200 x 200dpi
Fine (203.2
x 195.6dpi)
200 x 400dpi
Super Fine
(203.2 x
391dpi)
400 x 400dpi
Ultra Fine
(406.4 x
391dpi)
600 x 600dpi
N/A

*2: N model only.
Fax
Equivalent to 256 gradations levels
200 x
200dpi
300 x
300dpi
Moire reduction mode
Internet Fax *1
Direct SMTP *1
Yes
N/A
N/A
N/A
Specification of addresses
N/A
Transmission
message
(message body)
Transmission
message selection
Number of letters
of transmission
message
Preset mail footer
*4
Disable
Registering
Destination from
Operation Panel
Disable
registration
destination on
Web page
Disable
registration using
the network
scanner tool
Disable [Retry] on
Fax/Image send
mode
Internet Fax *1
Fax
Direct SMTP *1
Setting by one-touch/group/direct address entry,
entry from externally-connected keyboard and
selection from LDAP server are available
* Modes for direct address setting is allowed:
e-mail / Internet Fax (including Direct SMTP)*1/
Fax/SMB*1
Yes
N/A
Scanner
Total (number of key): Max. 1000*1/500*5

(Total registrable number for FTP/SMB/Desktop is
200*1/100*5 at max.)
Max. 500*1/300*5
5000*1/100*5
(Total address number included in 1000*1/500*5 key)
48*1/8*5 (Group/one-touch)
Entry using Soft keyboard or an
Entry by
external keyboard *1
10-key, # key,
* key
Yes (SMB: No) *5
N/A
Yes (SMB) *1
No *5
N/A
Yes
(by pause key)
Call up nearest 8 addresses sent as a single
destination. *3
N/A
Yes
Use the 10-key to call up registered numbers of
addresses.
Yes
Select from the list /direct entry
30
N/A
N/A
N/A
Yes
N/A
Select from the list /direct entry

30
N/A
N/A
Yes
Select from the
list/direct entry/
select from
LDAP server
Yes *1
No *5
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Select from the list/direct entry *1

No *5
Max. of 1800 half-width letters.*1
No *5
Yes
N/A
N/A
N/A
Yes
Yes
Yes
N/A
Yes
Mode
Scanner
Disable selection
from the address
book
Disable direct
entry
Disable broadcast
setting
Disable
PC-Internet Fax
sending
Disable PC-Fax
sending
Internet Fax *1
Direct SMTP *1
Yes
Yes
No
N/A
Yes
N/A
N/A
N/A
Yes

*2: The scanner mode allows setting the default address.
To transmit data, users only have to set the original and press
the start key.
*3: Desktop, USB memory, SMB, FTP and broadcast are not
included.
*4: Function to set up a text message that will be added
automatically to the message body upon e-mail transmission.
Editing upon transmission is not allowed.
(7)
Specification of multiple addresses

Mode
Scanner
Broadcast
Number of Broadcast
destinations
Request of serial
transmission
Internet Fax *1
Direct SMTP *1
Yes
Fax
Yes (e-mail/
FTP/Desktop/
SMB available)
500*1/300*2
(For FTP/SMB/Desktop, max. 200*1/100*2 items)
N/A
Yes
Recall mode
Long original
transmission
Internet Fax *1
Direct SMTP *1
94*1/47*2 destinations in all
N/A
N/A
Scanner
Memory transmission
On-hook
Quick on-line
transmission
Direct transmission
(Switching: Memory
transmission Direct
transmission)
Manual transmission
setting
Automatically reduced
transmission
Rotated transmission
Scaled transmission
Error
Busy
N/A
N/A
Change of the number

of pages for each file
Job partition through
recognition of white
paper.
Ignore blank paper
Restriction on
transmission size
Drop-out color
Finish stamp function
Confidential
transmission
(Sharp mode)
Relay broadcast
transmission
(Sharp mode)
Job build mode
Thin paper scan mode
Mixed originals feeder
Default date sender
transmission
(ON only)
Preview
Edge erase
(Edge/Edge + center/
center/side)
Original count
Book division
Fax destination
confirmation
(Preventing
mistarnsmittion)
Yes
Internet Fax *1
Direct SMTP *1
N/A
No
N/A
No
N/A
Yes (Direct SMTP doesnt have
limitation)
No
N/A
Yes (option)
N/A
N/A
N/A
No
N/A
Yes
Yes
Yes
Enlargement/reduction is allowed only from a
fixed size to another.
N/A
Yes
N/A
Yes (Direct
Yes
SMTP)
Yes
N/A
Internet Fax: only
number is set.
Direct SMTP:
Number/times
set in the System
Settings.
Yes
Max. of 1000mm (1-side only/black-white binary
only)
Internet Fax, 600 x 600dpi: Max. of 800mm (only
for the machine with HDD installed)
Scanner, 400dpi or more: impossible
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes (random + MIX)
Yes
Yes
No
N/A
(9)
Yes
Reception function
Scanner
Switching from
manual reception to
automatic reception
Fixed size reduced
reception
Specified size scaled
reception
Rotated reception
Setting of received
data print condition
2-sided reception
2 in 1 reception
A3 RX automatic
reduce print (Inch
type and Fax using
destinations only)
Letter Size RX
automatic reduce
print (AB type and
Fax using
destinations only)
Allowing Address/
Domain setting
reception
Not allowing
Address/Domain
setting reception.
(To be rejected)
Internet Fax *1
Direct SMTP *1
Fax
N/A
N/A
Yes
Yes
Yes
(Direct SMTP: No) Switching from
manual reception
to automatic
reception.
Allowed only for
France.
N/A
Yes
(France only)
N/A
Yes
N/A
No
Yes
Yes
N/A
No
Yes (N model only)

Yes
Fax
Yes
Fax
Automatic reception
Manual reception
Transmission functions
Mode
Scanner
Mode
(8)
Mode
Fax
N/A
N/A
Yes
N/A
Yes
N/A
N/A
N/A
Yes
No
Yes
N/A
Yes
N/A
Yes
(50 domains)
N/A
N/A
Yes
(50 domains)
N/A
Mode
Scanner
Allowing reception
from a specific
number.
Internet Fax *1
Direct SMTP *1
N/A
Not allowing
reception from a
specific number.
(To be rejected)
N/A
Automatic switching
of phone/Fax.
External phone
connection remote
Answering phone
connection
Dial-in
Confidential
reception
(Sharp mode)
Received data
bypass output
Reception
confirmation cycle
setting
N/A
Specified
numbers only
(50*1 (30*2)
numbers/
20 digits)
Specified
numbers only
(50*1 (30*2)
numbers/
20 digits)
No
N/A
Yes
N/A
No
N/A
N/A
No
No
N/A
Yes
N/A
Yes
(Setting by
0-8 hours/
each minute)
(Direct SMTP: No)
Yes
(Setting by
30-300/every 30
seconds)
(Direct SMTP: No)
No
Yes
POP3
communications
time-out setting
N/A
Index printing
Body text print
setting
Transfer function
during output is
disabled.
Inbound routing
(Internet Fax/Fax
receive data network
transfer)
N/A
N/A
Exit tray setting

Insertion of job
Separator sheet
Print number setting
of received data
Staple function of
received data
Auto wake up print
Hold Setting for
Received Data Print
(ALL RX data into the
Memory regardless)
Foot print
Image Check
(Preview)
Alternative reception
number
Fax
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
No
N/A
N/A
Yes
Yes
Yes (Users can check received data
before printing it) (N model only)
100 (Total of Internet Fax and
Fax)*1
50*2
Internet Fax *1
Direct SMTP *1
Scanner
Communication
report table
Communication
result table
Address/phone
number table
Group table
Program table
Memory box table
(F code)
Notification table of
clearing memory
(During error)
Communication
original contents print
List of allowed or not
allowed numbers for
reception
List of allowed or not
allowed addresses
for reception
Inbound routing
Table list
Document Admin list
All settings list
Web setting list
Fax
Yes
Time-specified output/ Output when memory is full
Scanner: only manual output
* Maximum of 200*1/50*2 reports including both
transmission and reception
N/A
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
N/A
Yes
No *1
Yes *2
N/A
N/A
Yes
N/A
Yes
N/A
Yes
No
N/A
Yes (only for the machine with

HDD installed)
Yes
Yes
Yes

N/A
Yes
Yes
Mode
(11) Other functions

Mode
Time
specification
Polling
reception
Bulletin board
transmission
Scanner
Internet Fax *1
Direct SMTP *1
Cover sheet
function
Transmission
message
Sender print
Sender
selection
Page number
print
Date print
Polling
protection
function
Page partition
transmission
Page
connection
Fax
Yes*1
No*2
Yes
N/A
Yes
N/A
Yes
Up to 100*1/30*2
registrations
allowed with
bulletin board,
confidential and
relay broadcast all
combined. (Free
area: 1
registration)
Setting of the
number of
transmission: 1/no
limit.
Yes
N/A
N/A
N/A
Yes
(1 transfer receiver can be registered
each.)
Yes (only for the machine with HDD
installed)
1) Formats can be selected.
(PDF/Single TIFF/Multi TIFF/
XPS)
2) Destinations: e-mail/FTP/SMB/
Desktop
3) Information about the MFP that
transfers the data is added to the
transferred data.
4) Transmission table has
timetable.
5) Transfer by judging the line kind
is enabled. (Fax/Internet Fax)
Yes
No
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
(10) Report/list function
N/A
N/A
N/A
Yes
N/A
Yes
N/A
N/A
Yes
Yes
(Date indication can be changed)
N/A
Yes
Yes
No
Mode
Confidential
transmission
Relay broadcast
instruction
Transmission
Relay broadcast
transmission
(Fax to e-mail/
Internet Fax/
Fax (F code) *3
2 in 1
transmission
Suppress
background
Card shot
Transmission
confirmation
Forwarding sent
and received
data (Document
Admin)
Number of Job
status indication
Scanner
Internet Fax *1
Direct SMTP *1
N/A
N/A
Mode
Scanner
Yes
(F code method)
Yes
(F code method)
Desktop registration
(Registration by using
Web or NST (network
scanner tool))
SMB destination
registration (Can be
registered on the
Web.)
FTP destination
registration (Can be
registered on the
Web.)
Program Addresses
(One-touch, groups),
settings (density,
image quality,
resolution, original
setting) and special
functions can be
registered in one set.
Number of memory
boxes (Including
bulletin board/
confidential/relay
broadcast)
Memory box
registration name
Yes
N/A
Yes
N/A
Yes
N/A
Reply-To registration
1000*3/
200*4
(user
registration
from Web)
N/A
Yes *1
Yes
(Fax to e-mail/
Fax/Fax only) *2
N/A
No
Yes
Allowed for
Fax/Internet
Fax
broadcast *1
Allowed for
Fax
broadcast *2
N/A
Yes *1
(Only color and
grayscale)
Yes (Magnification ratio 63-400%)
N/A
Yes
N/A
Time-out time
can be set from
1 minute - 240
hours by each
minute (Direct
SMTP: No)
Yes
Forwarding data formats can be selected. (Single TIFF/
Multi TIFF/PDF/XPS) (Scan to e-mail/FTP/SMB/
Desktop/PC-Internet Fax*1/PC-Fax/Fax/Internet Fax*1
are also supported)
Folder setting by each of send and receive is
supported.
99*1/50*2
Number of sender
registration
Number of sender
selection registration

*3: Function that enables settings of e-mail/Internet Fax/Fax
addresses as destinations of F-code broadcast.
(12) Record size

Mode
Scanner
Maximum record width

Record size
N/A
N/A
Internet Fax *1
Fax
Direct SMTP *1
293mm
A3 - A5/11" x 17" - 5.5" x 8.5"
Registration of polling
approval number
(13) Registration-related setting

Mode
One-touch/group *1
e-mail/ FTP/ Desktop/
SMB/ Internet Fax
(Direct SMTP)/ Fax
Maximum registration
number per group dial
One-touch name
registration
One-touch dial
receiver number
registration (Fax)
Group name
registration
Address book
registration from
Resend screen
Default address setup
Internet Fax *1
Fax
Direct SMTP *1
1000*3/500*4 destinations LDAP can be used.
Scanner
500*3/300*4 addresses
36 characters in full and half size
Up to 64 digits including receiver number,
sub-address and passcode (including /).
36 characters in full and half size
Registration of Fax
system number
(Sharp mode)
Registration of Fax
polling approval ID
number (Sharp mode)
Fax relay ID
registration (Sharp
mode)
Quick key (short cut
registration) *2
Retrieving/scanning
of registered data to
other model
Import/export of
address book
Fax
48*3/8*4
100*3/30*4
N/A
N/A
N/A
Up to 18
characters in full
and half size
N/A
1 (20 characters) Only one sender

is registered, and Internet Fax*3/
Fax addresses or phone numbers
are registered in the name part.
(40 characters in half size is
available by soft switch setting)
N/A
Total: 18
(20 characters)
(In addition to
default,
18 registrations
available)
(40 characters in
half size is
available by soft
switch setting)
N/A
Yes
10 numbers/
20 digits
N/A
No
N/A
No
N/A
No
Yes
(0001 - 1000*3 / 0001 - 500*4)
Yes
(By address book conversion utility)
Yes
(By storage backup)
*1: Since scan/Internet Fax (including Direct SMTP)/Fax uses the

common address book, the number of addresses allowed for
registration is the sum total of all modes.
No
Yes
Internet Fax *1
Direct SMTP *1
Fax
N/A
*2: Quick key is the function to select an address based on the

registered number of each address within the book for address
selection. Users can select a quick key number.
J. PC-Fax, PC-Internet Fax functions
(1)
(14) Sound settings
Working environment
OS
Mode
Item
On-hook sound
Sound volume
setting
Sound volume
setting
Sound volume
setting
Sound volume
setting
Sound volume
setting
Sound volume
setting
Sound pattern
Time setting for
communication
ending sound
Sound volume
setting
Sound pattern
Time setting for
communication
ending sound
Sound volume
setting
Sound pattern
Time setting for
communication
ending sound
Sound volume
setting
Sound volume
setting
Sound volume
for calling
Ring tone
Line monitor
sound
Reception
sound
Reception
finish sound
Transmission
finish sound
Transmission
and reception
error sound
Communication
error sound
Sound setting
for end of
original reading
(image send)
Scanner
Internet Fax *7
Direct SMTP *7
N/A
Yes*2
N/A
Yes*6
N/A
N/A
N/A
Yes*6
Yes*1
N/A
Fax
No
N/A
Yes*6
N/A
N/A
Yes*3
Yes*4
N/A
Yes*6
N/A
N/A
Yes*3
Yes*4
N/A
Yes*6
N/A
N/A
Yes*3
Yes*5
PC
CPU
Monitor
Memory
HDD
Interface
Communication protocol
(2)
Functions
PC-Internet Fax send

PC-Fax send
N/A
Yes*1
No
Yes*1
Resolution
*1: Setup by system setting.
Send document size
*2: 9 steps. Setup by system setting.

*3: PATTERN 1/2/3/4. Setup by system setting.
Different sound should be selectable for each of reception/
transmission success/transmission and reception error.
*4: Setup by system setting. 5 steps of 2.0 - 4.0 seconds.
Compression system
Broadcast send
F-code send
*5: Setup by system setting. 2-steps setting by very 0.3 or

0.7 second.
*6: 10 steps (including no sound). Setup by system setting.
(15) Others
Mode
PC-Internet
Fax
PC-Fax
FAST
Network FAST
Distinctive ring
detection
Trial mode
Linearized PDF
Internet Fax *1
Direct SMTP *1
Yes
Scanner
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Scanner*2: Yes
Meta data: Yes
Yes Supported
with Net Scan
Tool
No
N/A
Fax
N/A
Yes
Yes
(North America
only)
No
Setting for each
destination
N/A
Windows 98
Windows Me
Windows NT4.0 Workstation
(Service Pack5, IE4.0 or more)
Windows 2000
Windows XP
Windows XP x 64
Windows Server 2003
Windows Server 2003 x 64
Windows Server 2008
Windows Server 2008 x 64
Windows Vista
Windows Vista x 64
IBM PC/AT compatible machine
Pentium II 300MHz or more
Screen resolution: 640 X 480 pixel or above
Number of colors: 256 colors or above
64 MB or more
Empty capacity of 50MB or above
USB 2.0
10BASE-T/100BASE-TX
1000BASE-T
LPR / lp
Port9100 (RAW)
IPP
USB2.0
Telephone book
registration, Send function
Use of MFP phone book
Covering letter
attachment function
Covering letter making
function
Sender print
Preview
Delivery confirmation
(Notification to PC by
NJR)
Document filing function
PC-Fax send log

User authentication
Timer

*2: U model: only for B/W scanner
Yes (Internet Fax expansion kit is required)

Internet Fax address: max. 64 digits
Yes
(When Fax is installed)
Fax number max. 64 digits
(including sub-address and passcode)
200 x 100dpi / 200 x 200dpi / 200 x 400dpi /
400 x 400dpi /600 x 600dpi*
* Internet-Fax/Direct SMTP only
Windows 2000 type is only supported.
A3 / B4 / A4 / A5 / B5 / 11" x 17" / 8.5" x 14" /
8.5" x 11" / 5.5" x 8.5" / 8.5" x 13" / 8K / 16K
MH / MMR
Yes (Mix of Fax and Internet Fax is available.
Max. 500 items)
Yes
Sub address Yes
(Max. 20 digits)
Pass code
Yes
(Max. 20 digits)
Yes
No
Yes (Not allowed for broadcast transmission)
Yes
Prints always
Yes
Yes
Filing (only for the machine with HDD

installed)
Automatic temporary save (only for the
machine with HDD installed)
Yes (Re-transmission not allowed)
Yes
No
K. Document filing function/Print hold function

(1)
Basic function
Document filing (For the machine with HDD installed)

Number of files that can
be saved in the standard
folder/user folder
be saved in temporary file
folders.
Number of folders that
can be made as user
folders.
Number of users which
can be registered
38GB
20,000 pages or 3,000 files (*1)
Original
Color
(N model only)
gregfruit
Gray
test sheet C
Monochrome
(Binary mode)
test sheet C
2,500
800
5,500
1,700
20,000
10,000
12GB
10,000 pages or 1,000 files (*2)
Max. 1,000 folders
Same as that of account users of the main

unit (1,000)
(*1): When the standard document (binary) is used.

(*2): When the standard document (gray) is used.
38GB
12GB
Print hold (For the machine without HDD installed)

be saved
Number of users which
can be registered
512 pages or 512 files (*1)

Same as that of account users of the main
unit (200)
(*1): Sharp Standard Chart/ binary monochrome
(2)
Data operation by each function
Job
Copy
Printer
Direct print (FTP pull)
Direct print (FTP push)
Direct print (USB pull)
Direct print (e-mail push)
Direct print (Web push)
Direct print (SMB pull)
Scan to e-mail/FTP
Scan to Desktop
Scan to SMB
Scan to USB memory
Scan to HDD
Internet Fax reception
Internet Fax send
Fax reception
Fax send
PC Fax / PC-Internet Fax send
Data input
Remote PC Scan
N model/U model + MX-PB11

Each folder in the standard folder
Temporary folder
/user folder
Confidential
Confidential
Sharing storage
Sharing storage
storage
storage
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
U model
Print hold
Sharing storage
N/A
Yes
Yes
Yes
N/A
Yes
Yes
Yes
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Confidential
storage
N/A
Yes
No
No
N/A
No
No
No
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
(3)
Data operation contents

Operation content
Reprint
Resend
Delete
Shift
Attribute change (Common/Confidential/Protection)
Confidential file setting
(Password: max. of 8 digit numbers)
Confidential folder setting
(Password: max. of 8 digit numbers)
File name change
Creation of a folder
File transfer to Local PC, FTP server (Data backup)
Backup scheduling setting
Auto backup upon obstruction at trouble
Machine HDD occupying rate display
Preview
Preview before storing in
Scan to HDD
Checking stored image
data
Retrieval
Changing file format
Collective print
Delete with the time specified
Connection of different files
Multi file selection (print only)

WEB
Operation panel
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
U model
WEB
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes*1
N/A
Operation panel
Yes
No
Yes*1
No
(The print data displays only the first page.)

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
* During the above setting on the operation panel, web access is disabled.
*1: N model only
(4)
Reprint / resend limitation items for each job
Mode
Printer
Copy
Image
send
Document
filing
Job kind
Printer
Copy
Scan send
Internet Fax send

Fax send
Scan to HDD
Functional settings for reprint
Users selection section

Selected color mode
N model
U model + MX-PB11
No selection available
Full color
Binary B/W
Grayscale
Binary B/W
Full color
Binary B/W
Grayscale
(Send allowed mode)
Binary B/W
Binary B/W
(Send allowed mode)
(High capacity mode)
Binary B/W
Basic function
Special modes
Reprint
(Monochrome only)
U model
N model
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

Number of copies, finishing, selecting paper, duplex
Saddle stitch, 2 in 1/4 in1, margin shift, stamp, document
control (when data security kit is installed: MX-MxxxN only),
tandem print
U model + MX-PB11
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
U model
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
U model
N/A
Mode
Printer
Copy
Image
send
Users selection section

Selected color mode
N model
U model + MX-PB11
Full color
Binary B/W
Job kind
Printer
Copy
Scan send
Resend
U model
N/A
N/A
Grayscale
Binary B/W
Document
filing
Internet Fax send

Fax send
Scan to HDD
Full color
Binary B/W
(Send allowed mode)
Grayscale
Binary B/W
(Send allowed mode)
Binary B/W
Functional
settings
for resend
Basic
function
Special
modes
N/A
N/A
N/A
N model
Yes: Full color/

Binary B/W
Yes: Grayscale
Yes:
Binary B/W
Yes
Yes
Yes: Full color/
Binary B/W
Yes: Grayscale
Yes
Yes
No
No
Format, resolution, image quality, transmission

details settings, meta-data input
Time specification, sender print, sender
selection, communication result table
L. Ambient conditions
(1)
Working environment
(Humidity)
85%
60%
20%
10
30
35
(Temperature)
Standard environmental
conditions
Usage environmental
conditions
Storage period
U model + MX-PB11
N/A
Yes
Yes
Temperature 20 25 C
Humidity
65 5 %RH
Temperature 10 35 C
Humidity
20 85 %RH
Atmospheric 590 1013 hPa
pressure
(height: 0 2000m)
Toner/Developer: 24 months from the
manufactured month (Production lot) under
unsealed state
Drum: 36 months from the manufactured
month under unsealed state
U model
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
MX-M503N ELECTRICAL SECTION 12 1
MPFS
MTOP2
MPGS
MANUAL PAPER FEED UNIT
MPUC
MPLD
MTOP1
MPFD
ADUGS
RD I/F
PWB
PCS
RDCFM
MPED
MPWD
DSW_ADU
TFD3
OPTION
APPD2
APPD1
POD3
OPTION
HL_UW
HL_US
HL_UM
LSUCFM
CLUM1
CPFC1
CPUC1
RRM
PFM
ADUML
CPFM
CLUM2
CPUC2
CPFC2
PAPER FEED 1
UNIT
HL
PWB
CRUM
AC IN
MSW
TDSC
CIS UNIT
PCU
PWB
AC
PWB
DCPS
PSFM2
PSFM1
DSPF CNT PWB
COIN VENDOR
OPTION
PAPER FEED 2
UNIT
CPED2
CPED1
DSW_C
CLUD2
CPFD2
CSPD2
CSS21-24
HVU
TCS
TH/HUD-DV
CLUD1
CPFD1
CSPD1
PSPS
DM
OZFM
TNBOX
TNF
OPTION
PNC
CSS11-14
PPD2
PPD1
PS UNIT
DRIVER
PWB
POFM3
DSW_R
DSW_F
DSPF DRIVER PWB
SPFM
SPM
SPOD
SPLS2
SPWS
SOCD
SPPD5
SPPD2
SPPD3
DSPFCFM
SRRC
SPLS1
SPED
SPPD1
SCOV
Japan
STD
WH
PWB
WHSW
OPTION
OPTION
FIN 4K
or
S-FIN
or
Japan
STD
CL
CL INV PWB
DH2
SCNNER
TRAY
DH1
Japan
STD
DESK 1
DH
or
DESK 2
DH
LCC
DH
LED DRIVER
<U/F model>
FIN INNER
USB HUB
PWB
OPTION
MOTHER
PWB
LED PWB
<N model>
SPPD5
SRRC
SRVC
HDD
CPUFM
N/F model: Standard

U model: Option
MFPC
PWB
LSU CNT
PWB
USB
CONV
Option (N model)
OPE
PWB
LVDS
PWB
USB HOST
USB I/F
ORS_PD
PWB
LCD
TOUCH
PANEL
OPTION
LAN
USB
USB HOST
FAX
2
OPTION
LSU UNIT
PGM
BD PWB
LD PWB
KEY BOARD
POWER SW
PWB
INVERTER
PWB
OPERATION UNIT
MHPS
OCSW
ORS_LED
PWB
MIM
AUDITOR
PNC
CARD READER OPTION
SOCD
SPED
SCOV
SPPD3
SPPD2
SPPD1
SPWS
SPLS2
SPLS1
SCN
PWB
RSPF DRIVER PWB
SPM
F model internal FAX SCANNER UNIT

(Japan)
CCD PWB
FAX
1
SPFM
SPRS
RSPF UNIT
<MX-M283N/
OPTION
MX-M363U/M453U/M503U/
STMPS
MX-M363F/M423F/M503F>
[12] ELECTRICAL SECTION
RIGHT DOOR UNIT
TH_US
TH_UM
FUSER UNIT
WEB-END
WEBM
HPOS
FUM
OSM
ADUMH
POFM2
POD2
TFD2
POM
POFM1
POD1
DERIVERY UNIT
OPTION
STMPS
DSPF UNIT
<MX-M363N/M453N/M503N>
MX-M503N
Service Manual
1. Block diagram
A. System block diagram
B. DSPF/RSPF unit, Operation unit and Scanner control PWB

DSPF unit (DSPF model)
RSPF unit (RSPF model)

DSPF Driver PWB
(Color) CIS unit
Motor
Sensor
White LED
CIS
AFE
Motor
Driver
OPE unit
Touch Panel
8.5 inch
Color WVGA
(N model)
8.1 inch
B/W HVGA
(U/F model)
Moter
SOL
Moter
Driver
AFE
LSI
Touch Panel
Sensor
LVDS PWB
DSPF control PWB
Receiver
Receiver
SDRAM
CPU
(H8S)
SCAN ASIC
(Medusa)
Flash ROM
(Shading)
Program
Flash DIMM
KEY PWB
KEY
Buzzer
USB Host
Front Access
SRAM
Work
Key Board Option

(N model)
Sensor
Power SW PWB
Mirror
Motor
Scanner control PWB
(N model)
LED light source
(Color) CCD PWB
Color CCD
AFE
(U/F model)
xenon lamp
Program
Flash DIMM
CPU
(H8S)
SRAM
Work
IO ASIC
(B/W) CCD PWB

B/W CCD
(N model)
AFE
SDRAM
Receiver
Receiver
SCAN ASIC
(Medusa)
BUS SW
IPD/DOCC ASIC
Transmitter
(U/F model)
Transmitter
Mother PWB
USB SWITCH/HUB
LCD I/F
PIC
SCAN I/F
LED
C. MFP control PWB, Mother PWB

OPE unit
USB Host
Front Access
LVDS PWB
Receiver
Key Board Option

(Option (N model only))
Power SW PWB
Scanner control PWB

Transmitter
MFP control PWB
Mother PWB
B2B CN
USB Host 2.0
USB SWITCH/HUB
USB Host
PHY IC
System Memory
DDR2 200pin SO-DIMM x 2Solt
Program / Option
Flash DIMM
G Ether
PHY IC
G Ethernet
Data memory/
On board Flash memory
(U/F model only)
SoC MPC8377E
PIC
RIC I/F
D-SUB 9pin
PCI-e
ACRE I/F
(Option (N model only))
ImageArea
LSU I/F
PCI
Uranos
USB device
2.0 Hi-Speed
SCAN I/F
Kronos2 ASIC
LCD I/F
2nd FAX I/F

Image Bus
Local Memory
DDR2 144pin SO-DIMM x
1Solt
Kronos2 Local Memory

On Board SDRAM
SATA CN
FAX I/F
HDD unit
(N/F model: Standard)
(U model: Option)
MX-FXX2 (Option: N/U model)

MX-FLX2 (Option: F model)
FAX unit
(F model)
Engine Block
LSU unit
LD PWB
LSU control PWB
LSU ASIC
(Raccon)
D. Engine
Mother PWB
Engine Block
PCU PWB
Program
Flash DIMM
Fuser unit
LSU I/F
CPU
(H8S)
LCC (Option)
SRAM
Work
Finisher (Option)
PMC ASIC
DESK (Option)
HV
Sensor
EEPROM
Stepping Motor
Mother
PWB
CRUM
FAN Motor
LSU unit
LD PWB
LSU control PWB
LSU ASIC
(Raccon)
IO ASIC
DC Motor
Sensor
Sensor
Coin Vendor
(Option)
D[15:8]
PD65892GC103
I/O ASIC
DSR_LCC
DTR_LCC
RxD_LCC
TxD_LCC
DSR_DSK
DTR_DSK
RxD_DSK
TxD_DSK
DSR_FIN
DTR_FIN
RxD_FIN
O.C.
Schmit Inv.
P.U.
P.U.
P.U.
P.U.
P.U.
P.U.
P.U.
P.U.
P.U.
P.U.
P.U.
P.U.
PCU
O.C.
O.C.
O.C.
O.C.
O.C.
O.C.
O.C.
O.C.
O.C.
O.C.
O.C.
O.C.
P.D. Schmit Inv.
Schmit Inv.
P.D. Schmit Inv.
P.D.
P.U.
P.U.
P.U.
P.U.
P.U.
P.U.
P.U.
P.U.
P.U.
P.U.
P.U.
P.U.
P.U.
P.U.
P.U.
P.U.
O.C.
O.C.
O.C.
O.C.
O.C.
O.C.
O.C.
O.C.
O.C.
Schmit Inv.
O.C.
Schmit Inv.
Schmit Inv.
Schmit Inv.
Schmit Inv.
P.U.
P.U.
P.U.
P.U.
P.U.
P.U.
P.U.
P.U.
P.D.
LSU ASIC
PIC
CPU
H8/3687
CPU
H8/3684
RxD
TxD
CPU
SH7706
LCC
(Optional)
DESK
(Optional)
FINISHER
(Optional)
LSU
RxD
CPU
SH7706
O.C.
O.C.
Schmit Inv.
O.C.
Schmit Inv.
New
ASIC
New
ASIC
LVDS
LVDS
O.C
P.U.
P.U. O.C.
P.U. O.C.
244 (buffer)
Inv.
244 (buffer)
Inv.
244 (buffer)
P.U. 244 (buffer)
244 (buffer)
P.D.
P.D.
O.C
Schmit Inv.
O.C
P.U.
P.U. O.C.
P.U. O.C.
244 (buffer)
Inv.
244 (buffer)
Inv.
244 (buffer)
RxD_FAX(CS)+
RxD_FAX(CS)-
Schmit Inv.
P.U. 244 (buffer)
TxD_FAX(CS)+
TxD_FAX(CS)-
REQ_PIC
CLR_PIC
nRxD_PIC
nTxD_PIC
CTS_SCN
RTS_SCN
nRxD_SCN
nTxD_SCN
CTS_FAX2 (CS)
RTS_FAX2 (CS)
CTS_FAX2 (D)
RTS_FAX2 (D)
RxD_FAX2 (CS)
TxD_FAX2 (CS)
RxD_FAX2 (D)
TxD_FAX2 (D)
CTS_FAX1 (CS)
RTS_FAX1 (CS)
CTS_FAX1 (D)
RTS_FAX1 (D)
RxD_FAX1 (CS)
TxD_FAX1 (CS)
RxD_FAX1 (D)
TxD_FAX1 (D)
P.U.
P.U.
MFPC
O.C.
O.C.
O.C.
O.C.
P.U. 244 (buffer)
P.U.
P.U.
Schmit Inv.
O.C.
Schmit Inv.
244 (buffer)
O.C
O.C
P.U.
P.U.
O.C
P.U.
P.U.
RxD_FAX(D)+
RxD_FAX(D)-
P.U.
P.U.
Mot her
PIC
Schmit Inv.
P.D.
Schmit Inv.
P.U.
O.C.
O.C.
Schmit Inv.
O.C.
Schmit Inv.
P.U. 244 (buffer)
O.C
Schmit Inv.
O.C
P.U.
P.U.
I/O ASIC
PD65892GC
O.C
Schmit Inv.
P.U.
P.U.
TxD_FAX(D)+
TxD_FAX(D)-
P.D.
P.D.
Schmit Inv.
RxD_FAX(CS)+
RxD_FAX(CS)-
TxD_FAX(CS)+
TxD_FAX(CS)-
RxD_FAX(D)+
RxD_FAX(D)-
TxD_FAX(D)+
TxD_FAX(D)-
DSPF Cnt(for DSPF model)
CPU
H8S/2373
D[15:8]
A[4:0]
P.D.
RTS_DSPF
CTS_DSPF
TxD
RxD
O.C.
Schmit Inv.
CPU
H8S/2373
Schmit Inv.
MX-FXX2/2nd FAX for F-model
PIC
TxD
F-model Internal FAX
I/O
I/O
TxD
RxD
I/O
I/O
TxD
RxD
I/O
CPU
I/O M30843FWGP
TxD
RxD
SCK
TxD
RxD
SCN Cnt
TxD
RxD4
TxD4
RxD3
TxD3
RxD2
TxD_FIN
SCK_LSU
RSV_DAT
TRANS_DAT
PCU_DTR
PCU_DSR
Schmit Inv.
I/O
A[4:0]
CPU
H8S/2373
TxD2
SCK1
RxD1
TxD1
I/O port
I/O port
P.U.
TXD_DSPF
O.C.
RXD_DSPF
P.D.
P.D.
nPCU_TxD
P.U.
P.D.
RxD0
P.U.
nPCU_RxD
P.D.
TxD
P.U.
RxD
P.U.
I/O
RxD
P.D.
TxD0
Uranos ASIC
CTS[3]
RTS[3]
CTS[1]
RTS[1]
RxD[3]
TxD[3]
RxD[1]
TxD[1]
CTS[2]
RTS[2]
CTS[0]
RTS[0]
RxD[2]
TxD[2]
RxD[0]
TxD[0]
Kronos2 ASIC
I/O port
I/O port
RxD[PIC]
TxD[PIC]
SoC MPC8377E
CTS[0]
RTS[0]
RxD[0]
TxD[0]
RTS[1]
CTS[1]
TxD[1]
RxD[1]
E. Serial communication
Operation in 1W/7W
energy-save mode
LIU PWB
RGDT-(CI detection)
F. FAX (Option: MX-FXX2)
AC IN
24V1B
WHPR
WH-SW
WH-L
WH-N
F1
15A/250V
AC PWB
RY2
NO
NC
VR2
WH PWB
WARM HEATER SET: OPTION
A3
7W
LCC
10W
DESK
10W
MAIN UNIT
10W
SCN
LCC
DESK
MAIN UNIT
SCN unit
WH-L
T2.0AH/250V
F3
WH-N
MAIN POWER SW
HL PWB
L2
L1
FUSING UNIT
TD1
HL UM
T2
T1
no-mounting
SSR1
2 GND
DC POWER SUPPLY
HLOUT_UM
12A/125V
F101
TD2
HL UW
T2
T1
N/F
+
~
D101
~
2 GND
FW
Generating
Circuit
drawer
SSR2
Z101
F102
T1AH/250V
F301
HLOUT_UW
HL_PR
INT24V1
TD3
HL US
T2
T1
T8AH/250V
F103
T5AH/250V
SSR3
HLOUT_US
THERMOSTAT TS_US
2 GND
THERMOSTAT TS_UM
Voltage
Conversion
+24V1
+24V2
+24V3
+24V4
+24V5
+12V
+5Vn
+3.3V
Voltage
Conversion
+ 5Vo
+ 5VL
RY1
G. AC power line diagram (100V)
AC IN
24V1B
WHPR
WH-SW
WH-L
WH-N
F1
T10A/250V
F2
T10A/250V
AC PWB
RY1
NO
NC
VR2
WH PWB
WARM HEATER SET: OPTION
A3
LCC
10W
DESK
10W
MAIN UNIT
10W
SCN
7W
LCC
DESK
MAIN UNIT
SCN unit
WH-L
T2.0AH/250V
F3
WH-N
F4
T2.0AH/250V
MAIN POWER SW
HL PWB
Reactor
L2
10mH
3A
TD1
HL UM
T2
T1
FUSING UNIT
L1
SSR1
2 GND
HLOUT_UM
T6.3AH/250V
F101
TD2
HL UW
T2
T1
N/F
D101
~
2 GND
drawer
SSR2
FW
Z101 Generating
Circuit
F102
T3.15AH/250V
DC POWER SUPPLY
F301
HLOUT_UW
HL_PR
INT24V1
TD3
HL US
T2
T1
T5AH/250V
F103
T3.15AH/250V
SSR3
HLOUT_US
THERMOSTAT TS_US
2 GND
THERMOSTAT TS_UM
Voltage
Conversion
+24V1
+24V2
+24V3
+24V4
+24V5
+12V
+5Vn
+3.3V
Voltage
Conversion
+ 5Vo
+ 5VL
RY1
H. AC power line diagram (200V)
MAIN
6.3A/250V
F205
6.3A/250V
F204
6.3A/250V
F201
6.3A/250V
F202
6.3A/250V
F203
FET
HDD
24V5
GND1
5VN
24V5
GND1
5VN
GND2
FET
RY1
INNER
FINISHER
OR
SADLLE
FINISHER
OR
4K FINISHER
PCU PWB
AC PWB
OPTION
3.3V
3.3V
24V4
GND1
5VN
5VN
5VN
GND2
FW
FW
12V
GND2
GND2
12V
GND2
GND2
INT24V1
24V1B
24V1A
24V1B
GND2
INT24V1
GND2
24V1A
24V2
GND1
24V2
3.3V
3.3V
GND1
12V
GND2
GND1
+5V_HDD
GND2
12V
24V3
5VN
5VL
12V
GND2
GND1
24V3
5VN
DCCNT1
DCCNT2
5VL
PIC
Punch
Punch
FET
24V
5V
24V
5V
24V
5V
Interface
pass un
Interface
pass un
Punch
module
INT24V2
Reg
Reg
GND2
SUB
5VLD
5VLD
GND2
Mother PWB
5VN
GND1
INT24V2
INT24V2
GND1
24V4
GND1
5VN
GND2
24V4
GND1
5VN
GND2
FET
DESK 2
FAN
3.3V
MFPC PWB
24V1B
GND2
GND2
5VN
INT24V1
GND2
5VN
GND2
GND2
5VN
GND2
INT24V1
GND2
24V1A
24V1B
3.3V
GND2
12V
GND2
PFM
INT24V2
12V
GND1
OR
DESK 1
LCC
Driver PWB
HVU
12V
GND1
GND2
12V
24V3
5VN
3.3V
5VO
3.3V
24V3
5VLD
GND1
GND2
5VN
GND1
GND2
5VO
5VL
3.3V
24V3
GND2
USB HUB
5VL
5VL
5VL
GND1
GND2
5VO
3.3V
24V3
GND1
GND2
5VO
3.3V
24V3
1.8V
RRM
1.0V
FUM
RIGHT DOOR
Solenoid
Cluch
Fan Motor
(RDCFM)
RIGHT DOOR
I/F PWB
GND2
5VN
GND2
12V
24V3
5VN
3.3V
5VO
SCNcnt PWB
GND1
GND2
5VO
5VL
3.3V
24V3
Sensor (PCS)
Sensor
(MPLD1,MPWD
MTOP1/2,MPED
MPFD)
Sensor(OP)
(TFD3,POD3)
Sensor
(DSW_ADU, APPD1/2)
PSun
Sensor
(PPD1,PPD2)
CPFM
OSM(Stepping Motor)
WEBM(Synchronous)
Fan Motor
(POFM1/2,PSFM1/2
OZFM,LSUCFM)
TCS,Solenoid
Cluch,LUM,COUNTER(OP)
Sensor
(TH/HUS-DV)
POM
MX-FXX2/FLX2
PIC
FAX2(OP)
ADUML
Fan Motor
(POFM3)
ADUMH
1.2V
Sensor,CRUM
DM
DSW-F
DSW-R
2.5V
NIC
GND1
GND2
5VO
3.3V
24V3
5VL
1.5V
1.2V
GND2
INT24V1
A10V
A5V
Internal FAX (F model)
PIC
FAX1(OP)
HL PWB
RY1
A3.3V
5VLD
24V3
3.3V
GND1
GND2
5VN
24V3
5VN
GND2
3.3V
GND2
5VN
24V3
GND2
5VO
3.3V
24V3
5VN
A3.3V
24V3
24V3
GND2
24V3
12V
A10V
GND2
A5V
A3.3V
1.5V
3.3V
Sensor
SCM
ORS LED
PWB
LAMP
(U model)
N_HL(US)
N_HL(UW)
N_HL(UM)
/HL_PR
CCD
GND2
5VLD
24V3
GND1
5VN
GND2
LED
(IT model)
LSU CNT PWB
L-HL
LD
CIS
HL(UW)
5VO
24V3
5VN
GND2
3.3V
1.5V
7V
10V
DSPFcnt PWB
5VN
GND2
24V3
24V3
GND2
3.3V
5VO
5VN
24V3
5VN
GND2
3.3V
OPE
5VN
GND2
5VN
GND2
24V3
For IT model
RSPF Driver PWB
DSPF unit
5VN
3.3V
GND2
5VO
24V3
For U model
RSPF unit
HL(UM)
PGM
BD
A7V
5VO
12V
5VO
5VN
PSU
24V3
HL(US)
MFP-OPE
LVDS-PWB
Sensor
PWB
DSPF Driver
Sensor
GND2
5VN
3.3V
GND2
ORS PD
LCD
INVERTER
Stamp(OP)
Motor
Solenoid
Cluch
GND2
24V3
Motor
Solenoid
Cluch
Stamp(OP)
I. DC power line diagram
(AC CORD)
<200V series>
L_IN L_IN
FG FG
N_IN N_IN
Inlet connecotr
SRA-51T-4
CN1
VLP-03V
L_HL
1
(NC)
NC
2
N_HL
3
B03P-VL(WH)
HL PWB
(AC CORD)
<100V series>
CN1
1
2
3
B03P-VL
or
VHR-3N-R
L_HL
NC
N_HL
L_IN
NC
N_IN
L_IN
NC
N_IN
CN3
1
(NC)
2
3
B03P-VL-R
VLP-03V-R
WH-SW

CN5
1
2
3
B3P-VH-R
CN1
INT24V2
1
GND1
2
/HV_DATA#
3
/HV_CLK#
4
/HV_LD#
5
MHV-T
6
HV_REM#
7
B07B-PASK
HV PWB
CN13
5VN
2
B7P-VH(LF)(SN)
PCU PWB
INT24V2
GND1
+5VN
MOTOR DRIVER PWB
P5
PAP-07V-S
VHR-3N-R
CN3
WH-N(DESK1)
1
(NC)
2
NC
WH-L(DESK1)
3
B2P3-VH
VHR-3N
CN2
WH-N(SCAN)
1
(NC)
2
NC
WH-L(SCAN)
3
B2P3VH-BL
VHR-3N-BL
CN4
WH_N(LCC)
1
WH_N(DESK)
2
(NC)
3
(NC)
WH_L(DESK)
4
WH_L(LCC)
5
B4P(5-3)-VH
VHR-5N
CN5
WHPR
1
(NC)
2
(NC)
3
24V1B
B03B-PH-K-R
PHR-3-R
JPN:STANDARD
EX100V:OPTION
EX120V:OPTION
EX200V:OPTION
CN4
VHR-4N-R
L_DC
1
NC
2
(NC)
NC
3
(NC)
N_DC
4
B3P4-VH-R
MSW-Lin
NC
MSW-Nin
CN2
VLP-03V-K
MSW-Nout
1
(NC)
NC
2
MSW-Lout
3
B03P-VL-K
WH PWB
CN1
WH-L
1
2
NC
WH-N
3
B2P3-VH-R
PS-187(WH)
L_WH
PS-187(WH)
L_WH
CN6
1
N_WH
2
NC
3
L_WH
B2P3-VH-R
VLP-03V-E CN5
1
2
(NC)
3
B03P-VL-E
F-GND
(NC)
VLP-03V
CN1
1
2
(NC)
3
B03P-VL
VLP-03V
AC PWB
2
1
P4
WH
ELR-02V / ELP-02V
WH-N(SCAN)
2
WH-L(SCAN)
1
P9
MSW-Lin
PS-250
MSW-Nin
PS-250
1
2
3
4
5
6
P4
VHR-5N
24V1-b
24V1-a
24V2
24V3
24V3
24V4
24V5
FW
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1
CN5
VHR-4N
1
2
(NC)
3
4
B4P-VH-B
12V
12V
GND2
GND2
1
2
SLR-02VF / SLP-02V
INT24V2
1
GND1
2
CN8 VHR-7N
1
2
3
4
(NC)
5
6
P9
7
P9
B7P-VH-B
CN7 VHR-8N
1
2
(NC)
3
(NC)
4
5
6
7
P9
8
P9
B8P-VH-B
P9
P9
CN4
1
2
3
4
5
6
B6P-VH-B
VHR-6N
CN3
VHR-3N
1
2
(NC)
3
B3P-VH-B
CN2
1
2
4
5
3
B5P-VH-B
5VN
5VN
5VN
5VN
GND2
GND2
3.3V
3.3V
GND2
GND2
GND2
5VL
5VL
5VO
JPN:OPTION
EX100V:OPTION
EX120V:OPTION
EX200V:OPTION
WH
SCANNER UNIT
CN1
3
L_DC
2
NC
1
N_DC
B2P3-VH-B
ELR-02V / ELP-02V
WH-N(SCAN)
2
WH-L(SCAN)
1
SLR-06VF / SLP-06V
INT24V2
GND1
LSUCFM_LD
LSUCFM_V
GND2
/LSUCFM_CNT
2
1
P3
(NC)
VHR-3N
MSW
SMR-02V-N/SMP-02V-NC
INT24V2
2
2
1
GND1
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
JPN:STANDARD
EX100V:OPTION
EX120V:OPTION
EX200V:OPTION
MSW-Nout
PS-250(RED)
MSW-Lout
PS-250(RED)
CN6
PAP-03V-S
DCCNT1
1
(NC)
(NC)
2
DCCNT2
3
B03B-PASK-1
DC PWB
MOTHER PWB
(NC)
VHR-4N
CN7
1
24V2
2
NC
3
INT24V2
4
INT24V2
B4P-VH-B(LF)
CN9
GND2
2
INT24V1
3
/INT CNT
1
B3B-PH-K-S(LF)(SN)
PHR-3
CN8
PHDR-10VS-2
(AC section/Power fan)
PSFM1_V
1
PSFM1_LD
3
GND2
5
PSFM2_V
2
PSFM2_LD
4
GND2
6
(NC)
GND2
7
8
/INT_CNT
INT24V1
9
GND2
10
B10B-PHDSS-B(LF)(SN)
AC PWB
CN4
(Power supply section)
XLP-12V
12
NC
(NC)
11
3.3V
9
5VN
10
GND2
GND2
8
7
12V
6
FW (in)
5
FW (out)
(NC)
2
GND2
nc
3
(NC)
4
24V1B
24V1A(Interlock)
1
B12P-XL(LF)(SN)
PCU PWB
PHR-3
CN14
(NC)
1
GND2
2
nDCCNT1
3
nDCCNT2
B3P-PH-K-S
VHR-10N
CN10
1
GND2
2
GND2
5VL
3
5VL
4
5
5VO
6
3.3V
7
5VN
8
12V
9
24V3
10
GND1
B10P-VH
SMR-03V-N / SMP-03V-NC
PSFM1_V
1
1
2
PSFM1_LD
2
3
GND2
3
1
PSFM2_V
1
3
PSFM2_LD
3
2
GND2
2
SMP-03V-NC / SMR-03V-N
PSFM2
PSFM1
2. Actual wiring chart
A. Power supply section (P1)
Fuser unit side
(Main contact thermistor)
RTH
(Sub contact thermistor)
RTH
SRA-01T-3.2
WEB-END
SRA-01T-3.2
VLR-03V / VLP-03V
1
L-HL(COM)
1
3
L-HL(COM)
3
2
L-HL(COM)
2
100V series: 510W

200V series: 390W
100V series: 300W

200V series: 300W
HL(SUB)
HL(UW)
N-HL(UW)
N-HL(SUB)
L-HL(SUB)
L-HL(MAIN)
N-HL(EXT)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
B-9
B-8
B-7
B-6
B-5
B-4
B-3
B-2
B-1
A-10
A-9
A-8
A-7
A-6
A-5
A-4
A-3
A-2
A-1
GND2
TH_US_IN
(NC)
(NC)
GND2
TH_MY_IN(100)
TH_MY_IN(200)
WEB-END
GND2
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(Connector)
L-HL(MAIN)
N-HL(UW)
N-HL(MAIN)
N-HL(SUB)
L-HL(SUB)
N-HL(EXT)
(Power)
SMR-02V-B / SMP-02V-BC
1
WEB-END
1
2
GND2
2
4
6
1
2
5
3
1
2
YLR-01VF / YLP-01V
N-HL(UW)
1
YLR-02VF / YLP-02V
N-HL(MAIN)
1
N-HL(SUB)
2
B-1
B-2
B-3
B-4
B-5
B-6
B-7
B-8
B-9
A-1
A-2
A-3
A-4
A-5
A-6
A-7
A-8
A-9
A-10
4
6
1
2
5
3
(NOTE 1)
100V series
B-4: TH_MY_IN (100) connection
B-3: Not connection
200V series
B-4: Not connection
SMR-04V-B / SMP-04V-BC
1
GND2
1
2
TH_US_IN
2
3
GND2
3
4
TH_MY_IN
4
THERMOSTAT(SUB)
D1.25-M3(Ni)
100V series: 480W

200V series: 600W
HL(MAIN)
D1.25-M3(Ni)
N-HL(MAIN)
B9
GND2
B8 TH_US_IN
B7
(NC)
B6
(NC)
B5
GND2
B4 TH_MY_IN(100)
B3 TH_MY_IN(200)
B2 WEB-END
B1
GND2
Main frame side
D1.25-M3(Ni)
THERMOSTAT(MAIN)
D1.25-M3(Ni)
GND2
TH_US_IN
(NC)
(NC)
GND2
TH_MY_IN(100)
TH_MY_IN(200)
WEB-END
GND2
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(Connector)
L-HL(COM)
N-HL(UW)
N-HL(MAIN)
N-HL(SUB)
L-HL(COM)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
2
DSW_Rout
SPS-01T-187
DSW-F
DSW_Fin
PS-187
CARD READER
(OPTION)
179228-3
TNBOX
5V_TNBOX
3
TNBOX
1
GND2
2
VHPGP1S73P+-18
3
1
2
179228-3(BLACK)
B-9
B-8
B-7
B-6
B-5
B-4
B-3
B-2
B-1
A-10
A-9
A-8
A-7
A-6
A-5
A-4
A-3
A-2
A-1
4
6
1
2
5
3
(Power)
VLP-03V-R
ELP-02V / ELR-02V
1
1
DSW_Fin
2
DSW_Rout
2
1
5V_TNF
1
2
TNF
2
3
GND2
3
4
5V_TNBOX
4
5
TNBOX
5
6
6
GND2
7
/C_CARD
7
8
/C_SEL
8
9
/C_CLOCK
9
10
/C_DATA
10
11
11
5VN
12
GND2
12
CN3
1
L-HL(COM)
2
N-HL(UW)
3
N-HL(SUB)
B03P-VL-R
PHR-6
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
ELP-02V / ELR-02V
1
DSW_Fin
1
2
DSW_Rout
2
1
/C_CARD
1
2
/C_SEL
2
3
/C_CLOCK
3
/C_DATA
4
4
5VN
5
5
6
GND2
6
GND2
1
1
2
2
TH_US_IN
3
3
(NC)
(NC)
4
4
5
GND2
5
6
6
TH_MY_IN
(NC)
7
7
8
WEB-END
8
9
GND2
9
10
5V_TNF
10
11
TNF
11
12
GND2
12
13
5V_TNBOX
13
14
TNBOX
14
15
GND2
15
16
(NC)
16
17
(NC)
17
(NC)
18
18
GND2
5V_TNF
TH_US_IN
TNF
GND2
GND2
TH_E_IN
5V_TNBOX
GND2
TNBOX
TH_MY_IN
GND2
(NC)
GND2
WEB-END TH_UMCS_IN
GND2
TH_UM_IN
Front frame
CN4
INT24V1
6
GND2
5
/HL_PR
1
HLout_UM
2
HLout_US
4
HLout_UW
3
B6B-PH-K-S
HL PWB
CN2
1
N-HL(MAIN)
(NC)
2
L-HL(COM)
3
L-HL(COM)
B03P-VL-BK
VLP-03V-BK
(NOTE 2)
100V series
B-7: Not connection
200V series
B-6: Not connection
RCZR-09V-PS
RCZR-10V-PS
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NOTE 2)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
Main frame
1
/C_CARD
1
2
/C_SEL
2
3
/C_CLOCK
3
4
/C_DATA
4
5
5
5VN
6
GND2
6
B-1
B-2
B-3
B-4
B-5
B-6
B-7
B-8
B-9
A-1
A-2
A-3
A-4
A-5
A-6
A-7
A-8
A-9
A-10
4
6
1
2
5
3
Drawer connector
(LF)(SN)
(LF)(SN)
5V_TNF
TNF
GND2
VHPGP1S73P+-18
TNF
RCZR-09V-PS
RCZR-10V-PS
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NOTE 1)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
Fuser unit
B9
GND2
B8 WEB-END
B7 TH_MY_IN(200)
B6 TH_MY_IN(100)
B5
GND2
B4
(NC)
B3
(NC)
B2 TH_US_IN
B1
GND2
N-HL(EXT)
L-HL(MAIN)
N-HL(SUB)
L-HL(SUB)
N-HL(MAIN)
N-HL(UW)
1
2
PS-187-2V
P1
VHR-7N
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
PHDR-26VS-1
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
SCN-CNT PWB
P4
CN3
1
/C_CARD
2
/C_SEL
3
/C_CLOCK
4
/C_DATA
5
5VN
6
GND2
7
(NC)
(NC)
B7B-PH-K-S
PHR-7
24V1A(Interlock)
DSW-R
DSW_Rin
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
PHDR-18VS-2
CN13
(Interlock/Driver PWB)
1
GND2
2
5VN
3
GND2
4
DSW_Fin
5
DSW_Rout
6
DSW_Rin
24V1A(Interlock)
7
B7P-VH-B(LF)(SN)
CN16 (HL section sensor)

1
GND2
2
GND2
3
TH_UMCS_IN
4
TH_UM_IN
5
GND2
7
TH_US_IN
6
GND2
8
TH_E_IN
9
GND2
10
TH_MY_IN
13
GND2
11
WEB-END
12
GND2
15
5V_TNF
17
TNF
19
GND2
16
5V_TNBOX
18
TNBOX
20
GND2
14
reserve4-in
23
24V1B
24
/PNC
21
GND2
22
GND2
25
24V1B
26
reserve2out
CN12 (HL section drive)

2
INT24V1
4
GND2
6
/HL_PR
8
HLout_UM
10
HLout_US
14
HLout_UW
12
HLout_E
16
GND2
18
/LSUSS
PCU PWB
B. Front section, Fuser unit section (P2)
POD3
GND2
5VLED4
TFD3
GND2
5VLED1
1
2
3
179228-3
1
2
3
179228-3
1
2
3
179228-3
1
2
3
179228-3
1
2
3
179228-3
MTOP1
MTOP1
GND2
5VLED9
MTOP2
MTOP2
GND2
5VLED13
5VN
MPWD
GND2
MPWD
1
2
3
179228-3
1
2
3
179228-3
1
2
3
179228-3
3
2
1
PHNR-03-H
MPLD
GND2
5VLED12
MPLD
Manual feed tray unit
APPD2
APPD2
GND2
5VLED10
APPD1
APPD1
GND2
5VLED5
DSW_ADU
DSW_ADU
GND2
5VLED2
POD3
TFD3
OPTION
PHNR-09-H/BU09P-TR-P-H/PHNR-09-H
(NC)
(NC)
1
(NC)
9
(NC)
(NC)
2
(NC)
8
(NC)
(NC)
3
(NC)
7
4
MPLD
6
5
GND2
5
6
5VLED12
4
7
5VN
3
8
MPWD
2
9
GND2
1
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
PHDR-32VS-1
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
PHDR-16VS-2
CN3
1
NC(FAX_D)
2
NC(GND2)
3
NC(5VLED6)
4
APPD2
5
GND2
6
5VLED10
11
NC(GND2)
13
NC(PSD)
28
NC(5VN)
29
NC(HUD_M)
30
NC(GND2)
31
NC(TH_M)
32
NC
15
NC(5VLED8)
16
MPLD
17
NC(GND2)
18
5VLED12
19
5VN
20
MPWD
21
NC(GND2)
22
MTOP2
23
NC(GND2)
24
5VLED13
25
MTOP1
26
NC(GND2)
27
5VLED9
14
GND2
S32B-PHDSS-B
CN3
MPED
7
GND2
8
5VLED7
9
5VLED11
12
MPFD
10
S32B-PHDSS-B
CN1
5VN
1
SIN3
3
SELIN2
5
APPD1
7
NC(APPD3)
9
MPFD
11
MPWD
13
NC(HUD_M)
15
GND2
2
SELIN1
4
SELIN3
6
APPD2
8
POD3
10
NC(FAX_D)
12
NC(TH_M)
14
5VN
16
S16B-PHDSS-B
RIGHT DOOR I/F

PWB
CN2
1
TFD3
2
GND2
3
5VLED1
4
POD3
5
GND2
6
5VLED4
7
DSW_ADU
8
GND2
9
5VLED2
10
APPD1
11
GND2
12
5VLED5
13
NC(APPD3)
14
NC(GND2)
15
NC(5VLED3)
16
NC
S16B-PHDSS-B
PHDR-32VS-1
PHDR-16VS-2
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
FG
SRA-21T-4
PPD1
PPD2
5VN
PPD1
GND2
5VN
PPD2
GND2
1
2
3
179228-3
1
2
3
179228-3
8
24V1B
1
7
/MPFS
2
6
MPED
3
5
GND2
4
4
5VLED7
5
3
5VLED11
6
2
/MPGS
7
1
MPFD
8
FG
SRA-21T-4
FG
5
5VN
5
6
PPD2
6
7
GND2
7
1
5VN
1
2
PPD1
2
3
GND2
3
4
4
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
6
5
4
3
2
1
24V1B
24V1B
24V1B
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
6
5
4
3
2
1
6
4
2
5
3
1
DF11-6DS-2C
+
DF11-6DS-SP2(05)
SRA-21T-4
FG
24V1B
1
5
4
/MPGS
2
3
MPFD
3
GND2
2
4
1
5VLED11
5
HV RESISTOR
PWB
SRA-21T-4
1
RDCFM_LD
1
2
2
GND2
3
RDCFM_V
3
4
PCS_LED
4
5
PCS
5
5VN
6
6
7
7
F-GND
SRA-21T-4
FG
QR/P4-32P-C(01) / QR/P4-32S-C(02)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
23
23
(NC)
(NC)
24
(NC)
24
(NC)
(NC)
25
(NC)
25
5VN
1
1
2
SIN3
2
3
3
SELIN2
4
APPD1
4
5
MPFD
5
6
MPWD
6
17
GND2
17
18
SELIN1
18
SELIN3
19
19
APPD2
20
20
21
POD3
21
22
5VN
22
28
28
/MPGS
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
16
16
12
/MPFS
12
13
24V1B
13
7
5VN
7
(NC)
(NC)
8
(NC)
8
9
PCS
9
10
PCS_LED
10
11
RDCFM_V
11
26
GND2
26
27
RDCFM_LD
27
14
/ADUGS
14
15
24V1B
15
30
/MPUC
30
31
24V1B
31
F-GND
32
32
(NC)
(NC)
29
(NC)
29
(NC)
6
4
2
5
3
1
DF11-6DS-2C
+
DF11-6DP-SP1(05)
(NC)
(NC)
1
(NC)
14
(NC)
(NC)
2
(NC)
13
MPLD
12
3
4
5VLED12
11
5
10
5VN
MPWD
9
6
MTOP2
8
7
5VLED13
7
8
MTOP1
6
9
5VLED9
5
10
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
4
11
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
3
12
GND2
13
2
(NC)
(NC)
14
(NC)
1
3
APPD1
1
2
GND2
2
1
5VLED5
3
6
TFD3
1
5
GND2
2
4
5VLED1
3
3
POD3
4
2
GND2
5
1
5VLED4
6
Right door unit
HV RESISTOR
PWB
PS UNIT
P1
1
1
24V1B
2
/MPGS
2
1
24V1B
1
2
/MPFS
2
3
PCS_LED
3
PCS
2
2
1
1
5VN
RDCFM_LD
3
3
2
GND2
2
1
RDCFM_V
1
24V1B
1
1
/ADUGS
2
2
1
24V1B
1
2
/MPUC
2
PCU PWB
MPED
GND2
5VLED7
179228-3
MPFD
1
2
3
MPFD
GND2
5VLED11
MPGS
179228-3
MPED
1
2
3
MPFS
PCS_LED
PCS
5VN
RDCFM
ADUGS
MPUC
CN10 (Right door drive section)

/MPGS
8
24V1B
6
/MPFS
7
24V1B
5
RDCFM_V
11
15
GND2
RDCFM_LD
13
/ADUGS
3
24V1B
1
4
/MPUC
2
24V1B
18
24V1B
17
/WHPR
16
GND2
14
GND2
GND2
12
24V1B
10
9
GND2
CN6 (Right door sensor)

3.3V
16
17
HUD_PS
GND2
19
TH_PS
18
25
5VN
PPD2
26
GND2
24
5VN
2
4
PPD1
GND2
6
5VN
1
11
SIN3
7
SELIN2
APPD1
12
8
MPFD
MPWD
13
GND2
15
SELIN1
5
9
SELIN3
APPD2
14
10
POD3
5VN
3
5VN
20
GND2
23
22
PCS
PCS_LED
21
PHR-3 PCS
3
2
1
PHDR-18VS-2
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
PHDR-26VS-1
Main frame
C. Right door unit section, PS unit section (P3)
GND2
CPFD2
5VN
3
2
1
PHNR-09-H / BU09P-TR-P-H / PHNR-09-H

9
GND2
1
8
CLUD2
2
7
5VN
3
6
GND2
4
5
CPED2
5
4
5VN
6
3
GND2
7
2
CPFD2
8
1
5VN
9
CSS2
CSS1
2
1
(NC)
(NC)
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
DF11-8DS-2C
+DF11-8DP-SP1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
5VN
5VN
5VN
5VN
5VN
5VN
5VN
5VN
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

DF11-8DS-2C
+DF11-8DP-SP1
PNC
24V1B
/PNC
1
2
179228-2
When OPTION setting
SSJC6-4
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
CPUC2
CPUC1
CPFC1
LSUCFM_V
1
1
2
LSUCFM_LD
2
/LSUCFM_CNT
3
3
4
GND2
4
5
24V1B
5
6
/PNC
6

1
24V1B
2
2
/CPUC2
1

1
24V1B
2
2
/CPUC1
1

1
24V1B
2
2
/CPFC1
1
6
5
4
3
2
1
10
9
8
7
1
LSUCFM_V
1
4
LSUCFM_LD
4
2
2
/LSUCFM_CNT
3
GND2
3
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
5VN
5VN
5VN
5VN
292254-2 / 179228-2
24V1B
1
/PNC
2
LSUCFM
1
2
3
4
5
6
PHR-6
1
2
3
4
5
6
PHR-6
6
5
4
3
2
1
10
9
8
7
OPTION
(NC)
GND2
CSS21
CSS22
CSS23
CSS24
(NC)
GND2
CSS11
CSS12
CSS13
CSS14
3
2
1
179228-3
3
2
1
179228-3
(NC)
179228-3
3
2
1
179228-3
3
2
1
179228-3
1
/CPFC2
1
2
24V1B
2
CSPD2
GND2
CSPD2
5VN
CSPD1
GND2
CSPD1
5VN

14
GND2
1
13
CLUD1
2
12
5VN
3
11
GND2
4
10
CPED1
5
9
5VN
6
GND2
7
8
CPFD1
8
7
6
5VN
9
5
GND2
10
4
DSW_C
11
3
5VN
12
2
/CPFC2
13
24V1B
14
1
(NC)
CPFD2
CPED2
GND2
CPED2
5VN
CLUD2
GND2
CLUD2
5VN
CS2 PAPER FEED UNIT
3
2
1
179228-3
3
2
1
179228-3
3
2
1
179228-3
3
2
1
179228-3
CPFC2
DSW_C
GND2
DSW_C
5VN
GND2
CPFD1
5VN
CPFD1
CPED1
GND2
CPED1
5VN
CLUD1
GND2
CLUD1
5VN
CS1 PAPER FEED UNIT
CLUM2
/CLUM2
GND2
CLUM1
/CLUM1
GND2
2
1
PHR-2
2
1
PHR-2
1
24V1B
1
2
/CPUC1
2
3
24V1B
3
4
/CPUC2
4
1
GND2
1
2
5VN
2
3
CRUM_CLK
3
4
CRUM_DATA
4
5
LSUCFM_V
5
6
LSUCFM_LD
6
/LSUCFM_CNT
7
7
8
GND2
8
9
24V1B
9
10
/PNC
10
DF1B-24DEP-2.5RC / DF1B-24DES-2.5RC
1
5VN
1
2
GND2
2
5
CPFD1
5
20
CPFD2
20
3
CLUD1
3
18
CLUD2
18
4
CPED1
4
19
CPED2
19
8
CSPD1
8
17
CSPD2
17
6
DSW_C
6
7
/CPFC2
7
21
24V1B
21
(NC)
(NC)
22
(NC)
22
9
CSS11
9
13
CSS21
13
10
CSS12
10
14
CSS22
14
11
CSS13
11
15
CSS23
15
12
CSS14
12
16
CSS24
16
23
5VN
23
24
GND2
24
P2
1
2
4
3
6
5
1
2
3
5
7
4
6
PHR-7
SLR-06VF / SLP-06V
INT24V2
GND1
LSUCFM_V
LSUCFM_LD
/LSUCFM_CNT
GND2
CPFM
INT24V1
GND2
FG-OUT
/CPFM_D
CW/CCW
/CPFM_CK
CPFM_LD
1
2
4
3
6
5
(NC)
(NC)
Main frame
PCU PWB
CN5 (Paper feed section sensor)
1
5VN
2
GND2
3
CPFD1
4
CPFD2
5
CLUD1
6
CLUD2
7
CPED1
8
CPED2
9
CSPD1
10
CSPD2
11
DSW_C
12
GND2
13
CSS1
14
CSS2
15
CSS11
16
CSS21
17
CSS12
18
CSS22
19
CSS13
20
CSS23
21
CSS14
22
CSS24
23
5VN
24
GND2
25
GND2
26
GND2
27
5VN reserve2-in
28
reserve2-in
29
GND2
30
GND2
CN9 (Paper feed drive section)

14
/CPFC2
13
24V1B
1
INT24V1
2
GND2
4
/CPFM_D
6
CPFM_CK
7
CPFM_LD
9
LSUCFM_V
8
LSUCFM_LD
/LSUCFM_CNT
10
11
GND2
(NC)
3
GND2
(NC)
5
5VN
(NC)
12
GND2
15
24V1B
16
/CPFC1
17
24V1B
18
/CPUC1
19
24V1B
20
/CPUC2
21
CLUM1
22
CLUM2
23
GND2
24
GND2
PHDR-24VS-2
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
PHDR-30VS-1
D. Paper feed unit section (P4)
TCS
TSGout
GND2
TCS
24V1B
1
4
3
2
51021-0400
DV UNIT
6
7
5
1
2
3
4

PFM24V
PFM24V
PFMB/
PFMB//
PFMA//
PFMA/
6
7
RRM
RRM24V
RRM24V
RRMB/
RRMB//
RRMA//
RRMA/
ADUML
ADUML24V
ADUML24V
ADUMLB/
ADUMLB//
ADUMLA//
ADUMLA/
PFM
QR/P8-8P-C(01)/QR/P8-8S-C(02)
1
TSGout
1
2
GND2
2
3
TCS
3
4
24V1B
4
5
DVCH1
5
6
DVCH2
6
7
DVCH3
7
8
GND2
8
1
2
3
4
2
5
3
6
4
1
PHR-6-R
2
5
3
6
4
1
PHR-6
2
5
3
6
4
1
PHR-6
MHV
SRA-21T-3
DHV
SRA-21T-3
THV
SRA-21T-3
DVBS
SRA-21T-3
GB
SRA-21T-3
TDSC
PAP-12V-S
PAP-13V-S
PAP-06V-S
VHR-2N-BL
(NC)
PF-187U(WHITE)
VHR-2N-M
(NC)
(NC)
VHR-2N-Y
PF-187U(RED)
2
24V1B
2
1
/TDSC
1
DVBS
(NC)
GB
(NC)
DHV
(NC)
CN2
7
RRM24V
8
RRM24V
9
RRMB/
10
RRMB//
11
RRMA//
12
RRMA/
B12B-PASK-1
CN3
1
ADUML24V
2
ADUML24V
3
ADUMLB/
4
ADUMLB//
5
ADUMLA//
6
ADUMLA/
B13B-PASK-1
CN1
1
PFM24V
2
PFM24V
3
PFMB/
4
PFMB//
5
PFMA//
6
PFMA/
B06B-PASK-1
PNDP-26V-Z
PAP-07V-S
CN4
ADUMHB
14
ADUMHA
25
ADUMHXB
16
ADUMHXA
23
POMCNT
11
ADUMHCNT
21
POMB
17
POMA
15
POMXB
19
POMXA
13
ADUMLB
26
ADUMLA
22
ADUMLXB
24
ADUMLXA
20
RRMCNT
1
ADUMLCNT
18
RRMB
7
RRMA
5
RRMXB
9
RRMXA
3
PFMB
10
PFMA
8
PFMXB
12
PFMXA
6
(NC)
GND2
2
PFMCNT
4
B26B-PNDZS-1
MOTOR DRIVER
PWB
1
2
B2P-VH-BL
BL
WH
THV
Faston tab #187
1
2
B2P-VH-M
GR
1
2
B2P-VH-Y
YL
CN1
/HV_CLK#
4
/HV_DATA#
3
HV_REM#
7
/HV_LD#
5
MHV-T
6
GND2
2
INT24V2
1
B07B-PASK
HV PWB
1
24V1B
1
2
/TDSC
2
3
TSGout
3
4
GND2
4
5
TCS
5
6
24V1B
6
7
DVCH1
7
8
DVCH2
8
9
DVCH3
9
10
GND2
10
MHV
Faston tab #187
RD
Main drive unit
P1
Main frame
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
PHDR-34VS-1
PHDR-26VS-1
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
PCU PWB
CN17 (Driver PWB)

1
GND2
2
GND2
3
ADUMHB
4
ADUMHA
5
ADUMHXB
6
ADUMHXA
7
POMCNT
8
ADUMHCNT
9
POMB
10
POMA
11
POMXB
12
POMXA
13
ADUMLB
14
ADUMLA
15
ADUMLXB
16
ADUMLXA
17
RRMCNT
18
ADUMLCNT
19
RRMB
20
RRMA
21
RRMXB
22
RRMXA
23
PFMB
24
PFMA
25
PFMXB
26
PFMXA
27
PFM2CNT
28
PFMCNT
29
PFM2B
30
PFM2A
31
PFM2XB
32
PFM2XA
33
(nc)
34
(nc)
CN3
(DV section/high voltage section)
1
(nc)
2
(nc)
3
24V1B
4
/TDSC
5
GND2
6
GND2
7
TSGout
8
GND2
9
TCS
10
24V1B
11
5VN
12
DVCH1
13
GND2
14
DVCH2
15
/TNCRU
16
DVCH3
17
GND2
18
reserve1-in
19
/DVBSREM
20
/HV_CLK
21
/DHVREM
22
/HV_DATA
23
/HV_REM#
24
/HV_LD
25
GND2
26
MHV-T
CN2 (TM)
1
(nc)
2
/TMA
3
/TMXA
4
/TMB
5
/TMXB
6
24V1B_TM
7
(nc)
B7B-PASK-1(LF)(SN)
E. DV unit section, High voltage unit section, Stepping motor section (P5)
POD1
HPOS
POD2
TFD2
1
2
3
179228-3
1
2
3
179228-3
1
2
3
179228-3
3
2
1
PHR-3
SLP-02V / SLR-02VF
1
WEB_M1out
1
2
WEB_M2out
2
4
POFM2_LD
4
3
GND2
3
2
/POFM1_CNT
2
1
1
POFM1_V
POFM1_LD
4
4
GND2
3
3
2
/POFM1_CNT
2
POFM1_V
1
1
5
5
24V1B_OSM
1
1
/OSMXB
2
/OSMXA
2
3
/OSMB
3
4
/OSMA
4
POMA//
POM24V
POMB//
POMA/
POM24V
POMB/
INT24V1
GND2
/FUMCK
/FUMD
FUMLD
FGOUT
PHR-6
SRA-21T-3
FG
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
#
9
7
8
6
5
4
3
2
1
/POFM1_CNT
/POFM1_CNT
/POFM1_CNT
/POFM1_CNT
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
8
6
2
4
6
5
4
3
1
2
4
3
1
2
POFM1_V
POFM1_V
POFM1_V
POFM1_V
4
3
2
1
SSJC6-6
#
#
#
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
SSJC6-4
(NC)
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
5VN
5VN
5VN
5VN
5VN
5VN
DF11-4DS-2C
+
DF11-4DP-SP1(05)
1
4
6
3
2
5
(NC)
(NC)
ADUMH
ADUMHA//
ADUMHA/
ADUMHB/
ADUMHB//
ADUMH24V
ADUMH24V
1
2
3
4
5
6
PHR-6
1
2
4
5
6
3
PHR-6-R
(NC)
#
#
#
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
WEBM
5VN
POD1
GND2
5VN
HPOS
GND2
5VN
POD2
GND2
5VN
TFD2
GND2
POFM 2
POFM 1
OSM
POM
FUM
FG
SRA-21T-3
INT24V1
1
1
GND2
2
2
3
3
FUM_CK
4
4
/FUM_D
5
5
FUM_LD
6
(NC)
6
POMA//
7
7
8
8
POM24V
9
9
POMB//
10
10
POMA/
11
POM24V
11
12
12
POMB/
(NC)
21
ADUMHA//
21
22
22
ADUMHA/
23
23
ADUMHB/
24
24
ADUMHB//
25
25
ADUMH24V
26
26
ADUMH24V
1
1
24V1B_OSM
2
/OSMXB
2
3
3
/OSMXA
4
4
/OSMB
5
/OSMA
5
6
6
POFM1_V
7
7
/POFM1_CNT
8
8
POFM1_LD
9
9
POFM2_LD
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
10
10
11
GND2
11
12
12
5VN
13
13
TFD2
14
14
POD2
15
HPOS
15
16
POD1
16
17
GND2
17
18
WEBMAout
18
19
WEBMBout
19
(NC)
(NC)
20
(NC)
20
(NC)
Paper delivery unit
Main frame
4
3
2
1
3
7
1
2
5
6
4
(NC)
(NC)
P4
CN3
11
ADUMHA//
12
ADUMHA/
9
ADUMHB/
10
ADUMHB//
7
ADUMH24V
8
ADUMH24V
13
NC
B13B-PASK-1
CN2
5
POMA//
1
POM24V
4
POMB//
6
POMA/
2
POM24V
3
POMB/
B12B-PASK-1
1
GND2
1
2
2
5VN
3
CRUM_CLK
3
4
CRUM_DATA
4
5
LSUCFM_V
5
6
LSUCFM_LD
6
7
/LSUCFM_CNT
7
8
GND2
8
9
24V1B
9
10
/PNC
10
1
OZFM_V
1
2
/OZFM_CNT
2
3
GND2
3
4
OZFM_LD
4
3
GND2
3
2
POFM3_LD
2
1
POFM3_V
1
2
24V1B
2
1
/PSPS
1
MOTOR DRIVER PWB
PHR-7
TSHR-04V-K
GND2
5VN
CRUM_CLK
CRUM_DATA
CRUM
OZFM
POFM 3
PSPS
DM (Drum motor)
FGOUT
CW/CCW
INT24V1
GND2
/DM_D
DM_LD
DM_CK
RMOTP0929FCPZ
(NC)
PAP-13V-S
PAP-12V-S
P2
P4
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
PHDR-30VS-1
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
PHDR-20VS-2
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
PHDR-18VS-2
CN15 Paper exit (sensor/fan)

23
POFM1_V
25
/POFM1_CNT
27
POFM1_LD
28
POFM2_LD
2
GND2
29
GND2
7
5VN
3
TFD2
4
POD2
5
HPOS
6
POD1
1
GND2
8
5VN
9
GND2
11
DL
13
reserve3-in
18
GND2
20
POFM3_LD
22
POFM3_V
24
POFM2_V
26
/POFM2_CNT
30
GND2
21
OZFM_V
19
/OZFM_CNT
17
GND2
15
OZFM_LD
16
GND2
10
5VN
12
CRUM_CLK
14
CRUM_DATA
CN14 (Paper exit/Process drive 1)

INT24V1
1
GND2
2
/DM_D
4
DM_LD
5
6
DM_CK
GND2
3
7
5VN
8
GND2
9
/reserve1out
17
24V1B
18
/PSPS
10
5VN
11
GND2
12
24V1B_OSM
15
/OSMXB
16
/OSMXA
13
/OSMB
/OSMA
14
19
WEBMAout
20
WEBMBout
CN12 (HL section drive)

1
INT24V1
3
GND2
9
FUM_CK
7
/FUM_D
11
FUM_LD
5
5VN
13
GND2
15
GND2
17
24V1B
PCU PWB
F. Paper delivery unit section (P6)
GND2
BD
GND2
+5VN
N-model
CN1
4
3
2
1
S4B-PH-K-S
U-model/F-model
POLYGON MOTOR (600dpi)
CN1
nPOLY_CK
2
nPOLY_LOCK
3
nPOLY_START
4
5
GND1
+24V3
6
1
nBRAKE
B6B-PH-SM4-TB
POLYGON MOTOR (1200dpi)

CN1
POLYCLK
1
/LOCK
2
/START
3
GND1
4
+24V3
5
BM05B-PASS-TFT
BD PWB
CN1
2
+5VLD
1
GND2
GND2
3
15
nSH_K1
GND2
12
13
nSH_K2
14
DT116
DT1+
GND2
20
GND2
6
8
DT210
DT2+
11
nLDERR
9
VREF_K1
7
VREF_K2
nENB_K
5
LDCHK2
17
18
LDCHK1
LDCHK3
19
4
GND2
S20B-PHDSS-B(LF)(SN)
2BEAM LD PWB
PHR-6
PAP-05V-S
GR
BR
GR
BL
PHR-4
PHDR-20VS-2
BL
GY
GY
BR
GY
BR
WH
PK
SD
SD
WH
PK
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
(NC)
PHR-6
PHR-5
GR
BR
GR
BL
BL
GY
GY
BR
GY
BR
WH
PK
SD
SD
WH
PK
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
(NC)
PHDR-24VS-2
+5V_LD
GND2
GND2
nSH_K1
GND2
nSH_K2
DT_K1DT_K1+
GND2
GND2
DT_K2DT_K2+
nLDERR_K
VREF_K1
VREF_K2
nENB_K
LD_CHK_2
LD_CHK_1
LD_CHK_3
nLDERR_K2
CN1
1
nPOLY_CK
2
nPOLY_LOCK
nPOLY_START
3
4
GND1
+24V3
5
6
nBRAKE
B6B-PH-K-S
or
CN1
1
nPOLY_CK
2
nPOLY_LOCK
3
nPOLY_START
4
GND1
5
+24V3
B5B-PH-K-S
GND2
21
nBD
19
GND2
22
+5VN
20
CN5
23
24
18
15
1
13
14
16
12
2
8
10
11
9
7
5
6
3
17
4
CN4
CH0_N
1
CH0_P
2
GND2
3
GND2
4
CH1_N
5
CH1_P
6
CH2_N
7
CH2_P
8
GND2
9
GND2
10
CLCLK_N
11
CLCLK_P
12
CH3_N
13
CH3_P
14
GND2
15
GND2
16
ECLK_LSU_N
17
ECLK_LSU_P
18
GND2
19
GND2
20
HSYNC_LSU_P
21
HSYNC_LSU_N
22
CN3
+5V_LD
1
2
GND2
nSCK_LSU
4
GND2
3
nTRANS_DAT
5
nRSV_DAT
6
JOBEND_INT
8
LSUASIC_RST
7
nTRANS_RST
9
VSYNC_K_N
11
VSYNC_K_P
12
VSYNC_K2_P
13
VSYNC_K2_N
14
GND2
16
nPCU_TRG
10
GND2
15
CN2
GND2
1
+3.3V
3
GND1
2
+24V3
4
+5VN
5
GND2
6
S06B-XASK-1(LF)(SN)
LSU PWB
TH&HUD
GND2
HUD_DV
TH_DV
+3.3V
RDTCH0214FCPZ
PHR-4
WH
PK
SD
SD
PK
WH
3
2
4
1
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
GND2
+3.3V
GND1
+24V3
+5VN
GND2
+5V_LD
22
GND2
11
12
nSCK_LSU
10
GND2
9
nTRANS_DAT
14
nRSV_DAT
13
JOBEND_INT
LSUASIC_RST
8
7
nTRANS_RST
LSU_VSYNC_K_N
18
LSU_VSYNC_K_P
17
16
(nc)
(nc)
20
GND2
19
15
nPCU_TRG
GND2
21
GND2
23
GND2
24
B24B-PHDSS-B
CN2
3
1
4
2
5
6
PHDR-22VS-2
CN4
WH
21
LSU_CH0_N
PK
22
LSU_CH0_P
SD
20
GND2
SD
19
GND2
WH
17
LSU_CH1_N
PK
18
LSU_CH1_P
WH
15
LSU_CH2_N
PK
16
LSU_CH2_P
SD
14
GND2
SD
13
GND2
WH
11
LSU_CLK_N
PK
12
LSU_CLK_P
WH
9
LSU_CH3_N
PK
10
LSU_CH3_P
SD
8
GND2
7
GND2
WH
5
LSU_ECLK_N
PK
6
LSU_ECLK_P
SD
4
GND2
SD
3
GND2
LSU_HSYNC_P
PK
2
LSU_HSYNC_N
WH
1
B22B-PHDSS-B
BR
PK
(NC)
(NC)
BR
PK
(NC)
(NC)
PHDR-22VS-2
WH
PK
SD
SD
WH
PK
WH
PK
SD
SD
WH
PK
WH
PK
SD
GR
BR
GR
BR
BR
PK
PHDR-24VS-2
GR
OR
GR
RD
BL
GR
GR
BR
GR
BR
PK
BR
PHDR-16VS-2
GR
OR
GR
RD
BL
GR
XAP-06V-1
PHDR-26VS-1
1
GND2
1
2
HUD_DV
2
3
TH_DV
3
4
+3.3V
4
CN3
GND2
1
GND2
2
5VLD
3
5VLD
4
GND2
5
(NC)
GND2
6
RXD_PCU
7
PCU_DSR
8
TXD_PCU
9
PCU_DTR
10
GND2
11
GND2
12
nPOF
13
nPCU_TRG
14
nFAX_LED
15
PCU_RES
16
GND2
17
JOBEND_INT
19
RSV_DAT
21
GND2
23
TRANS_DAT
22
LSU_RST
18
TRANS_RST
24
SCK
20
GND2
25
GND2
26
MOTHER PWB
CN1 (MOTHER)
1
GND2
2
GND2
3
5VLD
4
5VLD
5
GND2
(NC)
6
(nc)
7
PCU_RXD
8
PCU_DSR
9
PCU_TXD
10
PCU_DTR
11
GND2
12
GND2
13
/POF
14
nPCU_TRG
15
/FAX_LED
16
PCU_RES
17
GND2
19
JOBEND_INT
21
RSV_DAT
23
GND2
25
TRANS_DAT
26
LSU_RST
27
TRANS_RST
28
SCK
29
GND2
30
GND2
18
GND2
20
HUD_DV
22
TH_DV
24
+3.3V
PHDR-30VS-1
PCU PWB
G. LSU section, Temperature/humidity sensor section (P7)
TO KEYBOARD
VBUS3
D3D3+
GND2
SHIELD3
TO LINE
FG
CN1
1
2
3
4
5
6
TX+
RX+
RXTXDG
RHS-
MJ2
1
2
3
TEL1
4
TEL2
5
6
MJ-62J-RD315
(EX)
1
2
T2
3
R1
4
T1
5
R2
6
MJ-64J-RD315
MJ1
(JAPAN)
1
2
3
L1
4
L2
5
6
MJ-62J-RD315
SPEAKER
PAP-02V-S
CN2
+24V
1
AGND
2
+24V
3
AGND
4
150VON
5
CION
6
MSGMUTE
7
HS18
HS29
CI10
EXHS11
SON1
12
SON2
13
ECON
14
MRON
15
TELID
16
CI217
NC
18
TELID2
19
NC
20
GND2
21
+3.3V
22
GND2
23
+5VS
24
GND2
25
SI3_RES26
SPK
27
MDM_ATXD
28
MDM_ARXD
29
MDM_ABITCLK
30
MDM_ASPCLK
31
RGDT32
MDM_CLK
33
AFERES34
BBITCLK
35
BSPCLK
36
BRXD
37
BTXD
38
HDMUTE39
RHS40
TX24-40R-10ST-H1
TEL LIU PWB
CN3
VBUS2
10
D19
D1+
8
GND2
7
SHIELD1
6
VBUS3
5
D24
D2+
3
GND2
2
SHIELD2
1
BM10B-GHS-TBT
CN4
GHR-04V-S
VBUS
4
GND2
1
RE_D+
2
RE_D3
BM04B-GHS-TBT
CN2
GHR-05V-S
(NC)
VBUS
5
FP_D+
3
FP_D4
GND2
2
GND2
1
BM05B-GHS-TBT
CN1
PHR-3
GND2
3
+5VL
2
+5VL
1
B3B-PH-SM4-TB
SRA-21T-3
PAP-06V-S / PALR-06VF
1
VBUS3
1
2
D32
3
D3+
3
4
4
GND2
5
SHIELD3
5
6
FG
6
TO USB I/F
FG
CN2
1
SP2
SP+
S02B-PASK-2(LF)(SN)
FG
SRA-51T-4
CN1
GND1
1
GND2
2
+3.3V
3
+3.3V
4
+24V3
6
nFAXCS_CTS
5
+5V_A
8
nFAXCS_RTS
7
FLVPP
10
nFAXD_CTS
9
GND2
12
nFAXD_RTS
11
GND2
14
+5V_OFF
16
FAXCS_RXD_N
13
FAXCS_RXD_P
15
nFAX_WUP
18
FAXD_RXD_P
17
FAXD_RXD_N
19
GND2
20
FAXCS_TXD_N
21
FAXCS_TXD_P
23
nRES_FAX
22
+5V_OFF
24
FAXD_TXD_P
25
FAXD_TXD_N
27
nCNCT_FAX
26
+3.3V
28
+3.3V
29
GND2
30
BM30B-SHLDS-G-TFT
CN17
1
VBUS
2
GND2
6
RE_D+
7
RE_D3
FP_D+
4
FP_D5
GND2
8
GND2
9
GND2
10
+5VL
11
+5VL
B11B-PH-K-S
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
CN1
TX25-120P-LT-H1E
LCD_DATA0LCD_DATA0+
LCD_DATA1LCD_DATA1+
LCD_DATA2LCD_DATA2+
LCD_CLK
LCD_CLK+
LCD_DATA3LCD_DATA3+
nLCD_DISP
LCD_REFCLKIN
SCANDATA3+
SCANDATA3SCANCLKOUT+
SCANCLKOUTSCANDATA2+
SCANDATA2SCANDATA1+
SCANDATA1SCANDATA0+
SCANDATA0CH0_N
CH0_P
CH1_N
CH1_P
CH2_N
CH2_P
CLK_N
CLK_P
CH3_N
CH3_P
(NC)
(NC)
ECLK_LSU_N
ECLK_LSU_P
HSYNC_LSU_P
HSYNC_LSU_N
VSYNC_K_N
VSYNC_K_P
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
LCDSEL0
(NC)
5V_IN
5V_IN
5V_IN
5V_IN
5V_IN
5V_IN
5V_IN
5V_IN
5V_IN
5V_IN
(NC)
(NC)
PNL_USB_DN
PNL_USB_DP
USB_VBUS 11
MT_USB_RTN_P
MT_USB_RTN_N
GPO_PIC12VON
RXD_SCN
nCTS_SCN
TXD_SCN
nRTS_SCN
nRES_SCN
nRES_PCU
RXD_PCU
nCTS_PCU
TXD_PCU
nRTS_PCU
nPOF_MFPC
nREQ_PIC
nCLR_PIC
TXD_PIC
RXD_PIC
PWM0
nFAN_CNCT
nRST_PIC
RES_MFP_MT
PWM0
nREQ_PIC_INT
TXD_FAX1_D
RXD_FAX1_D
RTS_FAX1_D
CTS_FAX1_D
TXD_FAX1_CS
RXD_FAX1_CS
RTS_FAX1_CS
CTS_FAX1_CS
nRST_FAX1
nCNCT_FAX1
nFAX2_WU_OC 26
3R3V_ECO
(NC)
3R3V_FAX
3R3V_FAX
3R3V_FAX
(NC)
5V0_FAX
USB_SEL_SW 7
(NC)
(NC)
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND1
(NC)
24V_FAX
CN13
PWR_CPUFAN
1
PWM_CPUFAN
3
GND1
5
LOCK_CPUFAN
7
+24V3
9
PWR_HDDFAN
2
PWM_HDDFAN
4
6
GND1
LOCK_HDDFAN
8
+24V3
10
B10B-PHDSS-B
CN12
+12V
1
GND2
3
+5V_HDD
2
GND2
4
B4P-VH
MOTHER PWB
CN16
10
VBUS2
9
D28
D2+
7
GND2
6
SHIELD2
5
VBUS3
4
D3D3+
3
2
GND2
1
SHIELD3
BM10B-GHS-TBT
CN15
1
GND1
2
GND2
3
+3.3V
4
+3.3V
5
+24V3
6
nFAXCS_CTS
7
+5V_A
8
nFAXCS_RTS
9
FLVPP
10
nFAXD_CTS
11
GND2
12
nFAXD_RTS
13
GND2
14
+5V_OFF
15
FAXCS_RXD_N
16
FAXCS_RXD_P
17
nFAX_WUP
18
FAXD_RXD_P
19
FAXD_RXD_N
20
GND2
21
FAXCS_TXD_N
22
FAXCS_TXD_P
23
nRES_FAX
24
+5V_OFF
25
FAXD_TXD_P
26
FAXD_TXD_N
27
nCNCT_FAX
28
+3.3V
29
+3.3V
30
GND2
(NC)
31
GND2
(NC)
32
NC
B32B-PHDSS-B
PHDR-32VS-1
PHR-11
GHR-10V-S
SHLDP-30V-S-1(B)
PALR-05VF / PAP-05V-S
1
VBUS3
1
2
D32
3
D3+
3
4
GND2
4
5
SHIELD3
5
CN
5
4
3
2
1
SRA-51T-4
FAX PWB
CN7
1
+24V
2
AGND
3
+24V
4
AGND
5
150VON
6
CION
7
MSGMUTE
8
HS1HS29
10
CI11
EXHS12
SON1
13
SON2
14
ECON
15
MRON
16
TELID
17
CI218
NC
19
TELID2
20
NC
GND2
21
22
+3.3V
23
GND2
24
+5VS
25
GND2
26
SI3_RES27
SPK
28
MDM_ATXD
29
MDM_ARXD
30
MDM_ABITCLK
31
MDM_ASPCLK
32
RGDT33
MDM_CLK
34
AFERES35
BBITCLK
36
BSPCLK
37
BRXD
38
BTXD
39
HDMUTE40
RHSTX25-40P-8ST-H1
SRA-21T-3
VBUS2
D2D2+
GND2
SHIELD2
USB PWB
KEY PWB
1
VBUS2
2
D23
D2+
4
GND2
5
SHIELD2
BM05B-GHS-TBT
CN
SRA-01T-3.2
SRA-01T-3.2
BOARD TO BOARD Connector
Internal FAX (F model)
TO HANDSET
(JAPAN ONLY)
CN
BLUE
BROWN
LIGHTBLUE
GRAY
GRAY
Soldering
USB HUB PWB
CN5
6
VBUS
5
D4
D+
3
GND2
2
SHIELD
1
SHIELD
BM06B-GHS-TBT
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
USB CONVERSION
1
PWB
2
TO EX TEL
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
US N model: STANDARD
Other than US N model:
OPTION
VHR-4N
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
SATA 22pin
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
CN6
GND2
1
GND2
2
+3.3V
3
+3.3V
4
nCNCT_FAX
5
FAXD_TXD_N
6
7
FAXD_TXD_P
+5VL
8
nRES_FAX
9
10
FAXCS_TXD_P
11
FAXCS_TXD_N
12
GND
13
FAXD_RXD_N
14
FAXD_RXD_P
nFAX_WUP
15
FAXCS_RXD_P
16
FAXCS_RXD_N
17
+5VL
18
GND2
19
nFAXD_RTS
20
GND2
21
nFAXD_CTS
22
FLVPP
23
nFAXCS_RTS
24
+5V0
25
nFAXCS_CTS
26
+24V3
27
+3.3V
28
+3.3V
29
GND2
30
GND1
31
B31B-CSRK
CN1
(NC)
1
RXD
2
TXD
3
DTR
4
GND2
5
DSR
6
RTS
7
CTS
8
(NC)
9
DBR30-091F100
CN4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
SI-51005-F
MX-FXX2/MX-FLX2
Option FAX
RS232C
LAN
USB2.0
(TYPE-B)
CN2
+5V
1
D2
D+
3
GND2
4
UBR23-4K2200
TRP1+
TRP1TRP2+
TRP3+
TRP3TRP2TRP4+
TRP4-
USB2.0
(TYPE-A)
SATA 7pin
CN3
1
+5V
D2
D+
3
GND2
4
UAR27-4K5J00
CN15
GND2
1
SATA0_TX_P
2
SATA0_TX_N
3
GND2
4
SATA0_RX_N
5
SATA0_RX_P
6
GND2
7
6SAT07P-328B-B5
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
HDD(SATA)
1
2
3
4
POWER
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
U model: option
+12V
GND2
GND2
+5V
GND2
SATA_TXP
SATA_TXN
GND2
SATA_RXN
SATA_RXP
GND2
SATA SIGNAL
+12V
+12V
+12V
GND2
GND2
GND2
+5V_HDD
+5V_HDD
+5V_HDD
GND2
GND2
GND2
+3.3V
+3.3V
+3.3V
SATA POWER
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
PWR_CPUFAN
PWM_CPUFAN
GND1
LOCK_CPUFAN
1
2
3
4
7
6
3
2
1
5
4
8
PWR_CPUFAN
PWM_CPUFAN
GND1
LOCK_CPUFAN
+12V
GND2
+5V_HDD
GND2
7
6
3
2
1
5
4
8
QR/P4-8S-C(01) / QR/P4-8P-C(01)
MFPC PWB
LCD_DATA0LCD_DATA0+
LCD_DATA1LCD_DATA1+
LCD_DATA2LCD_DATA2+
LCD_CLK
LCD_CLK+
LCD_DATA3LCD_DATA3+
nLCD_DISP
LCD_REFCLKIN
SCANDATA3+
SCANDATA3SCANCLKOUT+
SCANCLKOUTSCANDATA2+
SCANDATA2SCANDATA1+
SCANDATA1SCANDATA0+
SCANDATA0CH0_N
CH0_P
CH1_N
CH1_P
CH2_N
CH2_P
CLK_N
CLK_P
CH3_N
CH3_P
(NC)
(NC)
ECLK_LSU_N
ECLK_LSU_P
HSYNC_LSU_P
HSYNC_LSU_N
VSYNC_K_N
VSYNC_K_P
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
LCDSEL0
(NC)
5V_IN
5V_IN
5V_IN
5V_IN
5V_IN
5V_IN
5V_IN
5V_IN
5V_IN
5V_IN
(NC)
(NC)
PNL_USB_DN
PNL_USB_DP
USB_VBUS 11
MT_USB_RTN_P
MT_USB_RTN_N
GPO_PIC12VON
RXD_SCN
nCTS_SCN
TXD_SCN
nRTS_SCN
nRES_SCN
nRES_PCU
RXD_PCU
nCTS_PCU
TXD_PCU
nRTS_PCU
nPOF_MFPC
nREQ_PIC
nCLR_PIC
TXD_PIC
RXD_PIC
PWM0
nFAN_CNCT
nRST_PIC
RES_MFP_MT
PWM0
nREQ_PIC_INT
TXD_FAX1_D
RXD_FAX1_D
RTS_FAX1_D
CTS_FAX1_D
TXD_FAX1_CS
RXD_FAX1_CS
RTS_FAX1_CS
CTS_FAX1_CS
nRST_FAX1
nCNCT_FAX1
nFAX2_WU_OC 26
3R3V_ECO
(NC)
3R3V_FAX
3R3V_FAX
3R3V_FAX
(NC)
5V0_FAX
USB_SEL_SW 7
(NC)
(NC)
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND1
(NC)
24V_FAX
TX24-120R-LT-H1E
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
CN18
PHDR-10VS-2
CPUFM
H. FAX section, MFP section, HDD section (P8)
BOARD TO BOARD Connector

WH
LCC CONTROL
PWB
WH
DESK CONTROL
PWB
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
FG
(NC)
(NC)
ELP-02V/ELR-02V
WH_L(DESK)
WH_N(DESK)
1
2
ELP-02V/ELR-02V
WH_L(LCC)
WH_N(LCC)
CN A
PHDR-12VS-2
+24V4
1
GND1
2
NC
3
(NC)
NC
4
(NC)
+5VN
5
GND2
6
TXD_LCC
7
RXD_LCC
8
/DTR_LCC
9
/DSR_LCC
10
RES_LCC
11
/TRC_LCC
12
B12B-PHDSS-B
1
2
CN F
PHDR-12VS-2
+24V4
1
GND1
2
+5VN
3
GND2
4
GND2
5
TXD_DSK
6
RXD_DSK
7
/DTR_DSK
8
DSR_DSK
9
RES_DSK
10
/TRC_DSK
11
NC
12
(NC)
B12B-PHDSS-B
1
2
1
2
LCC OPTION
FG
DESK1 / DESK2 OPTION
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
4k FINISHER / SADLLE FINISHER / INNER FINISHER

OPTION
TXD_FIN
RXD_FIN
/DTR_FIN
/DSR_FIN
RES_FIN
+24V3
+5VN
GND2
GND1
F-GND
+24V5
GND1
FINISHER
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
FG
1
3
2
1
3
2
ELP-12V-/ELR-12V
NC
NC
NC
WH_L(LCC)
F-GND
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
WH_N(LCC)
ELP-15V/ELR-15V
NC
NC
TXD_LCC
RXD_LCC
/DTR_LCC
/DSR_LCC
RES_LCC
F-GND
+5VN
GND2
+24V4
GND1
/TRC_LCC
NC
NC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
FG
SRA-21T-4
ELP-03V/ELR-03V
WH_L(DESK)
WH_N(DESK)
F-GND
(NC)
(NC)
(NC) FG
(NC) SRA-21T-4
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
FG
SRA-21T-4
CN4 VHR-6N
3
4
B6P-VH-B
+5VN
+5VN
(NC)
(NC)
CN7 VHR-8N
7
8
B8P-VH-B
GND1
GND1
1
+24V4
1
2
GND1
2
3
+5VN
3
4
GND2
4
5
GND2
5
6
TXD_DSK
6
7
RXD_DSK
7
8
/DTR_DSK
8
9
DSR_DSK
9
10
RES_DSK
10
11
/TRC_DSK
11
CN8 VHR-7N
6
7
B7P-VH-B
(NC)
(NC)
+24V4
+24V5
DC PWB
ELP-12V/ELR-12V
1
TXD_INS
1
2
RXD_INS
2
3
/DTR_INS
3
4
/DSR_INS
4
5
RES_INS
5
6
NC
6
7
+5VN
7
8
GND2
8
9
NC
9
10
F-GND
10
11
+24V5
11
12
GND1
12
FG
SRA-21T-4
WH PWB
CN4
5
WH_L(LCC)
4
WH_L(DESK)
3
NC
(NC)
2
WH_N(DESK)
1
WH_N(LCC)
B4P(5-3)-VH
VHR-5N
TO COIN VENDOR
(OPTION)
CN7 (FIN/DESK/LCC)
4
TXD_INS
6
RXD_INS
5
/DTR_INS
7
/DSR_INS
3
RES_INS
2
GND2
1
GND2
8
GND2
10
TXD_DSK
12
RXD_DSK
11
/DTR_DSK
13
/DSR_DSK
9
RES_DSK
14
/TRC_DSK
17
TXD_LCC
19
RXD_LCC
16
/DTR_LCC
18
/DSR_LCC
15
RES_LCC
21
GND2
20
/TRC_LCC
(NC)
22
GND2
PHDR-22VS-2
PNDP-16V-Z
PCU PWB
CN11 (Coin Vendor)
1
+24V1B
2
GND2
3
/CV_COPY
4
/CV_COUNT
5
/CV_START
6
/CV_CA
7
/CV_CLCOPY
8
/CV_COLOR1
9
/CV_STAPLE
10
/CV_COLOR0
11
/CV_DUPLEX
12
+5VN
13
/CV_SIZE0
14
/CV_SIZE1
15
/CV_SIZE2
16
/CV_SIZE3
B16B-PNDZS-1(LF)(SN)
I. Finisher, Desk, LCC, Coin vender section (P9)
CN11
1
2
3
4
5
6
B6P-VH
501189-3030
CN6
nPWR_SW
10
GND2
11
GND2
12
(NC)
1
(NC)
2
+5VO
3
4
GND2
5
nWU_LED
6
nINFO_LED
7
nWU_KEY
8
nPOW_LED
9
GND2
13
LCD_DATA3+
14
LCD_DATA317
GND2
15
LCD_CLK+
16
LCD_CLK18
GND2
19
LCD_DATA2+
20
LCD_DATA2GND2
23
21
LCD_DATA1+
22
LCD_DATA1GND2
24
LCD_DATA0+
25
LCD_DATA026
(NC)
27
28
(NC)
29
(NC)
30
(NC)
501190-3017(MOLEX)
SD
PK
WH
SD
PK
WH
SD
PK
WH
SD
PK
WH
SD
PK
WH
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
PHDR-12VS-2
PHR-15
WH
PK
GY
WH
PK
GY
WH
PK
GY
WH
PK
GY
WH
PK
GY
VHR-6N
CN5
nRES_SCN
1
+5VO
2
nRTS_SCN
3
nLCD_DISP
4
TXD_SCN
5
LCD_SEL0
6
nCTS_SCN
7
nPOF_SCN
8
RXD_SCN
9
GND2
10
nSPED
11
nOCSW
12
B12B-PHDSS-B
CN7
SCANDATA01
SCANDATA0+
2
GND2
3
SCANDATA14
SCANDATA1+
5
GND2
6
SCANDATA27
SCANDATA2+
8
GND2
9
SCANCLKOUT10
SCANCLKOUT+
11
GND2
12
SCANDATA313
14
SCANDATA3+
GND2
15
B15B-PH-K-S
GND2
+24V3
+12V
+5VN
+3.3V
GND2
MOTHER PWB
PHR-3
POWER SW PWB
3
n PWRSW
2
GND2
1
GND2
MFP OPE PWB
CN1
GND2
1
AFE_CSTG
2
GND2
3
RE+
4
RE5
GND2
6
RD+
7
RD8
GND2
9
CLK+
10
CLK11
GND2
12
RC+
13
RC14
GND2
15
RB+
16
RB17
GND2
18
RA+
19
RA20
GND2
21
A10V
22
A10V
23
GND2
24
A5V
25
A5V
26
A5V
27
GND2
28
A3.3V
29
A3.3V
30
A3.3V
31
A3.3V
32
A3.3V
33
A3.3V
34
GND2
35
/RES_CCDAD
36
AFE_CS
37
AFE_SCLK
38
AFE_WRD
39
AFE_RDD
40
41
GND2
FI-RE41S-VF
CCD PWB
TO AUDITER
CN6
3
1
2
4
5
6
B6P-VH
GND1
+24V3
+12V
+5VN
+3.3V
GND2
PHR-13
PHDR-12VS-2
CN9
1
nA_PNC
2
nA_COPY
3
nA_CA
4
nA_READY
5
nA_AUD
6
+5VN
7
GND2
8
+24V3
9
(NC)
10
nA_TC
11
+24V3
12
PNC-a
13
GND2
B13B-PH-K-S
CN5
1
nRES_SCN
2
+5VO
3
nRTS_SCN
4
nLCD_DISP
5
TXD_SCN
6
LCD_SEL0
7
nCTS_SCN
8
nPOF_SCN
9
RXD_SCN
10
GND2
11
nSPED
12
nOCSW
B12B-PHDSS-B
PHDR-16VS-2
CN11
1
SCANDATA0WH
2
SCANDATA0+
PK
3
GND2
GY
4
SCANDATA1WH
6
SCANDATA1+
PK
5
GND2
GY
8
SCANDATA2WH
10
SCANDATA2+
PK
7
GND2
GY
SCANCLKOUT12
WH
SCANCLKOUT+
14
PK
GND2
11
GY
SCANDATA316
WH
SCANDATA3+
15
PK
13
GND2
GY
9
+3.3V
(NC)
B16B-PHDSS-B
VHR-6N
PHR-3
CN17
1
2
3
B3B-PH-K-S
CN2
PDSEL2
20
PDSEL1
23
PDSEL0
22
+5VN
25
PD
24
GND2
21
GND2
39
GND2
40
+5V_EXT
38
GND2
27
+3.3V_EXT
37
nBZR
34
nKEYIN
35
SEG0LEDBPR
32
SEG1LEDCPR
33
SEG2D0
30
nF0D1
31
nF1D2
28
nF2G0
29
nF3G1
26
GND2
36
GND2
18
GND2
19
GND2
16
GND2
17
GND2
14
+3.3V
15
+3.3V
12
+5VN
13
+24V3
10
+24V3
11
nYL(Y1)
8
XH(X1)
9
YH(Y2)
6
nXL(X2)
7
SC_TEMP
4
VCONT
5
nCCFT
2
PNL_SEL0
3
DISP
1
501190-4017
CN7
GND2
1
GND2
2
CL_ON
3
POWER
4
+24V
5
5597-05CPB7F
501189-4030
PHR-4
CN1
MIM_A
1
MIM_B
2
MIM_XA
3
MIM_XB
4
B4B-PH-SM4-TB
MHPS
GND2
+5VN
PHR-6
CN4
+5VN
1
GND2
2
/OCSW
3
+24V3
4
/SIZE_LED1
5
/SIZE_LED2
6
B6B-PH-SM4-TB
SCN-CNT PWB
CN10
41
GND2
40
AFE_CSTG
39
GND2
38
RE+
RE37
GND2
36
RD+
35
RD34
GND2
33
CLK+
32
31
CLKGND2
30
RC+
29
RC28
GND2
27
26
RB+
25
RB24
GND2
RA+
23
22
RA21
GND2
20
A10V
19
A10V
18
GND2
17
A5V
16
A5V
15
A5V
14
GND2
13
A3.3V
12
A3.3V
11
A3.3V
10
A3.3V
9
A3.3V
8
A3.3V
7
GND2
6
/RES_CCDAD
5
AFE_CS
4
AFE_SCLK
3
AFE_WRD
2
AFE_RDD
1
GND2
FI-RE41S-VF
PHR-6
ORS PD PWB
3
PDSEL2
2
PDSEL1
1
PDSEL0
4
+5VN
5
PD
6
GND2
+5VN
GND2
OCSW
MOTHER PWB
EHR-3
MHPS
3
2
1
SRA-01T-3.2
SD
PK
WH
SD
PK
WH
SD
PK
WH
SD
PK
WH
SD
PK
WH
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
501189-4030
501189-2030
MHPS
GND2
+5VN
MIRROR
MOTOR
ORS LED PWB

+24V3
/SIZE_LED1
/SIZE_LED2
F-GND
FG
SRA-01T-3.2
FG
SRA-21T-4
Soldering(LF)
EHR-3
OCSW
1
2
3
CN1
1
GND2
2
GND2
7
GND2
29
GND2
39
GND2
40
GND2
+3.3V
25
19
+3.3V
23
+5VN
3
+24V3
5
+24V3
37
nYL(Y1)
35
XH(X1)
33
YH(Y2)
31
nXL(X2)
27
SC_TEMP
21
VCONT
17
nCCFT
15
PNL_SEL0
13
PNL_SEL1
11
PNL_SEL2
9
PNL_SEL3
36
DISP
10
GND2
LCD_DATA3+
6
8
LCD_DATA316
GND2
12
LCD_CLK+
14
LCD_CLK22
GND2
18
LCD_DATA2+
20
LCD_DATA228
GND2
24
LCD_DATA1+
26
LCD_DATA134
GND2
30
LCD_DATA0+
32
LCD_DATA0501571-4029
LVDS PWB
CN1
4
+5VO
6
GND2
8
WU_LED
12
nINFO_LED
14
nWU_KEY
POW_LED
10
1
GND2
2
GND2
17
+5V_EXT
GND2
20
18
+3.3V_EXT
16
nBZR
nKEYIN
19
SEG0LEDBPR
15
SEG1LEDCPR
13
11
SEG2D0
9
nF0D1(nc)
7
nF1D2
5
nF2G0
3
nF3G1
501190-2017
CN4
GND2
5
CCFT
4
+24V3
3
+24V3
2
GND2
1
BM05B-GHS-TBT
CN3
/YL(Y1)
4
XH(X1)
3
YH(Y2)
2
/XL(X2)
1
52271-0469
CN2
GND2
1
GND2
2
CK
3
GND2
4
GND2
5
NC
6
R0
7
R1
8
R2
9
GND2
10
R3
11
R4
12
R5
13
GND2
14
G0
15
G1
16
G2
17
GND2
18
G3
19
G4
20
G5
21
GND2
22
B0
23
B1
24
B2
25
GND2
26
B3
27
B4
28
B5
29
GND2
30
Hsync
31
GND2
32
Vsync
33
F-GND
34
ENAB
35
UD/LR
36
+3.3V
37
+3.3V
38
NC
39
+3.3V
40
FH12A-40S-0.5SH(55)
BACK LIGHT
GHR-05V-S
CN PHR-5
LED1-11
1
LED12-22
2
LED23-33
3
+24V
4
(NC)
(NC)
5
S5B-PH-K-S
MFP OPE PWB
1
GND2
2
GND2
3
CL_ON
4
POWER
5
+24V
5597-05CPB7F
CN
CN PHR-4
LED1-11
1
2
LED12-22
3
LED23-33
4
+24V
S4B-PH-K-S
LED DRIVER PWB
TOUCH
PANEL
PAP-05V-S
1
GND2
2
GND2
3
CK
4
GND2
5
GND2
6
NC
7
R0
8
R1
9
R2
10
GND2
11
R3
12
R4
13
R5
14
GND2
15
G0
16
G1
17
G2
18
GND2
19
G3
20
G4
21
G5
22
GND2
23
B0
24
B1
25
B2
26
GND2
27
B3
28
B4
29
B5
30
GND2
31
Hsync
32
GND2
33
Vsync
34
F-GND
35
ENAB
36
UD/LR
37
+3.3V
38
+3.3V
39
NC
40
+3.3V
FH12A-40S-0.5SH(55)
8.5inch LCD UN
5
GND2
4
CCFT
3
+24V3
2
+24V3
1
GND2
B5B-PASK-1
1
+CCFT
2
/CCFT
S02(8.0)B-BHS
LCD INVERTER PWB
PHR-4 CN1
1
LED1-11
2
LED12-22
3
LED23-33
4
+24V
B4B-PH-K-S
LED PWB 2
LED PWB 1
PHR-4 CN1
1
LED1-11
2
LED12-22
3
LED23-33
4
+24V
B4B-PH-K-S
J. Scanner, 8.5 inch operation system (P10)
CN11
1
2
3
4
5
6
B6P-VH
CN6
nPWR_SW
10
GND2
11
GND2
12
(NC)
1
(NC)
2
+5VO
3
GND2
4
nWU_LED
5
nINFO_LED
6
nWU_KEY
7
nPOW_LED
8
GND2
9
LCD_DATA3+
13
14
LCD_DATA3GND2
17
LCD_CLK+
15
LCD_CLK16
GND2
18
LCD_DATA2+
19
LCD_DATA220
GND2
23
LCD_DATA1+
21
LCD_DATA122
GND2
24
LCD_DATA0+
25
LCD_DATA026
(NC)
27
(NC)
28
(NC)
29
(NC)
30
501190-3017(MOLEX)
CN5
1
nRES_SCN
2
+5VO
3
nRTS_SCN
4
nLCD_DISP
TXD_SCN
5
LCD_SEL0
6
nCTS_SCN
7
8
nPOF_SCN
9
RXD_SCN
10
GND2
11
nSPED
nOCSW
12
B12B-PHDSS-B
CN7
SCANDATA01
SCANDATA0+
2
GND2
3
SCANDATA14
SCANDATA1+
5
GND2
6
SCANDATA27
SCANDATA2+
8
GND2
9
10
SCANCLKOUTSCANCLKOUT+
11
GND2
12
SCANDATA313
SCANDATA3+
14
GND2
15
B15B-PH-K-S
GND2
+24V3
+12V
+5VN
+3.3V
GND2
MOTHER PWB
SD
PK
WH
SD
PK
WH
SD
PK
WH
SD
PK
WH
SD
PK
WH
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
501189-3030
PHDR-12VS-2
PHR-15
WH
PK
GY
WH
PK
GY
WH
PK
GY
WH
PK
GY
WH
PK
GY
VHR-6N
MFP OPE PWB
PHR-3
POWER SW PWB
3
n PWRSW
2
GND2
1
GND2
CN1
GND2
1
AFE_CSTG
2
3
GND2
4
RE+
RE5
GND2
6
RD+
7
RD8
GND2
9
CLK+
10
CLK11
GND2
12
13
RC+
RC14
GND2
15
RB+
16
RB17
GND2
18
RA+
19
RA20
GND2
21
A10V
22
A10V
23
GND2
24
A5V
25
A5V
26
A5V
27
GND2
28
A3.3V
29
A3.3V
30
A3.3V
31
A3.3V
32
A3.3V
33
A3.3V
34
GND2
35
/RES_CCDAD
36
AFE_CS
37
AFE_SCLK
38
AFE_WRD
39
AFE_RDD
40
GND2
41
FI-RE41S-VF
CCD PWB
TO AUDITER
CN6
3
1
2
4
5
6
B6P-VH
GND1
+24V3
+12V
+5VN
+3.3V
GND2
PHR-13
PHDR-12VS-2
CN9
1
nA_PNC
2
nA_COPY
3
nA_CA
4
nA_READY
5
nA_AUD
6
+5VN
7
GND2
+24V3
8
9
(NC)
10
nA_TC
11
+24V3
12
PNC-a
13
GND2
B13B-PH-K-S
CN5
1
nRES_SCN
2
+5VO
3
nRTS_SCN
4
nLCD_DISP
5
TXD_SCN
6
LCD_SEL0
nCTS_SCN
7
nPOF_SCN
8
9
RXD_SCN
GND2
10
nSPED
11
nOCSW
12
B12B-PHDSS-B
PHDR-16VS-2
CN11
WH
1
SCANDATA0PK
2
SCANDATA0+
GY
3
GND2
WH
SCANDATA14
PK
SCANDATA1+
6
GY
GND2
5
WH
SCANDATA28
PK
10
SCANDATA2+
GY
7
GND2
WH
12
SCANCLKOUTPK
14
SCANCLKOUT+
GY
11
GND2
WH
16
SCANDATA3PK
15
SCANDATA3+
GY
13
GND2
(NC)
9
+3.3V
B16B-PHDSS-B
VHR-6N
PHR-4
PHR-3
CN1
MIM_A
1
MIM_B
2
3
MIM_XA
MIM_XB
4
B4B-PH-SM4-TB
CN17
1
2
3
B3B-PH-K-S
PHR-7
/C_CARD
1
/C_SEL
2
/C_CLOCK
3
/C_DATA
4
5VN
5
GND2
6
(NC)
7
(NC)
B7B-PH-K-S
CN2
PDSEL2
20
23
PDSEL1
22
PDSEL0
25
+5VN
24
PD
21
GND2
39
GND2
GND2
40
+5V_EXT
38
27
GND2
+3.3V_EXT
37
nBZR
34
nKEYIN
35
SEG0LEDBPR
32
SEG1LEDCPR
33
30
SEG2D0
nF0D1
31
nF1D2
28
nF2G0
29
26
nF3G1
GND2
36
GND2
18
GND2
19
GND2
16
GND2
17
GND2
14
+3.3V
15
+3.3V
12
+5VN
13
10
+24V3
11
+24V3
8
nYL(Y1)
9
XH(X1)
YH(Y2)
6
7
nXL(X2)
SC_TEMP
4
VCONT
5
nCCFT
2
PNL_SEL0
3
DISP
1
501190-4017
CN7
+24V3
1
+24V3
2
CL
3
GND1
4
GND1
5
5597-05CPB7F
MHPS
GND2
+5VN
PHR-6
CN4
+5VN
1
2
GND2
3
/OCSW
4
+24V3
5
/SIZE_LED1
6
/SIZE_LED2
B6B-PH-SM4-TB
SCN-CNT PWB
CN10
41
GND2
40
AFE_CSTG
39
GND2
38
RE+
37
RE36
GND2
35
RD+
34
RD33
GND2
32
CLK+
31
CLK30
GND2
29
RC+
RC28
GND2
27
RB+
26
RB25
GND2
24
RA+
23
RA22
GND2
21
A10V
20
A10V
19
GND2
18
A5V
17
A5V
16
A5V
15
GND2
14
A3.3V
13
A3.3V
12
A3.3V
11
A3.3V
10
A3.3V
9
A3.3V
8
GND2
7
/RES_CCDAD
6
AFE_CS
5
AFE_SCLK
4
AFE_WRD
3
2
AFE_RDD
GND2
1
FI-RE41S-VF
P2
(CARD READER)
PHR-6
ORS PD PWB
3
PDSEL2
2
PDSEL1
1
PDSEL0
4
+5VN
5
PD
6
GND2
+5VN
GND2
OCSW
MHPS
3
2
1
SRA-01T-3.2
SD
PK
WH
SD
PK
WH
SD
PK
WH
SD
PK
WH
SD
PK
WH
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
501189-4030
501189-2030
MHPS
GND2
+5VN
MIRROR
MOTOR
ORS LED PWB

+24V3
/SIZE_LED1
/SIZE_LED2
F-GND
FG
SRA-01T-3.2
MOTHER PWB
EHR-3
FG
SRA-21T-4
Soldering(LF)
EHR-3
OCSW
1
2
3
CL INVERTER PWB
CN1
1
GND2
2
GND2
7
GND2
29
GND2
39
GND2
40
GND2
25
+3.3V
19
+3.3V
23
+5VN
3
+24V3
5
+24V3
37
/YL(Y1)
35
XH(X1)
33
YH(Y2)
31
/XL(X2)
27
SC_TEMP
21
VCONT
17
/CCFT
15
PNL_SEL0
13
PNL_SEL1
11
PNL_SEL2
9
PNL_SEL3
36
DISP
10
GND2
6
LCD_DATA3+
8
LCD_DATA3GND2
16
12
LCD_CLK+
14
LCD_CLK22
GND2
LCD_DATA2+
18
20
LCD_DATA228
GND2
24
LCD_DATA1+
26
LCD_DATA134
GND2
30
LCD_DATA0+
32
LCD_DATA0501571-4029
CN3
1
2
3
4
52271-0469
/YL(Y1)
XH(X1)
YH(Y2)
/XL(X2)
CN4
/CCFT
1
GND2
2
+24V3
3
S3B-PH-SM4-TB
CN4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
52030-2629
1
2
VO
LP
GND2
CP
GND2
+3.3V
M
D0
D1
GND2
D2
D3
GND2
DISP
VEE
LVDS PWB
CN1
4
+5VO
6
GND2
8
WU_LED
nINFO_LED
12
14
nWU_KEY
POW_LED
10
1
GND2
2
GND2
17
+5V_EXT
GND2
20
18
+3.3V_EXT
16
nBZR
19
nKEYIN
SEG0LEDBPR
15
SEG1LEDCPR
13
SEG2D0
11
9
nF0D1
7
nF1D2
nF2G0
5
3
nF3G1
501190-2017
MFP OPE PWB
1
+24V3
2
+24V3
3
CL
4
GND1
5
GND1
5597-05APB
CN
BACK LIGHT
PHR-3
PHR-3
VO
LP
GND2
CP
GND2
+3.3V
M
D0
D1
GND2
D2
D3
GND2
DISP
VEE
TOUCH
PANEL
1
+CCFT
2
/CCFT
S02(8.0)B-BHS
3
/CCFT
2
GND2
1
+24V3
S3B-PH-K-S
LCD INVERTER PWB
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
52030-2629
8.1inch LCD UN
CL
K. Scanner, 8.1 inch operation system (P10A)
PHR-14
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
SRA-21T-3
CN15
PHDR-28VS-1
SPPD1
1
SPPD2
2
SPFMCK
3
SPFMM1
4
SPFMM2
5
SPFMO1
6
SPFMO2
7
SPMA
8
SPMA/
9
SPMB
10
SPMB/
11
SPMO1
12
SPRS
13
STMPS
14
SRRC
15
SRVC
16
SPWS
17
SELA_
18
SELB_
19
SELC_
20
SSELO
21
SPPD4
22
SPFMRV
23
SPPD3
24
SPPD5
25
+5VPD
26
(NC)
SPED
27
(NC)
NC
28
B28-PHDSS-B
CN16
GND2
1
GND2
2
+5VO
3
+3.3V
4
+3.3V
5
+5V
6
+5V
7
+12V
8
+12V
9
+24V
10
+24V
11
GND2
12
GND2
13
GND2
14
B14B-PH-K-S
SCN-CNT PWB
SRA-21T-3
CN A
34
GND2
33
GND2
8
+3.3V
7
+5V
6
+24VPD
5
+24VPD
2
GND2
1
GND2
3
SPPD1
4
SPPD2
9
SPFMCK
10
SPFMM1
11
SPFMM2
12
SPFMO1
13
SPFMO2
14
SPMA
15
SPMA/
16
SPMB
17
SPMB/
18
SPMO1
19
SPRS
20
STMPS
21
SRRC
22
SRVC
23
SPWS
24
SELA
25
SELB
26
SELC
27
SSELO
28
SPPD4
29
SPFMRV
30
SPPD3
31
SPPD5
32
+5VPD
B34-PHDSS-B
CN I
3
SPED
2
(NC)
1
+5VO
PHR-3 B03B-PH-K-S
PHDR-34VS-1
PHR-6

PHR-8
PHR-4
CN C
+5V_SPLS1
1
SPLS1
2
GND2
3
GND2
4
SPLS2
5
+5V_SPLS2
6
AVCC
7
SPWS
8
GND2
9
B09B-PH-K-S
PHR-9
CN B
PHDR-10VS-2
(NC)
+5VPD
1
+5VPD
2
(NC)
SPPD4
3
SPPD5
4
(NC)
GND2
5
GND2
6
GND2
7
STMPU
8
STMPS/
9
+24VPD STMPS
10
B10B-PHDSS-B
CN G
1
SRRC/
2
+5VPD
3
SPPD3
4
GND2
5
SOCD
6
GND2
7
+5VPD SOCD
8
B08B-PH-K-S
+24VPD SRRC
CN D
+24VPD SRVC
1
SRVC/
2
+24VPD SPRS
3
SPRS/
4
B04B-PH-K-S
CN H
PHR-12
SPED
1
GND2
2
+5V SPED
3
+5VPD
4
SPPD1
5
GND2
6
+5VPD
7
SPPD2
8
GND2
9
+24VPD
10
(NC)
GND2
11
+24VPD SW
12
B12B-PH-K-S
CN E
SPFMA/
1
+24VPD_SPFM
2
SPFMA
3
SPFMB
4
+24VPD_SPFM
5
SPFMB/
6
B6B-PH-K-S
CN F
PHR-7
SPMA/
1
+24VPD_SPM
2
SPMA
3
SPMB
4
+24VPD_SPM
5
SPMB/
6
(NC)
N.C.
7
B7B-PH-K-S
RSPF DRIVER PWB
PHR-6
PHR-6
SPFM
6
5
4
3
2
1
SPF
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
AVCC
1
2
SPWS
2
3
GND2
3
SRA-21T-4
SRA-21T-4
SRA-21T-4
SRA-21T-4
179228-4
179228-4
1
GND2
4
2
STMPU
3
STMPS/
2
3
4
+24VPD STMPS
1
292254-4
1
+5VPD
1
2
SPPD3
2
3
GND2
3
4
SOCD
4
5
GND2
5
6
+5VPD SOCD
6
SMP-02V-BC / SMR-02V-B
+24VPD SRRC
1
1
2
SRRC/
2
1
+24VPD SPRS
1
2
SPRS/
2
+24VPD SRVC
1
1
2
SRVC/
2
1
+5VPD
1
2
SPPD1
2
3
GND2
3
+5VPD
4
4
5
SPPD2
5
6
GND2
6
1
SPED
1
2
GND2
2
3
+5V SPED
3
4
+24VPD
4
5
+24VPD SW
5
SRA-21T-4
SPFMA/
+24VPD_SPFM
SPFMA
SPFMB
+24VPD_SPFM
SPFMB/
SPMA/
+24VPD _SPM
SPMA
SPMB
+24VPD _SPM
SPMB/
SRA-21T-4
SPS-01T-187
SPWS
BL
BR
GY
AVCC
SPWS
GND2
179228-3
SPLS2
2
GND2
1
SPLS2
+5VPD SPLS2
3
179228-3
SPLS1
3
+5VPD SPLS1
1
SPLS1
2
GND2
STMPS
179228-3(BLACK)
SPPD5
1
+5VPD
2
SPPD5
3
GND2
179228-3
SOCD
1
SOCD
2
GND2
3
+5VPD SOCD
179228-3(BLACK)
SPPD3
1
+5VPD
2
SPPD3
3
GND2
SRRC
SPRS
SRVC
+24VPD
+24VPD_SW
PS-187
SCOV
1
179228-3(BLACK)
SPPD2
1
+5VPD
2
SPPD2
3
GND2
179228-3(BLACK)
SPPD1
1
+5VPD
2
SPPD1
GND2
3
179228-3
SPED
1
SPED
2
GND2
3
+5V SPED
L. RSPF unit section (P11)
CN13
DSDATA_0N
1
GND2
2
DSDATA_0P
3
CN_nPOF_DSPF
4
GND2
5
nLVDS_STBY1
8
DSDATA_1N
7
GND2
6
DSDATA_1P
9
MM_nSTBY
10
CN_nDSPFUP
14
CN_SPED
12
DSDATA_2N
13
GND2
11
DSDATA_2P
15
CN_RES_DSPF
16
CN_nDSPF_INT
20
GND2
18
DSCLKOUT_N
19
GND2
17
DSCLKOUT_P
21
GND2
22
CN_TXD_DSPF
26
CN_RXD_DSPF
24
DSDATA_3N
25
GND2
23
DSDATA_3P
27
CN_nCTS_DSPF
28
GND2
29
CN_nRTS_DSPF
30
501190-3017
CN16
GND2
1
GND2
2
+5VO
3
+3.3V
4
+3.3V
5
+5V
6
+5V
7
+12V
8
+12V
9
+24V
10
+24V
11
GND2
12
GND2
13
GND2
14
B14B-PH-K-S
SCN_CNT PWB
CN**
LVDSA_TA1
GND2
2
LVDSA_TA+
3
GND2
4
LVDSA_TB5
GND2
6
LVDSA_TB+
7
GND2
8
LVDSA_TC9
GND2
10
LVDSA_TC+
11
GND2
12
LVDSA_CLK13
GND2
14
LVDSA_CLK+
15
GND2
16
LVDSA_TD17
GND2
18
LVDSA_TD+
19
GND2
20
LVDSA_TE21
GND2
22
LVDSA_TE+
23
GND2
24
GND2
25
TRIG
26
SPI_CS
27
SPI_SI
28
SPI_SCK
29
SPI_SO
30
501571-3007
CN**
+12V
1
GND2
2
A7V
3
GND2
4
+5V
5
GND2
6
SM06B-PASK-1
CIS PWB
501189-3030(MOLEX)
PHR-14
501189-3030(MOLEX)
PAP-06V-S
501189-3030(MOLEX)
PHR-14
501189-3030(MOLEX)
PAP-06V-S
CN3
1
DSDATA_0N
2
GND2
3
DSDATA_0P
CN_nPOF_DSPF
4
5
GND2
nLVDS_STBY_SCN
8
7
DSDATA_1N
6
GND2
9
DSDATA_1P
10
MM_nSTBY
14
CN_nDSPFUP
12
CN_SPED
13
DSDATA_2N
11
GND2
15
DSDATA_2P
CN_RES_DSPF
16
20
CN_nDSPF_INT
18
GND2
DSCLKOUT_N
19
17
GND2
21
DSCLKOUT_P
22
GND2
CN_RXD_SCN
26
24
CN_TXD_SCN
25
DSDATA_3N
23
GND2
27
DSDATA_3P
28
CN_nRTS_SCN
29
GND2
CN_nCTS_SCN
30
501190-3017
CN5
1
GND2
2
GND2
3
+5VO
4
+3.3V
5
+3.3V
6
+5V
7
+5V
8
+12V
9
+12V
10
+24V
11
+24V
12
GND2
13
GND2
14
GND2
B14B-PH-K-S
CN4
23
LVDSA_TA22
GND2
21
LVDSA_TA+
20
GND2
19
LVDSA_TB18
GND2
17
LVDSA_TB+
16
GND2
15
LVDSA_TC14
GND2
13
LVDSA_TC+
12
GND2
11
LVDSA_CLK10
GND2
LVDSA_CLK+
9
8
GND2
7
LVDSA_TD6
GND2
5
LVDSA_TD+
4
GND2
3
LVDSA_TE2
GND2
1
LVDSA_TE+
24
GND2
25
GND2
26
TRIG
27
SPI_CS
28
SPI_SI
29
SPI_SCK
30
SPI_SO
501190-3017
CN6
1
+12V
2
GND2
3
A7V
4
GND2
5
+5V
6
GND2
B06B-PASK-1
CN7
+5V_SPLS1
1
SPLS1
2
GND2
3
GND2
4
SPLS2
5
+5V_SPLS2
6
AVCC
7
SPWS
8
GND2
9
B9B-PH-K-S
CN2
+5V
1
+5V
2
SPPD4
3
SPPD5
4
GND2
5
GND2
6
GND2
7
SPPD6
8
+5V
9
N.C
10
B10B-PHDSS-B
CN9
+5V
1
+5V
2
SPPD1
3
SPPD2
4
GND2
5
GND2
6
GND2
7
GND2
8
SPPD3
9
SOCD
10
+5V
11
+5V
12
+5V
13
SPED
14
GND2
15
N.C
16
B16B-PHDSS-B
CN8
GND1
1
GND1
2
+24VPD
3
+24VPD
4
+5V
5
SPFMCK
6
SPFMM1
7
SPFMM2
8
SPFMO1
9
SPFMO2
10
SPFMRV
11
SPMA
12
SPMA/
13
SPMB
14
SPMB/
15
SPMO1
16
STMPS
17
SRRC
18
SPFC
19
SCOV
20
STMPU
21
+5VPD
22
FAN_ON
23
FAN_LOCK
24
GND2
25
GND2
26
B26B-PHDSS-B
DSPF_CNT PWB
PHR-9
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
PHDR-10VS-2
(NC)
PHDR-16VS-2
PHDR-26VS-1
PHDR-26VS-1
CN-A
1
GND1
2
GND1
3
+24VPD
4
+24VPD
5
+5V
6
SPFMCK
7
SPFMM1
8
SPFMM2
9
SPFMO1
10
SPFMO2
11
SPFMRV
12
SPMA
13
SPMA/
14
SPMB
15
SPMB/
16
SPMO1
17
STMPS
18
SRRC
19
SPFC
20
SCOV
21
STMPU
22
+5VPD
23
FAN_ON/OFF
24
FAN_LOCK
25
GND2
26
GND2
B26B-PHDSS-B
PHR-3
PHR-6
PHR-6(RED)
CN C
PHR-7
+24VPD SPFC
1
(NC)
(NC)
SPFC/
2
(NC)
N.C
3
GND2
4
STMPU
5
STMPS/
6
+24VPD STMPS
7
B7B-PH-K-S
+24VPD SRRC
CN E
PHR-5
1
SRRC/
2
+24VPD
3
(NC)
GND2
4
+24VPD SW
5
B5B-PH-K-S
CN D
+24VPD FAN
1
FAN_LOCK
2
GND2
3
B3B-PH-K-S
SPFMB/
SPFMA/
SPFMB
SPFMA
CN F
1
2
3
4
+24VPD_SPFM
5
+24VPD_SPFM
6
B6B-PH-K-S
+24VPD _SPM
SPMA/
CN B
1
2
SPMA
3
SPMB
4
+24VPD _SPM
5
SPMB/
6
B6B-PH-K-R(RED)
DSPF DRIVER PWB
PHR-6
PHR-6
SRA-21T-4
179228-4
179228-4
1
GND2
4
2
STMPU
3
3
STMPS/
2
4
+24VPD STMPS
1
292254-4
SPS-01T-187
1
AVCC
1
2
SPWS
2
3
GND
3
1
+5V_SPED
1
2
SPED
2
3
GND2
3
3
GND2
3
5
GND2
5
2
SPPD3
2
4
SOCD
4
1
+5VPD
1
6
+5V_SOCD
6
1
+5VPD
1
4
+5VPD
4
2
SPPD1
2
5
SPPD2
5
3
GND2
3
6
GND2
6
1
GND2
1
2
STMPU
2
3
STMPS/
3
4
4
+24VPD STMPS
SRA-21T-4
SRA-21T-4
SRA-21T-4
SPWS
BL
BR
GY
AVCC
SPWS
GND2
179228-3
SPLS2
2
GND2
1
SPLS2
3
+5VPD SPLS2
179228-3
SPLS1
3
+5VPD SPLS1
1
SPLS1
2
GND2
179228-3(BLACK)
SPPD6
3
GND2
2
SPPD6
1
+5VPD
179228-3(BLACK)
SPPD5
1
+5VPD
2
SPPD5
3
GND2
179228-3
SPED
1
SPED
2
GND2
3
+5V SPED
179228-3
SOCD
1
SOCD
2
GND2
3
+5VPD SOCD
179228-3(BLACK)
SPPD3
3
GND2
2
SPPD3
1
+5VPD
179228-3(BLACK)
SPPD2
1
+5VPD
2
SPPD2
3
GND2
179228-3(BLACK)
SPPD1
1
+5VPD
2
SPPD1
3
GND2
STMPS
+24VPD
+24VPD_SW
PS-187
SCOV
1
SRRC
1
SPED
1
2
2
GND2
3
3
+5V SPED
4
4
+24VPD
5
5
+24VPD SW
+24VPD SRRC
1
1
2
SRRC/
2
Cooling fan
(NFANP0107FCPZ)
SPFMA/
+24VPD_SPFM
SPFMA
SPFMB
+24VPD_SPFM
SPFMB/
SPMA/
+24VPD_SPM
SPMA
SPMB
+24VPD _SPM
SPMB/
+24VPD FAN
GND2
FAN_LOCK
FAN
1
2
3
SPFM
6
3
4
1
5
2
SPF
6
5
4
3
2
1
M. DSPF unit section (P12)
3. Signal list
Signal
name
ADUGS
ADUMH
ADUMHCNT
ADUML
ADUMLCNT
APPD1
APPD2
CCFT
CL_ON
CLUD1
CLUD2
CLUM1
CLUM2
CPED1
CPED2
CPFC1
Name [Type]
ADU gate solenoid
[Electromagnetic solenoid]
ADU motor upper
[Stepping motor]
ADU motor upper current
select
ADU motor lower
[Stepping motor]
ADU motor lower current select
[Transmission type]
[Transmission type]
LCD backlight
[CCFT cool cathode ray tube]
Scanner lamp
Tray 1 paper upper limit

detection [Transmission type]
Tray 2 paper upper limit
Paper tray lift-up motor (Paper
feed tray 1) [DC brush motor]
Paper tray lift-up motor (Paper
feed tray 2) [DC brush motor]
[Transmission type]
[Transmission type]
Tray vertical transport clutch
[Electromagnetic clutch]
CPFC2

CPFD1

[Transmission type]
[Transmission type]
Paper feed motor drive
frequency [Brush-less motor]
Paper feed motor start/stop
[Brush-less motor]
Paper feed motor lock
detection
Paper feed clutch (Paper feed
tray 1) [Electromagnetic clutch]
Paper feed clutch (Paper feed
tray 2) [Electromagnetic clutch]
Tray 1 remaining paper
quantity detection
Tray 2 remaining paper
quantity detection
Tray 1 paper size detection 1
Drum motor drive frequency
[Brush-less motor]
Drum motor start/stop
[Brush-less motor]
Drum motor lock detection
CPFD2
CPFM_CK
CPFM_D
CPFM_LD
CPUC1
CPUC2
CSPD1
CSPD2
CSS11
CSS12
CSS13
CSS14
CSS21
CSS22
CSS23
CSS24
DM_CK
DM_D
DM_LD
Function/Operation
Connector level
"L"
"H"
ON
OFF
Connector
No.
CN10
Drives the ADU upper section.
CN17
Selects the ADU motor upper

current.
Drives the ADU lower section.
Large
current
Small
current
CN17
Selects the ADU motor lower

current.
Detects paper pass in the ADU
upper stream section.
Detects paper pass in the ADU
medium stream section.
LCD backlight
Large
current
Pass
Small
current
Pass
Radiates lights to the

document for the CCD to scan
the document images.
Pin
No.
3
PWB
name
PCU
3,4,
5,6
8
PCU
PCU
CN17
13,14,
15,16
18
PCU
CN6
12
PCU
CN6
14
PCU
ON
OFF
CN2
SCNcnt
ON
OFF
CN7
SCNcnt
Upper limit
CN5
PCU
Upper limit
CN5
PCU
Drives the paper tray lift plate.
Stop
Drive
CN9
21
PCU
Drives the paper tray lift plate.
Stop
Drive
CN9
22
PCU
Detects paper empty in the tray

1.
Detects paper empty in the tray
2.
Controls ON/OFF of the paper
transport roller in the paper
feed tray section.
transport roller 2 in the paper
feed tray section.
Detects paper pass in the tray
1.
YES
NO
CN5
PCU
YES
NO
CN5
PCU
ON
OFF
CN9
16
PCU
ON
OFF
CN9
14
PCU
Pass
CN5
PCU
Detects paper pass in the tray

2.
Pass
CN5
PCU
Changes the paper feed

section speed.
CN9
PCU
Drive
Stop
CN9
PCU
CN9
PCU
ON
Lock
detection
OFF
CN9
18
PCU
ON
OFF
CN9
20
PCU
Remaining
quantity
Remaining
quantity
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
CN5
PCU
CN5
10
PCU
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN5
CN14
15
17
19
21
16
18
20
22
6
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
PCU
Drive
Stop
CN14
PCU
Lock
detection
CN14
PCU
Detects the paper feed motor

lock.
Controls ON/OFF of the roller
in the paper feed tray section.
Controls ON/OFF of the roller
in the paper feed tray section.
Detects the remaining paper
quantity in the tray 1.
Detects the remaining paper
quantity in the tray 2.
Changes the drum section
speed.
Drives the drum section.
Detects the drum motor lock.
CN17
NOTE
Drives with the

4-phase signal.
PCU
Drives with the
4-phase signal.
Pulse input
Detects
during lifting up.
Detects
during lifting up.
Pulse input
Signal
name
DSW_ADU
DSW_C
DSW_F
Name [Type]
Function/Operation
ADU transport open/close

Tray 1, 2 transport cover open/
close detection
[Micro switch]
Detects open/close of the ADU

cover.
Detects open/close of the tray
1, 2 transport cover.
Detects open/close of the front
door, and fusing, motor, LSU
laser power line.
Detects open/close of the right
door unit, and fusing, motor,
LSU laser power line.
Detects the destination of the
developing unit 1.
developing unit 2.
developing unit 3.
Changes the fusing section
speed.
Drives the fusing section.
DSW_R

[Micro switch]
DVCH1
Developing check 1
DVCH2
Developing check 2
DVCH3
Developing check 3
FUM_CK
FUM_LD
Fusing motor drive frequency

[Brush-less motor]
Fusing motor start/stop
[Brush-less motor]
Fusing motor lock detection
HL_PR
Heater lamp control relay
HLout_UM
Heater lamp main
HLout_US
Heater lamp sub
HLout_UW
Heater lamp warm-up
HPOS
HUD_DV
Developing section humidity

detection
AC PWB interlock
Controller cooling fan lock
detection
LSU cooling fan motor speed
control
LSUCFM lock detection
FUM_D
INT_CNT
LOCK_
CPUFAN
LSUCFM_
CNT
LSUCFM_
LD
LSUCFM_V
MHPS
MIM_*
MPED
MPFD
MPFS
MPGS
MPLD
MPUC
MPWD
MTOP1

[Transmission type]
Scanner motor
[Stepping motor]
Manual feed paper empty
Manual feed paper entry
(Manual paper feed)
Manual feed gate solenoid
Manual feed paper length
detector
Manual paper feed tray paper
width detector
[Volume resistance]
Manual paper feed tray pull-out
position detection 1
MTOP2
Manual paper feed tray pull-out

position detection 2
OCSW
Original cover SW
[Transmission type]
Detects the fusing motor lock.

Turns ON/OFF the heater lamp
control relay.
main.
sub.
Turns ON/OFF the warm-up
operation of the heater lamp.
Detects the shifter home
position.
Detects the developing section
humidity.
Controls the AC PWB interlock.
Adjusts the rotating speed of

the LSU cooling fan motor.
Detects the LSU cooling fan
motor lock.
Cools the LSU.
Detects the scanner home
position.
Scanner (reading) section
Detects paper empty in the
manual paper feed tray.
Detects paper entry in the
pickup roller.
Controls open/close of the
manual paper feed gate
solenoid.
Detects the paper length in the
feed roller in the manual paper
feed section.
Detects the paper width in the
Detects the pull-out position of
the manual paper feed tray.
(Retraction position)
Detects the pull-out position of
the manual paper feed tray.
(Pull-out position)
Detects open/close of the
document cover
(document size detection
trigger).
Connector level
"L"
"H"
Open
Close
CN2
RD I/F
Open
Close
CN5
11
PCU
Open
Close
CN13
PCU
Open
Close
CN13
PCU
Detection
CN3
12
PCU
Detection
CN3
14
PCU
Detection
CN3
16
PCU
CN12
PCU
Drive
Stop
CN12
PCU
CN12
11
PCU
OFF
Lock
detection
ON
CN12
PCU
OFF
ON
CN12
PCU
OFF
ON
CN12
10
PCU
OFF
ON
CN12
14
PCU
Home
position
CN15
PCU
CN1
20
PCU
Lock
Lock
detection
CN8
CN13
8
7
PCU
Mother
CN9
10
PCU
CN9
PCU
CN9
CN17
9
1
PCU
SCNcnt
Lock
detection
Drive
Home
position
CN1
SCNcnt
YES
NO
CN3
1,2,3,
4
7
RD I/F
Pass
CN6
PCU
Pickup
CN10
PCU
ON
OFF
CN10
PCU
Detection
CN3
16
RD I/F
ON
OFF
CN10
PCU
CN6
13
PCU
Analog
detection
Storing
position
CN3
25
RD I/F
Manual paper
feed unit
Pull-out
position
CN3
22
RD I/F
Manual paper
feed unit
Close
Open
CN4
SCNcnt
Release
Stop
Connector
No.
Pin
No.
PWB
name
NOTE
Pulse input
Analog
detection
Pulse (Duty)
drive
Manual paper
feed unit
Manual paper
feed unit
Signal
name
Name [Type]
Function/Operation
OSM
Shift motor [Stepping motor]
Offsets the paper.
OZFM_CNT
Ozone fan motor speed control
OZFM_LD
Ozone fan motor lock detection
OZFM_V
PCS
Ozone fan motor drive

Process control sensor light
reception [Reflection type]
Process control sensor light
emitting [Reflection type]
Adjusts the rotating speed of

the ozone fan motor.
Detects the ozone fan motor
lock.
Discharges the ozone.
Detects the toner patch density.
PCS-LED
Adjusts the light emitting

amount of the process control
sensor.
Transports and drives the
registration front roller drive
system.
Selects the PS front transport
motor current.
Detects the paper exit from
fusing.
Detects the discharged paper.
Connector level
"L"
"H"
Connector
No.
CN14
Pin
No.
PWB
name
CN15
13,14,
15,16
19
PCU
CN15
15
PCU
Stop
Lock
detection
Drive
CN15
CN6
21
22
PCU
PCU
CN6
21
PCU
CN17
23,24,
25,26
PCU
Large
current
Small
current
Pass
CN17
28
PCU
CN15
PCU
Pass
CN15
PCU
Pass
CN6
10
PCU
CN15
25
PCU
Lock
detection
Drive
CN15
27
PCU
CN15
CN15
23
26
PCU
PCU
CN15
28
PCU
CN15
CN15
24
20
PCU
PCU
CN15
CN17
PCU
PCU
PCU
PFM
PS front transport motor

[Stepping motor]
PFMCNT
POD3
PS front transport motor

current selection
[Transmission type]
[Transmission type]
POFM1_
CNT
POFM1_LD

speed control
POFM 1 lock detection
Detects paper exit to the right

tray.
Controls the speed of the paper
exit cooling fan motor 1.
Detects the POFM 1 lock.
POFM1_V
POFM2_
CNT
POFM2_LD

speed control
Cools the fusing unit.

Controls the speed of the paper
exit cooling fan motor 2.
Stop
POFM2_V
POFM3_LD


Stop
POFM3_V
POM
Cools the paper exit unit.

Stop
Large
current
Pass
Small
current
CN17
22
9,10,
11,12
7
CN6
PCU
Pass
CN6
26
PCU
CN8
PCU
CN8
CN8
1
4
PCU
PCU
Stop
ON
Lock
detection
Drive
Lock
detection
Drive
OFF
CN8
CN14
2
18
PCU
PCU
PWM_
CPUFAM

[Stepping motor]
Paper exit drive motor current
select
Registration front detection
[Transmission type]
Registration detection
[Reflection type]
Power cooling fan motor 1 lock
detection
Power cooling fan motor 1
Power cooling fan motor 2 lock
detection
Power cooling fan motor 2
Separation solenoid
Controller cooling fan PWM
control
Lock
detection
Drive
Lock
detection
Drive
CN13
Mother
RDCFM_LD
RDCFM lock detection
Detects the RDCFM lock.
CN10
13
PCU
RDCFM_V
Suction fan motor
Stop
CN10
11
PCU
RRM
CN17
PCU
Large
current
Small
current
Open
CN17
19,20,
21,22
17
PCU
SCOV
Registration motor transport

motor [Stepping motor]
Registration motor current
select
Upper cover open/close sensor
CN8
20
DSPFcnt
SOCD
SPED
SPFM*
Cover open/close sensor

Document empty sensor
Transport motor
Discharges air from the suction

section.
Transports and drives the
registration roller drive system.
Selects the registration motor
current.
Detects the upper cover open/
close.
Detects the cover open/close.
Detects the document empty.
Drives the transport motor.
Lock
detection
Drive
Close
Detection
CN9
CN9
CN8
10
14
6,7,8,
9,10,
11
3,4,5,
6,7,23
2
DSPFcnt
DSPFcnt
DSPFcnt
POD1
POD2
POMCNT
PPD1
PPD2
PSFM1_LD
PSFM1_V
PSFM2_LD
PSFM2_V
PSPS
RRMCNT
Selects the paper exit drive

motor current.
Detects paper in front of the
registration roller.
Detects paper at the rear of the
registration roller.
Detects the power cooling fan
motor 1 lock.
Detects the power cooling fan
motor 2 lock.
Controls the separation
solenoid.
Controller cooling fan.
Stop
CN15
SPLS1
Document size sensor 1
Detects the document size.
Detection
CN7
NOTE
Drives with the
4-phase signal.
Pulse (Duty)
drive
Analog
detection
Analog
detection
Drives with the
4-phase signal.
Pulse (Duty)
drive
Pulse (Duty)
drive
Drives with the

4-phase signal.
PCU
SCNcnt
DSPFcnt
Pulse (Duty)
drive
* Control is
MFPC.
Drives with the

4-phase signal.
U model, MXM283N
Signal
name
SPLS2
SPM*
SPOD
SPPD1
SPPD2
Name [Type]
Function/Operation
Document size sensor 2

Paper feed motor
Detects the document size.

Drives the paper feed motor.
Paper feed reverse motor
Drives the paper feed reverse

motor.
Paper exit sensor

No. 1 paper feed sensor
Detects paper pass.

Detects paper pass.
No. 2 paper feed (PS front)

sensor
Detects paper pass.
No. 1 (front surface) scanning

front sensor
Scanning front sensor
Detects paper pass.
No. 2 (back surface) scanning

front sensor
Reverse rear sensor
Detects paper pass.
SPRS
SPWS
Document width sensor
Controls the pressure release

solenoid.
Detects the document width.
SPPD3
SPPD5
SRRC
PS clutch
Controls the PS clutch.
SRVC
Reverse clutch
Controls the reverse clutch.
STMPS
Stamp solenoid
Controls the finish stamp.
TCS
TH_MY_IN

[Magnetic sensor]
Toner supply clutch
[Transmission type]
Right tray paper exit full
detection
Developing section
temperature detection
Main thermistor
TH_US_IN
Sub thermistor
TNBOX
Connector
No.
Pin
No.
PWB
name
DSPFcnt
DSPFcnt
CN2
CN9
CN15
5
12,13,
14,15,
16
8,9,
10,11,
12
8
3
1
DSPFcnt
DSPFcnt
SCNcnt
CN9
CN15
4
2
DSPFcnt
SCNcnt
CN9
DSPFcnt
CN15
24
SCNcnt
CN2
DSPFcnt
CN15
25
SCNcnt
CN7
CN8
CN15
Detection
Detection
Detection
Detection
Detection
SCNcnt
OFF
ON
CN15
13
SCNcnt
CN7
DSPFcnt
CN15
17
SCNcnt
CN8
CN15
18
15
DSPFcnt
SCNcnt
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
CN15
16
SCNcnt
Stamping
CN8
CN15
17
14
DSPFcnt
SCNcnt
CN3
PCU
Controls toner supply.
ON
OFF
CN3
PCU
Detects the face-down paper

exit tray full.
Detects the paper exit full in the
right tray.
Detects the temperature in the
developing section.
Detects the temperature.
Full
CN15
PCU
Full
CN2
RD I/F
CN1
22
PCU
CN16
10
PCU
CN16
PCU
Waste toner box remaining

quantity detection
Detects the remaining quantity

in the waste toner box.
CN16
18
PCU
TNF
Waste toner box remaining

quantity detection
Detects the remaining quantity

in the waste toner box.
CN16
17
PCU
TSGOUT

voltage [Magnetic sensor]
Web end detection
Web motor
(Synchronous motor)
Dehumidifying heater control
Controls the toner density.
CN3
PCU
End
CN16
CN14
11
19,20
PCU
PCU
ON
OFF
CN10
17
PCU
TDSC
TFD2
TFD3
TH_DV
WEB-END
WEBM
WH_PR
Detects the toner density.
Connector level
"L"
"H"
Detection
Detects the web end.

Drives the fusing web cleaning
paper.
Turns ON/OFF the
dehumidifying heater.
NOTE
U model, MXM283N
U model, MXM283N
U model, MXM283N
U model, MXM283N
U model, MXM283N
U model, MXM283N
Analog
detection
U model, MXM283N, Analog
detection
U model, MXM283N
U model, MXM283N
U model, MXM283N
Analog
detection
Analog
detection
Analog
detection
Analog
detection
"Detection
pattern table"
provided.
"Detection
pattern table"
provided.
Analog
detection
Drives with the
2-phase signal.
ON:
Relay open
[13] TOOL LIST
MX-M503N
Service Manual
1. Exclusive-use tools list

For repair or adjustments of this machine, the following tools are required.
Name
DSPF shading adjustment sheet
Gray scale chart
Color test chart (AB series)
Color test chart (Inch series)
SIT chart
Stearic acid
Parts code
UKOG-0330FCZZ
UKOG-0162FCZZ
UKOG-0326FCZZ
UKOG-0326FC11
UKOG-0280FCZZ or UKOG-0280FCZ1
UKOG-0309FCZZ
Purpose
DSPF CIS unit shading adjustment
Copy density and gradation check
Copy density and gradation check / Void area and image loss check /
Resolution check
CCD, DSPF CIS color balance and gamma adjustment
Apply to the side seal on the OPC drum cleaner section.
MX-M503N TOOL LIST 13 1
MX-M503N
[A]
EXTERIOR
1.
(2)
Left cabinet
rear lower/Left cabinet
Service
Manual
1)
Disassembly and assembly
A. Cabinet
d
k
i
h
2)
Remove the desk connection lid (A). Remove the screw, and
remove the left cabinet rear lower (B) and the left cabinet (C).
n
g
f
e
B
m
a
o
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
p
(1)
1)
(3)
Parts
Rear cabinet
Left cabinet rear lower
Left cabinet
Upper cabinet right
Upper cabinet left
Upper cabinet rear cover
Upper cabinet rear
Front cabinet upper
Operation panel base plate
Right cabinet front
Right connection cabinet
Right cabinet rear cover
Paper exit cover
Paper exit tray cabinet
Left cabinet rear
Front cover
1)
Upper cabinet right/Upper cabinet left

Remove the SPF glass (A). Remove the glass holder (B) and
the table glass (C).
Rear cabinet
Remove the screw, and remove the rear cabinet.
2)
Remove the screw, and remove the upper cabinet right (A) and
the upper cabinet left (B).
2
1
MX-M503N EXTERIOR A 1
(4)
1)
Upper cabinet rear cover/Upper cabinet rear

Remove the upper cabinet rear cover lid (A). Remove the
screw, and remove the upper cabinet rear cover (B).
(6)
Right cabinet front/Right connection cabinet/

1)
Remove the front cabinet upper.
2)
Open the right door and the right cabinet lower.
A
1
B
1
2)

earth wire. Remove the screw, and remove the upper cabinet
rear.
3)
Remove the screw, and remove the right cabinet front (A).
Remove the screw, and remove the right connection cabinet
(B). Remove the ozone filter cover (C). Remove the screw, and
remove the right cabinet rear cover (D).
(5)
1)
Front cabinet upper/Operation panel base plate

Open the front cabinet. Remove the screws, and remove the
front cabinet upper.
D
4
3
C
(7)
1)
Paper exit cover/Paper exit tray cabinet/Left

cabinet rear
Remove the paper exit cover (A). Open the front cabinet, and
remove the screw.
Remove the screw, and remove the paper exit tray cabinet (B).
2)
Remove the screw, and remove the operation panel base

plate.
(8)
Front cover
1)
Remove the toner cartridge. [Refer to "[i] Toner supply section."]
2)
Remove the developing unit. [Refer to "[J] DEVELOPING

SECTION"]
3)
Remove the photo-conductor unit. [Refer to "[H] PHOTO-CONDUCTOR SECTION"]
4)
Remove the front cabinet upper and the paper exit tray cabinet.
5)
6)
Remove the band and the hinge, and remove the front cabinet.
7)
Remove the screw, and remove the front cover.
CN11
1
2
3
4
5
6
B6P-VH
CN7
SCANDATA01
SCANDATA0+
2
GND2
3
SCANDATA14
SCANDATA1+
5
GND2
6
SCANDATA27
SCANDATA2+
8
GND2
9
SCANCLKOUT10
SCANCLKOUT+
11
GND2
12
SCANDATA313
14
SCANDATA3+
GND2
15
B15B-PH-K-S
MOTHER
PWB
MX-M503N OPERATION PANEL B 1
SRA-51T-4
5
4
3
2
1
KEY PWB
SRA-01T-3.2
SRA-01T-3.2
CN
VBUS2
1
D22
D2+
3
GND2
4
SHIELD2
5
BM05B-GHS-TBT
USB PWB
VBUS2
D2D2+
GND2
SHIELD2
SCN-CNT PWB
FG
SRA-51T-4
MFP OPE PWB
CN
+5VN
GND2
OCSW
+24V3
/SIZE_LED1
/SIZE_LED2
F-GND
1
2
3
POWER SW PWB
3
n PWRSW
2
GND2
1
GND2
1
GND2
2
GND2
3
CK
4
GND2
5
GND2
6
NC
7
R0
8
R1
9
R2
10
GND2
11
R3
12
R4
13
R5
14
GND2
15
G0
16
G1
17
G2
18
GND2
19
G3
20
G4
21
G5
22
GND2
23
B0
24
B1
25
B2
26
GND2
27
B3
28
B4
29
B5
30
GND2
31
Hsync
32
GND2
33
Vsync
34
F-GND
35
ENAB
36
UD/LR
37
+3.3V
38
+3.3V
39
NC
40
+3.3V
FH12A-40S-0.5SH(55)
5
GND2
4
CCFT
3
+24V3
2
+24V3
1
GND2
B5B-PASK-1
TOUCH PANEL
CN16
VBUS2
10
D29
D2+
8
GND2
7
SHIELD2
6
BM10B-GHS-TBT
CN4
+5VN
1
GND2
2
/OCSW
3
+24V3
4
/SIZE_LED1
5
/SIZE_LED2
6
B6B-PH-SM4-TB
MFP OPE PWB
SD
PK
WH
SD
PK
WH
SD
PK
WH
SD
PK
WH
SD
PK
WH
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
CN1
1
GND2
2
GND2
7
GND2
29
GND2
39
GND2
40
GND2
+3.3V
25
19
+3.3V
23
+5VN
3
+24V3
5
+24V3
37
nYL(Y1)
35
XH(X1)
33
YH(Y2)
31
nXL(X2)
27
SC_TEMP
21
VCONT
17
nCCFT
15
PNL_SEL0
13
PNL_SEL1
11
PNL_SEL2
9
PNL_SEL3
36
DISP
10
GND2
LCD_DATA3+
6
8
LCD_DATA316
GND2
12
LCD_CLK+
14
LCD_CLK22
GND2
18
LCD_DATA2+
20
LCD_DATA228
GND2
24
LCD_DATA1+
26
LCD_DATA134
GND2
30
LCD_DATA0+
32
LCD_DATA0501571-4029
CN4
GND2
5
CCFT
4
+24V3
3
+24V3
2
GND2
1
BM05B-GHS-TBT
CN3
/YL(Y1)
4
XH(X1)
3
YH(Y2)
2
/XL(X2)
1
52271-0469
CN2
GND2
1
GND2
2
CK
3
GND2
4
GND2
5
NC
6
R0
7
R1
8
R2
9
GND2
10
R3
11
R4
12
R5
13
GND2
14
G0
15
G1
16
G2
17
GND2
18
G3
19
G4
20
G5
21
GND2
22
B0
23
B1
24
B2
25
GND2
26
B3
27
B4
28
B5
29
GND2
30
Hsync
31
GND2
32
Vsync
33
F-GND
34
ENAB
35
UD/LR
36
+3.3V
37
+3.3V
38
NC
39
+3.3V
40
FH12A-40S-0.5SH(55)
+CCFT
1
/CCFT
2
S02(8.0)B-BHS
[B] OPERATION PANEL
SD
PK
WH
SD
PK
WH
SD
PK
WH
SD
PK
WH
SD
PK
WH
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
CN5
1
nRES_SCN
2
+5VO
3
nRTS_SCN
4
nLCD_DISP
5
TXD_SCN
6
LCD_SEL0
7
nCTS_SCN
8
nPOF_SCN
9
RXD_SCN
10
GND2
11
nSPED
12
nOCSW
B12B-PHDSS-B
CN1
4
+5VO
6
GND2
WU_LED
8
12
nINFO_LED
nWU_KEY
14
10
POW_LED
1
GND2
2
GND2
+5V_EXT
17
20
GND2
18
+3.3V_EXT
16
nBZR
19
nKEYIN
SEG0LEDBPR
15
SEG1LEDCPR
13
SEG2D0
11
9
nF0D1(nc)
7
nF1D2
nF2G0
5
3
nF3G1
501190-2017
LCD INVERTER
PWB
CN6
nPWR_SW
10
GND2
11
GND2
12
(NC)
1
(NC)
2
+5VO
3
4
GND2
5
nWU_LED
6
nINFO_LED
7
nWU_KEY
8
nPOW_LED
9
GND2
13
LCD_DATA3+
14
LCD_DATA317
GND2
15
LCD_CLK+
16
LCD_CLK18
GND2
19
LCD_DATA2+
20
LCD_DATA2GND2
23
21
LCD_DATA1+
22
LCD_DATA1GND2
24
LCD_DATA0+
25
LCD_DATA026
(NC)
27
28
(NC)
29
(NC)
30
(NC)
501190-3017(MOLEX)
WH
PK
GY
WH
PK
GY
WH
PK
GY
WH
PK
GY
WH
PK
GY
(NC)
CN2
PDSEL2
20
PDSEL1
23
PDSEL0
22
+5VN
25
PD
24
GND2
21
GND2
39
GND2
40
+5V_EXT
38
GND2
27
+3.3V_EXT
37
nBZR
34
nKEYIN
35
SEG0LEDBPR
32
SEG1LEDCPR
33
SEG2D0
30
nF0D1
31
nF1D2
28
nF2G0
29
nF3G1
26
GND2
36
GND2
18
GND2
19
GND2
16
GND2
17
GND2
14
+3.3V
15
+3.3V
12
+5VN
13
+24V3
10
+24V3
11
nYL(Y1)
8
XH(X1)
9
YH(Y2)
6
nXL(X2)
7
SC_TEMP
4
VCONT
5
nCCFT
2
PNL_SEL0
3
DISP
1
501190-4017
CN9
nA_PNC
1
nA_COPY
2
nA_CA
3
nA_READY
4
nA_AUD
5
+5VN
6
GND2
7
+24V3
8
(NC)
9
10
nA_TC
+24V3
11
PNC-a
12
GND2
13
B13B-PH-K-S
CN5
nRES_SCN
1
+5VO
2
nRTS_SCN
3
nLCD_DISP
4
TXD_SCN
5
LCD_SEL0
6
nCTS_SCN
7
nPOF_SCN
8
RXD_SCN
9
GND2
10
nSPED
11
nOCSW
12
B12B-PHDSS-B
WH
PK
GY
WH
PK
GY
WH
PK
GY
WH
PK
GY
WH
PK
GY
CN6
3
GND1
1
+24V3
2
+12V
4
+5VN
5
+3.3V
6
GND2
B6P-VH
CN11
1
SCANDATA02
SCANDATA0+
3
GND2
4
SCANDATA16
SCANDATA1+
5
GND2
8
SCANDATA210
SCANDATA2+
7
GND2
SCANCLKOUT12
SCANCLKOUT+
14
GND2
11
SCANDATA316
SCANDATA3+
15
13
GND2
9
+3.3V
B16B-PHDSS-B
PDSEL2
PDSEL1
PDSEL0
+5VN
PD
GND2
ORS PD PWB
GND2
+24V3
+12V
+5VN
+3.3V
GND2
3
2
1
4
5
6
MX-M503N
Service Manual
1. Electrical and mechanical relation diagram
A. 8.5 inch operation panel
OCSW
LCD
BACK LIGHT
3
6
PWRSW
8.5inch LCD UN
LVDS PWB
ORS LED
PWB
MOTHER PWB
Signal
OCSW
PWRSW
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Name
Original cover SW
Operation panel power supply switch
Function/Operation
Document size detection timing switch
Outputs the ON/OF control signal of the DC power source.
Name
MFP OPE-P PWB
LVDS PWB
Document detection light receiving PWB
LCD INV PWB
USB connector PWB
Function/Operation
Detects the pressed key on the operation panel.
Converts the display signal and outputs to the LCD.
Receives light from the document detection light emitting PWB to detect the document size.
Emits light for detection of the document size.
Emits the document size detection LED lights.
For USB connecting
CN11
1
2
3
4
5
6
B6P-VH
CN7
SCANDATA01
SCANDATA0+
2
GND2
3
SCANDATA14
SCANDATA1+
5
GND2
6
SCANDATA27
SCANDATA2+
8
GND2
9
SCANCLKOUT10
SCANCLKOUT+
11
GND2
12
SCANDATA313
SCANDATA3+
14
GND2
15
B15B-PH-K-S
MOTHER
PWB
SRA-51T-4
5
4
3
2
1
KEY PWB
SRA-01T-3.2
SRA-01T-3.2
CN
VBUS2
1
D22
D2+
3
GND2
4
SHIELD2
5
BM05B-GHS-TBT
USB PWB
VBUS2
D2D2+
GND2
SHIELD2
SCN-CNT PWB
FG
SRA-51T-4
CN
MFP OPE PWB

+5VN
GND2
OCSW
+24V3
/SIZE_LED1
/SIZE_LED2
F-GND
1
2
3
POWER SW PWB
3
n PWRSW
2
GND2
1
GND2
CN3
4
3
2
1
52271-0469
CN4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
52030-2629
/YL(Y1)
XH(X1)
YH(Y2)
/XL(X2)
VO
LP
GND2
CP
GND2
+3.3V
M
D0
D1
GND2
D2
D3
GND2
DISP
VEE
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
52030-2629
VO
LP
GND2
CP
GND2
+3.3V
M
D0
D1
GND2
D2
D3
GND2
DISP
VEE
3
/CCFT
2
GND2
1
+24V3
S3B-PH-K-S
TOUCH PANEL
CN16
VBUS2
10
D29
D2+
8
GND2
7
SHIELD2
6
BM10B-GHS-TBT
CN4
+5VN
1
GND2
2
/OCSW
3
+24V3
4
/SIZE_LED1
5
/SIZE_LED2
6
B6B-PH-SM4-TB
MFP OPE PWB
SD
PK
WH
SD
PK
WH
SD
PK
WH
SD
PK
WH
SD
PK
WH
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
CN1
1
GND2
2
GND2
7
GND2
29
GND2
39
GND2
40
GND2
+3.3V
25
19
+3.3V
23
+5VN
3
+24V3
5
+24V3
37
/YL(Y1)
35
XH(X1)
33
YH(Y2)
31
/XL(X2)
27
SC_TEMP
21
VCONT
17
/CCFT
15
PNL_SEL0
13
PNL_SEL1
11
PNL_SEL2
9
PNL_SEL3
36
DISP
10
GND2
LCD_DATA3+
6
8
LCD_DATA316
GND2
12
LCD_CLK+
14
LCD_CLK22
GND2
18
LCD_DATA2+
20
LCD_DATA228
GND2
24
LCD_DATA1+
26
LCD_DATA134
GND2
30
LCD_DATA0+
32
LCD_DATA0501571-4029
CN4
/CCFT
1
GND2
2
+24V3
3
S3B-PH-SM4-TB
+CCFT
1
/CCFT
2
S02(8.0)B-BHS
BACK LIGHT
SD
PK
WH
SD
PK
WH
SD
PK
WH
SD
PK
WH
SD
PK
WH
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
CN5
1
nRES_SCN
2
+5VO
3
nRTS_SCN
4
nLCD_DISP
5
TXD_SCN
6
LCD_SEL0
7
nCTS_SCN
8
nPOF_SCN
9
RXD_SCN
10
GND2
11
nSPED
12
nOCSW
B12B-PHDSS-B
CN1
4
+5VO
6
GND2
WU_LED
8
12
nINFO_LED
nWU_KEY
14
10
POW_LED
GND2
1
2
GND2
+5V_EXT
17
GND2
20
18
+3.3V_EXT
16
nBZR
nKEYIN
19
SEG0LEDBPR
15
SEG1LEDCPR
13
11
SEG2D0
9
nF0D1
7
nF1D2
nF2G0
5
3
nF3G1
501190-2017
LCD INVERTER
PWB
CN6
10
nPWR_SW
GND2
11
GND2
12
(NC)
1
(NC)
2
+5VO
3
4
GND2
5
nWU_LED
6
nINFO_LED
7
nWU_KEY
8
nPOW_LED
9
GND2
13
LCD_DATA3+
14
LCD_DATA3GND2
17
15
LCD_CLK+
16
LCD_CLK18
GND2
19
LCD_DATA2+
20
LCD_DATA2GND2
23
21
LCD_DATA1+
22
LCD_DATA1GND2
24
LCD_DATA0+
25
LCD_DATA026
(NC)
27
28
(NC)
29
(NC)
30
(NC)
501190-3017(MOLEX)
WH
PK
GY
WH
PK
GY
WH
PK
GY
WH
PK
GY
WH
PK
GY
(NC)
CN2
PDSEL2
20
PDSEL1
23
PDSEL0
22
+5VN
25
PD
24
GND2
21
GND2
39
GND2
40
+5V_EXT
38
GND2
27
+3.3V_EXT
37
nBZR
34
nKEYIN
35
SEG0LEDBPR
32
SEG1LEDCPR
33
SEG2D0
30
nF0D1
31
nF1D2
28
nF2G0
29
nF3G1
26
GND2
36
GND2
18
GND2
19
GND2
16
GND2
17
GND2
14
+3.3V
15
+3.3V
12
+5VN
13
+24V3
10
+24V3
11
nYL(Y1)
8
XH(X1)
9
YH(Y2)
6
nXL(X2)
7
SC_TEMP
4
VCONT
5
nCCFT
2
PNL_SEL0
3
DISP
1
501190-4017
CN9
nA_PNC
1
nA_COPY
2
nA_CA
3
nA_READY
4
nA_AUD
5
+5VN
6
GND2
7
+24V3
8
(NC)
9
10
nA_TC
+24V3
11
PNC-a
12
GND2
13
B13B-PH-K-S
CN5
nRES_SCN
1
+5VO
2
nRTS_SCN
3
nLCD_DISP
4
TXD_SCN
5
LCD_SEL0
6
nCTS_SCN
7
nPOF_SCN
8
RXD_SCN
9
GND2
10
nSPED
11
nOCSW
12
B12B-PHDSS-B
WH
PK
GY
WH
PK
GY
WH
PK
GY
WH
PK
GY
WH
PK
GY
CN6
3
GND1
1
+24V3
2
+12V
4
+5VN
5
+3.3V
6
GND2
B6P-VH
CN11
1
SCANDATA02
SCANDATA0+
3
GND2
4
SCANDATA16
SCANDATA1+
5
GND2
8
SCANDATA210
SCANDATA2+
7
GND2
SCANCLKOUT12
SCANCLKOUT+
14
GND2
11
SCANDATA316
SCANDATA3+
15
13
GND2
9
+3.3V
B16B-PHDSS-B
PDSEL2
PDSEL1
PDSEL0
+5VN
PD
GND2
ORS PD PWB
GND2
+24V3
+12V
+5VN
+3.3V
GND2
3
2
1
4
5
6
B. 8.1 inch operation panel
OCSW
LCD
1
6
PWRSW
8.1inch LCD UN
LVDS PWB
ORS LED
PWB
MOTHER PWB
Signal
OCSW
PWRSW
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Name
Original cover SW
Operaton panel power supply switch
Function/Operation
Document size detection timing switch
Outputs the ON/OF control signal of the DC power source.
Name
8.1 MFP OPE-P PWB
LVDS PWB
LCD INV PWB
USB connector PWB
Function/Operation
Detects the pressed key on the operation panel.
Converts the display signal and outputs to the LCD.
Receives light from the document detection light emitting PWB to detect the document size.
Emits light for detection of the document size.
Emits the document size detection LED lights.
For USB connecting
2. Operational descriptions
3. Disassembly and assembly
A. Outline
A. 8.5 inch operation panel unit
The operation panel is composed of the MFP OPE PWB, the LCD
INV PWB, the LVDS PWB, the USB CN PWB, the LCD unit, and
the operation key, and is used to operation the machine, to set and
to display the status.
They are connected with the document detection light receiving

PWB for detection of the document size. They receive light from the
document detection light emitting PWB attached to the rear frame
side, detecting the document size.
The power switch of the operation panel outputs the ON/OFF control signal of the DC power.
The USB connector can be connected with the USB memory, the
USB keyboard, the IC card writer, the IC card reader, and the USB
hub, sending the electronic data to the mother PWB.
d
Parts
Use of the keyboard in the lower section of the operation panel

facilitates text inputs.
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
LCD INV PWB

POWER SW PWB
8.5 MFP OPE PWB
USB connector PWB
LVDS PWB
LCD module
Touch panel
1)
Remove the operation panel base plate.

[Refer to "[A] EXTERIOR."]
2)
Remove the screw and the earth wire. Disconnect four connectors.
*1 *2
*3
*1
*4
*1
*1: Since the lead wire is provided with the lock, do not pull the
lead wire.
Hold the connector and pull it out.
*2: Note that the lock is on the back surface.
*3: When disconnecting the connector, pull the lead wire
slowly.
*4: Disconnect the connector from the Mylar.
3)
Remove the screw, remove the earth harness from the

machine, and turn the operation panel back.
(2)
Remove the operation panel unit.
2)
Remove the screw and the earth wire, and remove the USB
connector PWB.
(3)
(1)
LVDS PWB
1)
2)
Remove the screw and the earth wire, and remove the LVDS
shield sheet.
3)
Disconnect the connector and remove the screw and the earth
wire. Remove the LVDS PWB.
LCD INV PWB/POWER SW PWB/8.5 MFP OPE PWB
1)
2)
Disconnect the connector and remove the screw. Remove the

LCD INV PWB and the POWER SW PWB.
3)
USB connector PWB
1)
Remove the screw and the earth wire. Peel off the Mylar, and
remove the earth sheet and the 8.5 MFP OPE PWB.
* When the LVDS PWB is removed, the earth plate for the
LCD is also removed. Be careful not to lose it.
(4)
1)
LCD module
(5)
Touch panel
1)
2)
Remove the LVDS shield sheet.
2)
3)

Mylar.
Remove the screw and the earth wire, and remove the LVDS
shield sheet.
4)
Disconnect the connector, and remove the LCD holder.
3)

Mylar.
4)
Disconnect the connector and remove the screw, and remove

the LCD unit.
5)
Remove the touch panel.
5)
Remove the LCD module.
B. 8.1 inch operation panel unit
(1)
POWER SW PWB/MFP OPE-P PWB
1)
2)
Remove the screw, and remove the POWER SW PWB.
3)
Remove the screw and the earth wire, and remove the MFP
OPE-P PWB.
e
b
f
d
g
a
c
Parts
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
POWER SW PWB
MFP OPE-P PWB
USB connector PWB
LCD INV PWB
LVDS PWB
LCD module
Touch panel
1)
Remove the operation panel base plate.

2)
Remove the screw, and disconnect the connector.
(2)
*1 *2
*3
USB connector PWB
1)
2)
Remove the screw and the earth wire, and remove the USB
connector PWB.
*1
*1
*1: Since the lead wire is provided with the lock, do not pull the
lead wire.
Hold the connector and pull it out.
*2: Note that the lock is on the back surface.
*3: When disconnecting the connector, pull the lead wire
slowly.
3)
Put the operation panel upside down.
(3)
LCD INV PWB/LVDS PWB
(5)
1)
1)
Touch panel
2)

the LCD INV PWB (A) and the LVDS PWB (B).
2)

the LCD unit.
3)
Remove the touch panel.
* When the LCD INV PWB and the LVDS PWB are removed,
the earth wire for the LCD is also removed. Be careful not to
lose it.
(4)
LCD module
1)
2)
Disconnect the connector, and remove the LCD holder.
3)
Remove the screw, and remove the LCD module.
MX-M503N
[C]
DSPF/RSPF SECTION
Service Manual

A. DSPF
(1)
Paper feed section
&52(&4+8'429$
52/#
82&A52/
52/#
52/$
82&A52/
52/$
%0$

82&544%
544%
82&
)0&
82&59
%0'

0%

&52(A%0629$
)0&
)0&
82&
82&
8
52(/%52(//
52(//
52(/1
52(/1
52(/48
52/#
52/#
52/$
52/$
52/1
56/25
544%
52(%
5%18
56/27
82&
(#0A10
(#0A.1%)0&
)0&
%0

%0#

52/#
82&A52/
52/#
52/$
82&A52/
52/$

82&
82&59
522&

)0&
)0&
82&
82&
8
52(/%52(//
52(//
52(/1
52(/1
52(/48
52/#
52/#
52/$
52/$
52/1
56/25
544%
52(%
5%18
56/27
82&
(#0A101((
(#0A.1%)0&
)0&

5%18

82&
82&A59
SPM
82&
522&
)0&
SPPD2
SCOV
SPPD1
SPED
3
%0
8
8
522&
522&
)0&
)0&

8
52'&
)0&
0%

82&
82&
522&
522&
)0&
)0&

52'&

8A52'&
52'&
)0&

522&

82&
522&
)0&
52'&
)0&
852'&
SPWS
SPLS1
SPLS2
%0
8A52.5
52.5
)0&
)0&
52.5
8A52.5
#8%%
5295
)0&

No.
1
2
3
Name
Pick-up roller
Paper feed roller
Separation roller
Signal name
SCOV
SPED
SPLS1
SPLS2
SPM
SPPD1
SPPD2
SPWS
52.5

82&52.5
52.5
)0&
52.5

)0&
52.5
82&52.5
#8%%
5295
)0&

$.
$4
);
#8%%
5295
)0&
Function/Operation
Name
DSPF upper cover open/close sensor
DSPF document sensor
DSPF document length sensor (short)
DSPF document length sensor (long)
Paper feed motor
DSPF paper pass sensor 1
DSPF document width sensor
Type
Micro switch
Transmission type
Transmission type
Transmission type
Stepping motor
Transmission type
Transmission type
Volume resistor
Function/Operation
Detects open/close of the DSPF upper cover.
Detects document empty in the DSPF paper feed tray.
Drives the rollers in the paper feed section.
Detects pass of the paper.
Detects the document width in the DSPF paper feed tray.
MX-M503N DSPF/RSPF SECTION C 1
(2)
Transport section
SPFM
SRRC
FAN
SPPD3
6
SPPD5
1
2
SOCD
SPPD6 (SPOD)
STMPS

%0'

%0%

0%

0%
0%

82&544%
544%
82&52(%
52(%
0%
)0&
56/27
56/25
82&56/25
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Name
DSPF CIS unit
Signal name
FAN
SOCD
SPFM
SPPD3
SPPD5
SPPD6 (SPOD)
SRRC
STMPS
Name
Cooling fan motor
DSPF open/close sensor
Transport motor
DSPF paper exit sensor
PS clutch
Stamp solenoid
Function/Operation
Transports paper from resist roller to No. 2 resist roller.
Transports paper to the transport 3 roller.
Transports paper from the transport roller 2 to the paper exit roller.
Discharges paper.
Reads document images. (CIS PWB: CIS control, LED: Light source)
Type
DC motor
Transmission type
Stepping motor
Transmission type
Transmission type
Transmission type
Function/Operation
Cools the CIS unit and the motor.
Detects open/close of the DSPF unit.
Drives the stamp.
82&
522&
)0&
)0&
522&
82&

0%
0%
0%
0%
%0

8
8
522&
522&
)0&
)0&
)0&
522&
8
0%
8
)0&
#8
)0&
8
)0&
%0

%0

8
)0&
#8
)0&
8
)0&
82&(#0
(#0A.1%)0&
%0#

%0

)0&
)0&
82&
82&
8
52(/%52(//
52(//
52(/1
52(/1
52(/48
52/#
52/#
52/$
52/$
52/1
56/25
544%
52(%
5%18
56/27
82&
(#0A10
(#0A.1%)0&
)0&
)0&
)0&
82&
82&
8
52(/%52(//
52(//
52(/1
52(/1
52(/48
52/#
52/#
52/$
52/$
52/1
56/25
544%
52(%
5%18
56/27
82&
(#0A101((
(#0A.1%)0&
)0&
&52(&4+8'429$
%0&

%0(

52(/$
52(/#
52(/$
52(/#
82&A52(/
82&A52(/
&52(A%0629$
)0&
)0&
522&
51%&
8
8
%0

)0&
)0&
522&
51%&
82&
8A51%&

82&(#0
)0&
(#0A.1%-
)0&
56/27
56/25
82&56/25

82&544%
544%
51%&
)0&
82&51%&

52(/#
82&A52(/
52(/#
52(/$
82&A52(/
52(/$
)0&
522&
82&

B. RSPF
(1)
Paper feed section
CN F
SPMA/
1
+24VPD_SPM
2
SPMA
3
SPMB
4
+24VPD_SPM
5
SPMB/
6
(NC)
N.C.
7
B7B-PH-K-S
CN H
SPED
1
GND2
2
+5V SPED
3
+5VPD
4
SPPD1
5
GND2
6
+5VPD
7
SPPD2
8
GND2
9
+24VPD
10
(NC)
GND2
11
+24VPD SW
12
B12B-PH-K-S
SPMA/
+24VPD _SPM
SPMA
SPMB
+24VPD _SPM
SPMB/
1
2
3
+5VPD
SPPD1
GND2
1
2
3
+5VPD
SPPD2
GND2
RSPF
DRIVER
PWB
SCN-CNT
PWB
CN16
GND2
1
GND2
2
+5VO
3
+3.3V
4
+3.3V
5
+5V
6
+5V
7
+12V
8
+12V
9
+24V
10
+24V
11
GND2
12
GND2
13
GND2
14
B14B-PH-K-S
CN15
SPPD1
1
SPPD2
2
SPFMCK
3
SPFMM1
4
SPFMM2
5
SPFMO1
6
SPFMO2
7
SPMA
8
SPMA/
9
SPMB
10
SPMB/
11
SPMO1
12
SPRS
13
STMPS
14
SRRC
15
SRVC
16
SPWS
17
SELA_
18
SELB_
19
SELC_
20
SSELO
21
SPPD4
22
SPFMRV
23
SPPD3
24
SPPD5
25
+5VPD
26
SPED
27
NC
28
B28-PHDSS-B
1
+5VPD
1
2
SPPD1
2
3
GND2
3
+5VPD
4
4
SPPD2
5
5
6
GND2
6
6
5
4
3
2
1
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
CN A
34
GND2
33
GND2
8
+3.3V
7
+5V
6
+24VPD
5
+24VPD
2
GND2
1
GND2
3
SPPD1
4
SPPD2
9
SPFMCK
10
SPFMM1
11
SPFMM2
12
SPFMO1
13
SPFMO2
14
SPMA
15
SPMA/
16
SPMB
17
SPMB/
18
SPMO1
19
SPRS
20
STMPS
21
SRRC
22
SRVC
23
SPWS
24
SELA
25
SELB
26
SELC
27
SSELO
28
SPPD4
29
SPFMRV
30
SPPD3
31
SPPD5
32
+5VPD
B34-PHDSS-B
SPM
SPPD2
SCOV
SPPD1
SPED
3
1
SPED
1
2
GND2
2
3
+5V SPED
3
4
+24VPD
4
5
+24VPD SW
5
(NC)
(NC)
1
2
3
SPED
GND2
+5V SPED
1
1
+24VPD
+24VPD_SW
SPWS
CN C
+5V_SPLS1
1
SPLS1
2
GND2
3
GND2
4
SPLS2
5
+5V_SPLS2
6
AVCC
7
SPWS
8
GND2
9
B09B-PH-K-S
3
1
2
+5VPD SPLS1
SPLS1
GND2
2
1
3
GND2
SPLS2
+5VPD SPLS2
1
AVCC
1
2
SPWS
2
3
GND2
3
No.
1
2
3
Name
Pick-up roller
Paper feed roller
Separation roller
Signal name
SCOV
SPED
SPLS1
SPLS2
SPM
SPPD1
SPPD2
SPWS
Name
RSPF upper cover open/close sensor
RSPF document sensor
RSPF document length sensor (short)
RSPF document length sensor (long)
Paper feed motor
RSPF paper pass sensor 1
RSPF document width sensor
SPLS1
SPLS2
BL
BR
GY
AVCC
SPWS
GND2
Function/Operation
Type
Micro switch
Transmission type
Transmission type
Transmission type
Stepping motor
Transmission type
Transmission type
Volume resistor
Function/Operation
Detects open/close of the RSPF upper cover.
Detects document empty in the RSPF paper feed tray.
Drives the rollers in the paper feed section.
Detects the document width in the RSPF paper feed tray.
(2)
Transport section
SPFM
SRRC
SPPD3
SRVC
SPRS
SPPD5
1
SOCD
Name
1
+24VPD SPRS
1
2
SPRS/
2
+24VPD SRVC
1
1
2
SRVC/
2
CN D
+24VPD SRVC
1
SRVC/
2
+24VPD SPRS
3
SPRS/
4
B04B-PH-K-S
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
CN16
GND2
1
GND2
2
+5VO
3
+3.3V
4
+3.3V
5
+5V
6
+5V
7
+12V
8
+12V
9
+24V
10
+24V
11
GND2
12
GND2
13
GND2
14
B14B-PH-K-S
CN15
SPPD1
1
SPPD2
2
SPFMCK
3
SPFMM1
4
SPFMM2
5
SPFMO1
6
SPFMO2
7
SPMA
8
SPMA/
9
SPMB
10
SPMB/
11
SPMO1
12
SPRS
13
STMPS
14
SRRC
15
SRVC
16
SPWS
17
SELA_
18
SELB_
19
SELC_
20
SSELO
21
SPPD4
22
SPFMRV
23
SPPD3
24
SPPD5
25
+5VPD
26
SPED
27
NC
28
B28-PHDSS-B
(NC)
CN A
34
GND2
33
GND2
8
+3.3V
7
+5V
6
+24VPD
5
+24VPD
2
GND2
1
GND2
3
SPPD1
4
SPPD2
9
SPFMCK
10
SPFMM1
11
SPFMM2
12
SPFMO1
13
SPFMO2
14
SPMA
15
SPMA/
16
SPMB
17
SPMB/
18
SPMO1
19
SPRS
20
STMPS
21
SRRC
22
SRVC
23
SPWS
24
SELA
25
SELB
26
SELC
27
SSELO
28
SPPD4
29
SPFMRV
30
SPPD3
31
SPPD5
32
+5VPD
B34-PHDSS-B
+5VPD
SPPD5
GND2
1
2
3
CN B
(NC)
+5VPD
1
+5VPD
2
(NC)
SPPD4
3
SPPD5
4
(NC)
GND2
5
GND2
6
GND2
7
STMPU
8
STMPS/
9
+24VPD STMPS
10
B10B-PHDSS-B
RSPF DRIVER PWB
(NC)
(NC)
SOCD
GND2
+5VPD SOCD
1
2
3
SCN-CNT
PWB
No.
1
2
3
4
179228-4
179228-4
1
GND2
4
2
STMPU
3
STMPS/
2
3
+24VPD STMPS
1
4
292254-4
+5VPD
SPPD3
GND2
1
2
3
1
+5VPD
1
2
SPPD3
2
3
GND2
3
4
SOCD
4
5
GND2
5
6
+5VPD SOCD
6
+24VPD SRRC
1
1
2
SRRC/
2
CN G
1
SRRC/
2
+5VPD
3
SPPD3
4
GND2
5
SOCD
6
GND2
7
+5VPD SOCD
8
B08B-PH-K-S
+24VPD SRRC
CN E
SPFMA/
1
+24VPD_SPFM
2
3
SPFMA
SPFMB
4
+24VPD_SPFM
5
SPFMB/
6
B6B-PH-K-S
SPFM
6
5
4
3
2
1
SPFMA/
+24VPD_SPFM
SPFMA
SPFMB
+24VPD_SPFM
SPFMB/
STMPS
4
Function/Operation
Transports paper from resist roller to No. 2 resist roller.
Transports paper to the transport 3 roller.
Transports paper from the transport roller 2 to the paper exit roller. / Transports document to the resist roller when
reversing the document.
Discharges paper.
Signal name
SOCD
SPFM
SPPD3
SPPD5
SPRS
Name
RSPF open/close sensor
Transport motor
Type
Transmission type
Stepping motor
Transmission type
Transmission type
SRRC
SRVC
PS clutch
Reverse clutch
STMPS
Stamp solenoid
Function/Operation
Detects open/close of the RSPF unit.
Releases the pressure of the transport roller 3 when reversing a document and
transporting it to the resist roller.
Controls ON/OFF of the transport power of the transport roller 3 and the paper exit
roller when discharging a document and reversing it to transport to the resist roller.
Drives the stamp.
3)
Resist operation (1st sheet)

(Resist clutch ON)
A. Document size detection
(When a certain time passes after turning ON the resist clutch,

the paper feed motor is turned OFF.)
Size detection on the document tray

The document width is detected by the document width sensor
(SPWS), and the document length is detected by the document
length sensors (SPLS1, SPLS2). The document size is judged from
the document width and the document length as shown in the table
below.
When, however, mixed sizes of documents are loaded on the tray,
the maximum size is detected.
Document size
AB series
Inch series
A5
B5
11" x 8.5"
A4
B5R
A4R
8.5" x 13"
B4
A3
11" x 17"
8.5" x 5.5"
11" x 8.5"
A4
11" x 8.5"R
8.5" x 13"
8.5" x 14"
A3
11" x 17"
Document length sensor

SPLS1
SPLS2
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
4)
Scanning start (1st sheet)
5)
Paper feed start (2nd sheet)

(When the SPPD1 detects the rear edge of the previous document, the paper feed motor is booted.)
6)
Scanning complete (1st sheet)/Resist operation (2nd sheet)

SPWS
SPLS1
SPLS2
7)
Scanning start (2nd sheet)
8)
Paper exit complete (1st sheet)
B. Paper feed and transport operations (DSPF)

(1)
1)
2)
Single face scanning

Document set (Document empty sensor ON)
Paper feed start (1st sheet)

The pick-up roller descends. (The paper feed motor is booted.)
(The transport motor is booted simultaneously.)
9)
Scanning complete (2nd sheet)
5)
Preliminary paper feed start (2nd sheet)

10) Paper exit complete (2nd sheet)

6)
Scanning start (1st sheet, back surface)/Preliminary paper

feed complete (2nd sheet)
7)
Scanning complete (1st sheet, back surface)
11) Pick-up roller lifting up

(After completion of a job, the paper feed motor is rotated
reversely at a low speed for a certain time to lift the pickup
roller.)
(2)
1)
The paper feed transport operation is the same as single-surface scanning. Since, however, the next page surface must be
scanned after scanning the back surface with the CIS, the next
page is stopped temporarily at the resist roller section until
scanning of the back surface and the process on the MFP side
are completed.
Duplex scanning
Therefore, the paper interval becomes longer in duplex scanning.
2)
8)
9)

Pick-up roller descending
3)
Resist operation (1st sheet, front surface)
10) Resist operation (2nd sheet, front surface)
4)
Scanning start (1st sheet, front surface)
11) Scanning start (2nd sheet, front surface)
The same operations are performed hereinafter.

(3)
Stamp operation
1)
2)
8)
9)
Stop at the stamp position/Stamp operation (2nd sheet)

(Stamp solenoid ON)
Pick-up roller descending (The paper feed motor is booted.)

10) Paper exit start (2nd sheet)

3)

(Resist clutch ON)
4)

roller.)
5)
Scanning complete (1st sheet)
C. Paper feed and transport operations (RSPF)

(1)
6)
Single face scanning
1)
2)
Stop at the stamp position/Stamp operation (1st sheet)

(Stamp solenoid ON)
The pick-up roller descends. (The paper feed motor is booted.)

7)
Paper exit start (1st sheet)/Preliminary paper feed start (2nd

sheet)
3)
(Resist clutch ON)

4)
5)

roller.)
(2)
Duplex scanning
1)
2)

Pick-up roller descending
6)
Scanning complete (1st sheet)/Resist operation (2nd sheet)

7)
8)
9)
3)
Resist operation (1st sheet, front surface)
4)
Scanning start (1st sheet, front surface)
5)
After completion of scanning, the reverse follower roller is

pressed. (Solenoid ON)
Scanning start (2nd sheet)
Scanning complete (2nd sheet)
6)
After stopping the operation, reversing is started.
7)
After reversing, resist operation is executed.
14) Scanning start (Second sheet)
15) After passing the scanning section, the reverse follower roller
is pressed.
8)
After turning ON the PS clutch, the reverse follower roller pressure is released.
16) The reverse follower roller pressure is released.
9)
Scanning start (First sheet, back surface)
17) Discharge (First sheet)
10) After completion of scanning, the reverse follower roller is

pressed.
(3)
Stamp operation
1)
2)
11) After stopping the operation, reversing is started.
Pick-up roller descending (The paper feed motor is booted.)

12) After reversing, resist operation is executed.
3)

(Resist clutch ON)
13) After turning ON the PS clutch, the reverse follower roller pressure is released.

4)

roller.)
5)
Scanning complete (1st sheet)
D. Document feed, transport, scan, paper exit,

and operating speed
The document fed by the pickup roller is sent through the paper
feed roller and the transport roller to the resist roller section.
In the resist roller section, the document lead edge and the scan
start position are synchronized.
6)
Stop at the stamp position/Stamp operation (1st sheet)

(Stamp solenoid ON)
The document is transported to the scan section. After being

scanned, the document discharged to the document exit tray by the
paper exit roller.
The document transport speed depends on the resolution as
shown below.
Resolution
7)
8)
Paper exit start (1st sheet)/Preliminary paper feed start (2nd

sheet)
300dpi
400dpi
600dpi
Document transport speed

DSPF
RSPF
346mm/sec.
259mm/sec.
173mm/sec.
E. The original scan (DSPF)

The CIS (Contact Image Sensor) unit is the contact type image
scan sensor, and is assembled to the DSPF to scan document
images. The LED light in the CIS unit is radiated to a document,
and the reflected light is passed through the lens to the photoelectric conversion elements to form images. (Pixel: 7196 pixels, resolution: 600dpi) The CIS and the CCD assembled in the lens unit
allow simultaneous scan of duplex surfaces of a document.

A. DSPF unit
9)
a
g
e
f
d
Stop at the stamp position/Stamp operation (2nd sheet)

(Stamp solenoid ON)
c
10) Paper exit start (2nd sheet)
Parts
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
DSPF CIS unit

Cooling fan motor
DSPF control PWB
DSPF driver PWB
Transport motor
PS clutch
Paper feed motor
1)
2)
(1)
Remove the upper cabinet rear cover.

DSPF CIS unit
1)
2)
Remove the screw. Disengage the pawls (2 positions) of the

front cabinet by inserting a minus screwdriver under the base
tray, and remove the front cabinet.
3)

earth wire. Remove the snap band. Remove the screw, and
remove the harness cover and the locking band.
3)
Loosen the screw, and lower the angle adjustment plate.
4)
Open the DSPF unit until it is upright. Remove the screw, and
slide the DSPF unit to the rear side. Fit the step screw with the
key hole of the hinge and remove the DSPF unit.
4)
Remove the harness from the wire saddle, and disconnect the
connector. Remove the screw, and remove the holder.
Remove the document tray.
(2)
Cooling fan motor
1)
Remove the rear cabinet of the DSPF unit.
2)

cooling fan motor. Remove the screw, and remove the mounting plate from the cooling fan motor.
NOTE: Be careful of the extending position of the harness. Be

careful of the installing direction of the fan.
5)
Remove the screw, and remove the document tray lower and
the paper guide.
(3)
1)
6)
DSPF control PWB

2)
Remove the cooling fan motor.
3)
Remove the screw, and remove the earth wire. Remove the
snap band. Disconnect the connector, remove the screw, and
remove the DSPF control PWB.
Remove the step screw. Remove the DSPF CIS unit. Disconnect the connector.
NOTE: Never touch the light source and the lens of the DSPF CIS
unit.
NOTE: Install so that the round hole of the DSPF CIS unit is on the
rear side of the mark, and tighten the screws in the
sequence of the round hole and then the long hole.
(4)
DSPF driver PWB
1)
2)

DSPF driver PWB.
(5)
Transport motor
4)
1)
2)
Disconnect the connector, and remove the harness from the

wire saddle. Remove the snap band. Remove the screw, and
remove the earth wire.
Loose the screw, and loosen the belt tension to remove the
belt. Remove the screw, and remove the transport motor.
Remove the harness from the transport motor.
NOTE: When ordering the DSPF motor as a service part, the harness is provided with the motor. Do not use this newly-provided harness, but use the one which was originally
attached to the machine.
When replacement of the harness attached to the machine
is required, refer to the Parts Guide and order one.
3)
Remove the screw, and remove the transport unit.
(6)
1)
PS clutch
2)
Remove the transport unit.
3)
Remove the E-ring, and remove the PS clutch.
NOTE: When installing, attach the rotation-stopper of the clutch to

the frame.
(7)
1)
B. RSPF unit
Paper feed motor

2)
3)
Remove the PS clutch.
4)
Loosen the belt tensioning screw to allow belt removal.

Remove the screw, and remove the drive frame.
d
c
b
a
e
f
a
b
c
d
e
f
5)
Parts
Reverse clutch
PS clutch
Paper feed motor
Transport motor
RSPF driver PWB
1)

2)

earth wire. Remove the snap band. Remove the screw, and
remove the harness cover and the locking band.
3)
Loosen the screw, and lower the angle adjustment plate.
Remove the belt from the paper feed motor. Remove the
screw, and remove the shield plate and the paper feed motor.
Remove the harness from the paper feed motor.
NOTE: Do not use the attached harness. Use the original harness.
If the motor harness needs replacement, order the harness
shown in the parts guide.
70mm
30mm
Cable tie
4)
(1)
1)
2)
Open the RSPF unit until it is upright. Remove the screw, and
slide the RSPF unit to the rear side. Fit the step screw with the
key hole of the hinge and remove the RSPF unit.
3)
4)
Remove the harness from the wire saddle, and disconnect the
connector. Remove the screw, and remove the grounding wire.
Remove the screw, and remove the holder. Remove the document tray.
5)
Disconnect the connector, and remove the snap band.

Remove the screw, and remove the earth wire.
Reverse clutch
Remove the screw. Disengage the pawls (2 positions) of the

front cabinet by inserting a minus screwdriver under the base
tray, and remove the front cabinet.
6)
7)
Remove the screw, and remove the transport unit.
(3)
Paper feed motor
1)
Remove the reverse clutch.
2)
3)
Loosen the belt tensioning screw to allow belt removal.

Remove the screw, and remove the drive frame.
4)
Remove the belt from the paper feed motor. Remove the
screw, and remove the shield plate and the paper feed motor.
Remove the E-ring, and remove the reverse clutch.
NOTE: When installing, engage the rotation-stopper of the clutch

with the frame.
NOTE: Do not use the attached harness. Use the original harness.
If the motor harness needs replacement, order the harness
shown in the parts guide.
(2)
PS clutch
1)
2)
Remove the E-ring, and remove the PS clutch.
NOTE: When installing, attach the rotation-stopper of the clutch to

the frame.
(4)
Transport motor
1)
Remove the reverse clutch.
2)
3)
Remove the drive frame.
4)
Remove the screw, and remove the transport motor.
(5)
1)
Remove the rear cabinet of the RSPF unit.
2)

harness from the edge saddle. Remove the solenoid unit.
NOTE: When installing, insert the solenoid pin into the slit of the
lever.
3)
Remove the screw, and remove the pressure release solenoid.
NOTE: When installing, insert the solenoid pin into the long hole of
the frame.
(6)
RSPF driver PWB
1)
Remove the rear cabinet of the RSPF unit.
2)

PWB supporter. Remove the RSPF driver PWB.
[D] SCANNER SECTION
MX-M503N
Service Manual

A. N model
MHPS
6
3
4
9
MIM
CLI
%0

)0&
#('A%56)
)0&
4'
4'
)0&
4&
4&
)0&
%.-
%.-
)0&
4%
4%
)0&
4$
4$
)0&
4#
4#
4#
)0&
#8
#8
)0&
#8
#8
#8
)0&
#8
#8
#8
#8
#8
#8
)0&
4'5A%%&#&
#('A%5
#('A5%.#('A94&
#('A4&&
)0&
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Name
LED lamp unit
Scanner motor
Name
Pulley belt
Pulley
Scanner drive wire
No. 1 mirror
No. 2 mirror
No. 3 mirror
Lens
CCD PWB
Idle gear
Function/Operation
Illuminates the document.
Detects the home position of the copy lamp unit.
Drives the copy lamp unit and the mirror base unit.
Function/Operation
Transmits the scanner motor power to the pulley.
Drives the scanner drive wire.
Transmits the scanner motor drive to the copy lamp unit and the mirror base unit.
Reflects the document image into the No. 2 mirror.
Reflects the document image into the lens.
Shrinking the image (light) of the document, and project it on CCD.
Reads the document image (optical signal) and converts it into the electric signal.
Transmits the scanner motor drive power to the belt.
MX-M503N SCANNER SECTION D 1
%0

/+/A#
/+/A$
/+/A:#
/+/A:$
%0

%0

.'&
.'&
.'&
8
0%
.'&
.'&
.'&
8
%0

%0

.'&
.'&
.'&
8
5%0%0629$
%%&29$
Signal
CLI
MHPS
MIM
.'&&4+8'429$
)0&
#('A%56)
)0&
4'
4'
)0&
4&
4&
)0&
%.-
%.-
)0&
4%
4%
)0&
4$
4$
)0&
4#
4#
)0&
#8
#8
)0&
#8
#8
#8
)0&
#8
#8
#8
#8
#8
#8
)0&
4'5A%%&#&
#('A%5
#('A5%.#('A94&
#('A4&&
)0&
)0&
)0&
%.A10
219'4
8
%0

%0

)0&
)0&
%.A10
219'4
8
%0

/*25
)0&
80

%0

/*25
)0&
80
.'&
.'&
.'&
8
B. U model
MHPS
5
4
6
3
9
MIM
7
CLI
3
2
CL INVERTER
PWB
SCN-CNT PWB
CN1
GND2
1
AFE_CSTG
2
GND2
3
RE+
4
RE5
GND2
6
RD+
7
RD8
GND2
9
CLK+
10
CLK11
GND2
12
RC+
13
RC14
GND2
15
RB+
16
RB17
GND2
18
RA+
19
RA20
GND2
21
A10V
22
A10V
23
GND2
24
A5V
25
A5V
26
A5V
27
GND2
28
A3.3V
29
A3.3V
30
A3.3V
31
A3.3V
32
A3.3V
33
A3.3V
34
GND2
35
/RES_CCDAD
36
AFE_CS
37
AFE_SCLK
38
AFE_WRD
39
AFE_RDD
40
41
GND2
FI-RE41S-VF
CCD PWB
Signal
CLI
MHPS
MIM
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Name
Scanner lamp
Scanner motor
Name
Pulley belt
Pulley
Scanner drive wire
No. 1 mirror
No. 2 mirror
No. 3 mirror
Lens
CCD PWB
Idle gear
Function/Operation
Illuminates the document.
Detects the home position of the copy lamp unit.
Drives the copy lamp unit and the mirror base unit.
Function/Operation
Transmits the scanner motor power to the pulley.
Drives the scanner drive wire.
Transmits the scanner motor drive to the copy lamp unit and the mirror base unit.
Reflects the document image into the lens.
Shrinking the image (light) of the document, and project it on CCD.
Reads the document image (optical signal) and converts it into the electric signal.
Transmits the scanner motor drive power to the belt.
CN1
MIM_A
1
MIM_B
2
3
MIM_XA
4
MIM_XB
B4B-PH-SM4-TB
CN10
GND2
41
AFE_CSTG
40
GND2
39
RE+
38
RE37
GND2
36
RD+
35
RD34
GND2
33
CLK+
32
CLK31
GND2
30
29
RC+
RC28
GND2
27
RB+
26
RB25
GND2
24
RA+
23
RA22
GND2
21
A10V
20
A10V
19
GND2
18
A5V
17
A5V
16
A5V
15
GND2
14
A3.3V
13
A3.3V
12
11
A3.3V
10
A3.3V
9
A3.3V
8
A3.3V
7
GND2
6
/RES_CCDAD
5
AFE_CS
4
AFE_SCLK
3
AFE_WRD
2
AFE_RDD
GND2
1
FI-RE41S-VF
1
+24V3
2
+24V3
3
CL
4
GND1
5
GND1
5597-05APB
CN
CN7
+24V3
1
2
+24V3
3
CL
GND1
4
5
GND1
5597-05CPB7F
MHPS
GND2
+5VN
CN17
1
2
3
B3B-PH-K-S
MHPS
3
2
1
MHPS
GND2
+5VN
1
2
A. N model
(1)
Outline
This section performs the following functions.

1)
Light is radiated to the document by the LED lamp, and the

contrast of the reflected light is read by the CCD elements of
three lines of RGB to be converted into the image signal (analog).
2)
The image signals (analog) are converted into 10bit digital signals by the A/D converter.
3)
The image signals (digital) are sent to the image process section (scanner control PWB).
(2)
Detail description
a. Optical section drive

The optical section drive power is transmitted from the scanner
motor (MIM) to the drive pulley and the wire through the belt, to
drive the copy lamp unit and the mirror base which are attached by
the drive wires.
The scanner motor (MIM) is controlled by the drive signal sent from
the scanner control PWB.
R
G
b. LED lamp drive

The LED lamp (CLI) is driven by the LED lamp drive voltage generated in the LED drive PWB according to the control signal sent from
B
(Image data for 1 line)
c. Image scan/color separation

Light is radiated to the document by the LED lamp, and the contrast
of the reflected light is read by the CCD elements of three lines of
RGB to be converted into the image signal (analog).
R
Red component
image data
The color components of document images are extracted to R, G,

and B separately by the three kinds of CCD elements (R,G,B).
The red CCD extracts the red component of document images, the
green CCD green the components, and the blue CCD the blue
components. This operation is called the color separation.
The CCD unit looks like one unit, but it includes three kinds of CCD
elements, R, G, and B.
The document scan in the main scanning direction is performed by
the CCD element. The document scan in the sub scanning direction is performed by shifting the scanner unit with the scanner
motor. Document images are optically reduced by the lens and
reflected to the CCD.
The scan resolution is 600 dpi.
G
Green component
image data
B
Blue component
image data
d. Image signal A/D conversion

1)
The image signal (analog) for each of R, G, and B is converted

into 10bit digital signal by the A/D converter.
2)
The 10bit digital image signals of R, G, B are sent to the image

process section.
Each color pixel has 10bit information.
CCD PWB
Analog IC
CCD
(6 Lines)
R
G
B
Buffer
AFE ADC LVDS
TG
R,G,B Color filter
Timing
Generator
CCD Elements
e. Zooming operation
Zooming in the sub scanning direction is performed by changing
the scanning speed in the sub scanning direction.
3LINES CCD UNIT
Zooming in the main scanning direction is not performed optically,

but performed with the image process technology (by the software).
B. U model
d. Image signal A/D conversion
(1)
1)
The image signal (analog) is converted into 10bit digital signal

by the A/D converter.
2)
The 10bit digital image signals are sent to the image process
section.
Outline
This section performs the following functions.

1)
Light is radiated to the document by the xenon lamp, and the

contrast of the reflected light is read by the CCD elements of
monochrome to be converted into the image signal (analog).
2)
The image signals (analog) are converted into 10bit digital signals by the A/D converter.
3)
(2)
CCD PWB
Analog IC
CCD
(6 Lines)
The image signals (digital) are sent to the image process section (scanner control PWB).
Detail description
R
G
B
Buffer
a. Optical section drive
AFE ADC LVDS
TG
The optical section drive power is transmitted from the scanner

motor (MIM) to the drive pulley and the wire through the belt, to
drive the copy lamp unit and the mirror base which are attached by
the drive wires.
Timing
Generator
The scanner motor (MIM) is controlled by the drive signal sent from
b. Xenon lamp drive
The xenon lamp (CLI) is driven by the xenon lamp drive voltage
generated in the lamp drive PWB according to the control signal
sent from the scanner control PWB.
e. Zooming operation
Zooming in the sub scanning direction is performed by changing
the scanning speed in the sub scanning direction.
c. Image scan/color separation
Zooming in the main scanning direction is not performed optically,

but performed with the image process technology (by the software).
Light is radiated to the document by the xenon lamp, and the contrast of the reflected light is read by the CCD elements of three
lines of RGB to be converted into the image signal (analog).
The document scan in the main scanning direction is performed by

the CCD element. The document scan in the sub scanning direction is performed by shifting the scanner unit with the scanner
motor. Document images are optically reduced by the lens and
reflected to the CCD.
A. Scanner unit
N model
U model
The scan resolution is 600 dpi.
d
h
CCD Elements
f
CCD UNIT
e
g
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
Parts
LED lamp (N model)
LED drive PWB (N model)
Scanner lamp (U model)
CL inverter PWB (U model)
CCD unit
Scanner motor
1)

2)
Remove the DSPF/RSPF unit. [Refer to "[C] DSPF/RSPF

SECTION."]
3)
Remove the operation base plate. [Refer to "[A] EXTERIOR."]
4)
Remove the operation panel unit. [Refer to "[B] OPERATION

PANEL."]
5)
Remove the upper cabinet rear, the upper cabinet right, the
upper cabinet left, and the rear cabinet.
6)
Disconnect the connector, remove the snap band, and remove

the harness from the wire saddle.
8)
(1)
1)
Remove the screw, and remove the scanner unit.
LED lamp/LED drive PWB (N model)

7)
Remove the screw, and remove the holder. Disconnect the

connector, and remove the harness from the wire saddle.
2)
Move the LED lamp unit to the position where there are
notches in the frame.
3)

the LED lamp unit. Remove the LED lamp. Disconnect the
connector.
2)
Shift the lamp unit to the right end. Loosen the screw, and
remove the wire.
3)
While rotating the lamp unit, lift it. Remove the harness holder
and the flat cable, and remove the lamp unit.
2
1
4)

LED drive PWB.
4)
Disconnect the connector, and remove the lamp.
(2)
1)
Scanner lamp/CL inverter PWB (U model)

5)
Remove the CL inverter PWB.
(3)
1)
CCD unit
(4)
Scanner motor
1)
Remove the upper cabinet rear cover and the upper cabinet
rear. [Refer to "[A] EXTERIOR."]
2)
Disconnect the connector and remove the scanner motor.
A
2
2)
Remove the dark box cover. Disconnect the connector, and

remove the CCD unit.
(5)
Remove the operation base plate. [Refer to "[A] EXTERIOR."]
2)
Disconnect the connector, and remove the document detection

light receiving PWB.
N model
U model
1)
(6)
1)
Remove the upper cabinet rear. [Refer to "[A] EXTERIOR."]
2)
Remove the screw, and remove the light emitting unit.
3)
Remove the document detection light emitting PWB.
[E] PAPER FEED SECTION
MX-M503N
Service Manual

A. Manual paper feed section
CN9
INT24V1
1
GND2
2
/CPFM_D
4
CPFM_CK
6
CPFM_LD
7
CN17
GND2
1
GND2
2
ADUMHB
3
ADUMHA
4
ADUMHXB
5
ADUMHXA
6
POMCNT
7
ADUMHCNT
8
POMB
9
POMA
10
POMXB
11
POMXA
12
ADUMLB
13
ADUMLA
14
ADUMLXB
15
ADUMLXA
16
CN10
RRMCNT
17
8
/MPGS
ADUMLCNT
18
(NC)
6
24V1B
RRMB
19
7
/MPFS
RRMA
20
24V1B
5
RRMXB
21
4
/MPUC
RRMXA
22
2
24V1B
PFMB
23
PFMA
24
CN6
PFMXB
25
1
5VN
PFMXA
26
11
SIN3
PFM2CNT
27
7
SELIN2
PFMCNT
28
12
APPD1
PFM2B
29
8
MPFD
PFM2A
30
13
MPWD
PFM2XB
31
15
GND2
PFM2XA
32
5
SELIN1
(nc)
33
9
SELIN3
(nc)
34
14
APPD2
10
POD3
3
5VN
20
5VN
23
GND2
22
PCS
21
PCS_LED
(NC)
(NC)
CN1
5VN
1
SIN3
3
SELIN2
5
APPD1
7
NC(APPD3)
9
MPFD
11
MPWD
13
NC(HUD_M)
15
GND2
2
SELIN1
4
SELIN3
6
APPD2
8
POD3
10
NC(FAX_D)
12
NC(TH_M)
14
5VN
16
S16B-PHDSS-B
INT24V1
GND2
FG-OUT
/CPFM_D
CW/CCW
/CPFM_CK
CPFM_LD
(NC)
(NC)
PCU PWB
QR/P4-32P-C(01) / QR/P4-32S-C(02)
5VN
1
1
2
SIN3
2
3
3
SELIN2
4
4
APPD1
5
5
MPFD
6
MPWD
6
17
17
GND2
18
SELIN1
18
19
SELIN3
19
20
APPD2
20
21
POD3
21
22
22
5VN
28
/MPGS
28
12
12
/MPFS
13
24V1B
13
30
30
/MPUC
31
31
24V1B
1
2
3
5
7
4
6
(NC)
(NC)
CN4
14
ADUMHB
25
ADUMHA
16
ADUMHXB
23
ADUMHXA
11
POMCNT
21
ADUMHCNT
17
POMB
15
POMA
19
POMXB
13
POMXA
26
ADUMLB
22
ADUMLA
24
ADUMLXB
20
ADUMLXA
1
RRMCNT
18
ADUMLCNT
7
RRMB
5
RRMA
9
RRMXB
3
RRMXA
10
PFMB
8
PFMA
12
PFMXB
6
PFMXA
(NC)
2
GND2
4
PFMCNT
B26B-PNDZS-1
CN1
PFM24V
1
PFM24V
2
PFMB/
3
PFMB//
4
PFMA//
5
PFMA/
6
B06B-PASK-1
2
5
3
6
4
1
PFM24V
PFM24V
PFMB/
PFMB//
PFMA//
PFMA/
MOTOR
DRIVER
PWB
PFM
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
CPFM
1
24V1B
1
2
/MPUC
2
1
5
MPUC
MPFS
MPFD
3
MPED
2
MTOP1
RIGHT DOOR
I/F PWB
1
2
3
MPED
GND2
5VLED7
1
1
24V1B
2
/MPGS
2
1
2
3
MPFD
GND2
5VLED11
6
5 (NC)
4
3
2
1
6 24V1B 6
24V1B
1
5
4 24V1B 4
4
/MPGS
2
2 24V1B 2
3
MPFD
3
5 GND2 5
GND2
2
4
3 GND2 3
1
5VLED11
5
1 GND2 1
DF11-6DS-2C + DF11-6DS-SP2(05)
9
(NC)
1
8
(NC)
2
7
(NC)
3
1
MPLD
H-41-RNHP/H-P-RT-P41UB/H-41-RNHP
6
MPLD
4
2
GND2
14
(NC)
1
5
GND2
5
3
5VLED12
13
(NC)
2
4
5VLED12
6
12
MPLD
3
3
5VN
7
3
5VN
11
5VLED12
4
2
MPWD
8
2
MPWD
10
5
5VN
1
GND2
9
1
GND2
9
MPWD
6
8
MTOP2
7
5VLED13
7
8
6
MTOP1
9
1
MTOP2
5
5VLED9
10
2
GND2
(NC)
4
11
3
5VLED13
3
(NC)
12
GND2
2
13
1
MTOP1
1
(NC)
14
2
GND2
3
5VLED9
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
CN3
MPLD
16
NC(GND2)
17
5VLED12
18
5VN
19
MPWD
20
NC(GND2)
21
MTOP2
22
NC(GND2)
23
5VLED13
24
MTOP1
25
NC(GND2)
26
5VLED9
27
GND2
14
S32B-PHDSS-B
MPGS
1
24V1B
1
2
/MPFS
2
6
5
4
3
2
1
CN3
MPED
7
GND2
8
5VLED7
9
5VLED11
12
MPFD
10
S32B-PHDSS-B
8
24V1B
1
7
/MPFS
2
6
MPED
3
5
GND2
4
4
5VLED7
5
3
5VLED11
6
2
/MPGS
7
1
MPFD
8
DF11-6DS-2C + DF11-6DP-SP1(05)
MX-M503N PAPER FEED SECTION E 1
MPWD
MTOP2
MPLD
Signal name
CPFM
MPED
MPFD
MPDS
MPGS
MPLD
MPUC
MPWD
MTOP1
MTOP2
PFM
No.
1
2
3
4
5
Name
Paper feed motor
Manual feed paper length detector
Manual paper feed tray paper width detector
Transport motor
Name
Paper feed roller (Manual paper feed tray)
Separation roller (Manual paper feed tray)
Paper pickup roller (Manual paper feed tray)
Torque limiter
Function/Operation
Detects the manual feed paper empty.
Detects the manual feed paper entry.
Paper pickup solenoid (Manual paper feed)
Controls the manual paper feed gate Open/Close.
Detects the manual paper feed tray paper length.
Controls the manual paper feed section paper feed roller ON/OFF.
Detects the manual paper feed tray paper width.
Detects the manual paper feed tray paper pull-out position (storing position).
Detects the manual paper feed tray paper pull-out position (pull-out position).
Transports paper from the paper feed section to the transport motor drive system.
Transports paper from the right door section to the transport motor drive system.
Function/Operation
A certain level of resistance force is supplied to the rotation of the separation roller to
prevent double feed.
Transports paper from the transport roller 11 to the transport roller 8. / Transports the
paper from the manual paper feed tray to the transport roller 8.
B. Tray paper feed section

1
24V1B
2
2
/CPUC1
1
1
24V1B
2
2
/CPUC2
1
3
2
1
GND2
DSW_C
5VN
3
2
1
1
/CPFC2
1
2
24V1B
2
CPFC2
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
GND2
CPFD1
5VN

14
GND2
1
13
CLUD1
2
12
5VN
3
11
GND2
4
10
CPED1
5
5VN
6
9
8
GND2
7
CPFD1
8
7
6
5VN
9
5
GND2
10
4
DSW_C
11
3
5VN
12
2
/CPFC2
13
24V1B
14
1
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
3
2
1
8
(NC) 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
GND2
CPED1
5VN
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
3
2
1
5VN
5VN
5VN
5VN
5VN
5VN
5VN
5VN
GND2
CLUD1
5VN
DF11-8DS-2C
+DF11-8DP-SP1
8
(NC) 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
DF11-8DS-2C
+DF11-8DP-SP1
1
24V1B
1
2
/CPUC1
2
3
24V1B
3
4
/CPUC2
4
INT24V1
GND2
FG-OUT
/CPFM_D
CW/CCW
/CPFM_CK
CPFM_LD
1
2
3
5
7
4
6
(NC)

1
24V1B
2
2
/CPFC1
1
1
INT24V1
2
GND2
4
/CPFM_D
6
CPFM_CK
7
CPFM_LD
15
24V1B
16
/CPFC1
21
CLUM1
22
CLUM2
23
GND2
24
GND2
14
/CPFC2
13
24V1B
CPUC1
PCU PWB
CLUD1 4
CPFC1
1
3
DSW_C
10
9
CPUC2
CPFD1
CSS11
CSS13
CLUM1
CSS12
CSS14
GND2
CSPD1
5VN
CSPD1
11
CLUD2
CPED2
6
24V1B
/CPUC1
24V1B
/CPUC2
(NC)
CPFM
CPED1
2
CN9
17
18
19
20
5
7
CPFD2
12
3
2
1
GND2
CPED2
5VN
3
2
1
GND2
CPFD2
5VN
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6

9
GND2
1
8
CLUD2
2
7
5VN
3
6
GND2
4
5
CPED2
5
4
5VN
6
3
GND2
7
2
CPFD2
8
1
5VN
9
6
5
4
3
2
1
10
9
8
7
CSPD2
(NC)
GND2
CSS21
CSS22
CSS23
CSS24
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
5VN
5VN
5VN
5VN
CSS22
CSS24
1
2
3
4
5
6
6
5
4
3
2
1
10
9
8
7
CSS21
CSS23
GND2
CLUD2
5VN
3
2
1
(NC)
GND2
CSS11
CSS12
CSS13
CSS14
2
1
/CLUM2
GND2
2
1
1
5VN
1
2
GND2
2
5
CPFD1
5
20
CPFD2
20
3
CLUD1
3
18
CLUD2
18
4
CPED1
4
19
CPED2
19
8
CSPD1
8
17
CSPD2
17
6
DSW_C
6
7
/CPFC2
7
21
24V1B
21
22
(NC)
22
9
CSS11
9
13
CSS21
13
10
CSS12
10
14
CSS22
14
11
CSS13
11
15
CSS23
15
12
CSS14
12
16
CSS24
16
23
5VN
23
24
GND2
24
3
2
1
GND2
CSPD2
5VN
/CLUM1
GND2
SSJC6-4
CLUM2
11
CN5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
5VN
GND2
CPFD1
CPFD2
CLUD1
CLUD2
CPED1
CPED2
CSPD1
CSPD2
DSW_C
15
CSS11
16
CSS21
17
CSS12
18
CSS22
19
CSS13
20
CSS23
21
CSS14
22
CSS24
23
5VN
24
GND2
Signal name
CLUD1
CLUD2
CLUM1
CLUM2
CPED1
CPED2
CPFC1
CPFC2
CPFD1
CPFD2
CPFM
CPUC1
CPUC2
CSPD1
CSPD2
CSS11
CSS12
CSS13
CSS14
CSS21
CSS22
CSS23
CSS24
DSW_C
Name
Paper tray lift-up motor (Paper feed tray 1)
Paper tray lift-up motor (Paper feed tray 2)
Tray vertical transport clutch
Tray transport clutch 2
Paper feed motor
Paper feed clutch (Paper feed tray 1)
Tray 1 and 2 transport cover open/close detection
No.
1
2
3
4
Name
Torque limiter
5
6
7
8

9
10
11
12

Rotating plate
Function/Operation
Controls ON/OFF of the paper transport roller in the paper feed tray section.
Controls ON/OFF of the transport roller 2 in the paper feed tray section.
Insertion of the tray is detected by detecting either of tray 1 rear edge detection 1 - 4.
Insertion of the tray is detected by detecting either of tray 2 rear edge detection 1 - 4.
Detects the tray 1 and 2 transport cover open/close.

Function/Operation
A certain level of resistance force is supplied to the rotation of the separation roller to
prevent double feed.
Transports paper from the transport roller 1 and paper feed roller (No. 2 paper feed tray) to
the transport roller 7.
Transports paper from the paper feed tray 1, 2, 3, and 4 to the transport roller 8.
Lifts up the paper, and always keeps constant the paper feed position.
A. Bypass
B. Tray paper feed
The pickup roller moves up and down to press the paper surface,
separating the paper on the top of the paper bundle and sending it
to the paper feed roller section.
(1)
The paper feed roller feeds paper to the transport section to prevent against double feed with the separation roller. The manual
paper feed clutch controls ON/OFF of the pickup roller and the
paper feed roller. Paper is sent to the resist roller by the manual
transport roller.
Paper feed front operation
Set paper and insert the paper feed tray, and the pickup roller
falls to turn ON the paper feed tray sensor.
The lift-up motor drives the rotating plate to move it up.
The paper upper limit sensor turns ON, and the rotation plate
stops at the specified position.
(2)
Paper feed operation
When copy/print operation is started, the motor and the clutch

are turned ON to rotate the pickup roller in the paper pickup timing, feeding paper.
At the same time, the paper feed roller rotates to transport paper
to the transport section. At that time, the separation roller rotates
to prevent against double feed of paper.
(3)
Paper remaining detection
The notifying levels of paper remaining quantity are 4 steps in

total; 3 steps of paper remaining quantity and 1 step of paper
empty. The result is displayed.
(4)
Paper remaining quantity detection method
The paper remaining quantity is judged from the number of rotations of the remaining quantity sensor from starting the lift-up
operation of the paper feed tray to turning ON the upper limit
sensor.
(Figure showing state transition of the remaining paper detection sensor during tray elevation and
changes in status according to the number of remaining sheets)
CPED
(paper sensor)
The no-paper detection sensor detects

the state of no remaining paper.
Turn plate
During no-paper detection
Remaining Paper
Detection Actuator
CSPD
(remaining paper detection)
1/3 Field
Sensor logic: Low
Remaining paper 1/3 position
2/3 Field
Sensor logic: Hi
3/3 Field
Sensor logic: Low

A. Manual paper feed unit
2)
Remove the screw, and remove the connector cover. Remove

the screw and remove the ADU inner cover.
a
b
1)
Parts
3)
Remove the lock block. Disengage the right door lock pawl.
7)
Remove the ADU cabinet F, and the right door release lever.
Disconnect the connector, and remove the manual paper feed

unit.
3
1
(1)
4)
5)
1)
Remove the manual paper feed unit.
2)
3)
Disconnect the connector, and disengage the pawl, and

remove the manual paper feed gate solenoid.
Remove the MF harness cover, and disconnect the connector.
(2)
6)
Remove the MF tray installing shaft, and remove the manual

feed tray unit.
1)
Remove the manual paper feed unit.
2)
3)
Remove each part, and remove the transport roller 12 (drive).
7)
Remove the MF upper guide supporting plate.
1
2
2
1
8)
4)
Remove the paper pickup solenoid.
Remove each part, and remove the MF drive plate.
B. Tray paper feed unit

5)
Disconnect the connector, and remove the MF front plate.
a
2
1
a
6)
Remove the MF upper base paper guide unit.
Parts
1)
Remove the right cabinet front. [Refer to "[A] EXTERIOR."]
2)
3)
C. Others
Remove the right lower door unit.
4)
Remove the paper feed movable PG lower.
(1)
1)
Parts

5)
Remove the tray paper feed unit 1, 2.
(1)
2)

paper size detection unit.
3)
Disengage the pawl, and remove the paper size detection

PWB.
1)
Remove the tray paper feed unit 1.
2)

cover. Remove the bearing, the belt and the clutch unit.
Remove the E-ring, and remove the paper transport clutch 2.
NOTE: When installing, engage the rotation-stopper of the clutch

with the frame.
Remove the spring from the paper size detection PWB.
[F] PAPER TRANSPORT SECTION
MX-M503N
1.
Service Manual
Electrical and mechanical relation diagram
MOTOR DRIVER PWB

CN2
RRM
1
PFM
PPD2
RRM24V
RRM24V
RRMB/
RRMB//
RRMA//
RRMA/
PHR-6-R
2
5
3
6
4
1
PFM24V
PFM24V
PFMB/
PFMB//
PFMA//
PFMA/
PHR-6
2
5
3
6
4
1
5VN
PPD2
GND1
179228-3
1
2
3
5VN
PPD1
GND2
179228-3
1
2
3
PPD1
Name
Transport motor
PPD1
PPD1
RRM
Resist detection
Resist motor
No.
1
Name
CN1
PFM24V
1
2
PFM24V
3
PFMB/
PFMB//
4
5
PFMA//
6
PFMA/
B06B-PASK-1
PCU PWB
Signal name
PFM
7
RRM24V
8
RRM24V
9
RRMB/
10
RRMB//
11
RRMA//
12
RRMA/
B12B-PASK-1
5
5VN
5
6
PPD2
6
7
GND2
7
1
5VN
1
2
PPD1
2
3
GND2
3
4
(NC)
4
CN6
25
5VN
26
PPD2
24
GND2
2
5VN
4
PPD1
6
GND2
Function/Operation
Drives transport between the resist roller and the paper feed section, transport between the resist roller
and the right door section.
Detects the paper in front of resist roller.
Detects the paper in rear of resist roller.
Drives the resist roller and controls ON/OFF.
Function/Operation
Transports paper to the transfer section. Controls the paper transport timing to adjust relative relations
between images and paper.
Applies a pressure to paper and the resist roller to give the transport power of the transport roller to the
paper.
Transports the paper to resist roller.
MX-M503N PAPER TRANSPORT SECTION F 1
2.
Operational descriptions
Transport paper from each paper feed section to the resist roller
with two or more transport rollers. The paper transport clutch controls ON/OFF of each transport roller. The resist roller controls the
relative positions of the transported paper and transfer images.
The resist roller controls the relative positions of the transported
paper and transfer images. The resist roller is driven by the resist
motor. The relative positions of the paper and the transfer images
are determined by the ON timing of the transport motor.
3.
A. Resist roller unit

1)
Remove the photo-conductor unit. [Refer to "[H] PHOTO-CONDUCTOR SECTION."]
2)
Remove the tray paper feed unit 1. [Refer to "[E] PAPER FEED
SECTION."]
3)
Remove the rear cabinet. [Refer to "[A] EXTERIOR."]
4)
Remove the ADU connection drive.
5)

the resist roller unit.
MX-M503N PAPER TRANSPORT SECTION F 2
[G] LSU SECTION
MX-M503N
Service Manual
CN1
+5VLD
2
GND2
1
GND2
3
nSH_K1
15
GND2
12
nSH_K2
13
DT114
DT1+
16
GND2
20
GND2
6
DT28
DT2+
10
nLDERR
11
VREF_K1
9
VREF_K2
7
nENB_K
5
LDCHK2
17
LDCHK1
18
LDCHK3
19
GND2
4
CN1
GND2
4
BD
3
GND2
2
+5VN
1
S4B-PH-K-S
BL
GY
GY
BR
GY
BR
WH
PK
SD
SD
WH
PK
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
(NC)
BL
GY
GY
BR
GY
BR
WH
PK
SD
SD
WH
PK
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
(NC)
GR
BR
GR
BL
GR
BR
GR
BL
CN5
23
24
18
15
1
13
14
16
12
2
8
10
11
9
7
5
6
3
17
4
CN2
GND2
1
+3.3V
3
GND1
2
+24V3
4
+5VN
5
GND2
6
S06B-XASK-1(LF)(SN)
+5V_LD
GND2
GND2
nSH_K1
GND2
nSH_K2
DT_K1DT_K1+
GND2
GND2
DT_K2DT_K2+
nLDERR_K
VREF_K1
VREF_K2
nENB_K
LD_CHK_2
LD_CHK_1
LD_CHK_3
nLDERR_K2
GND2
21
nBD
19
GND2
22
+5VN
20
N model
CN1
1
nPOLY_CK
2
nPOLY_LOCK
3
nPOLY_START
4
GND1
5
+24V3
B5B-PH-K-S
U model
CN1
1
nPOLY_CK
2
nPOLY_LOCK
3
nPOLY_START
4
GND1
5
+24V3
6
nBRAKE
B6B-PH-K-S
CN1
POLYCLK
1
/LOCK
2
/START
3
GND1
4
+24V3
5
BM05B-PASS-TFT
CN1
nPOLY_CK
2
nPOLY_LOCK
3
nPOLY_START
4
GND1
5
+24V3
6
nBRAKE
1
B6B-PH-SM4-TB
CN3
+5V_LD
1
GND2
2
nSCK_LSU
4
GND2
3
5
nTRANS_DAT
nRSV_DAT
6
JOBEND_INT
8
LSUASIC_RST
7
nTRANS_RST
9
VSYNC_K_N
11
VSYNC_K_P
12
VSYNC_K2_P
13
VSYNC_K2_N
14
GND2
16
nPCU_TRG
10
GND2
15
GR
OR
GR
RD
BL
GR
GR
OR
GR
RD
BL
GR
GR
BR
GR
BR
PK
BR
GR
BR
GR
BR
BR
PK
BR
PK
BR
PK
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
CN4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
HSYNC_LSU_P
21
HSYNC_LSU_N
22
CH0_N
CH0_P
GND2
GND2
CH1_N
CH1_P
CH2_N
CH2_P
GND2
GND2
CLCLK_N
CLCLK_P
CH3_N
CH3_P
GND2
GND2
ECLK_LSU_N
ECLK_LSU_P
GND2
GND2
1
LSUCFM_V
1
4
LSUCFM_LD
4
2
2
/LSUCFM_CNT
GND2
3
3
PCU PWB
MOTHER PWB
LSU PWB
WH
PK
SD
SD
WH
PK
WH
PK
SD
SD
WH
PK
WH
PK
SD
WH
PK
SD
SD
WH
PK
WH
PK
SD
SD
WH
PK
WH
PK
SD
WH
PK
SD
SD
PK
WH
WH
PK
SD
SD
PK
WH
1
LSUCFM_V
1
2
LSUCFM_LD
2
3
/LSUCFM_CNT
3
4
GND2
4
CN2
3
1
4
2
5
6
GND2
+3.3V
GND1
+24V3
+5VN
GND2
22
+5V_LD
11
GND2
12
nSCK_LSU
GND2
10
nTRANS_DAT
9
14
nRSV_DAT
13
JOBEND_INT
LSUASIC_RST
8
7
nTRANS_RST
LSU_VSYNC_K_N
18
LSU_VSYNC_K_P
17
16
(nc)
20
(nc)
19
GND2
15
nPCU_TRG
21
GND2
23
GND2
24
GND2
B24B-PHDSS-B
CN3
GND2
1
GND2
2
5VLD
3
5VLD
4
GND2
5
(NC)
GND2
6
RXD_PCU
7
PCU_DSR
8
TXD_PCU
9
PCU_DTR
10
GND2
11
GND2
12
nPOF
13
nPCU_TRG
14
nFAX_LED
15
PCU_RES
16
GND2
17
JOBEND_INT
19
RSV_DAT
21
GND2
23
TRANS_DAT
22
LSU_RST
18
TRANS_RST
24
SCK
20
GND2
25
GND2
26
CN4
21
LSU_CH0_N
22
LSU_CH0_P
20
GND2
19
GND2
17
LSU_CH1_N
18
LSU_CH1_P
15
LSU_CH2_N
16
LSU_CH2_P
14
GND2
13
GND2
11
LSU_CLK_N
12
LSU_CLK_P
9
LSU_CH3_N
10
LSU_CH3_P
8
GND2
7
GND2
5
LSU_ECLK_N
6
LSU_ECLK_P
4
GND2
3
GND2
LSU_HSYNC_P
2
1
LSU_HSYNC_N
B22B-PHDSS-B
5
LSUCFM_V
5
6
LSUCFM_LD
6
7
7
/LSUCFM_CNT
8
GND2
8
4
3
6
5
SLR-06VF / SLP-06V
LSUCFM_V
LSUCFM_LD
/LSUCFM_CNT
GND2
PGM
8
1
5
2
3
7
LSUCFM
Signal name
LSUCFM
PGM
Name
Polygon motor
Function/Operation
Cools the section LSU.
Reflects the laser beams at constant-speed rotating.
MX-M503N LSU SECTION G 1
CN1 (MOTHER)
1
GND2
2
GND2
3
5VLD
4
5VLD
5
GND2
(NC)
6
(nc)
7
PCU_RXD
8
PCU_DSR
9
PCU_TXD
10
PCU_DTR
11
GND2
12
GND2
13
/POF
14
nPCU_TRG
15
/FAX_LED
16
PCU_RES
17
GND2
19
JOBEND_INT
21
RSV_DAT
23
GND2
25
TRANS_DAT
26
LSU_RST
27
TRANS_RST
28
SCK
29
GND2
30
GND2
18
GND2
20
HUD_DV
22
TH_DV
24
+3.3V
4
3
6
5
CN9
9
LSUCFM_V
8
LSUCFM_LD
/LSUCFM_CNT
10
11
GND2
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Name
LD PWB
Cylindrical lens
f lens 1
f lens 2
Reflection mirror for BD
Collective lens for BD
BD PWB
LSU PWB
Function/Operation
Controls flashing of laser beams and the output values.
Converges laser beams to focus.
Laser beams are refracted so that the laser scanning speed at the both ends of the OPC drum is the same as
that at the center.
Laser beams for BD are reflected to the BD PWB.
Converges laser beams to the BD PWB.
Detects the timing for starting laser scanning.
Laser beams are controlled and the polygon motor control signal is generated according to the PCU PWB
control signal and image data.
C. Outline of LSU specifications
A. Outline
Process speed
Image data sent from the image process circuit are converted into
laser beams which are radiated to the surface of the OPC drum.
Resolution
In this model, the 2-laser system is employed which radiates two

laser beams. The LSU unit is composed of the primary system from
the laser to the polygon mirror and the scanning system of the optical elements including the polygon mirror.
B. Composition
(Primary system)
Laser beam
Laser power
Beam diameter
Effective scan width
LD wavelength
45/50 CPM model: 225mm/sec

28/36 CPM model: 175mm/sec
N model: 1200dpi
U model: 600dpi
Twin bean
Max. 0.255mW
Main scan = 50 to 80m, Sub scan = 60 to 90m
310mm
280 to 300nm

NOTE: Do not disassemble the LSU unit.
A. LSU removal
1)
Turn OFF the machine power, and disconnect the power plug
from the power outlet.
2)
Remove the left cabinet rear lower and the left cabinet. [Refer
to "[A] EXTERIOR."]
3)
Disconnect the LSU connectors, and remove the securing

screws to remove the LSU.
(Scanning system)
NOTE: Tip the LSU slightly to insert the alignment boss into the
LSU alignment hole. To check for proper alignment,
remove the toner cartridge to check.
(On the polygon motor)

Model
N 45/50 CPM model
N 28/36 CPM model
U 45/50 CPM model
U 36 CPM model
Number of
mirror surface
7 surfaces
7 surfaces
7 surfaces
7 surfaces
Rotating
speed
45556rpm
35433rpm
22778rpm
17716rpm
Bearing
AIR
AIR
OIL
OIL
MX-M503N LSU SECTION G 2
[H] PHOTO-CONDUCTOR SECTION
MX-M503N
Service Manual
OZFM
DM
PSPS
MC
3
5
2
1
1
2
3
4
2
HV PWB
RD
MHV
YL
(NC)
1
2
GB
(NC)
/HV_CLK#
/HV_DATA#
HV_REM#
/HV_LD#
MHV-T
GND2
INT24V2
CN1
4
3
7
5
6
2
1
5V_TNBOX
TNBOX
GND2
Signal name
DM
MC
OZFM
PSPS
TNBOX
Name
Drum motor
Main charger
Ozone fan
Separation solenoid
TNF
3
1
2
24V1B
/PSPS
2
1
17
18
1
2
3
4
CN15
21
19
17
15
OZFM_V
/OZFM_CNT
GND2
OZFM_LD
(NC)
(NC) CN14
1
2
4
5
6
CN3
20
21
22
23
24
(NC)
25
26
DC PWB
CN7
1
2
(NC)
3
(NC)
4
5
6
7
8
FW
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1
3
1
2
3
7
1
2
5
6
4
(NC)
TNBOX
TNF
5V_TNF
TNF
GND2
FGOUT
CW/CCW
INT24V1
GND2
/DM_D
DM_LD
DM_CK
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
GND1
INT24V2
5V_TNF
TNF
GND2
5V_TNBOX
TNBOX
GND2
24V1B
/PSPS
OZFM_V
/OZFM_CNT
GND2
OZFM_LD
/HV_CLK
/DHVREM
/HV_DATA
/HV_REM#
/HV_LD
GND2
MHV-T
PCU PWB
AC PWB
CN7
1
2
3
4
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
INT24V1
GND2
/DM_D
DM_LD
DM_CK
10
11
12
13
14
15
24V2
NC
INT24V2
INT24V2
5V_TNF
TNF
GND2
5V_TNBOX
TNBOX
GND2
10
11
12
13
14
15
CN16
15
17
19
16
18
20
5V_TNF
TNF
GND2
5V_TNBOX
TNBOX
GND2
Function/Operation
Charges the OPC drum surface.
Discharges ozone generated in the machine.
Separates paper from the OPC drum.
Detects installation of the waste toner box. Detects the waste toner near end and the waste
toner full.
Detects installation of the waste toner box. Detects the waste toner near end and the waste
toner full.
MX-M503N PHOTO-CONDUCTOR SECTION H 1
No.
1
2
3
4
5
Name
OPC drum
Cleaning blade
Waste toner transport screw
Ozone filter
Waste toner collection box
Function/Operation
Latent electrostatic images are formed.
Cleans and remove residual toner from the OPC drum surface.
Transports waste toner to the toner collection box.
Removes ozone.
Collects waste toner.
3)
The OPC drum surface is negatively charged by the main charger.

The laser beam images are radiated to the OPC drum surface by
the laser (writing) unit to form latent electrostatic images.
1)
After transfer operation, remaining toner is removed by the

cleaning blade.
Toner removed from the OPC drum surface is transported to
the waste toner section by the waste toner transport screw.
The OPC drum surface is negatively charged by the main

charger.
Main corona unit
Screen grid
TNBOX
TNF
High voltage unit
OPC drum
CTL
CGL
Waste toner detection is performed by two sensors (TNBOX,

TNF).
Aluminum layer
The main charger grid is provided with the screen grid. The
OPC drum is charged at a voltage virtually same as the voltage applied to the screen grid.
2)
Laser lights are radiated to the OPC drum surface by the laser
(writing) unit to form latent electrostatic images.
OPC drum
OPC drum
The following four statuses of the waste toner box are detected
by the two sensors as shown below.
Pattern
1
Output level
TNBOX
TNF
L
H
Sensor status
TNBOX
TNF
Transmitted Interrupted
Transmitted
Transmitted
Interrupted
Transmitted
Interrupted
Interrupted
Laser beams
Aluminum layer
CGL
CTL
When laser lights are radiated to the OPC drum CGL, negative
and positive charges are generated.
Positive charges generated on the CGL are attracted by the
negative charges on the OPC drum surface. On the other
hand, negative charges are attracted by the positive charges in
the aluminum layer of the OPC drum.
Therefore, positive charges and negative charges are balanced out on the OPC drum and in the aluminum layer, reducing positive and negative charges to decrease the OPC drum
surface voltage.
Electric charges remain at a position where laser lights are not
radiated. As a result, latent electrostatic images are formed on
the OPC drum surface.
Status
Waste toner
box not
provided
Waste toner
box provided
+ Not full
Waste toner
box provided
+ Near end
Waste toner
box provided
+ Full

A. Photo-conductor unit
1)
2)
3)
Remove the toner cartridge.

[Refer to "[i] TONER SUPPLY SECTION."]
4)
Remove the developing unit.

[Refer to "[J] DEVELOPING SECTION."]
5)
6)
Remove the blue screw. Pull the photo-conductor unit, and

hold the handle to remove the unit.
[i]
TONER SUPPLY SECTION
MX-M503N
Service Manual
GND2
5VN
CRUM_CLK
CRUM_DATA
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
GND2
5VN
CRUM_CLK
CRUM_DATA
1
2
3
4
CN15
16
10
12
14
FGOUT
CW/CCW
INT24V1
GND2
/DM_D
DM_LD
DM_CK
3
7
1
2
5
6
4
(NC)
(NC) CN14
1
2
4
5
6
GND2
5VN
CRUM_CLK
CRUM_DATA
INT24V1
GND2
/DM_D
DM_LD
DM_CK
DM
PCU PWB
CRUM
TDSC
2
1
Signal name
CRUM
DM
TDSC
Name
Crum PWB
Drum motor
Toner supply clutch
24V1B
/TDSC
Function/Operation
Stores various information of the toner cartridge.
Controls ON/OFF of toner supply.
MX-M503N TONER SUPPLY SECTION i 1
2
1
1
2
24V1B
/TDSC
1
2
CN3
3
4
24V1B
/TDSC
The toner transport screw in the toner cartridge is driven by the

drum motor to supply toner to the developing unit.
A. Toner cartridge
The toner transport screw in the toner cartridge is turned ON/OFF

by the toner supply clutch TDSC.
1)
2)
Pull and remove the toner cartridge slowly and horizontally.
The toner density in the developing unit is detected by the toner

density sensor. When the density falls below the specified level, the
drum motor and the toner supply clutch TDSC are turned ON to
supply toner in the toner cartridge to the developing unit.
When the toner density reaches the specified level, TDSC turns
OFF to stop supply of toner to the developing unit.
With the above process, the toner density in the developing unit is
maintained at a fixed level.
NOTE: When installing, hold the toner cartridge horizontally and

inset it slowly.
MX-M503N TONER SUPPLY SECTION i 2
MX-M503N
[J]
DEVELOPING SECTION
Service Manual
DM
TH_DV/
HUD_DV
FGOUT
CW/CCW
INT24V1
GND2
/DM_D
DM_LD
DM_CK
GND2
HUD_DV
TH_DV
+3.3V
1
2
3
4
3
2
4
1
3
7
1
2
5
6
4
GND2
HUD_DV
TH_DV
+3.3V
(NC)
(NC) CN14
1
2
4
5
6
INT24V1
GND2
/DM_D
DM_LD
DM_CK
CN1
18
20
22
24
GND2
HUD_DV
TH_DV
+3.3V
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
6
7
1
2
3
4
6
7
PCU PWB
1
TSGout
GND2
TCS
24V1B
1
4
3
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TSGout
GND2
TCS
24V1B
DVCH1
DVCH2
DVCH3
GND2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
TSGout
GND2
TCS
24V1B
DVCH1
DVCH2
DVCH3
GND2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
TCS
HV PWB
GR
(NC)
1
2
DVBS
(NC)
/HV_CLK#
/HV_DATA#
HV_REM#
/HV_LD#
MHV-T
GND2
INT24V2
(NC)
(NC)
CN1
4
3
7
5
6
2
1
(NC)
(NC)
DC PWB
FW
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1
1
2
Signal name
DM
TCS
TH_DV/HUD_DV
No.
1
2
3
Name
Drum motor
Temperature/humidity sensor
Name
Developing roller
Stirring roller
Toner filter
GND1
INT24V2
CN7
1
2
(NC)
3
(NC)
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
AC PWB
CN7
1
2
3
4
24V2
NC
INT24V2
INT24V2
Function/Operation
Detects the toner density in the developing unit.
Detects the temperature and humidity of the process section for process control.
Function/Operation
Forms electrostatic latent images on the OPC drum into visible images.
Stirs toner and developer to charge toner negatively by friction.
Prevents dispersing of toner.
MX-M503N DEVELOPING SECTION J 1
CN3
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
TSGout
GND2
TCS
24V1B
5VN
DVCH1
GND2
DVCH2
/TNCRU
DVCH3
GND2
reserve1-in
/DVBSREM
/HV_CLK
/DHVREM
/HV_DATA
/HV_REM#
/HV_LD
GND2
MHV-T
This converts the electrostatic latent images on the OPC drum generated by the laser (writing) unit into visible images with toner.
A. Developing unit
OPC drum
NOTE: Be careful not to attach fingerprints or oily dirt on the DV

roller surface.
NOTE: Be careful not to hold the case adjacent to the developing
roller strongly.
1)
2)
3)
Remove the blue screw, and pull the developing unit to

remove.
Toner
Carrier
Developing roller
Non-developing
mode
Developing mode
Toner and carrier in the developing unit are stirred and transported
by the mixing roller.
By mixing and transporting, toner and carrier are negatively
charged due to mechanical friction.
The developing bias voltage (negative) is applied to the developing
roller.
Negatively charged toner is attracted to the exposed section on the
OPC drum where the negative potential falls due to the developing
bias (negative).
If the OPC drum is not exposed, the negative potential is higher
than the developing bias voltage, and toner is not attracted.
When rotation of the OPC drum is started and stopped, some area
on the OPC drum is not charged negatively. To prevent toner from
attaching to that area, a positive voltage is applied to the drum.
OPC drum
Toner
Carrier
Developing roller
Non-developing
mode
Developing mode
MX-M503N DEVELOPING SECTION J 2
[K] TRANSFER SECTION
MX-M503N
Service Manual
DM
FGOUT
CW/CCW
INT24V1
GND2
/DM_D
DM_LD
DM_CK
HV PWB
BL
PCS
1
2
(NC)
DHV
(NC)
WH
3
7
1
2
5
6
4
THV
RDCFM
CN3
20
21
22
23
24
(NC)
25
26
CN1
4
3
7
5
6
2
1
/HV_CLK#
/HV_DATA#
HV_REM#
/HV_LD#
MHV-T
GND2
INT24V2
(NC)
2
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
3
5VN
PCS
PCS_LED
1
2
3
1
2
3
RDCFM_V
GND2
RDCFM_LD
1
2
3
CN7
1
2
(NC)
3
(NC)
4
5
6
7
CN7
8
1
2
1
3
2
4
24V2
NC
INT24V2
INT24V2
FG
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
F-GND
5VN
PCS
PCS_LED
RDCFM_V
GND2
RDCFM_LD
/HV_CLK
/DHVREM
/HV_DATA
/HV_REM#
/HV_LD
GND2
MHV-T
PCU PWB
AC PWB
GND1
INT24V2
FG
5VN
PCS
PCS_LED
INT24V1
GND2
/DM_D
DM_LD
DM_CK
DC PWB
FW
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1
HV RESISTOR PWB
CPWBF1593FCE2
(NC)
(NC) CN14
1
2
4
5
6
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
(NC)
7
8
9
10
11
26
27
5VN
(NC)
PCS
PCS_LED
RDCFM_V
GND2
RDCFM_LD
7
8
9
10
11
26
27
(NC)
(NC)
CN6
20
23
22
21
5VN
GND2
PCS
PCS_LED
CN10
11
15
13
RDCFM_V
GND2
RDCFM_LD
Signal name
DM
PCS
RDCFM
Name
Drum motor
Suction fan
Function/Operation
Drives the OPC drum, the developing unit, and the transfer unit.
Detects the toner patch density on the OPC drum in process control.
Stabilizes paper transport.
No.
1
2
Name
Transfer roller
Paper guide electrode
Function/Operation
Transfers toner images from the OPC drum to paper.
Connected to the ground through a high resistor to maintain the paper guide at a proper potential, stabilizing the
transfer operation.
Applies a high negative voltage to the paper which was charged positively in the transfer process in order to
discharge it.
Separation charger
MX-M503N TRANSFER SECTION K 1
C. Toner patch density detection in the process

control
A. Transfer operation
A positive high voltage is applied to the transfer roller to transfer the
toner images from the OPC drum to paper.
OPC drum
In the process control, the toner patch density on the OPC drum is
detected with the image density sensor.
In addition, the sensitivity of the image density sensor is automatically performed by using reflection on the OPC drum surface.
OPC drum
Separation charger
Transfer roller
Toner patch
To PCU PWB
Transfer roller
Transfer mode
(Constant current)
Cleaning mode

A. Transfer unit
1)
2)
Remove the blue screw, and remove the cover. Disconnect the
connector, and remove the transfer unit.
B. Cleaning operation
In the cleaning process, the polarity of the voltage applied to the
transfer roller is made negative, and unnecessary toner on the
transfer roller is sent to the OPC drum, cleaned with the cleaning
blade, and transported to the waste toner section.
OPC drum
Separation charger
Transfer roller
Transfer mode
(Constant current)
Cleaning mode
MX-M503N TRANSFER SECTION K 2
MX-M503N
[L]
FUSING SECTION
Service Manual
INT24V1
GND2
/FUMCK
/FUMD
FUMLD
FGOUT
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
4
5
6
3
INT24V1
GND2
FUM_CK
/FUM_D
FUM_LD
CN12
1
3
9
7
11
1
2
3
4
5
INT24V1
GND2
FUM_CK
/FUM_D
FUM_LD
(NC)
FUM
WEBM
WEB-END
1
2
N-HL(MAIN)
N-HL(SUB)
1
2
N-HL(UW)
PCU PWB
TH_MY
TS_UM
3
TS_US
6
HL PWB
TH_US
(NC)
2
1
3
2
L-HL(COM)
L-HL(COM)
L-HL(COM)
1
3
2
HL_UM/HL_US/HL_UW
CN2
1
2
3
N-HL(MAIN)
L-HL(COM)
L-HL(COM)
CN3
1
2
3
L-HL(COM)
N-HL(UW)
N-HL(SUB)
(Power)
4
6
1
2
5
3
L-HL(COM)
N-HL(UW)
N-HL(MAIN)
N-HL(SUB)
L-HL(COM)
(NC)
(Connector)
1
2
3
4
Signal name
FUM_CK
FUM_D
FUM_LD
HLout_UM
HLout_US
HLout_UW
HL_PR
TH_MY_IN
TH_US_IN
WEB-END
WEBM
Name [Type]
Fusing motor drive frequency [Brush-less motor]
Fusing motor start/stop [Brush-less motor]
Fusing motor lock detection
Heater lamp main
Heater lamp sub
Heater lamp warm-up
Heater lamp control relay
Main thermistor
Sub thermistor
Web end detection
Web motor (Synchronous motor)
GND2
TH_US_IN
GND2
TH_MY_IN
1
2
3
4
1
2
WEB-END
GND2
1
2
1
2
WEB_M1out
WEB_M2out
1
2
B-9
B-8
B-7
B-6
B-5
B-4
B-3
B-2
B-1
18
19
GND2
TH_US_IN
(NC)
(NC)
GND2
TH_MY_IN(100)
TH_MY_IN(200)
WEB-END
GND2
WEBMAout
WEBMBout
B-1
B-2
B-3
B-4
B-5
B-6
B-7
B-8
B-9
18
19
Function/Operation
Changes the fusing section speed.
Drives the fusing section.
Detects the fusing motor lock.
Turns ON/OFF the heater lamp main.
Turns ON/OFF the heater lamp sub.
Turns ON/OFF the warm-up operation of the heater lamp.
Turns ON/OFF the heater lamp control relay.
Detects the web end.
Drives the fusing web cleaning paper.
MX-M503N FUSING SECTION L 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
GND2
TH_US_IN
(NC)
(NC)
GND2
TH_MY_IN
(NC)
WEB-END
GND2
CN12
2
4
6
8
10
14
CN4
6
5
1
2
4
3
INT24V1
GND2
/HL_PR
HLout_UM
HLout_US
HLout_UW
4
6
1
2
5
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
CN16
5
7
6
8
9
10
(NC)
13
11
12
CN14
19
20
(NC)
(NC)
INT24V1
GND2
/HL_PR
HLout_UM
HLout_US
HLout_UW
GND2
TH_US_IN
GND2
TH_E_IN
GND2
TH_MY_IN
GND2
WEB-END
GND2
WEBMAout
WEBMBout
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Name
Cleaning roller
Web roller
Thermostat (Main)
Thermostat (Sub)
Function/Operation
Applies heat and pressure to toner on paper to fuse it on paper.
Mechanically separates paper which was not naturally separated from the fusing roller (heating).
Presses toner on paper to fuse.
Cleans the fusing roller (pressing).
Cleans the fusing roller (heating).
Mechanically separates paper which was not naturally separated from the fusing roller (pressing).
Shuts down the power to the heater lamp when the temperature rises abnormally.
Shuts down the power to the heater lamp when the temperature rises abnormally.
C. Fusing operation
A. Fusing unit drive
Toner on paper is heated and pressed to be fused by the heat

roller.
For driving the fusing unit, the drive power is transmitted from the
drive motor (FUM) through the connection gear to the upper heat
roller gear.
Driving by the drive motor (DC Brush-less motor) is performed
according to the control signal sent from the PCU.
PCU
FUM
B. Heater lamp drive

The surface temperature of the heat roller detected by the thermistor is sent to the PCU. When the temperature is lower than the
specified level, the heater lamp ON signal is sent from the PCU to
the heater lamp drive circuit on the HL PWB.
The power triac in the heater lamp drive circuit is turned on, and the
AC power is supplied to the heater lamp, lighting the lamp and
heating the heat roller.
To prepare for an abnormally high temperature of the heat roller,
the thermostat is provided for safety.
When the thermostat is opened, the power supply (AC line) to the
heater lamp is cut off.

The fusing heat roller (heating) is provided with three heater lamps,
which heat the fusing roller to fuse toner onto paper.
The fusing rollers (pressing) are made of silicon rubber because of
the following reasons and purpose.
1)
Paper is separated upward. (Since the fusing roller (heating) is

of higher hardness, the fusing roller (pressing) is deformed to
separate paper upward.)
2)
The nip quantity is increased to increase heat capacity for

paper.
3)
By pressing paper with the flexible roller, toner is fused without

deformation.
D. Fusing temperature control
F. Web end detection
The temperature sensor is provided at the center of the fusing roller

(heating).
The judgment of web end is made by the fusing web print counter
or the web life end detection, whichever is earlier.
The roller temperature is detected by the thermistor sensor, and the

heater lamp is controlled so that the temperature is maintained at
the specified level.
The web life end detection is made when the WEB-END sensor terminal is conducted by making contact with the roller shaft on the
web supply side.
E. Roller cleaning
When the web life end is detected, the warning display is made, but
the machine still continues the operation.
The upper fusing roller is cleaned by the web. The lower fusing
roller is cleaned by the cleaning roller.
1)
Remaining toner on the upper fusing roller is cleaned by the

web with silicon included.
The web unit is provided in the upper section of the upper fusing roller, and is composed of the feeding section of the web
sheet, the winding section, and the backup roller which
pressed the web sheet onto the upper fusing roller.
2)
Warning display content: Maintenance required. Code: FK3

When the web is replaced with a new one and the web counter is
cleared, the warring display disappears.
The new web is not automatically detected.
Remaining toner on the lower fusing roller is attached to the

cleaning roller by the differences in the temperature, etc.
between the lower fusing roller and the cleaning roller.
WEB-END
Web roller
WEB-END

Cleaning roller
A. Fusing unit
c
a
b
Parts
a
b
c
Thermostat (main)
Thermostat (sub)
Heater lamp
1)
2)
(1)
(2)
Remove the blue screw. Pull the lock lever and remove the
fusing unit.
Heater lamp
1)
Remove the fusing unit.
2)
3)
4)
Disconnect the connector. Remove the blue screw, and

remove the fixing plate. Remove the heater lamp.
Thermostat (main/sub)
1)
Remove the fusing unit.
2)
Remove the screw, and remove the cover. Remove the screw,
and remove the terminal. Remove the screw and the washer,
and remove the thermostat.
NOTE: When fixing the thermostat and the harness, tighten the
screws at the following torque:
1.0 - 1.2 Nm
10 - 12 kgfcm
0.7 - 0.9 lbft
[M] DUPLEX/PAPER EXIT SECTION
MX-M503N
1.
Service Manual
Electrical and mechanical relation diagram
A. Duplex section
ADUMH
TFD3
GND2
5VLED1
POD3
GND2
5VLED4
DSW_ADU
GND2
5VLED2
APPD1
GND2
5VLED5
CN2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
APPD2
GND2
5VLED10
CN3
4
5
6
RIGHT DOOR
I/F PWB
5VN
SIN3
SELIN2
APPD1
MPFD
MPWD
GND2
SELIN1
SELIN3
APPD2
POD3
5VN
CN1
1
3
5
7
11
13
2
4
6
8
10
16
1
2
3
4
5
6
TFD3
GND2
5VLED1
POD3
GND2
5VLED4
1
2
3
1
2
3
APPD1
GND2
5VLED5
6
5
4
3
2
1
3
2
1
APPD2
GND2
5VLED10
1
2
14
15
/ADUGS
24V1B
14
15
1
2
3
4
5
6
17
18
19
20
21
22
5VN
SIN3
SELIN2
APPD1
MPFD
MPWD
GND2
SELIN1
SELIN3
APPD2
POD3
5VN
1
2
3
4
5
6
17
18
19
20
21
22
CN10
3
1
CN6
1
11
7
12
8
13
15
5
9
14
10
3
ADUMHA//
ADUMHA/
ADUMHB/
ADUMHB//
ADUMH24V
ADUMH24V
NC
Signal name
ADUGS
ADUMH
ADUML
APPD1
APPD2
DSW_ADU
POD3
TFD3
No.
1
2
3
4
5
TFD3
GND2
5VLED1
1
2
3
POD3
GND2
5VLED4
1
2
3
DSW_ADU
GND2
5VLED2
1
2
3
APPD1
GND2
5VLED5
24V1B
/ADUGS
POD3
TFD3
ADUGS
ADUML
3
SGUDA/
B1V42
5VN
SIN3
SELIN2
APPD1
MPFD
MPWD
GND2
SELIN1
SELIN3
APPD2
POD3
5VN
APPD1
DSW_ADU
CN17
CN4
14
3
25
4
16
5
23
6
11
7
21
8
17
9
15
10
19
11
13
12
26
13
22
14
24
15
20
16
1
17
18
18
7
19
5
20
9
21
3
22
10
23
8
24
12
25
6
26
(NC) (NC)
2
27
4
28
CN3
11
12
9
10
7
8
13
1
2
21
22
23
24
25
26
ADUMHB
ADUMHA
ADUMHXB
ADUMHXA
POMCNT
ADUMHCNT
POMB
POMA
POMXB
POMXA
ADUMLB
ADUMLA
ADUMLXB
ADUMLXA
RRMCNT
ADUMLCNT
RRMB
RRMA
RRMXB
RRMXA
PFMB
PFMA
PFMXB
PFMXA
PFM2CNT
PFMCNT
CN3
ADUML24V
1
ADUML24V
2
ADUMLB/
3
ADUMLB//
4
ADUMLA//
5
ADUMLA/
6
2
5
3
6
4
1
ADUML24V
ADUML24V
ADUMLB/
ADUMLB//
ADUMLA//
ADUMLA/
ADUMHA//
ADUMHA/
ADUMHB/
ADUMHB//
ADUMH24V
ADUMH24V
1
4
6
3
2
5
ADUMHA//
ADUMHA/
ADUMHB/
ADUMHB//
ADUMH24V
ADUMH24V
21
22
23
24
25
26
Name
ADU gate solenoid
ADU motor upper
ADU motor lower
Name
Right paper exit gate
PCU PWB
MOTOR DRIVER PWB

ADUMHB
ADUMHA
ADUMHXB
ADUMHXA
POMCNT
ADUMHCNT
POMB
POMA
POMXB
POMXA
ADUMLB
ADUMLA
ADUMLXB
ADUMLXA
RRMCNT
ADUMLCNT
RRMB
RRMA
RRMXB
RRMXA
PFMB
PFMA
PFMXB
PFMXA
GND2
PFMCNT
1
2
3
APPD2
Function/Operation
Drive the transport roller 13.
Drives the right door section.
Detects paper pass in the upstream of the duplex (ADU).
Detects paper pass in the midstream of the duplex (ADU).
Duplex (ADU) cover open/close detection
Detects the paper exit into the right tray.
Function/Operation
Transports the paper transported from the transport roller 13 to the transport roller 11.
Transports the paper transported from the transport roller 10 to the transport roller 12.
Used to discharge paper.
Selects the paper path to transport paper to the duplex (ADU) section or to discharge paper to the right tray.
Transports paper from the paper exit roller 1 to the paper exit roller 2. Transports paper to the duplex (ADU)
section.
MX-M503N DUPLEX/PAPER EXIT SECTION M 1
B. Paper exit section
PCU PWB
5
1
2
3
4
TFD2
HPOS
POFM1_LD
GND2
/POFM1_CNT
POFM1_V
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
POFM2_LD
GND2
/POFM1_CNT
POFM1_V
4
3
2
1
5VN
TFD2
GND2
3
2
1
5VN
POD2
GND2
1
2
3
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
5VN
5VN
5VN
5VN
5VN
5VN
#
#
#
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
POFM_3
3
2
1
POD2
Signal name
HPOS
OSM
POD1
POD2
POFM_1
POFM_2
POFM_3
POM
TFD2
No.
1
POD1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
CN14
12
15
16
13
14
24V1B_OSM
/OSMXB
/OSMXA
/OSMB
/OSMA
CN15
23
25
27
28
(NC)
2
29
7
3
4
5
6
1
POFM1_V
/POFM1_CNT
POFM1_LD
POFM2_LD
GND2
GND2
5VN
TFD2
POD2
HPOS
POD1
GND2
GND2
POFM3_LD
POFM3_V
3
2
1
18
20
22
GND2
POFM3_LD
POFM3_V
MOTOR DRIVER PWB
POM
POFM_2
24V1B_OSM
/OSMXB
/OSMXA
/OSMB
/OSMA
POFM1_V
/POFM1_CNT
POFM1_LD
POFM2_LD
(NC)
GND2
5VN
TFD2
POD2
HPOS
POD1
GND2
#
#
#
9
8
(NC) 7
6
5
4
3
2
(NC) 1
(NC)
8
6
2
4
6
5
4
3
1
2
(NC)
(NC)
(NC)
/POFM1_CNT
/POFM1_CNT
/POFM1_CNT
/POFM1_CNT
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
GND2
POFM_1
#
9
7
8
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
5VN
POD1
GND2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
POFM1_V
POFM1_V
POFM1_V
POFM1_V
5VN
HPOS
GND2
5
1
2
3
4
(NC) 4
3
1
2
OSM
4
3
2
1
24V1B_OSM
/OSMXB
/OSMXA
/OSMB
/OSMA
POMA//
POM24V
POMB//
POMA/
POM24V
POMB/
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
POMA//
POM24V
POMB//
POMA/
POM24V
POMB/
7
8
9
10
11
12
CN2
5
1
4
6
2
3
POMA//
POM24V
POMB//
POMA/
POM24V
POMB/
Name
Shifter motor
Paper exit cooling fan motor (R side)
Paper exit cooling fan motor (F side)
Paper exit cooling fan motor (R side)
Function/Operation
Detects the shifter home position.
Performs offset of paper.
Detects paper exit from fusing after detection fusing.
Detects the exit paper.
Detects face-down paper exit tray full.
Name
Function/Operation
Discharges paper. / Transports paper to the right paper exit tray. / Transport paper to the duplex (ADU)
section.
2.
Operational descriptions
1)
2)
Remove the right door unit.
A. Duplex
Paper transported from the fusing section is sent from the transport roller 13 (which is driven by the paper exit drive motor) to the
paper exit roller 1.
At that time, paper is passed under the ADU reverse gate guide.
When the specified time passes from detection of the paper lead
edge by POD1, the paper exit drive motor rotates normally, and
rotates reversely after the specified time.
By the reverse rotation of the paper exit drive motor, paper is
sent to the reverse section. At that time, paper passes on the
upper side of the Ado gate which lowers by its own weight.
The transport rollers 10 and 11 are driven by the ADU motor
lower to transport paper to the duplex paper feed position.
Paper is stopped at the duplex paper feed position, and then
transported to the machine again.
B. Paper exit
Paper transported from the fusing section is sent from the transport roller 13 (which is driven by the paper exit drive motor) to the
paper exit roller 1, and discharged to the inner tray.
When paper is discharged to the right tray, paper is sent to the
paper exit roller 1. The paper exit drive motor rotates reversely.
Paper is passed through the right paper exit gate, and discharged to the right tray.
3.
A. Right door unit
(1)
RD I/F PWB
1)
2)
Remove the connector cover. Remove the ADU inner cover.
3)
Disconnect the connector, and remove the RD I/F PWB.
c
a
Parts
a
b
c
RD I/F PWB
ADU gate solenoid
(2)
5)
1)
2)
Remove the connector cover, and remove the ADU inner

cover.
(3)
3)
4)
Remove the manual paper feed clutch.
ADU gate solenoid
1)
2)
Remove the connector cover, and remove the ADU inner

cover.
3)
Disconnect the connector, and remove the ADU gate solenoid

unit.
Remove the MF drive connection plate. Disconnect the connector. Remove the manual paper feed clutch unit.
Remove the ADU gate solenoid.
2
3
B. Paper exit unit
3)
Disconnect the connector, and remove the paper exit cooling

fan motor.
* When installing, be sure to note the fan direction.
e
a
(2)
a
b
c
d
e
f
1)
Parts
Paper exit cooling fan motor
Shifter motor
Fusing drive motor
ADU motor upper
Shifter motor
1)
Remove the paper exit unit.
2)
Remove the harness from the saddle (A) and the saddle (B).
Remove the screw, and remove the earth terminal. Disconnect
the connectors and remove the snap band.
Remove the upper cabinet right and the right connecting cabinet. [Refer to "[A] EXTERIOR."]
2)
Remove the fusing unit. [Refer to "[L] FUSING SECTION."]
3)
Remove the screw, and remove the paper exit unit, and disconnect the connector.
2
1
(1)
Paper exit cooling fan motor
1)
2)
Remove the exhaust fan duct.
3)
Remove the shifter motor unit. Remove the gear.
* When installing, place the paper exit roller SP pin in the gear
slit.
Engage the bar ring of the shifter motor unit with the gear.
4)
Remove the screws, and remove the shifter motor.
(5)
Paper exit drive motor/ADU motor upper
1)
2)
Disconnect the connector, and remove the screws, and

remove the paper exit drive motor (A), and the ADU motor
upper (B).
(3)
1)
2)
Remove the exhaust fan duct.
3)
Disconnect the connector, and remove the screws, and then

remove the fusing web cleaning motor.
* Be careful to install the motors in the proper direction.

* When installing, attach the belt as shown below.
(4)
Fusing drive motor
1)
2)
Disconnect the connector, and remove the screws, and then

remove the fusing drive motor.
C. Others
Parts
a
(1)
ADU motor lower
ADU motor lower
1)
2)
Remove the screw, and open the control box.
3)
Disconnect the connector, and remove the ADU motor lower.
[N] DRIVE SECTION
MX-M503N
4) Disconnect
the connector, remove the screw, and remove the
Service
Manual
main drive unit.

A. Main drive unit
a
d
e
c
b
a
b
c
d
e
Parts
Drum motor
Resist motor
Toner supply clutch
Separation solenoid
(1)
1)
Remove the rear cabinet and the right cabinet rear cover.
1)
2)
2)
3)
* After installing, check to confirm that the flywheel is not in

contact with the harness.
Open the control box.
3)
Remove the flywheel.
4)
Disconnect the connector, remove the screw, and remove the

drum motor.
(2)
Drum motor
Resist motor
1)
2)
3)
4)
Disconnect the connector, remove the screw, and remove the

resist motor.
MX-M503N DRIVE SECTION N 1
(3)
Toner supply clutch
(5)
1)
2)
3)
4)
Disengage the pawl, and remove the gear. Disconnect the

connector, remove the E-ring, and remove the toner supply
clutch.
1)
Remove the main drive unit.
2)
Remove the drum motor and the toner supply clutch. [Refer to
"(1) Drum motor", "(3) Toner supply clutch".]
3)
Disconnect the connector from the frame. Remove the screw,

and remove the grounding plate. Remove grease from the
shaft.
NOTE: When reassembling, apply conduction grease (UKOG0012QSZZ).
Conduction
grease
(4)
1)
Separation solenoid
2)
Remove the main drive unit.
3)
Remove the E-ring and the screw, and remove the separation
solenoid.
4)
Remove the E-ring and the bearing. Remove the screw, and
remove the frame.
5)
Remove the snap band. Remove the screw, and remove the
temperature/humidity sensor. Disconnect the connector from
the temperature/humidity sensor.
B. Paper feed drive unit
(2)
1)
Paper feed motor

2)
3)

the paper feed motor.
d
e
c
f
c
a
b
c
d
e
f
1)
Parts
Transport motor
Paper feed motor
Paper transport clutch
(3)
1)
2)
3)
Disconnect the connector, and remove the paper feed drive

unit.
(1)
1)

2)
3)

the paper tray lift-up motor unit.
4)
Disengage the pawl, and remove the lift-up coupling.
Transport motor
2)
3)

the transport motor.
(4)
Paper feed clutch (Paper feed tray 1/

Paper feed tray 2)/Paper transport clutch
1)
2)
Remove the paper feed drive unit.
3)
Remove the gear and disconnect the connector.
4)
6)
Remove the E-ring, and remove the paper feed clutch.
7)
Remove the belt.
8)
Remove the gear, and remove the paper transport clutch unit.
Remove the screw, and remove the drive frame upper unit.
* When installing, be careful of wiring process.
5)
Remove the paper feed clutch unit.

* When installing, be careful of wiring process.
9)
Remove the E-ring, and remove the paper transport clutch 1.
MX-M503N
[O]
PWB SECTION
A.
ControlManual
box
Service

(Countermeasures against static electricity)
When handling the PWB and the electronic parts, be sure to
observe the following precautions in order to prevent against damage by static electricity.
1)
When in transit or storing, put the parts in an anti-static bag or

an anti-static case and do not touch them with bare hands.
b
a
e
f
c
h
g
i
2)
When and after removing the parts from an anti-static bag

(case), use an earth band as shown below:
Put an earth band to your arm, and connect it to the
machine.
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
(1)
Parts
DIMM memory PWB (1GB)
DIMM memory PWB (N model: 512MB/U model 256MB)
PROG1 ROM PWB
PROG2 ROM PWB
MFP cnt PWB
HDD
PCU Flash ROM PWB
PCU PWB
Mother PWB
DIMM memory PWB/PROG1 ROM PWB/

PROG 2 ROM PWB/MFP cnt PWB
1)
Remove the right cabinet rear cover.

2)
Remove the screw, and pull out the MFP cnt PWB.
When repairing or replacing an electronic part, perform the

procedure on an anti-static mat.
* When placing the HDD on the upper side, do not apply an

excessive force to the DIMM memory. So remove it or put a
spacer.
MX-M503N PWB SECTION O 1
* Inserting position an inserting procedure when the DIMM

memory is removed
* Note for removing procedure of the memory PWB

Remove the PWB inside the tilt of the memory PWB first.
(Removing the IC outside the tilt will result in poor efficiency
of work.)
DIMM3
DIMM1
DIMM2
* Note for installing procedure of the memory PWB

Install the PWB outside the tilt of the memory PWB first.
(Installing the IC inside the tilt will result in poor efficiency
of work.)
DIMM1: Option (200 pin)

DIMM2: 1GB (200 pin)
a)
DIMM3: N model 512MB/U model 256MB (144 pin)

3)
Push Stopper (A) with your finger to release the lock holding
the memory PWB.
Tilt the memory PWB and fit with the connector port. Put
the memory PWB up to the line (A) in the figure.
* When inserting, be sure to hold the both ends and be
sure not to touch the IC on the PWB.
About 15
A
b)
4)
When the lock is released, the memory PWB tilts. Pull it out.
* Be sure to release the lock before pulling it out.
* Do not touch the IC on the memory PWB.
Push the memory PWB which is kept tilted fully to the

bottom.
* Be careful not to tilt left and right.
* The gold plated section must be completely seated
inside slot.
[ Tilting left and right ]
[ The gold plated

section can be seen ]
[ Normal ]
c)
Raise the memory PWB until the connector stopper

clicks.
5)
(2)
HDD (U model option)
1)
* Check to confirm that the lock pin (A) is in the center

of the lock hole.

2)
* The stopper (B) must penetrate inside the PWB.
3)

the HDD unit.
4)
Remove the screw, and remove the angle from the HDD.
Release the lock, and remove the PROG1 ROM PWB (A) and
the PROG2 ROM PWB (B).
* The HDD is very fragile. Handle the HDD carefully so as not
to damage the unit due to any external shock.
6)
Disconnect the connector (when the HDD is installed to the

machine) and remove the screw, and remove the MFP cnt
PWB.
(3)
1)
PCU Flash ROM PWB

Remove the screw, and remove the rear cabinet lid.
2)
B. Power unit
Remove the PCU Flash ROM PWB.
b
a
Parts
(4)
a
b
PCU PWB
AC power PWB
DC power PWB
1)
2)
Remove the PCU Flash ROM PWB.
(1)

the PCU PWB.
1)
2)
Remove the screw, the reactor and disconnect the connector,

and remove the AC power PWB.
3)
(5)
AC power PWB
Mother PWB
1)
2)
Disconnect the connector and remove the screw of the MFP

PWB and the mother PWB. Remove the mother PWB.
(2)
DC power PWB
1)
2)
Remove the screw, the reactor and the AC cord unit and disconnect the connector, and remove the AC power PWB unit.
3)
Remove the screw and disconnect the connector, and remove

the DC power PWB.
3)
Remove the securing screws and slide out the scanner PWB.
Disconnect the connector.
N model
U model
C. Others
4)
Remove the screw, and remove the scanner control PWB.
c
e
a
b
c
d
e
(1)
Parts
SCN Flash ROM PWB
Scanner control PWB
HL PWB
Motor drive PWB
HV PWB (High voltage PWB)
SCN Flash ROM PWB/Scanner control PWB
1)

2)
Release the lock, and remove the SCN Flash ROM PWB.
(2)
HL PWB
1)
2)

the HL PWB.
2
1
(3)
Motor drive PWB
1)
Remove the rear cover. [Refer to "[A] EXTERIOR."]
2)
3)
(4)
1)

the motor drive PWB.
4)
Disconnect the connector, remove the screw, earth wire and

the plate, and remove the PCU PWB.
5)

the HV PWB.
HV PWB (High voltage PWB)

Remove the rear cabinet and the left cabinet rear lower. [Refer
to "[A] EXTERIOR."]
2)
3)
Disconnect the connector, remove the screw and the plate,

and remove the control box.
6)
Note for assembly of the HV PWB (High voltage PWB)

When inserting the connector into the high voltage output terminal of the HV PWB (High voltage PWB), check to confirm
that the connector is securely inserted into the high voltage
output terminal as shown in the photo below.
If the high voltage output terminal is on the outside of the connector, it is NG.
NG
NG
The clearance
must be about 1mm.
OK
The clearance
must be about 2mm.
OK
NG
NG
MX-M503N
[P]
FAN SECTION
3) Disconnect
the connector, remove the snap band, and remove
Service
Manual
the harness from the wire saddle.
Remove the screw, and remove the control box.

A. Fan motor
a
e
f
d
c
b
a
b
c
d
e
f
(1)
4)
Remove the snap band. Disconnect the connector and remove

the screw, and remove the duct.
5)
Disengage the pawl, and remove the cover. Disconnect the

connector, remove the screw, and remove the ozone fan.
Parts
Ozone fan
Power cooling fan 1
Power cooling fan 2
MFP PWB cooling fan
LSU cooling fan
Ozone fan
1)
Remove the rear cabinet and the upper cabinet rear cover.
2)
* When installing, arrange so that the fan label (A) faces outside.
MX-M503N FAN SECTION P 1
(2)
Power cooling fan 1
4)
1)
2)
Remove the screw, and remove the clamp. Disconnect the

connector and remove the screw, and remove the power cooling fan 1.
Remove the screw, and remove the power cooling fan 2.

* When installing, put the fan label (A) facing inside, and the
harness (B) facing upward.
* When installing, put the fan label (A) facing outside, and
arrange the engraved mark (B) in the blowing direction with
the arrow direction (C) of the metal plate.
B
B
A
A
(3)
Power cooling fan 2
1)
(4)
2)
Remove the screw, the reactor and disconnect the connector,

and remove the AC power PWB unit.
1)

MFP PWB cooling fan
2)
3)
Disconnect the connector. Open the wire saddle, and remove

the harness. Remove the screw, and remove the DC power
unit.
3)

the MFP PWB cooling fan.
* When installing, put the fan label (A) facing outside, and the
harness (B) facing downward.
B
A
(5)
1)
Remove the paper exit unit. [Refer to "[M] DUPLEX/PAPER

EXIT SECTION."]
2)

the paper exit cooling fan 3.
* When installing, put the fan label (A) facing inside, and the
harness (B) facing downward.
(6)
LSU cooling fan
1)
Remove the left cabinet. [Refer to "[A] EXTERIOR."]
2)
Remove the screw, and remove the plate.

wire saddle.
3)

wire saddle.
* When installing, arrange so that the fan label (A) faces
inside.
MX-M503N
[Q]
SENSOR/SWITCH SECTION
1.
(3)
Right door
open/close switch
Service
Manual
1)
2)
Remove the resist roller unit. [Refer to "[F] PAPER TRANSPORT SECTION."]
3)
4)

the right door open/close switch cover unit.
5)
Remove the right door open/close switch.
A. Sensor/Switch
d
b
c
a
a
b
c
(1)
Parts
Main switch
Main switch
1)
Remove the front cover. [Refer to "[A] EXTERIOR."]
2)
Remove the screw, and remove the cover. Disconnect the connector, disengage the pawl, and remove the main switch.
* Attach the main switch and the harness so that they are fit
with the marks on the back surface of the mounting plate.
ON
W B
Switch position
R R
OFF
(2)
Harness color
Connector color
1)
Remove the front cover. [Refer to "[A] EXTERIOR."]
2)
Remove the screw, and remove the front door open/close

switch unit.
the front door open/close switch.
MX-M503N SENSOR/SWITCH SECTION Q 1
Memo
Memo
Memo
LEAD-FREE SOLDER
The PWBs of this model employs lead-free solder. The LF marks indicated on the PWBs and the Service Manual mean Lead-Free solder.
The alphabet following the LF mark shows the kind of lead-free solder.
Example:
<Solder composition code of lead-free solder>
Lead-Free
5mm
Solder composition
code (Refer to the
table at the right.)
Solder composition
Solder composition code
Sn-Ag-Cu
Sn-Ag-Bi
Sn-Ag-Bi-Cu
Sn-Zn-Bi
Sn-In-Ag-Bi
Sn-Cu-Ni
Sn-Ag-Sb
Bi-Sn-Ag-P
Bi-Sn-Ag
(1) NOTE FOR THE USE OF LEAD-FREE SOLDER THREAD

When repairing a lead-free solder PWB, use lead-free solder thread.
Never use conventional lead solder thread, which may cause a breakdown or an accident.
Since the melting-point of lead-free solder thread is about 40C higher than that of conventional lead solder thread, the use of the
exclusive-use soldering iron is recommended.
(2) NOTE FOR SOLDERING WORK
Since the melting-point of lead-freeCOPYRIGHT

solder is about 220C, which
is about
40C higher
than that of conventional lead solder, and its soldering
XXXX
BYSHARP
CORPORATION
capacity is inferior to conventional one, it is apt to keep the soldering iron in contact with the PWB for longer time. This may cause land
separation or may exceed the heat-resistive temperature
components.
Use enough care to separate the soldering iron from the PWB when
ALLofRIGHTS
RESERVED.
completion of soldering is confirmed.
Since lead-free solder includes a greater quantity of tin, the iron tip may corrode easily. Turn ON/OFF the soldering iron power frequently.
If different-kind solder remains on the soldering iron tip, it is melted together with lead-free solder. To avoid this, clean the soldering iron
No part of this publication may be reproduced,
tip after completion of soldering work.
stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in
If the soldering iron tip is discolored black during soldering work, clean and file the tip with steel wool or a fine filer.
any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical,

photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without
prior written permission of the publisher.
CAUTION FOR BATTERY REPLACEMENT

(Danish)
ADVARSEL !
Lithiumbatteri Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig hndtering.
Udskiftning m kun ske med batteri
af samme fabrikat og type.
Levr det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandoren.
(English)
Caution !
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced.
Replace only with the same or equivalent type
recommended by the manufacturer.
Dispose of used batteries according to manufacturers instructions.
(Finnish)
VAROITUS
Paristo voi rjht, jos se on virheellisesti asennettu.
Vaihda paristo ainoastaan laitevalmistajan suosittelemaan
tyyppiin. Hvit kytetty paristo valmistajan ohjeiden
mukaisesti.
(French)
ATTENTION
Il y a danger dexplosion s il y a remplacement incorrect
de la batterie. Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie du
mme type ou dun type quivalent recommand par
le constructeur.
Mettre au rebut les batteries usages conformment aux
instructions du fabricant.
(Swedish)
VARNING
Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte.
Anvnd samma batterityp eller en ekvivalent
typ som rekommenderas av apparattillverkaren.
Kassera anvnt batteri enligt fabrikantens
instruktion.
(German)
Achtung
Explosionsgefahr bei Verwendung inkorrekter Batterien.
Als Ersatzbatterien drfen nur Batterien vom gleichen Typ oder
vom Hersteller empfohlene Batterien verwendet werden.
Entsorgung der gebrauchten Batterien nur nach den vom
Hersteller angegebenen Anweisungen.
CAUTION FOR BATTERY DISPOSAL

(For USA, CANADA)
BATTERY DISPOSAL
THIS PRODUCT CONTAINS A LITHIUM PRIMARY
(MANGANESS DIOXIDE) MEMORY BACK-UP BATTERY
THAT MUST BE DISPOSED OF PROPERLY. REMOVE THE
BATTERY FROM THE PRODUCT AND CONTACT YOUR
LOCAL ENVIRONMENTAL AGENCIES FOR INFORMATION
ON RECYCLING AND DISPOSAL OPTIONS.
TRAITEMENT DES PILES USAGES
CE PRODUIT CONTIENT UNE PILE DE SAUVEGARDE DE
MMOIRE LITHIUM PRIMAIRE (DIOXYDE DE MANGANSE)
QUI DOIT TRE TRAITE CORRECTEMENT. ENLEVEZ LA
PILE DU PRODUIT ET PRENEZ CONTACT AVEC VOTRE
AGENCE ENVIRONNEMENTALE LOCALE POUR DES
INFORMATIONS SUR LES MTHODES DE RECYCLAGE ET
DE TRAITEMENT.
COPYRIGHT 2009 BY SHARP CORPORATION

All rights reserved.
Produced in Japan for electronic Distribution
stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted,
in any form or by any means,
electronic; mechanical; photocopying; recording or otherwise
without prior written permission of the publisher.
Trademark acknowledgements
Microsoft, Windows, Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows NT 4.0,
Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows Server 2003 and
Internet Explorer are registered trademarks or trademarks of
Microsoft Corporation in the U.S.A. and other countries.
PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
Macintosh, Mac OS, AppleTalk, EtherTalk, Laser Writer, and Safari are registered
trademarks or trademarks of Apple Computer, Inc.
IBM, PC/AT, and Power PC are trademarks of International Business Machines
Corporation.
Acrobat Reader Copyright 1987- 2002 Adobe Systems Incorporated. All rights
reserved. Adobe, the Adobe logo, Acrobat, and the Acrobat logo are trademarks of
Adobe Systems Incorporated.
PCL is a registered trademark of the Hewlett-Packard Company.
Sharpdesk is a trademark of Sharp Corporation.
All other trademarks and copyrights are the property of their respective owners.
SHARP CORPORATION
Business Solutions Group
CS Promotion Center
Yamatokoriyama, Nara 639-1186, Japan
2009 June Produced in Japan for electronic Distribution
PARTS GUIDE
CODE:00ZMXM503R101
Revised Edition
DIGITAL MULTIFUNCTIONAL
SYSTEM
MX-M363F/M423F/M503F/
MX-M363U/M453U/M503U/
MX-M283N/M363N/M453N/
MODEL MX-M503N
CONTENTS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
1(Exteriors 1)
2(Exteriors 2)
(Document detect unit)
(Operation unit)MX-M283N/M363N/
M453N/M503N
(Operation unit)MX-M363U/M363F/
M423F/M453U/M503U/503F
1(Scanner unit 1)
2(Scanner unit 2)
(Lamp unit)MX-M283N/M363N/
M453N/M503N
(Lamp unit)MX-M363U/M363F/
M423F/M453U/M503U/M503F
(Cassette unit)
1(Cassette paper feed unit 1)
2(Cassette paper feed unit 2)
(Paper feed transport section)
(Right lower door unit)
(Multi tray unit)
1(Multi paper feed unit 1)
2(Multi paper feed unit 2)
PS 1(PS unit 1)
PS 2(PS unit 2)
LSU (LSU section)
DV 1(DV unit 1)
DV 2(DV unit 2)
MC (MC unit)
(Process unit)
(Transfer unit)
1(Fusing unit 1)
2(Fusing unit 2)
3(Fusing unit 3)
1(Right door unit 1)
Z
[
\
]
^
_
`
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i

1(Delivery unit 1)
2(Delivery unit 2)
(Paper feed drive section)
1(Main drive unit1)
2(Main drive unit2)
BOX1(Control box 1)
BOX2(Control box 2)
(Power supply unit)
(Front frame section)
1(Rear frame section 1)
2(Rear frame section 2)
(Frame section)
(Wiring section)
(Keyboard) MX-M283N/363N/
M453/M503(North America)
j DSPF/RSPF
(DSPF/RSPF Document tray)
k DSPF/RSPF 1
(DSPF/RSPF Base tray 1)
l DSPF/RSPF 2
(DSPF/RSPF Base tray 2)
m DSPF/RSPF
(DSPF/RSPF Paper feed section)
n DSPF/RSPF
(DSPF/RSPF Separate section)
o DSPF/RSPF 1
(DSPF/RSPF Transport section 1)
p DSPF/RSPF 2
(DSPF/RSPF Transport section 2)
q (Packing material&accessories)
(Index)
SHARP
CORPORATION
SHARP CORPORATION
This document has been published to be used for

after sales service only.
The contents are subject to change without notice.
< >
No1 6
< >
1
(a,b,c)
(a,b,c)

< >
R/C
< >
R/ C
<Note for use of the revised Parts Guide>

Interchangeability of parts is expressed by No1~6 as shown in the table below.
<Interchangeability>
1
Interchangeable.
Current type can be used in place of new type.

New type cannot be used in place of current type.
Current type cannot be used in place of new type.

New type can be used in place of current type.
Not interchangeable.
Interchangeable if replaced with same types of releted parts in use.
Others.
New & Addition, Change, Abolition, and Quantity change are expressed with the marks shown in the
table below.
<Change of Division>
New & Addition
Change
Abolition
Q'uantity (increase) /Others
Q'uantity (decrease)
Correction
Running Change of Effective Time is expressed as R/C.

<Effective Time>
R/ C
Running Change
A :
B :
E :
D :
C :
DEFINITION
Rank
Rank
Rank
Rank
Rank
A
B
E
D
C
:
:
:
:
:
Maintenance parts, and consumable parts which are not included in but closely related to maintenance parts
Performance/function parts (sensors, clutches, and other electrical parts), consumable parts
Unit parts including PWB
Preparation parts (External fitting, packing, parts packed together)
Parts other than the above (excluding sub components of PWB)
Because parts marked with "!" is indispensable for the machine safety maintenance and operation, it must be replaced with
the parts specific to the product specification.
F
F
F
F
( )
Other than this Parts Guide, please refer to documents Service Manual(including Circuit Diagram)of this model.
Please use the 13 digit code described in the right hand corner of front cover of the document, when you place an order.
For U.S. only-Use order codes provided in advertising literature. Do not order from parts department.
Maintenance parts for which the periodic replacement is necessary.
1 1(Exteriors 1)
NO.
PARTS CODE
PRICE RANK
Ex.
Ja.
NEW
MARK
PART
RANK
GCAB-1259FCZZ
AR
EQ
GCAB-1289FCZZ
AQ
EQ
XHBS740P08000
LFIX-0595FCAZ
XBTS740P06000
PGLSP0109FCZ1
PGUMS0283FCZ2
PSHEZ5368FCZ1
PSHEZ5367FCZ1
PSHEZ5366FCZZ
LX-BZ1129FCPZ
PCOVP0941FCA3
GCOV-0241FCZ1
PCOVP0911FCA3
LX-BZ0776FCPZ
GFTA-0028FCZZ
LFIX-0596FCAZ
GCAB-1295FCZZ
XBBS730P06000
AA
AH
AA
BB
AA
AD
AC
AB
AG
AD
AU
AD
AG
AF
AG
AR
AC
DD
DX
DD
GD
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DX
DJ
FG
DJ
DD
DS
DX
EQ
DD
C
C
C
A
C
C
C
C
C
D
D
D
C
D
C
D
C
LDAIU0783FCZZ
AR
EQ
LDAIU0805FCZZ
AQ
EQ
20 XEBS740P08000
22 XBTSC50P16000
CPLTP6571FC08
24
CPLTP6571FC09
CPLTP6570FC05
25
CPLTP6570FC06
26 PSHEZ5361FCZZ
27 PSHEZ5971FCZZ
AA
AA
AP
AP
AH
AH
AG
AA
DD
DD
EQ
EQ
DX
DX
DX
DJ
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
CDAIU0806FC01
AP
EQ
CDAIU0784FC01
AQ
EQ
29 CDAIU0785FC01
AL
EB
GCAB-1258FCZ1
GCAB-1258FCZZ
GCAB-1294FCZZ
PMLT-1790FCZZ
QEARP0288FCZZ
PSHEP6099FCZZ
XEBS730P08000
AL
AL
AK
AB
AC
AD
AC
EB
EB
EB
DJ
DJ
DJ
DD
D
D
D
C
C
C
C
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
28
30
31
32
33
34
35
DESCRIPTION
Top cabinet left lower(8.5)
(MX-M283N/M363N/M453N/M503N)
Top cabinet left lower(8.1
(MX-M363U/M363F/M423F/M453U/M503U/M503F)
Screw(48)
Glass fixing plate left
Screw(46)
SPF slit glass
Table glass rubber
SPF glass fixing sheet left(Long)
SPF glass fixing sheet right(Short)
White sheet
SPF step screw R
Top cabinet rear cover LP
Top cabinet rear cover
Top cabinet rear cover RP
Step screw R
Top cabinet rear cover lid
Glass fixing plate right
Top cabinet right lower
Screw(36)
Operation base plate A(8.5)
(MX-M283N/M363N/M453N/M503N)
Operation base plate A(8.1)
(MX-M363U/M363F/M423F/M453U/M503U/M503F)
Screw(48)
Screw(516)
Document regulation plate
(Japan only)
Document regulation plate
(Except Japan)
Index plate
(Japan only)
Index plate
(Except Japan)
Shading sheet
SPF glass sheet
Operation base plate B 8.1
(MX-M363U/M363F/M423F/M453U/M503U/M503F)
Operation base plate B
(Except North America & U,FAX model)
Operation base plate C
(North America MX-M283N/M363N/M453N/M503N)
Top cabinet left upper
(DSPF)
Top cabinet left upper
(RSPF)
Top cabinet right upper
SPF glass cushion
Earth terminal base
(DSPF)
SPF glass rear sheet
Screw(38)
SPF
SPF
SPF
SPF R
LP
RP
R
A
A
SPF
B 8.1
B
C
SPF
SPF
1 1(Exteriors 1)
NO.
PARTS CODE
501 DUNT-8035FC11
DUNT-8060DS11
502
DUNT-8060DSZZ
PRICE RANK
Ex.
Ja.
BP
LP
BB
GD
BB
GD
NEW
MARK
N
PART
RANK
E
SPF glass unit
E
Table glass
E
Table glass
DESCRIPTION
SPF
(Japan only)
(Except Japan)
1 1(Exteriors 1)
DSPF MODEL
30
30
RSPF
MODEL
33
11
22
14
2 22
10
15
2
2
501
34
13
2
32
12
5
9
502
27
7
25
26
24
18
4
16
31
17
18
2
2
20
29
19
20
28
2
2
MX-M283N/M363N/
M453N/M503N
35
35
35
19
28
MX-M363U/
M363F/M423F/M453U/ 2
M503U/M503F
FCP12201
2 2(Exteriors 2)
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
17
19
20
21
22
25
26
27
32
36
37
38
39
40
52
53
54
56
57
58
59
61
69
70
71
72
73
74
PARTS CODE
GCOV-0242FCZ1
XHBS740P08000
GCAB-1102FCZ1
GCAB-1097FCZZ
XEBS740P08000
GCAB-1103FCAZ
GCAB-1101FCA2
GCAB-1116FCZZ
XHBS730P06000
PFTA-0135FCP1
GCAB-1115FCZZ
GCAB-1096FCZ2
GCAB-1320FCZ1
GCAB-1118FCZZ
GCAB-1118FCZ1
GFTA-0027FCZZ
GCAB-1293FCZZ
PCOVP1934FCZZ
GCAB-1119FCZZ
GCAB-1292FCZZ
PFTAP0150FCZZ
GCAB-1252FCZZ
MHNG-0220FCZZ
XEBS730P08000
LBNDZ0077FCZ1
LPLTM5027FCZZ
GCAB-1251FCZZ
GFTA-0026FCZ1
CBDGD0062FC18
CBDGD0062FC19
CBDGD0062FC20
CBDGD0062FC23
CBDGD0062FC25
CBDGD0062FC26
CBDGD0062FC27
CBDGD0062FC28
CBDGD0062FC32
CBDGD0062FC33
HBDGD0058FCZZ
PCOVP2022FCZ1
TLABZ5112FCZZ
TLABG5005FCZZ
TLABH5200FCZZ
TCAUA1069FCZZ
CCAB-1291FC02
CCAB-1290FC01
CCOVP2272DS51
PSHEP5166FCZ1
PMLT-1430FCZZ
GCOV-0271FCZZ
PSHEP6118FCZZ
PRICE RANK
Ex.
Ja.
AR
EQ
AA
DD
AP
EG
AK
DX
AA
DD
AT
EZ
BB
GD
AS
EQ
AC
DD
AD
DJ
AC
DJ
BC
FX
BD
GJ
AP
EQ
AP
EQ
AG
DS
AP
EQ
AF
DS
AW
FG
AT
EZ
AC
DJ
AL
EB
AG
DX
AC
DD
AD
DJ
AC
DJ
BA
FX
AF
DS
AH
DX
AH
DX
AH
DX
AG
DX
AG
DX
AG
DX
AG
DX
AG
DX
AG
DX
AG
DX
AT
EQ
AP
EQ
AC
DJ
AC
DJ
AB
DJ
AC
DJ
AK
DX
AS
EZ
AP
EQ
AC
DJ
AD
DJ
AM
EG
AC
DJ
NEW
MARK
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
PART
RANK
D
C
D
D
C
D
D
D
C
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
C
C
C
C
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
C
C
C
D
D
D
A
C
C
D
C
DESCRIPTION
Delivery cover
Screw(48)
Delivery tray cabinet left
Left cabinet rear
Screw(48)
Delivery tray rear joint cabinet
Delivery tray cabinet
Left cabinet lower rear
Screw(36)
Connector cover B
Desk joint cover
Left cabinet
Rear cabinet
Right joint cabinet
Right joint cabinet
Desk joint cover rear
Ozone filter cover
Right cabinet rear
Right cabinet front
Card reader cover
Front cabinet upper
Front cabinet hinge
Screw(38)
Front cabinet band
MG catch plate S
Front cabinet
Rear cabinet cover
Model name plate
Model name plate
Model name plate
Model name plate
Model name plate
Model name plate
Model name plate
Model name plate
Model name plate
Model name plate
Front cabinet badge
Manual storage cover
Heater switch label
Class 1 label
Plug caution label
Service caution label
Front joint cabinet
Front cabinet right
Paper dust gather cover unit
Paper dust sheet
Paper dust cushion
Ozone filter cover
Delivery silent sheet
(except FAX model)

(FAX model)
[MX-M363N]
[MX-M453N]
[MX-M503N]
[MX-M453U]
[MX-M503U]
[MX-M423F]
[MX-M503F]
[MX-M283N]
[MX-M363U]
[MX-M363F]
(Japan only)
(Japan only)
(Japan only)
(North America)
(Except Japan)
MG S
2 2(Exteriors 2)
10
59
40
2
1
4
2
14
2
10 11
Except FAX
MODEL
17
56
58
10
57
2
54
73
9
12
74
10
17
2
19
2
13
38
36
2
2
27
5
2
37
38
52
53
32
36
5
37
71
26
32
20
21
2
22
25
2
72
2
69
39
FAX MODEL
2
61
2
11
70
10
2
11
12
FCP12202
5
Update : 2009/06/30
3 (Document detect unit)

NO.
PARTS CODE
Inter- PRICE RANK NEW PART

change Ex.
Ja. MARK RANK
DESCRIPTION
1
2
NSFTZ1805FCPZ
XRESP30-06000
AM
AA
EG
DD
C
C
MSPRT1563FCZZ
AC
DD
4
5
XBPS730P06KS0
MARMP0148FCZ4
AB
AM
DD
EG
C
C
PSLDP0183FCZZ
AD
DJ
CPWBF1453FCE3
AS
EQ
LHLDZ1085FCZ4
AD
DJ
9
10
11
12
13
LBSHZ0364FCZ1
MARMP0147FCZ4
XEPS730P05000
GCAB-1100FCAZ
XEBS730P08000
AB
AM
AA
AS
AC
DJ
EG
DD
EQ
DD
C
C
C
D
C
14
CARMP0147DS59
BA
FX
Document detect bush

Document detect arm upper
Screw(35)
Top cabinet rear
Screw(38)
Document detector luminescence unit
CK
UP
Optical unit DSPF
CE
UH
Document detect fulcrum shaft

E ring(E3)
Document detect spring
Screw(36KS)
Document detect arm lower
Document detect shading plate N
ORS LED PWB
Document detect fulcrum holder
TR No.
Effective
time
N
ORS LED
(Unit)
DUNT-8268DSZZ
901
DUNT-8383DSZZ
(include Block[1]-16,[6],[7]-901,[8]) DSPF

Optical unit RSPF
(include Block[1]-16,[6],[7]-901,[9]) RSPF
Update : 2009/06/30
3 (Document detect unit)
4
3
7
10
6
14
11
5
9
11
FCP12203
13
12
4 (Operation unit)MX-M283N/M363N/M453N/M503N
NO.
1
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
16
17
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
28
29
30
33
36
37
38
39
41
43
45
46
47
48
49
901
PARTS CODE
CPNLC0282FC06
CPNLC0282FC04
CPNLC0293FC01
CPNLC0293FC02
PLNS-0104FCZZ
JBTN-0282FCAZ
CBTN-0290FC01
CBTN-0291FC01
CBTN-0291FC02
CBTN-0292FC01
PLNS-0105FCZZ
CBTN-0294FC01
CBTN-0293FC01
PFILW0319FCZZ
JBTN-0284FCAZ
CPWBF1658FC31
XEBS730P08000
CPWBF1871FC32
CPWBF1871FC31
HPNLH0284FCPZ
PSHEP5508FCZZ
LHLDZ1942FCZZ
VVLLQ085Y3D-A
QCNW-0250FCPZ
LHLDZ1943FCZZ
CPWBF1829FC31
DHAI-4269FCPZ
MSPRP3009FCZZ
CPWBX1819FCE3
PLNS-0106FCZZ
JBTN-0283FCAZ
LHLDZ1944FCZZ
CPWBN1817FCE1
PSHEP5979FCZ2
DHAI-3193FC11
DHAI-4231FCPZ
PSHEZ5989FCZ1
PSHEP5996FCZZ
PSHEP5995FCZZ
DHAI-3412FCZZ
DHAI-4446FCPZ
(Unit)
CPNLC0293DS51
CPNLC0293DS52
PRICE RANK
Ex.
Ja.
AQ
EQ
AN
EG
AT
EZ
AT
EZ
AD
DJ
AE
DS
AK
DX
AG
DX
AG
DX
AG
DX
AC
DJ
AF
DS
AH
DX
AK
EB
AR
EQ
AQ
EQ
AC
DD
BR
LX
BR
LX
BF
GN
AC
DJ
AH
DX
CE
UH
AZ
FQ
AH
DX
BC
GJ
AH
DX
AD
DJ
BE
GN
AC
DJ
AE
DJ
AD
DJ
AQ
EQ
AE
DS
AC
DJ
AC
DJ
AL
EB
AA
DJ
AA
DJ
AC
DJ
BR
LX
CF
CF
UK
UK
NEW
MARK
N
PART
RANK
D
D
D
D
B
C
C
C
C
C
B
C
C
C
C
E
C
E
E
D
C
C
B
C
C
E
C
C
E
B
C
C
E
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
N
N
E
E
N
N
N
N
DESCRIPTION
Operation panel B J
Operation panel B EX
Operation panel A J
Operation panel A EX
Mode key lens(8.5)
Mode key A(8.5)
10 key
CA key
CA key
Stop key
PS key lens
Power supply switch key
Power saving switch key
Copy key ring
Copy key
Power supply switch PWB
Screw(38)
OPE PWB
OPE PWB
Touch panel(8.5)
Touch panel fixing sheet(8.5)
LCD holder A(8.5)
LCD(LCDWVGA8.5)
LCD-FFC(8.5)
LCD holder B(8.5)
LCD inverter PWB(8.5)
Inverter harness(8.5)
LCD earth plate
LVDS PWB
FAX announcement lamp
Mode key B(8.5)
Joint holder(8.5)
USB CN PWB
OPE Protect sheet(8.5)
Panel earth harness
LSU earth harness
LVDS shield sheet(8.5)
LCD mylar B
LCD mylar A(8.5)
DM drive earth harness
Mother OPE/LVDS harness
Operation panel unit
(Japan only)
(Except Japan)
(Japan only)
(Except Japan)
(Japan only)
(Except Japan)
(Japan only)
(Except Japan)
(Japan only)
B J
B EX
A J
A EX
CA J
CA EX
OPE
OPE
LCD A
LCD
LCD-FFC
LCD B
LCD
LCD
LVDS
FAX
B
USB
OPE
LSU
LVDS
LCD B
LCD A
DM
OPE/LVDS
[Except japan](not include No.49)

[Japan only](not include No.49)
4 (Operation unit)MX-M283N/M363N/M453N/M503N
46
47
4
20
46
37
47
17
21
21
22
17
17
17
17
17
8 33
12
17
24
23
19
65
36
25
29
43
14
17
17
17
17
39
29
16
17
17
45
17
17
17
17
13
37
17
41 17 17
30
10
11
38
43
17
28
17
17
48
26
17
17
49
49
FCP12204
9
Update : 2009/06/30
5 (Operation unit)MX-M363U/M363F/M423F/M453U/M503U/503F
NO.
PARTS CODE

change Ex.
Ja. MARK RANK
DESCRIPTION
9
10
11
12
13
14
16
17
20
21
22
23
24
25
CPNLC0289FC01
CPNLC0289FC03
CPNLC0294FC01
CPNLC0294FC02
PLNS-0116FCZ1
JBTN-0301FCZZ
CBTN-0290FC01
CBTN-0291FC01
CBTN-0291FC02
CBTN-0292FC01
PLNS-0105FCZZ
CBTN-0294FC01
CBTN-0293FC01
PFILW0319FCZZ
JBTN-0284FCAZ
CPWBF1658FC31
XEBS730P08000
HPNLH0264FCZZ
PSHEZ5764FCZZ
LHLDZ2020FCZZ
VVL81HB1T03-A
QCNW-0249FCPZ
LHLDZ2021FCZZ
26
CPWBF1677FC31
AY
FQ
29
30
MSPRP3009FCZZ
CPWBX1818FCE1
AD
BB
DJ
GD
C
E
33
PLNS-0106FCZZ
AC
DJ
LCD earth plate

LVDS PWB
FAX announcement lamp
38
42
43
46
47
48
CPWBN1817FCE1
DHAI-3925FCPZ
DHAI-4231FCPZ
PSHEP5996FCZZ
PSHEP5998FCZZ
DHAI-3412FCZZ
(Unit)
AQ
AC
AC
AA
AA
AC
EQ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
E
C
C
C
C
C
USB CN PWB
DSPF earth harness
LSU earth harness
LCD mylar B
LCD mylar A(8.1)
DM drive earth harness
1
4
5
6
7
8
AN
AM
AT
AT
AC
AG
AK
AG
AG
AG
AC
AF
AH
AK
AR
AQ
AC
BF
AC
AH
BV
AZ
AH
EG
EG
EZ
EZ
DJ
DX
DX
DX
DX
DX
DJ
DS
DX
EB
EQ
EQ
DD
GN
DJ
DX
RB
FQ
DX
N
N
N
N
N
D
D
D
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
C
C
C
C
E
C
D
C
C
B
C
C
CPNLC0289DS51
CA
TR
CPNLC0289DS52
CA
TV
901
Operation panel B
Operation panel B
Operation panel A J
Operation panel A
Mode key lens
Mode key(8.1)
10 key
CA key
CA key
Stop key
PS key lens
Power supply switch key
Power saving switch key
Copy key ring
Copy key
Power supply switch PWB
Screw(38)
Touch panel(8.1)
Touch panel sheet
LCD holder A(8.1)
LCD(L81HB1T03)
LCD-FFC(8.1)
LCD holder B(8.1)
LCD inverter PWB
TR No.
B8.1J
B8.1
OP A8.1ASJ
OP A8.1AS
(Japan only) CA J
(Except Japan) CA EX
8.1
LCD A8.1
LCD
LCD-FFC
LCD B8.1
LCD
LCD
LVDS
(Japan only) FAX
USB
DSPF
LSU
LCD B
LCD A
DM
(FAX
(U
(FAX
(U
model)
model)
model)
model)

(MX-M363U/M453U/M503U)(not include No.49)
(MX-M363F/M423F/M503F)(not include No.49)
Effective
time
Update : 2009/06/30
5 (Operation unit)MX-M363U/M363F/M423F/M453U/M503U/503F
46
47
20
47
46
21
22
21
17
17
17
17
17
17
8 33
10
11
12
17 17
24
13
23
17
5
14
25
17
17
17
17
17
17
29
16
17
26
29
30
38
43
42
17
17
48
17
17
FCP12205
10
11
Update : 2009/06/30
6 1(Scanner unit 1)
NO.
PARTS CODE

change Ex.
Ja. MARK RANK
XHBS730P04000
QCNW-0251FCPZ
PBOX-0179FCZZ
CBOX-0186FC01
PCOVP2185FCZZ
PCOVP2282FCZZ
CPLTM7621DS54
CPLTM6200DS55
XHBS730P08KS0
11
LPLTM6774FCZZ
AD
DJ
12
14
16
17
18
19
20
XHBS740P06000
PCOVP1857FCZZ
LHLDW0825FCZZ
LHLDW1285FCZZ
LPLTM6523FCZZ
LPLTM6522FCZZ
LPLTM6495FCZZ
AA
AL
AB
AC
AF
AK
AC
DD
EB
DD
DJ
DS
DX
DJ
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
21
DHAI-4201FCP1
BB
DX
22
23
24
25
27
29
31
32
XHBS740P08000
LBSHC0321FCZZ
PGIDM2111FCZZ
VHPLG217L5S-1
LBNDJ0005FCZZ
LBSHC0329FCZZ
VHPLG217L5A-1
XBBS740P14000
AA
AA
AC
AM
AB
AC
AM
AB
DD
DJ
DJ
EG
DD
DJ
EG
DD
C
C
D
B
C
C
B
C
34
PSHEZ5364FCZZ
AC
DJ
35
36
37
PSHEZ5365FCZ1
DHAI-3744FCZZ
LPLTM7618FCZZ
AC
AF
AF
DJ
DS
DS
C
C
C
38
DHAI-4446FCPZ
BR
LX
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
PSHEP5560FCZ1
PGSK-0071FCPZ
LBNDJ0011FCZZ
LBNDJ0071FCZZ
PMLT-1789FCZZ
PMLT-1791FCZZ
LHLDZ1700FCZZ
PCOVP1901FCZZ
XEBS740P10000
PSHEZ5554FCPZ
PSPO-0004FCPZ
(Unit)
AF
AD
AB
AC
AC
AA
AF
AC
AA
AG
AD
DJ
DJ
DD
DJ
DJ
DJ
DS
DJ
DD
DS
DJ
DUNT-8268DSZZ
CK
UP
CE
UH
2
3
5
7
8
AA
BB
AM
AN
AG
AG
BZ
BQ
AC
DD
GD
EG
EG
DS
DS
RR
LP
DD
N
N
N
N
C
C
D
D
D
D
E
E
C
Screw(34)
CCD-F FFC
Dark box DSPF
Dark box RSPF
FFC cover DSPF
FFC cover RSPF
Lens unit DSPF
Lens unit RSPF
Screw(38KS)
SPF connector fixing plate
Screw(46)
SCN PWB cover
Wire saddle
Edge saddle(EH-11)
OC reinforce plate
OC fixing plate
OC hinge fixing plate
SCN-WH harness 2N
Screw(48)
Edging(L=30)
Sensor guide
Photo sensor(LG217L-5S)
Clamp
Edge protect(15mm)
Photo sensor(LG217L-5A)
Screw(414)
CCD harness protect sheet
CCD harness lower sheet

MHPS harness
OP harness plate
Mother OPE/LVDS harness
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
Scanner right sheet CJ

Gasket
Clamp band(NK-5N)
Band(RSG-100)
CCD cushion
T glass lower cushion
I/F cable holder lower
Interface harness cover
Screw(410)
Earth sheet CJ
Sponge
Optical unit DSPF
901
DUNT-8383DSZZ
DESCRIPTION
TR No.
CCD-F FFC
DSPF
RSPF
FFC DSPF
FFC RSPF
DSPF
RSPF
SPF
SCN
OC
OC
OC
SCN-WH
2N
CCD
CCD
MHPS
OP
(DSPF) OPE/LVDS
CJ
CCD
T
I/F
CJ
Effective
time
(Include Block[1]-16,[3],[7]-901,[8]) DSPF

Optical unit RSPF
(include Block[1]-16,[3],[7]-901,[9]) RSPF
11
Update : 2009/06/30
6 1(Scanner unit 1)
12
11
2
7
22
22
22
19
31 20 32
21
36 9
44
27
12
22
23
24
22 40
17
16
12
22
22
17
25
18
19
38
22
29
2
9
FCP12206
34 39
35
39
12
12
20
2
41
37
48
22
45
17
32
42
27
47
46
18
22
43
49
22
17
12
44
14
13
Update : 2009/06/30
7 2(Scanner unit 2)
NO.
!
!
PARTS CODE

change Ex.
Ja. MARK RANK
DESCRIPTION
PWIR-0191FCP1
AN
EG
CHLDZ1663FC31
BC
GJ
3
4
5
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
PGIDM1890FCZ1
XBBS740P06000
LHLDZ1505FCZZ
CDAIU0815DS51
CDAIU0619DS70
NPLYZ0401FCZZ
NBLTH0440FCZZ
LX-BZ0049FCPZ
NPLYZ0506FCZZ
NSFTZ2694FCPZ
PWIR-0192FCP1
XHBS730P06000
RMOTS0920FCPZ
MSPRT3388FCZZ
CPLTM6520FC01
AC
AA
AC
BQ
BM
BB
AS
AB
AL
AY
AN
AC
BF
AC
AH
DJ
DD
DJ
LP
HR
GD
EQ
DD
EB
FQ
EG
DD
GN
DJ
DX
D
C
C
E
E
C
B
C
C
C
C
C
B
C
C
17
NGERH1647FCZZ
AE
DJ
18
XRESP70-08000
AA
DD
VHI28F081LE3F
AW
FG
VHI28F081LE5F
VHI28F081LE6F
AV
AV
FG
FG
N
N
B
B
CPWBX1878DS51
BY
TF
SCU flash PWB(28F081LE5F)

Scanner control PWB DSPF
CPWBX1878DS52
BV
RB
Scanner control PWB RSPF
BX
TF
Scanner control PWB
19
20
CPWBX1878DS53
N
N
C
C
MB wire R
2nd,3rd mirror unit DSPF
CL guide
Screw(46)
Wire holder
Lamp unit DSPF
Lamp unit RSPF
Pulley(50T)
Winder drive belt
Screw(46)
Winder pulley
Winder drive shaft
MB wire F
Screw(36)
Scanner motor
Mirror motor spring
Mirror motor fixing plate
Mirror motor idle gear
E ring(E7)
22
LPLTM7619FCZZ
AL
EB
Scanner PWB fixing plate
23
24
25
26
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
40
41
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
NBRGY0466FCZZ
LFIX-0537FCZZ
LDAIU0610FCZZ
XHBS740P06000
PGUMS0283FCZ2
XHBS740P08000
NPLYZ0006QSZ1
PSHEZ5768FCZZ
NPLYZ0005QSZZ
LRALM0225FCZZ
LRALM0226FCZZ
LHLDZ1945FCZZ
CPWBF1454FCE2
XEPS740P06000
LX-BZ2106ACZZ
LBNDJ0071FCZZ
LX-BZ0004QSPZ
PGSK-0071FCPZ
PGUMS0336FCZZ
LHLDW1057FCZZ
PSHEP5973FCZZ
PSHEP5972FCZZ
XRESP40-05000
DHAI-3562FCZZ
LX-WZ0119FCP1
(Unit)
AK
AD
AE
AA
AA
AA
AD
AA
AG
AG
AE
AG
BN
AB
AB
AC
AB
AD
AB
AB
AB
AB
AA
AD
AC
EB
DJ
DS
DD
DJ
DD
DJ
DJ
DX
DS
DS
DS
FQ
DD
DD
DJ
DD
DJ
DJ
DD
DJ
DJ
DD
DJ
DD
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
E
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
Bearing(8-16)
Harness fixer
Harness fixing base
Screw(46)
Table glass rubber
Screw(48)
L pulley
Screw protect sheet
Pulley
MB-B rail R
MB-B rail F
ORS PWB holder
ORS PWB
Screw(46)
Screw(24)
Band(RSG-100)
Red screw(36)
Gasket
Table glass rubber
Wire saddle(LWS35)
CCD harness sheet
OP harness sheet
E ring(E4)
PNC harness
Washer
DUNT-8268DSZZ
CK
UP
Optical unit DSPF
CE
UH
901
DUNT-8383DSZZ
TR No.
(DSPF)
(RSPF)
(MX-M283N)
(MX-M283N)
MB R
2nd,3rd
DSPF
CL
DSPF
RSPF
MB F
E
SCU
DSPF
SCU
SCU
DSPF
RSPF
MB-B R
MB-B F
CCD
OP
E
PNC
Effective
time
(Include Block[1]-16,[3],[6]-901,[8]) DSPF

Optical unit RSPF
(Include Block[1]-16,[3],[6]-901,[9]) RSPF
13
Update : 2009/06/30
7 2(Scanner unit 2)
1
2
4
38
7
6
38
10 9
49
33 30
51
32
24
28
13
32 30
10
12
34
26
9
9
11
14
15 13
25
28
31
13
28
46
40
53
16
17
28
18
13
47
41
23
41
26
13
18 13
19
13
20
52
13 29
31
50
37
35
37
36
18
22
23
26
901
14
48
FCP12207
15
8 (Lamp unit)MX-M283N/M363N/M453N/M503N
NO.
PARTS CODE

change Ex.
Ja. MARK RANK
DESCRIPTION
1
2
CPWBF1884FCE1
XEBS730P06000
BC
AA
GD
DD
E
C
DHAI-4464FCPZ
AF
DS
LED PWB
Screw(36)
SCN LED-R harness JP3
DHAI-4463FCPZ
AF
DS
SCN LED-F harness JP3
5
6
7
9
10
XBBS830P06000
PGIDM2509FCZZ
MSPRP4030FCZZ
CPWBN1885FCE1
XHBS730P06000
AA
AM
AE
AY
AC
DD
EG
DJ
FQ
DD
N
N
N
C
D
C
E
C
13
LFIX-0673FCZZ
AC
DJ
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
MSLI-0157FCZZ
LDAIU0815FCZ1
PMIR-0164FCZZ
QCNW-0256FCPZ
PMLT-1614FCZZ
PCUSS0033QSZZ
PSHEZ6062FCZZ
PSHEP6092FCZZ
PSHEP6106FCZZ
(Unit)
CDAIU0815DS51
AR
AN
AP
AP
AA
AC
AC
AE
AA
EQ
EG
EQ
EQ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DS
DJ
BQ
LP
901
Screw(36)
LED PWB guide
Mirror spring LED
LED DRV PWB
Screw(36)
CL lead harness fixer
N
N
N
C
C
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
Slider
Lamp base LED
1st mirror
SCN lamp FFC
Rail cushion
Mirror cushion N
Reflection sheet
DRV PWB sheet
LED protect sheet
Lamp unit DSPF
N
N
15
TR No.
LED
SCN LED
R JP3
SCN LED
F JP3
LED
LED
LED DRV
CL
LED
1
SCN FFC
DRV
LED
(MX-M283N/M363N/M453N/M503N) DSPF
Effective
time
8 (Lamp unit)MX-M283N/M363N/M453N/M503N
2
2
1
22
2
22
5
2
16
10
17
18
10
5
9
20
6
13
10
21
10
7
14
19
18
FCP12208
14
16
17
Update : 2009/06/30
9 (Lamp unit)MX-M363U/M363F/M423F/M453U/M503U/M503F
NO.
PARTS CODE

change Ex.
Ja. MARK RANK
DESCRIPTION
TR No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
RLMPD0808FCZZ
XEBS730P08000
XBBS730P12000
MSPRP2825FCZZ
TLABZ4335FCZZ
PREFL0173FCZZ
MSLI-0138FCZZ
PCUSU0203FCZZ
LSTYM0261FCZZ
LDAIU0619FCZ1
PMIR-0164FCZZ
BA
AC
AA
AC
AB
AN
AC
AE
AB
AS
AP
FX
DD
DD
DJ
DJ
EQ
DJ
DS
DJ
EQ
EQ
14
LFIX-0545FCZZ
AC
DJ
Lamp
Screw(38)
Screw(312)
Mirror spring
High voltage caution label
Reflector
Slider
Cushion
Wire support plate
Lamp base
1st mirror
CL lead harness fixer
15
16
CPWBF1678FC31
PCUSS0033QSZZ
(Unit)
BD
AC
GN
DJ
E
C
CL inverter
Mirror cushion N
901
CDAIU0619DS70
BM
HR
Lamp unit RSPF

(MX-M363U/M363F/M423F/M453U/M503U/M503F) RSPF
B
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
C
D
B
17
Effective
time
YGJ3
1
CL
CL
N
-
Update : 2009/06/30
9 (Lamp unit)MX-M363U/M363F/M423F/M453U/M503U/M503F
2
1
6
2
7
4
7
10
5
8
2
16
4
2
12
7
14
8
4
15
9
2
FCP12209
18
F (Cassette unit)
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
33
34
35
36
PARTS CODE
JHNDP0200FCZZ
XEBS730P08000
GCOV-0282FCZZ
PSHEZ5948FCZZ
LPLTM6443FCZZ
LPLTP6439FCZ1
TCADZ6029FCZ1
TCADZ6028FCZ1
TCADZ6027FCZ1
PSHEZ6066FCZZ
LPLTP6438FCZZ
LPLTP6436FCZ1
PTPE-0282FCZ1
LPLTM6445FCZZ
XEBS740P12000
LPLTP6440FCZ1
NGERH1609FCZZ
MSPRC3400FCZZ
PSHEZ5760FCZZ
GCASP0177FCZZ
MLEVP0923FCZZ
MSPRD3419FCZZ
XEBS740P06000
XRESP70-08000
PSHEZ5387FCZ1
CPLTM6444DS51
MSPRD3418FCZZ
LX-BZ1023FCZZ
MARMP0320FCZZ
XWHS740-08120
LPLTP6437FCZZ
LHLDZ1618FCZ1
LX-BZ0531FCPZ
LHLDW1226FCZZ
PRICE RANK
Ex.
Ja.
AU
EZ
AC
DD
AH
DX
AD
DJ
AS
EQ
AE
DS
AE
DJ
AE
DJ
AD
DJ
AC
DJ
AF
DS
AN
EQ
AA
DJ
AB
DJ
AA
DD
AD
DJ
AC
DJ
AC
DJ
AC
DJ
BA
FX
AC
DJ
AB
DJ
AA
DD
AA
DD
AD
DJ
AS
EZ
AF
DS
AD
DJ
AG
DX
AA
DD
AQ
EQ
AC
DJ
AB
DD
AB
DJ
NEW
MARK
PART
RANK
C
C
D
C
C
C
D
D
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
37 TLABZ5148FCZZ
AC
DJ
38 LHLDZ1728FCZ1
39 MSPRC3551FCZZ
501 CCASP0177DS57
AD
AD
BM
DJ
DJ
HR
C
C
E
DESCRIPTION
(Japan)
(AB Series)
(Inch Series)
500 R
R
OC
2
500
E
R
500 F
(Japan,North America,
Australia,New Zealand,Europe)
Regulation plate spring holder
Regulation plate spring holder spring
Cassette unit
Cassette handle
Screw(38)
Cassette handle cover
Cassette handle sheet
Rotation plate
Rear edge plate
Size display label
Size display label
Size display label
Rotation plate cork sheet
Multi size detect plate
500 regulation plate R
Side plate tape R
Regulation plate
Screw(412)
OC adjust plate
Gear(18T)
Cassette earth spring
Rotation plate damper 2
500 cassette
Remain actuator
Remain actuator spring
Screw(46)
E ring(E7)
Multi separate front sheet R
Lift plate
Lift plate damper spring
Step screw
Multi size detect arm
Washer
500 regulation plate F
Rear edge plate holder
Screw(48)
Turn fastener
Energy star label
19
F (Cassette unit)
15
36
9
10
15
1
23
6
20
2
16
37
19
15
18
17
34
28
35
12
13
25
39
33
38
24
12
13
19
21
22
15
29
26
27
30
35
FCP12210
20
501
G 1(Cassette paper feed unit 1)

NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
PARTS CODE
XRESP50-06000
NBRGM0096FCZ1
PGIDM2123FCZZ
NROLR1466FCZ1
XEBS740P10000
PCLC-0316FCP1
CSFTZ2929FC31
MSPRC3398FCZZ
NROLP1516FCZZ
NSFTZ2949FCZZ
MSPRC3399FCZZ
LPLTP6484FCZZ
MSPRT2973FCZZ
LPLTM6515FCZ1
XHBS740P08000
PRICE RANK
Ex.
Ja.
AA
DD
AC
DJ
AN
EQ
AN
DX
AA
DD
AP
EQ
AU
EZ
AC
DJ
AA
DJ
AG
DX
AC
DJ
AC
DJ
AD
DJ
AH
DX
AA
DD
NEW
MARK
PART
RANK
C
C
D
A
C
B
E
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
DESCRIPTION
E ring(E5)
Bearing
PF lower paper guide
PF separate roller
Screw(410)
Separate torque limiter
Separate shaft
Separate pressure spring
Transport follower roller
Right door follower shaft
Transport follower spring
Separate release plate
Multi separate release spring
PF lower PG reinforce plate
Screw(48)
21
PG
G 1(Cassette paper feed unit 1)
12
1
2
5
6
4
1
12
14
13
14
11
12
15
17
16
18
5
18
22
18
5
FCP12211
H 2(Cassette paper feed unit 2)

PRICE RANK
Ex.
Ja.
1 LPLTM6514FCZZ
AN
EQ
2 XEBS730P08000
AC
DD
DHAI-4421FCPZ
AQ
EQ
3
DHAI-4248FCPZ
AL
EB
7 XHBS740P08000
AA
DD
8 NROLR1524FCZZ
AT
EZ
9 LHLDZ1678FCZZ
AB
DJ
10 XEBS740P10000
AA
DD
11 NGERH1638FCZZ
AD
DJ
NPLYZ0441FCZZ
AC
DJ
12
NPLYZ0489FCZZ
AR
EQ
13 LPINS0133FCZZ
AA
DD
14 XRESP50-06000
AA
DD
15 NBRGM0096FCZ1
AC
DJ
16 VHPGP1A73A+-18 AF
DS
17 LFRM-1161FCZZ
AE
DS
18 MSPRT3431FCZZ
AC
DJ
19 MLEVP1095FCZZ
AC
DJ
21 LPLTP5827FCZZ
AF
DS
23 MLEVP1169FCZZ
AC
DJ
24 PGIDM2415FCZZ
AR
EQ
25 PGIDM2416FCZ1
AG
DS
26 LFRM-1154FCZZ
AE
DS
28 LHLDZ1965FCZZ
AE
DJ
29 NROLP1351FCZZ
AG
DX
30 XRESP40-06000
AA
DD
NSFTZ3440FCZZ
AV
FG
34
NSFTZ2927FCZ1
BR
LX
35 NSFTZ2928FCZZ
AR
EQ
36 NPLYZ0365FCZZ
AC
DJ
37 NPLYZ0476FCZZ
AH
DX
38 NCPL-0081FCBZ
AH
DX
39 NBLTH0412FCZZ
AE
DJ
40 NROLR1467FCZ2
AN
EQ
41 NROLR1466FCZ1
AN
DX
NGERH1933FCZZ
AC
DJ
42
NGERH1638FCZZ
AD
DJ
43 NGERH2084FCZZ
AD
DJ
47 PRNGP0124FCZZ
AA
DJ
48 LHLDZ1679FCZZ
AC
DJ
49 MLEVP0951FCZZ
AC
DJ
NO.
PARTS CODE
NEW
MARK
PART
RANK
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
C
C
C
C
C
D
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
A
A
C
C
C
C
C
C
DESCRIPTION
50 MSPRD3420FCZZ
AB
DJ
PF upper PG reinforce plate

Screw(38)
Paper feed harness
Paper feed harness
Screw(48)
Transport roller 1
Bearing holder
Screw(410)
Gear(20T-P)
Pulley(22P)
Pulley(22P)
Pin(2-10)
E ring(E5)
Bearing
Photo sensor(GP1S73A)
Paper feed R frame
Pick pressure spring
Pickup release lever
Multi sensor fixing plate
PE actuator N
PF upper paper guide
Paper feed paper guide F
Paper feed F frame
Pickup holder
Follower roller
E ring(E4)
Paper feed shaft
Paper feed shaft
Pickup shaft
Pickup roller pulley
PF roller pulley
Multi separate coupling
Belt(57MXL3.2)
Pickup roller
PF separate roller
Gear
Gear(20T-P)
Gear 20T
Crescent ring(6)
Sensor holder
PS front 2 sensor actuator
PS front 2 sensor actuator spring
501 CGIDM2415FC32
BT
MW
2CS paper feed upper unit
23
(1CS)
(2CS)
(1CS)
(2CS)
(1CS)
(2CS)
(1CS)
(2CS)
(2CS)
PG
PE N
F
F
20T JP3
PS 2
PS 2
2CS
H 2(Cassette paper feed unit 2)
10
10
10
1
1CS ONLY
10
7
14
2 16
10
14
13
15
13
18
15
2
21 21
2CS ONLY
42
14
12
19
17
16
1CS ONLY
16
23
43
10
24
17
30
25
15
14
47
2CS ONLY 13
15
10
26
36
39
40
14
35
28
2
16
18
48
49
50
34
41
38
FCP12212
37
15
12 11
29
29
15
14
501
24
I (Paper feed transport section)

NO.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
502
503
PARTS CODE
NPLYZ0441FCZZ
LPINS0133FCZZ
XRESP50-06000
NBRGM0096FCZ1
XEBS730P08000
PGIDM2472FCZZ
NROLR1525FCZZ
QEARP0195FCZZ
NBLTH0479FCZZ
XEBS740P14000
CFRM-1155FC03
PGIDM2124FCZZ
PGIDM2125FCZZ
LPLTM6516FCZZ
NBLTH0450FCZZ
NPLYZ0457FCZZ
PGIDM2113FCZZ
XEBS740P10000
XHBS740P08000
NPLYZ0489FCZZ
LX-WZ0473FCZZ
NROLR1800FCZZ
XRESP40-06000
LPINS0134FCZZ
NBLTH0562FCZZ
NGERH1552FCZZ
NGERH1622FCZZ
NPLYZ0478FCZZ
NSFTZ3439FCZZ
NSFTZ3449FCZZ
PCLC-0382FCZZ
PCOVP2280FCZZ
DUNT-8033FC11
CGIDM2113DS52
PRICE RANK
Ex.
Ja.
AC
DJ
AA
DD
AA
DD
AC
DJ
AC
DD
AN
EQ
AT
EZ
AC
DJ
AT
EZ
AB
DD
AH
DS
AL
EB
AL
EB
AC
DJ
AQ
EQ
AC
DJ
AL
EB
AA
DD
AA
DD
AR
EQ
AA
DD
BE
GN
AA
DD
AB
DD
BA
FX
AD
DJ
AE
DJ
AC
DJ
AS
EQ
AS
EQ
AP
EQ
AD
DJ
BV
RB
AV
FG
NEW
MARK
N
N
N
N
PART
RANK
C
C
C
C
C
D
A
C
B
C
D
D
D
C
B
C
D
C
C
C
C
A
C
C
B
C
C
C
C
C
B
D
E
E
DESCRIPTION
Pulley(22P)
Pin(2-10)
E ring(E5)
Bearing
Screw(38)
PF reverse paper guide
Transport roller 2
Transport earth plate
Paper feed transport belt
Screw(414)
Transport lower frame
PF lower transport paper guide
PF movable paper guide lower
Movable PG fixing plate
Belt
Transport lower gear pulley
PF transport lower paper guide
Screw(410)
Screw(48)
Pulley(22P)
Poly slider
Paper feed reverse roller
E ring(E4)
Pin(2-12)
Paper feed belt(146)
Transfer gear(22T)
Joint gear
28 pulley
Paper feed clutch shaft
Paper feed idle shaft
2.5KG clutch
Paper feed gear cover
2nd cassette paper feed unit
Vertical transfer unit
25

PG
22T
28
2.5KG JP3
(Include Block[11],[12]) 2
I (Paper feed transport section)
19
33
19
24
19
502
11
11
7
25
10
21
9
13
4
25
12
20
14
5
14
2
16
8
15
18
4
19
12
20
15
20
22
17
20
503
12
20
26
31
23
29
30
28
8
6
32
20
26
FCP12213
27
J (Right lower door unit)

NO.
PARTS CODE
PGIDM2128FCZZ
XEBS740P12000
LSTPP0275FCZZ
MLEVP0950FCZZ
XBPS730P06000
PTME-0308FCZZ
NSFTZ2930FCZZ
LHLDZ1639FCZZ
MSPRC3402FCZZ
GCAB-1136FCZ2
GDOR-0042FCZZ
NROLP1516FCZZ
MSPRC3401FCZZ
NSFTZ2949FCZZ
LX-BZ3008SCPM
PRNGP0077FCZ1
XHBS740P08000
LHLDZ1638FCZZ
PMLT-1648FCZZ
PGIDM2191FCZZ
(Unit)
901 CCAB-1136DS51
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
19
20
22
PRICE RANK
Ex.
Ja.
AW
FG
AA
DD
AE
DS
AE
DS
AA
DD
AC
DJ
BQ
LP
AC
DJ
AC
DJ
AZ
FG
AE
DJ
AA
DJ
AB
DJ
AG
DX
AA
DD
AC
DJ
AA
DD
AC
DJ
AC
DJ
AL
EB
BF
GN
NEW
MARK
PART
RANK
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
E
DESCRIPTION
Right lower door PG
Screw(414)
Stopper
Right door lock release lever
Screw(36)
Right lower door lock pawl
Right lower door lock shaft
Right door fulcrum holder R
Lock lever pressure spring
Right lower door cabinet
Cover right lower door
Right lower door pressure spring
Screw(38)
Resin ring(E7)
Screw(48)
Right door fulcrum holder F
Right lower door cushion P2
Right lower door relay guide
F
P2
PG
Right lower door unit
27
J (Right lower door unit)
17
901
22
5
6
15
7
9
16
15
5
20
10
17
12
19
14
13
12
12
14
13
13
12
11
13
FCP12214
28
29
Update : 2009/06/30
K (Multi tray unit)

NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PARTS CODE

change Ex.
Ja. MARK RANK
CPLTM6610FC02
XHBS740P08000
MARMP0322FCZZ
PGIDM2119FCZZ
TLABH5412FCZZ
TLABH5110FCZZ
PGIDM2118FCZZ
LSOU-0199FCZZ
NGERR1675FCZZ
AE
AA
AC
AE
AE
AD
AD
AR
AE
DJ
DD
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
EQ
DJ
C
C
C
D
C
C
D
D
C
NGERP1635FCZZ
AD
DJ
10
XEPS730P06X00
AA
DD
11
TLABH5109FCZZ
AD
DJ
13
14
15
PCOVP1835FCZZ
PCOVP1821FCZZ
XEBS730P08000
AC
AL
AC
DJ
EB
DD
D
D
C
16
DHAI-4429FCPZ
AV
FG
17
LPLTP6483FCZ2
AF
18
MSPRP3331FCZZ
19
20
22
23
24
DESCRIPTION
MF tray arm plate
Screw(48)
MF tray arm
MF width guide R
MF size label
MF size label
MF width guide F
MF tray upper
MF width detect rack
MF width detect pinion gear
Screw(36X)
MF paper direction label
MF harness cover
MF tray upper inner cover
Screw(38)
MF tray harness 1
DS
MF width detect fixing plate
AB
DJ
MF width detect plate spring
LX-BZ1144FCPZ
AA
DD
Pinion gear screw CGR
CPWBF0106QSE5
VHPGP1S73P+-18
MLOKZ0012FCZZ
AL
AF
AC
EB
DS
DJ
E
B
C
MSPRC3621FCZ1
AC
DJ
Volume PWB
ADU open/close door lock
MF tray lock spring
AB
AX
AN
AD
AF
DJ
FG
EQ
DJ
EQ
C
D
D
C
D
25
26
27
28
MSPRC3413FCZZ
LSOU-0200FCZZ
LSOU-0201FCZZ
LHLDZ1631FCZZ
PGIDW2367FCZZ
29
MLEVP0929FCZ1
AC
DJ
Open and shut look spring

MF tray lower
MF tray 2 upper
MF harness holder
MF support guide
MF paper detect actuator
30
31
DHAI-4185FCPZ
LSOU-0202FCZZ
(Unit)
CSOU-0200DS54
AG
AL
EB
EB
C
D
MF tray harness 2
MF tray 2 lower
BG
GT
DUNT-8264DS11
CC
UB
Multi tray unit

Right door unit
DUNT-8264DSZZ
CC
UB
DUNT-8264DS12
CB
TX
CC
UB
901
902
DUNT-8264DS13
(Include
Right door unit
(Include
Right door unit
(Include
Right door unit
(Include
29
TR No.
MF
MF
MF R
(Japan only) MF
(Except Japan) MF
MF F
MF
MF
MF
MF
MF
MF
1
MF
MF
CGR
ADU
MF
[Parts code correction]

MF
MF 2
MF
MF
MF
2
MF 2
(Include Block[16]-49)
(Japan only)
Block[16],[17],[29][31])
(100V series)
Block[16],[17],[29][31])
(200V series)
Block[16],[17],[29][31])
(FAX model)
Block[16],[17],[29][31])
Effective
time
1st lot
Update : 2009/06/30
K (Multi tray unit)
11
15
14
15
8
13
2
9
18 10
17
16
18
26
15
10
15
22
23
19
20
24
28
27
22
25
30
29
15
24
901
23
31
FCP12215
30
31
Update : 2009/06/30
L 1(Multi paper feed unit 1)

NO.
PARTS CODE

change Ex.
Ja. MARK RANK
DESCRIPTION
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
NGERH1640FCZZ
LPINS0155FCZZ
XRESP70-08000
NBRGC0504FCZZ
XHBS730P08000
XEBS740P10000
XRESP50-06000
NGERH1634FCZZ
NGERH1510FCZZ
NBRGM0096FCZ1
CPLTM6704FC01
LPINS0133FCZZ
XEPS730P08X00
MSLIP0148FCZZ
15
MSPRC3407FCZZ
AC
DJ
16
PSHEZ5763FCZZ
AQ
DJ
17
PCOVP1833FCZZ
AD
DJ
18
19
20
VHPGP1S73P+-18
LPLTP5827FCZZ
XEBS730P08000
AF
AF
AC
DS
DS
DD
B
C
C
21
PGIDM2187FCZ1
AU
EZ
22
MSLIP0147FCZZ
AC
DJ
23
NROLR1519FCZZ
AU
FG
24
25
26
CPLTM6705FC01
XHBS740P08000
NROLP0896FCZZ
AK
AA
AC
DX
DD
DD
C
C
C
27
MSPRC3410FCZZ
AC
DJ
MF front plate
Screw(48)
ADU follower roller spring upper
28
NSFTZ2933FCZZ
BQ
LP
MF LCC pass roller shaft
29
NCPL-0081FCZZ
AH
DX
30
NSFTZ2935FCZ2
AG
DX
One way coupling

Separate roller coupling shaft
31
32
33
34
35
PCLC-0316FCP1
LPINS0333FCZZ
NCPL-0067FCZZ
LPINS0334FCZZ
NSFTZ2934FCZZ
AP
AB
AD
AB
AR
EQ
DJ
DJ
DJ
EQ
B
C
C
C
C
36
LHLDZ1630FCZZ
AC
DJ
37
38
39
40
NROLR1466FCZ1
RPLU-0353FCPZ
MARMP0327FCZZ
DHAI-3733FCZZ
AN
AQ
AC
AG
DX
EQ
DJ
DX
A
B
C
C
41
MSPRD3667FCZZ
AC
DJ
42
43
XRESP30-06000
LSTPP0388FCZ1
AA
AM
DD
EB
C
C
44
LPLTM6706FCZZ
AN
EQ
45
LPINS0089FCZZ
AA
DD
46
MSPRC3408FCZZ
AC
DJ
47
48
49
50
55
PMLT-1447FCZ1
LX-BZ0736FCPZ
NSFTZ2938FCZZ
XRESP40-06000
NGERH1405FCZ1
AA
AC
AK
AA
AG
DJ
DD
DX
DD
DS
C
C
C
C
C
501
CSFTZ2935DS51
AM
EG
901
(Unit)
DUNT-7517DS13
BQ
LP
DUNT-8264DS11
CC
UB
Multi paper feed unit

Right door unit
DUNT-8264DSZZ
CC
UB
Right door unit
DUNT-8264DS12
CB
TX
Right door unit
CC
UB
AC
AA
AA
AC
AB
AA
AA
AR
AD
AC
AK
AA
AA
AC
DJ
DD
DD
DJ
DD
DD
DD
EQ
DJ
DJ
EB
DD
DD
DJ
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
902
DUNT-8264DS13
Gear 20T
Pin(3-10)
E ring(E7)
Bearing(8)
Screw(38)
Screw(410)
E ring(E5)
Separate gear(18T)
PS front drive gear(20T)
Bearing
MF drive plate
Pin(2-10)
Screw(38X)
MF slider R
MF slider spring
Pickup pad Pa
MF lower maintenance cover
Photo sensor(GP1S73P)
Screw(38)
MF lower base paper guide CT
MF slider F
MF transport roller CJ2
Separate torque limiter

Spring pin(2-12)
Separate coupling
Spring pin(3-14)
MF separate roller shaft
MF separate roller rotation fulcrum holder
PF separate roller
Gate solenoid
MF stop arm
Multi lower unit harness
MF stopper spring
E ring(E3)
Stopper
MF lower base guide reinforce plate
Spring pin
MF separate roller spring
MF gate damper cushion
DV drive step screw
MF tray fixing shaft
E ring(E4)
43T gear
Separate roller coupling shaft
(Include
(Include
(Include
Right door unit
(Include
31
(Include Block[17])
(Japan only)
Block[15],[17],[29][31])
(100V series)
Block[15],[17],[29][31])
(200V series)
Block[15],[17],[29][31])
(FAX model)
Block[15],[17],[29][31])
TR No.
Effective
time
20T
PS
MF
MF R
MF
Pa
MF
MF
CT
MF F
MF
CJ2
MF
ADU
MF LCC
MF
MF
MF
MF
MF
MF
MF
DV
MF
E
43T
Update : 2009/06/30
L 1(Multi paper feed unit 1)
5 55 7
9 7
7
12
9
10
10
7
16
6
13
14
18
21
901
10
22
24
26 7
15
35
6
6
25
48
26
31
27
23
43
7
38
46
42 47
36
39
501
10 41 32
34
28
29
30
45
33
27
4
13
49
50
20
5
25
15 11
17
19
12
37
6
48
25
44
40
25
32
FCP12216
33
Update : 2009/06/30
M 2(Multi paper feed unit 2)

NO.
PARTS CODE

change Ex.
Ja. MARK RANK
DESCRIPTION
MF paper enter sensor actuator
MLEVP0938FCZZ
AC
DJ
MSPRD3421FCZZ
AB
DJ
PGIDM2186FCZZ
AQ
EQ
MF ADU paper guide
XHBS730P08000
AB
DD
CPLTM6503FC03
AL
EB
Screw(38)
MF upper guide reinforce plate
6
7
XBBS730P06000
XEBS740P10000
AC
AA
DD
DD
C
C
MLEVP0939FCZZ
AD
DJ
MSPRD3423FCZZ
AB
DJ
10
PCOVP1834FCZ1
AH
DX
MF pickup cover
11
RPLU-0365FCZZ
AT
EZ
MF pickup solenoid
12
MARMP0328FCZZ
AD
DJ
MF pickup solenoid arm
13
MSPRT3435FCZZ
AC
DJ
MF pickup solenoid spring
14
15
16
17
18
20
21
LPINS0330FCZZ
DHAI-4293FCPZ
VHPGP1S73P+-18
XEBS730P08000
LPLTP5827FCZZ
NSFTZ2937FCZ1
PGIDM2115FCZ1
AB
AX
AF
AC
AF
AP
AP
DJ
FG
DS
DD
DS
EZ
EG
C
C
B
C
C
C
D
22
MSPRT3436FCZZ
AC
DJ
Spring pin(3-16)
Multi upper harness
Screw(38)
MF PF roller shaft
MF upper base guide
MF pickup arm spring
23
24
25
26
27
XRESP40-06000
MARMP0421FCZZ
NBRGM0096FCZ1
XRESP50-06000
NCPL-0081FCZZ
AA
AG
AC
AA
AH
DD
DX
DJ
DD
DX
C
C
C
C
C
28
NPLYZ0439FCZZ
AC
DJ
29
NROLR1466FCZ1
AN
DX
30
NSFTZ2936FCZZ
AN
EG
PF separate roller
MF pickup roller shaft
31
NPLYZ0438FCZZ
AC
DJ
Pickup roller pulley(22P)
32
NBLTH0453FCZZ
AQ
EQ
MF pickup belt
33
34
35
501
NROLR1738FCZ1
LBNDJ0013FCZ1
PSHEZ5893FCZZ
CGIDM2155DS55
BC
AE
AK
BC
GJ
DJ
EB
GJ
A
C
C
E
502
CCOVP1834DS54
AP
EQ
Pickup roller HE
Band
Roller cover sheet
MF upper guide unit
Face cover unit CJ2
901
(Unit)
DUNT-7517DS13
BQ
LP
DUNT-8264DS11
CC
UB
DUNT-8264DSZZ
CC
UB
DUNT-8264DS12
CB
TX
CC
UB
MF paper enter sensor actuator spring
Screw(36)
Screw(410)
MF paper existence sensor actuator
MF paper existence sensor actuator spring
902
DUNT-8264DS13
E ring(E4)
MF pickup arm
Bearing
E ring(E5)
One way coupling
MF drive pulley
Multi paper feed unit

Right door unit
(Include
Right door unit
(Include
Right door unit
(Include
Right door unit
(Include
33
(Include Block[16]-901)
(Japan only)
Block[15],[16],[29][31])
(100V series)
Block[15],[16],[29][31])
(200V series)
Block[15],[16],[29][31])
(FAX model)
Block[15],[16],[29][31])
TR No.
Effective
time
MF
MF
MF ADU
MF
MF
MF
MF
MF
MF
MF
MF
MF
MF
E
MF
MF
MF
HE
MF
CJ2
Update : 2009/06/30
M 2(Multi paper feed unit 2)
502
35
2
8
10
7
5
17
18
11
12
13
14
16
26
26
20
21
15
22
23
34
26
25
24
27
30
28
31
29
501
32
33
FCP12217
34
N PS 1(PS unit 1)
PRICE RANK
Ex.
Ja.
1 LSTYM0519FCZZ
AK
DX
2 XEBS730P08000
AC
DD
3 XEBS740P10000
AA
DD
5 MSPRT4055FCZ1
AU
EZ
6 LPLTM7831FCZZ
AC
DJ
7 NGERH2045FCZZ
AD
DJ
8 NROLP1810FCZZ
BB
FX
9 NROLP1516FCZZ
AA
DJ
10 MSPRC4043FCZZ
AC
DJ
11 NSFTZ2949FCZZ
AG
DX
12 VHPGP2A200L-18 AQ
EQ
13 QEARP0201FCZZ
AC
DJ
14 MSPRT3432FCZZ
AC
DJ
15 JHNDP0184FCZZ
AU
EZ
16 LHLDZ1679FCZZ
AC
DJ
DS
18 MLEVP0951FCZZ
AC
DJ
NO.
PARTS CODE
NEW
MARK
N
PART
RANK
C
C
C
C
C
C
A
C
C
C
B
C
C
C
C
B
C
DESCRIPTION
19 MSPRD3420FCZZ
AB
DJ
PS stay
Screw(38)
Screw(410)
PS pressure spring
PS follower pressure plate
Gear(14T)
PS follower roller
PS front follower roller spring
PS sensor(GP2A200L)
Roller earth plate
JAM release spring
JAM release handle
Sensor holder
XHBS730P08000
XRESP70-08000
XHBS740P08000
DHAI-4420FCPZ
PGIDM2506FCZZ
CPWBF1593FCE2
QEARP0294FCZZ
NBRGC0651FCZZ
(Unit)
CDAIU0813DS52
901
CDAIU0813DS51
AB
AA
AA
AL
AD
AK
AC
AD
DD
DD
DD
EB
DJ
DX
DJ
DJ
C
C
C
C
D
E
C
C
Screw(38)
E ring(E7)
Screw(48)
PS harness
Paper dust guide plate
High voltage resistor PWB
Earth plate
Bearing
BL
BN
HR
HZ
E
E
PS unit
PS unit
20
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
35
PS
PS
PS
PS
PS
PS
JAM
JAM
PS 2
PS 2
PS
B JP3
(include Block[19](Japan)) PS
(include Block[19](Except Japan)) PS
N PS 1(PS unit 1)
6
28
901
1
3
20
10
8
9
11
26
10
2
12
27
28
25
9
5
14
15
16
24
13
22
2
17
23
18
19
FCP12218
36
37
O PS 2(PS unit 2)
NO.
PARTS CODE
1
2
LX-BZ1152FCPZ
NCPL-0062FCZZ
3
4
9
10
12
13
14

change Ex.
Ja. MARK RANK
DESCRIPTION
AA
AD
DD
DJ
C
C
MSPRC3405FCZZ
AB
DJ
16
17
18
19
NBRGC0504FCZZ
XRESP70-08000
NGERH1474FCZZ
NROLR1526FCZZ
QEARP0295FCZZ
NROLR1529FCZZ
PSHEP6126FCZZ
PSHEP6123FCZZ
LX-WZ0467FCPZ
LPLTM7848FCZZ
LPLTM7849FCZZ
PCLR-0501FCZZ
AC
AA
AC
AZ
AD
AU
AD
AC
AA
AG
AC
AB
DJ
DD
DD
FQ
DJ
FG
DJ
DJ
DD
DX
DJ
DJ
C
C
C
A
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
20
PGIDM2490FCZZ
AL
EB
21
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
LSTYM0260FCZZ
XEBS730P08000
LDAIU0813FCZ1
XEBS740P10000
XHBS730P08000
LX-BZ0342FCPZ
LPINS0155FCZZ
CGIDH2488FC02
MSPRD4049FCZZ
NBRGP0914FCZZ
QEARP0294FCZZ
LPINS0337FCZZ
NGERH1640FCZZ
NSFTZ3450FCZZ
XBPS740P12KS0
LX-WZ0448FCZZ
XRESP50-06000
AK
AC
AS
AA
AB
AB
AA
AN
AC
AC
AC
AB
AC
AF
AC
AB
AA
EB
DD
EQ
DD
DD
DD
DD
EQ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DS
DD
DD
DD
39
PSHEZ6098FCZZ
AC
DJ
Reinforce stay
Screw(38)
PS base plate
Screw(410)
Screw(38)
PS switch screw
Pin(3-10)
Drum front guide
PG return spring
PG fulcrum bearing
Earth plate
Pin(3-12)
Gear 20T
PS idle shaft
Screw(412KS)
Poly slider(61205)
E ring(E5)
PS upper guide support sheet
40
41
42
NGERH1622FCZZ
PMLT-1849FCZ1
PMLT-1860FCZZ
(Unit)
CDAIU0813DS52
CDAIU0813DS51
AE
AC
AB
DJ
DJ
DJ
N
N
C
C
C
Joint gear
PS PG cushion
PS cushion
BL
BN
HR
HZ
N
N
E
E
PS unit
PS unit
15
901
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
Screw
PS coupling
Coupling spring
Bearing(8)
E ring(E7)
PS gear
PS roller
Earth plate A
PS front roller
PS guide sheet
PS guide sheet
Adjust washer
PS side plate F
PS slanting reinforce plate
Delivery guide collar
PS upper paper guide
37
E
PS
PS
A JP3
PS
(Japan) PS
(Except Japan) PS
PS F
PS
PS
PS
PG AS
PG SP
PG
B JP3
20T
PS
E
(Japan) PS PG
PS PG
PS
(include Block[18]-901(Japan)) PS
(include Block[18](Except Japan)) PS
TR No.
Effective
time
O PS 2(PS unit 2)
42
30
32
23
1
2
29
38
37
42
40
35
34
33
36
9
4
13
31
28
10
24
25
12
14
26
25
19
18
25
27
9
17
16
15
39
23
21
25
23
21
20
23
FCP12219
23
23
38
23
39
Update : 2009/06/30
P LSU (LSU section)

NO.
7
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
PARTS CODE

change Ex.
Ja. MARK RANK
LFRM-1432FCZZ
LPLTM7842FCZZ
LPLTM7834FCZZ
PGIDM2494FCZZ
LPLTM7877FCZZ
LSTYM0518FCZZ
LPLTM6538FCZZ
PDUC-0257FCZZ
NFANP0108FCPZ
DUNT-8269DS11
DUNT-8269DS12
DUNT-8269DS13
DUNT-8269DS14
AS
AC
AZ
AK
AT
AQ
AS
AL
AZ
CB
CB
CA
CA
EZ
DJ
FX
DX
EZ
EQ
EQ
EB
FQ
TX
TX
TV
TV
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
D
B
E
E
E
E
DUNT-8269DS15
CB
TX
DUNT-8269DSZZ
DUNT-8384DS12
DUNT-8384DS13
DUNT-8384DSZZ
CPWBX1875DS51
CPWBX1875DS52
CPWBX1875DS53
CPWBX1875DS54
CPWBX1875DS57
RMOTP0998FCPZ
RMOTP0997FCPZ
CA
BZ
BZ
BZ
BN
BN
BN
BN
BN
BS
BN
TV
TR
TR
TR
HV
HV
HV
HV
HZ
MW
HV
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
B
B
DESCRIPTION
Left duct frame
LSU adjustment plate
Middle base plate
DV guide
DV guide plate
Middle stay
Middle lower plate
Left intake duct
Fusing fan
LSU unit
LSU unit
LSU unit
LSU unit
LSU unit
(MX-M453N)
(MX-M503N)
(MX-M283N)
(MX-M283N/M363N Europe)
(MX-M453N/M503N Europe)
RMOTP0916FCP2
BF
GN
20
21
22
23
PMLT-1825FCZZ
LHLDW0734FCZZ
LX-BZ1210FCZZ
XHBS740P08000
AC
AA
AE
AA
DJ
DD
DS
DD
C
C
C
C
24
DHAI-4449FCPZ
AQ
EQ
LSU unit
(MX-M363N)
LSU unit
(MX-M503F)
LSU unit
(MX-M423F)
LSU unit
(MX-M363F/M363U)
LSU PWB
(MX-M283N)
LSU PWB
(MX-M363N)
LSU PWB
(MX-M453N)
LSU PWB
(MX-M503N)
LSU PWB
(MX-M503F/M503U)
Polygon motor
(MX-M453N/M503N)
Polygon motor
(MX-M283N/M363N)
Polygon motor
(MX-M363F/M363U/M423F/M453U/M503F/M503U)
Left intake duct cushion
Mini clamp(07-0)
LSU adjustment screw
Screw(48)
LSU CFM harness
25
26
27
PCUSG0394FCZZ
XHBS740P06000
XHBS740P10000
AC
AA
AA
DJ
DD
DD
C
C
C
LSU vibration proof cushion

Screw(46)
Screw(410)
18
19
39
TR No.
LSU
DV
DV J3
LSU PA
LSU 45IT
LSU 50IT
LSU 28IT
LSU 36IT
LSU 45/
50IT
LSU 36IT
LSU 50U/F
LSU 42U/F
LSU 36U
LSU 28IT
LSU 36IT
LSU 45IT
LSU 50IT
LSU 50UF
LSU
LSUCFM
JP3
LSU
Effective
time
Update : 2009/06/30
P LSU (LSU section)
23
MX-M453N/M503N
27
17
27
18
MX-M363F/
M423F/M503F/
M363U/M453U
/M503U
26
19
MX-M283N/M363N
26
24
25
23 22
10
11
12
20
A
16
21
23
13
15
23
B
23
23
23
24
21
14
D
FCP12220
23
40
41
Update : 2009/06/30
Q DV 1(DV unit 1)
NO.
1
2
4
5
7
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
901
PARTS CODE
LPLTM7828FCZZ
XBPS730P08KS0
XEBS730P08000
CGERH2044FC01
XBPS730P06KS0
XRESP50-06000
LX-WZ0314FCZ1
CGERH2043FC01
LPLTM5714FCZZ
PMLT-1820FCZ1
CHLDZ2083FC01
PSEL-1080FCZZ
PSEL-1084FCZZ
NROLM1809FCZZ
PSEL-1083FCZZ
PSEL-1079FCZZ
LHLDZ2058FCZZ
LPLTP7851FCZ1
LDAIU0819FCZZ
XBBS730P06000
LPLTM7829FCZZ
PMLT-1845FCZZ
LPLTP7909FCZZ
PMLT-1844FCZZ
LPLTM7907FCZZ
NBRGP0923FCZZ
XWHS730-05080
(Unit)
DUNT-8266DSZZ

change Ex.
Ja. MARK RANK
AN
AB
AC
AF
AB
AA
AA
AE
AB
AA
AV
AC
AC
BC
AC
AC
AG
AD
AN
AC
AS
AA
AC
AA
AD
AD
AA
EG
DD
DD
DS
DD
DD
DD
DJ
DJ
DJ
FG
DJ
DJ
GJ
DJ
DJ
DX
DJ
EQ
DD
EZ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DD
BR
LX
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
DESCRIPTION
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
Doctor
Screw(38KS)
Screw(38)
Coupling
Screw(36KS)
E ring(E5)
Poly slider(6-025)
MG gear AS
M3 plate
MG H cushion
MG holder R
MG H seal R
MG seal R
MG roller
MG seal F
MG H seal F
MG holder F
MG holder fix plate
Doctor block
Screw(36)
Doctor fix plate
MG H cushion S
DV fix plate PET
Doctor fix plate cushion
MG R plate
MG shaft bearing
Washer
DV unit
41
TR No.
AS
MG AS
M3
MGH
MG RAS
MGH R
MG R
MG
MG F
MGH F
MG F
MGH S
DV PET
MG R
MG
(Include Block [22]) DV
Effective
time
Update : 2009/06/30
Q DV 1(DV unit 1)
2
7
2
5
29
2
4
4
10
14
26
28
13
27
11
12
15
29
4
32
16
17
23
4
32
31
24
18
4
27
14
13
19
20
21
22
FCP12221
10
42
30
43
Update : 2009/06/30
R DV 2(DV unit 2)
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
7
8
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
501
901
PARTS CODE
PCOVP2193FCZZ
PFILD0346FCZZ
PCOVP2269FCZ1
XBBS730P08000
PSEL-1076FCZ1
PMLT-1818FCZ1
PMLT-1819FCZ1
NSRW-0072FCZZ
NSRW-0071FCZZ
PMLT-1832FCZ1
NBRGC0770FCZZ
NGERH2041FCZZ
XRESP40-06000
NBRGY0769FCZ1
PSEL-1078FCZ3
PBOX-0185FCZ1
PMLT-1831FCZ1
PSEL-1077FCZ3
RDTCT0218FCZZ
XEBS730P05000
LPLTM7830FCZ1
LPLTP7850FCZ1
PCOVP2270FCZZ
XEBS730P08000
LX-BZ1143FCPZ
XRESP50-06000
NGERH2040FCZZ
NGERH2042FCZZ
PMLT-1815FCZ1
PSHT-0138FCZZ
MSPRC4042FCZZ
PCOVP2271FCZZ
PMLT-1816FCZ1
PMLT-1817FCZ1
DHAI-4419FCPZ
PSHEZ6095FCZZ
PSHEZ6096FCZZ
PSHEZ6097FCZZ
PMLT-1843FCZZ
LPLTM7911FCZZ
PMLT-1839FCZZ
LX-WZ0448FCZZ
LHLDZ2059FCZZ
PMLT-1857FCZZ
PSEL-1092FCZ1
CCOVP2269DS51
(Unit)
DUNT-8266DSZZ

change Ex.
Ja. MARK RANK
AC
AF
AL
AA
AD
AE
AC
AS
AS
AB
AH
AC
AA
AQ
AD
AR
AA
AD
AW
AA
AD
AC
AE
AC
AD
AA
AC
AC
AB
AC
AD
AD
AB
AB
AQ
AB
AB
AA
AA
AD
AD
AB
AD
AA
AD
AV
DJ
DS
EB
DD
DJ
DS
DJ
EQ
EQ
DJ
DX
DJ
DD
EQ
DJ
EQ
DJ
DJ
FG
DD
DJ
DJ
DJ
DD
DJ
DD
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
EQ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DD
DJ
DJ
DJ
FG
BR
LX
DESCRIPTION
N
N
N
N
D
A
D
C
A
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
A
D
C
A
B
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
E
Filter cover
Toner filter
DV cover
Screw(38)
DV seal upper
DV cover cushion L1
DV cover cushion L2
MX screw L
MX screw R
DV B cushion R
Bearing(DMXBRGF6/14)
MX gear
E ring(E4)
MG bearing
DV side seal R
DV-BOX
DV B cushion F
DV side seal L
ATC
Screw(35)
DV plate
DSD adjust plate F
DV cover F
Screw(38)
Process fixing screw N
E ring(E5)
MX gear R
MX gear L
Supply mouth cushion
DV shutter
DV shutter spring
DV shutter cover
DV cover cushion F
DV cover cushion R
DV harness
DV spacer seal F
DV spacer seal R
DV spacer seal S
DVB cushion
DSD fix plate
Filter C cushion upper
Poly slider(61205)
DV bearing holder F
DV side cushion
DV MG seal
DV cover unit
DV unit
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
43
TR No.
DV
DV
DV L1
DV L2
MX L
MX R
DVB R
MX
E
MG
DV R
DV
DVB F
DV F
ATC
DV DSD
DSD F
DV F
N
E
MX R
MX L
DV
DV SP
DV
DV F
DV R
DV JP3
DV F
DV R
DV S
DVB
DSD
C
DV F
DV
DV MG
DV
(Include Block [21]) DV
Effective
time
Update : 2009/06/30
R DV 2(DV unit 2)
501
49
37
28
5
2
49
36
35
1
34
39
7
3
28
8
38
28
10
12
43
11
51
28
47
13
14
15
42
50
16
13
33
19
52
41
28
13
31
32
21
20
53
22
30
52
27
40
28
28
23
26
48
24
28
29
FCP12222
25
44
15
S MC (MC unit)
NO.
PARTS CODE
LPLTM6048FCZZ
PTPE-0260FCZZ
LHLDZ2066FCZ1
CCLEZ0211FC02
LHLDZ2065FCZZ
XEBS730P10000
NSFTP3426FCZ1
QSLP-0263FCZZ
LHLDZ2064FCZZ
PCASZ0337FCZ1
LHLDZ2063FCZZ
LPLTM7864FCZ1
QSLP-0264FCZZ
XBBS730P04000
(Unit)
901 CCASZ0337DS51
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
PRICE RANK
Ex.
Ja.
AG
DX
AC
DJ
AD
DJ
AG
DS
AF
DS
AC
DD
AE
DS
AD
DJ
AD
DJ
AQ
EQ
AE
DJ
AR
EQ
AE
DJ
AA
DD
AZ
FQ
NEW
MARK
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
PART
RANK
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
C
A
DESCRIPTION
Saw tooth plate
Saw tooth tape
Cleaner holder R
Cleaning rubber
Saw tooth holder
Screw(310)
MC Cleaner shaft
Saw tooth terminal
MC holder R
MC case
MC holder F
Grid
Grid terminal
Screw(34)
R
P2
JP3
MC
JP3
MC RJP3
MC JP3
MC FJP3
JP3
JP3
MC unit
MC
45
S MC (MC unit)
1
2
7
3
4
6
8
10
6
12
11
14
FCP12223
13
901
46
47
T (Process unit)
NO.
PARTS CODE

change Ex.
Ja. MARK RANK
6
15
16
17
XEBS730P10000
PCOVP2273FCZZ
PMLT-1830FCZZ
MLEVP1157FCZZ
AC
AH
AE
AF
DD
DX
DJ
DS
18
MSPRC2961FCZZ
AB
DJ
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
28
29
JHNDP0166FCZZ
NSRW-0070FCZZ
NCPL-0073FCZZ
NBRGP0642FCZZ
NSRW-0069FCZZ
LX-NZ0111FCZZ
XRESP30-06000
NGERH1417FCZZ
NGERH1612FCZZ
LFRM-1429FCZ2
AC
AH
AD
AE
AH
AA
AA
AC
AD
AQ
DJ
DX
DJ
DS
DX
DD
DD
DD
DJ
EQ
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
30
PMLT-1828FCZ1
AD
DJ
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
51
52
53
54
55
57
58
59
CCLEZ0163FC32
LHLDZ2101FCZZ
PRNGF0106FCZ2
MSPRC4078FCZZ
PTME-0286FCZ1
CCLEZ0212FC33
LX-BZ1219FCZZ
QEARP0293FCZZ
XEBS730P10000
CHLDZ1473DS57
PSEL-1074FCZ3
PSEL-1075FCZ5
CSFTP3430FC02
NBRGP0915FCZZ
LX-BZ1007FCZZ
XRESP40-06000
PSEL-0805FCZZ
PMLT-1812FCZZ
PPIPP0251FCZZ
NBRGP0771FCPZ
MLEVP1158FCZ1
PSHT-0139FCZ2
MSPRC4041FCZ1
PMLT-1850FCZZ
PMLT-1847FCZZ
AS
AC
AC
AD
AH
BA
AB
AD
AC
AL
AE
AE
AF
AC
AD
AA
AE
AB
AD
AC
AC
AC
AF
AC
AA
EQ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DX
GJ
DD
DJ
DD
EB
DS
DS
DS
DJ
DJ
DD
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DS
DJ
DJ
60
PMLT-1848FCZZ
AA
61
62
PMLT-1858FCZZ
PMLT-1856FCZ1
AA
AA
63
PSHEP6120FCZZ
64
901
N
N
N
C
D
C
C
C
DESCRIPTION
Screw(310)
Process cover
Process U cushion
Separation pawl lever
Lever spring
DV handle
Waste toner screw
Waste screw coupling
Waste toner bearing
Transfer paddle
M3 nut
E ring(E3)
Paddle gear 14T
Gear(14T)
Process frame
Waste shield cushion
N
N
N
N
N
A
C
C
C
C
A
C
C
C
A
A
A
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
DJ
DJ
DJ
N
N
C
A
AB
DJ
Process cushion
Toner receive lower cushion
Toner receive side sheet F
PSHEP6121FCZZ
AB
DJ
Toner receive side sheet R
(Unit)
CFRM-1429DS51
BF
GN
Process frame unit
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Sub blade
Separation pawl holder
Starling
Separation pawl spring
Separation pawl
CL blade
Screw(M36)
Process earth
Screw(310)
Separation pawl holder unit
Side seal F
Side seal R
Drum fix shaft
Paddle bearing
Screw
E ring(E4)
G seal
Pipe cushion
Waste toner pipe
Bearing
Shutter lever
Process shutter
Process shutter spring
Sub blade cushion
Blade side cushion F
Blade side cushion R
47
TR No.
U
U
DV
T2
M3
E
14T
14T T2
JP3
JP3
N
N2
JP3
N
CL JP3
JP3
UN
F J3
R J3
AS
E
G
JP3
MX R
SP
Effective
time
T (Process unit)
901
6
15
16
17
19
18
21
22
57
20
55
22
26 25
23
24
37
28
24
41
25
37
53
62
24
37
52
48
64
31
61
44
60
51
58
33
30
41
54
34
49
41
46
33
40
25
45
33
37
47
24
43
62
35
34
33
59
35
34
37
63
35
34
37
35
42
37
42
37
42
42
36
FCP12224
48
37
37
49
Update : 2009/06/30
U (Transfer unit)
NO.
PARTS CODE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
LHLDZ2061FCZ1
PRNGF0107FCZZ
LX-BZ1146FCPZ
LPLTM5875FCZ1
PCLR-0468FCZ1
NGERH2033FCZZ
NROLR1832FCZZ
XEBS740P10000
QEARP0292FCZ1
NBRGP0656FCZZ
MSPRC3342FCZZ
LHLDZ2060FCZZ
13
14

change Ex.
Ja. MARK RANK
DESCRIPTION
TR No.
AE
AC
AB
AK
AC
AD
AZ
AA
AF
AD
AC
AL
DS
DJ
DD
DX
DJ
DJ
FQ
DD
DS
DJ
DJ
EB
C
C
C
A
A
A
A
C
C
A
C
C
LPLTM7819FCZ1
AV
EZ
PTME-0340FCZ1
AC
DJ
16
MSPRC2955FCZZ
AB
DJ
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
NBRGP0655FCZZ
CPWBF1866FCE1
LHLDZ2062FCZZ
DHAI-4428FCPZ
LPLTM7916FCZZ
MSPRC4082FCZZ
MSPRC4037FCZZ
PGIDM2516FCZZ
AD
AL
AC
AF
AK
AC
AC
AG
DJ
EB
DJ
DS
EB
DJ
DJ
DX
N
N
A
E
C
C
C
C
C
D
25
MSPRC4077FCZZ
AE
DJ
TR bearing F
Process sensor PWB
Process sensor holder
RD-PCS harness
Transfer front guide plate
Transfer front guide spring
Guide pressure spring
Transfer front guide
Transfer unit pressure spring
26
PMLT-1859FCZZ
(Unit)
DUNT-8274DSZZ
AA
DJ
Transfer PG cushion
TR R
R SP
TR F
PWB
RD-PCS
PG
PG SP
PG SP
PG
PG
BH
HC
Transfer unit
901
N
N
N
A
N
N
N
Discharge plate holder

Starling
Screw(M36)
Discharge plate
Transfer roller
Screw(410)
Transfer earth electrode
TR bearing R
Transfer R pressure spring
Transfer holder
Transfer holder reinforce plate
Transfer fix pawl
Reverse pressure spring
49
Effective
time
Update : 2009/06/30
U (Transfer unit)
26
3
2
23
24
2
2
22
26
1
21
23
4
10
18
11
8
20
12
19
17
25
8
16
14
8
13
14
8
FCP12225
50
V 1(Fusing unit 1)
NO.
PARTS CODE
LX-BZ1101FCZZ
LFRM-1425FCZ3
XEBS730P10000
LPLTP7769FCZZ
NGERH1694FCZ1
LDAIU0735FCZZ
MSPRC3600FCZZ
LPINS0327FCZZ
MSPRC4035FCZZ
NBRGP0767FCZ1
NSFTZ3421FCZZ
DHAI-4433FCPZ
LPLTM7767FCZZ
LPLTM5714FCZZ
XBBS730P10000
NSFTZ3420FCZZ
LPLTM7770FCZ1
NROLR1576FCZ2
NGERH2064FCZZ
NROLR1836FCZZ
NSFTZ3419FCZZ
MSPRT4018FCZ3
LX-BZ1151FCPZ
NBRGP0908FCZZ
CFRM-1425DS52
(Unit)
DUNTW8279DSZZ
901 DUNTW8279DS11
DUNTW8279DS12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
501
PRICE RANK
Ex.
Ja.
AB
DD
AS
EQ
AC
DD
AD
DJ
AP
EQ
AM
EG
AC
DJ
AC
DJ
AC
DJ
AF
DS
AE
DS
AF
DS
AE
DS
AB
DJ
AA
DD
AG
DX
AC
DJ
BA
FX
AF
DX
AX
FQ
AG
DX
AC
DJ
AB
DD
AM
EG
BK
HG
CE
CE
CE
UF
UF
UF
NEW
MARK
PART
RANK
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
A
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
A
A
A
C
C
C
C
A
N
N
N
E
E
E
N
N
N
DESCRIPTION
Screw(M4X6)
WEB frame
Screw(310)
Drive gear support plate
39T gear
WEB bracket block
WEB ratchet SP
Spring pin(2-10)
WEB pressure spring
Pressure bearing
WEB drive shaft
WEB-END harness
End detecter plate
M3 plate
Screw(310)
WEB tension shaft
WEB drive regulation plate
WEB roller
Ratchet gear 45
Pressure roller
WEB movement shaft
WEB regulation spring
Screw(M3X12)
WEB bearing
WEB frame unit
Fusing unit
Fusing unit
Fusing unit
51
WEB CJ2
39T
WEB
WEB SP
WEB SP CJ2
N
WEB
WEB-END
A
M3
WEB
WEB
WEB
45
WEB
WEB
WEB
WEB JP3
(120V series) 120 JP3
V 1(Fusing unit 1)
1
16
25
9
10
14
13
11
13
17
23
24
12
22
4
8
6
23
19
18
5
10
21
20
501
(JPN)
FCP12226
52
53
W 2(Fusing unit 2)
NO.
PARTS CODE

change Ex.
Ja. MARK RANK
1
2
3
PGIDM2508FCZZ
PTME-0283FCZZ
MSPRD2853FCZZ
8
9
10
11
12
13
CFRM-1442FC02
14
16
17
18
19
20
21
23
24
25
26
27
MLEVF1165FCZZ
XRESP50-06000
MLEVF1166FCZZ
CPLTM7860FC01
NGERH2061FCZZ
NGERH0866FCZZ
JKNBZ0148FCZZ
XHBS730P08000
MLEVP0957FCZZ
XEPS840P08X00
XHBS740P08000
TLABZ5479FCZZ
28
TLABH0308QSZZ
AF
DS
29
30
31
32
PCOVP2298FCZ1
MSPRT2957FCZZ
LX-BZ1222FCZZ
PGIDH2503FCZ1
AT
AC
AA
AQ
EZ
DJ
DD
EQ
D
C
C
D
33
CFRM-1443FC02
AK
DX
AL
AL
AB
EB
EB
DJ
D
A
C
NBRGY0773FCZZ
AP
EQ
NROLI1827FCZZ
XRESP40-06000
MLEVP1170FCZ1
MSPRC4061FCZZ
BR
AA
AE
AE
LX
DD
DS
DS
N
N
A
C
C
C
AL
EB
AG
AA
AG
AH
AC
AC
AC
AB
AD
AC
AA
AD
DX
DD
DX
DX
DJ
DD
DJ
DD
DJ
DD
DD
DJ
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
A
N
N
N
N
C
N
DESCRIPTION
Fusing rear guide lower
Lower pawl spring
Pressure roller bearing
Pressure roller
E ring(E4)
Pressure release lever
Fusing pressure spring
Fusing lower frame front
Pressure lever F
E ring(E5)
Pressure lever R
Gear drive plate
18T gear
22T gear
20T handle
Screw(38)
Fusing lock lever
Screw(48X)
Screw(48)
Pressure release label
High temperature caution label
Fusing lower cover
PG open and shut spring
Screw(38)
Fusing paper in guide
Fusing lower frame rear
53
TR No.
SP
JP3
E
SP
JP3
F JP3
E
R JP3
J
18T
22T
20T
LPD
PG
PG
JP3
Effective
time
W 2(Fusing unit 2)
3
2
3
19
16
20
11
10
21
12
9
33
18
17
24
8
23
10
16
11
30
12
14
16
26
31
29
13
27
32
28
26
24
27
31
26
25
54
FCP12227
25
X 3(Fusing unit 3)
NO.
1
2
3
4
PARTS CODE
LPLTM7912FCZZ
MSPRT4080FCZZ
PTME-0345FCZZ
LX-BZ1066FCZZ
PRICE RANK
Ex.
Ja.
AG
DX
AC
DJ
AL
EB
AC
DD
NEW
MARK
N
N
N
PART
RANK
C
C
C
C
DESCRIPTION
5 MSPRD3461FCZZ
AB
DJ
Separation pawl fixing plate N

Separation pawl upper spring
Upper separation pawl JP3
Screw(M3X6)
Delivery actuator return spring
MARMP0452FCZ1
NBRGP0674FCZZ
XRESP50-06000
NGERH2060FCZZ
LFRM-1441FCZ1
MSPRC3505FCZZ
XRESP30-06000
PCLR-0498FCZ1
NSFTZ2987FCZZ
PSHEP5511FCZ1
PGIDM2515FCZZ
LX-BZ0852FCZZ
NROLR1820FCZ1
CFRM-1445FC01
PCOVP2299FCZZ
MSPRC3059FCZZ
LFRM-1440FCZ1
RDTCT0217FCZZ
CFRM-1444FC01
LSTPF0172FCZ1
NGERH2059FCZ1
LBSHZ0376FCZ1
NBRGY0599FCZZ
NROLT1821FCZZ
RLMPU0798FCZZ
RLMPU0800FCZZ
RLMPU0801FCZZ
LHLDZ2084FCZZ
PCOVP2296FCZ2
RTHM-0050FCZZ
XWHS730-05080
LX-BZ1181FCZZ
LX-BZ1126FCPZ
LX-BZ0026GCZ1
DHAI-4431FCPZ
DHAI-4451FCPZ
DHAI-4432FCPZ
LX-BZ1151FCPZ
XBPS730P06KS0
PCOVP2297FCZZ
PCOVP2301FCZZ
XEBS730P08000
LX-WZ0475FCZZ
AH
AE
AA
AK
AP
AC
AA
AE
AY
AA
AQ
AC
BB
AH
AF
AC
AN
AS
AH
AA
AT
AG
AP
BM
BF
BF
BF
AC
AR
AN
AA
AB
AB
AC
BE
BA
AM
AB
AB
AN
AG
AC
AC
DX
DJ
DD
EB
EQ
DJ
DD
DS
FQ
DJ
EQ
DD
GD
DX
DS
DJ
EG
EQ
DX
DJ
EZ
EQ
FG
HR
GN
GN
GN
DJ
EQ
EG
DD
DD
DD
DD
GN
FX
EG
DD
DD
EG
DX
DD
DD
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
D
C
C
B
C
C
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
C
D
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
D
C
C
Fusing rear actuator

Belt idle bearing
E ring(E5)
Oneway 24T gear
Rear upper PG frame
Follower collar spring
E ring(E3)
Fusing rear follower collar
Follower collar shaft
PA sheet L
Fusing rear upper guide
Tension step screw
Fusing rear roller
Fusing upper frame rear
Gear protect cover
HR fixing spring
Fusing upper stay frame
Thermistor HF
Fusing upper frame front
Roller stopper
53T gear
Busing
HR bearing CG
Upper heat roller
Upper heater lamp main 120
Upper lamp holder
Fusing paper in cover
Upper thermostat
Washer
Screw(34)
Thermistor screw
Step screw
Fusing harness
Fusing harness
TS-HL main harness
Screw(M3X12)
Screw(36KS)
Fusing upper cover
Fusing cover front
Screw(38)
HR spacer
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
55
(120V series)
(100V series)
(230V series)
(100V series)
(200V series)
JP3
E
1 24T
PG
SP
E
PA L
PG
AS
J
HR SP
JP
HF
AS
53T JP3
JP3
HR CG
JP
120
100
230
J3
J3
TS-HL
JP3
HR
X 3(Fusing unit 3)
4
2
4
2
6
10
4
1
9
7
5
3
11
12
11
13
14
8
11
13
12
11
13
17
15
14
12
42
13
16
38
40
20
37
35
41
17
34
33
35
4
4
19
37
23
35
33
44
34
34
44
32
41
39
18
4 21
36
37
26
36
25
24
4
22
27
4
4
21
28
43
29
45
44
25
4
28
31
27
30
A
FCP12228
56
57
Update : 2009/06/30
Y 1(Right door unit 1)

NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PARTS CODE

change Ex.
Ja. MARK RANK
PCOVP1916FCZZ
XEBS740P10000
XHBS740P08000
XHBS740P10000
CPWBN1671FC32
XHBS730P06000
DHAI-4426FCPZ
LDAIU0696FCZZ
AR
AA
AA
AA
BF
AC
BC
AF
EQ
DD
DD
DD
GN
DD
GD
DS
D
C
C
C
E
C
C
C
DESCRIPTION
ADU inner cover R
Screw(410)
Screw(48)
Screw(410)
RD-I/F PWB
Screw(36)
Right door harness C2
Drawer fixing base
Rail fixing angle R lower
LANGT1434FCZZ
AL
EB
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
LX-BZ0862FCPZ
CPLTM6708FC01
NBRGM0096FCZ1
XRESP40-06000
NSFTZ2950FCZZ
PCLC-0374FCZZ
NGERH1679FCZZ
AC
AK
AC
AA
AN
AQ
AD
DD
DX
DJ
DD
EQ
EQ
DJ
C
C
C
C
C
B
C
17
MSPRT3434FCZZ
AB
DJ
18
19
20
21
22
23
MARMP0344FCZZ
NGERH1629FCZZ
NSFTZ2948FCZZ
NGERH1617FCZZ
LFRM-1192FCZ1
XHBS730P08000
AC
AC
AF
AC
AD
AB
DJ
DJ
DS
DJ
DJ
DD
C
C
C
C
C
C
24
MSPRT3433FCZ1
AB
DJ
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
35
36
37
XRESP50-06000
GCAB-1087FCZZ
XEPS730P08X00
MLOKZ0012FCZZ
MSPRC3622FCZZ
GDOR-0045FCZ2
GCAB-1086FCZZ
LPINS0133FCZZ
XBPS730P08KS0
PTME-0307FCZ1
AA
AT
AA
AC
AB
AY
AP
AA
AB
AD
DD
EZ
DD
DJ
DJ
FQ
EQ
DD
DD
DJ
C
D
C
C
C
D
D
C
C
C
38
MSPRD3426FCZZ
AD
DJ
E ring(E5)
ADU cabinet R
Screw(38X)
ADU open/close door lock
Open/close lock spring
ADU open/close door
ADU cabinet F
Pin(2-10)
Screw(38KS)
Right door lock pawl
Right door lock spring
39
LHLDZ1469FCZZ
AE
DJ
Upper transport fulcrum holder
40
45
48
50
51
53
NSFTZ2953FCZZ
LDAIU0734FCZZ
MLEVP0944FCZ1
PCOVP1941FCZZ
DHAI-3791FCZ2
PMLT-1525FCZZ
AS
AD
AE
AD
AL
AB
EQ
DJ
DJ
DJ
EB
DJ
C
C
C
D
C
C
501
CPLTM6708DS52
AX
FG
Right door lock shaft

Lock block
Right door release lever
ADU connector cover
Right PG harness
Inner cover cushion
MF drive joint plate unit CJ2
CDAIU0707DS57
BZ
TF
CDAIU0707DS60
BZ
TF
BZ
TF
Tension step screw

MF drive joint plate
Bearing
E ring(E4)
MF clutch shaft
Manual paper feed clutch P2
Joint gear(21T)
MF drive arm spring
MF drive arm
Paper feed gear(24T)
Movable joint shaft
ADU joint gear(28T)
Drive joint frame
Screw(38)
MF joint gear spring
TR No.
Effective
time
ADU R
RD-I/F
C2
MF
E
MF
P2
MF
MF
ADU
MF
E
ADU R
ADU
ADU
ADU F
ADU
PG
MF
CJ2
(Unit)
901
CDAIU0707DS61
DUNT-8264DS11
CC
UB
DUNT-8264DSZZ
CC
UB
DUNT-8264DS12
CB
TX
CC
UB
902
DUNT-8264DS13
ADU unit
ADU unit
ADU unit
Right door
Right door
Right door
Right door
(Include Block[30]-901,[31])
(North America,LAG2,Argentin,Philipines)
(Other countries)
(FAX model)
unit (MX-M283N/M363N/M503N Japan only)
(Include Block[15][17],[30],[31])
unit
(100V series)
(Include Block[15][17],[30],[31])
unit
(200V series)
(Include Block[15][17],[30],[31])
unit
(FAX model)
(Include Block[15][17],[30],[31])
57
ADU
ADU
ADU
Update : 2009/06/30
Y 1(Right door unit 1)
901
51
4
10
23
10
7
501
15
3
13
12
50
35
16
18
25
24
36
38
25
53
9
40
2
45
14
13
17
11
12
19
26
20
27
28
21
29
22
28 29
13
37
27
39
3
30
31
36
3
25
37
48 3 39
3
3
FCP12229
58
59
Update : 2009/06/30
Z 2(Right door unit 2)

NO.
PARTS CODE

change Ex.
Ja. MARK RANK
GCAB-1155FCZ4
GCAB-1135FCZ1
MSPRC3411FCZZ
AA
DJ
4
5
6
7
8
DHAI-3731FCZZ
LPLTP5827FCZZ
XEBS730P10000
VHPGP1S73P+-18
MLEVP0941FCZZ
AG
AF
AC
AF
AC
DS
DS
DD
DS
DJ
C
C
C
B
C
AS
AP
EQ
EQ
D
D
MSPRD3425FCZ1
AC
DJ
10
11
12
LHLDZ1666FCZZ
NSFTZ2949FCZZ
NROLP1516FCZZ
AC
AG
AA
DJ
DX
DJ
C
C
C
13
PCLR-0518FCZ1
AD
DJ
14
NSFTZ2951FCZZ
AN
EG
15
PGIDM2507FCZ1
AS
EQ
16
PGIDM2189FCZZ
AN
EG
18
19
20
21
22
PTPE-0289FCZZ
PBRSR0234FCZZ
PTPE-0290FCZZ
NBRGC0249FCZ1
XRESP40-06000
AD
AG
AD
AD
AA
DJ
DX
DJ
DJ
DD
C
B
C
C
C
23
MSPRD3429FCZZ
AB
DJ
24
26
27
PGIDM2148FCZ2
XHBS740P08000
LX-BZ0714FCPZ
AQ
AA
AC
EZ
DD
DD
D
C
C
28
MSPRC3414FCZZ
AC
DJ
29
LSTYM0370FCZZ
AK
DX
30
PGIDM2492FCZZ
AP
EQ
31
32
34
35
36
PCLR-0501FCZZ
LPLTM6506FCZZ
LANGT1432FCZZ
XHBS740P06000
XEBS740P10000
AB
AK
AG
AA
AA
DJ
DX
DX
DD
DD
C
C
C
C
C
38
MSPRC3495FCZZ
AC
DJ
39
PSHEP5756FCZZ
AC
DJ
40
PSHEP5757FCZZ
AC
DJ
41
PSHEP5758FCZZ
AC
DJ
42
43
55
56
XHBS740P10000
PMLT-1806FCZZ
CPWBF1593FCE2
DHAI-4427FCPZ
AA
AC
AK
AM
DD
DJ
DX
EG
C
C
E
C
57
LHLDZ1439FCZZ
AC
DJ
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
501
LPLTM5714FCZZ
LX-BZ1007FCZZ
LX-NZ0095FCZZ
MSPRC4057FCZZ
NFANP0107FCPZ
PCOVP2274FCZZ
PCOVP2275FCZZ
PGIDM2493FCZ2
QEARP0296FCZZ
XBBS740P06000
XBPS730P06KS0
XEBS740P35000
TCAUH0023QSZZ
CGIDM2189DS54
CGIDM2189DS55
AB
AD
AC
AC
AX
AE
AD
AQ
AE
AA
AB
AC
AC
AY
BB
DJ
DJ
DD
DJ
FG
DJ
DJ
EQ
DJ
DD
DD
DD
DJ
FQ
GD
C
C
C
C
B
D
D
D
C
C
C
C
D
E
E
502
CGIDM2507DS51
BA
FX
503
CGIDM2492DS51
AT
EZ
504
CGIDM2493DS51
BA
FX
C
N
N
N
N
N
N
DESCRIPTION
Right delivery top cabinet
(except FAX model)
Right delivery cabinet
(FAX model)
Right delivery follower roller spring
(FAX model)
R transfer UN harness
(FAX model) UN
Sensor fix plate
(FAX model)
Screw(310)
(FAX model)
Right delivery actuator
(FAX model)
Right delivery actuator spring
(FAX model)
Right full detect falcrum

(FAX model)
Right delivery actuator spring

(FAX model)
Right delivery follower roller shaft

(FAX model)
Reverse paper guide CJ2

PG CJ2
Right delivery paper guide upper

L type earth tape
(FAX model) L
Discharge brush
(FAX model)
U type earth tape
(FAX model) U
Bearing
E ring(E4)
E
Reverse gate spring
ADU reverse gate

ADU
Screw(48)
Step screw
Reverse PG spring CJ2

PG
CJ2
ADU stay upper CJ2
ADU CJ2
Right door transport paper guide
Follower pressure plate
Rail fixing angle F

F
Screw(46)
Screw(410)
ADU PF follower roller spring

ADU
Right door transport support sheet F

[Inch series]
F
Right door transport support sheet M
[Inch series]
M
Right door transport support sheet R
[Inch series]
R
Screw(410)
(Except Japan)
Damper cushion
High voltage resistor PWB
RD-CFM harness
RD-CFM
Transfer UN pressure holder
UN
M3 plate
M3
Screw
Nut
U
TR pressure spring
TR SP
PS fan 60
60
Right door filter cover
Transfer connector cover
Right door suction guide

PG
Transfer earth plate
Screw(46)
Screw(36KS)
Screw(435)
Right exit paper CT unit

(except FAX model) CT
Right exit paper CT unit
(FAX model) CT
Reverse PG unit CJ2
(Include [38]-34) PG
CJ2
Right door transport unit
Right door suction PG unit
PG
59
TR No.
Effective
time
Update : 2009/06/30

change Ex.
Ja. MARK RANK
PARTS CODE
NO.
DESCRIPTION
TR No.
Effective
time
(Unit)
901
CDAIU0707DS57
BZ
TF
CDAIU0707DS60
BZ
TF
BZ
TF
CDAIU0707DS61
DUNT-8264DS11
CC
UB
DUNT-8264DSZZ
CC
UB
DUNT-8264DS12
CB
TX
CC
UB
902
DUNT-8264DS13
ADU unit
ADU unit
ADU unit
Right door
Right door
Right door
Right door
(Other countries)
(FAX model)
(Include Block[15][17],[29],[31])
unit
(100V series)
(Include Block[15][17],[29],[31])
unit
(200V series)
(Include Block[15][17],[29],[31])
unit
(FAX model)
(Include Block[15][17],[29],[31])
ADU
ADU
-
ADU
23
901
21
22
26
42
24
26
502
Except FAX MODEL
27 26
42
70
38
27
26
28
28
22
504
59
26
16
64
65
57 36
58
61
63
36
31
55
12
12
501
14
13
56
14
67
13
19
62
18
20
69
501
19
FAX MODEL
43
26
36
503
13
13
30
26
7
11
36
41
26
39 40
16
66
60
31
43
10
68
36
26
38
36
5
6
11
12
61
57
26
38
29
28
38 12
15
21
22
32
26
35
34
FCP12230
60
61
Update : 2009/06/30
[ 3(Right door unit 3)

NO.
PARTS CODE

change Ex.
Ja. MARK RANK
DESCRIPTION
MARMP0348FCZ1
AC
DJ
Right delivery solenoid arm
2
3
XHBS730P06000
XBBS730P04000
AC
AA
DD
DD
C
C
MSPRT3500FCZZ
AC
DJ
Screw(36)
Screw(34)
Right delivery gate return spring
CPLTM6707FC02
AF
DS
Gate solenoid fixing plate
6
7
8
9
10
11
RPLU-0379FCZZ
XRESP50-06000
PCLR-0524FCZZ
NGERH1629FCZZ
NBRGC0691FCZZ
XEBS740P10000
BA
AA
AC
AC
AG
AA
FX
DD
DJ
DJ
DX
DD
B
C
C
C
C
C
12
LPLTM6709FCZZ
AC
DJ
ADU gate solenoid

E ring(E5)
27 collar
Bearing
Screw(410)
ADU open/close door sensor fixing plate
13
14
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
28
29
30
31
XHBS740P08000
NGERH1690FCZZ
NGERH1617FCZZ
CFRM-1209FC01
NROLR1577FCZZ
LPIN-0026MCZZ
NBRGC0249FCZ1
XRESP40-06000
PGIDM2188FCZZ
NROLR1580FCZZ
GCAB-1134FCZZ
QCNCM1005FCZZ
LDAIU0707FCZ1
LHLDZ1679FCZZ
XEBS730P10000
VHPGP1S73P+-18
AA
AP
AC
AU
AL
AA
AD
AA
AP
AM
AP
AD
BA
AC
AC
AF
DD
EQ
DJ
FG
EB
DD
DJ
DD
EQ
EG
EQ
DJ
FX
DJ
DD
DS
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
C
D
C
D
C
C
C
C
B
32
MSPRD3420FCZZ
AB
DJ
33
MLEVP0951FCZZ
AC
DJ
34
35
DHAI-3734FCZ3
NROLP1516FCZZ
AE
AA
DS
DJ
C
C
36
MSPRC3513FCZZ
AC
DJ
ADU transport 1 harness

ADU main body follower spring
37
38
NSFTZ2949FCZZ
JBTN-0280FCZZ
AG
AC
DX
DJ
C
C
39
MSPRC3455FCZZ
AB
DJ

Fusing PG lock button
Fusing rear lower PG fixing spring
41
MSPRC3788FCZZ
AC
DJ
Right door follower pressure spring
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
51
53
54
55
NSFTZ3277FCZZ
NGERH1634FCZZ
NGERH1526FCZZ
NPLYZ0441FCZZ
NBLTH0473FCZZ
CFRM-1208FC01
PCLR-0501FCZZ
NROLR1578FCZZ
NROLR1579FCZZ
LHLDW1009ACZZ
PMLT-1806FCZZ
VHPGP1SQ73P-18
AD
AR
AE
AC
AR
AT
AB
AL
AL
AA
AC
AF
DJ
EQ
DJ
DJ
EQ
EZ
DJ
EB
EB
DD
DJ
DS
C
C
C
C
B
D
C
C
C
C
C
B
CPLTM6707DS54
AU
EZ
Follower roller shaft

Separate gear(18T)
Reverse drive gear
Pulley(22P)
Right delivery belt
ADU frame F
ADU transport roller
ADU delivery roller
Mini clamp
Damper cushion
Photo sensor(GP1SQ73P)
Gate solenoid fixing plate unit
CDAIU0707DS57
BZ
TF
CDAIU0707DS60
BZ
TF
BZ
TF
DUNT-8264DS11
CC
UB
DUNT-8264DSZZ
CC
UB
Right door
DUNT-8264DS12
CB
TX
Right door
CC
UB
501
Screw(48)
Gear(30T/27T)
ADU joint gear(28T)
ADU frame R
ADU paper feed roller
Pin(2-10)
Bearing
E ring(E4)
Right delivery gate
Right delivery roller
Right delivery cabinet
Interface cap(BU08P-TR-PH)
ADU main body CT
Sensor holder
Screw(310)
TR No.
Effective
time
ADU
E
27
ADU
ADU
ADU R
ADU
ADU CT
PS 2
PS 2
ADU 1
ADU
PG
PG
ADU F
ADU
ADU
(Unit)
901
CDAIU0707DS61
902
DUNT-8264DS13
ADU unit
ADU unit
ADU unit
Right door
Right door
(Other countries)
(FAX model)
(Include Block[15][17],[29],[30])
unit
(100V series)
(Include Block[15][17],[29],[30])
unit
(200V series)
(Include Block[15][17],[29],[30])
unit
(FAX model)
(Include Block[15][17],[29],[30])
61
ADU
ADU
ADU
Update : 2009/06/30
[ 3(Right door unit 3)
19
20
18
30
19
29
55
33
37
38
35
34
29
22
23
35
32
36
30
31
10
20
39
53
19
11
13
54
39
7
48 10
48
42
44
43
7
43
10
28
51
11
11
19
19
49
48
7 10
43
17
10 7
35
35
11
46
7
45
10
7
10
47
11
FCP12231
62
31
12
14
11
35
42
11
24
37 41
41
11
38
36
35
10
36 35
33 32
35
4
7
25
21
501
8 7 3
7
16
63
Update : 2009/06/30
\ 1(Delivery unit 1)
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
7
8
PARTS CODE

change Ex.
Ja. MARK RANK
PDUC-0251FCZZ
XEBS740P10000
PCOVP1938FCZ1
PSHEP5504FCZZ
LPLTP6762FCZ3
XEBS730P08000
QEARP0204FCZZ
AQ
AA
AF
AD
AC
AC
AD
EQ
DD
DS
DJ
DJ
DD
DJ
D
C
D
C
C
C
C
DESCRIPTION
TR No.
Exhaust fan duct

Screw(410)
Exhaust duct cover
Duct sheet
Exhaust duct plate
Screw(38)
Discharge earth plate R
Delivery follower pressure spring
MSPRC3464FCZZ
AB
DJ
10
12
MLEVP0961FCZZ
PCLR-0479FCZZ
AD
AC
DJ
DJ
C
C
13
PGIDM2109FCZZ
BB
GD
14
PBRSR0231FCZ2
AX
FG
MLEVP0960FCZZ
AC
DJ
Discharge brush
Full detect actuator
(Japan)
MARMP0455FCZZ
AC
DJ
Full detect actuator
(Except Japan)
16
17
LFIX-0627FCZ1
LFIX-0646FCZZ
AD
AF
DJ
DS
C
C
18
NGERH1657FCZZ
AE
DJ
Paper fixture
Paper fixture HCT
Delivery roller drive gear
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
30
31
LPINS0258FCZZ
NBRGP0740FCZZ
XRESP50-06000
NBRGP0674FCZZ
XHBS730P06000
QEARP0203FCZZ
NSFTZ2963FCZZ
PCLR-0593FCZZ
NROLR1582FCZ1
DHAI-4425FCP1
NFANP0105FCP1
QEARP0205FCZZ
AA
AQ
AA
AE
AC
AD
AH
AD
AU
BB
AY
AC
DD
EQ
DD
DJ
DD
DJ
DX
DJ
FG
GD
FQ
DJ
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
C
32
PGIDM2467FCZ2
AP
EQ
33
34
35
36
37
VHPLG248NL1-1
XRESP40-05000
NGERH1531FCZZ
LHLDW2048SCZZ
LHLDW2047SCZZ
AF
AA
AD
AB
AA
DS
DD
DJ
DD
DD
B
C
C
C
C
38
PSHEP5492FCPZ
AC
DJ
39
LHLDW1263FCZZ
AC
DJ
40
CPLTM6535FC01
AG
DX
41
42
RMOTS0959FCPA
PSHEP5545FCZZ
BA
AA
GD
DJ
B
C
44
MSPRD3844FCZZ
AC
DJ
BB
BB
BH
GD
GD
HC
N
N
N
E
E
E
Shifter sub unit

Shifter sub unit
Delivery upper PG unit
BW
BX
RR
RR
N
N
E
E
Delivery unit
Delivery unit
15
501
502
901
CGIDM2109DS57
CGIDM2109DS56
CGIDM2467DS54
(Unit)
DUNT-8283DSZZ
DUNT-8283DS11
N
N
N
Full detect lever

FD slide collar
Shifter paper guide
(Japan)
Spring pin(3-8)
Shifter thrust bearing
E ring(E5)
Belt idle bearing
Screw(36)
Discharge earth plate F
Delivery follower shaft
Shifter follower collar
Delivery roller
Delivery unit harness
Exhaust fan
Shifter earth plate
Delivery upper paper guide P2
Shift home detect sensor(LG248NL1)
E ring(E4)
Shift gear(24/50)
Wire saddle(LWS-2W)
Wire saddle(WS-1NS)
Delivery edge protect sheet
Edge saddle(EDS0607M)
Slide motor fixing plate
Slide motor
Paper fixing sheet
Full actuator return spring
63
(Japan)
(Except Japan)
FD
HCT
UN
P2
PG
(Japan only Include Block [33])

(except Japan Include Block [33])
Effective
time
Update : 2009/06/30
\ 1(Delivery unit 1)
2
7
10
18
44 9
12
15
13
20
7
19
16
1214
22
21
5
21
23
7
9
26
26
25
42 17 24
22
27
31
34
35
33
28
23
36
38
37
23
32
501
502
39
40
23
41
FCP12232
64
] 2(Delivery unit 2)
PRICE RANK
Ex.
Ja.
1 VHPLG248NL1-1
AF
DS
2 PGIDM2471FCZZ
AW
FG
3 NBRGP0674FCZZ
AE
DJ
4 LPLTM6534FCZZ
AB
DJ
5 VHPGP1A71L3-18 AG
DS
6 CPLTM6688FC01
AE
DS
7 XEBS730P08000
AC
DD
8 PGIDM2482FCZZ
AK
EB
9 XRESP50-06000
AA
DD
10 NGERH1698FCZZ
AN
EQ
11 MLEVP0959FCZ1
AD
DJ
NO.
PARTS CODE
NEW
MARK
PART
RANK
B
D
C
C
B
B
C
D
C
C
C
DESCRIPTION
12 MSPRD3461FCZZ
AB
DJ
POD sensor(LG248NL1)
Delivery paper guide CJ2
Belt idle bearing
Shifter bearing plate
Photo sensor(GP1A71L3)
Boss(20/59T)
Screw(38)
Delivery support guide CJ2
E ring(E5)
Idle gear(20/59)
Delivery actuator
Delivery actuator return spring
RMOTD0943FCPZ
PSHEP5915FCZ1
XHBS730P06000
RMOTS0925FCP1
XEBS740P10000
RMOTP0960FCPZ
LHLDW1263FCZZ
CFRM-1207FC03
NBLTH0455FCZZ
NGERH1700FCZZ
NGERH1699FCZZ
NGERH1697FCZZ
CPLTM6689FC01
MSPRT3501FCZZ
XRESP70-08000
NGERH1655FCZZ
CPLTM7763FC01
NGERH2012FCZ1
PCLR-0581FCZZ
MSPRT3063FCZZ
NGERH1707FCZZ
XRESP30-06000
LX-WZ0482FCZZ
NBLTH0503FCZZ
CGIDM2471DS51
CFRM-1207DS52
CPLTM7763DS51
(Unit)
DUNT-8283DSZZ
901
DUNT-8283DS11
BL
AC
AC
BF
AA
BC
AC
AR
AQ
AP
AN
AM
AF
AB
AA
AD
AF
AH
AG
AC
AE
AA
AC
AG
BF
BM
AS
HG
DJ
DD
GN
DD
GJ
DJ
EQ
EQ
EQ
EQ
EG
DS
DJ
DD
DJ
DS
DX
DX
DJ
DS
DD
DD
DS
GN
HV
EQ
B
C
C
B
C
B
C
D
B
C
C
C
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
E
E
E
Cleaning motor
PA sheet U
Screw(36)
Delivery drive motor
Screw(410)
Fusing motor
Delivery drive frame CTG
Motor reduction belt
Idle gear(25/58T)
Idle gear(25/35T)
Idle gear(18T)
ADU reverse drive joint plate
ADU reverse drive joint spring
E ring(E7)
Gear(20T/27P)
Drive joint plate
Gear CJ2(31T)
HR collar
Drive joint spring
Web motor gear
E ring(E3)
Poly slider
ADU belt
Delivery main unit CJ2
Delivery drive frame unit CJ2
Drive plate unit CJ2
BW
BX
RR
RR
E
E
Delivery unit
Delivery unit
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
25
26
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
501
502
503
N
N
65
POD
CJ2
CJ2
E
PA U
CTG
ADU
ADU
E
CJ2
HR CJ2
ADU
CJ2
(Include Block [39]-37) CJ2
CJ2
(Japan only Include Block [32])
(except Japan Include Block [32])
] 2(Delivery unit 2)
5
1
2
14
17
19
1
4 3
17
15
16
20
16
15
17
17
21
31
11
10
15
18
15
12
32
35
33 38
37
13 36
7
9
26
34
30
30
7
501
502
23
25
30
9
22
503
39
29
66
15
31
FCP12233
^ (Paper feed drive section)

PRICE RANK
Ex.
Ja.
1 NSFTZ2940FCZZ
AP
EQ
2 XRESP50-06000
AA
DD
3 LPINS0133FCZZ
AA
DD
4 NGERH1617FCZZ
AC
DJ
5 NBRGC0136FCZ1
AC
DJ
6 NSFTZ2944FCZZ
AF
DS
7 NPLYZ0470FCZZ
AN
EQ
8 NSFTZ2941FCZZ
AF
DS
9 NGERH1405FCZ1
AG
DS
10 LFRM-1164FCZZ
AE
DS
11 RMOTS0922FCP1
BF
GN
12 QEARP0201FCZZ
AC
DJ
13 NSFTZ2947FCZZ
AR
EQ
14 NGERH1640FCZZ
AC
DJ
15 NSFTZ2946FCZZ
AS
EQ
16 PCLC-0343FCZ1
BF
GN
17 NPLYZ0444FCZZ
AC
DJ
20 NSFTZ2943FCZZ
AR
EQ
21 PCLC-0381FCZZ
AQ
EQ
22 NSFTZ2945FCZZ
AQ
EQ
23 NGERH1643FCZ1
AD
DJ
24 LFRM-1162FCZ1
AH
DX
25 RMOTP0928FCPZ
BH
HC
26 CCOVP1607FC458 AX
FG
27 XHBS730P35000
AK
DX
28 MSPRC2907FCZ1
AC
DJ
29 NCPL-0052FCZ1
AH
DX
30 NGERH1644FCZZ
AC
DJ
31 NGERH1626FCZZ
AD
DJ
33 XRESP70-08000
AA
DD
34 XRESP40-06000
AA
DD
35 LFRM-1148FCZ2
AW
FG
36 LPINS0337FCZZ
AB
DJ
38 DHAI-4450FCPZ
AK
DX
39 QCNCM0999FCZZ
AC
DJ
40 NBRGC0504FCZZ
AC
DJ
41 NGERH1679FCZZ
AD
DJ
42 NBRGC0319FCZ1
AC
DJ
43 NBRGM0096FCZ1
AC
DJ
44 NGERH1629FCZZ
AC
DJ
45 NBLTH0451FCZZ
AQ
EQ
46 NBLTH0454FCZZ
AU
EZ
48 NGERH2083FCZZ
AD
DJ
49 XEBS740P10000
AA
DD
50 XHBS730P08000
AB
DD
51 XHBS740P08000
AA
DD
52 LHLDW2086FCPZ
AD
DJ
53 XHBS740P08000
AA
DD
54 LFRM-1192FCZ1
AD
DJ
55 NGERH1617FCZZ
AC
DJ
56 NGERH1629FCZZ
AC
DJ
57 NSFTZ2942FCZZ
BQ
LP
58 NSFTZ2948FCZZ
AF
DS
59 XRESP40-06000
AA
DD
60 MSPRD3424FCZ1
AC
DJ
61 PSPAP1479FCZZ
AC
DJ
62 LX-BZ1138FCPZ
AC
DD
(Unit)
901 CFRM-1148DS53
BR
MJ
NO.
PARTS CODE
NEW
MARK
PART
RANK
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
C
C
C
C
B
C
C
B
C
C
C
B
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
E
DESCRIPTION
Manual paper feed shaft
E ring(E5)
Pin(2-10)
ADU joint gear(28T)
Bearing(6)
Drive gear shaft 2
Reduction gear pulley CT
Drive gear shaft 1
43T gear
Drive frame upper B
PS front motor
Roller earth plate
Manual paper feed shaft
Gear 20T
Separate rear clutch shaft
Transfer 5K clutch
Pulley 22P
Separate rear shaft
Paper feed 2.5K clutch
Paper feed clutch shaft
18T/56T gear
Drive frame upper
Paper feed transfer motor
Lift motor unit
Screw(335)
Lift up spring
Lift up coupling
18T/26T gear
29T gear
E ring(E7)
E ring(E4)
Drive frame lower
Pin(3-12)
Paper feed drive IF harness
Connector(BU02P-TR-PH)
Bearing(8)
Joint gear(21T)
Bearing
Bearing
Belt(2GT-132)
Separate rear belt
Joint gear 21T
Screw(410)
Screw(38)
Screw(48)
Saddle(RSPC-315P)
Screw(48)
Drive joint frame
ADU joint gear(28T)
Joint shaft
Movable joint shaft
E ring(E4)
Joint spring
Paper feed drive spacer
Screw(4~10)
Paper feed drive unit
67
ADU
2
CT
1
43T
B
PS
20T
5K 4
22P
2.5K J3
18T/56T
A UN
SP
18T/26T
29T
E
E
A
JP3
21TJ3
ADU
(4 10)
(not include No.5360)
^ (Paper feed drive section)

56
59
60
41
62
43
54
1
58 57
61
14
55
5
45
48
36
41
10
11
9
53
50
13
41
39
3
42
42
49
12
33
3
15
62
62
49
14
33
2
16
35
40
36
20
36
46
17
42
43
33
33
21
40
17
33
34
23
40
34
5
22
8
44
9
8
31
49
6
30
25
24
31
6 49
51
49
49
26
52
29
28
29
38
FCP12234
27
28
26
27
68
69
_ 1(Main drive unit1)

NO.
PARTS CODE

change Ex.
Ja. MARK RANK
DESCRIPTION
Sensor holder
C
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
Screw(36)
Temperature humidity sensor(RHI112)
Screw(38)
DV IF harness
DV drawer step screw
E ring(E5)
Drum joint shaft
Screw(38K)
High voltage electrode spring
Screw(38)
Drum shaft holder
M3 plate
MC harness
E ring(E7)
Waste toner joint gear
Drum shaft
Waste toner coupling
Spring pin(3-11)
DR joint coupling R
LHLDZ2069FCZZ
AD
DJ
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
14
15
16
17
19
20
21
XHBS730P06000
RDTCH0214FCPZ
XEBS730P08000
DHAI-4434FCPZ
LX-BZ1218FCZZ
XRESP50-06000
NSFTZ3441FCZZ
XBPS730P08K00
MSPRC3674FCZZ
LX-BZ1152FCPZ
LHLDZ2067FCZZ
LPLTM7458FCZZ
DHAI-4424FCPZ
XRESP70-08000
NGERH2052FCZZ
NSFTZ3442FCZZ
NGERH2051FCZZ
LPINS0278FCZZ
AC
AR
AC
AT
AC
AA
AF
AA
AC
AA
AP
AB
AR
AA
AD
AS
AC
AB
DD
EQ
DD
EZ
DD
DD
DS
DD
DJ
DD
EQ
DJ
EQ
DD
DJ
EQ
DJ
DJ
22
NCPL-0077FCZZ
AR
EQ
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
PRNGP0110FCZZ
LHLDZ1554FCZZ
LPINS0337FCZZ
RPLU-0381FCZZ
MLEVP1159FCZZ
XRESP30-06000
XRESP40-06000
XBPS720P02500
LHLDW1263FCZZ
AA
AE
AB
BA
AC
AA
AA
AA
AC
DJ
DJ
DJ
FX
DJ
DD
DD
DD
DJ
C
C
C
B
C
C
C
C
C
32
CFRM-1436FC01
AT
EZ
C ring
PS holder
Pin(3-12)
Exfoliation solenoid
Exfoliation solenoid lever
E ring(E3)
E ring(E4)
Screw(225)
Drum drive frame lower
33
DHAI-4435FCPZ
(Unit)
DUNT-8273DSZZ
AK
EB
Temperature Humidity sensor harness
BT
MW
Main drive unit
901
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
69
TR No.
DV
DV
E
SP
M3
MC JP3
E
DR
R
C
PS
E
E
AS
(Include Block [36])
Effective
time
_ 1(Main drive unit1)
32
30
31
1
33
10
3
5
4
9
10
12
21
27
25 10
23
29
26
13
20
22
28
2
24
19
15
2
16
15
15
16
14
14
17
FCP12235
70
. 2(Main drive unit2)

NO.
PARTS CODE
NBRGM0501FCZZ
XRESP50-06000
NPLYZ0524FCZZ
LPINS0133FCZZ
NSFTZ3448FCZZ
NGERH2049FCZZ
NBRGC0136FCZ1
NGERH2048FCZZ
NBLTH0563FCZZ
LPINS0155FCZZ
NGERH2054FCZZ
NSFTZ3443FCZZ
LPINS0335FCZZ
PCLC-0370FCZZ
NBRGC0529FCZZ
NPLYZ0416FCZZ
NSFTZ3447FCZZ
NSFTZ3446FCZZ
NGERH1323FCZZ
XRESP40-06000
LPINS0337FCZZ
NSFTZ3444FCZZ
NGERH1256FCZZ
XRESP70-08000
NBRGC0319FCZ1
MSPRC3366FCZZ
NCPL-0074FCZ1
LPINS0333FCZZ
NBRGC0918FCZZ
LFRM-1431FCZZ
LHLDW1263FCZZ
RMOTP0999FCPZ
XHBS730P06000
NBRGC0504FCZZ
XBPS730P08KS0
NFLY-0018FCZZ
PCLC-0373FCZZ
RMOTS1000FCPZ
LPLTM7833FCZZ
LHLDW7011XCZZ
LX-BZ1152FCPZ
QEARP0297FCZZ
NGERH2050FCZZ
NGERH2053FCZZ
NSFTZ3445FCZZ
LX-BZ0670FCP1
NGERH1559FCZZ
NBRGC0632FCZ1
LHLDZ2068FCZZ
LX-BZ1053FCZZ
MSPRC3396FCZZ
NCPL-0080FCZZ
NGERH2046FCZZ
NGERH2047FCZZ
LPINS0337FCZZ
LBNDJ0013FCZ1
(Unit)
901 DUNT-8273DSZZ
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
55
56
57
58
PRICE RANK
Ex.
Ja.
AB
DJ
AA
DD
AE
DJ
AA
DD
AG
DS
AC
DJ
AC
DJ
AC
DJ
BA
FX
AA
DD
AD
DJ
AF
DS
AA
DJ
BB
GD
AD
DJ
AD
DJ
AF
DS
AG
DX
AD
DJ
AA
DD
AB
DJ
AK
DX
AE
DS
AA
DD
AC
DJ
AB
DJ
AD
DJ
AB
DJ
AG
DS
AQ
EQ
AC
DJ
BF
GN
AC
DD
AC
DJ
AB
DD
AL
EB
AP
EQ
BA
FX
AF
DS
AB
DD
AA
DD
AD
DJ
AF
DS
AG
DS
AF
DS
AC
DD
AE
DJ
AE
DS
AC
DJ
AC
DD
AB
DJ
AC
DJ
AF
DS
AF
DS
AB
DJ
AE
DJ
BT
MW
NEW
MARK
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
PART
RANK
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
C
C
C
C
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
C
C
C
C
B
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
E
DESCRIPTION
Metel D bearing
E ring(E5)
Pulley(S2M)
Pin(2-10)
Toner stir drive shaft
Toner hopper drive gear
Bearing(6)
Toner hopper reduction gear
Belt(40S2M144)
Pin(3-10)
Toner hopper drive gear
Clutch joint shaft
Spring pin(2-8)
Torque limiter
Bearing
Pulley(18T)
Toner hopper drive shaft
Clutch drive shaft
Gear(45T)
E ring(E4)
Pin(3-12)
DV drive shaft
Suction gear(26T)
E ring(E7)
Bearing
DV coupling spring
DV coupling
Spring pin(2-12)
Bearing
Drum drive frame upper
Drum motor
Screw(36)
Bearing(8)
Screw(38KS)
Fly wheel
Clutch N(2.5KG)
PS motor
PS motor fix plate
Cable holder
Screw
Drum earth plate
Drum drive gear
PS joint gear
PS drive shaft
Screw
Gear 28T
Bearing(8-16)
DSD holder R
Red screw(38)
TN coupling spring
TN coupling
Drum idle gear
DV joint gear
Pin(3-12)
Band
Main drive unit
71
D N
E
S2M
CD-M
S2M 18T
45T
E
DV
DV
DV
JP3
JP3
N
PS JP3
PS
PS
PS
28T
DSD R
TN
TN
28T
DV
(Include Block [35])
. 2(Main drive unit2)

1
2
53
3
9
52
42
20
4 10
2
55
6
53
52
5
2
51
8
1
2
2
11
16
12
2
14
2
17
15
18
2
10
50
1
13
1
51
15
56
19
20
20
1
28
57
27
26
44
24
25
24
24
23
21
20
29
49
24
43
24
48
22
33
47
45
21
33
24
32
42
31
46
19
33
24
34
33
20
38
33
41
24
58
40
20
33
33
30
39
33
33
36
33
37
33
72
FCP12236
a BOX1(Control box 1)
NO.
PARTS CODE
1 CFRM-1438FC01
2 XHBS730P06000
3 LPLTM7843FCZZ
CPWBX1877FCE2
CPWBX1877FCE3
CPWBX1877FCE6
CPWBX1877FCE4
4
CPWBX1877FCE8
CPWBX1877FCE5
CPWBX1877FCE9
CPWBX1877FCF1
VHI28F161L47F
5
VHI28F161L48F
PRICE RANK
Ex.
Ja.
AL
EB
AC
DD
AH
DX
BV
RB
BV
RB
BV
RB
BV
RB
BV
RB
BV
RB
BV
RB
BV
RB
AW
FG
AW
FG
NEW
MARK
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
PART
RANK
C
C
C
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
B
B
CPWBX1873FC32
BV
RB
CPWBX1873FC31
BU
NU
LPLTM7655FCZ1
LPLTM7853FCZZ
LSTYM0516FCZZ
CFRM-1439FC01
PSLDM0187FCZ1
DHAI-4272FCP1
XHBS740P08000
XHBS730P08000
LX-BZ0922FCPZ
AP
AV
AN
AL
AM
AV
AA
AB
AC
EQ
FG
EG
EB
EG
FG
DD
DD
DD
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
16
17
25
N
N
N
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
DESCRIPTION
BOX frame upper
Screw(36)
PCU flash PWB fixing plate
PCU PWB
(MX-M363N/M363U/M363F)
PCU PWB
(MX-M423F)
PCU PWB
(MX-M363N)(For Europe)
PCU PWB
(MX-M453N/M453U)
PCU PWB
PCU PWB
(MX-M503N/M503U/M503F)
PCU PWB
PCU PWB
(MX-M283N)
PCU flash ROM(28F161L47F)
(IT model)
PCU flash ROM(28F161L48F)
(U,FAX model)
Mother PWB
(MX-M283N/M363N/M453N/M503N North America)
Mother PWB
(Except FAX model,MX-M283N/M363N/M453N/
M503N North America)
MFP PWB shield plate
PCU PWB fixing plate
BOX support plate lower
BOX frame lower
MFP PWB shield plate upper
HDD power IF harness
Screw(48)
Screw(38)
Step screw
73
BOX
PCU UN36
PCU UN42
PCU UN36
PCU UN45
PCU UN45
PCU UN50
PCU UN50
PCU UN28
PCU ROM
PCU ROM
MFP
PCU
BOX
BOX
MFP
HDD
a BOX1(Control box 1)
17
17
12
25
2
8
17
16
7
9
17
2
2
2
10
2
11
2
FCP12237
74
75
Update : 2009/06/30
b BOX2(Control box 2)
NO.
PARTS CODE
2
4
XHBS730P08000
DUNT-8101FCPZ
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18

change Ex.
Ja. MARK RANK
AB
BW
DD
RR
C
E
DHAI-4271FCPZ
BA
FX
PDMP-0005FCZZ
LX-BZ1022LCPZ
LX-BZ1057FCZZ
RH-IX0077FCPZ
PCOVP1946FCZZ
RH-IX0076FCPZ
XHBS730P06000
XBBS730P06000
LX-BZ1155FCPZ
JHNDM0170FCZ1
LX-WZ0096FCZZ
LPLTM7656FCZZ
AD
AB
AC
BS
AE
BX
AC
AC
AD
AD
AA
AF
DJ
DD
DD
MW
DS
TF
DD
DD
DJ
DJ
DD
DS
C
C
C
B
D
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
VHI28F642T13F
BC
GD
VHI28F642T14F
BB
GD
VHI28F644T01F
BH
GX
VHI28F644T02F
BF
GN
LHLDW1152FCZZ
LHLDW1599FCZZ
NFANP0103FCPZ
LX-BZ1180FCPZ
XBBS740P08000
LPLTM7872FCZZ
LHLDW1970FCPZ
CPLTM7872DS51
CPLTM7872DS52
CPLTM7872DS54
CPLTM7872DS56
CPLTM7872DS57
CPLTM7872DS59
CPLTM7872DS62
CPLTM7872DS63
CPLTM7872DS65
CPLTM7872DS66
CPLTM7872DS67
CPLTM7872DS68
CPLTM7872DS69
AC
AC
AY
AC
AA
AV
AH
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CL
CL
CK
CL
CK
CL
CL
DJ
DJ
FQ
DD
DD
FG
DX
UW
UW
UZ
UZ
UZ
UW
UT
UT
UR
UT
UT
UT
UT
N
N
19
20
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
501
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
B
C
C
B
C
C
C
C
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
DESCRIPTION
Screw(38)
HDD
HDDSATA harness
HDD DAMPER
Screw
HDD fixing step screw
512MB DDR2 memory
HDD cover
1GB DDR2 memory
Screw(36)
Screw(36)
RIC screw
Controller handle
Washer(M4)
HDD fixing plate
MFP flash ROM(28F642T13F)
(MX-M283N/M363N/
M363F/M423F/M453U/M503U/M503F)
(MX-M363U/M453U/M503U)
(MX-M283N/M363N/
M363F/M423F/M453U/M503U/M503F)
(MX-M363U/M453U/M503U)
Bush(EH-14)
Holder(FCR-30V0)
Controller fan
Screw(M3-28S)
Screw(48)
MFP fixing plate
Wire saddle(RMS-3V0)
MFP PWB unit
(MX-M363N Except Japan)
MFP PWB unit
(MX-M363N Japan)
MFP PWB unit
(MX-M453N)
MFP PWB unit
(MX-M503N Except Japan)
MFP PWB unit
(MX-M503N Japan)
MFP PWB unit
(MX-M283N North America)
MFP PWB unit
(MX-M453U)
MFP PWB unit
(MX-M283N Japan)
MFP PWB unit
(MX-M363U)
MFP PWB unit
(MX-M503U)
MFP PWB unit
(MX-M363F)
MFP PWB unit
(MX-M423F)
MFP PWB unit
(MX-M503F)
75
TR No.
Effective
time
HDD
HDDSATA
P2
HDD
HDD
DDR2 32B512
HDD
DIMMDDR2 1G
RIC
HDD P2
MFPCP1J3T
MFPCP1J3
MFPCP2J3T
MFPCP2J3
P2
MFP JP3
MFP
MFP
MFP
MFP
MFP
MFP
MFP
MFP
MFP
MFP
MFP
MFP
MFP
Update : 2009/06/30
b BOX2(Control box 2)
11
31
6
9
30
34
8
18
501
17
18
13
7
35
13
16
13
14
15
13
17
13
13
16
34
33
FCP12238
76
12
13
32
36
19
20
10
c (Power supply unit)

PRICE RANK
Ex.
Ja.
1 LPLTM6594FCZ2
AL
EB
3 XBPS740P06K00
AA
DD
4 XHBS730P06000
AC
DD
LFIX-0084FCZZ
AC
DD
6
LFIX-0016FCZZ
AD
DJ
7 XHBS740P08000
AA
DD
8 XBPS740P25XS0
AB
DD
10 XBPS740P08K00
AA
DD
CPWBF1867FC31
BN
HZ
11 CPWBF1868FC31
BM
HV
CPWBF1869FC31
BM
HV
12 LX-BZ1180FCPZ
AC
DD
13 NFANP0104FCPZ
AX
FG
14 LSUPP0118FCPZ
AB
DJ
15 CPWBF1675FC338 AQ
EQ
16 DHAI-3755FCZ1
AH
DX
17 LPLTM6590FCZ2
AQ
EQ
18 LHLDW1264FCZZ
AD
DJ
RDENC0083FCP1
BZ
TF
20
RDENC0085FCP1
CC
UB
21 XBPS730P08K00
AA
DD
22 LHLDW7027SCZZ
AB
DD
QACCD7713QCPZ
AT
EZ
23
QACCJ6413QCPA
AY
FQ
24 LHLDW1154FCZZ
AC
DJ
DHAI-3699FCZ1
AG
DX
26
DHAI-4299FCPZ
AM
EG
LPLTM6771FCZZ
AG
DX
30
LPLTM6770FCZZ
AG
DX
31 LHLDW1152FCZZ
AC
DJ
34 QSOCA0096FCPZ
AL
EB
35 PTUBU0141FCPZ
AA
DJ
36 DHAI-3838FCZ1
AG
DX
37 NFANP0107FCPZ
AX
FG
42 LHLDW2092SCZZ
AB
DD
43 LBNDJ0013FCZ1
AE
DJ
44 LBNDJ0010FCZZ
AB
DD
45 LHLDW1892FCPZ
AC
DJ
46 TLABZ4868FCZZ
AC
DJ
47 XBPS730P08000
AA
DD
NO.
!
!
PARTS CODE
NEW
MARK
N
N
N
N
N
PART
RANK
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
E
E
E
C
B
C
E
C
C
C
E
E
C
C
A
A
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
DESCRIPTION
AC PWB fixing plate
Screw(46K)
Screw(36)
AC cord fixer
AC cord fixer
Screw(48)
Screw(425KS)
Screw(48K)
AC PWB
AC PWB
AC PWB
Screw(M3-28S)
PS fan
Supporter
WH PWB
AC-WH harness
PS PWB fixing plate
Wire saddle(LWS-8S-2.5W)
DC power supply PWB
DC power supply PWB
Screw(38K)
Wire saddle(LWS-2H)
AC cord
AC cord
Wire saddle(LWS5S2W)
AC-DC WH harness
AC-DC WH harness
AC cord fixer
Inlet fixer
Bush(EH-14)
Inlet
Tube
Inlet harness
PS fan 60
Holder(LWS-1.5S)
Band
Band(NK-2N)
Wire saddle(RLWC3SV0)
Earth label
Screw(38)
77
(Except Japan,Brazil)
(Japan,Brazil)
(Japan)
(100V series)
(200V series)
(Japan)
(Japan)
(Japan)
(100V series)
(200V series)
(North America,LAG2)
(Japan)
(100V
(200V
(100V
(200V
(100V
(200V
(200V
(200V
series)
series)
series)
series)
series)
series)
series)
series)
(200V series)
AC
AC E
AC
AC 100J
AC 100EX
AC 200EX
WH
AC-WH 1
PS
DC 100 J3
DC 200 J3
AC
AC
AC-DC WH
AC-DC WH
AC

60
c (Power supply unit)
200V Series
30
43
35 34
501
100V Series
47
42
7
46
23 30
4
7
47
44
12
200V Series
43
36
4
10
11
37
12
13
17
4
22
10
14
14
4
15
4
22
14
45
JAPAN ONLY
7
21
26
18
24
16
20
18
4
21
7
4
4
78
31
21
4
FCP12239
d (Front frame section)

PRICE RANK
Ex.
Ja.
1 LRALM0283FCZ1
AX
FG
2 XHBS740P08000
AA
DD
3 PCOVP1883FCZZ
AC
DJ
4 XEBS730P08000
AC
DD
5 LPLTM6543FCZZ
AD
DJ
6 JHNDM0185FCZZ
AG
DX
7 QSW-C9295QCPZ
AL
EB
9 LHLDW7008XCZZ
AB
DD
10 LPLTM6530FCZZ
AD
DJ
11 GLEGG0079FCZZ
AE
DJ
12 LX-BZ1124FCPZ
AC
DD
13 PCOVP2300FCZZ
AF
DS
14 LPLTM7839FCZZ
AE
DS
15 VHPGP1S73P+-18 AF
DS
16 MSPRT4056FCZ1
AE
DJ
17 LSOU-0232FCZ1
AN
EG
18 LPLTM7836FCZZ
AF
DS
19 CBOX-0187FC02
AY
FQ
21 PCOVP2278FCZ1
AY
EB
22 LPLTM7844FCZZ
AD
DJ
23 LPLTM7846FCZZ
AF
DS
24 PMAGT0015FCPZ
AF
DS
25 PSHEP6051FCZZ
AB
DJ
26 LBNDJ0010FCZZ
AB
DD
NO.
PARTS CODE
NEW
MARK
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
PART
RANK
C
C
D
C
C
C
B
C
C
C
C
D
C
B
C
D
C
D
D
C
C
C
C
C
DESCRIPTION
Slide rail
Screw(48)
Handle cover
Screw(38)
Handle fixing plate
Handle
Main switch
Wire saddle(LWS-1S)
Paper feed UN fixing plate
Rubber foot
Rubber foot fixing screw
Cassette right cover
Waste toner sensor fixing plate
Waste toner sensor(GP1S73P)
Full detector spring
Waste toner BOX tray
Waste toner tray sub plate
Waste toner BOX
Front cover
Main SW lower gard
SW counter fixing plate
Magnet catch
Waste toner sensor sheet
Band(NK-2N)
79
P2
UN
SP
BOX
BOX AS
SW
SW
MG 10P
d (Front frame section)
1
3
4
6
5
7
2
23
24
2
2
21
9
26
2
10
24
2
4
11
2
2
12
2
15
25
11
12
10
22
13
14
19
18
2
17
16
FCP12240
80
e 1(Rear frame section 1)

PRICE RANK
Ex.
Ja.
2 XHBS740P08000
AA
DD
3 QSLP-0266FCZZ
AD
DJ
4 QSLP-0265FCZZ
AD
DJ
5 XNES730-18000
AA
DD
7 XBPS730P06K00
AA
DD
8 XEBS730P08000
AC
DD
9 XEBS730P16000
AA
DD
10 DHAI-4448FCPZ
AQ
EQ
11 QSW-M0502FCPZ
AH
DX
12 LPLTM7458FCZZ
AB
DJ
13 MLOKZ0017FCZZ
AC
DJ
14 LX-BZ0906FCZZ
AC
DD
21 GLEGG0079FCZZ
AE
DJ
22 LX-BZ1124FCPZ
AC
DD
23 MLOKZ0011FCZ1
AC
DJ
25 XBPS740P10KS0
AC
DD
26 DHAI-4437FCPZ
BC
GJ
27 NSFTZ2952FCZZ
AL
EB
28 PCLR-0509FCZZ
AC
DJ
29 NGERH1471FCZZ
AF
DS
30 MARMP0343FCZZ
AC
DJ
31 XRESP40-06000
AA
DD
32 MSPRT3438FCZZ
AA
DJ
33 LFRM-1193FCZ1
AF
DS
34 XBPS730P08KS0
AB
DD
35 NPLYZ0440FCZZ
AC
DJ
36 NGERH1617FCZZ
AC
DJ
37 NSFTZ2960FCZZ
AL
EB
38 NBLTH0455FCZZ
AQ
EQ
40 PCOVP2277FCZZ
AG
DX
45 PCOVP2276FCZZ
AE
DS
DS
54 PCOVP1863FCZZ
AD
DJ
55 CPWBF1592FCE1
AN
EQ
56 MSPRC2894FCZZ
AC
DJ
57 LHLDZ1464FCZZ
AG
DX
58 LHLDZ1463FCZZ
AX
FG
59 XEBS740P08000
AA
DD
62 PMLT-1823FCZZ
AA
DJ
63 CPLTM7852FC01
BG
GT
64 LX-BZ1046FCZZ
AC
DD
73 LPLTM6609FCZZ
AF
DS
501 CFRM-1193DS51
AQ
EQ
NO.
PARTS CODE
NEW
MARK
N
N
N
N
N
N
PART
RANK
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
D
D
B
D
E
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
E
DESCRIPTION
Screw(48)
Transfer electrode B
Transfer electrode A
Nut
Screw(36K)
Screw(38)
Screw(316)
TC harness
Interlock switch(51632C531N)
M3 plate
TN lock
Step screw(M4)
Rubber foot
Rubber foot fixing screw
Cassette lock
Screw(410KS)
Size detect harness
ADU drive joint shaft
Joint collar(22)
M transport gear(22T)
ADU drive joint arm
E ring(E4)
Joint arm spring
Right door drive frame
Screw(38KS)
Pulley(36P)
ADU joint gear
Right drive shaft
Motor reduction belt
SW cover lower
SW cover
Photo sensor(GP1A73A)
Remain detect cover
Size detect PWB
Vertical detect switch spring
Vertical detect spring holder
Vertical detect holder
Screw(48)
Frame duct cushion S
Rear base plate AS
Drawer connector step screw
LCC fixing plate CT
ADU joint drive
81
B
A
TC JP3
M3
TN
ADU
M
ADU
E
ADU
SW
SW
PWBLF
S
AS
LCC CT
ADU
e 1(Rear frame section 1)
40
9
11
45
64
12
10
7
4
63
8
62
5
59
13
59
14
25
26
23
55
56
58 57
23
21
22
56
57
23
2
23
2
55
57
56
56
57
58
21
21
22
53
54
31
30
29
28
33
2
82
32
22
27
38
34
21
22
53
2 54
73
37
36
35
501
FCP12241
f 2(Rear frame section 2)

NO.
PARTS CODE
2 XHBS740P08000
4 LPLTM7845FCZZ
CPWBF1666FC32
5
CPWBF1667FC33
6 XHBS730P06000
9 CPWBF1814FCE5
10 LPLTM6584FCZZ
13 QSW-C9294QCZZ
15 JHNDM0185FCZZ
16 PCOVP1883FCZZ
17 XEBS730P08000
18 LPLTM6543FCZZ
19 LRALM0283FCZ1
21 LPLTM7652FCZ1
22 DUNT-8084FCAZ
23 LX-BZ0342FCPZ
24 RMOTS0925FCP1
25 XHBS730P06000
27 LX-BZ0932FCPZ
28 MSPRC3267FCZ1
29 LPLTM6695FCZZ
30 DHAI-4443FCPZ
37 RCILZ0123FCPZ
41 PFILZ0344FCZZ
43 PDUC-0255FCZZ
44 NFANP0108FCPZ
45 XEBS740P35000
46 PDUC-0256FCZZ
47 PDUC-0254FCZZ
48 PMLT-1824FCZZ
49 LHLDW1892FCPZ
50 LPLTM7841FCZZ
51 PHOG-2023SCZZ
52 PHOG-7004XCZZ
58 LX-BZ0705FCPZ
59 LHLDW1285FCZZ
60 LX-BZ1027FCZZ
61 PMLT-1822FCZZ
62 RDENU0102FCPZ
63 XHBS730P06000
64 XHBS740P06000
69 XHBS730P20000
70 NFANP0112FCPZ
72 LHLDW2086FCPZ
73 LSTYM0517FCZZ
75 LHLDW7027SCZZ
76 CPWBN1809FCE1
77 CPWBX1808FCE1
78 LPLTM7653FCZ1
79 XBPS730P10KS0
80 XHBS730P08000
PRICE RANK
Ex.
Ja.
AA
DD
AQ
EQ
BP
LP
BQ
LP
AC
DD
BD
GN
AD
DJ
AF
DS
AG
DX
AC
DJ
AC
DD
AD
DJ
AX
FG
AG
DX
AM
EG
AB
DD
BF
GN
AC
DD
AC
DD
AC
DJ
AE
DJ
BG
GT
BF
GN
AX
FG
AL
EB
AZ
FQ
AC
DD
AH
DX
AK
DX
AB
DJ
AC
DJ
AF
DS
AB
DD
AB
DD
AC
DD
AC
DJ
AC
DD
AD
DJ
BV
RB
AC
DD
AA
DD
AB
DD
AZ
FQ
AD
DJ
AG
DX
AB
DD
BQ
LP
BY
TF
AN
EG
AB
DD
AB
DD
NEW
MARK
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
PART
RANK
C
C
E
E
C
E
C
B
C
D
C
C
C
C
E
C
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
A
D
B
C
D
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
E
C
C
C
B
C
C
C
E
E
C
C
C
DESCRIPTION
Screw(48)
HL driver fixing plate
HL PWB 100 J3
HL PWB 200 J3
Screw(36)
Driver main PWB
BOX fixing plate
Dehumidification heater switch
Handle
Handle cover
Screw(38)
Handle fixing plate
Slide rail
Shield fixing plate
Speaker unit
Screw(38)
Delivery drive motor
Screw(36)
Screw
Right door drawer spring
Right door drawer fixing plate
Paper feed main harness
Reactor
Ozone filter
Exhaust duct A
Fusing fan
Screw(435)
Exhaust duct B
Frame duct
Frame duct cushion
Wire saddle(RLWC3SV0)
Exterior fixing plate
Edge protector(CE-012 40)
Edge protector(CE-012 73)
Screw
Edge saddle(EH11)
Rail step screw
Exhaust duct cushion
High voltage PWB unit
Screw(36)
Screw(46)
Screw(320)
TN cooling fan
Saddle(RSPC-315P)
BOX support plate upper
Wire saddle(LWS-2H)
LIU PWB JP2
FAX mainPWB P2
FAX PWB fix plate
Screw(310KS)
Screw(38)
83
(100V series)
(200V series)
(Japan)
(FAX model)
(FAX model)
(200V series)
(200V series)
(FAX
(FAX
(FAX
(FAX
(FAX
model)
model)
model)
model)
model)
HL
HL 100J3
HL 200J3
BOX
P2
J3
A
TN
BOX
LIU JP2
FAX P2
FAX
f 2(Rear frame section 2)
62
63
63
63
63
21
2
23
22
63
49
2
4
69
70
50
51
52
13
24 25
72
6 59
75
6 75
17
28
A
30
28
29
27
19 64 60
80
16
18
6
17 10
2
2
46
45
47
15 18
2 48
2
16
15
58
44
43
2
61
45
80
37
77
73
80
78
80
80
80
76
80
501
41
79
79
FAX MODEL
FCP12242
84
63
g (Frame section)
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
16
17
18
19
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
34
35
39
40
42
45
46
48
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
PARTS CODE
LFRM-1178FCZ1
PGIDH2161FCZZ
XHBS740P08000
LFRM-1189FCZ3
CSTYM0351FC01
LPLTM6577FCZZ
LSTYM0355FCZ3
LPLTM6604FCZZ
CPLTM6541FC01
LX-BZ0335FCPZ
LRALM0229FCZZ
PCLR-0519FCZZ
LX-BZ0926FCP1
LPLTM6542FCZZ
LPLTM6597FCZ1
LPLTM7458FCZZ
LRALP0231FCZ1
LX-BZ0881FCZZ
LRALM0230FCZZ
LPLTM6580FCZZ
LX-BZ1134FCPZ
PCOVP1654FCZ2
LPLTM6089FCZZ
RHETP0133FCP1
XHBS730P06000
LX-BZ1046FCZZ
CSTYM0350FC03
XHBS730P14000
LPLTM6532FCZZ
TCAUH1035FCZZ
PSHEZ0448QSZZ
LHLDW1013FCZZ
LANGT1444FCZZ
LHLDZ2070FCZZ
DHAI-4439FCPZ
DHAI-4452FCPZ
LX-NZ0111FCZZ
LX-BZ1209FCZ1
CGIDH2502FC01
PDUC-0253FCZZ
LRALM0286FCZZ
LRALM0288FCZZ
LPLTM7837FCZZ
LPLTM6537FCZZ
LX-BZ0029QSZZ
LPLTM7838FCZZ
DHAI-4438FCP1
XHBS730P05000
LSTPP0384FCZZ
LPLTM7881FCZZ
LPLTM7840FCZZ
LRALM0285FCZZ
PMLT-1851FCZZ
PMLT-1852FCZZ
LX-BZ0987FCZZ
DHAI-3697FCZ2
QSW-M0502FCPZ
CPLTM7914FC01
PRICE RANK
Ex.
Ja.
AR
EQ
AG
DX
AA
DD
AS
EZ
AN
EG
AG
DS
AR
EQ
AH
DX
AY
FQ
AB
DD
AL
EB
AE
DS
AC
DD
AD
DJ
AH
DX
AB
DJ
AK
DX
AC
DD
AN
EG
AL
EB
AC
DJ
AN
EG
AK
DX
AV
FG
AC
DD
AC
DD
AQ
EQ
AA
DD
AL
EB
AC
DJ
AA
DJ
AB
DD
AE
DS
AE
DS
BF
GN
BD
GN
AA
DD
AE
DJ
AP
EQ
AP
EQ
AM
EG
AM
EG
AQ
EQ
AY
FQ
AC
DD
AP
EQ
AW
FG
AA
DD
AB
DJ
AE
DJ
AE
DS
AM
EG
AC
DJ
AB
DJ
AC
DD
AV
FG
AH
DX
AK
EB
NEW
MARK
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
PART
RANK
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
C
B
C
C
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
C
DESCRIPTION
Frame left rear
Harness guide
Screw(48)
Frame right rear
Scanner stay RR
Delivery positioning plate
Delivery stay
Exterior reinforce plate
Scanner joint plate L
Red screw(46S/SW)
Cassette rail L
Cassette rail collar
Collar step screw
Scanner adjust plate
Door switch fixing plate
M3 plate
Fusing rail F
Holder red screw
Cassette rail R
Transport UN fixing plate
Step screw(M3)
Heater cover
Heater fix plate
Heater 100
Screw(36)
Drawer connector step screw
Scanner stay FR
Screw(314)
Scanner joint rear plate
Optical bottom sheet
Clamp
Panel angle
Fusing drawer holder
HL I/F harness
HL I/F harness
M3 nut
Fusing drawer step screw
Fusing guide
Main duct
Hopper rail
Hopper rail
LSU upper plate
Bottom plate
Fusing step screw
LSU left plate
Front harness
Screw(35)
DV stopper
Fusing fix plate
Exterior fix plate L lower
Process rail
Main duct cushion upper
Main duct cushion lower
Step screw
MSW harness
Interlock switch(51632C531N)
Process position plate
85
(Japan)
(Japan)
(Japan)
(Japan)
(Japan)
(Except North America)
(100V series)
(200V series)
(Except Japan)
(Japan)
(Japan only)
(Except Japan)
[DB828]
J3
RR
PA
M3
F
R
UN
100
FR
HL
HL
M3
AS
LSU
PA
LSU
JP3
DV
MSW
g (Frame section)
40
10
23 3
3
16
8
23
3
3
3
48
61
11
72
13
12
13
17
39 3
62
55
3
18
60
19
54
3
3
3
71
60
53 51
3 60
52
53
3
24
26
27
42
56
3
3
69
34
74
3
3
70
3
57
64
66
3
3
3
35
68
67
3
3
73
45
58
12
13
63
30
29
3
3
12
46
30
3
59
A
FCP12243
3
3
86
25 3
24
3
28
30
3
3
5
3
3
11
12
h (Wiring section)
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PARTS CODE
DHAI-4252FCPZ
DHAI-3755FCZ1
DHAI-4440FCPZ
DHAI-4444FCPZ
DHAI-4436FCPZ
DHAI-4271FCPZ
DHAI-4445FCPZ
DHAI-4442FCPZ
PRICE RANK
Ex.
Ja.
AT
EZ
AH
DX
AQ
EQ
BE
GN
AP
EQ
BA
FX
BD
GN
BK
HG
NEW
MARK
N
N
N
N
N
PART
RANK
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
DESCRIPTION
AC-HL harness
AC-WH harness
WH-DESK LCC harness
DC main harness
DV/HV harness
HDDSATA harness
Mother LSU IF harness
Upper main harness
87
AC-HL P2
(Japan only) AC-WH 1
WH-DESK LCC
DC J3
DV/HV J3
HDDSATA P2
LSU
J3
h (Wiring section)
SCN PWB
Fusing Drawer
HL PWB
DRIVER PWB
7
8
LSU
MOTHER
MAIN DRIVE UNIT
PCU
HDD
DC PWB
MFP PWB
HIGH
VOLTAGE
PWB
5
4
AC PWB
A
WH PWB
3
A
FCP12244
88
i (Keyboard) MX-M283N/363N/M453/M503(North America)

NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
PARTS CODE
KI-OK0001FCPZ
XESS730P08000
CCOVP2184FC01
PLNS-0107FCZZ
XEBS730P06000
CPWBN1833FCE1
LSOU-0224FCZZ
LPLTM7792FCZZ
CCAB-1260FC01
MSLIP0162FCZ1
LX-BZ1207FCZZ
PCOVP2247FCZZ
PCOVP2246FCZZ
CPLTM7615FC02
MSPRD3864FCZZ
MLEVP1089FCZZ
XRESP70-08000
LHLDW1057FCZZ
PGIDM2477FCZZ
DHAI-4300FCPZ
XHBS730P08000
XHBS740P08000
XHBS730P08KS0
LX-BZ0529FCZZ
PSHEP6026FCPZ
PSHEP6010FCP1
XWHS730-05080
PGSK-0067FCPZ
LX-BZ1208FCZZ
PRICE RANK
Ex.
Ja.
BK
HG
AB
DD
AF
DS
AC
DJ
AA
DD
BD
GN
AN
EQ
AC
DS
AQ
EQ
AT
EZ
AA
DD
AE
DJ
AD
DJ
BB
GD
AD
DJ
AC
DJ
AA
DD
AB
DD
AE
DS
AP
EQ
AB
DD
AA
DD
AC
DD
AA
DD
AG
DS
AG
DS
AA
DD
AD
DJ
AB
DD
NEW
MARK
PART
RANK
E
C
D
B
C
E
D
C
D
C
C
D
D
C
C
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
DESCRIPTION
Keyboard
Screw(38)
LED cover
LED lens
Screw(36)
USB CONV PWB
Keyboard tray
Lock plate S
Keyboard front cabinet
Slide rail
Screw(34)
Slide rail cover R
Slide rail cover L
Keyboard fixing plate
Lock lever spring
Lock lever
E ring(E7)
Wire saddle(LWS35)
Harness guide
Keyboard I/F harness
Screw(38)
Screw(48)
Screw(38KS)
Screw(34)
Connector cover P2N
Harness guide sheet
Washer
Gasket(L=20)
Screw(36)
89
LED
LED
USB
R
L
DV
P2N
i (Keyboard) MX-M283N/363N/M453/M503(North America)
21
27
16
20
18
2
16
2
24
22
17
19
22
28
17
3
4
18
29
14
22
5
31
25
12
6
12
7
11
13
31
22
15
11
26
30
10
30
8
26
FCP12245
90
24
j DSPF/RSPF (DSPF/RSPF Document tray)

PRICE RANK
Ex.
Ja.
1 LPLTP6486FCAZ
AG
DS
2 LPLTP6485FCAZ
AG
DS
3 PCOVP2291FCZZ
AC
DJ
4 XEPS730P08X00
AA
DD
6 LHLDZ2075FCZZ
AD
DJ
7 LX-BZ0007QSPZ
AC
DD
8 MSPRT4054FCZZ
AC
DJ
9 LPLTM7827FCZZ
AD
DJ
10 XHBS730P06000
AC
DD
11 XWHS730-05080
AA
DD
TLABZ5481FCZZ
AK
DX
12
TLABZ5480FCZZ
AN
EQ
13 LSOU-0235FCZZ
AW
FG
14 DHAI-4416FCPZ
AQ
EQ
16 NGERR0169QSZZ
AE
DS
17 MSPRP0315QSZZ
AD
DJ
19 NGERP0168QSZZ
AD
DJ
20 MLEVP0098QSZZ
AC
DJ
DS
22 LPLTP0321QSZZ
AE
DS
23 CPWBF1594FCE1
AR
EQ
24 NSFTZ0013QSP1
AF
DJ
25 PSPO-0031QSZZ
AC
DJ
26 NROLP0011QSZZ
AD
DJ
27 XRESP20-04000
AA
DD
28 PTME-0030QSZZ
AC
DJ
29 MSPRC3356FCZZ
AA
DJ
30 LSOU-0236FCZZ
AS
EQ
31 XEBS740P10000
AA
DD
32 MSPRC3358FCZZ
AA
DJ
33 PMLT-1811FCZ1
AD
DJ
34 PMLT-1833FCZZ
AA
DJ
35 PGIDH2486FCZZ
AK
EB
36 PBRSR0260FCZZ
AN
EG
37 PGSK-0077FCZZ
AE
DS
39 PGLSP0123FCZZ
BL
HG
40 PSHEP6049FCZ1
AD
DJ
41 DUNT-8284FCPZ
CE
UH
42 PSLDM0191FCZZ
AK
DX
43 XEBS730P08000
AC
DD
44 LPLTM7826FCZZ
AD
DJ
45 LHLDZ2074FCZZ
AD
DJ
46 LPLTM7825FCZZ
AD
DJ
47 LPLTM7824FCZZ
AD
DJ
48 LHLDZ1640FCZZ
AC
DJ
49 XHBS740P08000
AA
DD
50 DHAI-4417FCPZ
BA
FX
51 PCUSS0395FCZZ
AB
DJ
52 PTPE-0332FCZZ
AA
DJ
53 PBRSS0208FCZ1
AH
DX
54 PSHEP6104FCZZ
AB
DJ
55 LX-BZ0862FCPZ
AC
DD
56 PGIDH2487FCZZ
AK
EB
(Unit)
901 CSOU-0235FC31
DK
NO.
PARTS CODE
902 DUNT-8261FC31
DF
NEW
MARK
PART
RANK
C
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
B
C
E
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
C
D
B
C
B
C
E
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
C
C
D
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
DESCRIPTION
RSPF regulation plate R
RSPF regulation plate F
Document tray fulcrum cover
Screw(38X)
CIS holder R
Lens base adjust screw
CIS adjust spring
CIS vertical adjust plate R
Screw(36)
Washer
Document size label
Document size label
Document tray upper
DSPF document tray harness
Width detect rack
Regulation plate spring
Width detect pinion gear 36T
Document detect ACT
Width detect sensor fix plate
SPF VR PWB LF
Delivery paper follower shaft
Pickup sponge
Delivery paper follower roller
E ring(E2)
Open and shut lock pawl
Lock spring
Document tray lower
Screw(410)
Delivery paper follower spring
CIS dustproof cushion
CIS dustproof sheet
CIS read guide
Discharge brush
Gasket FL
Read glass
CIS read front sheet
CIS unit
CIS shield plate
Screw(38)
CIS vertical adjust plate F
CIS holder F
CIS right and left adjust plate R
CIS right and left adjust plate F
Paper feed guide holder
Screw(48)
DSPF_CIS CNT harness
SPF earth cushion
SPF earth tape
Discharge brush
Glass slop sheet
Step screw
Document tray lower PG
(DSPF)
(DSPF)
(DSPF)
(DSPF)
(DSPF)
(Except Japan)
(Japan only)
(DSPF)
(DSPF)
(DSPF)
(DSPF)
(DSPF)
(DSPF)
(DSPF)
(DSPF)
(DSPF)
(DSPF)
(DSPF)
(DSPF)
(DSPF)
(DSPF)
(DSPF)
(RSPF)
RSPF R
RSPF F
CIS R JP3
CIS
CIS
DSPF
SPF VR LF TLP
TLPD
36T
ACT
SPF VR LF
E
TLP
RSPF
CIS
CIS
CIS
FL
JP
CIS
C-CIS
CIS
CIS
CIS F JP3
CIS
CIS
DSPF CIS CNT

SPF
SPF
PG
Document tray unit

(DSPF)
DSPF unit
(include Block[47][52])(not include Block[47]-No.21,27) DSPF
91
j DSPF/RSPF (DSPF/RSPF Document tray)

DSPF
1
2
10 11
7
10
6
3
10
50
8
4
12
46
49
48
10
13
RSPF
56
4
16
16
17
4
7
19
47
45
8
11
11
43
10
44
10
20
20
22
42
14
21
27
29
32
26
51
32
27
34
41
28
25
23
10
10
26
24
10
11
25
43
A
10
21
55
37
55
33
34
29
36
35
37
52
31
33
36
31
31
53
54
40
30
28
FCP12246
39
DSPF
92
k DSPF/RSPF 1(DSPF/RSPF Base tray 1)

NO.
PARTS CODE
1 LSOU-0233FCZZ
2 CPWBX1879DS51
CPWBN1881FCE1
3
CPWBN1882FCE1
4 LPLTM7821FCZZ
5 NFANP0107FCPZ
6 LPLTM7882FCZZ
7 XHBS730P06000
8 LHLDW1489FCZZ
9 LHLDW1057FCZZ
10 XHBS730P30000
11 LPLTM7820FCZZ
12 XEBS740P10000
13 MHNG-0217FCZ3
14 MHNG-0216FCZ2
15 XEBS740P14000
16 LSOU-0008QSL1
17 PCOVP2287FCZZ
18 CCLEZ0213FC01
19 PSHEZ5374FCZ1
20 LX-BZ0531FCPZ
21 PSHEZ5400FCZ6
22 PCOVP2286FCZZ
23 PGSK-0077FCZZ
24 GCAB-1318FCZZ
25 GCOV-0308FCZZ
26 PSHEP6112FCZZ
TLABZ5483FCZZ
TLABZ5484FCZZ
27
TLABZ5485FCZZ
TLABZ5486FCZZ
PRICE RANK
Ex.
Ja.
BG
GT
CA
TV
BB
GD
BC
GJ
AF
DS
AX
FG
AD
DJ
AC
DD
AC
DJ
AB
DD
AB
DD
AM
EG
AA
DD
BS
MW
BT
NE
AB
DD
AF
DS
AK
EB
AG
DX
AC
DJ
AB
DD
AX
FG
AG
DX
AE
DS
AM
EG
AF
DS
AA
DJ
AM
EG
AQ
EQ
AG
DX
AF
DS
NEW
MARK
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
PART
RANK
D
E
E
E
C
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
D
D
C
C
D
D
C
D
D
C
C
C
C
C
28 VHI28F081LE4F
AW
FG
29 DHAI-4405FCPZ
30 DHAI-4403FCPZ
AX
BM
FG
HR
N
N
C
C
31 DHAI-4409FCPZ
AQ
EQ
DHAI-4517FCPZ
RPLU-0015QSP1
LPLTM7823FCZZ
LHLDW1263FCZZ
XBBS730P04000
XEBS740P08000
(Unit)
901 CSOU-0233FC31
AF
AR
AF
AC
AA
AA
DS
EQ
DS
DJ
DD
DD
CB
TZ
902 DUNT-8261FC31
DF
32
33
35
36
37
38
DESCRIPTION
Base tray
DSPF Control PWB
DSPF Driver PWB
RSPF Driver PWB
DSPF PWB fix plate
Fan
Fan fix plate
Screw(36)
Wire saddle
Wire saddle(LWS35)
Screw(330)
Hing fix plate
Screw(410)
Hinge R
Hinge L
Screw(414)
Extension tray
Base right lower cover
Glass cleaner
OC position sheet
Screw
OC mat
Follower roller cover
Gasket FL
Front cabinet
Front cabinet cover
2nd read rear sheet
Clean caution label
Clean caution label
Clean caution label
Clean caution label
DSPF flash ROM PWB(28F081LE4F)
(DSPF)
(RSPF)
(DSPF)
(DSPF)
(DSPF)
(DSPF)
(DSPF)
(DSPF)
(DSPF Japan only)
(DSPF Except Japan)
(RSPF Japan only)
(RSPF North America)
(DSPF)
SPF
DSPF
DSPF
RSPF
DSPF
R
L
SPF
OC
OC
FL
SPF
DSPF ROM
JUP3
DSPF
DSPF
DSPF
DSPF
DSPF Control I/F harness

DSPF I/F harness
DSPF Control driver IF harness
(DSPF)
(DSPF)
(DSPF)
C
B
C
C
C
C
DSPF fan motor harness

Reverse solenoid
Solenoid fix plate
Screw(34)
Screw(48)
(DSPF)
(RSPF)
(RSPF)
(RSPF)
(RSPF)
(RSPF)
Base tray unit

(DSPF)(not include No.5,6,10,21,27)
DSPF unit
(include Block[46],[48][52])(not include Block[47]-No.21,27) DSPF
93
k DSPF/RSPF 1(DSPF/RSPF Base tray 1)
DSPF
32
7
12
31
10
7
12
27
38
28
12
12
12
29
12
RSPF
12
24
12
26
36
34
35
RSPF
12
37
30
26
33
8 RSPF
7
26
DSPF
25
3
RSPF
12
11
22
12
12
7
12
12
19
RSPF
7
20
12
12
12
13
RSPF
23
DSPF
16
14
17
15
12
15 15
21
12
FCP12247
94
18
15
l DSPF/RSPF 2(DSPF/RSPF Base tray 2)

PRICE RANK
Ex.
Ja.
1 GCAB-1319FCZZ
AT
EZ
2 XHBS730P08000
AB
DD
4 PGLSP0112FCZZ
BN
LE
5 PSHEP5402FCZZ
AE
DJ
6 PSHEP6044FCZZ
AC
DJ
7 PGIDM2495FCZZ
AH
DX
8 LFIX-0625FCZZ
AC
DJ
9 MSPRC4038FCZZ
AC
DJ
10 DHAI-4401FCPZ
AQ
EQ
DS
12 MLEVP1162FCZZ
AC
DJ
13 MLEVP1160FCZZ
AD
DJ
14 MSPRD4044FCZZ
AC
DJ
15 PHAG-0005FCZZ
AC
DJ
16 PCOVP2285FCZZ
AE
DJ
17 XEBS740P10000
AA
DD
18 LHLDZ2076FCZZ
AD
DJ
19 MSPRC3358FCZZ
AA
DJ
20 XEBS730P08000
AC
DD
21 NROLP1734FCZZ
AG
DX
22 NSFTZ0009QSPZ
AL
EB
24 LPLTM6554FCZ1
AC
DJ
NROLP1811FCZZ
AV
FG
25
NROLP1517FCZZ
AA
DJ
27 PSHEZ5372FCZ1
AD
DJ
28 LHLDZ2077FCZZ
AC
DJ
29 MSPRC3413FCZZ
AB
DJ
31 NSFTP3428FCZZ
AC
DJ
32 PSHEP6067FCZ1
AD
DJ
33 MSPRD4065FCZZ
AC
DJ
34 NROLP1517FCZZ
AA
DJ
35 LHLDZ1540FCZZ
AG
DS
36 PCOVP1824FCZ1
AE
DS
37 XEBS730P10000
AC
DD
38 PGIDM2496FCZZ
AK
DX
40 MSPRD0305QSZZ
AC
DJ
41 PSPO-0003QSZZ
AC
DJ
42 NSFTZ0013QSP1
AF
DJ
43 NROLP0011QSZZ
AD
DJ
44 XRESP20-04000
AA
DD
45 NSFTZ3434FCZZ
AG
DX
46 XPSSP20-10000
AA
DD
47 NBRGM0096FCZ1
AC
DJ
48 XRESP50-06000
AA
DD
49 LX-BZ3006SCPM
AA
DD
50 MLEVF0093QSZZ
AE
DJ
51 LHLDZ0101QSZZ
AE
DS
(Unit)
NO.
PARTS CODE
902 DUNT-8261FC31
DF
NEW
MARK
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
PART
RANK
D
C
B
C
C
D
C
C
C
B
C
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
E
DESCRIPTION
Rear cabinet
Screw(38)
Read glass
White sheet
CIS glass sheet
CIS separate guide
White datum glass fix plate
CIS pressure guide spring
DSPF base tray harness
Delivery paper ACT
Reverse front ATC
Reverse front ATC spring
OC mat fix hook
Sensor cover
Screw(410)
Follower holder
Delivery paper follower spring
Screw(38)
Transfer follower roller
Transfer follower shaft
Follower roller fix plate
Read front sheet
Read front follower holder
Open and shut look spring
Read front follower shaft
Read rear sheet
Delivery ATC spring
Fulcrum holder
Stamp cover
Screw(310)
Delivery paper transfer lower guide
Transfer follower spring TLP
Pressure release sponge
Delivery paper follower shaft
Delivery paper follower roller
E ring(E2)
Pressure release shaft
SP pin(2-10)
Bearing
E ring(E5)
Screw
Pressure release lever
Pressure release holder
(DSPF)
(DSPF)
(DSPF)
(DSPF)
(DSPF)
(DSPF)
(DSPF)
(DSPF)
(DSPF)
(DSPF)
(RSPF)
(DSPF)
(RSPF)
(RSPF)
(RSPF)
(RSPF)
(RSPF)
(RSPF)
(RSPF)
(RSPF)
(RSPF)
(RSPF)
(RSPF)
(RSPF)
(RSPF)
SPF
CIS
CIS
CIS
DSPF
ACT JP3
ACT
ACT
OC
JP3
RSPF
JP3
ACT JP3
SP TLP
SP
DSPF unit
(include Block[46],[47],[49][52])(not include Block[47]-No.21,27) DSPF
95
l DSPF/RSPF 2(DSPF/RSPF Base tray 2)
RSPF
38
5
8
32
4
29 28
2
29 28
31
25
7
8
DSPF
RSPF
25
31
17
RSPF
17
27
DSPF
9
10
RSPF
15
34
22
14
DSPF
13
34
10
11
24
15
20
24
20
35
10
36
42
43
41
16
19
50
44
11
40
37
22
49
DSPF
12
33
44
21
48
47
45
43
46
47
51
RSPF
19
21 18
17
17
FCP12248
DSPF 20
96
m DSPF/RSPF (DSPF/RSPF Paper feed section)

PRICE RANK
Ex.
Ja.
1 PCOVP2290FCZZ
AT
EZ
2 PGIDM2500FCZZ
AT
EZ
3 DHAI-4415FCPZ
AS
EQ
4 XEBS730P16000
AA
DD
5 XWHS730-05080
AA
DD
6 LHLDZ1755FCZZ
AC
DJ
7 MSPRC4039FCZZ
AC
DJ
8 NROLP1517FCZZ
AA
DJ
9 NSFTZ0009QSPZ
AL
EB
DS
11 MLEVP1164FCZZ
AD
DJ
12 MLEVP0932FCZZ
AC
DJ
NO.
PARTS CODE
13 MSPRD3378FCZZ
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
44
45
46
47
48
49
QSW-M0502FCPZ
NGERH0863FCBZ
XRESP50-06000
NBRGM0096FCZ1
XPSSP20-10000
LPINS0089FCZZ
NSFTZ3435FCZZ
PCLC-0339FCZZ
XRESP40-06000
LHLDR1650FCZZ
NSFTZ2915FCZZ
NPLYZ0452FCZZ
NROLR1542FCZZ
NPLYZ0437FCZZ
NBLTH0442FCZZ
NCPL-0049FCZZ
NROLR1541FCZZ
PGIDM2139FCZZ
MARMP0339FCZZ
MARMP0330FCZZ
MARMP0324FCZZ
LX-WZ0469FCPZ
XEBS740P10000
MLEVP0953FCZZ
MSPRD3582FCZZ
XEPS730P08X00
MLEVP1034FCZZ
PMLT-1652FCZZ
PSHEP6047FCZZ
MSPRT3390FCZZ
MARMP0325FCZZ
LHLDZ1640FCZZ
XHBS740P08000
VHPGP1S73P+-18
PGIDM2138FCZZ
(Unit)
902 DUNT-8261FC31
NEW
MARK
N
N
N
PART
RANK
D
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
C
C
DESCRIPTION
AB
DJ
Upper cover
Paper feed upper guide
Paper feed harness
Screw(316)
Washer
PS pressure holder
PS pressure spring
Transfer follower shaft
PS front ACT
Paper in detect actuator
Paper in detect actuator spring
AH
AD
AA
AC
AA
AA
AF
BE
AA
AD
AM
AC
AH
AT
AD
AH
AG
AC
AC
AC
AB
AA
AA
AC
AB
AA
AC
AC
AA
AC
AC
AC
AA
AF
AD
DX
DJ
DD
DJ
DD
DD
DS
GN
DD
DJ
EG
DJ
DX
EZ
DJ
DX
DX
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DD
DD
DJ
DJ
DD
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DJ
DD
DS
DJ
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
C
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
D
Micro switch
Pickup roller gear 18
E ring(E5)
Bearing
SP pin(210)
Spring pin
Paper feed shaft
Pickup torque limiter
E ring(E4)
Pickup roller holder
Pickup shaft
Pickup pulley 18P
Pickup roller
Paper feed pulley
Belt(132)
Oneway coupling
Paper feed separate roller
Holder guide
Lock release arm
Paper lock arm
Lock arm
Washer
Screw(410)
PE actuator
PE return spring
Screw(38X)
Change lever
Pickup soundproof cushion
PS guide sheet
Link arm return spring
Upper guide link arm
Paper feed guide holder
Screw(48)
Upper transfer support guide
DF
DSPF unit
97
JP3
SPF
PS
PS JP
PS ACT JP3
18
E
SP
JP3
18P
RSPF
PE
PE
N
PS
(include Block[46][48],
[50][52])(not include Block[47]-No.21,27) DSPF
m DSPF/RSPF (DSPF/RSPF Paper feed section)

1
3
5
6
10
7
13
11
5
6
15
14
16
17
48
9
10
32
33
12
13
37
38
39
45
34
35
40
36
36
18
41
36
32
46
36
42
42
19
33
34
44
35
20
47
36
23
49
27
16
17
21
29
22
30
24
31
28
26
98
25
FCP12249
n DSPF/RSPF (DSPF/RSPF Separate section)

NO.
1
2
3
5
6
7
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
PARTS CODE
PSHEZ5462FCZ1
PCOVP1850FCZZ
XRESP40-06000
XEBS730P08000
PSHEZ5782FCZZ
PCLR-0461FCZZ
PGIDM2501FCZZ
PGIDH2485FCZZ
XEBS740P10000
MSPRC4040FCZZ
LX-BZ0714FCPZ
LHLDZ2080FCZZ
NROLR1541FCZZ
PCLC-0338FCZZ
NSFTZ3436FCZZ
LPINS0089FCZZ
MSPRT4050FCZZ
LHLDZ2081FCZZ
NSFTP3429FCZZ
XHBS730P06000
XHBS740P08000
(Unit)
902 DUNT-8261FC31
PRICE RANK
Ex.
Ja.
AD
DJ
AD
DJ
AA
DD
AC
DD
AC
DJ
AC
DJ
AQ
EQ
AL
EB
AA
DD
AC
DJ
AC
DD
AC
DJ
AG
DX
BE
GN
AE
DJ
AA
DD
AC
DJ
AD
DJ
AC
DJ
AC
DD
AA
DD
DF
NEW
MARK
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
PART
RANK
C
D
C
C
C
C
D
D
C
C
C
C
C
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
E
DESCRIPTION
Front separate sheet
Separate roller cover
E ring(E4)
Screw(38)
Rotation plate sheet N
U turn collar
Separate guide
Transfer upper guide
Screw(410)
Brake spring
Step screw
Separate shaft holder F
Paper feed separate roller
Torque limiter
Separate shaft
Spring pin
Separate pressure spring
Separate shaft holder R
Separate fulcrum shaft
Screw(36)
Screw(48)
DSPF unit
99
N
U
JP3
JP3
JP3
SPF
JP3
[51],[52])(not include Block[47]-No.21,27) DSPF
n DSPF/RSPF (DSPF/RSPF Separate section)
22
2
21
20
18
17
16
24
19
6
7
15
10
RSPF
11
7
24
23
13
14
FCP12250
100
12
o DSPF/RSPF 1(DSPF/RSPF Transport section 1)

PRICE RANK
Ex.
Ja.
1 MSPRC4040FCZZ
AC
DJ
2 LX-WZ5002BCZZ
AA
DD
3 NBRGM0501FCZZ
AB
DJ
4 XRESP50-06000
AA
DD
5 XEBS740P10000
AA
DD
6 XHBS730P06000
AC
DD
7 NGERH1620FCZZ
AC
DJ
8 XPSSP20-10000
AA
DD
9 PGSK-0077FCZZ
AE
DS
10 LHLDZ2078FCZZ
AC
DJ
11 MSPRC3356FCZZ
AA
DJ
12 MSPRC3353FCZZ
AB
DJ
DS
14 LPLTP7865FCZZ
AD
DJ
15 MLEVP1163FCZZ
AD
DJ
16 MSPRD4045FCZZ
AC
DJ
17 NROLR1812FCZZ
BA
FX
18 NROLR1815FCZZ
BA
FX
19 PGIDM2499FCZZ
AH
DX
20 NBRGC0017QSZZ
AC
DJ
21 LPLTM7822FCZZ
AH
DX
22 NROLR1814FCZZ
BA
FX
23 PSHEP5163FCZZ
AA
DJ
24 PTME-0030QSZZ
AC
DJ
25 LHLDZ2078FCZZ
AC
DJ
26 MSPRT4051FCZZ
AC
DJ
27 NPLYZ0453FCZZ
AC
DJ
28 PCLR-0520FCZZ
AB
DJ
29 CPLTM7868FC01
AE
DJ
30 MLEVP0095QSZZ
AD
DJ
31 MSPRC0153QSZZ
AB
DJ
DS
33 NPLYZ0523FCZZ
AD
DJ
34 NBLTH0557FCZZ
BA
FX
35 LPLTP0131QSZZ
AD
DJ
36 DHAI-4414FCPZ
AP
EQ
37 PSHEP6047FCZZ
AA
DJ
38 XHBS740P08000
AA
DD
39 XWHS760-08115
AA
DD
40 PSHEP6046FCZZ
AE
DS
41 XWHS730-05080
AA
DD
42 XHBS730P08000
AB
DD
43 XRESP40-06000
AA
DD
44 PGIDM2497FCZZ
AT
EZ
NGERH2039FCZZ
AC
DJ
45
NGERH2037FCZZ
AC
DJ
46 PCLC-0380FCZZ
AX
FG
47 LPLTM7908FCZZ
AF
DS
48 PGIDM2498FCZZ
AL
EB
(Unit)
NO.
PARTS CODE
902 DUNT-8261FC31
DF
NEW
MARK
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
PART
RANK
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
C
C
C
C
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
B
C
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
C
C
B
C
D
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
DESCRIPTION
Brake spring
Poly slider(M6)
Metel D bearing
E ring(E5)
Screw(410)
Screw(36)
32T gear
SP pin(210)
Gasket FL
Stopper holder
Lock spring
Read plate pressure spring
Sensor fix plate
Read front ACT
Read front ATC spring
PS roller
Reverse roller
Read rear guide
Bearing(B-F6-10)
Read plate
Read rear roller
Paper feed rear sheet
Open and shut lock pawl
Stopper holder
Tension spring
Drive pulley 24P
Tension collar
Tension plate F
Book sensor ATC
Book sensor spring
JAM release pulley
Belt(40S2M184)
Book sensor fix plate
Transfer harness
PS guide sheet
Screw(48)
Washer
White sheet
Washer
Screw(38)
E ring(E4)
Transfer guide
Gear 32P
67T gear
PS clutch
DSPF front plate
Reverse gate
DSPF unit
101
(DSPF)
(DSPF)
(DSPF)
(DSPF)
(DSPF)
(RSPF)
(RSPF)
(RSPF)
(RSPF)
JP3
D N
E
32T
SP
FL
ACT
ACT
PS JP3
JP3
JP3
2
TLP
JP3
24P
FAS
ACT
JAM
SPF
PS
JP3
E
JP3
32P
67T
PS JP3
DSPF
[52])(not include Block[47]-No.21,27) DSPF
o DSPF/RSPF 1(DSPF/RSPF Transport section 1)
39
3
1
4
5
42 5
46
7 RSPF
36
3
37
37
6
24
44
11
12
10
14
13
5
15
16
12
DSPF
17
18
5
42
19
24
20
11
8 45
6
5
21
23
25
35
23
5 42
38
RSPF
20 5
DSPF
48
DSPF
34
26
33
32
22
31
42
30
47
41
RSPF
6
8
DSPF 27
40
29
28
43
FCP12251
DSPF
102
p DSPF/RSPF 2(DSPF/RSPF Transport section 2)

NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
19
20
22
23
24
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
36
37
39
40
41
42
PARTS CODE
RMOTS0937FCP3
RMOTS0986FCPZ
XHBS740P08000
XHBS730P06000
XWHS730-05080
LHLDZ2072FCZZ
LHLDZ2073FCZZ
RMOTS0935FCPZ
MSPRT4052FCZZ
MSPRT4053FCZZ
LPLTM7883FCZZ
LHLDW1057FCZZ
XPSSP20-10000
NBLTH0414FCZZ
NGERH2038FCZZ
NGERH0022QSZZ
PCLC-0380FCZZ
XRESP50-06000
NGERH2039FCZZ
PCLR-0520FCZZ
NBLTH0561FCZZ
NPLYZ0525FCZZ
NBLTH0559FCZZ
NGERH2034FCZZ
NSFTZ3437FCZZ
NBRGM0501FCZZ
NBLTH0560FCZZ
NPLYZ0453FCZZ
NGERH2035FCZZ
CPLTM7867FC01
MSPRT4051FCZZ
NROLR1813FCZZ
NROLR1816FCZZ
LFRM-1430FCZZ
CFRM-1435FC01
CFRM-1434FC01
XBBS730P04000
XRESP40-06000
CPLTM7867FC02
PSHEP6070FCZZ
(Unit)
902 DUNT-8261FC31
PRICE RANK
Ex.
Ja.
BA
FX
CE
UH
AA
DD
AC
DD
AA
DD
AE
DJ
AE
DJ
BF
GN
AC
DJ
AE
DJ
AD
DJ
AB
DD
AA
DD
AF
DS
AD
DJ
AC
DJ
AX
FG
AA
DD
AC
DJ
AB
DJ
BA
FX
AH
DX
BA
FX
AD
DJ
AD
DJ
AB
DJ
BA
FX
AC
DJ
AD
DJ
AE
DJ
AC
DJ
AZ
FQ
BB
GD
AK
DX
AH
DX
AQ
EQ
AA
DD
AA
DD
AE
DS
AA
DJ
DF
NEW
MARK
N
N
N
PART
RANK
B
B
C
C
C
C
C
B
C
C
C
C
C
B
C
C
B
C
C
C
B
C
B
C
C
C
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
DESCRIPTION
DSPF transfer motor
RSPF transfer motor
Screw(48)
Screw(36)
Washer
Transfer motor tension holder
Transfer motor tension holder
Paper feed revers motor
Transfer motor tension spring
Transfer motor tension spring
Motor shield plate
Wire saddle(LWS35)
SP pin(210)
Belt(40S2M152BLT)
Paper feed gear 54T/18T
33T gear
PS clutch
E ring(E5)
Gear 32P
Tension collar
Belt(40S2M236)
Pulley 37P(1WAY)
Belt(40S2M170)
Gear 37T/64P
Transfer shaft
Metel D bearing
Belt(40S2M226)
Drive pulley 24P
Gear 32T/24P
Tension plate R
Tension spring
Read front roller
Delivery paper roller
F frame
Drive frame
R frame
Screw(34)
E ring(E4)
Tension plate R 2
Edge protect sheet
(DSPF) DSPF JP3

(RSPF) RSPF JP3
(DSPF)
(RSPF)
JP3
(DSPF)
(RSPF)
SP
54P/18T
33T
PS JP3
E
32P
37P
(DSPF)
37T/64P
JP3
D N
24P
32T/24P
RAS
JP3
JP3
F JP3
AS
R AS JP3
E
RAS2
DSPF unit
(include Block[47][51])(not include Block[47]-No.21,27) DSPF
103
p DSPF/RSPF 2(DSPF/RSPF Transport section 2)

DSPF 3
2
1
RSPF
1
4
6
36
39
39
10
26
23
11
8
12
39
42
17
40
13 14
16 15
15 10
30
24
22
40
20
19
4
26
37
15
40
17
3
29
15
3
27
41
3
10
28
31 26
31
32
33
34
26
15
FCP12252
26
15
104
NO.
5
9
10
11
12
21
22
23
24
27
28
31
!
!
!
!
!
!
PARTS CODE
SPAKA6771FCZZ
LX-BZ0787FCPZ
LX-WZ0326FCPZ
TCADZ1178FCZZ
SPAKA7380FCZZ
LHLDW1226FCZZ
TCADZ1807FCZZ
SPAKA7143FCZZ
SPAKA6774FCZZ
SSAKA2440QCZZ
SSAKZ0034FCZ1
SSAKA3001CCZZ
QACCD7713QCPZ
QACCJ6413QCPA
DHAI-4181DSZZ
QACCLR624QCPZ
QACCR7621QCZZ
PRICE RANK
Ex.
Ja.
BN
HV
AD
DD
AC
DD
AB
DJ
BG
GT
AB
DJ
AC
DJ
AH
DX
BM
HV
AB
DD
AY
FQ
AA
DD
AT
EZ
AY
FQ
BB
FX
BA
FX
AZ
FQ
NEW
MARK
PART
RANK
D
C
C
D
D
C
D
D
D
D
D
D
A
A
A
A
A
QACCVR621QCPZ
AQ
FQ
!
!
!
QACCZR626QCPZ
32 QACCZR941QCPZ
BB
BB
GD
FX
A
A
QACCB7623QCPZ
BB
GD
!
!
QACCB9521QCZZ
AW
FG
PHOG-1023CCZZ
AB
DD
!
!
!
QPLGA4171CCPZ
QPLGA0009QCPZ
QPLGA0001QCZZ
CCADZ1561FC01
CCADZ1518FC01
CDSKA0239FC31
CDSKA0240FC31
TINSJ4366FCZZ
TINSE4367FCZZ
TINSE4433FCZZ
TINSE4462FCZZ
TINSJ4459FCZZ
TINSJ4369FCZZ
TINSE4370FCZZ
TINSE4437FCZZ
TINSE4463FCZZ
TINSJ4460FCZZ
TINSJ4371FCZZ
TINSE4372FCZZ
TINSE4457FCZZ
TINSJ4458FCZZ
TINSJ4461FCZZ
TINSE4464FCZZ
TCADZ1992FCZZ
PCOVP2022FCZ1
TINSE4017FCZZ
TCADS1693FCZZ
TCADS1511FCZZ
TCADZ1514FCZZ
PSHEP5980FCZ1
TGANE0081FCZZ
AR
AR
AN
AK
AB
AK
AN
AY
AT
BD
AT
AY
AT
AL
AY
AN
AS
AP
AL
AQ
AS
AP
AL
AE
AP
AF
AA
AC
AA
AM
AE
EQ
EQ
EQ
DX
DJ
EB
EG
FQ
EZ
GN
EZ
FQ
EZ
EB
FQ
EG
EQ
EQ
EB
EQ
EQ
EQ
EB
DS
EQ
DS
DS
DJ
DJ
EG
DS
A
A
A
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
48 CDSKA0050FC37
AN
EQ
49 TLABZ5484FCZZ
50 QCNWG0013QSZZ
51 TCAUS0009QSZZ
AQ
AF
AF
EQ
DS
DS
C
C
C
33
34
35
36
37
39
40
41
43
44
46
47
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
DESCRIPTION
(Japan) L A
(Japan)
(Japan)
(Japan)
(Japan)
(Japan)
(Japan)
(Japan)
(North America,LAG2) AC
(Japan) AC
(Saudi Arabia) AC
(Australia,New Zealand) AC
(Argentine) AC
(Lebanon,Pakistan,
Egypt,Jordan,Tunisia,Morocco) AC
AC cord
(Philippines) AC
AC cord
(STCL) AC
AC cord
(Yemen,Saudi Arabia,
Bahrain,Kuwait,AUE,Oman,Qatar) AC
AC cord
(India,Israel,SRS,SRSSC,Vietnam) AC
Cushion for AC plug(250V/10A)
(Singapore,
Malaysia,India,Hong Kong) AC
AC cord plug(3 S-AF)
(India) AC
AC cord plug
(Singapore,Malaysia,Hong Kong) AC
AC cord plug
(250V) AC
Maintenance card
(Japan) J
Maintenance card
(Except Japan) EX
CD
(Japan) JUP3JP100 1
CD
(North America) JUP3EX100 1
Easy operation manual
(Japan IT model)
(English North America IT model)
(English)
(English North America U model)
(Japan FAX model)
Operation manual set up
(Japan IT model)
(English)
(Japan FAX model)
Operation manual safety
(Japan IT model)
(English North America MXM283N)
(Japan MXM283N)
(Japan FAX model)
MSDS card
(North America) MSDS
Manual storage cover
SD install manual
(English) SD
Delivery inst. card
(Japan)
Delivery inst. card
(Australia,New Zealand)
Counter contract
(Japan)
Key sheet F P2
(Tunisia,Morocco) F P2
Guarantee
(Australia,New Zealand) SCA
NSX1 CD EX6
(Except MXM363U/M453U/M503U,
Japan,Europe) NSX1 CD EX6
Clean caution label
(DSPF Except Japan)
Line cable
(FAX model) - JPN
LAG plug caution label
(Argentine) LAG
Corner add
Screw
Washer
Unpacking caution card
Scanner protect add
Turn fastener
Cassette caution card
Fusing fix add
Scanner sub add
Vinyl bag(280X410)
Vinyl bag
Vinyl bag(140X360)
AC cord
AC cord
AC cord
AC cord
AC cord
AC cord
105
Japan only
except Japan
Japan only
30
32
31
5
51
23
28
5
5
21
22
Japan only
except Japan
9 10
11
50
40
12 24
34
33
46
47
41
39
48
43
44
27
49
35
36
37
FCP12253
106
COPYRIGHT 2009 BY SHARP CORPORATION

All rights reserved.
Printed in Japan.
stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted.
In any form or by any means,
electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise,
without prior written permission of the publisher.
SHARP CORPORATION
Business Solutions Group
CS Promotion Center
Yamatokoriyama, Nara 639-1186, Japan
2009 June Printed in Japan t

Sharp MX-M283 N

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Sharp MX-M283 N

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

TopPage

DIGITAL MULTIFUNCTIONAL SYSTEM

DETAILS OF EACH SECTION

PRODUCT OUTLINE . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

[A] EXTERIOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-1

CONSUMABLE PARTS . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

[B] OPERATION PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . .B-1

EXTERNAL VIEW AND

[C] DSPF/RSPF SECTION. . . . . . . . . . C-1

[E] PAPER FEED SECTION . . . . . . . . .E-1

SELF DIAG AND

FIRMWARE UPDATE . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

TONER SUPPLY SECTION . . . . . . . i-1

VARIOUS STORAGE DATA

DEVELOPING SECTION . . . . . . . . . J-1

[10] SERVICE WEB PAGE . . . . . . . . . . 10-1

[D] SCANNER SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . D-1

[G] LSU SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-1

[K] TRANSFER SECTION . . . . . . . . . . .K-1

FUSING SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-1

[12] ELECTRICAL SECTION. . . . . . . . . 12-1

[M] DUPLEX/PAPER EXIT

[13] TOOL LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1

[N] DRIVE SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-1

This document has been published to be used

EXTERNAL VIEW AND INTERNAL STRUCTURE

ADJUSTMENTS AND SETTINGS

SELF DIAG AND TROUBLE CODE

VARIOUS STORAGE DATA HANDLING

[10] SERVICE WEB PAGE

DETAILS OF EACH SECTION

PAPER FEED SECTION

PAPER TRANSPORT SECTION

TONER SUPPLY SECTION

DUPLEX/PAPER EXIT SECTION

It may cause an explosion, a fire or an electric shock.

Precautions for servicing

When servicing, disconnect the power plug, the printer cable,

It may cause an injury or an electric shock.

There is a high temperature area inside the machine. Use an

Grounding wire for telephone line

Do not put heavy objects on the power cable. Do not bend it

It may cause a burn.

There is a high voltage section inside the machine which may

It may cause a fire or an electric shock.

Keep the power cable away from a heat source.

When servicing with the machine operating, be careful not to

Do not put a receptacle with water in it or a metal piece which

Do not leave the machine with the cabinet disassembled.

It may cause a fire or an electric shock.

Do not allow any person other than a serviceman to touch

Do not damage, break, or work the power cord.

It may cause an electric shock.

When servicing, do not breathe toner, developer, and ink

3. Note for installing site

If toner, developer, or ink enters your eyes, wash it away with

Do not install the machine at the following sites.

The machine has got sharp edges inside. Be careful not to

Do not throw toner or a toner cartridge in a fire. Otherwise,

For operating and storing conditions, refer to the specifications

If a battery of different specification is used, it may be broken,

(200V series only)

Place of much vibrations

Warning for servicing